Table of Contents

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549


FORM 20-F


(Mark One)

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from           to          

 

 

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report          

 

Commission file number 001-12518

 

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Kingdom of Spain

(Jurisdiction of incorporation)

 

Ciudad Grupo Santander

28660 Boadilla del Monte (Madrid), Spain

(address of principal executive offices)

 

José G. Cantera

Banco Santander, S.A.

Ciudad Grupo Santander -  28660 Boadilla del Monte  Madrid, Spain

Tel: +34 91 289 32 80 Fax: +34 91 257 12 82

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)


Securities registered or to be registered, pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act

 

Title of each class

Name of each exchange on which registered

American Depositary Shares, each representing the right to receive one Share of Capital Stock of Banco

Santander, S.A., par value euro 0.50 each

New York Stock Exchange

Shares of Capital Stock of Banco Santander, S.A., par value euro 0.50 each

New York Stock Exchange *

Non-cumulative Preferred Stock Series 1, 4, 5 and 6

New York Stock Exchange

5.179% Fixed Rate Subordinated Debt Securities due 2025

New York Stock Exchange

Senior Non Preferred Floating Rate Notes due 2023

New York Stock Exchange

3.500% Second Ranking Senior Debt Securities due 2022

New York Stock Exchange

4.250% Second Ranking Senior Debt Securities due 2027

New York Stock Exchange

Second Ranking Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2022

New York Stock Exchange

3.125% Senior Non Preferred Fixed Rate Notes due 2023

New York Stock Exchange

3.800% Senior Non Preferred Fixed Rate Notes due 2028

New York Stock Exchange


* Banco Santander Shares are not listed for trading, but are only listed in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares, pursuant to requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None.

(Title of Class)

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act

None.

(Title of Class)

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.      Yes  ☒     No  ☐

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.      Yes  ☐     No  ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).      Yes  ☐     No  ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):  

 

Large accelerated filer   

Accelerated filer   ☐

Non-accelerated filer  ☐

 

Emerging growth company  ☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:  

 

U.S.  GAAP   ☐

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the

Other  ☐

 

International Accounting Standards Board   ☒

 

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.   Item 17  ☐  Item   18  ☐

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     Yes  ☐     No  ☒

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital stock or common stock as of the close of business covered by the annual report. 16,136,153,582 shares

 

 


 

Table of Contents

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.

________________________

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Page

Presentation of Financial and Other Information  

5

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements  

6

 

 

PART I  

 

 

 

 

ITEM 1.  

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

8

 

 

 

ITEM 2.  

OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

8

 

 

 

ITEM 3.  

KEY INFORMATION

8

 

 

 

 

A. Selected financial data

8

 

B. Capitalization and indebtedness

12

 

C. Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

12

 

D. Risk factors

13

 

 

 

ITEM 4.  

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

41

 

 

 

 

A. History and development of the company

41

 

B. Business overview

46

 

C. Organizational structure

106

 

D. Property, plant and equipment

106

 

 

 

ITEM 4A.  

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

106

 

 

 

ITEM 5.  

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

106

 

 

 

 

A. Operating results

114

 

B. Liquidity and capital resources

139

 

C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

140

 

D. Trend information

140

 

E. Off-balance sheet arrangements

145

 

F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

145

 

G. Other disclosures

145

 

 

 

ITEM 6.  

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

147

 

 

 

 

A. Directors and senior management

147

 

B. Compensation

153

 

C. Board practices

168

 

D. Employees

179

 

E. Share ownership

180

 

 

 

ITEM 7.  

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

180

 

 

 

 

A. Major shareholders

180

 

B. Related party transactions

182

 

C. Interests of experts and counsel

183

 

 

 

ITEM 8.  

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

183

 

 

 

 

A. Consolidated statements and other financial information

183

 

B. Significant Changes

192

 

2


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

ITEM 9.  

THE OFFER AND LISTING

192

 

 

 

 

A. Offer and listing details

192

 

B. Plan of distribution

194

 

C. Markets

194

 

D. Selling shareholders

200

 

E. Dilution

200

 

F. Expense of the issue

200

 

 

 

ITEM 10.  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

201

 

 

 

 

A. Share capital

201

 

B. Memorandum and articles of association

201

 

C. Material contracts

210

 

D. Exchange controls

210

 

E. Taxation

211

 

F. Dividends and paying agents

216

 

G. Statement by experts

216

 

H. Documents on display

216

 

I. Subsidiary information

216

 

 

 

ITEM 11.  

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

216

 

 

 

 

Introduction.

216

 

Part 1. Cornerstones of the risk function

217

 

Part 2. Credit risk  

223

 

Part 3. Trading market and structural risk  

240

 

Part 4. Liquidity and funding risk  

263

 

Part 5. Operational risk  

266

 

Part 6. Compliance and conduct risk  

269

 

Part 7. Reputational Risk

273

 

Part 8. Model risk

273

 

Part 9. Strategic risk

273

 

Part 10. Capital risk

274

 

 

 

ITEM 12.  

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

277

 

 

 

 

A. Debt Securities

277

 

B. Warrants and Rights

277

 

C. Other Securities

277

 

D. American Depositary Shares

277

 

 

 

PART II  

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 13.  

DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

279

 

 

 

ITEM 14.  

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

279

 

 

 

ITEM 15.  

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

279

 

 

 

ITEM 16  

[Reserved]

280

 

 

 

 

A. Audit committee financial expert

280

 

B. Code of Ethics

280

 

C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

281

 

D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

282

 

E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

282

 

F. Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

282

 

G. Corporate Governance

282

 

H. Mine Safety Disclosure

285

 

3


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

PART III  

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 17.  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

285

 

 

 

ITEM 18.  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

285

 

 

 

ITEM 19  

EXHIBITS

285

 

 

4


 

Table of Contents

 

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

Accounting Principles

Under Regulation (EC) No. 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 19, 2002, all companies governed by the law of an EU Member State and whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market of any Member State must prepare their consolidated financial statements in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards previously adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”).  The Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004 of December 22, 2004 on Public and Confidential Financial Reporting Rules and Formats (“Circular 4/2004”) requires Spanish credit institutions to adapt their accounting systems to the principles derived from the adoption by the European Union of International Financial Reporting Standards.  Therefore, Grupo Santander (“the Group” or “Santander”) is required to prepare its consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with the EU-IFRS and Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Differences between EU-IFRS, Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board (IFRS-IASB) are not material. Therefore, we assert that the financial information contained in this annual report on Form 20-F complies with IFRS-IASB.

We have presented our financial information according to the classification format for banks used in Spain. We have not reclassified the line items to comply with Article 9 of Regulation S-X.  Article 9 is a regulation of the US Securities and Exchange Commission that contains presentation requirements for bank holding company financial statements.

Our auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores, S.L., an independent registered public accounting firm, have audited our consolidated financial statements in respect of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 in accordance with IFRS-IASB. The year ended December 31, 2015 has been audited by Deloitte, S.L. See page F-1 and F-2 to our consolidated financial statements for the 2017 and 2016 audit report issued by PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores, S.L. and the 2015 report issued by Deloitte, S.L.

General Information

Our consolidated financial statements are in Euros, which are denoted “euro”, “euros”, “EUR” or “€” throughout this annual report.  Also, throughout this annual report, when we refer to:

·

“we”, “us”, “our”, the “Group”, “Grupo Santander” or “Santander”, we mean Banco Santander, S.A. and its subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires;

·

“dollars”,  “USD”, “US$” or “$”, we mean United States dollars; and

·

“pounds”, “GBP” or “£”, we mean United Kingdom pounds.

When we refer to “average balances” for a particular period, we mean the average of the month-end balances for that period, unless otherwise noted.  We do not believe that monthly averages present trends that are materially different from trends that daily averages would show.  In calculating our interest income, we include any interest payments we received on non-accruing loans if they were received in the period when due.

When we refer to “loans”, we mean loans, leases, discounted bills and accounts receivable, unless otherwise noted. The loan to value “LTV” ratios disclosed in this report refer to LTV ratios calculated as the ratio of the outstanding amount of the loan to the most recent available appraisal value of the mortgaged asset. Additionally, if a loan is approaching a doubtful status, we update the appraisals which are then used to estimate allowances for loan losses.

When we refer to “non-performing balances”, we mean non-performing loans and contingent liabilities (“NPL”), securities and other assets to collect.

When we refer to “allowances for credit losses”, we mean the specific allowances for impaired assets, and unless otherwise noted, the allowance for inherent losses and any allowances for country-risk.  See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Classified Assets—Allowances for Credit Losses and Country-Risk Requirements”.

When we refer to “perimeter effect”, we mean growth or reduction derived from changes in the companies that we consolidate resulting from acquisitions, dispositions or other reasons.

5


 

Table of Contents

Where a translation of foreign exchange is given for any financial data, we use the exchange rates of the relevant period (as of the end of such period for balance sheet data and the average exchange rate of such period for income statement data) as published by the European Central Bank, unless otherwise noted.

Management makes use of certain financial measures in local currency to help in the assessment of ongoing operating performance. These non-GAAP financial measures include the results of operations of our subsidiary banks located outside the eurozone, excluding the impact of foreign exchange. We analyze these banks’ performance on a local currency basis to better measure the comparability of results between periods. Because changes in foreign currency exchange rates have a non-operating impact on the results of operations, we believe that evaluating their performance on a local currency basis provides an additional and meaningful assessment of performance to both management and the company’s investors. Variances in financial metrics, excluding the exchange rate impact, are calculated by translating the components of the financial metrics to our Euro presentation currency using the same foreign currency exchange rate for both periods presented. For a discussion of the accounting principles used in translation of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities to euros, see note 2(a) to our consolidated financial statements.

In addition, throughout this report on Form 20-F we provide explanations and certain financial measures that do not include Banco Popular Español, S.A.’s balances to help assess our ongoing operating performance. These non-GAAP financial measures are included in order to enhance the comparability of results between periods given that Banco Popular Español, S.A. (“Banco Popular”) was acquired on June 7, 2017. For more information about the acquisition see Item 4. Information on the Company- Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations - Acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains statements that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, information regarding:

·

exposure to various types of market risks;

·

management strategy;

·

capital expenditures;

·

earnings and other targets; and

·

asset portfolios.

Forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as “expect,” “project,” “anticipate,” “should,” “intend,” “probability,” “risk,” “VaR,” “RORAC,” “target,” “goal,” “objective,” “estimate,” “future” and similar expressions.  We include forward-looking statements in the “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” “Information on the Company,” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Risks” sections. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.

You should understand that the following important factors, in addition to those discussed in “Key Information—Risk Factors”, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” “Information on the Company” and elsewhere in this annual report, could affect our future results and could cause those results or other outcomes to differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statement:

6


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Economic and Industry Conditions

 

   general economic or industry conditions in Spain, the U.K., the U.S., other European countries, Brazil, other Latin American countries and the other areas in which we have significant business activities or investments;

   exposure to various types of market risks, principally including interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk and equity price risk;

   a worsening of the economic environment in Spain, the U.K., the U.S., other European countries, Brazil, other Latin American countries, and increase of the volatility in the capital markets;

   the effects of a decline in real estate prices, particularly in Spain and the U.K.;

   the effects of results of the negotiations for the UK’s exit from the European Union;

   monetary and interest rate policies of the European Central Bank and various central banks;

   inflation or deflation;

   the effects of non-linear market behavior that cannot be captured by linear statistical models, such as the VaR model we use;

   changes in competition and pricing environments;

   the inability to hedge some risks economically;

   the adequacy of loss reserves;

   acquisitions or restructurings of businesses that may not perform in accordance with our expectations;

   changes in demographics, consumer spending, investment or saving habits;

   potential losses associated with prepayment of our loan and investment portfolio, declines in the value of collateral securing our loan portfolio, and counterparty risk; and

   changes in competition and pricing environments as a result of the progressive adoption of the internet for conducting financial services and/or other factors.

 

    

Political and Governmental Factors

 

   political stability in Spain, the U.K., other European countries, Latin America and the U.S.;

   changes in Spanish, U.K., E.U., U.S., Latin American, or other jurisdictions’ laws, regulations or taxes, including changes in regulatory capital and liquidity requirements, including as a result of the UK exiting the European Union; and

   increased regulation in light of the global financial crisis.

Transaction and Commercial Factors

   damage to our reputation;

   our ability to integrate successfully our acquisitions and the challenges inherent in diverting management’s focus and resources from other strategic opportunities and from operational matters while we integrate these acquisitions; and

   the outcome of our negotiations with business partners and governments.

Operating Factors

 

   potential losses associated with an increase in the level of non‑performance by counterparties to other types of financial instruments;

   technical difficulties and/or failure to improve or upgrade our information technology;

   changes in our ability to access liquidity and funding on acceptable terms, including as a result of changes in our credit spreads or a downgrade in our credit ratings or those of our more significant subsidiaries;

   our exposure to operational losses (e.g., failed internal or external processes, people and systems);

   changes in our ability to recruit, retain and develop appropriate senior management and skilled personnel;

   the occurrence of force majeure, such as natural disasters, that impact our operations or impair the asset quality of our loan portfolio; and

   the impact of changes in the composition of our balance sheet on future interest income / (charges).

 

The forward-looking statements contained in this report speak only as of the date of this report. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after that date or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

7


 

Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

A. Directors and Senior Management

Not applicable.

B. Advisers

Not applicable.

C. Auditors

Not applicable.

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

A. Offer Statistics

Not applicable.

B. Method and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

Item 3. Key Information

A. Selected financial data

Selected Consolidated Financial Information

We have selected the following financial information from our consolidated financial statements. You should read this information in connection with, and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our consolidated financial statements.

In the F-pages of this annual report on Form 20-F, our audited financial statements for the years 2017, 2016 and 2015 are presented.  The financial statements for 2014 and 2013 are not included in this document, but they can be found in our previous annual reports on Form 20-F. The audited financial statements for the years 2014 and 2013 were recast in our Report on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on November 5, 2015.

On November 19, 2015 the National Securities Market Commission published Circular 5/2015, of October 28, which adapts the models established in Annex II of Circular 1/2008, dated January 30, for the credit entities, to the new models provided for in Circular 5/2014 of November 28, of the Bank of Spain, for the years beginning on or after January 1, 2016. The adaptation of the Circular has modified the breakdown and presentation of certain headings in the financial statements, these changes being non-significant. The information for the years 2015, 2014 and 2013 was re-classified under this Circular in a way that is comparative.

In order to interpret the changes in the balances with respect to December 2017, it is necessary to take into consideration the exchange rate effect arising from the volume of foreign currency balances held in view of our geographic diversity. The appreciation/depreciation of the various currencies in which we operate against the euro in 2017 as compared to 2016 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange rates: 1 euro / currency parity

 

Average

December, 31

 

2017

2016

2017

2016

US$

1.127
1.106
1.199
1.054

Pound sterling

0.876
0.817
0.887
0.856

Brazilian real

3.594
3.831
3.973
3.431

Mexican peso

21.291
20.637
23.661
21.772

Chilean peso

731.538
747.500
736.922
707.612

Argentine peso

18.566
16.316
22.637
16.705

Polish zloty

4.256
4.362
4.177
4.410

 

8


 

Table of Contents

The financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 reflect the impact from the acquisition of Banco Popular on June 7, 2017 (see “Item 4. Information on the Company— A. History and development of the company — Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures — Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations — Acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A.” ). In addition, the financial information for the year ended December 31, 2014 reflect the impact of the reconsolidation of Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. (“SCUSA”) after we gained control of this company in January 2014. Prior to the aforementioned change of control, we accounted for our ownership interest in SCUSA using the equity method (see “Item 4. Information on the Company— A. History and development of the company — Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures — Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations — Purchase of the shares to DDFS LLC in SCUSA). Finally, the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes the results from Kredyt Bank S.A. after the merger in early 2013 of the subsidiaries in Poland of Banco Santander, S.A. and KBC Bank NV (Bank Zachodni WBK, S.A. and Kredyt Bank S.A.).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

    

2017

  

2016

  

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

(Millions of euros, except percentages and per share data)

Interest and similar income

 

56,041

 

55,156

 

57,198

 

54,656

 

51,447

 

Interest expense and similar charges

 

(21,745)

 

(24,067)

 

(24,386)

 

(25,109)

 

(25,512)

 

Interest income / (charges)

 

34,296

 

31,089

 

32,812

 

29,547

 

25,935

 

Dividend income

 

384

 

413

 

455

 

435

 

378

 

Income from companies accounted for by the equity method

 

704

 

444

 

375

 

243

 

500

 

Fee and commission income

 

14,579

 

12,943

 

13,042

 

12,515

 

12,473

 

Fee and commission expense

 

(2,982)

 

(2,763)

 

(3,009)

 

(2,819)

 

(2,712)

 

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net)

 

1,560

 

3,728

 

(770)

 

3,974

 

3,234

 

Exchange differences (net)

 

105

 

(1,627)

 

3,156

 

(1,124)

 

160

 

Other operating income

 

1,618

 

1,919

 

1,971

 

1,682

 

1,179

 

Other operating expenses

 

(1,966)

 

(1,977)

 

(2,235)

 

(1,978)

 

(1,598)

 

Income from assets under insurance and reinsurance contracts

 

2,546

 

1,900

 

1,096

 

3,532

 

4,724

 

Expenses from liabilities under insurance and reinsurance contracts

 

(2,489)

 

(1,837)

 

(998)

 

(3,395)

 

(4,607)

 

Total income

 

48,355

 

44,232

 

45,895

 

42,612

 

39,666

 

Administrative expenses

 

(20,400)

 

(18,737)

 

(19,302)

 

(17,899)

 

(17,452)

 

Personnel expenses

 

(12,047)

 

(11,004)

 

(11,107)

 

(10,242)

 

(10,069)

 

Other general expenses

 

(8,353)

 

(7,733)

 

(8,195)

 

(7,657)

 

(7,383)

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

(2,593)

 

(2,364)

 

(2,418)

 

(2,287)

 

(2,391)

 

Provisions (net)

 

(3,058)

 

(2,508)

 

(3,106)

 

(3,009)

 

(2,445)

 

Impairment or reversal of impairment of financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss (net)

 

(9,259)

 

(9,626)

 

(10,652)

 

(10,710)

 

(11,227)

 

Impairment on other assets (net)

 

(1,273)

 

(140)

 

(1,092)

 

(938)

 

(503)

 

Gains/(losses) on non financial assets and investments (net)

 

522

 

30

 

112

 

3,136

 

2,152

 

Gains from bargain purchases arising in business combinations

 

 

22

 

283

 

17

 

 

Gains/(losses) on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

 

(203)

 

(141)

 

(173)

 

(243)

 

(422)

 

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

 

12,091

 

10,768

 

9,547

 

10,679

 

7,378

 

Income tax

 

(3,884)

 

(3,282)

 

(2,213)

 

(3,718)

 

(2,034)

 

Profit from continuing operations

 

8,207

 

7,486

 

7,334

 

6,961

 

5,344

 

Profit from discontinued operations (net)

 

 

 

 

(26)

 

(15)

 

Consolidated profit for the year

 

8,207

 

7,486

 

7,334

 

6,935

 

5,329

 

Profit attributable to the Parent

 

6,619

 

6,204

 

5,966

 

5,816

 

4,175

 

Profit attributable to non controlling interest

 

1,588

 

1,282

 

1,368

 

1,119

 

1,154

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Share Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average number of shares (thousands) (1)

 

15,394,459

 

14,656,360

 

14,349,579

 

12,056,951

 

11,017,276

 

Basic earnings per share (in euros)

 

0.404

 

0.401

 

0.397

 

0.472

 

0.379

 

Basic earnings per share continuing operation (in euros)

 

0.404

 

0.401

 

0.397

 

0.474

 

0.380

 

Diluted earnings per share (in euros)

 

0.403

 

0.399

 

0.396

 

0.470

 

0.377

 

Diluted earnings per share continuing operation (in euros)

 

0.403

 

0.399

 

0.396

 

0.472

 

0.379

 

Remuneration (euros) (2)

 

0.22

 

0.21

 

0.20

 

0.60

 

0.60

 

Remuneration (US$) (2)

 

0.26

 

0.22

 

0.22

 

0.73

 

0.83

 

9


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2017

  

2016

  

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

(Millions of euros, except percentages and per share data)

 

Total assets

 

1,444,305

 

1,339,125

 

1,340,260

 

1,266,296

 

1,115,763

 

Loans and advances to central banks and credit institutions (net) (3)

 

77,430

 

76,687

 

82,530

 

81,288

 

77,913

 

Loans and advances to customers (net) (3)

 

848,915

 

790,470

 

790,848

 

734,711

 

668,856

 

Investment Securities (net) (4)

 

226,427

 

211,842

 

203,834

 

195,164

 

142,234

 

Investments: Associates and joint venture

 

6,184

 

4,836

 

3,251

 

3,471

 

5,536

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent liabilities (net)

 

49,117

 

44,434

 

39,834

 

43,770

 

40,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions (5)

 

190,314

 

149,398

 

175,374

 

155,616

 

109,397

 

Customer deposits (5)

 

777,730

 

691,111

 

683,142

 

647,706

 

608,201

 

Debt securities (5)

 

217,966

 

228,869

 

226,160

 

213,695

 

191,252

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated debt issued by Banco Santander, S.A. or issued by subsidiaries and guaranteed by Banco Santander, S.A., excluding preferred securities and preferred shares (6)

 

7,116

 

6,448

 

6,091

 

3,276

 

4,603

 

Other Subordinated debt (7)

 

5,621

 

6,124

 

7,864

 

6,878

 

7,483

 

Preferred securities (8)

 

8,369

 

6,916

 

6,749

 

6,239

 

3,652

 

Preferred shares (8)

 

404

 

413

 

449

 

739

 

401

 

Non-controlling interest (including net income of the period)

 

12,344

 

11,761

 

10,713

 

8,909

 

9,314

 

Stockholders' equity (9)

 

94,489

 

90,939

 

88,040

 

80,805

 

70,328

 

Total capitalization

 

128,343

 

122,602

 

119,906

 

106,846

 

95,781

 

Stockholders’ Equity per average share (8)

 

6.14

 

6.20

 

6.14

 

6.70

 

6.38

 

Stockholders’ Equity per share at period end (9)

 

5.86

 

6.14

 

6.02

 

6.32

 

6.10

 

Other managed funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mutual funds

 

135,749

 

129,930

 

109,028

 

109,519

 

93,304

 

Pension funds

 

11,566

 

11,298

 

11,376

 

11,481

 

10,879

 

Managed portfolio

 

19,259

 

18,032

 

20,337

 

20,369

 

20,987

 

Total other managed funds (10)

 

166,574

 

159,260

 

140,741

 

141,369

 

125,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profitability Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Yield (11)

 

2.85%

 

2.76%

 

2.90%

 

2.89%

 

2.55%

 

Return on average total assets (ROA)

 

0.58%

 

0.56%

 

0.55%

 

0.58%

 

0.44%

 

Return on average stockholders' equity (ROE) (12)

 

7.14%

 

6.99%

 

6.61%

 

7.75%

 

5.84%

 

Return on tangible equity (ROTE) (13)

 

10.41%

 

10.38%

 

9.99%

 

12.75%

 

9.64%

 

Capital Ratio:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average stockholders' equity to average total assets

 

6.58%

 

6.63%

 

6.70%

 

6.24%

 

5.89%

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (14):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excluding interest on deposits

 

2.18%

 

1.88%

 

1.77%

 

1.90%

 

1.69%

 

Including interest on deposits

 

1.55%

 

1.45%

 

1.39%

 

1.43%

 

1.29%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowances for total balances including country risk and excluding contingent liabilities as a percentage of total gross loans

 

2.74%

 

2.99%

 

3.24%

 

3.57%

 

3.59%

 

Non-performing balances as a percentage of total gross loans (15)

 

4.16%

 

4.00%

 

4.42%

 

5.30%

 

5.81%

 

Allowances for total balances as a percentage of non-performing balances (15)

 

65.97%

 

74.89%

 

73.39%

 

67.42%

 

61.76%

 

Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of total gross loans

 

1.36%

 

1.37%

 

1.34%

 

1.38%

 

1.38%

 

Ratios adding contingent liabilities to loans and advances to customers and excluding country risk (*)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowances for total balances as a percentage of total loans and contingent liabilities

 

2.66%

 

2.90%

 

3.19%

 

3.49%

 

3.48%

 

Non-performing balances as a percentage of total loans and contingent liabilities (**) (15)

 

4.08%

 

3.93%

 

4.36%

 

5.19%

 

5.64%

 

Allowances for total balances as a percentage of non-performing balances (**) (15)

 

65.24%

 

73.82%

 

73.11%

 

67.24%

 

61.65%

 

Net loan and contingent liabilities charge-offs as a percentage of total loans and contingent liabilities

 

1.29%

 

1.31%

 

1.29%

 

1.30%

 

1.29%

 


(*)    We disclose these ratios because our credit risk exposure comprises loans and advances to customers as well as contingent liabilities, all of which           are subject to impairment and, therefore, allowances are taken in respect thereof.

(**)  Includes non-performing loans and contingent liabilities, securities and other assets to collect. 

(1)

Average number of shares has been calculated on a monthly basis as the weighted average number of shares outstanding in the relevant year, net of treasury stock.

(2)

The shareholders at the annual shareholders’ meeting held on June 19, 2009 approved a remuneration scheme (scrip dividend), whereby the Bank offered the shareholders the possibility to opt to receive an amount equivalent to the dividends in cash or new shares. The remuneration per share for 2013 and 2014 disclosed above, €0.60, is calculated assuming that the four dividends for these years were paid in cash.

On January 8, 2015, an extraordinary meeting of the board of directors took place to reformulate the dividend policy of the Bank to take effect with the first dividend to be paid with respect to our 2015 results, in order to distribute three cash dividends and a scrip dividend relating to such 2015 results. Each of these dividends amounted €0.05 per share. The Bank paid the dividends on account of the earnings for the 2015 financial year in August 2015, November 2015, February 2016 and May 2016 for a gross amount per share of €0.05.

10


 

Table of Contents

The Bank has paid the four dividends on account of the earnings for the 2016 financial year in August 2016 (cash dividend of €0.055 per share), November 2016 (scrip dividend of €0.045 per share), February 2017 (cash dividend of 0.055 per share) and May 2017 (cash dividend of 0.055 per share).

The Bank has paid the first three dividends on account of the earnings for the 2017 financial year in August 2017 (cash dividend of €0.06 per share), November 2017 (scrip dividend of €0.04 per share) and February 2018 (cash dividend of 0.06 per share) and will pay the fourth dividend in May 2018 for an estimated gross amount per share of €0.06.

The remuneration per share disclosed for each financial year includes the four dividends paid or to be paid on account of that financial year.

(3)

Equals the sum of the amounts included under the headings “Financial assets held for trading”, “Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss” and “Loans and receivables” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.

(4)

Equals the amounts included as “Debt instruments” and “Equity instruments” under the headings “Financial assets held for trading”, “Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss”, “Available-for-sale financial assets”, “Loans and receivables” and “Held-to-maturity investments” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.

(5)

Equals the sum of the amounts included under the headings “Financial liabilities held for trading”, “Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss” and “Financial liabilities at amortized cost” included in notes 20, 21 and 22 to our consolidated financial statements

(6)

In December 2017 the subordinated debt issuer entities merged with Banco Santander, S.A.

(7)

Other Subordinated debt amounts are at the subsidiary level.

(8)

In our consolidated financial statements, preferred securities and preferred shares are included under “Subordinated liabilities”. In the table above Subordinated liabilities are included both under Liabilities and Capitalization.

(9)

Equals the sum of the amounts included at the end of each year as “Shareholders’ Equity” and “Other comprehensive income” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.  We have deducted the book value of treasury stock from stockholders’ equity.

(10)

Since December 2013 we hold a 50% ownership interest in Santander Asset Management (SAM) and control this company jointly with Warburg Pincus and General Atlantic. Funds under “Other managed funds” are mostly managed by SAM.

(11)

Net yield is the total of interest income / (charges) (including dividends on equity securities) divided by average earning assets.  See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Selected Statistical Information—Assets—Earning Assets—Yield Spread”.

(12)

The Return on average stockholders’ equity ratio is calculated as profit attributable to the Parent divided by average stockholders’ equity. In 2014, if for comparison purposes we include in the denominator the €7,500 million capital increase made in January 2015, ROE would be 7.05%.

(13)

The Return on average tangible equity ratio (ROTE) is calculated as profit attributable to the Parent divided by the monthly average of: capital + reserves + retained earnings + other comprehensive income (excluding non-controlling interests) - goodwill – other intangible assets. We provide this non-GAAP financial measure as an additional measure to return on equity to provide a way to look at our performance which is closely aligned to our capital position. In 2014, if for comparison purposes we include in the denominator the €7,500 million capital increase made in January 2015, ROTE would be 10.95%.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(million euros, except percentages)

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

Profit attributable to the parent

 

6,619

 

6,204 

 

5,966 

 

5,816 

 

4,175 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average equity

 

92,637

 

88,741 

 

90,220 

 

75,047 

 

71,511 

 

Effect of goodwill and other intangible assets

 

(29,043)

 

(28,972)

 

(30,486)

 

(29,446)

 

(28,221)

 

Average tangible equity

 

63,594

 

59,769 

 

59,734 

 

45,601 

 

43,290 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on equity (ROE)

 

7.14

%

6.99

%

6.61

%

7.75

%

5.84

%

Return on tangible equity (ROTE)

 

10.41

%

10.38

%

9.99

%

12.75

%

9.64

%

 

(14)

For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of pre-tax income from continuing operations before adjustment for income or loss from equity investees plus fixed charges.  Fixed charges consist of total interest expense (including or excluding interest on deposits as appropriate) and the interest expense portion of rental expense.

(15)

Reflect Bank of Spain classifications.  These classifications differ from the classifications applied by U.S. banks in reporting loans as non-accrual, past due, restructured and potential problem loans.  See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Classified Assets—Bank of Spain’s Classification Requirements”.

11


 

Table of Contents

Set forth below is a table showing our allowances for non-performing balances broken down by various categories as disclosed and discussed throughout this annual report on Form 20-F:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowances refers to:

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions of euros)

Allowances for total balances (*) (excluding country risk)

 

24,529

 

24,835

 

27,121

 

28,046

 

25,681

 

Allowances for contingent liabilities and commitments (excluding country risk)

 

614

 

457

 

616

 

652

 

688

 

Allowances for total balances (excluding contingent liabilities and commitments and excluding country risk):

 

23,915

 

24,378

 

26,505

 

27,394

 

24,993

 

Allowances referred to country risk and other

 

767

 

528

 

322

 

46

 

154

 

Allowances for total balances (excluding contingent liabilities and commitments)

 

24,682

 

24,906

 

26,827

 

27,440

 

25,147

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowances for customers

 

23,934

 

24,393

 

26,517

 

27,217

 

24,903

 

Allowances for credit institutions and other financial assets

 

18

 

15

 

19

 

79

 

37

 

Allowances for Debt instruments

 

730

 

498

 

291

 

144

 

207

 


(*)    Non-performing loans and contingent liabilities and other assets to collect.

Exchange Rates

The exchange rates shown below are those published by the European Central Bank (“ECB”), for euros and dollars (expressed in dollars per euro) and are based on the daily consultation procedures between central banks within and outside the European System of Central Banks, which normally takes place at 14:15 p.m. CET.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate During Period

 

Calendar Period

    

Period End ($)

    

Average Rate ($)

 

2013

 

1.38

 

1.33

 

2014

 

1.21

 

1.33

 

2015

 

1.09

 

1.11

 

2016

 

1.05

 

1.11

 

2017

 

1.20

 

1.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate During Period

 

Last six months

    

High $

    

Low $

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

October

 

1.19

 

1.16

 

November

 

1.20

 

1.16

 

December

 

1.20

 

1.17

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

January

 

1.25

 

1.19

 

February

 

1.25

 

1.22

 

March (through March 22, 2018)

 

1.24

 

1.22

 

 

On March 22, 2018, the exchange rate for euros and dollars (expressed in dollars per euro), as published by the ECB, was $1.23.

For a discussion of the accounting principles used in translation of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities to euros, see note 2 (a) to our consolidated financial statements.

B. Capitalization and indebtedness.

Not Applicable.

C. Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds.

Not Applicable.

12


 

Table of Contents

D. Risk factors.

1.

Macro-Economic and Political Risks

1.1 Our growth, asset quality and profitability may be adversely affected by volatile macroeconomic and political conditions. 

Our loan portfolio is concentrated in Continental Europe (in particular, Spain), the United Kingdom, Latin America and the United States. At December 31, 2017, Continental Europe accounted for 45% of our total loan portfolio (Spain accounted for 27% of our total loan portfolio), the United Kingdom (where the loan portfolio consists primarily of residential mortgages) accounted for 29%, Latin America accounted for 17% (of which Brazil represents 8% of our total loan portfolio) and the United States accounted for 8%. Accordingly, the recoverability of these loan portfolios in particular, and our ability to increase the amount of loans outstanding and our results of operations and financial condition in general, are dependent to a significant extent on the level of economic activity in Continental Europe (in particular, Spain), the United Kingdom, Latin America and the United States. In addition, we are exposed to sovereign debt in these regions (for more information on our exposure to sovereign debt, see Note 51.d and Note 54.b) 4. 4.4 to our consolidated financial statements). A return to recessionary conditions in the economies of Continental Europe (in particular, Spain), the United Kingdom, some of the Latin American countries in which we operate or the United States, would likely have a significant adverse impact on our loan portfolio and sovereign debt holdings and, as a result, on our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.  See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview”.

Our revenues are also subject to risk of loss from unfavorable political and diplomatic developments, social instability, and changes in governmental policies, including expropriation, nationalization, international ownership legislation, interest-rate caps and tax policies.

The economies of some of the countries where we operate have been affected by a series of political events, including the UK’s vote to leave the EU in June 2016, which caused significant volatility (for more information, see the risk factor 1.2 entitled ‘Exposure to UK political developments, including the negotiations for the country’s exit from the European Union, could have a material adverse effect on us’). The Catalonian region has recently experienced several social and political movements calling for the region’s secession from Spain. As of the date of this report, considerable uncertainty exists regarding the outcome of political and social tensions in Catalonia, which could result in potential disruptions in business, financing conditions or the environment in which we operate in the region and in the rest of Spain, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. There can be no assurance that the European and global economic environments will not continue to be affected by political developments.

The economies of some of the countries where we operate, particularly in Latin America, have experienced significant volatility in recent decades. This volatility resulted in fluctuations in the levels of deposits and in the relative economic strength of various segments of the economies to which we lend. In addition, some of the countries where we operate are particularly affected by commodities price fluctuations, which in turn may affect financial market conditions through exchange rate fluctuations, interest rate volatility and deposits volatility. Negative and fluctuating economic conditions, such as slowing or negative growth and a changing interest rate environment, impact our profitability by causing lending margins to decrease and credit quality to decline and leading to decreased demand for higher margin products and services.

There is uncertainty over the long-term effects of the monetary and fiscal policies that have been adopted by the central banks and financial authorities of some of the world’s leading economies, including China. Furthermore, financial turmoil in emerging markets tends to adversely affect stock prices and debt securities prices of other emerging markets as investors move their money to more stable and developed markets. Continued or increased perceived risks associated with investing in emerging economies in general, or the emerging market economies where the Group operates in particular, could further dampen capital flows to such economies and adversely affect such economies, and as a result, could have an adverse impact on the Group’s business and results of operations.

Additionally, the results of the 2016 United States presidential and congressional elections generated volatility in the global capital and currency markets and created uncertainty about the relationship between the United States and Mexico. The uncertainty persists in relation to the United States trade policy, in particular the renegotiation of the North American Free Trade Agreement and a further protectionist shift.

1.2

Exposure to UK political developments, including the ongoing negotiations between the UK and the European Union, could have a material adverse effect on us.

On June 23, 2016, the UK held a referendum (the UK EU Referendum) on its membership in the EU, in which a majority voted for the UK to leave the EU. Immediately following the result, the UK and global stock and foreign exchange markets commenced a period of significant volatility, including a steep devaluation of the pound sterling. There remains significant uncertainty relating to the process,

13


 

Table of Contents

timing and negotiation of the UK’s exit from, and future relationship with, the EU and the basis of the UK’s future trading relationship with the rest of the world.

On March 29, 2017, the UK Prime Minister gave notice under Article 50(2) of the Treaty on European Union of the UK’s intention to withdraw from the EU. The delivery of the Article 50(2) notice has triggered a two year period of negotiation which will determine the terms on which the UK will exit the EU, taking account of the framework for the UK’s future relationship with the EU. Unless extended, the UK’s EU membership will cease after this two year period. The timing of, and process for, such negotiations and the resulting terms of the UK’s future economic, trading and legal relationships are uncertain, as is the basis of the UK’s future trading relationship with the rest of the world. There is a possibility that the UK’s membership ends at such time without reaching any agreement on the terms of its relationship with the EU going forward, although we note that movement to phase two of the negotiations - with focus on finalizing withdrawal issues, transition arrangements and a framework for the UK’s future relationship with the EU - was agreed on December 15, 2017.

A general election in the UK was held on June 8, 2017 (the General Election). The General Election resulted in a hung parliament with no political party obtaining the majority required to form an outright government. On June 26, 2017 it was announced that the Conservative party had reached an agreement with the Democratic Unionist Party (the DUP) in order for the Conservative party to form a minority government with legislative support (‘confidence and supply’) from the DUP. The long term effects of the General Election, which resulted in a minority government, are difficult to predict due to significant uncertainty and the impact on the negotiation of the UK’s exit from the EU. The outcome of the General Election could have a significant impact on the future international and domestic political agendas of the government (including the UK’s exit from the EU), and on the ability of the government to pass legislation in the House of Commons, as well as increasing the risk of further early general elections and a period of political instability and/or a change of government.

While the longer term effects of the UK EU Referendum are difficult to predict, the effects of this Referendum, in addition to the uncertainty created as a result of the outcome of the General Election, could include further financial instability and slower economic growth as well as higher unemployment and inflation in the UK. For instance, the UK Government has stated its intention for the UK to leave both the EU Single Market and the EU Customs Union (thereby ceasing to be party to the global trade deals negotiated by the EU on behalf of its members) and this could affect the attractiveness of the UK as a global investment center and increase tariff and non-tariff barriers for the UK’s trading relationships and, as a result, could have a detrimental impact on UK economic growth. Sustained low or negative interest rates would put further pressure on our interest margins and adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and prospects. Equally, further rises in interest rates (in addition to the rate rise in November 2017) could result in larger default losses which would also impact on our operating results, financial condition and prospects. 

The UK EU Referendum has also given rise to further calls for a second referendum on Scottish independence. These developments, or the perception that they could occur, could have a material adverse effect on economic conditions and the stability of financial markets, and could significantly reduce market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets.

Asset valuations, currency exchange rates and credit ratings may be particularly subject to increased market volatility during the period of the negotiation of the UK’s exit from the EU. The major credit rating agencies downgraded and changed their outlook to negative on the UK’s sovereign credit rating following the UK EU Referendum and there is a risk that this may recur during the negotiation of the UK’s exit from the EU as the potential terms of the exit (and any transition period) become public.

In addition, we are subject to substantial EU-derived regulation and oversight. There remains significant uncertainty as to the respective legal and regulatory environments in which we and our subsidiaries will operate when the UK is no longer a member of the EU. This may cause potentially divergent national laws and regulations across Europe should EU laws be replaced, in whole or in part, by UK laws on the same (or substantially similar) issues.

For example, we are in the process of implementing a number of key restructuring and strategic initiatives, such as the ring-fencing of our retail banking activities in the UK, all of which will be carried out throughout this period of significant uncertainty. This may impact the prospects for successful execution and impose additional pressure on management.

Operationally, there is a significant risk that we and other financial institutions may no longer be able to rely on the European passporting framework for financial services (or an equivalent regime) and may be required to apply for authorization in multiple EU jurisdictions, the costs, timing and viability of which is uncertain. This uncertainty, and any actions taken as a result of this uncertainty, as well as new or amended rules, may have a significant impact on our operating results, financial condition and prospects. In addition, the lack of clarity of the impact of the UK EU Referendum on foreign nationals’ long-term residency permissions in the UK may make it challenging for our subsidiaries in the UK to retain and recruit adequate staff, which may adversely impact our business.

14


 

Table of Contents

The UK political developments described above, along with any further changes in government structure and policies, may lead to further market volatility and changes to the fiscal, monetary and regulatory landscape in which we operate and could have a material adverse effect on us, including our ability to access capital and liquidity on financial terms acceptable to us and, more generally, on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

1.3 We are vulnerable to disruptions and volatility in the global financial markets.

Global economic conditions deteriorated significantly between 2007 and 2009, and many of the countries in which we operate fell into recession. Although most countries have recovered, this recovery may not be sustainable. Many major financial institutions, including some of the world’s largest global commercial banks, investment banks, mortgage lenders, mortgage guarantors and insurance companies experienced, and some continue to experience, significant difficulties. Around the world, there were runs on deposits at several financial institutions, numerous institutions sought additional capital or were assisted by governments, and many lenders and institutional investors reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers (including to other financial institutions). In the European Union the principal concern today is the risk of slowdown of activity, because the tax and financial integration, although not completed, has limited an individual country’s ability to address potential economic crises with its own fiscal and monetary policies.

In particular, we face, among others, the following risks related to the economic downturn:

·

Reduced demand for our products and services.

·

Increased regulation of our industry. Compliance with such regulation will continue to increase our costs and may affect the pricing for our products and services, increase our conduct and regulatory risks related to non-compliance and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.

·

Inability of our borrowers to timely or fully comply with their existing obligations. Macroeconomic shocks may negatively impact the household income of our retail customers and may adversely affect the recoverability of our retail loans, resulting in increased loan losses. 

·

The process we use to estimate losses inherent in our credit exposure requires complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how these economic conditions might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. The degree of uncertainty concerning economic conditions may adversely affect the accuracy of our estimates, which may, in turn, impact the reliability of the process and the sufficiency of our loan loss allowances.

·

The value and liquidity of the portfolio of investment securities that we hold may be adversely affected.

·

Any worsening of global economic conditions may delay the recovery of the international financial industry and impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Despite recent improvements in certain segments of the global economy, uncertainty remains concerning the future economic environment. Such economic uncertainty could have a negative impact on our business and results of operations. A slowing or failing of the economic recovery would likely aggravate the adverse effects of these difficult economic and market conditions on us and on others in the financial services industry.

A return to volatile conditions in the global financial markets could have a material adverse effect on us, including on our ability to access capital and liquidity on financial terms acceptable to us, if at all. If capital markets financing ceases to become available, or becomes excessively expensive, we may be forced to raise the rates we pay on deposits to attract more customers and become unable to maintain certain liability maturities. Any such increase in capital markets funding availability or costs or in deposit rates could have a material adverse effect on our interest margins and liquidity.

If all or some of the foregoing risks were to materialize, this could have a material adverse effect on our financing availability and terms and, more generally, on our results, financial condition and prospects.

1.4 We may suffer adverse effects as a result of economic and sovereign debt tensions in the eurozone.

Conditions in the capital markets and the economy generally in the eurozone showed signs of fragility and volatility, with political tensions in Europe being particularly heightened in the past two years. In addition, interest rate spreads among eurozone countries affected government funding and borrowing rates in those economies. A reappearance of political tensions in the eurozone could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

15


 

Table of Contents

The UK EU referendum caused significant volatility in the global stock and foreign exchange markets. On October 27, 2017, a Spanish region (Catalonia) declared independence from Spain resulting in subsequent intervention by the Spanish Government and causing political, social and economic instability in this region. Following these events, the risk of further instability in the eurozone cannot be excluded.

In the past, the European Central Bank (ECB) and European Council have taken actions with the aim of reducing the risk of contagion in the eurozone and beyond and improving economic and financial stability. Notwithstanding these measures, a significant number of financial institutions throughout Europe have substantial exposures to sovereign debt issued by eurozone (and other) nations, which may be under financial stress. Should any of those nations default on their debt, or experience a significant widening of credit spreads, major financial institutions and banking systems throughout Europe could be adversely affected, with wider possible adverse consequences for global financial market conditions. The risk of returning to fragile, volatile and political tensions exists if current ECB policies in place to control the crisis are normalized, the reforms aimed at improving productivity and competition do not progress, the closing of the bank union and other measures of integration is not deepened or anti-European groups succeed.

We have direct and indirect exposure to financial and economic conditions throughout the eurozone economies. Concerns relating to sovereign defaults or a partial or complete break-up of the European Monetary Union, including potential accompanying redenomination risks and uncertainties, still exist in light of the political and economic factors mentioned above. A deterioration of the economic and financial environment could have a material adverse impact on the whole financial sector, creating new challenges in sovereign and corporate lending and resulting in significant disruptions in financial activities at both the market and retail levels.  This could materially and adversely affect our operating results, financial position and prospects.

2.

Risks Relating to Our Business

2.1 Risks relating to the acquisition of Banco Popular

2.1.1 The acquisition of Banco Popular (the “Acquisition”) could give rise to a wide range of litigation or other claims being filed that could have a material adverse effect on us.

The Acquisition took place in execution of the resolution of the Steering Committee of the Spanish banking resolution authority (“FROB”) of June 7, 2017, adopting the measures required to implement the decision of the European banking resolution authority (the Single Resolution Board or “SRB”), in its Extended Executive Session of June 7, 2017, adopting the resolution scheme in respect of Banco Popular, in compliance with article 29 of Regulation (EU) No. 806/2014 of the European Parliament and Council of July 15, 2014, establishing uniform rules and a uniform procedure for the resolution of credit institutions and certain investment firms in the framework of a Single Resolution Mechanism and a Single Resolution Fund and amending Regulation (EU) No. 1093/2010 (the “FROB Resolution”).

Pursuant to the aforesaid FROB Resolution, (i) all of the ordinary shares of Banco Popular outstanding prior to the date of that decision were immediately cancelled to create a non-distributable voluntary reserve, (ii) a capital increase was effected with no preemptive subscription rights, to convert all of Banco Popular’s Additional Tier 1 capital instruments into shares of Banco Popular, (iii) the share capital was reduced to zero euros through the cancellation of the shares derived from the conversion described in point (ii) above to create a non-distributable voluntary reserve, (iv) a capital increase with no preemptive subscription rights was effected to convert all of Banco Popular’s Tier 2 regulatory capital instruments into Banco Popular shares, and (v) all Banco Popular shares deriving from the conversion described in point (iv) above were acquired by Banco Santander for a total consideration of one euro (€1).

Since Banco Popular’s declaration of resolution, the cancellation and conversion of its capital instruments, and the subsequent transfer to Banco Santander of the shares resulting from that conversion through the resolution tool of selling the entity’s business, all under the rules of the single resolution framework indicated above, have no precedent in Spain or in any other EU member state, appeals against the FROB’s decision cannot be ruled out, nor can claims against Banco Popular, Banco Santander or other entities of the Group derived from or related to the Acquisition. Various investors, advisors or financial institutions have announced their intention to explore, and, in some cases, have already filed various claims relating to the Acquisition. As to those possible appeals or claims, it is not possible to anticipate the specific demands that might be made, or their financial impact (particularly as any such claims may not quantify their demands, may make new legal interpretations or may involve a large number of parties). The success of those appeals or claims could affect the Acquisition, including the payment of indemnification or compensation or settlements, and in any of those events have a material adverse effect on the results and financial condition of the Group.

It is also possible that, as a result of the Acquisition, Banco Popular, its directors, officers or employees and the entities controlled by Banco Popular may be the subject of claims, including, but not limited to, claims derived from investors’ acquisition of Banco Popular shares or capital instruments prior to the FROB Resolution (including specifically, but also not limited to, shares acquired in the context of the capital increase with preemptive subscription rights effected in 2016), which could have a material adverse effect on the results and financial condition of the Group. In this regard, on April 3, 2017, Banco Popular submitted a material fact ( hecho relevante ) to the

16


 

Table of Contents

Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores (the “CNMV” or “Spanish Securities Market Commission”) reporting some corrections that its internal audit unit had identified in relation to several figures in its financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016. The board of directors of Banco Popular, being responsible for said financial statements, considered that, following a report of the audit committee, the circumstances did not represent, on an individual basis or taken as a whole, a significant impact that would justify the restatement of Banco Popular’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Banco Popular is exposed to possible claims derived from the isolated items identified in the aforesaid material fact or others of an analogous nature, which, if they were to materialize and be upheld, could have a material adverse effect on the results and financial condition of the Group.

2.1.2 The Acquisition might fail to provide the expected results and profits and might expose us to unforeseen risks.

Banco Santander decided to make an offer to acquire Banco Popular because it believed, based on the public information available about Banco Popular and other information to which it had limited access for a short period of time, that the Acquisition would generate a series of synergies and benefits for the Group, resulting from the implementation of business management and operating models that are more efficient in terms of costs and income. Banco Santander may have overvalued those synergies, or they may fail to materialize, which could also have a material adverse effect on the Group. The risk analysis and assessment done prior to the Acquisition was based on available public information and remaining non-material information that was provided in the aforesaid review process. Banco Santander did not independently verify the accuracy, veracity or completeness of that information. It cannot be ruled out that the information provided by Banco Popular to the market or to Banco Santander might contain errors or omissions, nor can Banco Santander, in turn, guarantee that that information is accurate and complete. Therefore, some of the valuations used by Banco Santander as the basis of its acquisition decision may have been inaccurate, incomplete or out of date. Likewise, and given the specific features and urgency of the process through which Banco Santander acquired Banco Popular, no representations or warranties were obtained regarding Banco Popular’s assets, liabilities and business in general, other than those relating to the ownership of the shares acquired. Banco Santander has had limited access to information on Banco Popular and Banco Santander’s information on Banco Popular may not yet have been processed or analyzed in its entirety. Therefore, Banco Santander might find damaged or impaired assets, unknown risks or hidden liabilities, or situations that are currently unknown and that might result in material contingencies or exceed the Group’s current estimates, and those circumstances are not hedged or protected under the terms of the Acquisition, which, were they to materialize, might have a material adverse effect on the Group’s results and financial condition.

The integration of Banco Popular and its group of companies into the Group after the Acquisition may be difficult and complex, may involve internal restructuring, including the potential merger of Banco Popular with another Group entity or other corporate transaction or restructuring involving other Group entities, and the costs, profits and synergies derived from that integration may not be in line with expectations. For example, Banco Santander might have to face difficulties and obstacles as a result of, among other things, the need to integrate, or even the existence of conflicts between the operating and administrative systems, and the control and risk management systems at the two banks, or the need to implement, integrate and harmonize different procedures and specific business operating systems and financial, information and accounting systems or any other systems of the two groups; and have to face losses of customers or assume contract terminations with various counterparties and for various reasons, which might determine the need to costs or losses of income that are unexpected or in amounts higher than anticipated. Similarly, the integration process may also cause changes or redundancies, especially in the Group’s business in Spain and Portugal, as well as additional or extraordinary costs or losses of income that make it necessary to make adjustments in the business or in the resources of the entities. Additionally, our assessment over internal controls over financial reporting for the year ended December 31, 2017, excluded Banco Popular and its subsidiaries, as permitted by the relevant rules and regulations. Accordingly, initial testing of Banco Popular’s internal controls over financial reporting in connection with the assessment for the year ending December 31, 2018, may result in the identification of control deficiencies that we would be required to remediate. All these circumstances could have a material adverse effect on the results and financial condition of the Group.

2.1.3 The integration of Banco Popular and its consequences could require a great deal of effort from Banco Santander and its management team.

The integration of Banco Popular into the Group could require a great deal of dedication and attention from the Banco Santander’s management and staff, which could restrict its resources or prevent them from carrying out the Group’s business activities, and this could negatively impact its results and financial situation.

2.1.4 A number of individual and class actions have been brought against Banco Popular in relation to floor clauses (“cláusulas suelo”). If the cost of these actions is higher than the provisions made, this could have material adverse impact on our results and financial situation.

Floor clauses (“cláusulas suelo”) are clauses whereby the borrower agrees to pay a minimum interest rate to the lender regardless of the applicable benchmark rate. Banco Popular has included floor clauses in certain asset operations with customers.

17


 

Table of Contents

See details of the legal proceedings related to floor clauses in “Item 8. Financial Information – A. Consolidated statements and other information – Legal Proceedings – ii. Non-tax-related proceedings”.

The estimates for these provisions and the estimate for maximum risk associated with the aforementioned floors clauses as described in “Item 8. Financial Information – A. Consolidated statements and other information – Legal Proceedings – ii. Non-tax-related proceedings” were made by Banco Popular based on hypotheses, assumptions and premises it considered to be reasonable. However, these estimates may not be complete, may not have factored in all customers or former customers that could potentially file claims, the most recent facts or legal trends adopted by the Spanish courts, or any other circumstances that could be relevant for establishing the impact of floor clauses for Banco Popular and its group or the successful outcome of the claims filed in relation to these floor clauses. Consequently, the provisions made by Banco Popular or the estimate for maximum risk could prove to be inadequate, and may have to be increased to cover the impact of the different actions being processed in relation to floor clauses or to cover additional liabilities, which could lead to higher costs for the entity. This could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s results and financial situation.

2.2

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks

2.2.1

We are exposed to risk of loss from legal and regulatory proceedings.

We face risk of loss from legal and regulatory proceedings, including tax proceedings, that could subject us to monetary judgments, regulatory enforcement actions, fines and penalties. The current regulatory and tax enforcement environment in the jurisdictions in which we operate reflects an increased supervisory focus on enforcement, combined with uncertainty about the evolution of the regulatory regime, and may lead to material operational and compliance costs.

We are from time to time subject to regulatory investigations and civil and tax claims, and party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business, including in connection with conflicts of interest, lending securities and derivatives activities, relationships with our employees and other commercial or tax matters. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal matters, particularly where the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages, or where the cases present novel legal theories, involve a large number of parties or are in the early stages of investigation or   discovery, we cannot state with confidence what the eventual outcome of these pending matters will be or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties related to each pending matter may be. The amount of our reserves in respect of these matters is substantially less than the total amount of the claims asserted against us, and, in light of the uncertainties involved in such claims and proceedings, there is no assurance that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not significantly exceed the reserves currently accrued by us. As a result, the outcome of a particular matter may be material to our operating results for a particular period.

2.2.2

We are subject to substantial regulation and regulatory and governmental oversight which could adversely affect our business, operations and financial condition.

As a financial institution, we are subject to extensive regulation, which materially affects our businesses. The statutes, regulations and policies to which we are subject may be changed at any time. In addition, the interpretation and the application by regulators of the laws and regulations to which we are subject may also change from time to time. Extensive legislation and implementing regulation affecting the financial services industry has recently been adopted in regions that directly or indirectly affect our business, including Spain, the United States, the European Union, the UK, Latin America and other jurisdictions, and further regulations are in the process of being implemented. The manner in which those laws and related regulations are applied to the operations of financial institutions is still evolving. Moreover, to the extent these regulations are implemented inconsistently in the various jurisdictions in which we operate, we may face higher compliance costs. Any legislative or regulatory actions and any required changes to our business operations resulting from such legislation and regulations, as well as any deficiencies in our compliance with such legislation and regulation, could result in significant loss of revenue, limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in which we might otherwise consider engaging and provide certain products and services, affect the value of assets that we hold, require us to increase our prices and therefore reduce demand for our products, impose additional compliance and other costs on us or otherwise adversely affect our businesses. In particular, legislative or regulatory actions resulting in enhanced prudential standards, in particular with respect to capital and liquidity, could impose a significant regulatory burden on the Bank or on its bank subsidiaries and could limit the bank subsidiaries’ ability to distribute capital and liquidity to the Bank, thereby negatively impacting the Bank. Future liquidity standards could require the Bank to maintain a greater proportion of its assets in highly-liquid but lower-yielding financial instruments, which would negatively affect its net interest margin. Moreover, the Bank's regulatory authorities, as part of their supervisory function, periodically review the Bank's allowance for loan losses. Such regulators may require the Bank to increase its allowance for loan losses or to recognize further losses. Any such additional provisions for loan losses, as required by these regulatory agencies, whose views may differ from those of the Bank's management, could have an adverse effect on the Bank’s earnings and financial condition. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that future changes in regulations or in their interpretation or application will not adversely affect us.

18


 

Table of Contents

The wide range of regulations, actions and proposals which most significantly affect us, or which could most significantly affect us in the future, relate to capital requirements, funding and liquidity and development of a fiscal and banking union in the EU, which are discussed in further detail below. Moreover, there is uncertainty regarding the future of financial reforms in the United States and the impact that potential financial reform changes to the U.S. banking system may have on ongoing international regulatory proposals. In general, regulatory reforms adopted or proposed in the wake of the financial crisis have increased and may continue to materially increase the Group's operating costs and negatively impact the Group's business model. Furthermore, regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in how to regulate banks, and this discretion, and the means available to the regulators, have been increasing during recent years. Regulation may be imposed on an  ad hoc basis by governments and regulators in response to a crisis, and these may especially affect financial institutions such us that are deemed to be a global systemically important institution (" G-SII ").

The main regulations and regulatory and governmental oversight that can adversely impact us include but are not limited to the following (see more details on “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation):

Capital requirements, liquidity, funding and structural reform

Increasingly onerous capital requirements constitute one of our main regulatory challenges. Increasing capital requirements may adversely affect our profitability and create regulatory risk associated with the possibility of failure to maintain required capital levels. As a Spanish financial institution, we are subject to the Capital Requirements Regulation (Regulation (EU) No 575/2013) (“CRR”) and the Capital Requirements Directive (Directive 2013/36/EU) (“CRD IV”), through which the EU began implementing the Basel III capital reforms from January 1, 2014, with certain requirements in the process of being phased in until January 1, 2019. While the CRD IV required national transposition, the CRR was directly applicable in all the EU member states. This regulation is complemented by several binding technical standards and guidelines issued by the European Banking Authority (“EBA”), directly applicable in all EU member states, without the need for national implementation measures either. The implementation of the CRD IV into Spanish law has taken place through Royal Decree Law 14/2013 and Law 10/2014, Royal Decree 84/2015, Bank of Spain Circular 2/2014 and Bank of Spain Circular 2/2016. Credit institutions, such as us, are required, on a standalone and consolidated basis, to hold a minimum amount of regulatory capital of 8% of risk weighted assets (of which at least 4.5% must be Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital and at least 6% must be Tier 1 capital). In addition to the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the CRD IV also introduced capital buffer requirements that must be met with CET1 capital. The CRD IV introduces five new capital buffers: (1) the capital conservation buffer for unexpected losses, requiring additional CET1 of up to 2.5% of total risk weighted assets; (2) the institution-specific counter-cyclical capital buffer (consisting of the weighted average of the counter-cyclical capital buffer rates that apply in the jurisdictions where the relevant credit exposures are located), which may require as much as additional CET1 capital of 2.5% of total risk weighted assets or higher pursuant to the requirements set by the competent authority; (3) the G-SIIs buffer requiring additional CET1 of between 1% and 3.5% of risk weighted assets; (4) the other systemically important institutions buffer, which may be as much as 2% of risk weighted assets; and (5) the CET1 systemic risk buffer to prevent systemic or macro prudential risks of at least 1% of risk weighted assets (to be set by the competent authority). Beginning in 2016, and subject to the applicable phase-in period, entities are required to comply with the “combined buffer requirement” (broadly, the combination of the capital conservation buffer, the institution-specific counter-cyclical buffer and the higher of (depending on the institution) the systemic risk buffer, the G-SIIs buffer and the other systemically important institutions buffer, in each case as applicable to the institution).

We will be required to maintain a capital conservation buffer of additional CET1 capital of 2.5% of risk weighted assets and a systemically important institutions buffer of additional CET1 capital of 1% of risk weighted assets, in each case considered on a fully loaded basis. However, as of the date of this report, due to the application of the phase-in period, we are required to maintain a conservation buffer of additional CET1 capital of 1.875% of risk weighted assets, a G-SII buffer of additional CET1 capital of 0.75% of risk weighted assets and a counter-cyclical capital buffer of additional CET1 capital of 0.03% of risk weighted assets.

Article 104 of the CRD IV, as implemented by Article 68 of Law 10/2014, and similarly Article 16 of Council Regulation (EU) No 1024/2013 of October 15, 2013 conferring specific tasks on the ECB concerning policies relating to the prudential supervision of credit institutions (the “SSM Regulation”), also contemplate that in addition to the minimum “Pillar 1” capital requirements and any applicable capital buffer, supervisory authorities may impose further “Pillar 2” capital requirements to cover other risks, including those not considered to be fully captured by the minimum capital requirements under the CRD IV or to address macro-prudential considerations. This may result in the imposition of additional capital requirements on us pursuant to this “Pillar 2” framework. Any failure by us to maintain our “Pillar 1” minimum regulatory capital ratios and any “Pillar 2” additional capital requirements could result in administrative actions or sanctions (including restrictions on discretionary payments), which, in turn, may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

The European Central Bank clarified in its "Frequently asked questions on the 2016 EU-wide stress test" (July 2016) that the institution specific Pillar 2 capital will consist of two parts: Pillar 2 requirement and Pillar 2 guidance. Pillar 2 requirements are binding and breaches can have direct legal consequences for banks, while Pillar 2 guidance is not directly binding and a failure to meet Pillar 2

19


 

Table of Contents

guidance does not automatically trigger legal action, even though the ECB expects banks to meet Pillar 2 guidance. Following this clarification, it is understood that Pillar 2 guidance is not expected to trigger the automatic restriction of the distribution and calculation of the “Maximum Distributable Amount”.

The ECB is required to carry out, at least on an annual basis, assessments under the CRD IV of the additional “Pillar 2” capital requirements that may be imposed for each of the European banking institutions subject to the Single Supervisory Mechanism (the “SSM”) and accordingly requirements may change from year to year. Any additional capital requirement that may be imposed on us by the ECB pursuant to these assessments may require us to hold capital levels similar to, or higher than, those required under the full application of the CRD IV. There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to maintain such capital ratios.

In addition to the above, the EBA published on December 19, 2014 its final guidelines for common procedures and methodologies in respect of its supervisory review and evaluation process (“SREP”). Included in this were the EBA’s proposed guidelines for a common approach to determining the amount and composition of additional Pillar 2 capital requirements implemented on January 1, 2016. Under these guidelines, national supervisors must set a composition requirement for the Pillar 2 additional capital requirements to cover certain specified risks of at least 56% CET1 capital and at least 75% Tier 1 capital. The guidelines also contemplate that national supervisors should not set additional capital requirements in respect of risks which are already covered by capital buffer requirements and/or additional macro-prudential requirements; and, accordingly, the above “combined buffer requirement” is in addition to the minimum Pillar 1 capital requirement and to the additional Pillar 2 capital requirement. Therefore capital buffers would be the first layer of capital to be eroded pursuant to the applicable stacking order, as set out in the “Opinion of the EBA on the interaction of Pillar 1, Pillar 2 and combined buffer requirements and restrictions on distributions” published on 16 December 2015. In this regard, under Article 141 of the CRD IV, Member States of the EU must require that an institution that fails to meet the “combined buffer requirement” or the “Pillar 2” capital requirements described above, will be prohibited from paying any “discretionary payments” (which are defined broadly by the CRD IV as payments relating to CET1, variable remuneration and payments on Additional Tier 1 capital instruments), until it calculates its applicable restrictions and communicates them to the regulator and, once completed, such institution will be subject to restricted “discretionary payments”. The restrictions will be scaled according to the extent of the breach of the “combined buffer requirement” and calculated as a percentage of the profits of the institution since the last distribution of profits or “discretionary payment”. Such calculation will result in a “Maximum Distributable Amount” in each relevant period. As an example, the scaling is such that in the bottom quartile of the “combined buffer requirement”, no “discretionary distributions” will be permitted to be paid. Articles 43 to 49 of Law 10/2014 and Chapter II of Title II of Royal Decree 84/2015 implement the above provisions in Spain. In particular Article 48 of Law 10/2014 and Articles 73 and 74 of Royal Decree 84/2014 deal with restrictions on distributions.

 

In connection with this, we have announced that we have received from the ECB its decision regarding prudential minimum capital phased-in requirements for 2018, following the results of SREP. The ECB decision requires us to maintain a CET1 phased-in capital ratio of at least 8.655% on a consolidated basis. This 8.655% capital requirement includes: the minimum Pillar 1 requirement (4.5%); the Pillar 2 requirement (1.5%); the capital conservation buffer (1.875%); the requirement deriving from its consideration as a G-SII (0.75%) and the counter-cyclical buffer (0.03%). The ECB decision also requires that Banco Santander, S.A. maintain a CET1 phased-in capital ratio of at least 7.875% on an individual basis. This 7.875% capital requirement includes: the minimum Pillar 1 requirement (4.5%), the Pillar 2 requirement (1.5%) and the capital conservation buffer (1.875%). Taking into account our consolidated and individual current capital levels, these capital requirements do not imply any limitations on distributions in the form of dividends, variable remuneration and coupon payments to holders of AT1 instruments.

In addition to the above, the CRR also includes a requirement for institutions to calculate a leverage ratio (“LR”), report it to their supervisors and to disclose it publicly from January 1, 2015 onwards. More precisely, Article 429 of the CRR requires institutions to calculate their LR in accordance with the methodology laid down in that article. In January 2014, the Basel Committee finalized a definition of how the LR should be prepared and set an indicative benchmark (namely 3% of Tier 1 capital). Such 3% Tier 1 LR has been tested during a monitoring period until the end of 2017 although the Basel Committee had already proposed the final calibration at 3% Tier 1 LR. Accordingly, the CRR does not currently contain a requirement for institutions to have a capital requirement based on the LR though prospective investors should note the European Commission’s proposal amending the CRR which contain a binding 3% Tier 1 LR requirement, that would be added to the own funds requirements in article 92 of the CRR, and which institutions must meet in addition to their risk-based requirements. However, the full implementation of the LR is currently under consultation as part of the proposals. Moreover, the potential for the introduction of a LR buffer for G-SIIs at some point in the future is also noted in the proposals.

On November 9, 2015, the Financial Stability Board (the “FSB”) published its final principles and term sheet containing an international standard to enhance the loss absorbing capacity of G-SIIs such as us. The final standard consists of an elaboration of the principles on loss absorbing and recapitalization capacity of G-SIIs in resolution and a term sheet setting out a proposal for the implementation of these proposals in the form of an internationally agreed standard on total loss absorbing capacity (“TLAC”) for G-SIIs. Once implemented in the relevant jurisdictions, these principles and terms will form a new minimum TLAC standard for G-SIIs, and in the case of G-SIIs with more than one resolution group, each resolution group within the G-SII. The FSB will undertake a review of the

20


 

Table of Contents

technical implementation of the TLAC principles and term sheet by the end of 2019. The TLAC principles and term sheet require a minimum TLAC requirement to be determined individually for each G-SII at the greater of (a) 16% of risk weighted assets as of January 1, 2019 and 18% as of January 1, 2022, and (b) 6% of the Basel III Tier 1 leverage ratio exposure measure as of January 1, 2019, and 6.75% as of January 1, 2022. Under the FSB TLAC standard, capital buffers stack on top of TLAC.

Furthermore, Article 45 of the European Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (Directive 2014/59/EU) (“BRRD”) provides that Member States shall ensure that institutions meet, at all times, a minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (“MREL”). The MREL shall be calculated as the amount of own funds and eligible liabilities expressed as a percentage of the total liabilities and own funds of the institution. The EBA was in charge of drafting regulatory technical standards on the criteria for determining MREL (the “MREL RTS”). On July 3, 2015 the EBA published the final draft MREL RTS. In application of Article 45(2) of the BRRD, the current version of the MREL RTS is set out in a Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No. 2016/1450 that was adopted by the Commission on May 23, 2016 (the “MREL Delegated Regulation”).

 

The MREL requirement was scheduled to come into force by January 2016. However, article 8 of the MREL Delegated Regulation gave discretion to resolution authorities to determine appropriate transitional periods to each institution.

 

The European Commission committed to review the existing MREL rules with a view to provide full consistency with the TLAC standard by considering the findings of a report that the EBA is required to provide to the European Commission under Article 45(19) of the BRRD. On December 14, 2016, the EBA published its final report on the implementation and design of the MREL framework where it stated that, although there was no need to change the key principles underlying the MREL Delegated Regulation, certain changes would be necessary with a view to improve the technical soundness of the MREL framework and implement the TLAC standard as an integral component of the MREL framework. On December 20, 2017, the SRB published its second policy statement on MREL, which will serve as a basis for setting binding MREL targets.

 

On November 23, 2016, the European Commission published, among others, a proposal for a European Directive amending CRR, the CRD IV Directive and the BRRD and a proposal for a European Regulation amending Regulation (EU) No. 806/2014 which was passed on July 15, 2014 and became effective from January 1,   2015 (the “SRM Regulation”). The proposals cover multiple areas, including the Pillar 2 framework, the leverage ratio, mandatory restrictions on distributions, permission for reducing own funds and eligible liabilities, macroprudential tools, a new category of “non-preferred” senior debt that should only be bailed-in after junior ranking instruments but before other senior liabilities, changes to the definitions of Tier 2 and Additional Tier 1 instruments, the MREL framework and the integration of the TLAC standard into EU legislation as mentioned above. The proposals also cover a harmonized national insolvency ranking of unsecured debt instruments to facilitate the issuance by credit institutions of such “non-preferred” senior debt. The proposals are to be considered by the European Parliament and the Council of the EU and therefore remain subject to change. The final package of new legislation may not include all elements of the proposals and new or amended elements may be introduced through the course of the legislative process. Until all the proposals are in final form and are finally implemented into the relevant legislation, it is uncertain how the proposals will affect Banco Santander or the Holders.

 

One of the main objectives of these proposals is to implement the TLAC standard and to integrate the TLAC requirement into the general MREL rules (the “TLAC/MREL Requirements”) thereby avoiding duplication from the application of two parallel requirements. As mentioned above, although TLAC and MREL pursue the same regulatory objective, there are, nevertheless, some differences between them in the way they are constructed. The European Commission is proposing to integrate the TLAC standard into the existing MREL rules and to ensure that both requirements are met with largely similar instruments, with the exception of the subordination requirement, which will be institution-specific and determined by the resolution authority. Under these proposals, institutions such as the Bank would continue to be subject to an institution-specific MREL requirement, which may be higher than the requirement of the TLAC standard.

 

The European Commission’s proposals require the introduction of limited adjustments to the existing MREL rules ensuring technical consistency with the structure of any requirements for G-SIIs. In particular, technical amendments to the existing rules on MREL are needed to align them with the TLAC standard regarding inter alia the denominators used for measuring loss-absorbing capacity, the interaction with capital buffer requirements, disclosure of risks to investors, and their application in relation to different resolution strategies. Implementation of the TLAC/MREL Requirements is expected to be phased-in from January 1, 2019 (a 16% minimum TLAC requirement) to January 1, 2022 (an 18% minimum TLAC requirement).

Additionally, with regard to the European Commission’s proposal to create a new asset class of “non-preferred” senior debt, on December 27, 2017, Directive 2017/2399 amending Directive 2014/59/EU as regards the ranking of unsecured debt instruments in insolvency hierarchy was published in the Official Journal of the European Union. Before that, Royal Decree-Law 11/2017, of June 23, approving urgent measures on financial matters (“RDL 11/2017”) created in Spain the new asset class of senior-non preferred debt.

 

21


 

Table of Contents

Although there is continued uncertainty regarding the final form of TLAC requirements, we are focusing our funding plan in 2018 on the issuance of TLAC-eligible instruments. Based on our current financial forecast and our expectations for the TLAC requirements, we estimate that we will issue an aggregate of approximately €12-18 billion of qualifying debt in 2018, €9-13 billion of which would be issued at the parent company level, with the remainder issued by our subsidiaries that are expected to be subject to TLAC requirements, Santander UK and Santander Holdings USA. In addition, we estimate that, for 2018 our subsidiaries will issue an aggregate of approximately €12-20 billion of senior debt.

 

In addition, the comprehensive reform of financial instruments accounting, IFRS 9, is applicable to the Group since January 1, 2018. IFRS 9 introduces, among other things, a new impairment model based on expected loss rather than incurred loss. Banco Santander expects that this change is likely to increase loan loss provisions and decrease equity at the date of transition and that volatility in the credit loss line item in the income statement is also likely to increase, which will have a negative effect on the Group’s CET 1 capital. The European Commission has proposed that the initial effect on equity, as it relates to capital adequacy ratios, is to be gradually phased-in over a five-year period between January 1, 2018 and December 31, 2022.

 

Moreover, while the general goal of these proposals is now well understood, it is too early to confirm the exact amendments that will be introduced and consequently the precise impact on us.

 

Any failure by an institution to meet the applicable minimum TLAC/MREL Requirements is intended to be treated in the same manner as a failure to meet minimum regulatory capital requirements (the imposition of restrictions or prohibitions on discretionary payments by us), where resolution authorities must ensure that they intervene and place an institution into resolution sufficiently early if it is deemed to be failing or likely to fail and there is no reasonable prospect of recovery.

 

Additionally, the Basel Committee is currently in the process of reviewing and issuing recommendations in relation to risk asset weightings which may lead to increased regulatory scrutiny of risk asset weightings in the jurisdictions who are members of the Basel Committee.

 

On December 7, 2017, the GHOS published the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reform agenda. This review of the regulatory framework covers credit, operational and credit valuation adjustment (CVA) risks, introduces a floor to the consumption of capital by internal ratings-based methods (IRB) and the revision of the calculation of the leverage ratio. The main features of the reform are: (i) a revised standard method for credit risk, which will improve the soundness and sensitivity to risk of the current method; (ii) modifications to the IRB methods for credit risk, including input floors to ensure a minimum level of conservatism in model parameters and limitations to its use for portfolios with low levels of noncompliance; (iii) regarding the CVA risk, and in connection with the above, the removal of any internally modelled method and the inclusion of a standardized and basic method; (iv) regarding the operations risk, the revision of the standard method, which will replace the current standard methods and the advanced measurement approaches (AMA); (v) the introduction of a leverage ratio buffer for G-SIIs; and (vi) regarding capital consumption, it establishes a minimum limit on the aggregate results (output floor), which prevents the risk-weighted assets (RWA) of the banks generated by internal models from being lower than the 72.5% of the RWA that are calculated with the standard methods of the Basel III framework.

 

The GHOS have extended the implementation of the revised minimum capital requirements for market risk until January 2022, to coincide with the implementation of the reviews of credit, operational and CVA risks.

 

In addition to the above, we should also comply with the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”) requirements provided in CRR. According to article 460.2 of CRR, the LCR has been progressively introduced since 2015 with the following phasing-in: (a) 60% of the LCR in 2015; (b) 70% as of 1 January 2016; (c) 80% as of January 1, 2017; and (d) 100% as of January 1, 2018. As of December 31, 2017, our LCR was 133%, comfortably exceeding the regulatory requirement.

 

EU fiscal and banking union

The project of achieving a European banking union was launched in the summer of 2012. Its main goal is to resume progress towards the European single market for financial services by restoring confidence in the European banking sector and ensuring the proper functioning of monetary policy in the Eurozone.

The banking union is expected to be achieved through new harmonized banking rules (the single rulebook) and a new institutional framework with stronger systems for both banking supervision and resolution that will be managed at the European level. Its two main pillars are the SSM and the Single Resolution Mechanism (“SRM”).

The SSM (comprised by both the ECB and the national competent authorities) is designed to assist in making the banking sector more transparent, unified and safer. In accordance with the SSM Regulation, the ECB fully assumed its new supervisory responsibilities

22


 

Table of Contents

within the SSM, in particular direct supervision of the 126 largest European banks (including us), on November 4, 2014. In preparation for this step, between November 2013 and October 2014, the ECB conducted, together with national supervisors, a comprehensive assessment of 130 banks, which together hold more than 80% of Eurozone banking assets. The exercise consisted of three elements: (i) a supervisory risk assessment, which assessed the main balance sheet risks including liquidity, funding and leverage; (ii) an asset quality review, which focused on credit and market risks; and (iii) a stress test to examine the need to strengthen capital or take other corrective measures.

The SSM represents a significant change in the approach to bank supervision at a European and global level. The SSM results in the direct supervision of 119 financial institutions (as of December 2017), including us, and indirect supervision of around 3,500 financial institutions and is now one of the largest in the world in terms of assets under supervision. In the coming years, the SSM is expected to continue working on the establishment of a new supervisory culture importing best practices from the 19 national competent authorities that are part of the SSM and promoting a level playing field across participating Member States. Several steps have already been taken in this regard such as the recent publication of the Supervisory Guidelines; the approval of the Regulation (EU) No 468/2014 of the ECB of April 16, 2014, establishing the framework for cooperation within the SSM between the ECB and national competent authorities and with national designated authorities (the SSM Framework Regulation); the approval of a Regulation (Regulation (EU) 2016/445 of the European Central Bank of March 14, 2016 on the exercise of options and discretions available in Union law) and a set of guidelines on the application of CRR's national options and discretions, etc. In addition, this new body represents an extra cost for the financial institutions that funds it through payment of supervisory fees.

 

The other main pillar of the EU banking union is the SRM, the main purpose of which is to ensure a prompt and coherent resolution of failing banks in Europe at minimum cost for the taxpayers and the real economy. The SRM Regulation establishes uniform rules and a uniform procedure for the resolution of credit institutions and certain investment firms in the framework of the SRM and a Single Resolution Fund (“SRF”). Under the intergovernmental agreement (“IGA”) signed by 26 EU member states on May 21, 2014, contributions by banks raised at national level were transferred to the SRF. The new Single Resolution Board (“SRB”), which is the central decision-making body of the SRM, started operating on January 1, 2015 and has fully assumed its resolution powers on January 1, 2016. The SRB is responsible for managing the SRF and its mission is to ensure that credit institutions and other entities under its remit, which face serious difficulties, are resolved effectively with minimal costs to taxpayers and the real economy. From that date onwards, the SRF is also in place, funded by contributions from European banks in accordance with the methodology approved by the Council of the EU. The SRF is intended to reach a total amount of €55 billion by 2024 and to be used as a separate backstop only after an 8% bail-in of a bank’s liabilities has been applied to cover capital shortfalls (in line with the BRRD).

By allowing for the consistent application of EU banking rules through the SSM and the SRM, the banking union is expected to help resume momentum towards economic and monetary union. In order to complete such union, a single deposit guarantee scheme is still needed which may require a change to the existing European treaties. This is the subject of continued negotiation by European leaders to ensure further progress is made in European fiscal, economic and political integration.

Regulations adopted towards achieving a banking and/or fiscal union in the EU and decisions adopted by the ECB in its capacity as our main supervisory authority may have a material impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations; in particular, the BRRD and Directive 2014/49/EU on deposit guarantee schemes which were published in the Official Journal of the EU on June 12, 2014. The BRRD was required to be implemented on or before January 1, 2015, although the bail-in tool only applies since January 1, 2016. The BRRD was partially implemented in Spain in June 2015 through Law 11/2015 of June 18, on the Recovery and Resolution of Credit Institutions and Investment Firms (“Law 11/2015”) and Royal Decree 1012/2015, of November 6, implementing Law 11/2015 (“Royal Decree 1012/2015”).

Moreover, regulations adopted on structural measures to improve the resilience of EU credit institutions may have a material impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. These regulations, if adopted, may also cause us to invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes.

Other regulatory reforms adopted or proposed in the wake of the financial crisis

On August 16, 2012, Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 on over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, central counterparties and trade repositories entered into force (“EMIR”). While a number of the compliance requirements introduced by EMIR already apply, the ESMA is still in the process of finalizing some of the implementing rules mandated by EMIR. EMIR introduced a number of requirements, including clearing obligations for certain classes of OTC derivatives, exchange of initial and variation margin and various reporting and disclosure obligations. Although some of the particular effects brought about by EMIR are not yet fully foreseeable, many of its elements have led and may lead to changes which may negatively impact our profit margins, require it to adjust its business practices or increase its costs (including compliance costs).

23


 

Table of Contents

The new Markets in Financial Instruments legislation (which comprises Regulation (EU) No 600/2014 (“MiFIR”) and MiFID II), introduces a trading obligation for those OTC derivatives which are subject to mandatory clearing and which are sufficiently standardized. Additionally, it includes other requirements such as enhancing the investor protection’s regime and governance and reporting obligations. It also extends transparency requirements to OTC operations in non-equity instruments. MiFID II was initially intended to enter into effect on January 3, 2017. In order to ensure legal certainty and avoid potential market disruption, the European Commission delayed the effective date of MiFID II and MiFIR by 12 months, until January 3, 2018.

Although MiFID II entered into force on January 3, 2018, it has only been partially transposed to the Spanish legislation by means of Royal Decree Law 21/2017, of December 29, with regards to the conditions governing the operation of regulated markets, multilateral systems in financial instruments, organized trading facilities and infringements and sanctions. Therefore, there is still uncertainty as to whether the implementation of these new obligations and requirements will have material adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

United States significant regulation

The financial services industry continues to experience significant financial regulatory reform in the United States, including from the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and changes thereto, regulation (including capital, leverage, funding, liquidity and tax requirements), policies (including fiscal and monetary policies established by central banks and financial regulators, and changes to global trade policies), and other legal and regulatory actions. Many of these reforms significantly affected and continue to affect our revenues, costs and organizational structure in the United States and the scope of our permitted activities. We continue to monitor the changing political, tax and regulatory environment in the United States and believe that it is likely that there will be further material changes in the way major financial institutions like us are regulated in the United States. Although it remains difficult to predict the exact impact these changes will have on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a particular future period, further reforms could result in loss of revenue, higher compliance costs, additional limits on our activities, constraints on our ability to enter into new businesses and other adverse effects on our businesses.

The full spectrum of risks that result from pending or future U.S. financial services legislation or regulations cannot be fully known; however, such risks could be material and we could be materially and adversely affected by them. See “Item 4 - B. Business overview - Supervision and Regulation” for a summary of certain significant U.S. financial regulations applicable to our business.

Enhanced Prudential Standards

As a large foreign banking organization (“FBO”) with significant U.S. operations, we are subject to enhanced prudential standards that required the Bank to, among other things, establish or designate a U.S. intermediate  holding company (an “IHC”) and to transfer its entire ownership interest in substantially all of its U.S. subsidiaries to such IHC by July 1, 2016. The Bank designated its wholly-owned subsidiary, Santander Holdings USA, as its U.S. IHC, effective July 1, 2016. As a U.S. IHC, Santander Holdings USA is subject to an enhanced supervision framework that includes, or will include, enhanced risk-based and leverage capital requirements, liquidity requirements, risk management and governance requirements and stress-testing requirements. Collectively, the enhanced prudential standards impose a significant regulatory burden on Santander Holdings USA, in particular with respect to capital and liquidity, which could limit its ability to distribute capital and liquidity to the Bank, thereby negatively affecting the Bank.

Resolution Planning

We are required to prepare and submit annually to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) a plan, commonly called a living will (the “165(d) plan”), for the orderly resolution of our subsidiaries and operations that are domiciled in the United States in the event of future material financial distress or failure. In addition, our insured depository institution (“IDI”) subsidiary, Santander Bank, N.A., must submit a separate IDI resolution plan (“IDI plan”) annually to the FDIC. The 165(d) plan and the IDI plan require substantial effort, time and cost to prepare and are subject to review by the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC, in the case of the 165(d) plan, and by the FDIC only, in the case of the IDI plan. If, after reviewing our 165(d) plan and any related re-submissions, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC jointly determine that we failed to cure identified deficiencies, they are authorized to impose more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements, or restrictions on our growth, activities or operations, or even divestitures, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

OTC Derivatives Regulation

The U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted final rules for uncleared swaps that impose variation margin requirements and will phase in initial margin requirements from September 1, 2016 through September 1, 2020, depending on the level of specified derivatives activity of the swap dealer and the relevant counterparty. The final rules of the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies generally apply to inter-affiliate transactions. We are in the process of implementing the final rule and believe that these rules and similar rules being

24


 

Table of Contents

considered by regulators in other jurisdictions, and the potential conflicts and inconsistencies between them, will likely increase our costs for engaging in swaps and other derivatives activities and present compliance challenges. In addition, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) will in the future adopt regulations establishing margin requirements for uncleared security-based swaps.

QFC Stay Rule

The U.S. banking agencies have issued rules that impose contractual requirements on certain qualified financial contracts (“covered QFCs”) to which U.S. G-SIBs and the U.S. operations of foreign G-SIBs (together with U.S. G-SIBs, “covered entities”), such as Banco Santander, are parties. Under these rules, covered QFCs must generally expressly provide that transfer restrictions and default rights against a covered entity are limited to the same extent as they would be under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act and their implementing regulations. In addition, covered QFCs may not, among other things, permit the exercise of any cross-default right against a covered entity based on an affiliate’s entry into insolvency, resolution or similar proceedings, subject to certain creditor protections. There is a phased-in compliance schedule based on counterparty type, beginning with (1) January 1, 2019 for QFCs with other covered entities, (2) July 1, 2019 for QFCs with certain other financial counterparties and (3) January 1, 2020 for QFCs with all other counterparties.  The effect of these rules is that the U.S. operations of Banco Santander, including Santander Bank, will not be permitted to enter into new QFC transactions with a counterparty on or after January 1, 2019 unless all existing QFCs between the U.S. operations of Banco Santander and the counterparty or any of the counterparty’s consolidated affiliates are remediated in accordance with the rules’ requirements.

United States Capital, Liquidity and Related Requirements and Supervisory Actions

As a U.S. IHC and bank holding company, Santander Holdings USA is subject to the U.S. Basel III capital rules, which implement in the United States the capital components of the Basel Committee’s international capital and liquidity standards known as Basel III. In addition, as a U.S. bank holding company with $50 billion or more of total consolidated assets, Santander Holdings USA is subject to a modified version of the quantitative liquidity coverage ratio requirement. The liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”) is one of the liquidity components of the international Basel III framework. These capital and liquidity requirements significantly affect the amount of capital and liquidity that Santander Holdings USA maintains to support its operations, and, if Santander Holdings USA fails to meet these quantitative requirements, it could face increasingly stringent regulatory consequences, including but not limited to restrictions on its ability to distribute capital to the Bank.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity and Long-Term Debt Requirements

In addition to these capital and liquidity requirements, the Federal Reserve Board adopted a final rule on December 15, 2016 that establishes certain TLAC, long-term debt (“LTD”) and clean holding company requirements in the United States generally consistent with the FSB’s international TLAC standard. U.S. IHCs, including Santander Holdings USA, must comply with all applicable requirements under the final rule by January 1, 2019. Compliance with the final TLAC rule could result in increased funding costs for Santander Holdings USA and, indirectly, the Bank.

Stress Testing and Capital Planning

Certain of our U.S. subsidiaries, including Santander Holdings USA, are subject to stress testing and capital planning requirements in the United States, including the Federal Reserve Board’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”). The Federal Reserve expects companies subject to CCAR, such as Santander Holdings USA, to have sufficient capital to withstand a highly adverse operating environment and to be able to continue operations, maintain ready access to funding, meet obligations to creditors and counterparties, and serve as credit intermediaries. In addition, the Federal Reserve evaluates the planned capital actions of these bank holding companies, including planned capital distributions such as dividend payments or stock repurchases. In February 2017, the Federal Reserve Board finalized a rule that removed the qualitative assessment that was part of CCAR for certain bank holding companies and U.S. intermediate holding companies of foreign banking organizations, including Santander Holdings USA.

Other Supervisory Actions and Restrictions on U.S. Activities

In addition to the foregoing, U.S. bank regulatory agencies from time to time take supervisory actions under certain circumstances that restrict or limit a financial institution’s activities. In some instances, we are subject to significant legal restrictions on our ability to publicly disclose these actions or the full details of these actions. Furthermore, as part of the regular examination process, U.S. banking regulators may advise our U.S. banking subsidiaries to operate under various restrictions as a prudential matter. Under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act, the Federal Reserve Board has the authority to disallow us and our U.S. banking subsidiaries from engaging in certain categories of new activities in the United States or acquiring shares or control of other companies in the United States. Such actions and restrictions currently applicable to us or our U.S. banking subsidiaries could adversely affect our costs and revenues. Moreover, efforts to comply with non-public supervisory actions or restrictions could require material investments in additional resources and systems, as well as a significant commitment of managerial time and attention. As a result, such supervisory actions or restrictions could have a material

25


 

Table of Contents

adverse effect on our business and results of operations; and we may be subject to significant legal restrictions on our ability to publicly disclose these matters or the full details of these actions.

In addition to such confidential actions and restrictions, we have been, and continue to be, subject to public supervisory actions in the United States. On September 15, 2014, Santander Holdings USA and the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston (“FRB Boston”) had executed a written agreement relating to a subsidiary’s declaration and payment of dividends in the second quarter of 2014 without the Federal Reserve Board’s approval. Under the written agreement, Santander Holdings USA had agreed to certain actions relating to planned capital distributions and to subject future capital distributions to the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board. On August 24, 2017, the Federal Reserve announced the termination of this enforcement action.  Separately, in July 2015, Santander Holdings USA entered into a written agreement with the FRB Boston and agreed to make enhancements with respect to, among other matters, board oversight of the consolidated organization, risk management, capital planning and liquidity risk management.  In addition, in March 2017, Santander Holdings USA and SCUSA entered into a written agreement with the FRB Boston pursuant to which Santander Holdings USA and SCUSA agreed to submit written plans acceptable to the FRB Boston to strengthen board oversight of the management and operations of SCUSA and to strengthen board and senior management oversight of SCUSA’s risk management program, SCUSA agreed to submit a written revised compliance risk management program acceptable to the FRB Boston and Santander Holdings USA agreed to submit written revisions to its firm-wide internal audit program of SCUSA’s compliance risk management program. A response to this written agreement was submitted to the Federal Reserve of Boston in May 2017.  The written agreements between Santander Holdings USA and the FRB Boston dated July 2, 2015 and March 21, 2017 have not been terminated and remain in place.

Anti-Money Laundering and Economic Sanctions

A major focus of U.S. governmental policy relating to financial institutions is aimed at preventing money laundering and terrorist financing. The Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) contains provisions intended to detect, and prevent the use of the U.S. financial system for, money laundering and terrorist financing activities. Under the Bank Secrecy Act, U.S. financial institutions, including U.S. branches and subsidiaries of non-U.S. banks, are required to, among other things, maintain an anti-money laundering program, verify the identity of clients, monitor for and report suspicious transactions, report on cash transactions exceeding specified thresholds, and respond to requests for information by regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies. The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“FinCEN”) and U.S. federal and state bank regulatory agencies, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, have the authority to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements.

There is also scrutiny of compliance with applicable U.S. economic sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) against certain foreign countries, governments, individuals and entities to counter threats to the U.S. national security, foreign policy, or economy.  

Failures to comply with applicable U.S. AML laws or regulations or economic sanctions could have severe legal and reputational consequences, including significant civil and criminal penalties, and certain AML violations could result in a termination of U.S. banking licenses. In addition, U.S. regulators have taken actions against non-U.S. bank holding companies requiring them to improve their oversight of their U.S. subsidiaries’ BSA programs and compliance.  Further, U.S. federal banking agencies are required, when reviewing bank and bank holding company acquisition or merger applications, to take into account the effectiveness of the AML compliance record of the applicant.

See also “Item 4 - B. Business overview - Supervision and Regulation – United States Supervision and Regulation.”

Cybersecurity and Data Privacy

As cybersecurity and data privacy risks for banking organizations and the broader financial system have significantly increased in recent years, cybersecurity and data privacy issues have become the subject of increasing legislative and regulatory focus. The U.S. bank regulatory agencies have proposed enhanced cyber risk management standards, which would apply to a wide range of large financial institutions and their third-party service providers, including Santander Holdings USA and would focus on cyber risk governance and management, management of internal and external dependencies, and incident response, cyber resilience and situational awareness. Several states have also proposed or adopted cybersecurity legislation and regulations, which require, among other things, notification to affected individuals when there has been a security breach of their personal data.

We receive, maintain and store non-public personal information of our customers and counterparties, including, but not limited to, personally identifiable information and personal financial information. The sharing, use, disclosure and protection of this information are governed by U.S. federal and state law. Both personally identifiable information and personal financial information is increasingly subject to legislation and regulation, the intent of which is to protect the privacy of personal information that is collected and handled.

26


 

Table of Contents

We may become subject to new legislation or regulation concerning cybersecurity or the privacy of personally identifiable information and personal financial information or of any other information we may store or maintain. We could be adversely affected if new legislation or regulations are adopted or if existing legislation or regulations are modified such that we are required to alter our systems or require changes to our business practices or privacy policies. If cybersecurity, data privacy, data protection, data transfer or data retention laws are implemented, interpreted or applied in a manner inconsistent with our current practices, we may be subject to fines, litigation or regulatory enforcement actions or ordered to change our business practices, policies or systems in a manner that adversely impacts our operating results.

If we fall victim to successful cyber-attacks or experience cybersecurity incidents in the future, we may incur substantial costs and

suffer other negative consequences, such as remediation costs (liabilities for stolen assets or information, repairs of system damage, among others), increased cybersecurity protection costs, lost revenues arising from the unauthorized use of proprietary information or the failure to retain or attract our customers following an attack, as already mentioned, litigation and legal risks, increased insurance premiums, reputational damage affecting the customers and the investors’ confidence, as well as damages to our competitiveness, stock price and long-term shareholder value.

 

It is important to highlight that even when a failure of or interruption in our systems or facilities is timely resolved or an attempted cyber incident or other security breach is successfully avoided or thwarted, normally substantial resources are expend in doing so, and we may be required to take actions that could adversely affect customer satisfaction or behavior, as well as represent a threat to our reputation.

 

Banking reform in the UK

On December 18, 2013, the Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act (the Banking Reform Act) was enacted. The Banking Reform Act implemented the recommendations of the Independent Commission on Banking (ICB) and of the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards. Among other things, the Banking Reform Act established a ring-fencing framework under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA) pursuant to which UK banking groups that hold significant retail and/or small business deposits are required to separate or ring-fence their retail banking activities from their wholesale banking activities by January 1, 2019, established a new Payment Systems Regulator (the PSR) and amended the Banking Act 2009 (the Banking Act) to include a bail-in stabilization power forming part of the special resolution regime.

On July 7, 2016, the PRA published a policy statement (PS20/16) entitled ‘The implementation of ring-fencing: prudential requirements, intragroup arrangements and use of financial market infrastructures’ containing its final ring-fencing rules designed to make provision for the group ring-fencing purposes outlined in the Banking Reform Act ahead of the implementation date for ring-fencing on January 1, 2019. The group ring-fencing purposes are intended to insulate a ring-fenced back from, and ensure that a ring-fenced bank is able to take decisions independently of, other members of its group.

Finally, the Banking Reform Act introduced a new form of transfer scheme, the ring-fencing transfer scheme, under Part VII of FSMA to enable UK banks to implement the ring-fencing requirements. This is a court process that requires (i) the PRA to approve the scheme (in consultation with the FCA); (ii) the appropriate regulatory authority in respect of each transferee to provide a certificate of adequate financial resources in relation to that transferee; and (iii) an independent expert (approved by the PRA, after consultation with the FCA) to provide a scheme report stating whether any adverse effect on persons affected by the scheme is likely to be greater than is reasonably necessary to achieve the ring-fencing purposes of the scheme. The PRA published its final statement of policy on its approach to ring-fencing transfer schemes on March 4, 2016.

Our UK subsidiaries are subject to the ring-fencing requirement under the Banking Reform Act and, as a consequence, our UK subsidiaries will need to separate their core retail and small business deposit-taking activities from their prohibited activities. In light of the changeable macro-environment, the board of Santander UK concluded in December 2016 that we could provide greater certainty for our customers with a ‘wide’ ring-fence structure, rather than the ‘narrow’ ring-fence structure it had originally envisaged in early 2016. Under this revised model, Santander UK plc, the main ring-fenced bank, will serve our retail, commercial and corporate customers. The majority of our customer loans and assets as well as customer deposits and liabilities will remain within Santander UK plc or Cater Allen Limited, as ring-fenced banks. Prohibited activities which cannot continue to be transacted within the ring-fenced bank principally include our derivatives business with financial institutions and certain corporates, elements of our short term markets business and the Santander UK branches in Jersey, Isle of Man and the United States (US). The implementation of the new ring-fencing model entails a legal and organizational restructuring of our UK subsidiaries’ business and operations, including through a ring-fencing transfer scheme. It is expected that Abbey National Treasury Services plc will cease the activities of its US branch and transfer the majority of its other business; with products, transactions and arrangements with customers and other stakeholders which are permitted in the ring-fence transferred to Santander UK, and products, transactions or arrangements with customers and other stakeholders which are prohibited

27


 

Table of Contents

within the ring-fenced bank will be to Banco Santander, S.A. or its London Branch. Our current intention is to transfer the business of the Jersey and Isle of Man branches to a member of the Santander group outside the ring-fence using transfer schemes under the applicable laws. Our target remains to complete the implementation of our ring-fencing plans in advance of the legislative deadline of January 1, 2019. However, implementation of the ring-fencing model continues to depend on a number of factors, including approvals from applicable regulators and court sanctions. There can be no assurance that these approvals or sanctions will be obtained in line with our implementation plan and other factors such as economic conditions in the UK and globally, and developments in relation to the negotiations on the terms of the UK’s exit from the EU may have a bearing on the implementation of the ring-fence. In light of the scale and complexity of this process, the operational and execution risks for our UK subsidiaries may be material. This restructuring and migration of customers and transactions could have a material impact on how our UK subsidiaries conduct their business. We are unable to predict with certainty the attitudes and reaction of our UK customers.

The restructuring of our UK subsidiaries business pursuant to the ring-fencing regime has taken, and will continue to take, a substantial amount of time and has been, and will continue to be, costly to implement. The separation process and the structural changes which are required could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

2.2.3 We are subject to potential intervention by any of our regulators or supervisors, particularly in response to customer complaints. 

As noted above, our business and operations are subject to increasingly significant rules and regulations that are required to conduct banking and financial services business. These apply to business operations, affect financial returns, include reserve and reporting requirements, and prudential and conduct of business regulations. These requirements are set by the relevant central banks and regulatory authorities that authorize, regulate and supervise us in the jurisdictions in which we operate.

In their supervisory roles, the regulators seek to maintain the safety and soundness of financial institutions with the aim of strengthening the protection of customers and the financial system. The supervisors’ continuing supervision of financial institutions is conducted through a variety of regulatory tools, including the collection of information by way of prudential returns, reports obtained from skilled persons, visits to firms and regular meetings with management to discuss issues such as performance, risk management and strategy. In general, these regulators have a more outcome-focused regulatory approach that involves more proactive enforcement and more punitive penalties for infringement. As a result, we face increased supervisory scrutiny (resulting in increasing internal compliance costs and supervision fees), and in the event of a breach of our regulatory obligations we are likely to face more stringent regulatory fines. Some of the regulators are focusing intently on consumer protection and on conduct risk and will continue to do so. This has included a focus on the design and operation of products, the behavior of customers and the operation of markets. Such a focus could result, for example, in usury regulation that could restrict our ability to charge certain levels of interest in credit transactions or in regulation that would prevent us from bundling products that we offer to our customers. Some of the laws in the relevant jurisdictions in which we operate, give the regulators the power to make temporary product intervention rules either to improve a firm’s systems and controls in relation to product design, product management and implementation, or to address problems identified with financial products. These problems may potentially cause significant detriment to consumers because of certain product features or governance flaws or distribution strategies. Such rules may prevent institutions from entering into product agreements with customers until such problems have been solved. Some of the regulatory regimes in the relevant jurisdictions in which we operate, require us to be in compliance across all aspects of our business, including the training, authorization and supervision of personnel, systems, processes and documentation. If we fail to comply with the relevant regulations, there would be a risk of an adverse impact on our business from sanctions, fines or other actions imposed by the regulatory authorities.  Customers of financial services institutions, including our customers, may seek redress if they consider that they have suffered loss as a result of the mis-selling of a particular product, or through incorrect application of the terms and conditions of a particular product. Given the inherent unpredictability of litigation and the evolution of judgments by the relevant authorities, it is possible that an adverse outcome in some matters could harm our reputation or have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects arising from any penalties imposed or compensation awarded, together with the costs of defending such an action, thereby reducing our profitability. 

2.2.4 We are subject to review by taxing authorities, and an incorrect interpretation by us of tax laws and regulations may have a material adverse effect on us.

The preparation of our tax returns requires the use of estimates and interpretations of complex tax laws and regulations and is subject to review by taxing authorities. We are subject to the income tax laws of Spain and the other jurisdictions in which we operate. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and relevant governmental taxing authorities, which are sometimes subject to prolonged evaluation periods until a final resolution is reached. In establishing a provision for income tax expense and filing returns, we must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws. If the judgment, estimates and assumptions we use in preparing our tax returns are subsequently found to be incorrect, there could be a material

28


 

Table of Contents

adverse effect on our results of operations. In some jurisdictions, the interpretations of the taxing authorities are unpredictable and frequently involve litigation, which introduces further uncertainty and risk as to tax expense.

2.2.5 Changes in taxes and other assessments may adversely affect us.

The legislatures and tax authorities in the tax jurisdictions in which we operate regularly enact reforms to the tax and other assessment regimes to which we and our customers are subject.  Such reforms include changes in tax rates and, occasionally, enactment of temporary taxes, the proceeds of which are earmarked for designated governmental purposes.  The effects of these changes and any other changes that result from enactment of additional tax reforms cannot be quantified and there can be no assurance that any such reforms would not have an adverse effect upon our business.

2.2.6 We may not be able to detect or prevent money laundering and other financial crime activities fully or on a timely basis, which could expose us to additional liability and could have a material adverse effect on us.

We are required to comply with applicable anti-money laundering (“AML”), anti-terrorism, anti-bribery and corruption, sanctions and other laws and regulations applicable to us. These laws and regulations require us, among other things, to conduct full customer due diligence (including sanctions and politically-exposed person screening), keep our customer, account and transaction information up to date and have implemented financial crime policies and procedures detailing what is required from those responsible. We are also required to conduct AML training for our employees and to report suspicious transactions and activity to appropriate law enforcement following full investigation by our local AML team.

Financial crime has become the subject of enhanced regulatory scrutiny and supervision by regulators globally. AML, anti-bribery and corruption and sanctions laws and regulations are increasingly complex and detailed. Compliance with these laws and regulations requires automated systems, sophisticated monitoring and skilled compliance personnel.

We have developed policies and procedures aimed at detecting and preventing the use of our banking network for money laundering and other financial crime related activities. However, emerging technologies, such as cryptocurrencies and blockchain, could limit our ability to track the movement of funds. Our ability to comply with the legal requirements depends on our ability to improve detection and reporting capabilities and reduce variation in control processes and oversight accountability. These require implementation and embedding within our business effective controls and monitoring, which in turn requires on-going changes to systems and operational activities. Financial crime is continually evolving and, as noted, is subject to increasingly stringent regulatory oversight and focus. This requires proactive and adaptable responses from us so that we are able to deter threats and criminality effectively. As a global bank, we are particularly exposed to this risk. Even known threats can never be fully eliminated, and there will be instances where we may be used by other parties to engage in money laundering and other illegal or improper activities. In addition, we rely heavily on our employees to assist us by spotting such activities and reporting them, and our employees have varying degrees of experience in recognizing criminal tactics and understanding the level of sophistication of criminal organizations. Where we outsource any of our customer due diligence, customer screening or anti financial crime operations, we remain responsible and accountable for full compliance and any breaches. If we are unable to apply the necessary scrutiny and oversight of third parties to whom we outsource certain tasks and processes, there remains a risk of regulatory breach.

If we are unable to fully comply with applicable laws, regulations and expectations, our regulators and relevant law enforcement agencies have the ability and authority to impose significant fines and other penalties on us, including requiring a complete review of our business systems, day-to-day supervision by external consultants and ultimately the revocation of our banking license.

The reputational damage to our business and global brand would be severe if we were found to have breached AML, anti-bribery and corruption or sanctions requirements. Our reputation could also suffer if we are unable to protect our customers’ bank products and services from being used by criminals for illegal or improper purposes.

According to reports in the news media and other unofficial sources, the Brazilian Federal Public Prosecutor’s Office (“MPF”) has submitted to a federal judge in Sao Paulo a request for the indictment of several individuals, including an executive officer of our subsidiary, Banco Santander Brasil, in connection with the alleged bribery of a Brazilian tax auditor to secure favorable decisions in tax cases resulting in a claimed R$83 million (approximately U.S.$25 million) tax credits benefit to Santander Brasil. Pursuant to Brazilian law, the request for indictment must be approved by the judge in order to proceed. As of the date of this annual report neither Santander Brasil nor the relevant executive officer has been officially served with the proposed indictment or is aware of whether the indictment request has been accepted or rejected. Santander Brasil is cooperating fully with the Brazilian authorities and has relinquished the benefit of certain tax credits to which the allegations relate in order to show its good faith. If the indictment were to be approved, our business could suffer reputational harm.

29


 

Table of Contents

In addition, while we review our relevant counterparties’ internal policies and procedures with respect to such matters, we, to a large degree, rely upon our relevant counterparties to maintain and properly apply their own appropriate compliance procedures and internal policies. Such measures, procedures and internal policies may not be completely effective in preventing third parties from using our (and our relevant counterparties’) services as a conduit for illicit purposes (including illegal cash operations) without our (and our relevant counterparties’) knowledge. If we are associated with, or even accused of being associated with, breaches of AML, anti-terrorism, or sanctions requirements our reputation could suffer and/or we could become subject to fines, sanctions and/or legal enforcement (including being added to “black lists” that would prohibit certain parties from engaging in transactions with us), any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Any such risks could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

See also “Risk Factors - Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks – United States Significant Regulation – Anti-Money Laundering and Economic Sanctions.”

2.3 Liquidity and Financing Risks

2.3.1 Liquidity and funding risks are inherent in our business and could have a material adverse effect on us.

Liquidity risk is the risk that we either do not have available sufficient financial resources to meet our obligations as they fall due or can secure them only at excessive cost. This risk is inherent in any retail and commercial banking business and can be heightened by a number of enterprise-specific factors, including over-reliance on a particular source of funding, changes in credit ratings or market-wide phenomena such as market dislocation. While we implement liquidity management processes to seek to mitigate and control these risks, unforeseen systemic market factors make it difficult to eliminate completely these risks. Continued constraints in the supply of liquidity, including in inter-bank lending, has affected and may materially and adversely affect the cost of funding our business, and extreme liquidity constraints may affect our current operations and our ability to fulfill regulatory liquidity requirements, as well as limit growth possibilities.

Our cost of obtaining funding is directly related to prevailing interest rates and to our credit spreads. Increases in interest rates and our credit spreads can significantly increase the cost of our funding. Changes in our credit spreads are market-driven and may be influenced by market perceptions of our creditworthiness. Changes to interest rates and our credit spreads occur continuously and may be unpredictable and highly volatile.

We rely, and will continue to rely, primarily on commercial deposits to fund lending activities. The ongoing availability of this type of funding is sensitive to a variety of factors outside our control, such as general economic conditions and the confidence of commercial depositors in the economy and in the financial services industry, and the availability and extent of deposit guarantees, as well as competition between banks or with other products, such as mutual funds, for deposits. Any of these factors could significantly increase the amount of commercial deposit withdrawals in a short period of time, thereby reducing our ability to access commercial deposit funding on appropriate terms, or at all, in the future. If these circumstances were to arise, this could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Central banks have taken extraordinary measures to increase liquidity in the financial markets as a response to the financial crisis. If current facilities were rapidly removed or significantly reduced, this could have an adverse effect on our ability to access liquidity and on our funding costs.

We cannot assure that in the event of a sudden or unexpected shortage of funds in the banking system, we will be able to maintain levels of funding without incurring high funding costs, a reduction in the term of funding instruments or the liquidation of certain assets. If this were to happen, we could be materially adversely affected.

2.3.2 Credit, market and liquidity risk may have an adverse effect on our credit ratings and our cost of funds. Any downgrade in our credit rating would likely increase our cost of funding, require us to post additional collateral or take other actions under some of our derivative contracts and adversely affect our interest margins and results of operations.

Credit ratings affect the cost and other terms upon which we are able to obtain funding. Rating agencies regularly evaluate us, and their ratings of our debt are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength and conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. In addition, due to the methodology of the main rating agencies, our credit rating is affected by the rating of Spanish sovereign debt. If Spain’s sovereign debt is downgraded, our credit rating would also likely be downgraded by an equivalent amount.

Any downgrade in our debt credit ratings would likely increase our borrowing costs and require us to post additional collateral or take other actions under some of our derivative contracts, and could limit our access to capital markets and adversely affect our

30


 

Table of Contents

commercial business. For example, a ratings downgrade could adversely affect our ability to sell or market certain of our products, engage in certain longer-term and derivatives transactions and retain our customers, particularly customers who need a minimum rating threshold in order to invest. In addition, under the terms of certain of our derivative contracts and other financial commitments, we may be required to maintain a minimum credit rating or terminate such contracts or require the posting of collateral. Any of these results of a ratings downgrade could reduce our liquidity and have an adverse effect on us, including our operating results and financial condition.

Banco Santander’s long-term debt is currently rated investment grade by the major rating agencies: A3 stable outlook by Moody’s Investors Service España, S.A., A- stable outlook by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and A- stable outlook by Fitch Ratings Ltd. In February 2017, Standard & Poor’s revised the outlook from stable to positive reflecting the revised funding plans announced by us, which give Standard & Poor’s comfort that we will build a substantial additional loss absorbing capacity buffer over the next two years. In June 2017, Standard & Poor’s revised the outlook from positive to stable as a result of the risks associated with the acquisition of Banco Popular.

Santander UK’s long-term debt is currently rated investment grade by the major rating agencies: Aa3 with stable outlook by Moody’s Investors Service, A with stable outlook by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and A with rating watch positive outlook by Fitch Ratings.

Banco Santander (Brasil)’s long-term debt in foreign currency is currently rated BB- with a stable outlook by Standard &Poor’s Ratings Services and Ba3 with a stable outlook by Moody’s Investors Service.

We conduct substantially all of our material derivative activities through Banco Santander and Santander UK. We estimate that as of December 31, 2017, if all the rating agencies were to downgrade Banco Santander’s long-term senior debt ratings by one notch we would be required to post up to €209 million in additional collateral pursuant to derivative and other financial contracts. A hypothetical two-notch downgrade would result in a further requirement to post up to €193 million in additional collateral. We estimate that as of December 31, 2017, if all the rating agencies were to downgrade Santander UK’s long-term credit ratings by one notch, and thereby trigger a short-term credit rating downgrade, this could result in contractual outflows from Santander UK’s total liquid assets of £3.9 billion of cash and additional collateral that Santander UK would be required to post under the terms of secured funding and derivatives contracts. A hypothetical two-notch downgrade would result in a further outflow of £0.2 billion of cash and collateral under secured funding and derivatives contracts.

While certain potential impacts of these downgrades are contractual and quantifiable, the full consequences of a credit rating downgrade are inherently uncertain, as they depend upon numerous dynamic, complex and inter-related factors and assumptions, including market conditions at the time of any downgrade, whether any downgrade of our long-term credit rating precipitates downgrades to our short-term credit rating, and assumptions about the potential behaviors of various customers, investors and counterparties. Actual outflows could be higher or lower than the preceding hypothetical examples, depending upon certain factors including which credit rating agency downgrades our credit rating, any management or restructuring actions that could be taken to reduce cash outflows and the potential liquidity impact from loss of unsecured funding (such as from money market funds) or loss of secured funding capacity. Although unsecured and secured funding stresses are included in our stress testing scenarios and a portion of our total liquid assets is held against these risks, a credit rating downgrade could still have a material adverse effect on us.

In addition, if we were required to cancel our derivatives contracts with certain counterparties and were unable to replace such contracts, our market risk profile could be altered.

There can be no assurance that the rating agencies will maintain the current ratings or outlooks. Failure to maintain favorable ratings and outlooks could increase our cost of funding and adversely affect interest margins, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

2.4 Credit Risks

2.4.1 The credit quality of our loan portfolio may deteriorate and our loan loss reserves could be insufficient to cover our actual loan losses, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Risks arising from changes in credit quality and the recoverability of loans and amounts due from counterparties are inherent in a wide range of our businesses.  Non-performing or low credit quality loans have in the past negatively impacted our results of operations and could do so in the future. In particular, the amount of our reported non-performing loans may increase in the future as a result of growth in our total loan portfolio, including as a result of loan portfolios that we may acquire in the future (the credit quality of which may turn out to be worse than we had anticipated), or factors beyond our control, such as adverse changes in the credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties or a general deterioration in economic conditions in the regions where we operate or in global economic and political

31


 

Table of Contents

conditions. If we were unable to control the level of our non-performing or poor credit quality loans, this could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our loan loss reserves are based on our current assessment of and expectations concerning various factors affecting the quality of our loan portfolio. These factors include, among other things, our borrowers’ financial condition, repayment abilities and repayment intentions, the realizable value of any collateral, the prospects for support from any guarantor, government macroeconomic policies, interest rates and the legal and regulatory environment. Because many of these factors are beyond our control and there is no precise method for predicting loan and credit losses, we cannot assure that our current or future loan loss reserves will be sufficient to cover actual losses. If our assessment of and expectations concerning the above mentioned factors differ from actual developments, if the quality of our total loan portfolio deteriorates, for any reason, or if the future actual losses exceed our estimates of incurred losses, we may be required to increase our loan loss reserves, which may adversely affect us. Additionally, in calculating our loan loss reserves, we employ qualitative tools and statistical models which may not be reliable in all circumstances and which are dependent upon data that may not be complete. For further details regarding our risk management policies, see “—‎2.6.1— Failure to successfully implement and continue to improve our risk management policies, procedures and methods, including our credit risk management system, could materially and adversely affect us, and we may be exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks.”

Mortgage loans are one of our principal assets, comprising 47% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2017. Our exposure is concentrated in residential mortgage loans, especially in Spain and the United Kingdom. During late 2007, following an earlier period of increased demand, the housing market began to adjust downward in Spain and the United Kingdom as a result of excess supply (particularly in Spain) and higher interest rates. From 2008 to 2013, as economic growth stalled in Spain and the United Kingdom, persistent housing oversupply, decreased housing demand, rising unemployment, subdued earnings growth, greater pressure on disposable income, a decline in the availability of mortgage finance and the continued effect of global market volatility caused home prices to decline, while mortgage delinquencies and forbearances increased.

As a result of these and other factors, our NPL ratio increased from 0.94% at December 31, 2007, to 2.02% at December 31, 2008, to 3.24% at December 31, 2009, to 3.54% at December 31, 2010, to 3.90% at December 31, 2011, to 4.54% at December 31, 2012 and to 5.64% at December 31, 2013. The trend changed in 2014 as our NPL ratio decreased to 5.19% at December 31, 2014, to 4.36% at December 31, 2015 and to 3.93% at December 31, 2016. At December 31, 2017 the NPL ratio stood at 4.08% impacted by the acquisition of Banco Popular (see “ 2.1   Risks relating to the acquisition of Banco Popular ”). We can provide no assurance that our NPL ratio will not increase again as a result of the aforementioned and other factors. High unemployment rates, coupled with declining real estate prices, could have a material adverse impact on our mortgage payment delinquency rates, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, the financial crisis and the acquisition of Banco Popular, led to the accumulation of illiquid assets with lower profitability than our current targets.  Such assets could negatively affect our ability to reach out current profitability targets.

2.4.2 The value of the collateral securing our loans may not be sufficient, and we may be unable to realize the full value of the collateral securing our loan portfolio.

The value of the collateral securing our loan portfolio may fluctuate or decline due to factors beyond our control, including macroeconomic factors affecting Europe, the United States and Latin American countries. The value of the collateral securing our loan portfolio may be adversely affected by force majeure events, such as natural disasters, particularly in locations where a significant portion of our loan portfolio is composed of real estate loans. We may also not have sufficiently recent information on the value of collateral, which may result in an inaccurate assessment for impairment losses of our loans secured by such collateral. If any of the above were to occur, we may need to make additional provisions to cover actual impairment losses of our loans, which may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

2.4.3 We are subject to counterparty risk in our banking business.

We are exposed to counterparty risk in addition to credit risks associated with lending activities. Counterparty risk may arise from, for example, investing in securities of third parties, entering into derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us or executing securities, futures, currency or commodity trades from proprietary trading activities that fail to settle at the required time due to non-delivery by the counterparty or systems failure by clearing agents, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries.

We routinely transact with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual funds, hedge funds and other institutional clients. Defaults by, and even rumors or questions about the solvency of, certain financial institutions and the financial services industry generally have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to

32


 

Table of Contents

losses or defaults by other institutions. Many of the routine transactions we enter into expose us to significant credit risk in the event of default by one of our significant counterparties. 

2.5 Market Risks

2.5.1 Our financial results are constantly exposed to market risk. We are subject to fluctuations in interest rates and other market risks, which may materially and adversely affect us and our profitability.

Market risk refers to the probability of variations in our interest income / (charges) or in the market value of our assets and liabilities due to volatility of interest rate, inflation, exchange rate or equity price. Changes in interest rates affect the following areas, among others, of our business:

·

interest income / (charges);

·

the volume of loans originated;

·

credit spreads;

·

the market value of our securities holdings;

·

the value of our loans and deposits; and

·

the value of our derivatives transactions.

Interest rates are sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including increased regulation of the financial sector, monetary policies and domestic and international economic and political conditions. Variations in interest rates could affect the interest earned on our assets and the interest paid on our borrowings, thereby affecting our interest income / (charges), which comprises the majority of our revenue, reducing our growth rate and potentially resulting in losses. In addition, costs we incur as we implement strategies to reduce interest rate exposure could increase in the future (which, in turn, will impact our results).

Increases in interest rates may reduce the volume of loans we originate. Sustained high interest rates have historically discouraged customers from borrowing and have resulted in increased delinquencies in outstanding loans and deterioration in the quality of assets. Increases in interest rates may reduce the value of our financial assets and may reduce gains or require us to record losses on sales of our loans or securities.

Due to the historically low interest rate environment in the Eurozone, in the UK and in the US in recent years, the rates on many of our interest-bearing deposit products have been priced at or near zero, limiting our ability to further reduce rates and thus negatively impacting our margins. If the current low interest rate environment in the eurozone, in the UK and in the US persists in the long run, it may be difficult to increase our interest income / (charges), which will impact our results.

We are also exposed to foreign exchange rate risk as a result of mismatches between assets and liabilities denominated in different currencies. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between currencies may negatively affect our earnings and value of our assets and securities. The recent volatility in the value of the pound sterling in the wake of the June 2016 UK referendum (see risk factor 1.2 “Exposure to UK political developments, including the outcome of the UK referendum on membership of the European Union, could have a material adverse effect on us”) may persist as negotiations continue and could adversely impact our UK customers and counterparties, as well as the overall results and prospects of our UK operations. The continued depreciation of the Latin American currencies against the U.S. dollar could make our Latin American subsidiaries’ foreign currency-linked obligations and funding more expensive and have similar consequences for our borrowers in Latin America.

We are also exposed to equity price risk in our investments in equity securities in the banking book and in the trading portfolio. The performance of financial markets may cause changes in the value of our investment and trading portfolios. The volatility of world equity markets due to the continued economic uncertainty and sovereign debt crisis has had a particularly strong impact on the financial sector. Continued volatility may affect the value of our investments in equity securities and, depending on their fair value and future recovery expectations, could become a permanent impairment which would be subject to write-offs against our results. To the extent any of these risks materialize, our interest income / (charges) or the market value of our assets and liabilities could be materially adversely affected.

33


 

Table of Contents

2.5.2 Market conditions have resulted and could result in material changes to the estimated fair values of our financial assets. Negative fair value adjustments could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

In the past nine years, financial markets have been subject to significant stress resulting in steep falls in perceived or actual financial asset values, particularly due to volatility in global financial markets and the resulting widening of credit spreads. We have material exposures to securities, loans and other investments that are recorded at fair value and are therefore exposed to potential negative fair value adjustments. Asset valuations in future periods, reflecting then-prevailing market conditions, may result in negative changes in the fair values of our financial assets and these may also translate into increased impairments. In addition, the value ultimately realized by us on disposal may be lower than the current fair value. Any of these factors could require us to record negative fair value adjustments, which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition or prospects.

In addition, to the extent that fair values are determined using financial valuation models, such values may be inaccurate or subject to change, as the data used by such models may not be available or may become unavailable due to changes in market conditions, particularly for illiquid assets, and particularly in times of economic instability. In such circumstances, our valuation methodologies require us to make assumptions, judgments and estimates in order to establish fair value, and reliable assumptions are difficult to make and are inherently uncertain and valuation models are complex, making them inherently imperfect predictors of actual results. Any consequential impairments or write-downs could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

2.5.3 We are subject to market, operational and other related risks associated with our derivative transactions that could have a material adverse effect on us.

We enter into derivative transactions for trading purposes as well as for hedging purposes. We are subject to market, credit and operational risks associated with these transactions, including basis risk (the risk of loss associated with variations in the spread between the asset yield and the funding and/or hedge cost) and credit or default risk (the risk of insolvency or other inability of the counterparty to a particular transaction to perform its obligations thereunder, including providing sufficient collateral).

Market practices and documentation for derivative transactions differ by country. In addition, the execution and performance of these transactions depend on our ability to maintain adequate control and administration systems. Moreover, our ability to adequately monitor, analyze and report derivative transactions continues to depend, largely, on our information technology systems. These factors further increase the risks associated with these transactions and could have a material adverse effect on us.

2.6 Risk Management

2.6.1 Failure to successfully implement and continue to improve our risk management policies, procedures and methods, including our credit risk management system, could materially and adversely affect us, and we may be exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks.

The management of risk is an integral part of our activities. We seek to monitor and manage our risk exposure through a variety of separate but complementary financial, credit, market, operational, compliance and legal reporting systems. While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, such techniques and strategies may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all economic market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that we fail to identify or anticipate.

Some of our qualitative tools and metrics for managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior. We apply statistical and other tools to these observations to arrive at quantifications of our risk exposures. These qualitative tools and metrics may fail to predict future risk exposures. These risk exposures could, for example, arise from factors we did not anticipate or correctly evaluate in our statistical models. This would limit our ability to manage our risks. Our losses thus could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate. In addition, our quantified modeling does not take all risks into account. Our more qualitative approach to managing those risks could prove insufficient, exposing us to material unanticipated losses. We could face adverse consequences as a result of decisions, which may lead to actions by management, based on models that are poorly developed, implemented or used, or as a result of the modelled outcome being misunderstood or the use of such information for purposes for which it was not designed. In addition, if existing or potential customers or counterparties believe our risk management is inadequate, they could take their business elsewhere or seek to limit their transactions with us. This could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

As a commercial bank, one of the main types of risks inherent in our business is credit risk. For example, an important feature of our credit risk management system is to employ an internal credit rating system to assess the particular risk profile of a customer. As this process involves detailed analyses of the customer, taking into account both quantitative and qualitative factors, it is subject to human or

34


 

Table of Contents

IT systems errors. In exercising their judgment on current or future credit risk behavior of our customers, our employees may not always be able to assign an accurate credit rating, which may result in our exposure to higher credit risks than indicated by our risk rating system.

Failure to effectively implement, consistently monitor or continuously refine our credit risk management system may result in an increase in the level of non-performing loans and a higher risk exposure for us, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

2.7 Technology Risks

2.7.1 Any failure to effectively improve or upgrade our information technology infrastructure and management information systems in a timely manner or any failure to successfully implement new IT regulations could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our ability to remain competitive depends in part on our ability to upgrade our information technology on a timely and cost-effective basis. We must continually make significant investments and improvements in our information technology infrastructure in order to remain competitive. We cannot assure that in the future we will be able to maintain the level of capital expenditures necessary to support the improvement or upgrading of our information technology infrastructure. Any failure to effectively improve or upgrade our information technology infrastructure and management information systems in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on us .

In addition, several new regulations are defining how to manage Cyber Risks and Technology Risks, how to report a data breach, and how the supervisory process should work, among others. These regulations are quite fragmented in terms of definitions, scope and applicability. A failure to successfully implement all or some of these new global and local regulations, that in some cases have severe sanctions regimes, could have a material adverse effect on us.

2.7.2 Risks relating to data collection, processing and storage systems and security are inherent in our business.

Like other financial institutions, we manage and hold confidential personal information of customers in the conduct of our banking operations, as well as a large number of assets.  Accordingly, our business depends on the ability to process a large number of transactions efficiently and accurately, and on our ability to rely on our digital technologies, computer and email services, software and networks, as well as on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential sensitive personal data and other information using our computer systems and networks. The proper functioning of financial control, accounting or other data collection and processing systems is critical to our businesses and to our ability to compete effectively. Losses can result from inadequate personnel, inadequate or failed internal control processes and systems, or from external events that interrupt normal business operations.  We also face the risk that the design of our controls and procedures prove to be inadequate or are circumvented such that our data and/or client records are incomplete, not recoverable or not securely stored. Although we work with our clients, vendors, service providers, counterparties and other third parties to develop secure data and information processing, storage and transmission capabilities to prevent against information security risk, we routinely manage personal, confidential and proprietary information by electronic means, and we may be the target of attempted cyber-attack. If we cannot maintain an effective and secure electronic data and information, management and processing system or we fail to maintain complete physical and electronic records, this could result in regulatory sanctions and serious reputational or financial harm to us.

We take protective measures and continuously monitor and develop our systems to protect our technology infrastructure, data and information from misappropriation or corruption, but our systems, software and networks nevertheless may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses or other malicious code and other events that could have a security impact. An interception, misuse or mishandling of personal, confidential or proprietary information sent to or received from a client, vendor, service provider, counterparty or third party could result in legal liability, regulatory action, reputational harm and financial loss. There can be no absolute assurance that we will not suffer material losses from operational risk in the future, including those relating to any security breaches.

We have seen in recent years computer systems of companies and organizations being targeted, not only by cyber criminals, but also by activists and rogue states. We have been and continue to be subject to a range of cyber-attacks, such as denial of service, malware and phishing. Cyber-attacks could give rise to the loss of significant amounts of customer data and other sensitive information, as well as significant levels of liquid assets (including cash). In addition, cyber-attacks could disrupt our electronic systems used to service our customers. As attempted attacks continue to evolve in scope and sophistication, we may incur significant costs in order to modify or enhance our protective measures against such attacks, or to investigate or remediate any vulnerability or resulting breach, or in communicating cyber-attacks to our customers. If we fail to effectively manage our cyber security risk, e.g. by failing to update our systems and processes in response to new threats, this could harm our reputation and adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and prospects through the payment of customer compensation, regulatory penalties and fines and/or through the loss of assets. In addition, we may also be impacted by cyber-attacks against national critical infrastructures of the countries where we operate; for example the telecommunications network.  Our information technology systems are dependent on such national critical infrastructure and any cyber-attack against such critical infrastructure could negatively affect our ability to service our customers.  As we do not operate such national critical infrastructure, we have limited ability to protect our information technology systems from the adverse effects of such a

35


 

Table of Contents

cyber-attack. For further information see Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Part 6. Operational risk—3 Mitigation measures— Cybersecurity and data security plans.

Although we have procedures and controls to safeguard personal information in our possession, unauthorized disclosures could subject us to legal actions and administrative sanctions as well as damages and reputational harm that could materially and adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and prospects. Further, our business is exposed to risk from potential non-compliance with policies, employee misconduct or negligence and fraud, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious reputational or financial harm. It is not always possible to deter or prevent employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not always be effective.  In addition, we may be required to report events related to information security issues (including any cyber security issues), events where customer information may be compromised, unauthorized access and other security breaches, to the relevant regulatory authorities. Any material disruption or slowdown of our systems could cause information, including data related to customer requests, to be lost or to be delivered to our clients with delays or errors, which could reduce demand for our services and products, could produce customer claims and could materially and adversely affect us.

2.8 General Business and Industry Risks

2.8.1 The financial problems faced by our customers could adversely affect us.

Market turmoil and economic recession could materially and adversely affect the liquidity, credit ratings, businesses and/or financial conditions of our borrowers, which could in turn increase our non-performing loan ratios, impair our loan and other financial assets and result in decreased demand for borrowings in general. In addition, our customers may further significantly decrease their risk tolerance to non-deposit investments such as stocks, bonds and mutual funds, which would adversely affect our fee and commission income.  We may also be adversely affected by the negative effects of the heightened regulatory environment on our customers due to the high costs associated with regulatory compliance and proceedings.  Any of the conditions described above could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

2.8.2 Changes in our pension liabilities and obligations could have a material adverse effect on us.

We provide retirement benefits for many of our former and current employees through a number of defined benefit pension plans. We calculate the amount of our defined benefit obligations using actuarial techniques and assumptions, including mortality rates, the rate of increase of salaries, discount rates, inflation, the expected rate of return on plan assets, or others. The accounting and disclosures are based on IFRS-IASB and on those other requirements defined by the local supervisors. Given the nature of these obligations, changes in the assumptions that support valuations, including market conditions, can result in actuarial losses which would in turn impact the financial condition of our pension funds. Because pension obligations are generally long term obligations, fluctuations in interest rates have a material impact on the projected costs of our defined benefit obligations and therefore on the amount of pension expense that we accrue.

Any increase in the current size of the deficit in our defined benefit pension plans could result in our having to make increased contributions to reduce or satisfy the deficits, which would divert resources from use in other areas of our business. Any such increase may be due to certain factors over which we have no or limited control. Increases in our pension liabilities and obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

2.8.3 We depend in part upon dividends and other funds from subsidiaries.

The substantial majority of our operations are conducted through our financial services subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to pay dividends, to the extent we decide to do so, depends in significant part on the ability of our subsidiaries to generate earnings and to pay dividends to us. Payment of dividends, distributions and advances by our subsidiaries will be contingent upon our subsidiaries’ earnings and business considerations and is or may be limited by legal, regulatory and contractual restrictions. Additionally, our right to receive any assets of any of our subsidiaries as an equity holder of such subsidiaries, upon their liquidation or reorganization, will be effectively subordinated to the claims of our subsidiaries’ creditors, including trade creditors.

2.8.4 Increased competition, including from non-traditional providers of banking services such as financial technology providers, and industry consolidation may adversely affect our results of operations.

We face substantial competition in all parts of our business, including in originating loans and in attracting deposits. The competition in originating loans comes principally from other domestic and foreign banks, mortgage banking companies, consumer finance companies, insurance companies and other lenders and purchasers of loans.

36


 

Table of Contents

In addition, there has been a trend towards consolidation in the banking industry, which has created larger and stronger banks with which we must now compete. There can be no assurance that this increased competition will not adversely affect our growth prospects, and therefore our operations. We also face competition from non-bank competitors, such as brokerage companies, department stores (for some credit products), leasing and factoring companies, mutual fund and pension fund management companies and insurance companies.

Non-traditional providers of banking services, such as internet based e-commerce providers, mobile telephone companies and internet search engines may offer and/or increase their offerings of financial products and services directly to customers. These non-traditional providers of banking services currently have an advantage over traditional providers because they are not subject to banking regulation. Several of these competitors may have long operating histories, large customer bases, strong brand recognition and significant financial, marketing and other resources. They may adopt more aggressive pricing and rates and devote more resources to technology, infrastructure and marketing.

New competitors may enter the market or existing competitors may adjust their services with unique product or service offerings or approaches to providing banking services. If we are unable to successfully compete with current and new competitors, or if we are unable to anticipate and adapt our offerings to changing banking industry trends, including technological changes, our business may be adversely affected. In addition, our failure to effectively anticipate or adapt to emerging technologies or changes in customer behavior, including among younger customers, could delay or prevent our access to new digital-based markets, which would in turn have an adverse effect on our competitive position and business. Furthermore, the widespread adoption of new technologies, including cryptocurrencies and payment systems, could require substantial expenditures to modify or adapt our existing products and services as we continue to grow our internet and mobile banking capabilities. Our customers may choose to conduct business or offer products in areas that may be considered speculative or risky. Such new technologies and mobile banking platforms in recent years could negatively impact our investments in bank premises, equipment and personnel for our branch network. The persistence or acceleration of this shift in demand towards internet and mobile banking may necessitate changes to our retail distribution strategy, which may include closing and/or selling certain branches and restructuring our remaining branches and work force. These actions could lead to losses on these assets and may lead to increased expenditures to renovate, reconfigure or close a number of our remaining branches or to otherwise reform our retail distribution channel. Furthermore, our failure to swiftly and effectively implement such changes to our distribution strategy could have an adverse effect our competitive position.

Increasing competition could also require that we increase our rates offered on deposits or lower the rates we charge on loans, which could also have a material adverse effect on us, including our profitability. It may also negatively affect our business results and prospects by, among other things, limiting our ability to increase our customer base and expand our operations and increasing competition for investment opportunities.

If our customer service levels were perceived by the market to be materially below those of our competitor financial institutions, we could lose existing and potential business. If we are not successful in retaining and strengthening customer relationships, we may lose market share, incur losses on some or all of our activities or fail to attract new deposits or retain existing deposits, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects. 

2.8.5 Our ability to maintain our competitive position depends, in part, on the success of new products and services we offer our clients and our ability to offer products and services that meet the customers’ needs during all the life cycle of the products or services, and we may not be able to manage various risks we face as we expand our range of products and services that could have a material adverse effect on us.

The success of our operations and our profitability depends, in part, on the success of new products and services we offer our clients and our ability to offer products and services that meet the customers’ needs during all their life cycle. However, our clients’ needs or desires may change over time, and such changes may render our products and services obsolete, outdated or unattractive and we may not be able to develop new products that meet our clients’ changing needs. Our success is also dependent on our ability to anticipate and leverage new and existing technologies that may have an impact on products and services in the banking industry. Technological changes may further intensify and complicate the competitive landscape and influence client behavior. If we cannot respond in a timely fashion to the changing needs of our clients, we may lose clients, which could in turn materially and adversely affect us.

As we expand the range of our products and services, some of which may be at an early stage of development in the markets of certain regions where we operate, we will be exposed to new and potentially increasingly complex risks, such as the conduct risk in the relationship with customers, and development expenses. Our employees and risk management systems, as well as our experience and that of our partners may not be sufficient to enable us to properly manage such risks. In addition, the cost of developing products that are not launched is likely to affect our results of operations. Any or all of these factors, individually or collectively, could have a material adverse effect on us.

37


 

Table of Contents

While we have successfully increased our customer service levels in recent years, should these levels ever be perceived by the market to be materially below those of our competitor financial institutions, we could lose existing and potential business. If we are not successful in retaining and strengthening customer relationships, we may lose market share, incur losses on some or all of our activities or fail to attract new deposits or retain existing deposits, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

2.8.6 If we are unable to manage the growth of our operations, this could have an adverse impact on our profitability.

We allocate management and planning resources to develop strategic plans for organic growth, and to identify possible acquisitions and disposals and areas for restructuring our businesses. From time to time, we evaluate acquisition and partnership opportunities that we believe offer additional value to our shareholders and are consistent with our business strategy. However, we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition or partnership candidates, and our ability to benefit from any such acquisitions and partnerships will depend in part on our successful integration of those businesses. Any such integration entails significant risks such as unforeseen difficulties in integrating operations and systems and unexpected liabilities or contingencies relating to the acquired businesses, including legal claims. We can give no assurances that our expectations with regards to integration and synergies will materialize. We also cannot provide assurance that we will, in all cases, be able to manage our growth effectively or deliver our strategic growth objectives. Challenges that may result from our strategic growth decisions include our ability to:

·

manage efficiently the operations and employees of expanding businesses;

·

maintain or grow our existing customer base;

·

assess the value, strengths and weaknesses of investment or acquisition candidates, including local regulation that can reduce or eliminate expected synergies;

·

finance strategic investments or acquisitions;

·

align our current information technology systems adequately with those of an enlarged group;

·

apply our risk management policy effectively to an enlarged group; and

·

manage a growing number of entities without over-committing management or losing key personnel.

Any failure to manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

In addition, any acquisition or venture could result in the loss of key employees and inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies.

Moreover, the success of the acquisition or venture will at least in part be subject to a number of political, economic and other factors that are beyond our control. Any of these factors, individually or collectively, could have a material adverse effect on us.

2.8.7 Goodwill impairments may be required in relation to acquired businesses.

We have made business acquisitions in recent years and may make further acquisitions in the future. It is possible that the goodwill which has been attributed, or may be attributed, to these businesses may have to be written-down if our valuation assumptions are required to be reassessed as a result of any deterioration in their underlying profitability, asset quality and other relevant matters. Impairment testing in respect of goodwill is performed annually, or more frequently if there are impairment indicators present, and comprises a comparison of the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit with its recoverable amount. Goodwill impairment does not, however, affect our regulatory capital. While no material impairment of goodwill was recognized at Group level in 2015 or 2016, in 2017 we recognized impairment of goodwill of €799 million in Santander Consumer USA and €100 million in Carfinco Financial Group (see note 17 to our consolidated financial statements). There can be no assurances that we will not have to write down the value attributed to goodwill in the future, which would adversely affect our results and net assets.

2.8.8 We rely on recruiting, retaining and developing appropriate senior management and skilled personnel.

Our continued success depends in part on the continued service of key members of our senior executive team and other key employees. The ability to continue to attract, train, motivate and retain highly qualified and talented professionals is a key element of our strategy. The successful implementation of our strategy and culture depends on the availability of skilled and appropriate management,

38


 

Table of Contents

both at our head office and in each of our business units. If we or one of our business units or other functions fails to staff its operations appropriately, or loses one or more of its key senior executives or other key employees and fails to replace them in a satisfactory and timely manner, our business, financial condition and results of operations, including control and operational risks, may be adversely affected.

In addition, the financial industry has and may continue to experience more stringent regulation of employee compensation, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to hire or retain the most qualified employees. If we fail or are unable to attract and appropriately train, motivate and retain qualified professionals, our business may also be adversely affected.

2.8.9 We rely on third parties and affiliates for important products and services.

Third party vendors and certain affiliated companies provide key components of our business infrastructure such as loan and deposit servicing systems, back office and business process support, information technology production and support, internet connections and network access. Relying on these third parties and affiliated companies can be a source of operational and regulatory risk to us, including with respect to security breaches affecting such parties. We are also subject to risk with respect to security breaches affecting the vendors and other parties that interact with these service providers. As our interconnectivity with these third parties and affiliated companies increases, we increasingly face the risk of operational failure with respect to their systems. We may be required to take steps to protect the integrity of our operational systems, thereby increasing our operational costs and potentially decreasing customer satisfaction. In addition, any problems caused by these third parties or affiliated companies, including as a result of them not providing us their services for any reason, or performing their services poorly, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to customers and otherwise conduct our business, which could lead to reputational damage and regulatory investigations and intervention. Replacing these third party vendors could also entail significant delays and expense. Further, the operational and regulatory risk we face as a result of these arrangements may be increased to the extent that we restructure such arrangements.  Any restructuring could involve significant expense to us and entail significant delivery and execution risk which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition.

2.8.10 Damage to our reputation could cause harm to our business prospects.

Maintaining a positive reputation is critical to protect our brand, attract and retain customers, investors and employees and conduct business transactions with counterparties. Damage to our reputation can therefore cause significant harm to our business and prospects. Harm to our reputation can arise from numerous sources, including, among others, employee misconduct, including the possibility of fraud perpetrated by our employees, litigation or regulatory enforcement, failure to deliver minimum standards of service and quality, dealing with sectors that are not well perceived by the public (weapons industries or embargoed countries, for example), dealing with customers in sanctions lists, rating downgrades, significant variations in our share price throughout the year, compliance failures, unethical behavior, and the activities of customers and counterparties. Further, negative publicity regarding us may result in harm to our prospects.

Actions by the financial services industry generally or by certain members of, or individuals in, the industry can also affect our reputation. For example, the role played by financial services firms in the financial crisis and the seeming shift toward increasing regulatory supervision and enforcement has caused public perception of us and others in the financial services industry to decline.

We could suffer significant reputational harm if we fail to identify and manage potential conflicts of interest properly. The failure, or perceived failure, to adequately address conflicts of interest could affect the willingness of clients to deal with us, or give rise to litigation or enforcement actions against us.  Therefore, there can be no assurance that conflicts of interest will not arise in the future that could cause material harm to us.

2.8.11 We engage in transactions with our subsidiaries or affiliates that others may not consider to be on an arm’s-length basis.

We and our affiliates have entered into a number of services agreements pursuant to which we render services, such as administrative, accounting, finance, treasury, legal services and others.

Spanish law provides for several procedures designed to ensure that the transactions entered into with or among our financial subsidiaries and/or affiliates do not deviate from prevailing market conditions for those types of transactions.

We are likely to continue to engage in transactions with our affiliates. Future conflicts of interests between us and any of affiliates, or among our affiliates, may arise, which conflicts may not be resolved in our favor.

39


 

Table of Contents

2.9 Financial Reporting and Control Risks

2.9.1 Changes in accounting standards could impact reported earnings.

The accounting standard setters and other regulatory bodies periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. These changes can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of prior period financial statements. For further information about developments in financial accounting and reporting standards, see Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements.

2.9.2 Our financial statements are based in part on assumptions and estimates which, if inaccurate, could cause material misstatement of the results of our operations and financial position.

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Due to the inherent uncertainty in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be based upon amounts which differ from those estimates. Estimates, judgments and assumptions are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised and in any future periods affected. The accounting policies deemed critical to our results and financial position, based upon materiality and significant judgments and estimates, include impairment of loans and advances, goodwill impairment, valuation of financial instruments, impairment of available-for-sale financial assets, deferred tax assets provision and pension obligation for liabilities.

If the judgment, estimates and assumptions we use in preparing our consolidated financial statements are subsequently found to be incorrect, there could be a material effect on our results of operations and a corresponding effect on our funding requirements and capital ratios.

2.9.3 Disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the company in reports filed or submitted under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the US Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms.

These disclosure controls and procedures have inherent limitations which include the possibility that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns occur because of errors or mistakes. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by any unauthorized override of the controls. Consequently, our businesses are exposed to risk from potential non-compliance with policies, employee misconduct or negligence and fraud, which could result in regulatory sanctions, civil claims and serious reputational or financial harm. In recent years, a number of multinational financial institutions have suffered material losses due to the actions of ‘rogue traders’ or other employees. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not always be effective. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in the control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

2.10 Foreign Private Issuer and Other Risks

2.10.1 Our corporate disclosure may differ from disclosure regularly published by issuers of securities in other countries, including the United States.

Issuers of securities in Spain are required to make public disclosures that are different from, and that may be reported under presentations that are not consistent with, disclosures required in other countries, including the United States. In particular, for regulatory purposes, we currently prepare and will continue to prepare and make available to our shareholders statutory financial statements in accordance with IFRS-IASB, which differs from U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in a number of respects. In addition, as a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the same disclosure requirements in the United States as a domestic U.S. registrant under the Exchange Act, including the requirements to prepare and issue quarterly reports, the proxy rules applicable to domestic U.S. registrants under Section 14 of the Exchange Act or the insider reporting and short-swing profit rules under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, the information about us available to you will not be the same as the information available to shareholders of a U.S. company and may be reported in a manner that you are not familiar with.

40


 

Table of Contents

2.10.2 Investors may find it difficult to enforce civil liabilities against us or our directors and officers.

The majority of our directors and officers reside outside of the United States. In addition, all or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of our directors and officers are located outside of the United States. Although we have appointed an agent for service of process in any action against us in the United States with respect to our ADSs, none of our directors or officers has consented to service of process in the United States or to the jurisdiction of any United States court. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States on such persons.

Additionally, investors may experience difficulty in Spain enforcing foreign judgments obtained against us and our executive officers and directors, including in any action based on civil liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws. Based on the opinion of Spanish counsel, there is doubt as to the enforceability against such persons in Spain, whether in original actions or in actions to enforce judgments of U.S. courts, of liabilities based solely on the U.S. federal securities laws. 

2.10.3 As a holder of ADSs you will have different shareholders’ rights than do shareholders of companies incorporated in the United States and certain other jurisdictions.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our Bylaws and by Spanish corporate law, which may differ from the legal principles that would apply if we were incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States or in certain other jurisdictions outside Spain. Under Spanish corporate law, you may have fewer and less well-defined rights to protect your interests than under the laws of other jurisdictions outside Spain.

Although Spanish corporate law imposes restrictions on insider trading and price manipulation, the form of these regulations and the manner of their enforcement may differ from that in the U.S. securities markets or markets in certain other jurisdictions. In addition, in Spain, self-dealing and the preservation of shareholder interests may be regulated differently, which could potentially disadvantage you as a holder of the shares underlying ADSs.

2.10.4 ADS holders may be subject to additional risks related to holding ADSs rather than shares.

Because ADS holders do not hold their shares directly, they are subject to the following additional risks, among others:

·

as an ADS holder, you may not be able to exercise the same shareholder rights as a direct holder of ordinary shares;

·

we and the depositary may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without the ADS holders’ consent in a manner that could prejudice ADS holders or that could affect the ability of ADS holders to transfer ADSs; and

·

the depositary may take or be required to take actions under the Deposit Agreement that may have adverse consequences for some ADS holders in their particular circumstances.

"

 

 

Item 4. Information on the Company

A. History and development of the company

Introduction

Banco Santander, S.A. (“Santander”, the “Bank”, the “Parent”, the “Parent bank” or the “Company”) is the Parent bank of Grupo Santander. It was established on March 21, 1857 and incorporated in its present form by a public deed executed in Santander, Spain, on January 14, 1875.

On January 15, 1999, the boards of directors of Santander and Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. agreed to merge Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. into Santander, and to change Banco Santander’s name to Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.  The shareholders of Santander and Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. approved the merger on March 6, 1999, at their respective general meetings.  The merger and the name change were registered with the Mercantile Registry of Santander, Spain, by the filing of a merger deed.  Effective April 17, 1999, Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. shares were extinguished by operation of law and Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. shareholders received new Banco Santander shares at a ratio of three shares of Banco Santander, S.A. for every five shares of Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. formerly held.  On the same day, Banco Santander, S.A. changed its legal name to Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.

The general shareholders’ meeting held on June 23, 2007 approved the proposal to change the name of the Bank to “Banco Santander, S.A.”

41


 

Table of Contents

The general shareholders’ meeting held on March 22, 2013 approved the merger by absorption of Banco Español de Crédito, S.A. (Banesto) and Banco Banif, S.A.

On June 7, 2017, Santander acquired the entire share capital of Banco Popular Español, S.A. in an auction in connection with a resolution plan adopted by the European Single Resolution Board (the European banking resolution authority or “SRB”) and executed by the FROB (the Spanish banking resolution authority) following a determination by the European Central Bank that Banco Popular was failing or likely to fail, in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 806/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 15, 2014, Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of May 15, 2014 and Law 11/2015 of June 18, for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

We are incorporated under, and governed by the laws of the Kingdom of Spain.  We conduct business under the commercial name “Santander”.  Our headquarters are located in Ciudad Grupo Santander, Avda. de Cantabria s/n, 28660 Boadilla del Monte (Madrid), Spain.  Telephone: (011) 34-91-259-6520 and the corporate offices are located at Paseo de Pereda, numbers 9 to 12, Santander, Spain.

Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures

Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations

Our principal acquisitions and dispositions in 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

i. Acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A.

 

On June 7, 2017, as part of our growth strategy in the markets where we operate, we acquired 100% of the share capital of Banco Popular as a result of a competitive sale process organized in the framework of a resolution scheme adopted by the Single Resolution Board (“SRB”) and executed by the FROB, Spanish single resolution board, in accordance with Regulation (EU) 806/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of May 15, 2014, and Law 11/2015, of June 18, for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

As part of the execution of the resolution:

 

-

All the shares of Banco Popular outstanding at the closing of market on June 7, 2017 and all the shares resulting from the conversion of the regulatory capital instruments Additional Tier 1 issued by Banco Popular were converted into undisposed reserves.

-

All the regulatory capital instruments Tier 2 issued by Banco Popular were converted into newly issued shares of Banco Popular, all of which were acquired by us for a total consideration of one euro.

 

The transaction has been approved by all the applicable regulatory and antitrust authorities in the territories where Banco Popular operated, except for the pending approval for the acquisition of certain affiliates of Banco Popular located in United States. 

The amount contributed by this business to our net profit from the acquisition date, and the impact on our net profit resulting from the transaction assuming it had been made on January 1, 2017 are not material.

ii. Sale agreement of Banco Popular’s real estate business

On August 8, 2017, we announced that Banco Popular had executed the agreements with the Blackstone Fund for the acquisition by the fund of 51% of, and hence the assignment of control over, part of Banco Popular's real estate business (the “Business”), which comprises a portfolio of foreclosed properties, real estate companies, non-performing loans relating to the real estate sector and other assets related to these activities owned by Banco Popular and its affiliates (including deferred tax assets allocated to specific real estate companies which are part of the transferred portfolio) registered on certain specified dates (March 31, 2017 or April 30, 2017).

The agreements were entered following of the European Commission’s unconditional authorization of the acquisition of Banco Popular by Banco Santander for the purposes of competition law.

The transaction closed on March 22, 2018 following receipt of the required regulatory authorizations and other usual conditions in this type of transactions.

Closing of the transaction involved the creation of a series of companies, in which Blackstone has a 51% interest and Banco Popular the remaining 49%, to which Banco Popular and some of its affiliates transferred the Business and 100% of the share capital of Aliseda Servicios de Gestión Inmobiliaria, S.L. (“Aliseda”). The valuation attributed to the assets of the Business (real estate assets, non-

42


 

Table of Contents

performing loans and real estate companies, not including Aliseda) was approximately €10 billion. From closing, Blackstone has undertaken the management of the Business.

iii. Purchase of the shares to DDFS LLC in SCUSA

On July 2, 2015, we announced that we had reached an agreement to purchase the 9.65% ownership interest held by DDFS LLC in SCUSA.

On November 15, 2017, after having agreed on some modifications to the original agreement and having obtained the required regulatory authorizations, we completed the acquisition of the aforementioned 9.65% of SCUSA shares for a total sum of US$ 942 million (€800 million), which have caused a decrease of €492 million in the non-controlling interests balance and a reduction of €307 million in other reserves. After this transaction, our participation in SCUSA increased to approximately 68.12%.

iv. Agreement with Santander Asset Management

 

a)

Acquisition 50% Santander Asset Management

 

On November 16, 2016, after the agreement with Unicredit Group on July 27, 2016 to integrate Santander Asset Management and Pioneer Investments was abandoned, we announced that we had reached an agreement with Warburg Pincus ("WP") and General Atlantic ("GA") under which we would acquire 50% of Santander Asset Management.

We disbursed a total amount of €545 million and assumed financing of €439 million, with the business combination having generated a goodwill of €1,173 million and €320 million of "intangible assets - contracts and relationships with customers" identified in the preliminary purchase price allocation, without other value adjustments to net assets of the business. Likewise, the market valuation of the previous participation held did not have an impact on our income statement.

Considering that the main activity of the business is asset management, the main part of its activity is recorded off balance sheet. The main net assets acquired, in addition to the aforementioned intangible assets, are net deposits in credit institutions (€181 million) and net tax assets (€176 million). Given their nature, the fair value of these assets and liabilities do not differ from the book value recorded.

The amount that the business contributed to the revenue and profit attributable to the Group, from the acquisition date and considering the acquisition assuming it had taken place on January 1, 2017 is not material.

 

b)

Sale participation Allfunds Bank

 

As part of the transaction, which consisted in the acquisition of the 50% of Santander Asset management that we did not own, Santander, WP and GA agreed to explore different alternatives for the sale of their stake in Allfunds Bank, S.A. ("Allfunds Bank"), including a possible sale or a public offering. On March 7, 2017, we announced that together with our partners in Allfunds Bank we had reached an agreement for the sale of 100% of Allfunds Bank to funds affiliated with Hellman & Friedman, a leading private equity investor, and GIC, Singapore’s sovereign wealth fund.

On November 21, 2017 we announced the closing of the sale by the Bank and its partners of 100% of Allfunds Bank's capital, obtaining an amount of €501 million from the sale of our 25% stake, resulting in gains net of tax of €297 million, which were recognized as gains or losses on disposal of non-financial assets and investments, net, within the income statement.

 

v. Agreement with Banque PSA Finance

 

We, through our subsidiary Santander Consumer Finance, S.A., and Banque PSA Finance, the vehicle financing unit of the PSA Peugeot Citroën Group, entered into an agreement in 2014 for the operation of the vehicle and insurance financing business in twelve European countries. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we would finance this business, under certain circumstances and conditions, from the date on which the transaction was completed.

In January 2015 the related regulatory authorizations to commence activities in France and the United Kingdom were obtained and, accordingly, on February 2 and 3, 2015 we acquired 50% of Société Financière de Banque – SOFIB (currently PSA Banque France) and PSA Finance UK Limited for €462 million and €148 million, respectively.

On May 1, 2015, PSA Insurance Europe Limited and PSA Life Insurance Europe Limited (both insurance companies with registered office in Malta) were incorporated, in which we contributed 50% of the share capital, amounting to €23 million. On August 3, we acquired a full ownership interest in PSA Gestão - Comércio E Aluguer de Veiculos, S.A. (currently Santander Consumer Services,

43


 

Table of Contents

S.A. and a company with registered office in Portugal) and the loan portfolio of the Portuguese branch of Banque PSA Finance for €10 million and €25 million, respectively. On October 1, PSA Financial Services Spain, E.F.C., S.A. (a company with registered office in Spain) was incorporated, in which we contributed €181 million (50% of the share capital). (This company owns the 100% of the share capital of PSA Finanse Suisse which is domiciled in Switzerland).

During 2016, the agreement obtained the necessary regulatory authorizations to start activities in the rest of the countries covered by the framework agreement (Italy, the Netherlands, Austria, Belgium, Germany, Brazil and Poland). Our disbursement during 2016 amounted to €464 million to reach a 50% stake in the capital of each of the structures created in each geography, with the exception of PSA finance Arrendamento Mercantil SA (currently Santander Finance Arrendamiento Mercantil, S.A.) where 100% of capital is acquired.

During 2016 the new businesses acquired contributed €79 million to our profit. Had the business combination taken place on January 1, 2016, the profit contributed to the Group in 2016 would have been approximately €118 million.

 

vi. Carfinco Financial Group

 

On September 16, 2014, we announced that we had reached an agreement to purchase the listed Canadian company Carfinco Financial Group Inc. (“Carfinco”), a company specialized in vehicle financing.

In order to acquire Carfinco, Santander Holding Canada Inc. (currently Carfinco Financial Group Inc.) was incorporated, a company 96.4% owned by Banco Santander and 3.6% owned by certain members of the former management group. On March 6, 2015, all of Carfinco was acquired through the aforementioned holding company for €209 million, giving rise to goodwill of €162 million.

In 2015 this business contributed €6 million to our profits. Had the business combination taken place on January 1, 2015, the profit contributed to the Group in 2015 would have been approximately €7 million.

 

vii. Metrovacesa agreement - Merlin

 

On June 21, 2016, we reached an agreement with Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A., together with the other shareholders of Metrovacesa, S.A., for the integration in Merlin group, following the total spin-off of Metrovacesa, S.A., of Metrovacesa, S.A.’s property rental asset business in Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A. and Metrovacesa, S.A.’s residential rental business in Merlin group current subsidiary, Testa Residencial SOCIMI, S.A. (before, Testa Residencial, S.L.). The other assets of Metrovacesa, S.A. not integrated in Merlin group as a result of the integration, consisting of residual land assets for development and subsequent lease, would be transferred to a newly created company wholly owned by the current shareholders of Metrovacesa, S.A.

On September 15, 2016, the general meetings of shareholders of Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A. and of Metrovacesa, S.A. approved the transaction.

Subsequently, on October 20, 2016, the deed of total division of Metrovacesa, S.A. was granted in favor of the mentioned companies, and such deed was filed in the Commercial Register on October 26, 2016.

As a result of the integration, we increased our participation to 21.95% of the equity capital of Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A., 46.21% of direct participation in the equity capital of Testa Residential SOCIMI, S.A. and 70.27% in Metrovacesa Promoción y Arrendamiento, S.A.

 

viii. Banco Internacional do Funchal (Banif)

 

On December 21, 2015, we announced that the Bank of Portugal, as the ruling authority, decided to award Banco Santander Totta, S.A., the Portuguese subsidiary of Banco Santander, the commercial business of BANIF- Banco Internacional do Funchal, S.A. and, accordingly, the businesses and branches of this entity became part of the Santander Group.

The transaction was performed through the transfer of a substantial portion (commercial banking business) of the assets and liabilities of BANIF- Banco Internacional do Funchal, S.A. for which we paid €150 million.

These businesses did not contribute materially to the Group’s profit for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

ix. Acquisition of the retail banking and private banking business of Deutsche Bank Polska, S.A.

 

44


 

Table of Contents

On December 14, 2017, we announced that our subsidiary Bank Zachodni WBK S.A., together with Santander had reached an agreement with Deutsche Bank, A.G. for the acquisition of the retail banking and private banking business of Deutsche Bank Polska, S.A., excluding the portfolio of mortgages in foreign currency, and including the acquisition of shares of DB Securities, S.A. (Poland), for an estimated amount of €305 million that will be paid in cash and shares of Bank Zachodni WBK S.A. of new issuance.

The transaction, which is subject to obtaining the corresponding regulatory authorizations and its approval by the general shareholders' meetings of Bank Zachodni WBK S.A. and Deutsche Bank Polska, S.A., will not have a significant impact on our CET1 fully loaded capital.

Capital Increases  

As of December 31, 2015, our capital had increased by 1,850,077,920 shares, or 14.70% of our total capital as of December 31, 2014, to 14,434,492,579 shares as a result of the following transactions:

·

Capital increase : On January 8, 2015 an extraordinary meeting of the board of directors took place to approve a capital increase with the exclusion of pre-emption rights for an amount of up to €7,500 million. The transaction was implemented through an accelerated book-building. The objective of this transaction was to accelerate our plans to grow organically allowing us to increase both customer credit and market share in our core geographies, and to take advantage of our business model. Our capital was increased for a nominal amount of €606,796,117 through the issuance of 1,213,592,234 ordinary shares of Banco Santander (9.64% of the share capital before the capital increase) with a nominal value of 0.50 each. The price for the new shares was fixed at €6.18 per share. Consequently, the total amount of the capital increase was of €7,500,000,006.12 (€606,796,117 nominal amount and €6,893,203,889.12 share premium). The new shares were admitted to trade in the Spanish markets on January 12, 2015.  

·

Scrip Dividend: On January 29, 2015, April 29, 2015 and November 4, 2015, we issued 262,578,993 shares, 256,046,919 shares and 117,859,774 shares (1.90%, 1.82% and 0.82% of the share capital, respectively), giving rise to capital increases of €131,289,496.50, €128,023,459.50 and €58,929,887, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016, our capital had increased by 147,848,122 shares, or 1.02% of our total capital as of December 31, 2015, to 14,582,340,701 shares as a result of the following transactions:

·

Scrip Dividend: On November 1, 2016, we issued 147,848,122 shares (1.02% of the share capital) giving rise to a capital increase of €73,924,061.

As of December 31, 2017, our capital had increased by 1,553,812,881 shares, or 10.66% of our total capital as of December 31, 2016, to 16,136,153,582 shares as a result of the following transactions:

·

Capital increase : On July 3, 2017, we announced that our executive committee, acting under the authorization granted to the board of directors by the general shareholders’ meeting held on April 7, 2017, agreed to increase Banco Santander’s share capital by a nominal amount of €729,116,372.50 by issuing 1,458,232,745 new ordinary shares, of the same class and series as the shares currently outstanding, and with pre-emptive subscription rights for shareholders. On July 27, 2017 the capital increase was closed with the new shares issued at their nominal value of 0.50 € plus an issue premium of €4.35 per share, so that the total value of the issuance of new shares was €4.85 per share and the total effective amount of the capital increase (including nominal value and issue premium) was €7,072,428,813.25. The increase aimed to reinforce the Bank’s equity structure to adequately cover the acquisition of 100% of Banco Popular Español, S.A.’s share capital.  

·

Scrip Dividend: On November 1, 2017, we issued 95,580,136 shares (0.60% of the share capital) giving rise to a capital increase of €47,790,068.

Recent events

Sale of our stake in WiZink

On March 26, 2018, we announced that our subsidiaries Banco Popular Español, S.A. and Banco Santander Totta, S.A. had reached an agreement with certain entities managed by Värde Partners, Inc. (“Varde”) and WiZink Bank, S.A. (“WiZink”) by virtue of  which (i) Popular will sell to Varde its 49% stake in WiZink; and (ii) Popular and Santander Totta will acquire the debit and credit card business sold through Popular in Spain and Portugal that WiZink had acquired from Popular in 2014 and 2016.

45


 

Table of Contents

With these transactions we resume Banco Popular’s debit and credit card business which improves the marketing strategy and facilitates the integration of Banco Popular.

We expect that the net effect of both transactions will have a positive impact in our CET 1 fully loaded ratio of approximately 10 basis points, without having any significant impact in our results.

The above transactions remain subject to regulatory authorizations and other customary conditions for this kind of transactions. Closing of the transactions is expected within the second half of 2018.

B. Business overview

At December 31, 2017, we had a market capitalization of €88.4 billion, stockholders’ equity of €94.5 billion and total assets of €1,444.3 billion. At that date we had €848.9 billion in total loans to customers, €777.7 billion in total customer deposits and €166.6 billion in other customer funds under management. As of December 31, 2017, we had 68,223 employees and 6,315 branch offices in Continental Europe, 25,971 employees and 808 branches in the United Kingdom, 88,713 employees and 5,891 branches in Latin America, 17,560 employees and 683 branches in the United States and 1,784 employees in Corporate Activities (for a full breakdown of employees by country, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—D. Employees” herein).

We are a financial group operating principally in Spain, the United Kingdom, other European countries, Brazil and other Latin American countries and the United States, offering a wide range of financial products. 

In Latin America, we have majority shareholdings in banks in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Peru and Uruguay.

The financial data of each business area have been drawn up by aggregating the Group’s basic operating units. The information relates to both the accounting data of the companies in each area as well as that provided by the management information systems. In all cases, the same general principles as those used in the Group are applied.

In accordance with the criteria established by IFRS-IASB, the structure of our operating business areas has been segmented into two levels:

First (or geographic) level . The activity of our operating units is segmented by geographical areas. This coincides with our first level of management and reflects our positioning in the world’s main currency areas.

The reported segments are:

·

Continental Europe . This covers all retail banking business and corporate banking in this region. This segment includes the following units: Spain (including Banco Popular), Portugal, Poland, Santander Consumer Finance (which includes the consumer business in Europe, including that of Spain, Portugal and Poland) and Real Estate Operations in Spain.

·

United Kingdom . This includes retail and corporate banking conducted by the various units and branches of the Group in the country.

·

Latin America . This embraces all the Group’s financial activities conducted via its subsidiary banks and other subsidiaries.

·

United States . This includes the holding company Santander Holdings USA (SHUSA) and its subsidiaries Santander Bank, Banco Santander Puerto Rico, Santander Consumer USA, Banco Santander International and Santander Investment Securities, as well as Santander’s branch in New York.  

Second (or business) level . This segments the activity of our operating units by type of business. The reported segments are:

·

Commercial Banking. This area covers all customer banking businesses (except those of Corporate Banking, managed through the Global Customer Relationship Model). Also included in this business area are the results of the hedging positions taken in each country within the scope of the relevant ALCO portfolio.

 

·

Santander Global Corporate Banking . This business reflects the activities from global corporate banking, investment banking and markets worldwide including all treasuries managed globally, both trading and distribution to customers (after the appropriate distribution with Retail Banking customers), as well as equities business.

46


 

Table of Contents

·

Real Estate Operations in Spain . This business includes loans to customers in Spain whose activity is mainly real estate development, equity stakes in real estate companies and foreclosed assets.

In addition to these operating units, which report by geographic area and by businesses, the Group continues to maintain the Corporate Center. This incorporates the centralized activities relating to equity stakes in financial companies, financial management of the structural exchange rate position, assumed within the sphere of the Group’s Assets and Liabilities Committee, as well as management of liquidity and of shareholders’ equity through securities issues.

As the Group’s holding entity, the Corporate Center manages all capital and reserves and allocations of capital and liquidity with the rest of businesses. It also incorporates provisions of a varied nature. The costs related to the Group’s central services (charged to the areas) are not included, except for corporate and institutional expenses related to the Group’s functioning.

For purposes of our financial statements and this report on Form 20-F, we have calculated the results of operations of the various units of the Group listed below using these criteria. As a result, the data set forth herein may not coincide with the data published independently by each unit individually.

First level (or geographic) :

Continental Europe

Continental Europe is the largest business area of Grupo Santander by assets. At the end of 2017, it accounted for 46% of total customer deposits, 45% of total loans to customers and 32% of the total operating areas’ profit attributable to the Parent bank.

The area had 6 ,315 branches and 68 ,223 employees (direct and assigned) of which 3,304 were temporary employees, at the end of 2017.

The euro area GDP growth increased from 1.8% in 2016 to 2.4% in 2017. The economy improved in the majority of the countries mainly due to the increase in the internal demand and exports. The unemployment rate fell to 8.8%, but is still higher than the levels observed pre-crisis. The European Central Bank (ECB) made no changes to the official interest rates since inflation remained at 1.5%.

In 2017 , this segment obtained profit attributable to the Parent of €2,831 million, an increase of €232 million or 9% as compared to 2016, mainly due to the increase of €1,657 million in total income.

Spain

We have a solid retail presence in Spain (4,620 branches) which is reinforced with global businesses in key products and segments (corporate banking, private banking, asset management, insurance and cards). At December 31, 2017 we had a total of 34,499 employees (direct and assigned), of which 3 employees were temporary . Banco Popular contributes 11,583 employees, of which 3 employees were temporary, and 1,777 branches.

Spanish GDP growth in 2017 decreased to 3.1% from 3.3% in 2016. GDP growth exceeded 3% for the third straight year. Meanwhile, healthy job creation figures brought down unemployment (16.6%). Growth is currently well-balanced, with no inflationary pressures.

In 2017, profit attributable to the Parent bank in Spain (including Banco Popular) was €1,143 million, a €121 million increase as compared to 2016. Banco Popular presented a loss attributable to the parent bank of -€37 million mainly due to the impact of the integration costs by €300 million net of taxes.

At December 31, 2017, Banco Popular included Banco Popular Portugal (which merged with Banco Santander Totta, S.A.) and Total Bank in the United States (a retail and commercial bank based in Florida which we agreed to sell).

The main line items of Banco Popular’s contribution to Spain for the period from June 7, 2017 to December 31, 2017 are the following: interest income / (charges) €1,003 million, net fees and commissions €288 million, total income €1,309 million, operating expenses -€873 million, impairment on loans -€114 million and loss attributable to the Parent €37 million, including €300 million of integration costs (net of tax).

Spain excluding Banco Popular contributed profit attributable to the Parent bank of €1,180 million, a €157 million or 15% increase as compared to 2016. Of note were the following:

47


 

Table of Contents

·

Interest income / (charges) decreased €169 million or 5%, affected by low interest rates, asset repricings and competitive pressure. On the other hand, net fees and commissions increased a €287 million or 16%, mainly due to the higher customer loyalty and number of transactions, as well as the contribution made by corporate banking.

·

Administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization decreased by €37 million or 1% after absorbing costs associated with the launch of Openbank and the impact of the integration of a company that manages point of sale terminals. This 1% decrease is the result of efficiency plans from previous years.

·

Impairment on loans decreased €72 million or 12% due to better credit quality and the improvement in the economic cycle.

In 2017, Spain’s loans and advances to customers increased by 50% and customer deposits increased by 46% mainly due to the acquisition of Banco Popular (Spain excluding Banco Popular contributed a 1% and 10% increase to loans and deposits, respectively).

Spain excluding Banco Popular had a non-performing loans (“NPL”) ratio of 4.72%, a 69 basis points decrease as compared to 2016, and a coverage ratio of 45.9% as compared to 48.3% in 2016. Banco Popular’s NPL ratio was 10.75% and the coverage ratio 48.7%.

Portugal

Our main Portuguese retail and investment banking operations are conducted by Banco Santander Totta, S.A. (“Santander Totta”).

At the end of 2017, Portugal had 563 branches and 5,895 employees (direct and assigned), of which 30 employees were temporary.

The Portuguese GDP growth increased from 1.5% in 2016 to 2.6% in 2017 . Notable pick-up in growth in 2017 on the back of internal demand. Employment growth surpassing 3% and sharp reduction in unemployment (8.5%). Inflation remained moderate. The debt of the private sector continued to drop and the public deficit ended the year at 1.5% of GDP.

In 2017, Santander Totta’s profit attributable to the Parent bank was €440 million, a €41 million or 10% increase from 2016, mainly due to the reduction in administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization (€39 million or 7%) and impairment on loans (€66 million).  In addition, fees and commissions increased by €27 million or 9% due to an improvement in customer loyalty and number of transactions.

On the other hand, interest income/charges decreased €36 million or 5%, because the positive effect of the cost reduction on deposits did not compensate the reduction in income from lending activity due to the prevailing low interest rates and the reduced weighting of public debt on the Bank’s balance sheet. Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities decreased by €28 million or 25% due to the lower earnings on the sale of ALCO portfolios.

In 2017, loans and advances to customers increased by 11% (mainly due to mortgages and loans to businesses) and customer deposits increased by 1%, which underscores the Bank's solid position within the Portuguese financial system.

The NPL ratio decreased at the end of 2017 to 5.71% as compared to 8.81% at the end of 2016 and the coverage ratio stood at 59.1% compared to 63.7% in December 2016.

Poland

At the end of 2017, Poland had 576 branches and 11,572 employees (direct and assigned), of which 1,670 employees were temporary.

Poland’s GDP growth was 4.6% in 2017 as compared to 2.9% in 2016. Strong growth in 2017 on the back of private consumption and the external sector. Unemployment at an all-time low (4.7%) and inflation at 2.5%. The central bank kept its official rate unchanged at 1.5%.

On December 14, 2017, we announced the acquisition of Core Deutsche Bank Polska & DB Securities S.A. The deal is expected to be completed in the fourth quarter of 2018 once all regulatory authorizations have been obtained (see “Item 4. - Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations - Acquisition of the retail banking and private banking business of Deutsche Bank Polska, S.A.”).

48


 

Table of Contents

Profit attributable to the Parent bank was €300 million, a €28 million or 10% increase as compared to 2016, (excluding the exchange rate impact it increased by 8%). These results were impacted by the tax increase stemming from the non-deductibility of the expense paid to the BFG (Polish deposit guarantee fund).

Interest income / charges increased €95 million or 11% (excluding the exchange rate impact it increased by 9%) due to an increase in the volume of activity while fees and commissions income increased €43 million or 11% (8% excluding the exchange rate impact). Gains on financial assets and liabilities decreased €32 million due to lower sale of ALCO portfolios.

Administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization increased by 5% (2% excluding the exchange rate impact mainly due to a 3% increase in personnel costs, meanwhile, amortization and depreciation decreased 3%).

Impairment on loans decreased €8 million reflecting the significant improvement in credit quality.

Loans and advances to customers and customer deposits increased by 11% and 6%, respectively, as compared to 2016 (5% and 1% excluding the exchange rate impact), driven by both the corporate segment and the individual customers segment. The NPL ratio decreased 85 basis points to 4.57% and the coverage ratio increased to 68.2% from 61.0% in 2016.

Santander Consumer Finance

Our consumer financing activities are conducted through our subsidiary Santander Consumer Finance (SCF) and its group of companies. Most of the activity of SCF relates to auto financing, personal loans, credit cards, insurance and customer deposits. These consumer financing activities are mainly focused on Germany, Spain, Italy, Norway, Poland, Finland and Sweden. SCF also conducts business in the UK, France, Portugal, Austria and the Netherlands, among others. 

In 2017, the main European markets in which Santander Consumer Finance operates presented growth in their economies.

In terms of business activity, Santander Consumer Finance continued to execute new agreements with both retail distributors and manufacturers by assisting them with their commercial transformation and therefore increasing the value proposition offered to the end customer.

At the end of 2017, this unit had 546 branches and 15,131 employees (direct and assigned), of which 1,299 employees were temporary.

In 2017, this unit generated €1,168 million in profit attributable to the Parent bank, a €75 million or 7% increase compared with 2016. Attributable profit was especially strong compared with 2016 in Poland, Spain and Italy. The increase in profit attributable to the Parent bank is mainly due to a €222 million or 5% increase in total income and a €121 million or 31% decrease in impairment on loans due to the performance of credit risk and the positive impacts of the portfolio sales completed in the year.

On the other hand, administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization increased by €74 million or 4%, in line with the business. In addition, the charge of €85 million to cover integration costs, mainly related to the commercial networks in Germany, had a negative impact in the income statement of 2017.

Lending rose 6% compared with 2016, with new loans increasing by 9%, spurred by the vehicle business. Growth was across the board at almost all units. Customer deposits increased by 1%.

The NPL ratio decreased 18 basis points to 2.50%, while the coverage ratio decreased to 101.4% in 2017 from 109.1% in 2016.

Real Estate Operations in Spain 

The segment includes loans to real-estate developers, for which a specialized management model is applied, as well as the interest in Sociedad de Gestión de Activos Procedentes de la Reestructuración Bancaria, S.A. (SAREB), the remaining Metrovacesa assets, the assets of the previous real-estate fund and foreclosed assets. See “—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations— vii. Metrovacesa agreement – Merlin”.

The Group’s strategy in recent years has been directed at reducing these assets, mainly loans and foreclosed assets. Net loans totaled €1,001 million, which was 50% less than in 2016 and accounted for 0.1% of the Group’s loans and less than 1% of those of Spain.

In 2017, this segment had €303 million of losses attributable to the Parent bank, a €23 million decrease in losses as compared to 2016, mainly due to the lower need for write-downs.

49


 

Table of Contents

United Kingdom

As of December 31, 2017, the United Kingdom accounted for 30% of the total customer deposits, 29% of total loans to customers and 17% of the total operating areas’ profit attributable to the Parent bank.

At the end of 2017, we had 808 branches and 25,971 employees (direct and assigned), of which 294 employees were temporary, in the United Kingdom.

UK’s GDP growth decreased in 2017 to 1.7% as compared to 1.9% in 2016. While the economy has withstood the uncertainty surrounding Brexit, it has shown a certain slowdown in growth. The country boasted full employment in 2017 and inflation, at around 3%, exceeded the target of 2%. The Bank of England increased its official interest rate by 25 basis points in November 2017, marking its first increase in over ten years and reversing its move to lower rates following the referendum. At December 2017, the official interest rate was 0.5%.

In 2017, Santander UK contributed €1,498 million of profit attributable to the Parent bank, a €182 million or 11% decrease (-4% excluding the exchange rate impact) as compared to 2016.

Total income decreased by €100 million or 2% in 2017; however, excluding the exchange rate impact it increased by 5%. Interest income / (charges) decreased €41 million; excluding the exchange rate impact it increased by €255 million or 6% driven mainly by the improvement in the margin on borrowing activity. Net fees and commissions decreased by €28 million or 3%; excluding the exchange rate impact they increased by 4% due to the rise in commissions on retail banking transactions and on digital and internal payments in the commercial banking segment.

Administrative expenses and depreciation decreased €105 million or 4% in 2017 (3% increase excluding the exchange rate impact). They remained under control despite inflationary pressures and costs of €92 million resulting from the banking reform process. The increase in investments in business growth and in improving digital channels was partially offset by the improvements made on operational efficiency.

Provisions (net) increased by €153 million or 55%, mainly concerning allowances to cover potential claims in connection with payment protection insurance (PPI) products and impairment losses increased €133 million mainly due to a single credit at Global Corporate Banking.

As of December 31, 2017, loans and advances to customers decreased by 3% (+0.5% excluding the exchange rate impact), and customer deposits increased 9% (+13 % excluding the exchange rate impact). The NPL ratio decreased 8 basis points to 1.33% and the coverage ratio decreased to 32.0% from 32.9% in 2016 .  

Latin America

At December 31, 2017, we had 5,891 branches and 88,713 employees (direct and assigned) in Latin America, of which 2,362 were temporary employees. At that date, Latin America accounted for 18% of the total customer deposits, 17% of total loans to customers and 48% of the total operating areas’ profit attributable to the Parent bank.

Our Latin American banking business is principally conducted by the following banking subsidiaries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Percentage  held
at December 31, 2017

    

 

    

Percentage held
at December 31,
  2017

Banco Santander (Brasil), S.A.

 

89.68

 

Banco Santander, S.A. (Uruguay)

 

100.00

Banco Santander Chile

 

67.12

 

Banco Santander Perú, S.A.

 

100.00

Banco Santander (Mexico), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander

 

75.06

 

Banco Santander Río, S.A. (Argentina)

 

99.30

Banco Santander de Negocios Colombia S.A.

 

100.00

 

 

 

 

 

We engage in a full range of retail banking activities in Latin America, although the range of our activities varies from country to country. We seek to take advantage of whatever particular business opportunities local conditions present. 

Our significant position in Latin America is attributable to our financial strength, high degree of diversification (by countries, businesses, products, etc.), and the breadth and depth of our franchise. Grupo Santander has the region’s largest international franchise.

50


 

Table of Contents

Profit attributable to the Parent bank from Latin America in 2017 was €4,284 million, a €898 million or 27% increase as compared to 2016 (+24% excluding the exchange rate impact). Total income increased by €3,709 million or 20%, driven mainly by a €2,599 million or 19% (+16% excluding the exchange rate impact) increase in interest income / charges reflecting volumes growth and good management of spreads, despite the different behavior of interest rates.

Administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization increased by €1,002 million or 13% (10% excluding the exchange rate impact). Impairment on loans increased 1% (decreased 3% excluding the exchange rate impact), reflecting the improvement in the credit quality.

Profit increased in six of the seven units, with Brazil, the largest contributor to the Group profit, increasing the profit attributable to the Parent by 34% in local currency.

As of December 31, 2017, loans and advances to customers decreased by 4%; however, excluding the exchange rate impact they increased by 8%. Customer deposits decreased by 2% as compared to 2016; excluding the exchange rate impact customer deposits increased by 11%. The NPL ratio stood at 4.50 (decreased 31 basis point from 2016) and the coverage ratio was 84.8% (increased 2.5 percentage points from 2016) at December 31, 2017.

Detailed below are the performance highlights of the main Latin American countries in which we operate: 

Brazil . Santander Brasil is the country’s third largest private sector bank by assets and the largest foreign bank in the country. The institution operates in the main regions, with 3,465 branches, 47,135 employees (direct and assigned), all of which were hired on a full time basis.

GDP growth in Brazil improved from -3.6% in 2016 to +1% in 2017. The economy recorded a gradual recovery throughout 2017, driven by consumption and investment. Inflation remained below 3%. The central bank continued to cut the Selic rate to 7%.

Profit attributable to the Parent bank from Brazil in 2017 was €2,544 million, a €758 million or 42% increase as compared to 2016 (+34% excluding the exchange rate impact). Total income increased by €2,953 million or 26% compared with 2016 (18% excluding the exchange rate impact) as result of advances in our commercial dynamics and increased participation of the retail units. Interest income/charges increased €2,016 million or 25% (+17% excluding the exchange rate impact) driven by rising volumes and spreads of credits and deposits while net fees and commissions increased by €700 million or 24% (16% excluding the exchange rate impact) mainly due to current accounts, cards and insurances activity.

Administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization increased by €605 million or 14%; excluding the exchange rate impact they increased by 7%, in line with the business growth and ongoing investments.

Impairment on loans increased by €18 million; however, excluding the exchange rate impact they decreased by €204 million, reflecting the improvement of credit quality.

During 2017, total loans and advances to customers decreased by 7%, (excluding the exchange rate impact they increased by 8%). Customer deposits decreased 3% as compared to 2016 ( excluding the exchange rate impact increased 12%). At December 31, 2017 the NPL ratio was 5.29% as compared to 5.90% one year earlier while the coverage ratio decreased 50 basis points at 92.6%.

The noteworthy performance of Santander Brasil in 2017 follows the commercial strategy implemented in the last 3 years.

Mexico .   Banco Santander (Mexico), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander, is one of the leading financial services companies in Mexico. As of December 31, 2017, it had 1,401 branches throughout the country and 18,557 employees (direct and assigned), of which 2,166 were temporary.

GDP growth in Mexico slowed from 2.3% in 2016 to 2.1% in 2017 mainly due to a lower internal demand. Inflation rose to 6.8% and the central bank increased the official rate by 150 basis points to 7.25%.

Profit attributable to the Parent bank from Mexico in 2017 was €710 million, a €81 million or 13% increase (+16% excluding the exchange rate impact) basically due to total income that increased €258 million or 8% (+11% excluding the exchange rate impact). Interest income/charges increased by €216 million or 9% (+13% excluding the exchange rate impact) mainly due to growth in loans and deposits and the impact of the higher official interest rates.

51


 

Table of Contents

Administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization increased by €108 million or 8% (excluding the exchange rate impact they increased by 12%) mainly due to the cost of the implementation of strategic initiatives (technology tools), which included a three-year investment plan.

As of December 31, 2017, loans and advances to customers decreased by 3% (+5 % excluding the exchange rate impact), and customer deposits in creased 5% (+ 14% excluding the exchange rate impact).

At December 31, 2017, the NPL ratio decreased by 7 basis points to 2.69%, while the coverage ratio decreased 6.3 percentage points to 97.5% as compared 2016.

Chile . Banco Santander Chile is the leading private sector bank in Chile in terms of assets, with a particular focus on retail activity (individuals and SMEs). As of December 31, 2017, Banco Santander Chile had 439 branches and 11,675 employees (direct and assigned), all of which were hired on a full time basis.

GDP growth in Chile decreased in 2017 to 1.5% from 1.6% in 2016. The economy improved from mid-2017 onward. Inflation ended the year at 2.3%, below the 3% target, and the central bank lowered the official rate by 100 basis points to 2.5%.

Profit attributable to the Parent bank from Chile in 2017 was €586 million, a €72 million or 14% increase as compared to 2017 (+12% excluding the exchange rate impact). Total income rose 4% in 2017 (+2% excluding the exchange rate impact). Interest income/charges increased 2% (stable excluding the exchange rate impact) and net fees and commissions increased 11% (+9% excluding the exchange rate impact) due to increased engagement in retail banking and growth in the cash management business, as well as consultancy in the business and Global Corporate Banking segment.

Administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization increased by €39 million or 4% (+2% excluding the exchange rate impact), mainly due to increased depreciation and amortization charges, generated by investments in branches and technology over the year. Impairment on loans decreased by €52 million or 10% (-12% excluding the exchange rate impact) due to the improvement in the credit quality and mainly in the individuals portfolio.

In 2017, customer loans decreased 1% (+3% in local currency) and c ustomer deposits decreased 5% (-1 % in local currency) as compared to 2016.

At December 31, 2017, the NPL ratio decreased 9 basis points to 4.96% while the coverage ratio was 58.2%.

Argentina . Santander Río is the country’s leading private sector bank in terms of assets and loans. Citibank’s retail network was acquired in Argentina on March 31, 2017, and its integration was completed within five months. This acquisition, combined with organic growth, positioned Santander Río as the leading private bank in Argentina.

At December 31, 2017, we had 482 branches and 9,277 employees in Argentina, of which 174 were temporary.

In 2017, GDP growth in Argentina improved from -2.2% in 2016 to +3.0% in 2017. The economic recovery was mainly due to higher investment and private consumption. Inflation stabilized at around 2.0% monthly and the central bank increased the official interest rate by 400 basis points to 28.75% reflecting its commitment to ensure price stability.

Profit attributable to the Parent bank was €359 million in 2017 and 2016; however excluding the exchange rate impact it increased by 14% mainly due to interest income / (charges) and in fees and commissions (increased 58% and 43%, respectively). Administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization increased by 49% in local currency. All the variations were affected by the acquisition of Citibank’s retail network.

In 2017, customer loans increased 12% (51% in local currency) and customer deposits increased 6% (44% in local currency) as compared to 2016.

The NPL ratio increased 101 basis points to 2.50% and the coverage ratio decreased from 142.3% in 2016 to 100.1% in 2017.

Uruguay . The Group continued to be the country’s leading private sector bank, focusing on growing in retail banking and improving efficiency and the quality of service. Overall, the Group had 102 branches and 1,721 employees, of which 22 were temporary.

The Uruguayan economy showed a solid recovery in 2017, with an estimated GDP growth of 3.0% (1.4% in 2016). The main drivers were private consumption and exports. Inflation moderated in 2017 to 6.6% from 8.1% in 2016, falling within the target range of the central bank (3% -7%).

52


 

Table of Contents

Profit attributable to the Parent bank was €103 million in 2017, a 23% increase as compared to 2016 (+19% excluding the exchange rate impact), mainly due to the €43 million increase of interest income / (charges).

Peru . As of December 31, 2017, Banco Santander Perú, S.A. had 1 branch and 181 employees. The unit’s activity is focused on local corporate banking as well as providing services to the Group’s global customers.

The economy slowed down in 2017 with an estimated growth of 2.7% (4.0% in 2016) although there were signs of some recovery in the second half of the year. Inflation has been at reduced rates, of 1.4% in December 2017 (3.2% in 2016) and the central bank reduced the official rate in 100 basis points in 2017 to 3.25%.

Profit attributable to the Parent bank from Peru reached €40 million as compared to €37 million in 2016.

Colombia .  Grupo Santander in Colombia focuses on global corporate banking, large companies and companies. It combines local and global reach and is continuously providing more services and products for these customers. The Group concentrates on developing treasury solutions, risk coverage, basic financing, project finance, M&A, deposits, accounts and confirming, among others.

In 2017 profit attributable to the Parent bank was €6 million, compared to loss attributable to the Parent bank by €18 in 2016.

United States

At the end of 2017, we had 683 branches and 17,560 employees (direct and assigned), none of them temporary.

The U.S. GDP growth increased from 1.5% in 2016 to 2.3% in 2017. Economic growth picked up while core inflation stood at 1.5%. Unemployment was down to 4.1%. The Federal Reserve raised its key rate in 75 basis points.

This segment includes the holding company Santander Holdings USA (SHUSA) and its subsidiaries Santander Bank, Banco Santander Puerto Rico, Santander Consumer USA, Banco Santander International and Santander Investment Securities, as well as Santander’s branch in New York.

2017 was an important year for Santander US from a regulatory point of view. SHUSA passed the Federal Reserve’s stress tests in both the quantitative and qualitative aspects, with no objections raised against the capital plan. This will allow the country to focus on improving profitability, reducing costs and optimizing the capital structure.

The U.S. segment accounted for 7% of total customer deposits, 8% of total loans to customers and 4% of the total operating areas’ profit attributable to the Parent bank.

Profit attributable to the Parent bank from United States in 2017 was €332 million, a €63 million or 16% decrease as compared to 2016. This decrease was partly due to events that amounted to -€76 million in 2017 (mainly due to the negative effect of the hurricanes partially offset by the positive impact of the tax reform).

Total income decreased 8% as compared to 2016, mainly due to lower interest income/charges for Santander Consumer USA as a result of a business mix shift towards a lower risk profile, partially offset by lower provisions. Santander Bank, however, posted growth, supported by rising interest rates and lower financing costs, following balance optimization efforts.

Administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization increased by €77 million or 2% as a result of investments in Santander Consumer USA and Santander Holdings, while costs for Santander Bank were flat.

Finally, impairment on loans decreased 13% due to change in the portfolio mix and lower volumes for Santander Consumer USA.

As of December 31, 2017, loans and advances to customers and customer deposits decreased by 16% and 21% respectively ( excluding the exchange rate impact decreased by 4% and 10%).

For 2017, the NPL ratio increased 51 basis points to 2.79%. The coverage ratio decreased from 214.4% in 2017 to 170.2% in 2017.

53


 

Table of Contents

Second or business level:

Commercial Banking

In 2017, profit attributable to the Parent bank (including Banco Popular) was €7,427 million, an increase of €1,130 million or 18% as compared to 2016 basically due to the increase in interest income/charges (€3,614 million or 12%) and fees and commissions (€1,262 or 14%) partially offset by the increase in administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization (€1,848 million or 10%).

In 2017, Commercial Banking generated 89% of the operating areas’ total income and 83% of profit attributable to the Parent bank. This segment had 191,769 employees as of December 31, 2017 (of which 11,583 employees from Banco Popular).

The results of commercial banking were affected by the acquisition of Banco Popular on June 7, 2017 (see “Item 4. - Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations - Acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A.”). The main line items of Banco Popular’s contribution to commercial banking for the period from June 7, 2017 (acquisition date) to December 31, 2017 are the following: interest income / (charges) €1,003 million, net fees and commissions €288 million, total income €1,309 million, operating expenses -€873 million, impairment on loans -€114 million and loss attributable to the Parent €37 million, including €300 million of integration costs (net of tax).

Santander maintains a clear and consistent commercial transformation strategy. The three main pillars of the transformation program are as follows:

1. Improving customer loyalty and satisfaction.
2. Digital transformation of channels, products and services.
3. Further driving customer satisfaction and the customer experience by striving for operational excellence, with new, more efficient and simpler multi-channel processes.

Santander Global Corporate Banking

This area covers our corporate banking, treasury and investment banking activities throughout the world.

Global Corporate Banking generated 11% of total income and 20% of the profit attributable to the Parent bank in 2017. This segment had 8,194 employees at December 31, 2017.

Profit attributable to the Parent bank in 2017 was €1,821 million, a decrease of €268 million or 13% as compared to 2016. Total income decreased  €273 million or 5%, mainly due to the interest income / charges decrease by €303 million or 11%, partially offset by fees and commissions (increased by €162 million or 11%) generated mainly by the Corporate Finance and Global Transaction Banking areas. Administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization increased by 2% and impairments increased by 3%.

Global Corporate Banking has 3 major areas: (i) Global Transaction Banking (which includes cash management, trade finance and basic financing and custody), (ii) Financing Solutions and Advisory (which includes the units that originate and distribute corporate loans or structured financing, the teams that originate bonds and securitization, the corporate finance units (mergers and acquisitions, primary equity markets, investment solutions for corporate clients via derivatives), as well as asset and capital structuring),  and (iii) Global Markets (which include the sale and distribution of fixed income and equity derivatives, interest rates and inflation, the trading and hedging of exchange rates, short-term money markets for the Group’s corporate and retail clients, management of books associated with distribution, brokerage of equities, and derivatives for investment and hedging solutions).

The main lines of action were:

·

Prioritizing the efficient allocation of capital to the different businesses, and faster balance sheet rotation.

·

Consolidation of the leading position in Latin America and Iberia in debt markets, capital markets, project finance, and financing via export credit agencies (ECAs). Robust growth in M&A operations across the majority of regions, particularly in the Asia-Latin America corridor.

·

Development of two products in the Global Transaction Banking (GTB) business: Reverse factoring based on buy orders and the global Receivables Purchase Program. Both solutions allow our customers to make optimal use of working capital.

·

Greater integration with the retail and commercial banking networks, and strengthening the range of added value products for customers.

54


 

Table of Contents

·

Maintaining industry-leading cost-to-income levels, thanks to a business model focused on customers, which combines global and local capabilities in risk management, capital and liquidity

Real Estate Operations in Spain

See above under “First level (or geographic) Continental Europe —   Real Estate Operations in Spain .”

Corporate Center

Loss attributable to the Parent bank from the Corporate Center in 2017 was €2,326 million, a €470 million or 25% increase as compared to 2016.

Results in 2017 were impacted by -€436 million which is the net of the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets and capital gains from the sale of Allfunds. 2016 was affected by -€417 million; resulting mainly from restructuring costs, including basically a provision for eventual claims related to payment protection insurance (PPI) in the UK and capital gains from the sale of VISA Europe.

Interest income / charges decreased by €112 million from -€739 million in 2016 to -€851 million in 2017, mainly due to higher cost of funding.

At the end of 2017 this area had 1,784 employees.

Our subsidiaries’ model is complemented by a corporate center that has support and control units which carry out functions for the Group in matters of risk, auditing, technology, human resources, legal affairs, communication and marketing, among others.

The Corporate Center contributes value to the Group in various ways:

·

It makes the Group’s governance more solid, through frameworks of control and global supervision, and taking strategic decisions.

·

It makes the Group’s units more efficient, fostering the exchange of best practices in management of costs and economies of scale. This enables us to be among the most efficient in the sector.

·

By sharing best commercial practices, launching global commercial initiatives and driving digitalization, the center contributes to the Group’s revenue growth.

It also develops functions related to financial management and capital.

The financial management functions are: (i) Structural management of liquidity risk associated with funding the Group’s recurring activity, stakes of a financial nature and management of net liquidity related to the needs of some business units. This activity is carried out through diversifying the various sources of funding (issues and others), always maintaining an adequate profile (volumes, maturities and costs). The price at which these operations are conducted with other units of the Group is the market rate (euribor or swap) plus the premium which, in concept of liquidity, the Group supports by immobilizing funds during the term of the operation; (ii) Interest rate risk is also actively managed in order to soften the impact of interest rate changes on interest income / (charges), conducted via derivatives of high quality, high liquidity and low consumption of capital; and (iii) Strategic management of the exposure to exchange rates.

Total Revenues by Activity and Geographic Location

For a breakdown of our total revenues by category of activity and geographic market, see note 52 to our consolidated financial statements.

Selected Statistical Information

The following tables show our selected statistical information.

As stated above under “Presentation of Financial and Other Information”, we have prepared our financial statements for 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013 under IFRS-IASB.

55


 

Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates

The following tables include, by domicile of the Group entity at which the relevant asset or liability is accounted for, our average balances and interest rates for the past three years. Domestic balances are those of Group entities domiciled in Spain, which reflect our domestic activities, and international balances are those of Group entities domiciled outside of Spain, which reflect our foreign activities. Prior to 2017 we differentiated between domestic and international balances on the basis of the domicile of the customer. Beginning in 2017 we have adjusted our methodology to focus on the domicile of the applicable Group entity, as described above. We have reflected the average balances and interest rates for the periods ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 using this new methodology.

You should read the following tables and the tables included under “—Changes in Interest Income / (charges) —Volume and Rate Analysis” and “—Assets—Earning Assets—Yield Spread” in conjunction with the following:

We have included interest received on non-accruing assets in interest income only if we received such interest during the period in which it was due;

We have included loan arrangement fees in interest income;

We have not recalculated tax-exempt income on a tax-equivalent basis because the effect of doing so would not be significant;

We have included income and expenses from interest-rate hedging transactions as a separate line item under interest income and expenses if these transactions qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS-IASB. If these transactions did not qualify for such treatment, we have included income and expenses on these transactions elsewhere in our income statement. See note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of our accounting policies for hedging activities;

We have stated average balances on a net basis, netting our allowances for credit losses; and

All average data have been calculated using month-end balances, which is not significantly different from having used daily averages.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

ASSETS

Average Balance

Interest

Average Rate

 

Average Balance

Interest

Average Rate

 

Average Balance

Interest

Average Rate

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

 

Cash and due from central banks and credit entities

182,712
3,721
2.04%

 

163,420
4,478
2.74%

 

163,299
3,237
1.98%

 

Domestic

59,335
119
0.20%

 

47,985
171
0.36%

 

47,743
182
0.38%

 

International

123,377
3,602
2.92%

 

115,435
4,307
3.73%

 

115,556
3,055
2.64%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and credits

824,226
43,640
5.29%

 

781,509
42,578
5.45%

 

785,660
45,445
5.78%

 

Domestic

220,067
4,828
2.19%

 

175,751
3,967
2.26%

 

176,664
4,485
2.54%

 

International

604,159
38,812
6.42%

 

605,758
38,611
6.37%

 

608,996
40,960
6.73%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

197,909
7,141
3.61%

 

181,189
6,927
3.82%

 

182,385
7,361
4.04%

 

Domestic

73,166
1,315
1.80%

 

65,026
1,060
1.63%

 

67,410
1,389
2.06%

 

International

124,743
5,826
4.67%

 

116,163
5,867
5.05%

 

114,975
5,972
5.19%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from hedging operations

 

507

 

 

 

589

 

 

 

(267)

 

 

Domestic

 

2

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

83

 

 

International

 

505

 

 

 

533

 

 

 

(350)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other interest

 

1,032

 

 

 

584

 

 

 

1,422

 

 

Domestic

 

432

 

 

 

194

 

 

 

658

 

 

International

 

600

 

 

 

390

 

 

 

764

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Interest earning assets

1,204,847
56,041
4.65%

 

1,126,118
55,156
4.90%

 

1,131,344
57,198
5.06%

 

Domestic

352,568
6,696
1.90%

 

288,762
5,448
1.89%

 

291,817
6,797
2.33%

 

International

852,279
49,345
5.79%

 

837,356
49,708
5.94%

 

839,527
50,401
6.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-interest earning assets

202,834

 

 

 

211,543

 

 

 

214,313

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Average Assets

1,407,681
56,041

 

 

1,337,661
55,156

 

 

1,345,657
57,198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note: As of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, Total average assets attributed to international activities accounted for 69%, 72%, and 72%, respectively, of the Groups Total average assets

56


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY

Average Balance

Interest

Average Rate

 

Average Balance

Interest

Average Rate

 

Average Balance

Interest

Average Rate

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

 

Due to credit entities and central banks

182,268
2,261
1.24%

 

161,606
2,114
1.31%

 

166,712
2,356
1.41%

 

Domestic

93,873
261
0.28%

 

76,322
256
0.34%

 

74,690
284
0.38%

 

International

88,395
2,000
2.26%

 

85,284
1,858
2.18%

 

92,022
2,072
2.25%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Deposits

740,469
11,074
1.50%

 

679,394
12,885
1.90%

 

685,075
13,449
1.96%

 

Domestic

219,194
1,140
0.52%

 

177,028
936
0.53%

 

184,150
1,188
0.65%

 

International

521,275
9,934
1.91%

 

502,366
11,949
2.38%

 

500,925
12,261
2.45%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketable debt securities (*)

216,720
6,651
3.07%

 

221,814
7,768
3.50%

 

217,686
7,899
3.63%

 

Domestic

74,029
1,489
2.01%

 

71,402
1,484
2.08%

 

70,615
1,892
2.68%

 

International

142,691
5,162
3.62%

 

150,412
6,284
4.18%

 

147,071
6,007
4.08%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other interest bearing liabilities

8,159
198
2.43%

 

8,458
201
2.38%

 

9,056
270
2.98%

 

Domestic

6,102
100
1.64%

 

6,470
117
1.81%

 

6,873
137
1.99%

 

International

2,057
98
4.76%

 

1,988
84
4.23%

 

2,183
133
6.09%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses from hedging operations

 

(234)

 

 

 

(355)

 

 

 

(410)

 

 

Domestic

 

(27)

 

 

 

(166)

 

 

 

(307)

 

 

International

 

(207)

 

 

 

(189)

 

 

 

(103)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other interest

 

1,795

 

 

 

1,454

 

 

 

822

 

 

Domestic

 

399

 

 

 

286

 

 

 

429

 

 

International

 

1,396

 

 

 

1,168

 

 

 

393

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

1,147,616
21,745
1.89%

 

1,071,272
24,067
2.25%

 

1,078,529
24,386
2.26%

 

Domestic

393,197
3,362
0.86%

 

331,220
2,913
0.88%

 

336,328
3,623
1.08%

 

International

754,419
18,383
2.44%

 

740,052
21,154
2.86%

 

742,201
20,763
2.80%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-interest bearing liabilities

155,072

 

 

 

166,026

 

 

 

166,625

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Controlling interest

12,356

 

 

 

11,622

 

 

 

10,283

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' Equity

92,637

 

 

 

88,741

 

 

 

90,220

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total average liabilities and Stockholders

1,407,681
21,745

 

 

1,337,661
24,067

 

 

1,345,657
24,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note: As of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, Total average liabilities attributed to international activities accounted for 65%, 67% and 67%, respectively, of the Group’s Total average liabilities.

 

(*) Does not include contingently convertible preference shares and perpetual subordinated notes because they do not accrue interests. We include them under “Other non-interest bearing liabilities”.

 

57


 

Table of Contents

Changes in Interest Income / (charges)—Volume and Rate Analysis

The following tables include, by domicile of the Group entity at which the relevant asset or liability is accounted for, changes in our net interest income between changes in average volume and changes in average rate for 2017 compared to 2016 and 2016 compared to 2015. We have calculated volume variances based on movements in average balances over the period and rate variance based on changes in interest rates on average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities. We have allocated variances caused by changes in both volume and rate to volume. You should read the following tables and the footnotes thereto in light of our observations noted in the preceding sub-section entitled “—Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates”.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2017 / 2016

 

Volume and rate analysis

Increase (Decrease) due to changes in

 

 

Volume

    

Rate

    

Net Change

 

 

(in millions of euros)

 

Cash and due from central banks and credit entities

315

 

(1,072)

 

(757)

 

Domestic

34

 

(86)

 

(52)

 

International

281

 

(986)

 

(705)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and credits

873

 

189

 

1,062

 

Domestic

975

 

(114)

 

861

 

International

(102)

 

303

 

201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

557

 

(343)

 

214

 

Domestic

140

 

115

 

255

 

International

417

 

(458)

 

(41)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from hedging operations

(82)

 

0

 

(82)

 

Domestic

(54)

 

0

 

(54)

 

International

(28)

 

0

 

(28)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other interest

448

 

0

 

448

 

Domestic

238

 

0

 

238

 

International

210

 

0

 

210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Interest earning assets

2,111

 

(1,226)

 

885

 

Domestic

1,333

 

(85)

 

1,248

 

International

778

 

(1,141)

 

(363)

 

58


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2016 / 2015

 

 

Volume and rate analysis

Increase (Decrease) due to changes in

 

 

Volume

Rate

Net Change

 

 

(in millions of euros)

 

Cash and due from central banks and credit entities

(2)
1,243
1,241

 

Domestic

1
(12)
(11)

 

International

(3)
1,255
1,252

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and credits

(240)
(2,627)
(2,867)

 

Domestic

(23)
(495)
(518)

 

International

(217)
(2,132)
(2,349)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

13
(447)
(434)

 

Domestic

(48)
(281)
(329)

 

International

61
(166)
(105)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from hedging operations

856
0
856

 

Domestic

(27)
0
(27)

 

International

883
0
883

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other interest

(838)
0
(838)

 

Domestic

(464)
0
(464)

 

International

(374)
0
(374)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Interest earning assets

(211)
(1,831)
(2,042)

 

Domestic

(561)
(788)
(1,349)

 

International

350
(1,043)
(693)

 

59


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2017 / 2016

 

 

Volume and rate analysis

Increase (Decrease) due to changes in

 

 

Volume

Rate

Net Change

 

 

(in millions of euros)

 

Due to credit entities and central banks

122
25
147

 

Domestic

53
(48)
5

 

International

69
73
142

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Deposits

656
(2,467)
(1,811)

 

Domestic

220
(16)
204

 

International

436
(2,451)
(2,015)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketable debt securities

(257)
(860)
(1,117)

 

Domestic

54
(49)
5

 

International

(311)
(811)
(1,122)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other interest bearing liabilities

(3)
0
(3)

 

Domestic

(6)
(11)
(17)

 

International

3
11
14

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses from hedging operations

121
0
121

 

Domestic

139
0
139

 

International

(18)
0
(18)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other interest

341
0
341

 

Domestic

113
0
113

 

International

228
0
228

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

980
(3,302)
(2,322)

 

Domestic

573
(124)
449

 

International

407
(3,178)
(2,771)

 

60


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2016 / 2015

 

 

Volume and rate analysis

Increase (Decrease) due to changes in

 

 

Volume

Rate

Net Change

 

 

(in millions of euros)

 

Due to credit entities and central banks

(142)
(100)
(242)

 

Domestic

6
(34)
(28)

 

International

(148)
(66)
(214)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Deposits

(9)
(555)
(564)

 

Domestic

(44)
(208)
(252)

 

International

35
(347)
(312)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketable debt securities

159
(290)
(131)

 

Domestic

21
(429)
(408)

 

International

138
139
277

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other interest bearing liabilities

(19)
(50)
(69)

 

Domestic

(8)
(12)
(20)

 

International

(11)
(38)
(49)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses from hedging operations

55
0
55

 

Domestic

141
0
141

 

International

(86)
0
(86)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other interest

632
0
632

 

Domestic

(143)
0
(143)

 

International

775
0
775

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

676
(995)
(319)

 

Domestic

(27)
(683)
(710)

 

International

703
(312)
391

 

61


 

Table of Contents

Assets

Earning Assets—Yield Spread

The following table analyzes our average earning assets, interest income and dividends on equity securities and net interest income by domicile of the Group entity at which they are accounted for. Furthermore, it shows gross yields, net yields and yield spreads for each of the years indicated. You should read this table and the footnotes thereto in light of our observations noted in the preceding sub-section entitled “—Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates”, and the footnotes thereto.

 

 

 

 

 

Earning Assets - Yield Spread

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2017

2016

2015

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

 

Average interest earning assets

1,204,847

1,126,118

1,131,344

 

Domestic

352,568

288,762

291,817

 

International

852,279

837,356

839,527

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and similar income

56,041

55,156

57,198

 

Domestic

6,696

5,448

6,797

 

International

49,345

49,708

50,401

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income / (charges) (1)

34,296

31,089

32,812

 

Domestic

3,334

2,535

3,174

 

International

30,962

28,554

29,638

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross yield (2)

4.65%

4.90%

5.06%

 

  Domestic

1.90%

1.89%

2.33%

 

  International

5.79%

5.94%

6.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net yield (3)

2.85%

2.76%

2.90%

 

  Domestic

0.95%

0.88%

1.09%

 

  International

3.63%

3.41%

3.53%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yield spread (4)

2.76%

2.65%

2.79%

 

  Domestic

1.04%

1.01%

1.25%

 

  International

3.35%

3.08%

3.21%

 


(1) Interest income / (charges) is the net amount of interest and similar income and interest expense and similar charges. See “Income  Statement” on page 9 of this annual report.

(2) Gross yield is the quotient of interest income divided by average earning assets.

(3) Net yield is the quotient of interest income / (charges) divided by average earning assets.

(4) Yield spread is the difference between gross yield on earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. For a discussion of the changes in yield spread over the periods presented, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating results—Results of Operations for Santander—interest income / (charges)” herein.

62


 

Table of Contents

 

Return on Equity and Assets

The following table presents our selected financial ratios for the years indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IFRS – IASB

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

    

2017

 

2016

    

2015

 

ROA: Return on average total assets

 

0.58

%

0.56

%  

0.55

%

ROE: Return on average stockholders’ equity

 

7.14

%

6.99

%  

6.61

%

ROTE: Return on average tangible equity (*)

 

10.41

%

10.38

%  

9.99

%

PAY-OUT: Dividends per average share as a percentage of profit attributable to the Parent per average share (**)

 

45.29

%

39.79

%  

38.02

%

Average stockholders’ equity as a percentage of average total assets

 

6.58

%

6.63

%  

6.70

%


(*)    The Return on average tangible equity ratio is calculated as profit attributable to the Parent divided by the monthly average of: capital + reserves + retained earnings + other comprehensive income (excluding non-controlling interests) - goodwill – other intangible assets. We provide ROTE as an additional measure to return on equity to provide a way to look at our performance which is closely aligned to our capital position.

(**)  The pay-out ratio does not include in the numerator the amounts paid under the Santander Dividendo Elección program (scrip dividends) which are not dividends paid on account of the net attributable income of the period. Such amounts equivalent to dividends are €543 million, €579 million and €607 million, for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The pay-out ratio for 2017 is an estimate that includes the part of the final dividend expected to be paid in cash in May 2018.

Interest-Earning Assets

The following table shows, by domicile of the Group entity at which the relevant asset is accounted for, the percentage mix of our average interest-earning assets for the years indicated. You should read this table in light of our observations noted in the preceding sub-section entitled “—Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates”, and the footnotes thereto.

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from central banks and credit entities

15.16%

 

14.51%

 

14.43%

 

Domestic

4.92%

 

4.26%

 

4.22%

 

International

10.24%

 

10.25%

 

10.21%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and credits

68.41%

 

69.40%

 

69.44%

 

Domestic

18.27%

 

15.61%

 

15.62%

 

International

50.14%

 

53.79%

 

53.83%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

16.43%

 

16.09%

 

16.12%

 

Domestic

6.07%

 

5.77%

 

5.96%

 

International

10.35%

 

10.32%

 

10.16%

 

 

63


 

Table of Contents

The following tables show our short-term funds deposited with other banks and central banks at each of the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

Central Banks-

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

(in millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits

17,359

 

14,445

 

9,958

 

4,796

 

8,515

Reverse repurchase agreements

8,919

 

13,528

 

7,379

 

7,018

 

4,591

Impaired assets

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

Valuation adjustments for impairment

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

26,278

 

27,973

 

17,337

 

11,814

 

13,106

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

Credit Institutions-

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

(in millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits

8,169

 

6,577

 

7,875

 

8,844

 

16,841

Reverse repurchase agreements

21,765

 

20,867

 

37,744

 

39,807

 

29,702

Non-loan advances

21,232

 

21,281

 

19,580

 

20,842

 

18,273

Impaired assets

 4

 

 4

 

13

 

60

 

28

Valuation adjustments for impairment

(18)

 

(15)

 

(19)

 

(79)

 

(37)

 

51,152

 

48,714

 

65,193

 

69,474

 

64,807

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL:

77,430

 

76,687

 

82,530

 

81,288

 

77,913

 

Investment Securities

At December 31, 2017, the book value of our investment securities was €226.4 billion (representing 16% of our total assets). These investment securities had a yield of 3.71% compared with a yield of 3.64% in 2016 and a yield of 3.81% in 2015. Approximately €59.2 billion, or 26.1%, of our investment securities at December 31, 2017 consisted of Spanish Government and government agency securities. For a discussion of how we value our investment securities, see note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.

64


 

Table of Contents

The following tables show the book values of our investment securities by type and domicile of counterparty at each of the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

(in millions of euros)

 

Debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spanish Government

 

57,362

 

43,985

 

44,582

 

Other domestic issuer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public authorities

 

1,826

 

1,712

 

1,204

 

Other domestic issuer

 

5,271

 

6,146

 

7,237

 

Total domestic

 

64,459

 

51,843

 

53,023

 

  International-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies

 

11,288

 

12,651

 

9,057

 

States and political subdivisions

 

180

 

407

 

703

 

Other securities

 

8,194

 

10,567

 

12,023

 

Total United States

 

19,662

 

23,625

 

21,783

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Governments

 

87,748

 

90,005

 

78,585

 

Other securities

 

27,482

 

25,839

 

26,739

 

Total Other

 

115,230

 

115,844

 

105,324

 

Total International

 

134,892

 

139,469

 

127,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Debt Securities

 

199,351

 

191,312

 

180,130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

4,981

 

3,826

 

3,470

 

International-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

839

 

1,070

 

1,340

 

Other

 

21,256

 

15,634

 

18,894

 

Total international

 

22,095

 

16,704

 

20,234

 

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

Total Equity Securities

 

27,076

 

20,530

 

23,704

 

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

Total Investment Securities

 

226,427

 

211,842

 

203,834

 

65


 

Table of Contents

The following table sets out the aggregate book value and aggregate market value of the securities of single issuers, other than the Government of the United States, which exceeded 10% of our stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2017 (and other debt securities with aggregate values near to 10% of our stockholders’ equity).

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate as of December 31, 2017

 

Book value

    

Market value

 

(in millions of euros)

Debt securities:

 

 

 

Exceed 10% of stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

Spanish Government

59,188

 

59,218

Brazilian Government

34,940

 

34,949

UK Government

10,717

 

10,775

Mexican Government

9,478

 

9,478

 

 

 

 

Near 10% of stockholder´s equity:

 

 

 

Portuguese Government

7,892

 

7,899

Polish Government

6,619

 

6,619

 

 

 

 

The following table shows the maturities of our debt securities as of December 31, 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

 

 

Maturing

 

Maturing

 

 

 

 

 

Maturing

Yield

Between

Yield

Between

Yield

Maturing

Yield

 

 

Within

Within

1 and

1 and

5 and

5 and

After

After

 

 

1 Year

1 Year

5 Years

5 Years

10 Years

10 Years

10 Years

10 Years

Total

Debt securities

(in millions of euros)

Domestic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spanish Government

10,248

-0.04%

9,267

1.16%

23,899

1.61%

13,947

3.60%

57,362

Other domestic issuer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public authorities

94

1.53%

98

2.74%

1,110

2.11%

524

2.08%

1,826

Other domestic issuer

2,636

2.10%

814

2.76%

884

3.00%

938

2.42%

5,271

Total domestic

12,978

 

10,178

 

25,892

 

15,410

 

64,459

International:

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

United States:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies

2,474

1.17%

1,768

1.40%

393

1.90%

6,653

3.08%

11,288

States and political subdivisions

45

2.19%

31

2.17%

30

2.15%

74

2.16%

180

Other securities

519

1.08%

1,105

2.56%

576

2.97%

5,994

2.90%

8,194

Total United States

3,039

 

2,903

 

999

 

12,721

 

19,662

Other:

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

Governments

17,611

5.96%

28,429

6.11%

32,044

4.66%

9,664

7.65%

87,748

Other securities

6,394

2.39%

9,847

3.74%

3,843

3.01%

7,397

1.28%

27,482

Total Other

24,005

 

38,276

 

35,887

 

17,061

 

115,229

Total International

27,044

 

41,179

 

36,886

 

29,783

 

134,892

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

Total debt investment securities

40,022

 

51,358

 

62,778

 

45,193

 

199,351

 

66


 

Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio

At December 31, 2017, our total loans and advances to customers equaled €872.8 billion (60% of our total assets). Net of allowances for credit losses, loans and advances to customers equaled €848.9 billion at December 31, 2017 (59% of our total assets). In addition to loans, we had outstanding as of December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013 €207.7 billion, €202.1 billion, €195.6 billion, €183.0 billion and €154.3 billion, respectively, of undrawn balances available to third parties.

Loans by Geographic Area and Type of Customer

The following tables illustrate our loans and advances to customers (including securities purchased under agreement to resell), by domicile and type of customer at each of the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions of euros)

Loans to borrowers in Spain: (**):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spanish Government

16,470

 

14,127

 

13,993

 

17,465

 

13,374

Commercial, financial, agricultural and industrial

57,495

 

39,950

 

32,426

 

46,355

 

47,583

Real estate and construction (*)

17,723

 

13,506

 

20,439

 

24,673

 

27,158

Other mortgages

87,872

 

65,314

 

69,234

 

60,583

 

62,180

Installment loans to individuals

24,058

 

17,016

 

14,654

 

11,644

 

8,668

Lease financing

5,328

 

3,684

 

3,472

 

3,267

 

3,372

Other

18,500

 

7,775

 

13,639

 

8,384

 

11,517

Total

227,446

 

161,372

 

167,856

 

172,371

 

173,852

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans to borrowers outside Spain: (**):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Spanish Governments

18,577

 

16,843

 

7,772

 

7,053

 

4,402

Commercial and industrial

317,172

 

286,165

 

276,895

 

253,843

 

209,820

Mortgage loans

276,762

 

310,533

 

322,816

 

296,236

 

275,739

Other

32,892

 

39,950

 

42,026

 

32,425

 

29,946

Total

645,403

 

653,491

 

649,509

 

589,557

 

519,907

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans and advances to customers, gross

872,849

 

814,863

 

817,365

 

761,928

 

693,759

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses (***)

(23,934)

 

(24,393)

 

(26,517)

 

(27,217)

 

(24,903)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans and advances to customers, net of allowances

848,915

 

790,470

 

790,848

 

734,711

 

668,856


(*)    As of December 31, 2017, the portfolio of loans to real estate and construction companies included €6,472 million of loans, the proceeds of which were to be used for real estate purposes, defined in accordance with the Bank of Spain’s purpose-based classification guidelines, compared to €5,515 million, €7,388 million, €9,349 million and €12,105 million of such loans in 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(**)  Credit of any nature granted to credit institutions is included in the “Loans and advances to credit institutions” caption of our balance sheet.

(***) Refers to loan losses of “Loans and Advances to customers”. See “Item 3. Key information - A. Selected financial data”.

 

The 41% increase in loans and advances in Spain is mainly due to the acquisition of Banco Popular in June 2017.

 

67


 

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2017, our loans and advances to associated companies and jointly controlled entities amounted to €5,081 million (see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related party transactions”). Excluding government-related loans and advances, the largest outstanding exposure to a single counterparty at December 31, 2017 was €2.0 billion (0.2% of total loans and advances, including government-related loans), and the five next largest exposures totaled €5.8 billion (0.7% of total loans, including government-related loans).

Maturity

The following table sets forth an analysis by maturity of our loans and advances to customers by domicile and type of customer as of December 31, 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity

 

Less than

 

One to five

 

Over five

 

 

 

 

 

one year

 

years

 

years

 

Total

 

Balance

    

% of Total

    

Balance

    

% of Total

    

Balance

    

% of Total

    

Balance

    

% of Total

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

Loans to borrowers in Spain: (*)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spanish Government

2,253

 

1.01%

 

4,529

 

2.00%

 

9,688

 

2.29%

 

16,470

 

1.89%

Commercial, financial, agriculture

22,435

 

10.06%

 

17,238

 

7.61%

 

17,822

 

4.21%

 

57,495

 

6.59%

and industrial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate and construction

2,954

 

1.33%

 

4,757

 

2.10%

 

10,012

 

2.37%

 

17,723

 

2.03%

Other mortgages

3,894

 

1.75%

 

3,341

 

1.47%

 

80,637

 

19.05%

 

87,872

 

10.07%

Installment loans to individuals

7,039

 

3.16%

 

11,954

 

5.27%

 

5,065

 

1.20%

 

24,058

 

2.76%

Lease financing

441

 

0.20%

 

3,117

 

1.38%

 

1,770

 

0.42%

 

5,328

 

0.61%

Other

7,812

 

3.50%

 

3,867

 

1.71%

 

6,821

 

1.61%

 

18,500

 

2.12%

Total borrowers in Spain

46,828

 

21.01%

 

 48,803

 

21.53%

 

131,815

 

31.14%

 

227,446

 

26.06%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans to borrowers outside Spain: (*)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Spanish Governments

3,048

 

1.37%

 

2,870

 

1.27%

 

12,659

 

2.99%

 

18,577

 

2.13%

Commercial and Industrial

137,453

 

61.66%

 

136,823

 

60.36%

 

42,896

 

10.13%

 

317,172

 

36.34%

Mortgage loans

14,533

 

6.52%

 

31,678

 

13.98%

 

230,550

 

54.47%

 

276,761

 

31.71%

Other

21,048

 

9.44%

 

6,490

 

2.86%

 

5,355

 

1.27%

 

32,893

 

3.77%

Total loans to borrowers

176,082

 

78.99%

 

177,861

 

78.47%

 

291,460

 

68.86%

 

645,403

 

73.94%

outside Spain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans and leases,

222,910

 

100.00%

 

226,664

 

100.00%

 

423,275

 

100.00%

 

872,849

 

100.00%

gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(*)    Credit of any nature granted to credit institutions is included in the “Loans and advances to credit institutions” caption of our balance sheet.

For roll-over not due to clients’ financial difficulties, the analysis is performed under standard acceptance terms and a comprehensive review of the client.

Fixed and Variable Rate Loans

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our fixed and variable rate loans having a maturity of more than one year at December 31, 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed and variable rate loans

 

 

having a maturity of more than one year

 

    

Domestic

    

International

    

Total

 

 

(in millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate

 

47,060

 

229,871

 

276,931

Variable rate

 

133,557

 

239,450

 

373,007

Total

 

180,617

 

469,321

 

649,938

 

Cross-Border Outstandings

The following table sets forth, as of the end of the years indicated, the aggregate amount of our cross-border outstandings (which consist of gross loans, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, other interest-bearing investments, acceptances and other monetary assets denominated in a currency other than the home-country currency of the office where the item is booked) where outstandings in the borrower’s country exceeded 0.75% of our total assets. Cross-border outstandings do not include local currency loans made by subsidiary

68


 

Table of Contents

banks in other countries to the extent that such loans are funded in the local currency or hedged. As a result, they do not include the vast majority of the loans by Santander UK or our Latin American subsidiaries.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

total

 

 

 

total

 

 

 

total

 

 

    

assets

    

 

    

assets

    

 

    

assets

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

OECD (1) (2) Countries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total OECD Countries

14,669

 

1.02%

 

11,275

 

0.84%

 

11,067

 

0.83%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-OECD Countries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Latin American Countries (2) (3)

12,529

 

0.87%

 

14,596

 

1.09%

 

13,786

 

1.03%

Other Non-OECD

7,613

 

0.53%

 

8,098

 

0.60%

 

7,969

 

0.59%

Total Non-OECD 

20,142

 

1.39%

 

22,693

 

1.69%

 

21,755

 

1.62%

Total

34,811

 

2.41%

 

33,968

 

2.54%

 

32,822

 

2.45%

(1) The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.

(2) Aggregate outstandings in any single country in this category do not exceed 0.75% of our total assets.

(3) With regards to these cross-border outstandings, at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we had allowances for country-risk equal to €11.8 million, €13.0 million and €13.0 million respectively. Such allowances for country-risk exceeded the Bank of Spain’s minimum requirements at such dates.

As of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we did not have any cross-border outstanding to any single borrower that exceeded 0.75% of total assets.

Exposure to sovereign counterparties by credit rating

Our exposure to sovereign counterparties (the exposure is included in the financial statement line items “Financial assets held for trading Debt instruments”, “Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss Debt instruments”, “Available for sale financial assets Debt instruments”, “Loans and receivables Debt instruments” and “Held-to-maturity investments”) organized by credit rating and our exposure to private and sovereign debt organized by origin of the issuer is included in note 7 to the Financial Statements.

Additionally, in note 10 to our consolidated financial statements we present the disclosure by credit rating of our exposure to sovereign counterparties recorded under the caption “loans and advances to customers”.

The Group’s sovereign risk exposure to Europe’s peripheral countries and of the short positions held with them, by type of financial instrument, taking into consideration the criteria established by the European Banking Authority (EBA) is detailed in note 51.d to our consolidated financial statements.

Classified Assets

In the following pages, we describe the Bank of Spain’s requirements for classification of debt instruments not measured at fair value through profit or loss and contingent liabilities. The Group has established a credit loss recognition process that is independent of the process for balance sheet classification and derecognition of non-performing loans from the balance sheet.

The description below sets forth the minimum requirements that are followed and applied by all of our subsidiaries. Nevertheless, if the regulatory authority of the country where a particular subsidiary is located imposes stricter or more conservative requirements for classification of the non-performing balances, the more strict or conservative requirements are followed for classification purposes.

The classification described below applies to all debt instruments not measured at fair value through profit or loss, and to contingent liabilities.

Bank of Spain’s Classification Requirements

a) Standard Assets

Standard assets include loans, fixed-income securities, guarantees and certain other extensions of credit that are not classified in any other category.

69


 

Table of Contents

b) Standard Assets under Special Watch

This category includes all types of credits and off-balance sheet risks that cannot be classified as non-performing or charged-off assets but that have certain weaknesses that may result in losses for the bank higher than those described in the previous category.

c) Assets classified as non-performing due to counterparty arrears

The Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to classify as non-performing the entire outstanding principal amount and accrued interest on any loan, fixed-income security, guarantee and certain other extensions of credit on which any payment of principal or interest or agreed cost is 90 days or more past due (“non-performing past-due assets”) unless they should be classified as charged-off assets.

In relation to the aggregate risk exposure to a single obligor, if the amount of non-performing balances exceeds 20% of the total outstanding risks (excluding non-accrued interest on loans to such borrower), then banks must classify all outstanding risks to such borrower as non-performing (including off-balance sheet risks).

d) Assets classified as non-performing for reasons other than counterparty arrears

The Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to classify any loan, fixed-income security, guarantee and certain other extensions of credit as non-performing if they have a reasonable doubt that these extensions of credit will be collected (“other non-performing assets”), even if any past due payments have been outstanding for less than 90 days or the asset is otherwise performing. When a bank classifies an asset as non-performing on this basis, it must classify the entire principal amount of the asset as non-performing. 

e) Charged-off Assets

Credit losses are generally recognized through provisions for allowances for credit losses, well before they are removed from the balance sheet. Under certain unusual circumstances (such as bankruptcy, insolvency, etc.), the loss is directly recognized through write-offs.

The Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to charge-off immediately those non-performing assets that management believes will never be repaid. Otherwise, the Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to charge-off non-performing assets four years after they were classified as non-performing or before that period if the assets have been 100% provisioned for more than two years. Accordingly, even if allowances have been established equal to 100% of a non-performing asset, Spanish banks may maintain that non-performing asset, fully provisioned, on their balance sheet for the two-to-four-year period if management believes based on objective factors that there is some possibility of recoverability of that asset. After that period, the loan balance and its 100% specific allowance are removed from the balance sheet and recorded in off-balance sheet accounts, with no resulting impact on net income at that time.

f) Country-Risk Outstandings

The Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to classify as country-risk outstandings all loans, fixed-income securities and other outstandings to any countries, or residents of countries, that the Bank of Spain has identified as being subject to transfer risk or sovereign risk and the remaining risks derived from the international financial activity.

All outstandings must be assigned to the country of residence of the client except in the following cases:

Outstandings guaranteed by residents in other countries in a better category or by the Spanish Government Export Credit Insurer (CESCE) or by residents in Spain, should be classified in the category of the guarantor.

Fully secured loans, when the security covers sufficiently the outstanding risk and can be enforced in Spain or in any other “category 1” country, should be classified as category 1.

Outstanding risks with foreign branches of a bank should be classified according to the residence of the headquarters of those branches.

70


 

Table of Contents

The Bank of Spain has established six categories to classify such countries, as shown in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Country‑Risk Categories

    

Description

 

 

 

1

 

European Union, Norway, Switzerland, Iceland, USA, Canada, Japan, Australia and New Zealand

2

 

Low risk countries not included in 1

3

 

Countries with transitory difficulties

4

 

Countries with serious difficulties

5

 

Doubtful countries

6

 

Bankrupt countries

 

The Bank of Spain allows each bank to decide how to classify the listed countries within this classification scheme, subject to the Bank of Spain’s oversight. The classification is made based on criteria such as the payment record (in particular, compliance with renegotiation agreements), the level of the outstanding debt and of the charges for debt services, the debt quotations in the international secondary markets and other indicators and factors of each country as well as all the criteria indicated by the Bank of Spain. All credit extensions and off-balance sheet risks included in country-risk categories 3 to 6, except the excluded cases described below, will be classified as follows:

Standard assets under Special Watch: All outstandings in categories 3 and 4 except when they should be classified as non-performing or charged-off assets due to credit risk attributable to the client.

Non-performing assets: All outstandings in category 5 and off-balance sheet risks classified in category 6, except when they should be classified as non-performing or charged-off assets due to credit risk attributable to the client.

Charged-off assets: All other outstandings in category 6 except when they should be classified as charged-off assets due to credit risk attributable to the client.

Among others, the Bank of Spain excludes from country-risk outstandings:

Regardless of the currency of denomination of the asset, risks with residents in a country registered in subsidiary companies in the country of residence of the holder.

Any trade credits established by letter of credit or documentary credit with a due date of one year or less after the drawdown date.

Any trade credits granted under specific export contracts with a due date of six months or less if the credits mature on the date of the export.

Any interbank obligations of branches of foreign banks in the European Union and of the Spanish branches of foreign banks.

Private sector risks in countries included in the monetary zone of a currency issued by a country classified in category 1; and

Any negotiable financial assets purchased at market prices for placement with third parties within the framework of a portfolio separately managed for that purpose, held for less than six months by the company.

Guarantees 

The Bank of Spain requires certain guarantees to be classified as non-performing in the following situations:

in cases involving past-due guaranteed loans and advances: (i) for non-financial guarantees, the amount demanded by the beneficiary and outstanding under the guarantee; and (ii) for financial guarantees, at least the amount classified as non-performing of the guaranteed risk; and

in all other cases, the entire amount of the guaranteed debt when the debtor has declared bankruptcy or has demonstrated serious solvency problems, even if the guaranteed beneficiary has not reclaimed payment.

71


 

Table of Contents

Allowances for Credit Losses and Country-Risk Requirements

The Group has certain policies, methods and procedures for covering its credit risk arising both from insolvency allocable to counterparties and from country risk. These policies, methods and procedures are applied in the granting, examination and documentation of debt instruments and contingent liabilities as well as commitments, and in the identification of their impairment and the calculation of the amounts required to cover the related credit risk.

Impairment losses allowances on debt instruments carried at amortized cost represent the best management estimate of the incurred losses in such portfolio at closing date, both individually and collectively considered. For the purpose of determining impairment losses, the Group monitors its debtors as described below:

·

Individually: Significant debt instruments where impairment evidence exists. Consequently, this category includes mainly wholesale banking clients – Corporations, Earmarked Funding and Financial Institutions- as well as part of the larger Companies –Chartered- and developers from retail banking.

At balance sheet date, the Group assesses on whether a debt instrument or a Group is impaired. A specific analysis is performed for all debtors monitored individually that have undergone an event such as:

·

Operations with amounts of capital, interests or expenditures agreed contractually, past-due by more than 90 days.

·

Significantly inadequate economic or financial structure, or inability to obtain additional owner financing.

·

Generalized delay in payments or insufficient cash flows to cover debts.

·

The lender, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower's financial difficulties, grants the borrower concessions or advantages that otherwise would not have been granted.

·

The borrower enters a bankruptcy situation or in any other situation of financial reorganization.

In these situations, an assessment is performed on the estimated future cash flows in connection with the relevant asset, discounted at the original effective interest rate of the loan granted. The result is compared with the carrying value of the asset. The differences between the carrying value of the operation and the discounted value of the cash flow estimate will be analyzed and recognized as a specific provision for impairment loss.

·

Collectively, in all other cases: clients considered by the Group as “standardized”, grouping those instruments with similar credit risk features, that may indicate the debtor’s ability to pay all the amounts, capital and interests, according to the contractual terms. Credit risk features that are taken into account when grouping assets are, among others: type of instrument, debtors activity sector, geographical area of the activity, type of guarantee, maturity of the amounts due and any other factor that may be significant for the estimation of the future cash flows. Within this category are included, for example, risks with individuals, individual entrepreneurs, non-chartered retail banking companies, as well as those due to their amounts could be individualized but an impairment does not exist.

The collective provisions for impairment are subject to uncertainties in their estimation due, in part, to the difficult identification of losses since they individually appear insignificant within the portfolio. The estimation methods include the use of statistical analyses of historical information. These are supplemented by the application of significant judgments by the management, with the objective of evaluating if the current economic and credit conditions are such that the level of losses incurred is expected to be higher or less than that which results from experience.

When the most recent trends related to portfolio risk factors are not fully reflected in statistical models as a result of changes in economic, regulatory and social conditions, these factors are taken into account by adjusting impairment provisions based on experience of other historical losses. On these estimates the Group performs retrospective and comparative tests with market references to evaluate the reasonableness of the collective calculation.

The Group's internal models determine impairment losses on debt instruments not measured at fair value with changes in the income statement, as well as contingent risks, taking into account the historical experience of impairment and other circumstances known at the time of the evaluation. For these purposes, impairment losses are the losses incurred at the date of preparation of the consolidated annual accounts calculated using statistical procedures.

72


 

Table of Contents

The amount of an impairment loss incurred on these instruments is equal to the difference between their carrying amount and the present value of their estimated future cash flows. In estimating the future cash flows of debt instruments the following factors are taken into account:

·

All the amounts that are expected to be obtained over the remaining life of the instrument, including, where appropriate, those which may result from the collateral provided for the instrument (less the costs for obtaining and subsequently selling the collateral). The impairment loss takes into account the likelihood of collecting accrued past-due interest receivable;

·

The various types of risks to which each instrument is subject; and

·

The circumstances in which collections will foreseeably be made.

These cash flows are subsequently discounted using the instrument's effective interest rate (if its contractual rate is fixed) or the effective contractual rate at the discount date (if it is variable).

The loss incurred is calculated at each reporting period by multiplying three point in time factors: exposure at default, probability of default and loss given default.

·

Exposure at default (EAD) is the amount of risk exposure at the date of default by the counterparty.

·

Probability of default (PD) is the probability of the counterparty failing to meet its principal and/or interest payment obligations. The probability of default is associated, among other inputs, with the rating/scoring of each counterparty/transaction.

For the purpose of calculating the incurred loss, PD is measured using a time horizon of a maximum of one year; i.e. it quantifies the probability of the counterparty defaulting in the coming year due to an event that had already occurred at the assessment date. The definition of default used includes amounts past due by 90 days or more and cases in which there is no default but there are doubts as to the solvency of the counterparty.

·

Severity: is the loss produced in case of impairment. It mainly depends on the value of the credit enhancements associated with the operation and the future flows that are expected to be recovered.

Loss given default (LGD) is the loss arising in the event of default. It depends mainly on the discounting of the guarantees associated with the transaction and the future flows that are expected to be recovered.

The databases and governance used in the estimation of these parameters are also used to calculate economic capital and to calculate BIS II regulatory capital under internal models (see Note 1.e).

In addition, in order to determine the coverage of impairment losses on debt instruments measured at amortized cost, the Group considers the risk that exists in counterparties resident in a given country due to circumstances other than the usual commercial risk (sovereign risk, transfer risk or risks arising from international financial activity).

Guarantees  

Provisions for non-performing guarantees will be equal to the amount that, using prudent criteria, is considered irrecoverable.

Bank of Spain’s Foreclosed Assets Requirements  

If a Spanish bank eventually acquires the properties (residential or not) which secure loans or credits, the Bank of Spain requires that the value of the foreclosed assets should be the lesser of the book value of the loans and credits and the fair value of the foreclosed assets in the moment of foreclosure deducted the estimated selling costs.

In order to calculate the fair value of the foreclosed assets, an initial valuation should be done as of their acquisition using external valuations. Afterwards this valuation should be updated at least annually.

Banco Santander has developed internal methodologies to adjust the initial valuation and the estimated selling costs taking into consideration the previous experience when selling similar assets.

73


 

Table of Contents

After the initial recognition of foreclosed assets, the Bank of Spain establishes that if the fair value of the foreclosed assets less the estimated selling costs is lower than the carrying amount, the entity should recognize the corresponding impairment.

Movements in Allowances   for   Credit   Losses

The following table analyzes movements in our allowances for credit losses and movements, by domicile of customer, for the years indicated. See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information”. For further discussion of movements in the allowances for credit losses, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating results—Results of Operations for Santander—Impairment Losses (net)”.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

(in millions of euros)

Allowance for credit losses at beginning of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowers in Spain

7,215

 

9,554

 

11,264

 

12,279

 

11,711

 

Borrowers outside Spain

17,686

 

17,077

 

16,057

 

12,680

 

13,756

 

Total

24,900

 

26,631

 

27,321

 

24,959

 

25,467

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net provisions for credit losses charged to income statement (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowers in Spain

955

 

964

 

1,572

 

2,531

 

3,447

 

Borrowers outside Spain

9,908

 

10,243

 

9,997

 

9,326

 

8,606

 

Total

10,863

 

11,207

 

11,569

 

11,857

 

12,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge offs against credit loss allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowers in Spain

(3,160)

 

(2,505)

 

(2,877)

 

(3,009)

 

(2,581)

 

Borrowers outside Spain

(10,362)

 

(10,254)

 

(9,484)

 

(8,818)

 

(8,046)

 

Total

(13,522)

 

(12,758)

 

(12,361)

 

(11,827)

 

(10,626)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other movements (1)

2,442

 

(179)

 

102

 

2,332

 

(1,935)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses at end of year (3) (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowers in Spain

8,746

 

7,215

 

9,554

 

11,264

 

12,279

 

Borrowers outside Spain

15,936

 

17,686

 

17,077

 

16,057

 

12,680

 

Total

24,682

 

24,900

 

26,631

 

27,321

 

24,959

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries of loans previously charged off against income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowers in Spain

247

 

283

 

202

 

296

 

395

 

Borrowers outside Spain

1,374

 

1,299

 

1,173

 

1,040

 

673

 

Total

1,621

 

1,582

 

1,375

 

1,336

 

1,068

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average loans outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowers in Spain

220,067

 

175,751

 

176,664

 

164,517

 

178,227

 

Borrowers outside Spain

604,159

 

605,758

 

608,996

 

541,635

 

519,037

 

Total

824,226

 

781,509

 

785,660

 

706,152

 

697,264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs against loan loss allowance to average loans ratio (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowers in Spain

1.32%

 

1.26%

 

1.51%

 

1.65%

 

1.23%

 

Borrowers outside Spain

1.49%

 

1.48%

 

1.36%

 

1.44%

 

1.42%

 

Total

1.44%

 

1.43%

 

1.40%

 

1.49%

 

1.37%

 


(1)

Under “Other movements” we include mainly the balances of Banco Popular.

(2)

We have not included a separate line item for charge-offs of loans not previously provided for (loans charged-off against income) as these are not permitted.

(3)

Allowances for the impairment losses on the assets making up the balances of “Loans and receivables Loans and advances to customers”, “Loans and receivables Loans and advances to credit institutions” and “Loans and receivables Debt securities”. See “Item 3. Key information A. Selected financial data”.

(4)

The segregation of the allowance for credit losses between Spain and outside Spain was made by geographical location of the Group’s company that accounts for the risk.

(5)

For the purpose of calculating the ratio, net charge-offs consist of charge-offs against credit loss allowance less Recoveries of loans previously charged-off.

In 2015 the net charge-offs against loan loss allowance to average loans ratio decreased in Spain (-14 basis points) with a decrease in charge-offs and an increase in average loans outstanding. On the other hand, in foreign jurisdictions the ratio decreased 8 basis points as the growth in average loans offset the increase in net charge-offs.

74


 

Table of Contents

In 2016 the net charge-offs against loan loss allowance to average loans ratio decreased (-25 basis points) in Spain with a decrease in both charge-offs and average loans mainly due to the improvement of the economic environment. In contrast, in foreign jurisdictions the ratio increased 12 basis points with a light decrease in average loans and an increase in net charge-offs mainly due to the still weak economic environment in Brazil.

In 2017 the net charge-offs against loan loss allowance to average loans ratio increased in Spain with an increase in both charge-offs and average loans mainly due to the acquisition of Banco Popular. In foreign jurisdictions the ratio remained stable.

The table below shows a breakdown of recoveries, net provisions and charge-offs against credit loss allowance by type and domicile of borrower for the years indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

Recoveries of loans previously charged-off against income statement

(in millions of euros)

 

Domestic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, agricultural, industrial

66

 

128

 

85

 

104

 

236

 

Real estate and construction

87

 

72

 

66

 

77

 

80

 

Other mortgages

14

 

10

 

7

 

5

 

7

 

Installment loans to individuals

71

 

63

 

44

 

91

 

48

 

Lease finance

1

 

6

 

-

 

18

 

19

 

Other

8

 

4

 

-

 

1

 

4

 

Total Borrowers in Spain

247

 

283

 

202

 

296

 

395

 

Borrowers outside Spain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government and official institutions

 -

 

 9

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

Commercial, industrial and Installment loans to individuals

1,299

 

1,146

 

1,066

 

932

 

575

 

Mortgage loans

67

 

86

 

82

 

79

 

78

 

Other

8

 

58

 

25

 

29

 

20

 

Borrowers outside Spain

1,374

 

1,299

 

1,173

 

1,040

 

673

 

Total

1,621

 

1,582

 

1,375

 

1,336

 

1,068

 

Net provisions for credit losses charged to income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, agricultural, industrial

488

 

418

 

681

 

989

 

1,842

 

Real estate and construction

142

 

(36)

 

174

 

282

 

176

 

Other mortgages

112

 

159

 

233

 

818

 

587

 

Installment loans to individuals

217

 

484

 

494

 

352

 

745

 

Lease finance

22

 

(22)

 

1

 

52

 

52

 

Other

(25)

 

(39)

 

(11)

 

38

 

45

 

Total Borrowers in Spain

954

 

964

 

1,572

 

2,531

 

3,447

 

Borrowers outside Spain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government and official institutions

7

 

8

 

8

 

9

 

1

 

Commercial, industrial and Installment loans to individuals

9,688

 

8,295

 

9,068

 

8,824

 

7,772

 

Mortgage loans

138

 

971

 

269

 

28

 

553

 

Other

75

 

969

 

652

 

465

 

281

 

Borrowers outside Spain

9,908

 

10,243

 

9,997

 

9,326

 

8,607

 

Total

10,862

 

11,207

 

11,569

 

11,857

 

12,054

 

Charge-offs against credit loss allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, agricultural, industrial

(1,095)

 

(1,264)

 

(1,037)

 

(1,439)

 

(893)

 

Real estate and construction

(1,445)

 

(658)

 

(877)

 

(787)

 

(717)

 

Other mortgages

(308)

 

(154)

 

(291)

 

(198)

 

(278)

 

Installment loans to individuals

(243)

 

(408)

 

(639)

 

(506)

 

(593)

 

Lease finance

(20)

 

(7)

 

(24)

 

(22)

 

(60)

 

Other

(49)

 

(14)

 

(9)

 

(57)

 

(39)

 

Total Borrowers in Spain

(3,160)

 

(2,505)

 

(2,877)

 

(3,009)

 

(2,581)

 

Borrowers outside Spain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government and official institutions

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

Commercial, industrial and Installment loans to individuals

(9,873)

 

(9,451)

 

(8,629)

 

(8,162)

 

(7,130)

 

Mortgage loans

(357)

 

(374)

 

(325)

 

(277)

 

(458)

 

Other

(132)

 

(429)

 

(530)

 

(379)

 

(457)

 

Borrowers outside Spain

(10,362)

 

(10,253)

 

(9,484)

 

(8,818)

 

(8,046)

 

Total

(13,522)

 

(12,758)

 

(12,361)

 

(11,827)

 

(10,626)

 

 

75


 

Table of Contents

The table below shows a breakdown of allowances for credit losses by type and domicile of borrower for the years indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowances for Credit Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2017

    

%

    

2016

    

%

    

2015

    

%

    

2014

    

%

    

2013

    

%

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

Borrowers in Spain:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, agricultural, industrial

2,011

 

8.15

 

1,344

 

5.40

 

2,373

 

8.91

 

2,354

 

8.62

 

2,681

 

10.74

Real estate and construction (*)

2,956

 

11.98

 

2,430

 

9.76

 

3,539

 

13.29

 

4,749

 

17.38

 

6,678

 

26.76

Other mortgages

2,460

 

9.97

 

2,636

 

10.59

 

2,854

 

10.72

 

3,254

 

11.91

 

1,810

 

7.25

Installment loans to individuals

1,111

 

4.50

 

543

 

2.18

 

566

 

2.12

 

703

 

2.57

 

967

 

3.87

Lease finance

134

 

0.54

 

156

 

0.63

 

159

 

0.60

 

121

 

0.44

 

113

 

0.46

Other

74

 

0.30

 

105

 

0.42

 

63

 

0.24

 

83

 

0.31

 

30

 

0.12

Total Borrowers in Spain

8,746

 

35.43

 

7,214

 

28.97

 

9,554

 

35.88

 

11,264

 

41.23

 

12,279

 

49.20

Borrowers outside Spain:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government and official institutions

33

 

0.13

 

20

 

0.08

 

43

 

0.16

 

36

 

0.13

 

21

 

0.08

Commercial, industrial and installment loans to individuals

13,675

 

55.40

 

15,514

 

62.30

 

14,083

 

52.88

 

13,218

 

48.38

 

9,765

 

39.12

Mortgage loans

1,833

 

7.43

 

1,970

 

7.91

 

1,828

 

6.86

 

2,043

 

7.48

 

2,223

 

8.91

Other

395

 

1.60

 

182

 

0.73

 

1,123

 

4.22

 

760

 

2.78

 

671

 

2.69

Total Borrowers outside Spain

15,936

 

64.57

 

17,686

 

71.03

 

17,077

 

64.12

 

16,057

 

58.77

 

12,680

 

50.80

Total

24,682

 

100.00

 

24,900

 

100.00

 

26,631

 

100.00

 

27,321

 

100.00

 

24,959

 

100.00

(*)    As of December 31, 2017, the allowances of the portfolio of loans to construction and property development companies with real estate purposes, defined in accordance with the Bank of Spain’s purpose-based classification guidelines, amounted to €1,127 million. In this table and in the previous one, loans to construction and property development companies are defined as loans granted to companies that belong to that sector, irrespective of the purpose of the loan.

Non-performing balances

The following tables show our non-performing assets (loans and other assets to collect) and contingent liabilities, excluding country-risk:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of Euros

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Impaired loans more than ninety days past due

24,652

 

21,189

 

24,226

Other impaired loans (*)

12,944

 

12,454

 

12,868

Total impaired loans

37,596

 

33,643

 

37,094


(*)    See above “ Bank of Spain’s Classification Requirements d) Assets classified as non-performing for reasons other than counterparty arrears” for a detailed explanation of assets included under this category.

 

The roll-forward of allowances (under IFRS-IASB) is shown in note 10 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

Non-performing balances

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

(in millions of euros)

Past-due and other non-performing balances (1) (2) (3):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

19,138

 

14,020

 

17,722

 

20,891

 

22,658

International

18,459

 

19,623

 

19,372

 

20,818

 

18,994

Total

37,596

 

33,643

 

37,094

 

41,709

 

41,652

(1)

The total amount of our non-performing balances fully provisioned under IFRS was €4,076 million, €4,514 million, €4,306 million, €5,255 million and €5,312 million, at December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(2)

Non-performing balances due to country risk were €11 million, €8 million, €8 million, €7 million and €3 million at December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(3)

At December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013 (i) the total amount of our non-performing past-due balances was €24,652 million, €21,189 million, €24,226 million, €29,810 million and €30,832 million, respectively, and (ii) the total amount of our other non-performing was €12,944 million, €12,454 million, €12,868 million, €11,899 million and €10,820 million, respectively.

We do not believe that there is a material amount of assets not included in the foregoing table where known information about credit risk at December 31, 2017 (not related to transfer risk inherent in cross-border lending activities) gave rise to serious doubts as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with the loan repayment terms at such date .

76


 

Table of Contents

The following table shows our financial assets classified as loans and receivables which are considered to be non-performing due to credit risk at December 31, 2017, classified by geographical location of risk and by age of the oldest past-due amount (see note 10.d, to our consolidated financial statements):

 

Millions of euros

 

With no past-due
balances or

 

With balances past due by

 

less than 3
months past due

 

90 to 180 days

 

180 to 270 days

 

270 days to 1 year

 

More than 1 year

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

6,012

 

938

 

793

 

814

 

9,643

 

18,200

European Union (excluding Spain)

2,023

 

1,526

 

811

 

558

 

3,829

 

8,747

United States and Puerto Rico

1,221

 

641

 

42

 

50

 

192

 

2,146

Other OECD countries

1,523

 

563

 

166

 

128

 

378

 

2,758

Latin America (non-OECD)

945

 

1,309

 

709

 

578

 

888

 

4,429

Rest of the world

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

11,724

 

4,977

 

2,521

 

2,128

 

14,930

 

36,280

 

Evolution of non-performing balances

The following tables show the movement in our non-performing assets and contingent liabilities (excluding country risk, see “—Country-Risk Outstandings” herein).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

 

Year ended

 

Year ended

 

Year ended

 

Year ended

(in millions of euros)

Quarter ended

 

Dec. 31,

 

Dec. 31,

 

Dec. 31,

 

Dec. 31,

 

Dec. 31,

 

Mar. 31, 2017

    

Jun. 30, 2017

    

Sep. 30, 2017

    

Dec. 31, 2017

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

33,643

 

32,158

 

50,714

 

39,442

 

33,643

 

37,094

 

41,709

 

41,652

 

36,061

Increases

5,750

 

4,428

 

6,164

 

5,331

 

21,673

 

20,186

 

21,293

 

28,805

 

37,316

Cash recoveries

(3,952)

 

(1,991)

 

(3,255)

 

(3,048)

 

(12,246)

 

(11,891)

 

(12,485)

 

(17,783)

 

(17,863)

Foreclosed assets

(215)

 

(183)

 

(409)

 

(351)

 

(1,158)

 

(933)

 

(1,103)

 

(1,370)

 

(1,857)

Changes in scope of consolidation

18

 

20,969

(*)

(10,955)

(*)

-

 

10,032

(*)

734

 

105

 

497

 

743

Exchange differences

537

 

(854)

 

(150)

 

(359)

 

(826)

 

1,211

 

(64)

 

1,735

 

(2,122)

Write-offs

(3,623)

 

(3,813)

 

(2,667)

 

(3,419)

 

(13,522)

 

(12,758)

 

(12,361)

 

(11,827)

 

(10,626)

Closing balance

32,158

 

50,714

 

39,442

 

37,596

 

37,596

 

33,643

 

37,094

 

41,709

 

41,652

 

(*) Reflects the acquisition of Banco Popular in June 2017 and the agreement to sell 51% of the real estate business to Blackstone in the third quarter of 2017 (see note 12 to our consolidated financial statements Non-current assets held for sale ).

 

77


 

Table of Contents

Non-performing Balances Ratios

The following table shows the total amount of our computable credit risk, our non-performing assets and contingent liabilities by category, our allowances for credit losses, the ratio of our non-performing balances to total computable credit risk and our coverage ratio at the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

Computable credit risk (1)

920,968

 

855,510

 

850,909

 

804,084

 

738,558

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing balances by category:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individuals

16,538

 

15,477

 

15,588

 

17,251

 

17,607

Mortgages

9,129

 

8,278

 

8,772

 

9,022

 

9,609

Consumer loans

5,307

 

5,486

 

4,673

 

5,874

 

5,129

Credit cards and others

2,102

 

1,713

 

2,143

 

2,355

 

2,869

Enterprises

18,423

 

15,247

 

17,888

 

21,648

 

21,537

Corporate Banking

2,497

 

2,817

 

3,479

 

2,643

 

2,408

Public sector

138

 

101

 

139

 

167

 

99

Total non performing balances

37,596

 

33,643

 

37,094

 

41,709

 

41,652

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowances for non-performing balances

24,529

 

24,835

 

27,121

 

28,046

 

25,681

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing balances (2) to computable credit risk

4.08%

 

3.93%

 

4.36%

 

5.19%

 

5.64%

Coverage ratio (3)

65.24%

 

73.82%

 

73.11%

 

67.24%

 

61.65%

Balances charged-off to total loans and contingent liabilities

1.29%

 

1.31%

 

1.29%

 

1.30%

 

1.29%

(1)

Computable credit risk is the sum of the face amounts of loans and advances (including non-performing assets but excluding country risk loans), guarantees and documentary credits.

(2)

Non-performing loans and contingent liabilities, securities and other assets to collect. 

(3)

Allowances for non-performing balances as a percentage of non-performing balances.

Non-performing loan (NPL) balances increased by €3,953 million or 12% to €37,596 million in 2017 as compared to 2016. Net NPL entries (increases, cash recoveries and foreclosed assets) in 2017 amounted to €8,269 million, which is a €907 million increase as compared to 2016. At December 31, 2017, the Group’s NPL ratio was 4.08%, 15 basis points higher than a year earlier mainly due to the acquisition of Banco Popular that had non-performing loan (NPL) balances of €9,492 million (after the sale to Blackstone of 51% of their real estate business).

Allowances for non-performing balances in 2017 amounted to €24,529 million, a 1% reduction as compared to 2016 reflecting an improvement in credit quality in almost all the units partially offset by the acquisition of Banco Popular. Coverage ratio for the Group stood at 65% (74% in 2016) affected by the acquisition of Banco Popular and the UK and Spain ratios, which are lower because of the weight of mortgage balances in their portfolios, which require fewer provisions as these loans have guarantees. The ratio is calculated as allowances for non-performing balances as a percentage of non-performing balances.

The NPL and NPL coverage ratios of the main countries where the Group operates are set out below:

·

In Spain, excluding the Real Estate Operations Spain unit and Banco Popular, the NPL ratio dropped to 4.72%, a 69 basis points decrease as compared to 5.41% in 2016, mainly due to the proactive management of non-performing loans and, to a lesser extent, portfolio sales and the return of restructured loans to performing status following satisfaction of post-restructuring performance requirements. The coverage ratio decreased to 46% in 2017 from 48.3% in 2016. Real Estate Operations in Spain’s NPL ratio was 87.5% in 2017 compared to 86.5% in 2016. The coverage ratio stood at 48%. Banco Popular´s NPL ratio stood at 10.75%, improving from 20% at June 30, 2017 following the agreement to sell 51% of the real estate business of Banco Popular to Blackstone. The coverage ratio was 49%.

·

In Portugal , the lower NPL entries and a proactive management of the portfolio have allowed to continue with the decreasing trend of non-performing loans putting the NPL ratio at 5.71%, a 310 basis points decrease from 8.81% in 2016. The coverage ratio decreased to 59% in 2017 from 64% in 2016.

·

In Poland, the NPL ratio decreased further to stand at 4.57%, an 85 basis points decrease from 5.42% in 2016. The coverage ratio stood at 68%.

78


 

Table of Contents

·

In Santander Consumer’s, the NPL ratio decreased to 2.50%, a 18 basis points reduction as compared to 2.68% in 2016, with a strong overall performance by portfolios in most countries, with a coverage ratio higher than 100%.

·

The United Kingdom reduced its NPL ratio 8 basis points to 1.33% in 2017, due to strong performance across all segments, particularly SMEs and individual customers. The coverage ratio remained stable at 32%, reflecting the prevalence of loans secured by real estate.

·

In Brazil , the risk culture based on preventive management, together with the improved macroeconomic scenario, pushed the NPL ratio down to 5.29% in 2017, a 61 basis points decrease from 5.90% in 2016. The coverage ratio maintains stable at 93%.

·

Chile reduced its NPL ratio to 4.96% in 2017, a 9 basis points decrease from 5.05% in 2016, thanks to the good performance in non-performing loans mainly in the mortgage and SGCB segment. The coverage ratio decreased to 58% in 2017 from 59% in 2016.

·

In Mexico , the NPL ratio fell to 2.69% in 2017, a 7 basis points decrease as compared to 2.76% in 2016, due to a fall in non-performing loans mainly in the SGCB segment. The coverage ratio decreased to 98% in 2017 from 104% in 2016.

·

The United States’ NPL ratio stood at 2.79% in 2017, a 51 basis points increase as compared to 2.28% in 2016, with the coverage ratio remaining high, at 170%.

·

At Santander Bank the NPL ratio was 1.21% (-12 basis points), due to the strong performance of the individuals portfolio, proactive management of certain positions and customers credit profile improvement from the Oil & Gas sector. The coverage ratio was 102%.

·

SCUSA reported an increase in its NPL ratio to 5.86%, due mainly to the forbearance portfolio. The coverage ratio stood at 213%.

·

Puerto Rico maintains its NPL ratio at 7.13% whilst the coverage ratio is 55%.

Non-performing balances are impacted by the classification as non-performing of the entire outstanding principal amount and accrued interest on any loan on which any payment of principal, interest or agreed cost is 90 days or more past due. We refer to this effect as the “individual loan drag effect”. An additional impact occurs by the so-called “client drag effect”, through which Spanish banking groups classify as non-performing the aggregate risk exposure (including off-balance sheet risks) to a single obligor, whenever the amount of non-performing balances of such obligor exceeds 20% of its total outstanding risks (excluding non-accrued interest on loans to such borrower). Both drag effects have a larger impact in the case of mortgages and corporate loans due to the larger average amount of these loans.

Other non-performing balances 

As described previously herein under “—Bank of Spain’s Classification Requirements”, we do not classify our loans and contingent liabilities to borrowers in countries with transitory difficulties (category 3) and countries in serious difficulties (category 4) as impaired balances. However, we treat category 5 (doubtful countries) as impaired balances.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Summary of non-performing balances

Year Ended December 31,

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

(in millions of euros)

Balances classified as non-performing balances

37,596

 

33,643

 

37,094

 

41,709

 

41,652

Non-performing balances due to country risk

11

 

8

 

8

 

7

 

3

Total non-performing balances

37,607

 

33,651

 

37,102

 

41,716

 

41,655

 

79


 

Table of Contents

Foreclosed Assets

The tables below set forth the movements in our foreclosed assets for the periods shown.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarterly movements

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

December 31,

 

 

Mar. 31,

 

Jun. 30, 

 

Sep. 30, 

 

Dec. 31, 

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

    

2017

 

2017

 

2017

 

2017

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

Opening balance

 

11,685

 

11,814

 

29,030

 

27,704

 

11,685

 

11,383

 

10,543

  Foreclosures

 

397

 

282

 

529

 

545

 

1,752

 

1,714

 

2,047

  Sales

 

(401)

 

(437)

 

(618)

 

(776)

 

(2,232)

 

(1,686)

 

(1,408)

 Perimeter (*)

 

-

 

17,529

 

-

 

-

 

17,529

 

-

 

-

  Other movements

 

133

 

(158)

 

(1,235)

 

(10)

 

(1,270)

 

273

 

201

Gross foreclosed assets and assets acquired in payment of customer debts

 

11,814

 

29,030

 

27,704

 

27,464

 

27,464

 

11,685

 

11,383

  Of which: in Spain

 

10,850

 

28,090

 

26,758

 

26,336

 

26,336

 

10,733

 

10,609

Allowances established

 

6,026

 

17,019

 

16,173

 

15,898

 

15,898

 

6,045

 

5,850

    Of which: in Spain

 

5,774

 

16,719

 

15,884

 

15,548

 

15,548

 

5,831

 

5,626

Closing balance (net)

 

5,788

 

12,010

 

11,531

 

11,566

 

11,566

 

5,640

 

5,533

  Of which: in Spain

 

5,076

 

11,371

 

10,874

 

10,787

 

10,787

 

4,902

 

4,983

Allowance as a percentage of foreclosed assets and assets acquired in payment of customer debts

 

51.0%

 

58.6%

 

58.3%

 

57.9%

 

57.9%

 

51.7%

 

51.4%

  Of which: in Spain

 

53.2%

 

59.5%

 

59.4%

 

59.0%

 

59.0%

 

54.3%

 

53.0%

(*) Includes the balances of Banco Popular

 

Foreclosed assets in Spain include the property under the sale agreement with Blackstone with a net book value of €5,944 million (€16,134 million gross). See note 54 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

Liabilities

Deposits

The principal components of our deposits are customer demand, time and notice deposits, and international and domestic interbank deposits. Our retail customers are the principal source of our demand, time and notice deposits. For an analysis, by domicile of customer, of average domestic and international deposits by type for 2017, 2016 and 2015 see “—Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates—Liabilities and Interest Expense”.

We compete actively with other commercial banks and with savings banks for domestic deposits. Our share of customer deposits in the Spanish banking system (including Cajas de Ahorros) was 17.5% at November 30, 2016 (most recent available data), according to figures published by the Spanish Banking Association (“AEB”) and the Confederación Española de Cajas de Ahorros (“CECA”). See “—Competition” herein.

80


 

Table of Contents

The following tables analyze our year-end deposits.

Deposits (from central banks and credit institutions and customers) by type of deposit.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

At December 31,

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions-

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Centrals Banks

 

(in millions of euros)

Deposits on demand

 

5

 

5

 

5

Time deposits

 

78,801

 

46,278

 

41,872

Deposits available with prior notice

 

-

 

-

 

-

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

1,750

 

8,292

 

15,659

Repurchase agreements

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

80,556

 

54,575

 

57,536

Credit Institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits on demand

 

6,444

 

4,220

 

4,526

Time deposits

 

54,159

 

61,321

 

71,244

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

49,049

 

29,277

 

42,064

Subordinated deposits

 

106

 

5

 

3

Repurchase agreements

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

109,758

 

94,823

 

117,837

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

190,314

 

149,398

 

175,373

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer deposits-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current accounts

 

328,217

 

279,494

 

257,192

Savings accounts

 

189,845

 

180,611

 

180,415

Other demand deposits

 

7,010

 

7,156

 

5,489

Time deposits-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed-term deposits and other time deposits

 

195,306

 

176,605

 

196,985

Home-purchase savings accounts

 

45

 

50

 

59

Discount deposits

 

3

 

448

 

448

Funds received under financial asset transfers

 

-

 

-

 

-

Hybrid financial liabilities

 

4,295

 

3,986

 

5,174

Other financial liabilities associated with transferred financial assets

 

-

 

-

 

-

Repurchase agreements

 

53,009

 

42,761

 

37,380

Total

 

777,730

 

691,111

 

683,142

 

 

 

81


 

Table of Contents

Deposits (from central banks and credit institutions and customers) by geographic location of the Group entity that accounts for the deposits.

 

Deposits (from central banks and credit institutions and customers) by geographic location of the Group entity that accounts for the deposits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions-

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

(in millions of euros)

Central banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offices in Spain

 

56,016

 

33,468

 

34,646

Offices outside Spain:

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Other EU countries

 

23,515

 

20,216

 

15,003

   United States and Puerto Rico

 

-

 

-

 

-

   Other OECD countries (1)

 

952

 

711

 

7,675

   Latin America (no OECD)

 

73

 

180

 

212

   Other

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total offices outside Spain

 

24,540

 

21,107

 

22,890

 

 

80,556

 

54,575

 

57,536

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to credit institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offices in Spain

 

63,597

 

37,960

 

58,992

Offices outside Spain:

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Other EU countries

 

14,369

 

14,021

 

17,796

   United States and Puerto Rico

 

6,092

 

12,637

 

19,576

   Other OECD countries (1)

 

5,236

 

7,074

 

4,691

   Latin America (no OECD)

 

20,464

 

23,131

 

16,781

   Other

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total offices outside Spain

 

46,161

 

56,863

 

58,844

 

 

109,758

 

94,823

 

117,836

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

190,314

 

149,398

 

175,372

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offices in Spain

 

260,181

 

181,888

 

183,778

Offices outside Spain:

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Other EU countries

 

318,580

 

295,059

 

311,314

   United States and Puerto Rico

 

50,771

 

63,429

 

59,814

   Other OECD countries (1)

 

62,980

 

62,761

 

57,817

   Latin America (no OECD)

 

84,752

 

87,519

 

69,792

   Other

 

466

 

455

 

627

Total offices outside Spain

 

517,549

 

509,223

 

499,364

Total

 

777,730

 

691,111

 

683,142

(1)

In this schedule Mexico and Chile are classified under “Other OECD countries” since 2014.

The following table shows the maturity of time deposits (excluding inter-bank deposits) in denominations of $100,000 or more for the year ended December 31, 2017. Large denomination customer deposits may be a less stable source of funds than demand and savings deposits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

    

Domestic

    

International

    

Total

 

 

(in millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Under 3 months

 

8,490

 

37,761

 

46,251

3 to 6 months

 

5,670

 

12,163

 

17,833

6 to 12 months

 

9,686

 

17,134

 

26,820

Over 12 months

 

7,714

 

21,796

 

29,510

Total

 

31,560

 

88,854

 

120,414

 

82


 

Table of Contents

The aggregate amount of deposits held by non-resident depositors (banks and customers) in our domestic branch network was €60.6 billion, €41 billion and €58 billion, at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-Term Borrowings

 

At December 31,

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

    

Amount

    

Rate

    

Amount

    

Rate

    

Amount

    

Rate

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

 (principally Spanish Treasury notes and bills):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      At December 31

 

103,806

 

3.61%

 

83,101

 

5.82%

 

95,103

 

4.55%

      Average during year

 

109,981

 

3.41%

 

101,129

 

4.78%

 

103,089

 

4.20%

      Maximum month-end balance

 

121,763

 

 

 

117,723

 

 

 

125,545

 

 

Other short-term borrowings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      At December 31

 

19,847

 

0.39%

 

25,121

 

0.27%

 

22,943

 

0.36%

      Average during year

 

16,871

 

0.46%

 

23,361

 

0.29%

 

21,876

 

0.37%

      Maximum month-end balance

 

20,917

 

 

 

26,291

 

 

 

24,029

 

 

Total short-term borrowings at year-end

 

123,653

 

3.10%

 

108,222

 

4.53%

 

118,046

 

3.74%

 

Competition in Spain

We face strong competition in all of our principal areas of operation from other banks, savings banks, credit co-operatives, brokerage services, on-line banks, insurance companies and other financial services firms.

Banks  

At the end of November 2017 (most recent available information), Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and Santander accounted for approximately 38.9% of loans and 37.4% of deposits in the Spanish financial system, according to figures published by the AEB and the CECA. 

Foreign banks also have a presence in the Spanish banking system as a result of liberalization measures adopted by the Bank of Spain in 1978. At December 31, 2017, there were 82 foreign banks (of which 78 were from European Union countries) with branches in Spain. In addition, there were 18 Spanish subsidiary banks of foreign banks (of which 9 were from European Union countries).

The ECB is responsible for authorizing and revoking the authorization of credit institutions, and authorizing the purchase of qualifying holdings, under the terms of the European regulations which establish the competences conferred on the European Central Bank (ECB) and the Single Supervisory Mechanism. In these cases, the Bank of Spain, as the national competent authority (NCA), will submit to the ECB plans for the granting of an authorization or the acquisition of a qualifying holding, and where applicable, proposals for the revocation of authorization.

Any financial institution organized and licensed in another Member State of the European Union may conduct business in Spain from an office outside Spain, without having obtained first prior authorization from the Spanish authorities to do so. The opening of a branch of any financial institution authorized in another Member State of the European Union does not need prior authorization or specific allocation of resources either.

Financial institutions which are not authorized in another Member State of the European Union do not benefit from the 'Community Passport', and are therefore required to obtain prior authorization from the Bank of Spain to operate in Spain with branches.  The procedure to obtain such authorization from the Bank of Spain is similar to the one set up for the establishment of new Spanish banks in the Law 10/2014 of June 26, 2014 on Organization, Supervision and Solvency of Credit Entities and the Royal Decree 84/2015, of February 13, 2015, which develops Law 10/2014. These branches of third country institutions must necessarily be ascribed to the Spanish Deposit Guarantee Fund, in case there is no system of coverage in their home country, or if the system guarantees less than €100,000 per depositor (in this case, for the difference up to such €100,000). These institutions may also be authorized to operate in Spain and to provide services (no branches), although, in this case, the institutions cannot raise funds from the public.

Spanish law requires prior approval by the Bank of Spain for a Spanish bank to acquire a significant interest in a bank organized outside the European Union, create a new bank outside the European Union or open a branch outside the European Union. Spanish banks must provide prior notice to the Bank of Spain to conduct any other business outside of Spain.

The opening of branches outside Spain requires prior application to the Bank of Spain, including information about the country where the branch will be located, the address, program of activities and names and resumes of the branch’s managers. The opening of representative offices requires prior notice to the Bank of Spain detailing the activities to be performed.

83


 

Table of Contents

Brokerage Services

We face competition in our brokerage activities in Spain from other brokerage houses, including those of other financial institutions.

Any investment services company authorized to operate in another Member State of the European Union may conduct business in Spain from an office outside Spain, once the Spanish Securities Markets Commission (“CNMV”) receives notice from the institution’s home country supervisory authority on the institution’s proposed activities in Spain.

Credit entities have access, as members, to the Spanish stock exchanges, in accordance with the provisions established by the European Union Investment Services Directive.

We also face strong competition in our mutual funds, pension funds and insurance activities from other banks, savings banks, insurance companies and other financial services firms.

On-line Banks and Insurance Companies

The entry of on-line banks into the Spanish banking system has increased competition, mainly in customer funds businesses such as deposits. Insurance companies and other financial service firms also compete for customer funds.

Competition outside Spain

In addition, we face strong competition outside Spain, particularly in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Mexico, Portugal, the United Kingdom, Germany, Poland, and the United States. In these corporate and institutional banking markets, we compete with the large domestic banks active in these markets and with the major international banks.

The global banking crisis resulted in the withdrawal or disappearance of a number of market participants and significant consolidation of competitors, particularly in the U.S. and U.K. Competition for retail deposits has intensified significantly reflecting the difficulties in the wholesale money markets.

In a number of these markets there are regulatory barriers to entry or expansion, and the state ownership of banks. Competition is generally intensifying as more players enter markets that are perceived to be de-regulating and offer significant growth potential.

Competition for corporate and institutional customers in the U.K. is from U.K. banks and from large foreign financial institutions that are also active and offer combined investment and commercial banking capabilities. Santander UK’s main competitors are established U.K. banks, building societies and insurance companies and other financial services providers (such as supermarket chains and large retailers).

In the U.K. credit card market, large retailers and specialist card issuers, including major U.S. operators, are active in addition to the U.K. banks. In addition to physical distribution channels, providers compete through direct marketing activity and the Internet.

In the United States, Santander Bank competes in the Northeastern, New England and New York retail and mid-corporate banking markets with local and regional banks and other financial institutions. Santander Bank also competes in the U.S. in large corporate lending and specialized finance markets, and in fixed-income trading and sales. Competition is principally with the large U.S. commercial and investment banks and international banks active in the U.S.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

Single Supervisory Mechanism, Bank of Spain and the European Central Bank

The Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM) establishes a new financial supervision system consisting of the European Central Bank (ECB) and the national competent authorities (NCAs) of the participating European Union (EU) countries and combines the strengths, experience and expertise of these bodies. Its main objectives are to guarantee the safety and soundness of the European banking system and to increase financial integration and stability in Europe. It also aims at ensuring a consistent supervision. The SSM is one of the two pillars of the EU banking union, along with the Single Resolution Mechanism (SRM) and is to be completed with a harmonized deposit guarantee system.

The ECB is responsible for the effective and consistent functioning of the SSM and exercises oversight over the functioning of the system. To ensure efficient supervision, credit institutions were categorized as “significant” and “less significant.” In accordance with

84


 

Table of Contents

the Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM) Regulation, the ECB fully assumed its new supervisory responsibilities within the SSM on November 4, 2014.

The ECB supervises directly the significant banks (including us) through the Joint Supervisory Teams (JSTs), which are responsible for the day-to-day supervision of these institutions. These teams comprise staff from the ECB and the NCAs, whose work is coordinated by an ECB staff member, assisted by one or more NCA sub-coordinators. Among other duties, these teams are responsible for the ongoing assessment of institutions’ risk profiles, solvency and liquidity, and prepare the draft decisions to be presented to the Supervisory Board. All other less-significant institutions (as of the date of this report, approximately 3,500 in the euro area) are directly supervised by national competent authorities (NCAs), and indirectly supervised by the ECB.

In relation to significant institutions, the NCAs, including the Bank of Spain, must assist the ECB, contributing their experience and most of the supervisors making up the JSTs. Also, among other tasks, they provide support for on-site inspections (to be carried out by non-JST teams), gather and transmit any information required, participate in the preparation of supervisory decisions, and collaborate on sanction procedures.

In the case of less-significant institutions, the NCAs supervise them directly, while the ECB supervises them indirectly. In these cases, the ECB, which has ultimate responsibility for the functioning of the SSM, may issue guidelines to ensure consistent supervision in participating countries, request additional information, or even take over the direct supervision of an institution if it considers it necessary.

The participants in the Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM) are all the countries that form part of the Eurosystem and all European Union countries which are not in the eurozone, but which want to establish a close cooperation with the European Central Bank (ECB) and therefore accept this new supervision system.

Article 6.4 of the Council Regulation (EU) 1024/2013 of 15 October 2013, conferring specific tasks on the European Central Bank concerning policies relating to the prudential supervision of credit institutions (the “SSM Regulation”), establishes the criteria under which an institution shall not be considered “less significant”:

Its consolidated total assets are worth over 30 billion euros.

Its assets are worth more than 20% of the GDP of the country in which it is established, unless the consolidated total assets are less than 5 billion euros.

It is one of the three largest credit institutions in a member state.

It has subsidiaries in more than one participant country, with cross-border assets or liabilities representing more than 20% of its total assets and liabilities.

It has requested or received funding from the European Stability Mechanism or the European Financial Stability Facility.

Based on these criteria, as of December 2017 the ECB is directly supervising 119 "significant banks" in the euro area. In the case of Spain, as of the date of this report, 13 significant institutions are directly supervised by the ECB. We have been categorized as a significant institution.

To directly supervise the significant banks, the ECB has created two directorate generals, which perform the continuous monitoring of the 119 groups. DG I (“Microprudential Supervision I”) supervises the 30 largest significant banks in terms of balance sheet and activities, while DG II (“Microprudential Supervision II”) covers the other significant banks. However, the supervision of specific aspects or matters, what is known as on-site inspection, is carried out by different teams. The ECB has thus adopted a different model to that place at the Bank of Spain to date: functionally separating the continuous monitoring of banks and inspection visits. 

Prior to the European Central Bank (ECB) assuming its supervisory competencies, it carried out a comprehensive assessment of significant institutions in order to foster transparency regarding the situation of the main European banks, and identify and apply any corrective measures needed to strengthen their solvency.

This assessment, in which the Bank of Spain worked intensively with the ECB, consisted of two main phases:

Asset quality review: a detailed review of the balance sheets of the banks analyzed. This process was decentralized with the support of leading auditing firms under the central control of the ECB. After a stringent quality control process in which the national competent authorities (NCAs) played a vital role, the process resulted in a series of adjustments to the CET1 capital ratio (the highest quality one), which were taken into account to set the baseline levels for the stress tests.

85


 

Table of Contents

Stress tests: this is a simulation exercise to assess the resilience of the institutions in severe but plausible hypothetical stress scenarios. The exercise can indicate the capital which might be needed if certain risks were to materialize, and identify areas where other supervision could be required.

The stress test is basically designed by the institutions themselves (bottom-up approach), applying the methods of the European Banking Authority (EBA) with strict quality controls by the ECB and the NCAs. It assessed the predicted situation of the institutions in two scenarios: a baseline one and an adverse one. The time frame for the exercise is three years (2014-2016) and it was designed based on the consolidated year-end 2013 figures.

To determine which institutions pass the comprehensive assessment, minimum thresholds were defined for the different parts of the exercise. Banks must achieve a CET1 ratio of at least 8% to satisfy the asset quality review and the baseline scenario of the stress tests. The minimum threshold for adverse scenario stress tests is 5.5%.

If an institution falls below one of these thresholds, it has two weeks to present a capital plan to make up the shortfall. It will then have a period of 6 to 9 months to implement it.

On October 26, 2014, the results of the comprehensive assessment of the banking sector were published and summarized by the Bank of Spain as follows: 

The comprehensive assessment of the European banking sector satisfactorily fulfilled its main objectives: to improve transparency, to identify potential weaknesses on bank balance sheets and to contribute to strengthening banks’ solvency.

No Spanish bank had a capital shortfall and, generally, the margin by which they have exceeded the thresholds set in the exercise is a comfortable one.

The exercise conducted (asset quality review and stress tests) showed that Spanish banks’ balance sheets offered a rigorous view of their assets and that the impact of an adverse scenario on their solvency would be relatively limited.

This outcome confirmed that the clean-up, reform and restructuring of the Spanish banking system undertaken in recent years has borne fruit and that Spanish banks face the future with healthy balance sheets and a sound solvency position. 

With regard to the asset quality review exercise in Grupo Santander, an analysis was conducted of 16 major credit portfolios from seven countries and various segments (residential, SMEs and corporates) representing more than 50% of the credit risk exposure at December 31, 2013. In addition, a review was made of procedures and policies, taking samples of files and reviewing them, of appraisals of properties and collateral and of the valuation models for the trading book. The impact of the analysis on CET1 was not material (-4 basis points). With respect to the stress test, the Group met the capital requirements comfortably in the proposed scenarios, particularly in the adverse scenario which is very unlikely to occur.

With regard to significant Spanish banks, the Bank of Spain, in addition to providing its experience and most of the staff of the joint supervisory teams, will shoulder the weight of on-site inspections, it will participate in the preparation of all the decisions to be adopted by the ECB Supervisory Board and it will be active in the exercise of its sanctioning powers. As regards the sanctioning regime, the European Central Bank is responsible for imposing sanctions, provided that three requirements are met: that the sanction is imposed on the credit institution, i.e. on the legal person; that it stems from non-compliance with directly applicable European Union legal rules; and that the sanctions are of a pecuniary nature. In the remaining cases, power will continue to be exercised by the national supervisory authorities, without prejudice to the ECB being able to demand that the appropriate proceedings be initiated. 

There are certain areas of banking activity whose supervision is not assumed by the SSM, but continue to be within the purview of the national authorities. The Bank of Spain thus continues to exercise supervisory powers in the areas of money laundering prevention, consumer protection and, partly, in the oversight of financial markets. It also retains the supervision of banking foundations associated with regional governments. In addition to this, the Bank of Spain, like the other national supervisory authorities participating in the SSM, fully retains its supervisory powers over non-bank financial institutions, other financial institutions and entities related to the financial sector such as payment institutions, electronic money institutions, credit financial intermediaries, mutual guarantee companies, currency-exchange bureau and appraisal companies.

Until January 1, 1999, the Bank of Spain was the entity responsible for implementing Spanish monetary policy. As of that date, the start of Stage III of the European Monetary Union, the European System of Central Banks and the European Central Bank became jointly responsible for Spain’s monetary policy. The European System of Central Banks consists of the national central banks of the twenty eight  Member States belonging to the European Union, whether they have adopted the euro or not, and the European Central

86


 

Table of Contents

Bank. The “Eurosystem” is the term used to refer to the European Central Bank and the national central banks of the Member States which have adopted the euro. The European Central Bank is responsible for the monetary policy of the European Union. The Bank of Spain, as a member of the European System of Central Banks, takes part in the development of the European System of Central Banks’ powers including the design of the European Union’s monetary policy.

The European System of Central Banks is made up of three decision-making bodies:

the Governing Council, comprised of the 6 members of the Executive Board of the European Central Bank and the governors of the national central banks of the 19 Member States which have adopted the euro;

the Executive Board, comprised of the president, vice-president and four other members; and

the General Council of the European Central Bank, comprised of the president and vice-president of the European Central Bank and the governors of the national central banks of the 28 European Union Member States. In other words, the General Council includes representatives of the 19 euro area countries and the 9 non-euro area countries.

The Supervisory Board is comprised of a Chair (appointed for a non-renewable term of five years), a Vice-Chair (chosen from among the members of the ECB’s Executive Board), four EIB representatives and representatives of national supervisors.

The Governing Council is the body in charge of formulating monetary policy for the eurozone and adopting the guidelines and decisions necessary to ensure the performance of the tasks entrusted to the ECB and the Eurosystem, and in the context of the ECB’s new representatives relating to Banking Supervision, adopting decisions relating to the general framework under which supervisory decisions are taken. The Executive Board is the body in charge of implementing the monetary policy for the eurozone laid out by the Governing Council, providing the instructions necessary to carry out monetary policy to the eurozone’s national central banks and of exercising certain powers delegated to it by the Governing Council, including some of a regulatory nature. The General Council is the transitional body which carries out the tasks taken over from the European Monetary Institute which the ECB is required to perform in Stage III of the European Monetary Union on account of the fact that not all EU Member States have adopted the euro yet.

The European Central Bank has delegated the authority to issue the euro to the central banks of each country participating in Stage III. These central banks are also in charge of executing the European Union’s monetary policy in their respective countries. The countries that have not adopted the euro will have a seat in the European System of Central Banks, but will not have a say in the monetary policy or instructions laid out by the governing council to the national central banks.

Since January 1, 1999, the Bank of Spain has performed the following basic functions attributed to the European System of Central Banks:

executing the European Union monetary policy;

conducting currency exchange operations consistent with the provisions of Article 109 of the Treaty on European Union, and holding and managing the States’ official currency reserves;

promoting the sound working of payment systems in the eurozone; and

issuing legal tender bank notes.

Notwithstanding the European Monetary Union, the Bank of Spain, as the Spanish national central bank, continues to be responsible for:

maintaining, administering and managing the foreign exchange and precious metal reserves;

promoting the sound working and stability of the financial system and, without prejudice to the functions of the European System of Central Banks, of national payment systems;

supervising and compliance with the specific rules of credit institutions, other entities and financial markets, for which it has been assigned supervisory responsibility;

placing currency in circulation and the performance, on behalf of the State, of all such other related functions;

87


 

Table of Contents

preparing and publishing statistics relating to its functions, and assisting the European Central Bank in the compilation of the necessary statistical information;

rendering treasury services to the Spanish Treasury and to the regional governments, although the granting of loans or overdrafts in favor of the State, the regional governments or other bodies referred to in Article 104 of the European Union Treaty, is generally prohibited;

rendering services related to public debt to the State and regional governments; and

advising the Spanish Government and preparing the appropriate reports and studies.

Reserve Ratio

European Central Bank Regulation (EC) N. 1745/2003 of the European Central Bank of September 12, 2003 on the application of minimum reserves, requires credit institutions in each Member State that participates in the European Monetary Union, including us, to place a specific percentage of their “Reserve Base” liabilities with their respective National Central Banks (“NCBs”) in the form of interest bearing deposits as specified below (the “Reserve Ratio”).

The European Central Bank requires the maintenance of a minimum reserve ratio by all credit institutions established in the Member States of the European Monetary Union. Branches located in the eurozone of institutions not registered in this area are also subject to this ratio, while the branches of institutions registered in the eurozone which have neither their registered nor their head office in a participating Member State are not subject to this ratio.

“Reserve Base” liabilities are broadly defined as deposits and debt securities issued. Liabilities which are owed to any other institution not listed as being exempt from the ECB’s minimum reserve system and liabilities which are owed to the ECB or to a participating NCB are excluded from the Reserve Base. A Reserve ratio of 0% shall apply to (i) deposits with agreed maturity over two years; (ii) deposits redeemable at notice over two years; (iii) repos and (iv) debt securities issued with an agreed maturity over two years.

Investment Ratio

As of the date of this report, and according to Regulation (EC) N. 1358/2011 of the European Central Bank of December 14, 2011, amending referred Regulation (EC) N. 1745/2003, the Reserve Ratio of the rest of the liabilities included in the Reserve Base is 1%.

The Spanish Government has the power to require credit institutions to invest a portion of certain “Qualifying Liabilities” in certain kinds of public sector debt or public-interest financing (the “Investment Ratio”), and has exercised this power in the past. Although the Investment Ratio has been 0% since December 31, 1992, the law which authorizes it has not been abolished, and the Spanish Government could re-impose the Ratio, subject to EU requirements.

Capital Adequacy Requirements

i. Regulatory and economic capital

 

The Group's capital management is performed at regulatory and economic levels.

 

The aim is to secure the Group's solvency and guarantee its economic capital adequacy and its compliance with regulatory requirements, as well as an efficient use of capital. 

 

To this end, the regulatory and economic capital figures and their associated metrics RORWA (return on risk-weighted assets), RORAC (return on risk-adjusted capital) and value creation of each business unit- are generated, analyzed and reported to the relevant governing bodies on a regular basis.

 

Within the framework of the internal capital adequacy assessment process (Pillar II of the Basel Capital Accord), the Group uses an economic capital measurement model with the objective of ensuring that there is sufficient capital available to support all the risks of its activity in various economic scenarios, with the solvency levels agreed upon by the Group; at the same time the Group assesses, also in the various scenarios, whether it meets the regulatory capital ratio requirements.

 

In order to adequately manage the Group's capital, it is essential to estimate and analyze future needs, in anticipation of the various phases of the business cycle. Projections of regulatory and economic capital are made based on the budgetary information (balance sheet,

88


 

Table of Contents

income statement, etc.) and the macroeconomic scenarios defined by the Group's economic research service. These estimates are used by the Group as a reference when planning the management actions (issues, securitizations, etc.) required to achieve its capital targets.

 

In addition, certain stress scenarios are simulated in order to assess the availability of capital in adverse situations. These scenarios are based on sharp fluctuations in macroeconomic variables (GDP, interest rates, housing prices, etc.) that mirror historical crisis that could happen again or plausible but unlikely stress situations.

 

Following is a brief description of the regulatory capital framework to which Santander Group is subject.

 

In December 2010 the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published a new global regulatory framework for international capital standards (Basel III) which strengthened the requirements of the previous frameworks, known as Basel I, Basel II and Basel 2.5, and other requirements additional to Basel II (Basel 2.5), by enhancing the quality, consistency and transparency of the capital base and improving risk coverage. On June 26, 2013 the Basel III legal framework was included in European law through Directive 2013/36 (CRD IV), repealing Directives 2006/48 and 2006/49, and through Regulation 575/2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms (CRR).

 

The CRD IV was transposed into Spanish legislation through Law 10/2014 on the regulation, supervision and capital adequacy of credit institutions, and its subsequent implementing regulations contained in Royal Decree-Law 84/2015. This Circular largely repeals largely Circular 3/2008, on the calculation and monitoring of minimum capital (though, in the aspects covered by Circular 5/2008, on minimum capital and other mandatory reporting of information for mutual guarantee societies, the latter will remain in effect); and a section of Circular 2/2014, on the exercise of various regulatory options contained in the CRR. The CRR is directly applicable in EU Member States as from January 1, 2014 and repeals all lower-ranking rules providing for additional capital requirements.

 

The CRR establishes a phase-in that will permit a progressive adaptation to the new requirements in the European Union. These phase-in arrangements were incorporated into Spanish regulations through the approval of Royal Decree-Law 14/2013 and Bank of Spain Circular 2/2014. They affect both the new deductions and the issues and items of own funds which cease to be eligible as such under this new regulation. In March 2016, the European Central Bank published Regulation 2016/445/UE that modifies some of the phase-in dates applicable to Group, especially DTAs (Deferred Tax Assets) calendar. The capital buffers provided for in CRD IV are also subject to phase-in; they are applicable for the first time in 2016 and must be fully implemented by 2019.

 

The Basel regulatory framework is based on three pillars. Pillar I sets out the minimum capital requirements to be met, and provides for the possibility of using internal ratings and models (the Advanced Internal Ratings-Based AIRB approach) in the calculation of risk-weighted exposures. The aim is to render regulatory requirements more sensitive to the risks actually borne by entities in carrying on their business activities. Pillar II establishes a supervisory review system to improve internal risk management and internal capital adequacy assessment based on the risk profile. Lastly, Pillar III defines the elements relating to disclosures and market discipline.

 

On November 23, 2016, the European Commission released a draft of the new CRR and CRD IV incorporating different Basel standards, such as the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book for Market Risk, the Net Stable Funding Ratio for liquidity risk or the SA-CCR for calculation of the EAD by counterparty risk, and introduces modifications related to the treatment of central counterparties, from the MDA (Maximum distribution Amount), Pillar 2 and the leverage ratio, among others. The most significant change is the implementation of the TLAC (Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity) Term Sheet issued by the Financial Stability Board (FSB) in the capital framework. Therefore, systemically important banks will have to comply with MREL (Minimum Requirement for own funds and Eligible Liabilities)/TLAC requirements under Pillar 1 while non-systemically important banks need only comply with MREL under Pillar 2 that the resolution authority will decide on a case-by-case basis.

 

The Single Resolution Board (SRB) published its Minimum Required Eligible Liabilities (MREL) policy for 2017. For the 2017 resolution planning cycle, the SRB is in transition from MREL informational objectives to start establishing binding specific MREL consolidated objectives for each bank in the future, both at the single entry point (SPE) and the multiple entry point (MPE), for most large and complex banks, including all global institutions of systemic importance (G -SII).

 

The MREL policy of the SRB for 2017 is based on a gradual approach to reach the final objectives (target level) of MREL over a period of several years, and failure to do so could result in the consideration that the entity cannot be resolved. In relation to the subordination criterion, the SRB considers that the entities of global systemic importance (G-SIIs) have to comply at least with a level of subordination equal to 13.5% of the assets weighted by risk or risk-weighted assets (RWA) plus the Combined Buffer.

 

89


 

Table of Contents

ii. Plan for the roll-out of advanced approaches and authorization from the supervisory authorities

 

The Group intends to adopt, over the next few years, the advanced internal ratings-based (AIRB) approach under Basel II for substantially all its banks, until the percentage of exposure of the loan portfolio covered by this approach exceeds 90%. The commitment assumed before the supervisor still implies the adaptation of advanced models within the ten key markets where Santander Group operates.

 

Accordingly, the Group continued in 2017 with the project for the progressive implementation of the technology platforms and methodological improvements required for the roll-out of the AIRB approach for regulatory capital calculation purposes at the various Group units.

 

The Group has obtained authorization from the supervisory authorities to use the AIRB approach for the calculation of regulatory capital requirements for credit risk for the Parent and the main subsidiaries in Spain, the United Kingdom and Portugal, as well as for certain portfolios in Germany, Mexico, Brazil, Chile, the Nordic countries (Norway, Sweden and Finland), France and the United States.

 

During 2017, approval was obtained for the sovereign portfolios, Institutions (FIRB method) and Specialized Financing (Slotting) in Chile, Mortgages and most revolving of Santander Consumer Germany as well as the portfolios of dealers of PSA France and PSA UK (FIRB method).

 

As regards the other risks explicitly addressed under Basel Pillar I, the Group is authorized to use its internal model for market risk for its treasury trading activities in UK, Spain, Chile, Portugal and Mexico.

 

For the purpose of calculating regulatory capital for operational risk, Santander Group has been applying the standardized approach provided for under the European Capital Requirements Directive. On 2017 the European Central Bank authorized the use of the Alternative Standardized Approach to calculate the capital requirements at consolidated level for operational risk at Banco Santander México, in addition to obtained was made in 2016 in Brazil.

 

At December 31, 2017, our eligible capital exceeded the minimum regulatory required (art.92 CRR) by over €39.3 billion. All our Spanish and foreign subsidiary banks were, at December 31, 2017, each in compliance with their own minimum regulatory capital requirements.

 

Concentration of Risk

An institution’s exposure to a client or group of connected clients is considered a large exposure where its value is equal to or exceeds 10% of its eligible capital.

In accordance with Articles 395 of the Capital Requirements Regulation 575/2013 (CRR), an institution shall not incur an exposure, after taking into account the effect of the credit risk mitigation, to a client or group of connected clients the value of which exceeds 25% of its eligible capital. Where that client is an institution or where a group of connected clients includes one or more institutions, that value shall not exceed the greater of 25% of the institution’s eligible capital and €150 million, provided that the sum of exposure values, after taking into account the effect of the credit risk mitigation in accordance with Articles 399 to 403 of the (CRR), to all connected clients that are not institutions does not exceed 25% of the institution’s eligible capital. Where the amount of €150 million is higher than 25 % of the institution’s eligible capital, the value of the exposure, after taking into account the effect of credit risk mitigation in accordance with Articles 399 to 403 of CRR shall not exceed a reasonable limit in terms of the institution's eligible capital. That limit shall be determined by the institution in accordance with the policies and procedures referred to in Article 81 of Directive 2013/36 (CRD), to address and control concentration risk. This limit shall not exceed 100% of the institution's eligible capital.

Legal Reserve and Other Reserves

Spanish banks are subject to legal and other restricted reserves requirements. In addition, we must allocate profits to certain other reserves as described in note 33 to our consolidated financial statements.

Allowances for Credit Losses and Country-Risk

For a discussion relating to allowances for credit losses and country-risk, see “—Classified Assets—Bank of Spain’s Classification Requirements” herein.

90


 

Table of Contents

Employee Pension Plans

At December 31, 2017, our pension plans were all funded according to the criteria disclosed in note 25 to our consolidated financial statements.

Restrictions on Dividends

We may only pay dividends (including interim dividends) if such payment is in compliance with the applicable capital requirement regulations (described under “—Capital Adequacy Requirements” herein) and other requirements.  Credit institutions must comply at all times with the “combined capital buffers” requirement established in articles 43 of Law 10/2014, article 58 of the Royal Decree 84/2015, and in article 6 of the Circular 2/2016.   The “combined capital buffers” requirement is defined as the total common equity tier 1 capital necessary to comply with the obligation to have a capital conservation buffer, and, where appropriate: a) institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer; b) a global systemically important institution (G-SII) buffer; c) a buffer for other systemically important institutions; and d) a systemic risk buffer. 

Pursuant to article 48.2 of the Law 10/2014, credit institutions which do not fulfill the requirement of combined capital buffers, or those institutions for which a common equity tier 1 capital distribution results in their decline to a level where the combined buffer requirement is not fulfilled, shall calculate the maximum distributable amount (MDA), in accordance with article 73 of the Royal Decree 84/2015. Until the MDA has been calculated and such MDA has been immediately reported to the Bank of Spain none of the following actions can be performed by the credit institutions: a) make a distribution in connection with common equity tier 1 capital; b) create an obligation to pay variable remuneration or discretionary pension benefits or pay variable remuneration if the obligation to pay was created at a time when the institution failed to meet the combined buffer requirements; and c) make payments on additional tier 1 instruments. The restrictions shall only apply to payments that result in a reduction of common equity tier 1 or in a reduction of the profits reduced, provided that the suspension or cancellation of the payment does not constitute an event of default of the payment obligations or other circumstances that lead to the opening of an insolvency proceeding.

In addition to the above, Recommendation of the European Central Bank of December 28, 2017 on dividend distribution policies (ECB/2017/44)  provides that credit institutions need to establish dividend policies using conservative and prudent assumptions in order, after any distribution, to satisfy the applicable capital requirements and the outcomes of the supervisory review and evaluation process (SREP) and, in relation to  the payment of dividends in 2018 for the financial year 2017,  the ECB recommends that: a) Category 1: Credit institutions which satisfy the applicable capital requirements and which have already reached their fully loaded ratios as at December 31, 2017, should distribute their net profits in dividends in a conservative manner to enable them to continue to fulfil all requirements and outcomes of SREP, even in the case of deteriorated economic and financial conditions; b) Category 2: Credit institutions which satisfy the applicable capital requirements as at December 31, 2017 but which have not reached their fully loaded ratios as at December 31, 2017 should distribute their net profits in dividends in a conservative manner to enable them to continue to fulfil all requirements and outcomes of SREP, even in the case of deteriorated economic and financial conditions. In addition, they should in principle only pay out dividends to the extent that, at a minimum, a linear path towards the required fully loaded capital requirements and outcomes of SREP is secured; and c) Category 3: Credit institutions in breach of the applicable capital requirements, should in principle not distribute any dividend. Credit institutions that are not able to comply with ECB/2017/44 because they consider themselves legally required to pay out dividends should immediately contact their joint supervisory team.

As of December 31, 2016, our total capital ratio is 14.68%. As of that date, our eligible capital exceeded the minimum regulatory required (art.92 CRR) by over €42.3 billion.

Limitations On Types Of Business

Spanish banks generally are not subject to any prohibitions on the types of business they may conduct, although they are subject to certain limitations on the types of businesses they may conduct directly.

The activities that credit institutions authorized in another Member State of the European Union may conduct and which benefit from the mutual recognition within the European Union are detailed in article 12 and in the annex of Law 10/2014.

Deposit Guarantee Scheme and Resolution Fund

The Deposit Guarantee Scheme (Fondo de Garantía de Depósitos, or the “FGD”) operates under the rules of the European Union and the guidance of Bank of Spain, guarantees in the case of the Bank and our Spanish banking subsidiaries: (i) bank deposits up to €100,000 per depositor; and (ii) securities and financial instruments which have been assigned to a credit institution for its deposit, register or for other such services, up to €100,000 per investor. Taking into account the principle of minimal capital impact, the FGD may participate in resolution proceedings by granting financial support in exceptional cases.

91


 

Table of Contents

The FGD is funded by annual contributions from banks. The target level of Member States FGD contributions is to collect 0.8 per thousand of the total amount of covered deposits by 3 July 2024.

As of December 31, 2017, the Bank and its domestic bank subsidiaries were members of the FGD and thus were obligated to make annual contributions to it. The contributions made by the Bank to the FGD amounted to €216 million in 2017 (€141 million in 2016).

On April 16, 2014, the recast Deposit Guarantee Schemes Directive was published (Directive 2014/49/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of April 16, 2014 on deposit guarantee schemes (recast)), which is aimed at eliminating certain differences between the laws of the European Union Member States as regards the rules on deposit guarantee schemes to which those credit institutions are subject. Law 11/2015, of June 18, for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, Royal Decree 1012/2015, Circular 8/2015 and Circular 5/2016 transpose the Deposit Guarantee Schemes Directive to the Spanish legislation.

One of the main pillars of the Single Resolution Mechanism (“SRM”), established by the Regulation (EU) No. 806/2014 of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union, is the creation of the Single Resolution Fund (the “SRF”). The SRF became effective on January 1, 2016 and will be financed by bank contributions raised at national and at banking union level which will be pooled at Union level in accordance with an intergovernmental agreement on the transfer and progressive mutualization of those contributions, thus increasing financial stability and limiting the link between the perceived fiscal position of individual Member States and the funding costs of banks and undertakings operating in those Member States. At a national level, the referred Law 11/2015 transposes the RF regulation from Directive 2014/59/UE which sets the rules at European level, also creating National Resolution Funds to be financed by credit institutions and investment firms, and whose financial resources must reach before December 31 2024, at least 1% of covered deposits of all authorized credit institutions in the banking union. The approximate final amount reached towards the banks contributions will be around €55 billion. Contributions made by the Bank to the National Resolution Fund in 2017 amounted to €207 million.

 

Data Protection

Organic Law 15/1999, dated December 13, 1999, establishes the requirements relating to the treatment of customers’ personal data by credit entities. This law requires credit entities to notify the Spanish Data Protection Agency prior to creating files with a customer’s personal information. Furthermore, this law requires the credit entity to identify the persons who will be responsible for the files and the measures that will be taken to preserve the security of those files. The files must then be recorded in the Spanish Data Protection General Registry, once compliance with the relevant requirements has been confirmed. Credit entities that breach this law may be subject to claims by the interested parties before the Spanish Data Protection Agency. The Data Protection Agency, which has investigatory and sanctioning capabilities, is the Spanish Authority responsible for the control and supervision of the enforcement of this law.

On May 4, 2016, it was published in the Official Journal of the European Union the Regulation (EU) 2016/279 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016, on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data (the General Data Protection Regulation). The General Data Protection Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States from May 25, 2018.  

Recent Spanish Legislatio n

On February 13, 2016, Royal Decree 56/2016, of February 12, was published in the Official Gazette of the Spanish State, partially transposing Directive 2012/27/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of October 25, 2012, on energy efficiency, as regards energy audits, the accreditation of service suppliers and energy auditors, and the promotion of efficiency in the supply of energy. The new regulation, in line with the actions for encouraging and promoting energy efficiency within the European Union established under the Directive, sets forth the obligation for large-scale enterprises and groups of companies to carry out energy audits, as a measure for organizations to know their situation as regards energy use, and to contribute to the saving and efficiency of the energy consumed.  The Royal Decree 56/2016 came into force on February 14, 2006.

Royal Decree-Law 2/2016, of September 30, introducing tax measures addressed to the reduction of the public deficit. Modifies the regime of the installment payments in the Corporate Income Tax, significantly increasing the amounts for large businesses (taxpayers whose net turnover in the 12 months prior to the start date of the tax period is at least 10 million euros).

Royal Decree 596/2016 of December 2, for the modernization, improvement and stimulus of the use of electronic methods in VAT. Modifies the regulations on VAT, invoicing and application of taxes establishing that the new system of “Immediate Supply of Information-SII”, which implies that the VAT Books are kept via the electronic system of the Tax Agency, came into force in July 1, 2017.

92


 

Table of Contents

Royal Decree-Law 3/2016 of December 2, which adopts tax measures aimed at consolidating public finances and other urgent measures in the social domain, affecting Corporate Tax, some special taxes and setting harsher requirements when applying for deferrals in the payment of certain tax debts. In Corporate Income Tax includes both (A) Measures with effects in tax periods starting as of 2016: (i) Special limitation for large businesses to the offset of tax losses, and to the deduction of deferred tax assets: 50% if the net turnover is at least 20 million euros in the 12 months prior to the start date of the tax period, and 25% if exceeds 60 million euros, (ii) Limitation to 50% of the tax liability for the application of deductions to avoid international double taxation or domestic double taxation, and (iii) Automatic reversal of impairment losses from shareholdings that have been subject to tax deduction in the past; and (B) Measures with effects on tax periods commencing as of 2017, aiming to limit the deductibility of losses pertaining to shareholdings or permanent establishments which might benefit from the right to apply the exemption on generated income.  Additionally, with respect to other taxes, the requirement of Spanish Wealth tax is extended during 2017.

Royal Decree-Law 4/2016, of December 2, on urgent measures in the field of financial matters, was published in the Official Gazette of the Spanish State on December 3.  The Royal Decree-Law granted the Spanish Minister of Economy, Industry and Competitiveness authorization to enter into the Loan Agreement with the Single Resolution Board, which deadline to be entered into by the Kingdom of Spain concluded on September 2016.  Among other, the Royal Decree Law also amended first transitional provision of the Law 11/2015, of June 28, on recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment services companies, in order to extend the terms for divestment in investees companies by the FROB, from the five years term initially contemplated in Law 11/2015, to the current seven years term. 

Royal Decree-Law 1/2017, of January 20, on urgent consumer protection measures in respect of interest rate floor clauses, was published in the Official Gazette of the Spanish Rate on January 21. The objective of the Royal Decree-Law is to regulate – with the incentive provided by the rules on costs, a simple and orderly avenue, voluntary for the consumer that facilitates reaching an agreement with the credit institution that allows them to settle their differences through the restitution of these amounts, thus averting the risk of overwhelming the courts. The principle inspiring the mechanism that is set in motion is the willingness of agreeing to an out-of-court settlement procedure prior to filing a lawsuit, at no additional cost for the consumer and which credit institutions must heed.

Royal Decree-Law 5/2017, of March 17 which amends the Royal Decree-Law 6/2012 of March 9, concerning urgent measures for the protection of mortgage debtors without resources, and Act 1/2013 of May 14, concerning measures to strengthen the protection of mortgage debtors, debt restructuring and low-income rentors. This Royal Decree-Law addresses the mortgage restructuring of those individuals who suffer from major difficulties to make payments and attempts to facilitate and provide more flexibility in foreclosure procedures, such as expanding the suspension period of eviction or making it possible to execute more flexible mortgage policies after having expanded the number of possible beneficiaries and facilitating preferential leases.

Royal Decree-Law 536/2017, of May 26, which establishes and regulated the Committee on Monitoring, Control and Evaluation that was provided for in Royal Decree-Law 1/2017, of January 20, on the urgent consumer protection measures in the field of land clauses, which amended Article 6 of Royal Decree-Law 877/2015, of October 2, on the development of Law 26/2013, of December 27, on savings Banks and banking foundations. This Royal Decree-Law establishes the committee that is set up to aid in the protection of clients in their relationships with credit entities and further regulates their management and operations.

Royal Decree-Law 11/2017, of  June 23, on urgent actions on financial matters. This Royal Decree-Law amended Law 11/2015, which had implemented the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive in Spain, and established the hierarchy of claims in case of resolution and insolvency of a Spanish credit institution and the Securities Market Act. As amended, Law 11/2015 commences the issuance of mandatorily recognized senior “non-preferred” debt instruments by Spanish credit institutions, Spanish credit institutions may begin preparing the documentation for standalone or program issues of senior non-preferred debt instruments.

Royal Decree-Law 827/2017, of September 1, which modified Royal Decree-Law 878/2015, of October 2, on the recording, clearing and settlement of transferable securities represented in book-entry form, on the legal regime of the central securities depositaries and central counterparties, and on the transparency requirements for issuers admitted to trading in a regulated market. This Royal decree completes a significant reform by aligning the Spanish clearing, settlement and registry system of securities transactions with the practices and standards of its European neighbors and connecting the system to the TARGET2 Securities (T2S) technical platform. The reform introduced significant new features that affected all classes of securities and all post trade activities. Consequently, due to the important modifications it entailed and to reduce any implementation risks, it was decided to address the reform as a single project implemented in two phases: (i) the first phase focused on equity securities and involved setting up a new system for equities to include all the changes envisaged in the reform, include the creation of a Central Counterparty in post-trade, BME Clearing, designed to be compatible with T2S (messages, account structure, definition of operations, etc.) and (ii) the second phase focused on the settlement of trades on fixed income securities.

93


 

Table of Contents

Royal Decree-Law 15/2017, of October 6, on urgent measures concerning the mobility of economic operators within the territory of Spain. The purpose of this Royal Decree-Law is to make it quicker and easier for companies to relocate their registered office within Spain, and to achieve this Article 285 of the Corporate Enterprises Act was amended, such that it is now the case that unless the bylaws of a company expressly state that the board of directors of a company does not have the power to move the registered office within Spain, the board of directors will have the power to relocate the company´s headquarters within Spain.

Royal Decree-Law 18/2017, of November 24, which modifies the Commercial Code, the revised text of the Capital Companies Act approved by Royal Decree Legislative 1/2010, of July 2, and Law 22/2015, of July 20, on Audit of Accounts, regarding non-financial information and diversity. By virtue of the amendment introduced, the affected texts require the inclusion in the management report of public limited companies, limited liability companies and limited partnerships for actions that, simultaneously, have the status of “public interest” entities whose number average of workers employed during the year exceeds 500 and, additionally, are considered large companies, in the terms defined by Directive 2013/34, of non-financial information of a social and environmental nature. The inclusion of such information in the management report will affect the “public interest” entities defined in Article 15 of the Auditing Regulations, which include banks, insurance companies, listed companies, investment fund managers and pension funds., as well as, in general, all the large companies.

Royal Decree-Law 19/2017, of November 24, on basic payment accounts, account switching and the comparability of payment account fees. The Royal Decree-Law transposes Directive 2014/92/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 July 2014 on the comparability of fees related to payment accounts, payment account switching and access to basic payment accounts. This Directive supplements Directive 2007/64/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 on payment services in the internal market, which will be replaced by Directive (EU) 2015/2366 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 November 2015 on payment services in the internal market, that will repeal the first one as of 13 January 2018. This RD-law establishes certain protections for clients and potential clients in connection with their relationships with credit institutions in the context of the opening of and general functioning of basic payment accounts, the switching of accounts and transparency in connection with fees related to payment accounts.

Royal Decree-Law 21/2017, of December 29, on urgent measures for the adaptation of Spanish law in accordance with European Union regulations in relation to the securities market. The Royal Decree adapts in extremis the Spanish internal regulations (the Securities Market Law) to the European regulation MIFID II and, in particular to Directive 2014/65/EU, Directive 2016/1034 and Regulation (EU) 600/2014, applying both the RD-law and the Regulation as of January 3, 2018. RD-law 21/2017 regulates the trading venues for financial instruments, whose purpose is the execution of transactions by investment firms on stock in regulated markets and multilateral trading facilities. This RD-law also introduces the figure of organized trading facilities (OTF), as a complement to regulated markets and multilateral trading facilities (MTF), referring to the negotiation of public debt and derivative products. OTF are alternative regulated markets (such as the MAB in Spain), with fewer requirements than MTF for its operation. Spanish regulated markets require prior authorization by the CNMV, each regulated market requires a managing body, which is responsible for administer it.

Royal Decree 683/2017, of June 30, which modifies the Corporation Tax Regulation, approved by Royal Decree 634/2015, of July 10, in relation to the coverage of credit risk in financial institutions, in order to adapt this Regulation to the Circular 4/2016, of April 27, of the Bank of Spain, by which Circular 4/2004, of December 22, is modified.

On September 27, the Spain-México Tax Treaty came into force. This protocol, signed in December 17, 2015, amends several parts of the countries´1992 Treaty. Among the most significant changes included by the protocol in the Tax Treaty, provides for a general 10% dividend withholding tax reduced to 0% for dividends derived from “qualifying participations” (i.e., more than 10% direct participation in the share capital of the paying entity) and pension funds, a reduction of the withholding tax on interest from 15% to 10% (4.9% for financial institutions), and a reduction of the tax rate applicable to capital gains derived from the transfer of shares from 25% to 10% (0% if derived for financial or insurance institutions or pension funds, or for listed shares).

United States Supervision and Regulation

Our operations are subject to extensive federal and state banking and securities regulation and supervision in the United States. We engage in U.S. banking activities indirectly through Santander UK’s branch in Connecticut and directly through our New York branch and Santander Holdings USA, our U.S. top-tier IHC.  Santander Holdings USA consolidates the majority of our U.S. operations, including our subsidiary Edge Act corporation Banco Santander International in Miami, Banco Santander Puerto Rico (“Santander Puerto Rico”) in Puerto Rico, Santander Bank, a national bank that has branches throughout the Northeast U.S., and SCUSA, an auto financing company. We also engage in securities activities in the United States directly through our broker-dealer subsidiaries, Santander Securities LLC and Santander Investment Securities, Inc. 

Banking statutes and regulations are continually under review by Congress and state legislatures. In addition to laws and regulations, federal and state regulatory agencies may issue policy statements, interpretive letters and similar guidance applicable to our

94


 

Table of Contents

U.S. operations. Any change in the statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to our U.S. operations, including changes in their interpretation or implementation, could have a material effect on our business or organization.

Both the scope of the laws and regulations, and the intensity of the supervision to which we are subject, have increased in response to the 2008 financial crisis, and have continued to change in response to technological and market changes. Regulatory enforcement and fines have also increased across the banking and financial services sector. Many of these changes have occurred as a result of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and its implementing regulations, most of which are now in place. More recently, President Trump issued an executive order in 2017 that sets forth principles for financial regulatory and legislative reform of the federal financial regulatory framework, and the Republican majority in Congress has also suggested an agenda for financial legislative reform. It is too early to assess whether there will be any major changes in the regulatory environment, or merely a rebalancing of the post-financial crisis framework. However, we expect that our U.S. businesses will remain subject to extensive regulation and supervision.

The following discussion describes certain elements of the comprehensive U.S. regulatory framework applicable to us or our U.S. operations. This discussion is not intended to describe all laws and regulations applicable to Santander Holdings USA and its subsidiaries or to our U.S. operations in general.

Regulatory Authorities

We are a financial holding company and a bank holding company under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Bank Holding Company Act”), by virtue of our ownership of Santander Bank, Santander Puerto Rico and other activities conducted by our U.S. operations. As a result, we and our U.S. operations are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve System, including both the Federal Reserve Board and Federal Reserve Banks, such as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “FRB New York”) and FRB Boston.

Santander Holdings USA is subject to primary supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve, which serves as the consolidated supervisor of our U.S. operations. The primary regulators of our U.S. non-bank subsidiaries directly regulate the activities of those subsidiaries, with the Federal Reserve exercising a supervisory role. Such non-bank subsidiaries include, for example, broker-dealers registered with the SEC and investment advisers registered with the SEC with respect to their investment advisory activities.

Our IHC and Enhanced Prudential Standards

The Federal Reserve Board has imposed greater risk-based and leverage capital requirements, liquidity requirements, capital planning and stress testing requirements, risk management requirements and other enhanced prudential standards for bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets. These enhanced prudential standards also apply to the U.S. IHCs of FBOs with U.S. non-branch assets of $50 billion or more, like the Group. The Group has designated Santander Holdings USA as our IHC. These enhanced prudential standards are discussed in further detail under the relevant topic areas below.

Congress is considering a bill that would increase the total consolidated asset threshold for enhanced prudential standards from $50 billion to $250 billion. Bank holding companies with consolidated assets between $100 billion to $250 billion would be exempt from enhanced prudential standards unless the Federal Reserve Board either determined to apply some or all of these standards to some or all such bank holding companies or to subject such bank holding companies to less stringent versions of these standards. The U.S. Senate recently passed a version of the bill, which, as currently drafted, clarifies that the bill would not affect the application of the enhanced prudential standards to an FBO with $100 billion or more in global total consolidated assets like Banco Santander or limit the authority of the Federal Reserve to implement enhanced prudential standards with respect to, require the establishment of an IHC under or tailor the regulation of an FBO with $100 billion or more in global total consolidated assets like Banco Santander. It is too early to tell whether this bill will become law and how it will affect the threshold for enhanced prudential standards applicable to IHCs.

Our U.S. Depository Institution Subsidiaries

Santander Bank is a national banking association chartered under the laws of the United States. As a national bank, the activities of Santander Bank are limited to those specifically authorized under the National Bank Act and related OCC regulations and interpretations. Santander Bank is subject to comprehensive primary supervision, regulation and examination by the OCC. As an insured depository institution, Santander Bank is also subject to regulation and examination by the FDIC.

Santander Puerto Rico is a Puerto Rico-chartered bank and its deposits are insured by the FDIC. Santander Puerto Rico is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Puerto Rico Office of Financial Institutions and the FDIC.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) provides for extensive regulation of depository institutions (such as Santander Bank and Santander Puerto Rico), including requiring federal banking regulators to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to FDIC-insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For this purpose, FDICIA establishes five capitalization categories: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized”

95


 

Table of Contents

and “critically undercapitalized.” As an insured depository institution’s capital level declines, and the depository institution falls into lower categories (or if it is placed in a lower category by the discretionary action of its supervisor), greater limits are placed on its activities and federal banking regulators are authorized (and, in many cases, required) to take increasingly more stringent supervisory actions, which could ultimately include the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the depository institution (even if it is solvent). In addition, FDICIA generally prohibits an FDIC-insured bank from making any capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or payment of a management fee to its holding company if the bank would thereafter be undercapitalized. If an insured depository institution becomes “undercapitalized,” it is required to submit to federal regulators a capital restoration plan guaranteed by the depository institution’s holding company. If an undercapitalized depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it were “significantly undercapitalized.” Significantly undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to a number of restrictions, including requirements to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets and restrictions on accepting deposits from correspondent banks. “Critically undercapitalized” depository institutions are subject to appointment of a receiver or conservator.

Other Supervised U.S. Operations

Our New York branch is licensed by the New York Superintendent of Financial Services to conduct a commercial banking business. Its activity is mainly focused on wholesale banking, providing lending, markets activity on rates and currencies derivatives and transactional services to corporate and institutional investors.  Our New York branch is supervised by the FRB New York and the New York State Department of Financial Services, but its deposits are not insured (or eligible to be insured) by the FDIC.

Santander UK’s branch in Connecticut is supervised by the FRB New York and the Connecticut Department of Banking. Banco Santander International is supervised by the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta. SCUSA is regulated and supervised by the FRB Boston and various state regulators.

 

Restrictions on Activities

Federal and state banking laws and regulations impose certain requirements and restrict our ability to engage, directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, in activities or make investments, directly or indirectly, in companies in the United States.

As a financial holding company and a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act, we are subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. As a financial holding company, the scope of our permitted activities and investments in the United States is broader than that permitted for bank holding companies that are not also financial holding companies, although it is nevertheless subject to certain limitations and restrictions. Our U.S. activities and investments are limited to those that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to a financial activity, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board. To maintain our financial holding company status, we and all of our subsidiaries must be “well capitalized” and “well managed” as determined by the Federal Reserve Board. If at any time we fail to meet these capital and management requirements, the Federal Reserve Board may impose limitations or conditions on the conduct of our activities and we may not commence in the United States any new activities otherwise permissible for financial holding companies or acquire any shares in any U.S. company under Section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act, subject to certain narrow exceptions, without prior Federal Reserve Board approval.

We are required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before directly or indirectly acquiring the ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting shares of a U.S. bank or other depository institution, or a depository institution holding company. Under the Bank Holding Company Act and Federal Reserve Board regulations, our U.S. banking operations (including our New York branch and Santander Puerto Rico) are also restricted from engaging in certain “tying” arrangements involving products and services.

Santander Puerto Rico and Santander Bank are subject to requirements and restrictions under federal and state law, including requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, restrictions on the types and amounts of loans that may be made and the interest that may be charged thereon, and limitations on the types of investments that may be made and the types of services that may be offered. In addition, the OCC has issued a final rule implementing the Dodd-Frank Act’s provisions relating to lending limits. Also, under the so-called swap “push-out” provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, certain derivatives activities of FDIC-insured banks and U.S. branch offices of foreign banks (including our New York branch) were restricted or prohibited effective July 2015. In December 2014, the United States enacted an amendment to the swap “push-out” provision of the Dodd-Frank Act that significantly narrowed the scope of derivatives subject to the restrictions or prohibitions, effectively limiting the provision to certain derivatives based on asset-backed securities. Various consumer laws and regulations also affect the operations of these subsidiaries.

Under U.S. federal banking laws, state-chartered banks (such as Santander Puerto Rico) and state-licensed branches and agencies of foreign banks (such as our New York branch) may not, as a general matter, engage as a principal in any type of activity not permissible for their federally-chartered or licensed counterparts, unless (i) in the case of state-chartered banks (such as Santander Puerto Rico), the FDIC determines that the additional activity would pose no significant risk to the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund and is consistent with sound banking practices, and (ii) in the case of state licensed branches and agencies (such as our New York branch), the Federal Reserve Board determines that the additional activity is consistent with sound banking practices. United States federal banking laws also subject state branches and agencies to the single-borrower lending limits, which are substantially similar to the lending limits applicable to national banks.

96


 

Table of Contents

For our U.S. branches, these single-borrower lending limits are based on the worldwide capital of the entire foreign bank (e.g., Santander, in the case of our New York branch).

Under the New York State Banking Law and regulations, our New York branch is required to maintain eligible high-quality assets with banks in the State of New York, as security for the protection of depositors and certain other creditors. The New York State Banking Law also empowers the Superintendent of Financial Services to establish asset maintenance requirements for branches of foreign banks, expressed as a percentage of each branch’s liabilities. The current designated percentage is 0%, although the Superintendent of Financial Services may impose additional asset maintenance requirements upon individual branches on a case-by-case basis.

The New York State Banking Law authorizes the Superintendent of Financial Services to take possession of the business and property of a New York branch of a foreign bank under certain circumstances, generally involving violation of law, conduct of business in an unsafe manner, impairment of capital, suspension of payment of obligations, or initiation of liquidation proceedings against the foreign bank at its domicile or elsewhere. In liquidating or dealing with a branch’s business after taking possession of a branch, only the claims of depositors and other creditors that arose out of transactions with a branch are to be accepted by the Superintendent of Financial Services for payment out of the business and property of the foreign bank in the State of New York, without prejudice to the rights of the holders of such claims to be satisfied out of other assets of the foreign bank. After such claims are paid, the Superintendent of Financial Services will turn over the remaining assets, if any, to the foreign bank or its duly appointed liquidator or receiver.

Under the International Banking Act of 1978, as amended, the Federal Reserve Board may terminate the activities of any U.S. office of a foreign bank if it determines (i) that the foreign bank is not subject to comprehensive supervision on a consolidated basis in its home country (unless the home country is making demonstrable progress toward establishing such supervision), (ii) that there is reasonable cause to believe that such foreign bank or its affiliate has violated the law or engaged in an unsafe or unsound banking practice in the United States and, as a result of such violation or practice, the continued operation of the U.S. office would be inconsistent with the public interest or with the purposes of federal banking laws or, (iii) for a foreign bank that presents a risk to the stability of the U.S. financial system, the home country of the foreign bank has not adopted, or made demonstrable progress toward adopting, an appropriate system of financial regulation to mitigate such risk.

There are various qualitative and quantitative restrictions on the extent to which we and our nonbank subsidiaries can borrow or otherwise obtain credit from our U.S. banking subsidiaries or engage in certain other transactions involving those subsidiaries. In general, these transactions must be on terms that would ordinarily be offered to unaffiliated entities, must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and are subject to volume limitations. These restrictions also apply to certain transactions of our New York branch with certain of our U.S. affiliates.

Supervision, Examination and Enforcement

The Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC have broad supervisory and enforcement authority with regard to bank holding companies and banks, including the power to conduct examinations and investigations, impose nonpublic supervisory agreements, issue cease and desist orders, impose fines and other civil and criminal penalties, terminate deposit insurance and appoint a conservator or receiver. In addition, Santander Holdings USA, Santander Bank, SCUSA and other of our U.S. subsidiaries are subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (“CFPB”), which is the primary administrator of most federal consumer financial statutes and our primary U.S. consumer financial regulator. Supervision and examinations are confidential, and the outcomes of these actions may not be made public.

Bank regulators have various remedies available if they determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of a banking organization’s operations are unsatisfactory. The regulators may also take action if they determine that the banking organization or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation. The regulators have the power to, among other things, enjoin unsafe or unsound practices, require affirmative actions to correct any violation or practice, issue administrative orders that can be judicially enforced, direct increases in capital, direct the sale of subsidiaries or other assets, limit dividends and distributions, restrict growth, assess civil monetary penalties, remove officers and directors, and terminate deposit insurance.

Engaging in unsafe or unsound practices or failing to comply with applicable laws, regulations and supervisory agreements could subject the Bank, its subsidiaries, including Santander Holdings USA, and their respective officers, directors and institution-affiliated parties to the remedies described above and other sanctions. In addition, the FDIC may terminate a bank’s depository insurance upon a finding that the bank’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the bank has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated an applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the bank’s regulatory agency.

On September 15, 2014, Santander Holdings USA and the FRB Boston executed a written agreement relating to a subsidiary’s declaration and payment of dividends in the second quarter of 2014 without the Federal Reserve Board’s approval. Under this written agreement, Santander Holdings USA agreed to submit to the FRB Boston written procedures to strengthen board of directors’ oversight of management regarding planned capital distributions by Santander Holdings USA and its subsidiaries.  In addition, Santander Holdings USA agreed to subject future distributions to the prior written approval of the FRB Boston and staff of the Federal Reserve Board and to take

97


 

Table of Contents

necessary actions to ensure that no such distributions are made without such approval. On August 24, 2017, the Federal Reserve announced the termination of this enforcement action.

Separately, in July 2015, Santander Holdings USA entered into a written agreement with the FRB Boston and agreed to make enhancements with respect to, among other matters, board oversight of the consolidated organization, risk management, capital planning and liquidity risk management.  In addition, in March 2017, Santander Holdings USA and SCUSA entered into a written agreement with the FRB Boston pursuant to which Santander Holdings USA and SCUSA agreed to submit written plans acceptable to the FRB Boston to strengthen board oversight of the management and operations of SCUSA and to strengthen board and senior management oversight of SCUSA’s risk management program. SCUSA agreed to submit a written revised compliance risk management program acceptable to the FRB Boston and Santander Holdings USA agreed to submit written revisions to its firm-wide internal audit program of SCUSA’s compliance risk management program.  The written agreements between Santander Holdings USA and the FRB Boston dated July 2, 2015 and March 21, 2017 have not been terminated and remain in place.

As a separate supervisory matter, U.S. bank regulatory agencies from time to time take supervisory actions under certain circumstances that restrict or limit a financial institution’s activities, including in connection with examinations, which take place on a continual basis.  In some instances, we are subject to significant legal restrictions on our ability to publicly disclose these actions or the full details of these actions, including those in examination reports.  In addition, as part of the regular examination process, our U.S. banking and bank holding company subsidiaries’ regulators may advise our U.S. banking subsidiaries to operate under various restrictions as a prudential matter.  Currently, under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act, we and our U.S. banking and bank holding company subsidiaries may not be able to engage in certain categories of new activities in the U.S. or acquire shares or control of other companies in the U.S.  Any such actions or restrictions, if and in whatever manner imposed, could adversely affect our costs and revenues.  Moreover, efforts to comply with any nonpublic supervisory actions or restrictions may require material investments in additional resources and systems, as well as a significant commitment of managerial time and attention.  As a result, such supervisory actions or restrictions, if and in whatever manner imposed, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations and, in certain instances, we may be subject to significant legal restrictions on our ability to publicly disclose these matters or the full details of these actions.

Enhancement of U.S. Management Structures

The Group is in the process of enhancing management structures, including by making Santander Holdings USA a corporate center which oversees and supports all the Group’s activities in the United States. Recent actions taken to implement these enhancements include (i) reorganizing Santander Holdings USA’s and SCUSA’s boards of directors and senior management teams, (ii) appointing a new country head, (iii) implementing a Capital and Risk Transformation project, which aims to meet regulatory expectations by reinforcing risk management, finance and technology to better manage our businesses, and (iv) investing in technology to improve our internal controls, risk management and capital planning systems, which we believe will also produce better customer service quality.

U.S. Capital Standards Applicable to Our U.S. Banking Operations

Basel III Regulatory Capital Framework

The U.S. bank regulators have implemented the Basel III capital framework for U.S. banks and bank holding companies, including Santander Holdings USA and Santander Bank. The U.S. Basel III capital rules differ in certain respects from those Basel III rules implemented in the EU. Certain aspects of the U.S. Basel III final rules, such as their minimum capital ratios and methodology for calculating risk-weighted assets, are currently effective. These minimum capital ratios include a total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8%, Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6% and CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5%. Other aspects of the U.S. Basel III final rules, such as the 2.5% capital conservation buffer, are being phased in over several years. The required capital conservation buffer is 1.875% in 2018.

In September 2017, the U.S. bank regulators proposed changes to certain aspects of the U.S. Basel III capital rules that would, for non-advanced approaches U.S. banking organizations, simplify the frameworks for certain deductions from capital and simplify the limits on recognition of minority interests in capital. In November 2017, the U.S. bank regulators finalized a rule to delay the last phase of the U.S. Basel III capital rules’ transition provisions relating to these requirements until the proposed simplifications are finalized. We are evaluating the effect that the simplification proposal would have on our U.S. operations.

In December 2017, the Basel Committee released its final agreement on a comprehensive set of revisions to the Basel III capital standards, and the U.S. banking agencies have indicated that they will consider how to appropriately implement them in the United States. The implementation of any revisions to the Basel III capital standards could substantially change the U.S. regulatory capital framework.

Stress Testing and Capital Planning

As our U.S. IHC, Santander Holdings USA is subject to stress testing and capital planning requirements under regulations implementing the Dodd-Frank Act. Santander Holdings USA is required to submit a capital plan annually to the Federal Reserve for supervisory review in connection with its annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) process. Santander Holdings USA is required to include within its capital plan an assessment of the expected uses and sources of capital and a description of all planned capital

98


 

Table of Contents

actions over the nine-quarter planning horizon, a detailed description of the process for assessing capital adequacy, its capital policy, and a discussion of any expected changes to its business plan that are likely to have a material impact on its capital adequacy.

The Federal Reserve expects companies subject to CCAR, such as Santander Holdings USA, to have sufficient capital to withstand a highly adverse operating environment and to be able to continue operations, maintain ready access to funding, meet obligations to creditors and counterparties, and serve as credit intermediaries. In addition, the Federal Reserve evaluates the planned capital actions of these bank holding companies, including planned capital distributions such as dividend payments or stock repurchases. This involves a quantitative assessment of capital based on supervisory-run stress tests that assess the ability to maintain capital levels above certain minimum ratios, after taking all capital actions included in a bank holding company’s capital plan, under baseline and stressful conditions throughout the nine-quarter planning horizon. As part of CCAR, the Federal Reserve evaluates whether bank holding companies have sufficient capital to continue operations throughout times of economic and financial market stress and whether they have robust, forward-looking capital planning processes that account for their unique risks.

In February 2017, the Federal Reserve Board finalized a rule that removed, beginning with the 2017 capital planning cycle, the qualitative assessment that was part of the Federal Reserve Board’s CCAR for certain bank holding companies and U.S. intermediate holding companies of foreign banking organizations, including Santander Holdings USA. In April 2017, Santander Holdings USA submitted its 2017 capital plan to the Federal Reserve Board, which assessed the plan on quantitative grounds. In June 2017, the Federal Reserve Board released the results of the CCAR stress test and did not object to Santander Holdings USA’s capital plan. Santander Holdings USA is therefore no longer subject to capital distribution restrictions that resulted from the Federal Reserve Board’s CCAR objections to Santander Holdings USA’s capital plan submissions in prior years.

Congress is considering a bill that would allow the federal bank regulatory agencies to decrease the number of stress scenarios involved in supervisory and company-run stress tests and to decrease the frequency of these stress tests. It is too early to tell whether this bill will become law and, if so, whether and how the federal bank regulatory agencies would exercise their authority in amending the stress test requirements.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity and Long-Term Debt Requirements

Santander Holdings USA is required, pursuant to the final total loss-absorbing capacity rule of the Federal Reserve Board, to comply with certain TLAC and long-term debt requirements applicable to U.S. IHCs of non-U.S. G-SIBs by January 1, 2019, which Santander Holdings USA expects to accomplish. The main purpose of the minimum TLAC and LTD requirements is to ensure that covered U.S. IHCs, such as Santander Holdings USA, will have enough loss-absorbing resources at the point of failure to be recapitalized through the conversion of eligible LTD to equity or otherwise by imposing losses on eligible LTD or other forms of TLAC. The proposed minimum amounts of internal TLAC and internal LTD vary depending on the home country resolution authority’s preferred resolution strategy. Because the competent authorities informed Banco Santander, S.A. that Santander Holdings USA would enter Chapter 11 proceedings under the resolution strategy for the Group, Santander Holdings USA is a resolution covered IHC and required to maintain by 2019 external or internal TLAC of at least 18% of risk-weighted assets (plus an internal TLAC buffer of an additional 2.5%), at least 6.75% of the U.S. implementation of the Basel III leverage ratio denominator (i.e., total leverage exposure) and at least 9% of average total consolidated assets, as well as external or internal LTD of at least 6% of risk-weighted assets, at least 2.5% of total leverage exposure and at least 3.5% of average total consolidated assets.   The final rule also established a clean holding company framework that imposes certain restrictions on the types of liabilities or arrangements that may be incurred, entered into or in some cases held by a covered U.S. IHC. It also imposes a cap on the aggregate amount of certain unrelated liabilities of the covered U.S. IHC equal to 5% of the covered U.S. IHC’s TLAC, unless all of the covered U.S. IHC’s TLAC debt is subordinated by contract or statute to such unrelated liabilities .

 

Liquidity Requirements

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

The final quantitative LCR requirement implemented by the Federal Reserve Board and other U.S. regulators in the United States is broadly consistent with the Basel Committee’s revised Basel III liquidity rules, but is more stringent in several important respects, including a narrower definition of high-quality liquid assets and more stringent prescribed cash inflow and outflow assumptions for certain types of instruments and transactions. The Federal Reserve Board has stated that it intends, through future rulemakings, to apply the Basel III LCR to the U.S. operations of some or all large FBOs.

Net Stable Funding Ratio

The Federal Reserve Board in May 2016 issued a proposed rule that would implement in the United States a quantitative net stable funding ratio requirement, which would be applicable to certain large bank holding companies and to certain large banks. The Federal Reserve Board has also stated that it intends, through future rulemakings, to apply the net stable funding ratio to the U.S. operations of some or all large FBOs.

99


 

Table of Contents

Volcker Rule

Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Volcker Rule”) prohibits certain banking entities with operations in the United States, including us, from engaging in certain forms of proprietary trading or from sponsoring, investing in, or entering into certain transactions with related covered funds, in each case subject to certain exceptions for market-making, underwriting, risk-mitigating hedging, activities outside the United States and certain other activities. On July 21, 2017, the five regulatory agencies charged with implementing the Volcker Rule announced the coordination of reviews of the treatment of certain foreign funds that are investment funds organized and offered outside of the United States and that are excluded from the definition of covered fund under the agencies' implementing regulations. Also in July 2017, the Federal Reserve Board issued guidelines for banking entities seeking an extension to conform certain “seeding” investments in covered funds to the requirements of the Volcker Rule. Our non-U.S. banking organizations, such as the Bank, are largely able to continue their activities outside the United States in reliance on the “solely outside the U.S.” exemptions under the Volcker Rule and its implementing regulations. Those exemptions generally exempt proprietary trading, and sponsoring or investing in covered funds if, among other restrictions, the essential actions take place outside the United States and any transactions are not with U.S. persons.

The Volcker Rule and its implementing regulations are currently subject to financial reform efforts in the United States, including a notice issued by the OCC requesting public comment on potential changes to the regulations implementing the Volcker Rule and seeking specific recommendations on how the Volcker Rule regulations could be tailored in certain focus areas to enhance their effectiveness. Santander will continue to monitor these developments and assess their impact on its operations as necessary.

OTC Derivatives Regulation

The Dodd-Frank Act provides for an extensive framework for the regulation of OTC derivatives, including mandatory clearing of certain standardized OTC derivatives and the trading of such instruments through regulated trading venues, subject to exceptions, and transaction reporting.  In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the registration of swap dealers and major swap participants with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and of security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants with the SEC. Santander and Abbey National Treasury Services plc are provisionally registered as swap dealers with the CFTC.  Santander does not currently expect to register any entity with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.

As a result of their registration as swap dealers, Banco Santander, S.A. and Abbey National Treasury Services plc are subject to capital, margin, segregation of counterparty collateral, business conduct, recordkeeping, clearing, execution, reporting and other requirements. The CFTC has approved comparability determinations that permit the Bank and Abbey National Treasury Services plc to comply with certain CFTC swap dealer requirements by complying with comparable EU requirements. These include rules relating to chief compliance officer duties, risk management and certain record keeping requirements, among others. Because Banco Santander, S.A. and Abbey National Treasury Services plc are non-U.S. swap dealers, the CFTC generally limits its direct regulation of Banco Santander, S.A. and Abbey National Treasury Services plc to swaps with U.S. persons and certain affiliates of U.S. persons. However, the CFTC continues to consider whether to apply requirements such as mandatory clearing, exchange trading, public transaction reporting, margin and external business conduct rules to swaps with non-U.S. persons arranged, negotiated or executed by U.S. personnel or agents. The CFTC is also considering whether to apply regulatory transaction reporting requirements on all swaps entered into by a non-U.S. swap dealer or instead to permit reliance on transaction reporting under comparable EU rules. The application of CFTC rules to Banco Santander, S.A.’s and Abbey National Treasury Services plc’s swaps with non-U.S. persons could have an adverse effect on the willingness of non-U.S. counterparties to trade swaps with Banco Santander, S.A via its New York branch, though we would expect any adverse effect to be limited and  continue to assess how developments in these areas will affect our business.

While most of the rules applicable to swap dealers have been fully implemented, others, such as the margin requirements for uncleared swap and security-based swaps, are still being phased in.  In October 2015, the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies adopted final rules for uncleared swaps that imposed variation margin requirements and phase in initial margin requirements from September 1, 2016 through September 1, 2020, depending on the level of specified derivatives activity of the swap dealer and the relevant counterparty. The final rules of the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies generally apply to inter-affiliate transactions but do not impose margin requirements for non-cleared swaps or security-based swaps entered into with non-financial end-users, among other specified counterparties.  In the European Union (the “EU”), the implementation of the European Market Infrastructure Regulation (“EMIR”) and the revision of MiFID II will result in comparable, but not identical, changes to the European regulatory regime for OTC derivatives.  The combined effect of the U.S. and EU requirements, and the potential conflicts and inconsistencies between them, may present challenges and risks to the Group’s OTC derivatives business.  Substituted compliance rulings may allow for some limited relief from these challenges, and the Group has established cross-border working groups to meet regulatory requirements where there may be some cross-border overlap.  The full impact of the various U.S. and non-U.S. regulatory developments in this area will not be known until all of the rules are finalized and implemented, cross-border conflicts can be identified, and market practices develop under the final rules.

QFC Stay Rule

The U.S. banking agencies have issued rules that impose contractual requirements on certain qualified financial contracts (“covered QFCs”) entered into by U.S. G-SIBs and the U.S. operations of foreign G-SIBs (together with U.S. G-SIBs, “covered entities”), such as the

100


 

Table of Contents

Group, after certain effective dates discussed below. Under these rules, covered QFCs must generally expressly provide that transfer restrictions and default rights against a covered entity are limited to the same extent as they would be under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act and their implementing regulations. Under each of these regimes, the FDIC has the power to impose a temporary stay on the ability of QFC counterparties to exercise certain default rights, and to transfer the QFCs of the failed institution to a third party or bridge institution.  In addition, covered QFCs may not, among other things, permit the exercise of any cross-default right against a covered entity based on the top-tier parent’s or any other affiliate’s entry into insolvency, resolution or similar proceedings, subject to certain creditor protections. There is a phased-in compliance schedule based on counterparty type, beginning with (1) January 1, 2019 for QFCs with other covered entities, (2) July 1, 2019 for QFCs with certain other financial counterparties and (3) January 1, 2020 for QFCs with all other counterparties.  The effect of these rules is that the U.S. operations of Banco Santander, including Santander Bank, will not be permitted to enter into new QFC transactions with a counterparty on or after January 1, 2019 unless all existing QFCs between the U.S. operations of Banco Santander and the counterparty or any of the counterparty’s consolidated affiliates are remediated in accordance with the rules’ requirements. In February 2018, the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies proposed changes to the final margin rules for uncleared swaps that would allow swaps that were entered into before the applicable margin rule compliance dates to be amended without becoming subject to the final margin rules, provided that the amendments are made solely to comply with the QFC Stay Rule.

Single-Counterparty Credit Limits

The Federal Reserve Board proposed on March 4, 2016 a rule implementing single-counterparty credit limits for large bank holding companies and large FBOs with respect to their combined U.S. operations that would apply both to Santander Holdings USA and to the combined U.S. operations of Banco Santander with different levels of stringency. The credit exposure of Santander Holdings USA to any single counterparty would be limited to 25 percent of its eligible capital base, while Banco Santander’s credit exposures with respect to its combined U.S. operations would be limited to 25 percent of its Tier 1 capital for most counterparties or 15 percent of Tier 1 capital for counterparties that are global systemically important banks and certain other large financial institutions. The proposed rule would also require Santander Holdings USA and Banco Santander to aggregate exposure between counterparties that are economically interdependent or in the presence of certain control relationships.

Resolution Planning

We are required to prepare and submit periodically to the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC a plan for the orderly resolution of our subsidiaries and operations that are domiciled in the United States in the event of future material financial distress or failure.  In addition, each insured depository institution with assets of $50 billion or more, such as Santander Bank, must submit a separate IDI resolution plan annually to the FDIC.  Each of these resolution plans must include information on resolution strategy, major counterparties and interdependencies, among other things, and require substantial effort, time and cost to prepare. If the Federal Reserve and the FDIC jointly determine that the 165(d) Plan is not credible and the deficiencies are not cured in a timely manner, they may jointly impose on our U.S. operations more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements or restrictions on the growth, activities or operations of our U.S. operations.  If we were to fail to address the deficiencies in our 165(d) Plan when required, we could eventually be required to divest certain of our U.S. operations.

We submitted our most recent annual U.S. resolution plans in December 2015. The due date for our next resolution plan submission is December 31, 2018.

Federal Reserve Proposed Supervisory Guidance and Large Financial Institution Rating System

In August 2017, the Federal Reserve Board issued a proposal on corporate governance to enhance the effectiveness of boards of directors and refocus the Federal Reserve’s supervisory expectations for boards of directors on their core responsibilities. The corporate governance proposal consists of three parts. The first part, the board effectiveness guidance, is proposed supervisory guidance identifying the attributes of effective boards of directors and is applicable to certain bank and savings and loan holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more (other than those that are U.S. IHCs of foreign banking organizations), as well as to certain designated systemically important nonbank financial companies supervised by the Federal Reserve. This part would not apply to Santander Holdings USA, but the Federal Reserve solicited comments on how the guidance could be adapted to apply to U.S. IHCs of FBOs, signaling that Santander Holdings USA could fall within the scope of a related future proposal. The second and third parts of the corporate governance proposal would revise certain supervisory expectations for boards and clarify expectations for communicating supervisory findings to an institution’s board of directors and senior management.

The board effectiveness guidance would be used in connection with the supervisory assessment of board effectiveness under a large financial institution rating system that the Federal Reserve Board proposed concurrently with the supervisory guidance on corporate governance. In January 2018, the Federal Reserve proposed supervisory guidance setting out core principles of effective senior management, the management of business lines, independent risk management and controls. This proposed supervisory guidance, which would apply to our combined U.S. operations including Santander Holdings USA, our New York branch and the Connecticut branch of our U.K. bank, would be used in connection with the supervisory assessment of governance and controls under the proposed large financial institution rating system described above.

101


 

Table of Contents

Source of Strength

Santander Holdings USA is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its U.S. depository institution subsidiaries, and, under appropriate conditions, to commit resources to support those subsidiaries. This support may be required by the Federal Reserve at times when we might otherwise determine not to provide it or when doing so is not otherwise in the interests of Santander Holdings USA or the Group’s stockholders or creditors. The Federal Reserve may require Santander Holdings USA to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge Santander Holdings USA with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices if Santander Holdings USA fails to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank or if it undertakes actions that the Federal Reserve believes might jeopardize the bank holding company’s ability to commit resources to such subsidiary bank.

Under these requirements, Santander Holdings USA  may in the future be required to provide financial assistance to its U.S. depository institution subsidiaries should they experience financial distress. Capital loans by Santander Holdings USA to its U.S. depository institution subsidiaries would be subordinate in right of payment to deposits and certain other debts of the U.S. depository institution subsidiaries. In the event of Santander Holdings USA’s bankruptcy, any commitment by Santander Holdings USA to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of its U.S. depository institution subsidiaries would be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

Consumer Protection Regulation and Supervision

The operations of Santander Bank, SCUSA and Santander Puerto Rico are subject to supervision and regulation by the CFPB with respect to federal consumer protection laws. Our U.S. operations are also subject to certain state consumer protection laws, and under the Dodd-Frank Act, state attorneys general and other state officials are empowered to enforce certain federal consumer protection laws and regulations. State authorities have recently increased their focus on and enforcement of consumer protection rules. These federal and state consumer protection laws apply to a broad range of our activities and to various aspects of our business and include laws relating to interest rates, auto lending, fair lending, disclosures of credit terms and estimated transaction costs to consumer borrowers, debt collection practices, the use of and the provision of information to consumer reporting agencies, and the prohibition of unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices in connection with the offer, sale or provision of consumer financial products and services.

The CFPB has promulgated many mortgage-related final rules, including rules related to the ability to repay and qualified mortgage standards, mortgage servicing standards, loan originator compensation standards, high-cost mortgage requirements, HMDA requirements and appraisal and escrow standards for higher priced mortgages. In addition, several proposed revisions to mortgage-related rules are pending finalization. The mortgage-related final rules issued by the CFPB have materially restructured the origination, servicing and securitization of residential mortgages in the United States. For example, under the CFPB’s Ability to Repay and Qualified Mortgage rule, before making a mortgage loan, a lender must establish that a borrower has the ability to repay the mortgage. “Qualified mortgages,” as defined in the rule, are presumed to comply with this requirement and, as a result, present less litigation risk to lenders. For a loan to qualify as a qualified mortgage, the loan must satisfy certain limits on terms and conditions, pricing and a maximum debt-to-income ratio. Loans eligible for purchase, guarantee or insurance by a government agency or government-sponsored enterprise are exempt from some of these requirements. Satisfying the qualified mortgage standards, ensuring correct calculations are made for individual loans, recordkeeping and monitoring, as well as understanding the effect of the qualified mortgage standards on CRA obligations, impose significant new compliance obligations on, and involve compliance costs for, U.S. mortgage lenders, including ours.

The CFPB has focused on the area of auto finance, particularly with respect to indirect financing arrangements, dealer compensation and fair lending compliance.  For example, the CFPB has issued guidance under the Equal Credit Opportunity Act for indirect automobile lenders that have a policy that permits dealers who originate automobile loans to increase the interest rate charged to a consumer and that compensates the dealer with a share of the increased interest revenue. These and other CFPB regulations involve compliance costs for U.S. automobile lenders, including ours.

Federal and state regulators have also been increasingly focused on sales practices of branch personnel, including taking regulatory action against other financial institutions. We monitor and review our sales practices in light of evolving regulatory expectations. Any restrictions on our ability to offer our products could reduce earnings, increase compliance costs and expose us to litigation or regulatory actions.

Community Reinvestment Act

The CRA is intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their service areas, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and soundness practices. The relevant federal bank regulatory agency, the OCC in Santander Bank’s case, examines each bank and assigns it a public CRA rating. A bank’s record of fair lending compliance is part of the resulting CRA examination report. Santander Bank and Santander Puerto Rico are subject to the CRA. Santander Puerto Rico’s current CRA rating is “Outstanding.”

Santander Bank’s most recent public CRA report of examination rated Santander Bank as “Needs to Improve” for the January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013 evaluation period. Santander Bank’s rating based solely on the applicable CRA lending, service and

102


 

Table of Contents

investment tests would have been “Satisfactory.” However, the overall rating was lowered to “Needs to Improve” due to previously disclosed instances of non-compliance that are being remediated. The OCC takes into account Santander Bank’s CRA rating in considering certain regulatory applications Santander Bank makes, including applications related to establishing and relocating branches, and the Federal Reserve does the same with respect to certain regulatory applications Santander Holdings USA makes. In addition, there may be some negative impacts on aspects of Santander Bank’s business as a result of the downgrade. For example, certain categories of depositors are restricted from making deposits in banks with a “Needs to Improve” rating.

FDIC as Receiver or Conservator of Santander Bank

Upon the insolvency of an insured depository institution, such as Santander Bank, the FDIC may be appointed as the conservator or receiver of the institution. Under the Dodd-Frank Act’s Orderly Liquidation Authority, upon the insolvency of a bank holding company, such as Santander Holdings USA, the FDIC may be appointed as conservator or receiver of the bank holding company, if certain findings are made by the FDIC, the Federal Reserve and the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the President. Acting as a conservator or receiver, the FDIC would have broad powers to transfer any assets or liabilities of the institution without the approval of the institution’s creditors.

Lending Standards and Guidance

The U.S. bank regulatory agencies have adopted uniform regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. Under these regulations, all insured depository institutions, such as Santander Bank, must adopt and maintain written policies establishing appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or are made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. These policies must establish loan portfolio diversification standards, prudent underwriting standards (including loan-to-value limits) that are clear and measurable, loan administration procedures, and documentation, approval and reporting requirements. The real estate lending policies must reflect consideration of the federal bank regulatory agencies’ Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies.

FDIC Insurance

The Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) provides insurance coverage for certain deposits up to a standard maximum deposit insurance amount of $250,000 per depositor per insured depository institution and is funded through assessments on insured depository institutions, based on the risk each institution poses to the DIF. Santander Bank accepts customer deposits that are insured by the DIF and therefore must pay insurance premiums. The FDIC may increase Santander Bank’s insurance premiums based on various factors, including the FDIC’s assessment of its risk profile. Currently, banks with $10 billion or more in total assets, such as Santander Bank, must pay an assessment surcharge. These banks will be required to pay this surcharge until the earlier of the quarter in which the FDIC’s reserve ratio reaches or exceeds 1.35% or December 31, 2018.

The FDIC recently required large insured depository institutions, including Santander Bank, to enhance the recordkeeping systems to facilitate prompt payment of insured deposits if such an institution were to fail. The rule requires us to reconfigure our information technology systems to be able to provide certain required information by April 1, 2020.

Data Privacy

Federal and state law contains extensive consumer privacy protection provisions. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires financial institutions to periodically disclose their privacy policies and practices relating to sharing such information and enables retail customers to opt out of our ability to share information with unaffiliated third parties under certain circumstances. Other federal and state laws and regulations impact our ability to share certain information with affiliates and non-affiliates for marketing and/or non-marketing purposes, or to contact customers with marketing offers. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act also requires financial institutions to implement a comprehensive information security program that includes administrative, technical and physical safeguards to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information. These security and privacy policies and procedures for the protection of personal and confidential information are in effect across all businesses and geographic locations. Federal law also makes it a criminal offense, except in limited circumstances, to obtain or attempt to obtain customer information of a financial nature by fraudulent or deceptive means.

Like other lenders, Santander Bank and other of our U.S. subsidiaries use credit bureau data in their underwriting activities. Use of such data is regulated under the FCRA, and the FCRA also regulates reporting information to credit bureaus, prescreening individuals for credit offers, sharing of information between affiliates, and using affiliate data for marketing purposes. Similar state laws may impose additional requirements on us and our subsidiaries.

Compensation

The compensation practices of our U.S. subsidiaries are subject to oversight by the Federal Reserve and, with respect to some of our subsidiaries and employees, by other financial regulatory bodies. The scope and content of compensation regulation in the financial

103


 

Table of Contents

industry are continuing to develop, and we expect that these regulations and resulting market practices will continue to evolve over a number of years.

Cybersecurity

In October 2016, the federal banking regulators issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking regarding enhanced cyber risk management standards, which would apply to a wide range of large financial institutions and their third-party service providers, including our U.S. bank subsidiaries. The proposed standards would expand existing cybersecurity regulations and guidance to focus on cyber risk governance and management; management of internal and external dependencies; and incident response, cyber resilience and situational awareness. In addition, the proposal contemplates more stringent standards for institutions with systems that are critical to the financial sector.

Anti-Money Laundering

The Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA Patriot Act, contains provisions intended to detect, and prevent the use of the U.S. financial system for, money laundering and terrorist financing activities. Under the Bank Secrecy Act, U.S. financial institutions, including U.S. branches and subsidiaries of non-U.S. banks, are required to, among other things, maintain an AML program, verify the identity of clients, monitor for and report suspicious transactions, report on cash transactions exceeding specified thresholds, and respond to requests for information by regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies. Santander Bank is subject to the Bank Secrecy Act and therefore is required to maintain a system of internal controls, provide its employees with AML training, designate an AML compliance officer and undergo an annual, independent audit to assess the effectiveness of its AML program. Santander Bank has implemented policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to comply with its U.S. AML requirements. In May 2016, FinCEN, which promulgates regulations implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, issued a final customer due diligence (“CDD”) rule, which becomes applicable on May 11, 2018. It imposes several new obligations on covered U.S. financial institutions with respect to their “legal entity customers,” including corporations, limited liability companies and other similar entities. For each such customer that opens an account (including an existing customer opening a new account), the covered financial institution must identify and verify the customer’s “beneficial owners,” as defined in the regulation.  In addition, under the new regulation, covered financial institutions must implement risk-based procedures for conducting ongoing CDD.

U.S. bank regulators are focusing their examinations on AML compliance, and we will continue to monitor and augment, where necessary, our (including our U.S. branches’ and subsidiaries’) AML compliance programs. Failures to comply with applicable U.S. AML laws and regulations could have severe legal and reputational consequences, including significant civil monetary and criminal penalties and termination of U.S. banking licenses. In addition, U.S. regulators have taken actions against non-U.S. bank holding companies requiring them to improve their oversight of their U.S. subsidiaries’ BSA programs and compliance.  Further, U.S. federal banking agencies are required, when reviewing bank and bank holding company acquisition or merger applications, to take into account the effectiveness of the AML compliance record of the applicant.

U.S. Sanctions

OFAC is responsible for administering economic sanctions imposed against designated foreign countries, governments, individuals and entities pursuant to various Executive Orders, statutes and regulations. OFAC-administered sanctions take many different forms. For example, sanctions may include: (1) restrictions on U.S. persons’ trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on U.S. persons engaging in financial transactions relating to, making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (2) blocking of assets of targeted governments or “specially designated nationals,” by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction, including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons. Blocked assets, such as property and bank deposits, cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC.  In addition, non-U.S. persons can be liable for “causing” a sanctions violation by a U.S. person or can violate U.S. sanctions by exporting services from the United States to a sanctions target, for example by engaging in transactions with targets of U.S. sanctions denominated in U.S. dollars that clear through U.S. financial institutions (including through U.S. branches or subsidiaries of non-U.S. banks).

Failure to comply with applicable U.S. sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences, including significant civil monetary penalties and, in the most severe cases, criminal penalties.

In addition, the U.S. government has implemented various sanctions that target non-U.S. persons, including non-U.S. financial institutions, that engage in certain activities undertaken outside the United States and without the involvement of any U.S. persons (“secondary sanctions”) that involve Iran, North Korea, Russia, or Hezbollah. If a non-U.S. financial institution were determined to have engaged in activities targeted by certain secondary U.S. sanctions, it could lose its ability to open or maintain correspondent or payable-through accounts with U.S. financial institutions, among other potential consequences. 

 

104


 

Table of Contents

Disclosure pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran threat reduction and Syria human rights act

 

Pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, which added Section 13(r) to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), an issuer is required to disclose in its annual or quarterly reports, as applicable, whether it or any of its affiliates knowingly engaged in certain activities, transactions or dealings relating to Iran or with individuals or entities designated pursuant to certain Executive Orders. Disclosure is generally required even where the activities, transactions or dealings were conducted in compliance with applicable law.

 

The following activities are disclosed in response to Section 13(r) with respect to the Group and its affiliates. During the period covered by this annual report:

 

(a) Santander UK holds two savings accounts and one current account for two customers resident in the UK who are currently designated by the US under the Specially Designated Global Terrorist (SDGT) sanctions program.  Revenues and profits generated by Santander UK on these accounts in the year ended December 31, 2017 were negligible relative to the overall profits of Banco Santander, S.A. 

 

(b) Santander UK holds two frozen current accounts for two UK nationals who are designated by the US under the SDGT sanctions program. The accounts held by each customer have been frozen since their designation and have remained frozen through 2017. The accounts are in arrears (£1,844.73 in debit combined) and are currently being managed by Santander UK Collections & Recoveries department. No revenues or profits were generated by Santander UK on these accounts in the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

(c)   On September 6, 2017, Santander Brasil received a payment order in an amount of €1,603 in favor of a Brazilian recipient from an entity based in Turkey. Upon receipt of the supporting documentation, Santander Brasil became aware of the fact that the ultimate payer was actually Iran Water and Electrical Equipments Engineering Co., an entity based in Iran and controlled by the Iranian government. Santander Brasil therefore declined to process the transaction. The intended recipient of the funds obtained an order from the Court of Justice of the State of São Paulo (Tribunal de Justiça Estado de São Paulo) requiring Santander Brasil to process the payment. Santander Brasil complied with the court order and processed the payment accordingly. Revenues and profits generated by Santander Brasil on this transaction in the year ended December 31, 2017 were negligible relative to the overall profits of Banco Santander, S.A.

 

The Group also has certain legacy performance guarantees for the benefit of Bank Sepah and Bank Mellat (stand-by letters of credit to guarantee the obligations – either under tender documents or under contracting agreements – of contractors who participated in public bids in Iran) that were in place prior to April 27, 2007.

 

In the aggregate, all of the transactions described above resulted in gross revenues and net profits in the year ended December 31, 2017, which were negligible relative to the overall revenues and profits of the Group. The Group has undertaken significant steps to withdraw from the Iranian market such as closing its representative office in Iran and ceasing all banking activities therein, including correspondent relationships, deposit taking from Iranian entities and issuing export letters of credit, except for the legacy transactions described above. The Group is not contractually permitted to cancel these arrangements without either (i) paying the guaranteed amount (in the case of the performance guarantees), or (ii) forfeiting the outstanding amounts due to it (in the case of the export credits). As such, the Group intends to continue to provide the guarantees and hold these assets in accordance with company policy and applicable laws.  

 

Monetary Policy and Exchange Controls

 

The decisions of the European System of Central Banks influence conditions in the money and credit markets, thereby affecting interest rates, the growth in lending, the distribution of lending among various industry sectors and the growth of deposits. Monetary policy has had a significant effect on the operations and profitability of Spanish banks in the past and this effect is expected to continue in the future. Similarly, the monetary policies of governments in other countries in which we have operations, particularly in Latin America, the United States and the United Kingdom, affect our operations and profitability in those countries. We cannot predict the effect which any changes in such policies may have upon our operations in the future, but we do not expect it to be material.

The European Monetary Union has had a significant effect upon foreign exchange and bond markets and has involved modification of the internal operations and systems of banks and of inter-bank payments systems. Since January 1, 1999, the start of Stage III, see “—Supervision and Regulation—Single Supervisory Mechanism, Bank of Spain and the European Central Bank,” Spanish monetary policy has been affected in several ways. The euro has become the national currency of the then fifteen participating countries and the exchange rates between the currencies of these countries were fixed to the euro. Additionally, the European System of Central Banks became the entity in charge of the European Union’s monetary policy.

105


 

Table of Contents

C. Organizational structure.

Santander is the parent company of the Group which was comprised at December 31, 2017 of 803 companies that consolidate by the global integration method. In addition, there were 179 companies that were accounted for by the equity method.

See Appendices I, II and III to our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 20-F for details of our consolidated and non-consolidated companies.

D. Property, plant and equipment.

During 2017, the Bank and its banking subsidiaries either leased or owned premises in Spain and abroad, which at December 31, 2017 included 4,681 branches offices in Spain and 9,016 abroad. These figures include traditional branches and banking services points but do not include electronic service points. See note 16 to our consolidated financial statements.

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements requires a significant amount of judgment involving estimates and assumptions which can be inherently uncertain at the time they are made (see note 1.c to our consolidated financial statements). Changes in assumptions may have a significant impact on the financial statements in the periods in which they are changed. Judgments or changes in assumptions are submitted to the audit committee of the board of directors and/or to our regulatory authorities and are disclosed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under current circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates if assumptions and conditions change.

We believe that the following significant accounting policies, involve a high degree of judgment:

Fair value of financial instruments

 

Trading assets or liabilities, financial instruments that are classified at fair value through profit or loss, available for sale securities, and all derivatives are recorded at fair value on the balance sheet. The fair value of a financial instrument on a given date is taken to be the price that would be received in a sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The most objective and common reference for the fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be paid for it on an active, transparent and deep market (quoted price or market price).

If there is no market price for a given financial instrument, its fair value is estimated on the basis of the price established in recent transactions involving similar instruments and, in the absence thereof, of valuation techniques commonly used by the international financial community, taking into account the specific features of the instrument to be measured and, particularly, the various types of risk associated with it.

We use derivative financial instruments for both trading and non-trading activities. The principal types of derivatives used are interest rate swaps, future rate agreements, interest rate options and futures, foreign exchange forwards, foreign exchange futures, foreign exchange options, foreign exchange swaps, cross currency swaps, equity index futures and equity options. The fair value of standard derivatives is calculated based on published price quotations. The fair value of over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives is taken to be the sum of the future cash flows arising from the instrument, discounted to present value at the date of measurement (present value or theoretical close) using valuation techniques commonly used by the financial markets: net present value (NPV), option pricing models and other methods.

The following subsections set forth the most important products and families of derivatives, and the related valuation techniques and inputs, by asset class.

·

Fixed income and inflation

 

106


 

Table of Contents

The fixed income asset class includes basic instruments such as interest rate forwards, interest rate swaps and cross currency swaps, which are valued using the net present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted taking into account basis swap and cross currency spreads determined on the basis of the payment frequency and currency of each leg of the derivative. Vanilla options, including caps, floors and swaptions, are priced using the Black-Scholes model, which is one of the benchmark industry models. More exotic derivatives are priced using more complex models which are generally accepted as standard across institutions.

These pricing models are fed with observable market data such as deposit interest rates, futures rates, cross currency swap and constant maturity swap rates, and basis spreads, on the basis of which different yield curves, depending on the payment frequency, and discounting curves are calculated for each currency. In the case of options, implied volatilities are also used as model inputs. These volatilities are observable in the market for cap and floor options and swaptions, and interpolation and extrapolation of volatilities from the quoted ranges are carried out using generally accepted industry models. The pricing of more exotic derivatives may require the use of non-observable data or parameters, such as correlation (among interest rates and cross-asset), mean reversion rates and prepayment rates, which are usually defined from historical data or through calibration.

Inflation-related assets include zero-coupon or year-on-year inflation-linked bonds and swaps, valued with the present value method using forward estimation and discounting. Derivatives on inflation indices are priced using standard or more complex bespoke models, as appropriate. Valuation inputs of these models consider inflation-linked swap spreads observable in the market and estimations of inflation seasonality, on the basis of which a forward inflation curve is calculated. Also, implied volatilities taken from zero-coupon and year-on-year inflation options are also inputs for the pricing of more complex derivatives.

·

Equity and foreign exchange

 

The most important products in these asset classes are forward and futures contracts; they also include vanilla, listed and OTC (Over-The-Counter) derivatives on single underlying assets and baskets of assets. Vanilla options are priced using the standard Black-Scholes model and more exotic derivatives involving forward returns, average performance, or digital, barrier or callable features are priced using generally accepted industry models or bespoke models, as appropriate. For derivatives on illiquid stocks, hedging takes into account the liquidity constraints in models.

The inputs of equity models consider yield curves, spot prices, dividends, asset funding costs (repo margin spreads), implied volatilities, correlation among equity stocks and indices, and cross-asset correlation. Implied volatilities are obtained from market quotes of European and American-style vanilla call and put options. Various interpolation and extrapolation techniques are used to obtain continuous volatility for illiquid stocks. Dividends are usually estimated for the mid and long term. Correlations are implied, when possible, from market quotes of correlation-dependent products. In all other cases, proxies are used for correlations between benchmark underlyings or correlations are obtained from historical data.

The inputs of foreign exchange models include the yield curve for each currency, the spot foreign exchange rate, the implied volatilities and the correlation among assets of this class. Volatilities are obtained from European call and put options which are quoted in markets as at-the-money, risk reversal or butterfly options. Illiquid currency pairs are usually handled by using the data of the liquid pairs from which the illiquid currency can be derived. For more exotic products, unobservable model parameters may be estimated by fitting to reference prices provided by other non-quoted market sources.

·

Credit

 

The most common instrument in this asset class is the credit default swap (CDS), which is used to hedge credit exposure to third parties. In addition, models for first-to-default (FTD), n-to-default (NTD) and single-tranche collateralized debt obligation (CDO) products are also available. These products are valued with standard industry models, which estimate the probability of default of a single issuer (for CDS) or the joint probability of default of more than one issuer for FTD, NTD and CDO.

Valuation inputs are the yield curve, the CDS spread curve and the recovery rate. For indices and important individual issuers, the CDS spread curve is obtained in the market. For less liquid issuers, this spread curve is estimated using proxies or other credit-dependent instruments. Recovery rates are usually set to standard values. For listed single-tranche CDO, the correlation of joint default of several issuers is implied from the market. For FTD, NTD and bespoke CDO, the correlation is estimated from proxies or historical data when no other option is available.

107


 

Table of Contents

Valuation adjustment for counterparty risk or default risk

The Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) is a valuation adjustment to OTC derivatives as a result of the risk associated with the credit exposure assumed to each counterparty.

 

The CVA is calculated taking into account potential exposure to each counterparty in each future period. The CVA for a specific counterparty is equal to the sum of the CVA for all the periods. The following inputs are used to calculate the CVA:

 

-             Expected exposure: Including for each transaction the mark-to-market (MtM) value plus an add-on for the potential future exposure for each period. Mitigating factors such as collateral and netting agreements are taken into account, as well as a temporary impairment factor for derivatives with interim payments.

 

-             LGD: percentage of final loss assumed in a counterparty credit event/default.

 

-             Probability of default: for cases where there is no market information (the CDS quoted spread curve, etc.), proxies based on companies holding exchange-listed CDS, in the same industry and with the same external rating as the counterparty, are used.

 

-             Discount factor curve.

 

The debit valuation adjustment (DVA) is a valuation adjustment similar to the CVA but, in this case, it arises as a result of the Group's own risk assumed by its counterparties in OTC derivatives.

 

The CVA at December 31, 2017 amounted to €322.5 million (-49.9% compared to 2016) and DVA amounted to €219.6 million (-43.7% compared to 2016). The decrease is due to the fact that credit spreads for the most liquid maturities have been reduced in percentages over 40% and to reductions in the exposure of the main counterparties.

 

In addition, we calculate the funding fair value adjustment (FFVA) by applying future market funding spreads to the expected future funding exposure of any uncollateralized component of the OTC derivative portfolio.

 

This includes the uncollateralized component of collateralized derivatives in addition to derivatives that are fully uncollateralized. The expected future funding exposure is calculated by a simulation methodology, where available. The FFVA impact is not material for the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

During 2017, the Group has not carried out significant reclassifications of financial instruments between levels except the changes disclosed in the level 3 table (See note 2. d) iii.) to the Consolidated Financial Statements.)

 

Valuation adjustments due to model risk

The valuation models described above do not involve a significant level of subjectivity, since they can be adjusted and recalibrated, where appropriate, through internal calculation of the fair value and subsequent comparison with the related actively traded price. However, valuation adjustments may be necessary when market quoted prices are not available for comparison purposes.

 

The sources of risk are associated with uncertain model parameters, illiquid underlying issuers, and poor quality market data or missing risk factors (sometimes the best available option is to use limited models with controllable risk). In these situations, the Group calculates and applies valuation adjustments in accordance with common industry practice. 

 

The measurements obtained using the internal models might have been different if other methods or assumptions had been used with respect to interest rate risk, to credit risk, market risk and foreign currency risk spreads, or to their related correlations and volatilities. Nevertheless, the Bank’s directors consider that the fair value of the financial assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated balance sheet and the gains and losses arising from these financial instruments are reasonable.

 

In note 2. d) iii. to our consolidated financial statements additional information can be found regarding valuation techniques used by the Group, along with details of the principal assumptions and estimates used in these models and the effect on the fair value of a reasonable change in the assumptions used in the valuation.

 

108


 

Table of Contents

Allowance for credit losses for debt instruments accounted for at amortized cost

 

Debt instruments accounted for at amortized cost and contingent liabilities are assessed for objective evidence of impairment and any resulting allowances for credit losses are recognized and measured in accordance with IAS 39. Credit losses exist if the carrying amount of an asset or claim or a portfolio of assets or claims exceeds the present value of the estimated future cash flows.

When a loan is deemed partially uncollectible, a provision is recorded (charged against earnings). If a loan becomes entirely uncollectible, the provision is increased to 100% of the loan balance. Accordingly, we recognize a credit loss on any loan at the time it is deemed to be impaired.

The credit loss recognition process is independent of the process for derecognition of non-performing loans from the balance sheet. The balances relating to impaired transactions continue to be recognized on the balance sheet, for their full amounts, until we consider that the recovery of those amounts is remote.

We consider recovery to be remote when there has been a substantial and irreversible deterioration of the borrower’s solvency, when commencement of the liquidation phase of insolvency proceedings has been ordered or when more than four years have elapsed since the borrower’s transaction was classified as non-performing due to arrears.

When the recovery of a debt instrument is considered remote, it is charged-off, together with the related allowance, without prejudice to any actions that the consolidated entities may initiate to seek collection until their contractual rights are extinguished due to expiry of the statute of limitations period, forgiveness or any other cause.

The Group has certain policies, methods and procedures for covering its credit risk arising both from insolvency allocable to counterparties and from country risk. These policies, methods and procedures are applied in the granting, examination and documentation of debt instruments and contingent liabilities as well as commitments, and in the identification of their impairment and the calculation of the amounts required to cover the related credit risk.

 

Impairment losses allowances on debt instruments carried at amortized cost represent the best management estimate of the incurred losses in such portfolio at closing date, both individually and collectively considered. For the purpose of determining impairment losses, the Group monitors its debtors as described below:

 

·

Individually: Significant debt instruments considered by the Group where impairment evidence exists. Consequently, this category includes mainly wholesale banking clients – Corporations, Earmarked Funding and Financial Institutions- as well as part of the larger Companies –Chartered- and developers from retail banking.

 

At balance sheet date, the Group assesses whether a debt instrument or a group is impaired. A specific analysis is performed for all debtors monitored individually that have undergone an event such as:

 

·

Operations with amounts of capital, interests or expenditures agreed contractually, past-due by more than 90 days.

 

·

Significantly inadequate economic or financial structure, or inability to obtain additional owner financing.

 

·

Generalized delay in payments or insufficient cash flows to cover debts.

 

·

The lender, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower's financial difficulties, grants the borrower concessions or advantages that otherwise would not have been granted.

 

·

The borrower enters a bankruptcy situation or in any other situation of financial reorganization.

 

In these situations, an assessment is performed on the estimated future cash flows in connection with the relevant asset, discounted the original effective interest rate of the loan granted. The result is compared with the carrying value of the asset. The differences between the carrying value of the operation and the discounted value of the cash flow estimate will be analyzed and recognized as a specific provision for impairment loss.

·

Collectively, in all other cases: clients considered by the Group as “standardized”, and all other clients considered by the Group as non-significant, grouping those instruments with similar credit risk features, that may indicate the debtor’s ability to pay all the amounts, capital and interests, according to the contractual terms. Credit risk features that are taken into account when

109


 

Table of Contents

grouping assets are, among others: type of instrument, debtors activity sector, geographical area of the activity, type of guarantee, maturity of the amounts due and any other factor that may be significant for the estimation of the future cash flows. Within this category are included, for example, risks with individuals, individual entrepreneurs, non-chartered retail banking companies, as well as those due to their amounts could be individualized but an impairment does not exist.

 

The collective provisions for impairment are subject to uncertainties in their estimation due, in part, to the difficult identification of losses since they individually appear insignificant within the portfolio. The estimation methods include the use of statistical analyses of historical information. These are supplemented by the application of significant judgments by the management, with the objective of evaluating if the current economic and credit conditions are such that the level of losses incurred is expected to be higher or less than that which results from experience.

 

When the most recent trends related to portfolio risk factors are not fully reflected in statistical models as a result of changes in economic, regulatory and social conditions, these factors are taken into account by adjusting impairment provisions based on experience of other historical losses. On these estimates the Group performs retrospective and comparative tests with market references to evaluate the reasonableness of the collective calculation.

 

The Group's internal models determine impairment losses on debt instruments not measured at fair value with changes in the income statement, as well as contingent risks, taking into account the historical experience of impairment and other circumstances known at the time of the evaluation. For these purposes, impairment losses are the losses incurred at the balance sheet date of preparation of the consolidated annual accounts calculated using statistical procedures.

 

The amount of an impairment loss incurred on these instruments is equal to the difference between their carrying amount and the present value of their estimated future cash flows. In estimating the future cash flows of debt instruments the following factors are taken into account:

 

·

All the amounts that are expected to be obtained over the remaining life of the instrument, including, where appropriate, those which may result from the collateral provided for the instrument (less the costs for obtaining and subsequently selling the collateral). The impairment loss takes into account the likelihood of collecting accrued past-due interest receivable;

·

The various types of risks to which each instrument is subject; and

·

The circumstances in which collections will foreseeably be made.

These cash flows are subsequently discounted using the instrument's effective interest rate (if its contractual rate is fixed) or the effective contractual rate at the discount date (if it is variable).

The loss incurred is calculated by multiplying three factors: exposure at default (EAD), probability of default (PD) and Loss given default (LGD). These parameters are also used to calculate economic capital and to calculate BIS (Bank for International Settlements) II regulatory capital under internal models (see Note 1.e).

 

·

Exposure at default is the amount of risk exposure estimated at the date of default by the counterparty.

·

Probability of default is the probability of the counterparty failing to meet its principal and/or interest payment obligations.

For the purpose of calculating the incurred loss, PD is measured using a time horizon of one year; i.e. it quantifies the probability of the counterparty defaulting in the coming year due to an event that had already occurred at the assessment date. The definition of default used includes amounts past due by 90 days or more and cases in which there is no default but there are doubts as to the solvency of the counterparty (subjective non-performing assets).

·

Loss given default : is the loss produced in case of impairment. It mainly depends on the update of the guarantees associated with the operation and the future flows that are expected to be recovered.

In addition to the factors mentioned above, the incurred loss calculation also contemplate point-in-time adjustments for the PD and LGD factors which consider historical experience and other specific information reflecting actual conditions.

 

110


 

Table of Contents

In addition, in order to determine the coverage of impairment losses on debt instruments measured at amortized cost, the Group considers the risk that exists in counterparties resident in a given country due to circumstances other than the usual commercial risk (sovereign risk, transfer risk or risks arising from international financial activity).

 

The debt instruments measured at amortized cost and classified as doubtful are divided, according to the criteria indicated in the following sections:

 

i. Assets classified as non-performing due to counterparty arrears:

 

Debt instruments, whoever the obligor and whatever the guarantee or collateral, with amounts more than 90 days past due are provisioned individually, taking into account the age of the past-due amounts, the guarantees or collateral provided and the financial situation of the counterparty and the guarantors.

 

ii. Assets classified as non-performing for reasons other than counterparty arrears:

Debt instruments which are not classifiable as non-performing due to arrears but for which there are reasonable doubts as to their repayment under the contractual terms are provisioned individually, and their allowance is the difference between the amount recognized in assets and the present value of the cash flows expected to be received.

 

This information is provided in more detail in Note 54.c (Credit risk to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

 

The allowance for credit losses for debt instruments accounted for at amortized cost recorded by Grupo Santander as at December 31, 2017, using the methodology outlined above, was €23,934 million.

Our internal models (a full description of our credit risk management system is included in Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Allowance for Credit Losses and Country Risk Requirements and in Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Part 3. Credit Risk) determine the impairment losses on debt instruments not measured at fair value through profit or loss and on contingent liabilities taking into account the historical experience of impairment and other circumstances known at the time of assessment. For these purposes, impairment losses on loans are losses incurred at the reporting date, calculated using statistical methods.

At December 31, 2017 there is no material difference in the calculation of loan allowances between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 (as explained above) and IFRS-IASB.

Impairment

Certain assets, including goodwill, other intangible assets, non-current assets held for sale, equity method investments, financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss and other assets are subject to impairment review. We record impairment charges when we believe there is objective evidence of impairment, or that the cost of the assets may not be recoverable. Assessment of what constitutes impairment is a matter of significant judgment.

Goodwill and other intangible assets are tested for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances, such as an adverse change in business climate or observable market data, indicate that these assets may be impaired. An asset is impaired when its carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.

In relation to goodwill, the first step of the impairment review process requires the identification of the cash-generating units (“CGU”). These are the smallest identifiable group of assets that, as a result of continuing operations, generate cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. Goodwill is then allocated to these CGUs; this allocation is reviewed following business reorganization.

The amount to be recovered of each cash-generating unit is determined taking into consideration the carrying amount (including any fair value adjustment arising on the business combination) of all the assets and liabilities of all the independent legal entities comprising the cash-generating unit, together with the related goodwill.

 

The book value to be recovered of the cash-generating unit is compared with its carrying amount in order to determine whether there is any impairment.

 

111


 

Table of Contents

The recoverable amount is defined as the higher of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. It is not always necessary to determine both an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. If either of these amounts exceeds the asset’s carrying amount, the asset is not impaired and it is not necessary to estimate the other amount

An impairment loss recognized for goodwill may not be reversed in a subsequent period.

The amount to be recovered of the cash-generating unit is compared with its recoverable amount in order to determine whether there is any impairment. The Group assesses the existence of any indication that might be considered to be evidence of impairment of the cash-generating unit by reviewing information including the following: (i) certain macroeconomic variables that might affect its investments (population data, political situation, economic situation -including banking concentration level-, among others) and (ii) various microeconomic variables comparing the investments of the Group with the financial services industry of the country in which the applicable  cash-generating unit carries on most of its business activities (balance sheet composition, total funds under management, results, efficiency ratio, capital adequacy ratio, return on equity, among others).

 

Regardless of whether there is any indication of impairment, every year the Group calculates the recoverable amount of each cash-generating unit to which goodwill has been allocated and, to this end, it uses price quotations, if available, market references (multiples), internal estimates and appraisals performed by independent experts.

We determine the recoverable amount by: (i) calculating the fair value of each cash-generating unit on the basis of the quoted price of the cash-generating units, if available, and of the price earnings ratios of comparable local entities; or (ii) performing estimates of the recoverable amounts of certain cash-generating units by calculating their value in use using discounted cash flow projections.

The main assumptions used in this calculation are: (i) earnings projections based on the financial budgets approved by the Group’s directors which cover between three and five year period (unless a longer time horizon can be justified), (ii) discount rates determined as the cost of capital taking into account the risk-free rate of return plus a risk premium in line with the market and the business in which the units operate and (iii) constant growth rates used in order to extrapolate earnings in perpetuity which do not exceed the long-term average growth rate for the market in which the cash-generating unit in question operates.

 

The cash flow projections used by Group management to obtain the values in use are based on the financial budgets approved by both local management of the related local units and the Group's directors. The Group's budgetary estimation process is common for all the cash-generating units. The local management teams prepare their budgets using the following key assumptions:

 

a)            Microeconomic variables of the cash-generating unit: management takes into consideration the current balance sheet structure, the product mix on offer and the business decisions taken by local management in this regard.

b)            Macroeconomic variables: growth is estimated on the basis of the changing environment, taking into consideration expected GDP growth in the unit's geographical location and forecast trends in interest and exchange rates. These data, which are based on external information sources, are provided by the Group's economic research service.

c)            Past performance variables: in addition, management takes into consideration in the projection the difference (both positive and negative) between the cash-generating unit's past performance and that of the market.

 

Given the degree of uncertainty of these assumptions, the Group performs a sensitivity analysis thereof using reasonable changes in the key assumptions on which the recoverable amount of the cash-generating units is based in order to confirm whether their recoverable amount still exceeds their carrying amount. The sensitivity analysis involved adjusting the discount rate by +/- 50 basis points and the perpetuity growth rate by +/-50 basis points. Following the sensitivity analysis performed, the value in use of all the cash-generating units still exceeds their recoverable amount, albeit:

·

In the case of Santander Consumer USA, the Group recognized a goodwill impairment amounting to €799 million (€504 million net). The mentioned impairment was estimated considering the decrease in the entity’s profit in contrast with the forecasts carried out in the previous years, derived from a change in the long term business strategy.

 

·

In Santander UK, the value in use approached its book value during 2016, mainly motivated by the impact of the UK/EU Referendum held on June 2016 which was reflected on the forecasts employed in the estimation of its value in use. Such forecasts were revaluated during 2017, presenting an increase in the value in use in comparison with 2016.

112


 

Table of Contents

In the case of Santander Asset Management, in spite of its recent acquisition and takeover, on December 22, 2017 (see Note 3), the Group carried out a recoverability analysis based on the review of the business plan introduced for the execution of the transaction with no potential impairment being identified.

The recoverable amount of Bank Zachodni WBK S.A., Banco Santander – Chile, S.A. and Grupo Financiero Santander (México) was calculated as the fair values of the aforementioned cash-generating units obtained from the market prices of their shares at year-end. This value exceeded the recoverable amount.

Based on the above, and in accordance with the estimates, forecasts and sensibility analysis available for the managers of the Bank, during 2017 the Group recognized goodwill impairment losses within Impairment losses on other assets (net) - Goodwill and other intangible assets caption amounting to €899 million (€50 million and €115 million during 2016 and 2015, respectively) out of which €799 million correspond to Santander Consumer USA and €100 million correspond to the Group’s business in Canada, in both cases motivated by the deterioration of the business expectations.

Non-current assets held for sale are measured at the lower of fair value less costs to sell and the carrying amount. Further information on non-current assets held for sale is set out in notes 2 and 12 to our consolidated financial statements.

Equity method investments are evaluated for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that these assets are impaired. An equity method investment is impaired if its fair value is deemed to be less than its cost. Accordingly, we evaluate whether an event or change in circumstances has occurred that may have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the investment. In 2017, 2016 and 2015 there was no evidence of material impairment on the Group’s equity method investments.

In relation to the available for sale securities (debt and equity instruments) at the end of each year, we make an assessment of whether there is any objective evidence that any our available for sale securities of is impaired. This assessment includes but is not limited to an analysis of the following information: (i) the issuer’s economic and financial position, the existence of default or late payment, analysis of the issuer’s solvency, the evolution of its business, short-term projections, trends observed with respect to its earnings and, if applicable, its dividend distribution policy; (ii) market-related information such as changes in the general economic situation, changes in the issuer’s sector which might affect its ability to pay; (iii) changes in the fair value of the security analyzed, analysis of the origins of such changes - whether they are intrinsic or the result of the general uncertainty concerning the economy or the country; and (iv) independent analysts’ reports and forecasts and other independent market information.

In the case of quoted equity instruments, when the changes in the fair value of the instrument under analysis are assessed, the duration and significance of the fall in its market price below cost for us is taken into account. As a general rule, for these purposes we consider a significant fall to be a 40% drop in the value of the asset or a continued fall over a period of 18 months. Nevertheless, it should be noted that we assess, on a case-by-case basis each of the securities that have suffered losses, and monitors the performance of their prices, recognizing an impairment loss as soon as it is considered that the recoverable amount could be affected, even though the price may not have fallen by the percentage or for the duration mentioned above.

If, after the above assessment has been carried out, we consider that the presence of one or more of these factors could affect recovery of the cost of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized in the income statement for the amount of the loss in equity under valuation adjustments. Also, where we do not intend and/or are not able to hold the investment for a sufficient amount of time to recover the cost, the instrument is written down to its fair value.

Upon impairment, the full difference between amortized cost and fair value is removed from equity and recognized in net profit or loss. Impairments on debt securities may be reversed if there is a decrease in the amount of the impairment which can be objectively related to an observable event. Impairments on equity securities may not be reversed.

At the end of 2017, the Group carried out the analysis described above, registering in the impairment / reversal of financial assets available for sale in the consolidated income statement an amount of €10 million corresponding to the impairment of equity instruments (€14 million and €111 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively, as well as a reversal of €25 million in 2016 and an impairment of €119 million in 2015 in equity instruments).

Retirement Benefit Obligations

We provide pension plans in most parts of the world. For defined contribution plans, the pension cost recognized in the consolidated income statement represents the contribution payable to the scheme. For defined benefit plans, the pension cost is assessed in accordance with the advice of a qualified external actuary using the projected unit credit method. This cost is annually charged to the consolidated income statement.

113


 

Table of Contents

The actuarial valuation is dependent upon a series of assumptions; the principal ones are set forth below:

·

annual discount rate-determined, when available, by reference to high-quality corporate bonds;

·

mortality tables;

·

annual social security pension revision rate;

·

price inflation;

·

annual salary growth rate; and

·

the method used to calculate vested commitments to current employees.

The difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date is recognized as a liability in the balance sheet.

Further information on retirement benefit obligations is set out in notes 2 and 25 to our consolidated financial statements.

Business combinations and goodwill

Goodwill and intangible assets include the cost of acquired subsidiaries in excess of the fair value of the tangible net assets recorded in connection with acquisitions as well as acquired intangible assets which include core deposits, customer lists, brands and assets under management. Accounting for goodwill and acquired intangible assets requires management’s estimates regarding: (1) the fair value of the acquired intangible assets and the initial amount of goodwill to be recorded, (2) the amortization period (for identified intangible assets other than goodwill) and (3) the recoverability of the carrying value of acquired intangible assets.

To determine the initial amount of goodwill to be recognized on an acquisition, we have to determine the fair value of the consideration and the fair value of the net assets acquired. We use independent appraisers and our internal analysis, generally based on discounted cash flow techniques, to determine the fair value of the net assets acquired and non-cash components of the consideration paid.

We test goodwill for impairment at the cash-generating unit level. We identify our reporting units as one level below our business segments, based on our management structure. We keep those cash-generating units unchanged unless business segment reorganization occurs. We disclose our goodwill impairment assessment methodology in “Critical Accounting Policies – Impairment”.

The useful lives of acquired intangible assets are estimated based on the period over which the assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the future cash flows of the acquired entity.

For acquired intangible assets, the amortization period is reviewed annually. In making these assumptions, we consider historical results, adjusted to reflect current and anticipated operating conditions. Because a change in these assumptions can result in a significant change in the recorded amount of acquired intangible assets, we believe the accounting for business combinations is one of our critical accounting estimates.

As a result of the first consolidation of the acquired subsidiaries, Santander Asset Management and Banco Popular (2017), Carfinco Financial Group (2015), Santander Consumer USA and GE Capital (2014), a significant amount of goodwill was recorded (see note 3 and note 17 to our consolidated financial statements). Management made this determination, based in part upon independent appraisals of intangible assets, which is initially estimated and subsequently revised within the one year time period allowed by IFRS-IASB.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See note 1.b to our consolidated financial statements for the detail of standards and interpretations that came into force in 2017 and those with effective dates subsequent to December 31, 2017.

A. Operating results

We have based the following discussion on our consolidated financial statements. You should read it along with these financial statements, and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to them. 

114


 

Table of Contents

Management makes use of certain financial measures in local currency to help in the assessment of on-going operating performance. These non-GAAP financial measures include the results of operations of our subsidiary banks located outside the eurozone, excluding the impact of foreign exchange. We analyze these banks’ performance on a local currency basis to better measure the comparability of results between periods. Because changes in foreign currency exchange rates have a non-operating impact on the results of operations, we believe that evaluating their performance on a local currency basis provides an additional and meaningful assessment of performance to both management and the company’s investors. For a discussion of the accounting principles used in translation of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities to euros, see note 2(a) to our consolidated financial statements.

General

We are a financial group whose main business focus is retail banking, complemented by global wholesale banking, asset management and insurance businesses.

Our main source of income is the interest that we earn from our lending activities, by borrowing funds from customers and money markets at certain rates and lending them to other customers at different rates. We also derive income from the interest and dividends that we receive from our investments in fixed/variable income and equity securities and from our trading activities in such securities and derivatives, by buying and selling them to take advantage of current and/or expected differences between purchase and sale prices.

Another source of income are the commissions that we earn from the different banking and other financial services that we provide (credit and debit cards, insurance, account management, bill discounting, guarantees and other contingent liabilities, advisory and custody services, etc.) and from our mutual and pension funds management services.

In addition, from time to time, we derive income from the capital gains we make from the sale of our holdings in Group companies.

2017 Overview

Global economic growth in 2017 was up compared to the previous year (3.7% vs. 3.2%) as global confidence improved in response to less political uncertainty, especially in Europe, favorable borrowing conditions and more buoyant levels of international trade. Both advanced and emerging economies benefited from this economic upturn.

Eurozone (GDP up +2.4% in 2017 vs. +1.8% in 2016). The economy rallied strongly during the year on the back of numerous support factors (internal demand and exports) and with most countries performing well. The unemployment rate fell to 8.8%, but is still higher than the levels seen pre-crisis. Meanwhile, the European Central Bank (ECB) made no changes to the official interest rates since inflation remained low (1.5%).

In the euro area, the ECB announced there would be no interest rate hike until the end of its bond buying program, which will continue through to September 2018 at the earliest. Despite this message, unexpectedly high growth coupled with lower levels of political risk caused the euro to gain on the dollar.

Spain (GDP: +3.1% in 2017 vs. +3.3% in 2016). GDP growth exceeded 3% for the third straight year. Meanwhile, healthy job creation figures brought down unemployment (16.6%). Growth is currently well-balanced, with no inflationary pressures.

Poland (GDP: +4.6% in 2017 vs. +2.9% in 2016). Strong growth in 2017 on the back of private consumption and the external sector. Unemployment at an all-time low (4.7%) and inflation at 2.5%. The central bank kept its official rate unchanged at 1.5%.

  Portugal (GDP: +2.6% in 2017 vs. +1.5% in 2016). Notable pick-up in growth in 2017 on the back of internal demand. Employment growth surpassing 3% and sharp reduction in unemployment (8.5%). Inflation remained moderate. The debt of the private sector continued to drop and the public deficit ended the year at 1.5% of GDP.

United Kingdom (GDP: +1.7% in 2017 vs. +1.9% in 2016). While the economy has largely withstood the uncertainty surrounding Brexit, it has shown a certain slowdown in growth. The country boasted full employment in 2017 and inflation, at around 3%, exceeded the target of 2%. The Bank of England hiked its official interest rate by 25 basis points in November, marking its first increase in over ten years and reversing its move to lower rates following the referendum. At year-end, the official interest rate was 0.5%.

Brazil (GDP: +1.0% in 2017 vs. -3.6% in 2016). The economy saw a gradual recovery throughout 2017, driven by consumption and investment. Inflation remained relatively calm at below 3%. The central bank continued to cut the Selic rate to 7%.

115


 

Table of Contents

Mexico (GDP: +2.1% in 2017 vs. +2.3% in 2016). The economy reported a slight slowdown as internal demand lost some momentum. Inflation climbed sharply to 6.8% but is expected to remain relatively calm in 2018. The central bank hiked the official rate by 150 basis points to 7.25%.

Chile (GDP: +1.5% in 2017 vs. +1.6% in 2016). The economy rallied from mid-2017 onward. Inflation ended the year at 2.3%, below the 3% target, and the central bank lowered the official rate by 100 basis points to 2.5%.

Argentina (GDP: +3.0% in 2017 vs. -2.2% in 2016). The economic recovery gained steam over the year on the back of strong investment and private consumption. Inflation stabilized at around 2.0% monthly and the central bank hiked the official interest rate by 400 basis points to 28.75% in a show of its commitment to ensuring price stability.

Latin American currencies saw mixed results over the course of the year. They appreciated in the first half of the year in response to the expected recovery of the main economies on the continent. However, in the latter half of the year they lost ground due to the impact the Fed’s monetary policy might have on the local economies.

United States (GDP: +2.3% in 2017 vs. +1.5% in 2016). Economic growth picked up while core inflation cooled to 1.5%. Unemployment was down to 4.1%, prompting a hike of 75 basis points in the interest rates on federal funds. The Fed raised interest rates on three occasions and in October embarked on the process of reducing its balance sheet, which will take several years to complete.

The year was a relatively stable for the financial markets. The absence of any major upheavals encouraged risk taking, which in turn helped pushed up stock and commodity prices while also improving borrowing conditions on the corporate debt market.

Bank balance sheets continued to improve across the globe following gains in capital adequacy, liquidity position and unproductive assets. Even so, banks operating in developed countries, especially Europe, still have major challenges ahead when it comes to increasing their profitability. Although monetary normalization is now under way across certain regions, interest rates and levels of business remain low. Moreover, competitive pressure continues to increase in most markets, both between the banks themselves and between the banks and the new market players and their new approaches to lending.

Regarding the supervisory and regulatory climate, the 2017 agenda included the start-up of the Fintech debate and completion of the Basel III agreement, which will take effect on January 1, 2022, although there will be a phase-in period through to 2027 for the capital floors there to limit the capital savings generated from the application of internal models. Within Europe, highlights included the European Commission’s proposal relating to the capital and resolution framework and the measures to press on with the integration of the European retail market.

The appreciation/depreciation of the various currencies in which we operate against the euro in 2017 as compared to 2016 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange rates: 1 euro / currency parity

 

Average

December, 31

 

2017

2016

2017

2016

US$

1.127
1.106
1.199
1.054

Pound sterling

0.876
0.817
0.887
0.856

Brazilian real

3.594
3.831
3.973
3.431

Mexican peso

21.291
20.637
23.661
21.772

Chilean peso

731.538
747.500
736.922
707.612

Argentine peso

18.566
16.316
22.637
16.705

Polish zloty

4.256
4.362
4.177
4.410

 

Results of Operations for Santander

Summary

Profit attributable to the Parent in 2017 was €6,619 million, a 7% or €415 million increase from €6,204 million in 2016, which represented a 4% or €238 million increase from €5,966 million in 2015. The variation in 2017 was mainly due to (i) solid customer revenues, supported by growth in interest income / (charges) and fee and commission income, (ii) stable costs adjusted for inflation and changes in the scope of consolidation despite the cost increase stemming from regulatory requirements and investments in the transformation process, and (iii) further reduction in impairment on loans and receivables reflecting the improvement in the quality of portfolios.

116


 

Table of Contents

Profit was affected in 2017 and 2016 by the following results (net of taxes):

·

In 2017, -€897 million due to (i) €297 million capital gains from the sale of Allfunds Bank; (ii) €73 million due to the effect of the tax reform in the United States; (iii) -€603 million was booked to cover impairment of goodwill; (iv) -€149 million expenses resulting from the hurricanes and other in the United States; (v) -€385 million in expenses in relation to integration processes (-€300 million at Banco Popular and -€85 million at Santander Consumer Finance); and (vi) -€130 million to cover the impairment of equity interests and intangible assets.

·

In 2016, -€417 million, accounted for in the corporate center due to (i) €227 million of capital gains from the sale of VISA Europe (of which €125 million in the UK, €45 million in Spain and €39 million in Poland); (ii) -€475 million of certain expenses to restructure and improve efficiency  (of which approximately -€261 million in Spain, -€18 million in the UK, -€10 million in Poland and -€175 million in the headquarters) and (iii) ) -€169 million including basically a provision for eventual claims related to payment protection insurance (PPI) in the UK.

The following factors also have an impact on the year-on-year comparison:

·

The 2017 income statement includes the results generated by Banco Popular. Since its integration within the Group on June 7, 2017 it has generated losses of €37 million following the recognition of €300 million net of taxes in integration costs in the third quarter, as had been announced at the time of the integration.

·

For the Group as a whole, exchange rate fluctuations had virtually no impact (less than one percentage point on attributable profit). However, the impact by unit was as follows: Brazil (+7 percentage points); Poland (+2 percentage points); Chile (+2 percentage points); United States (-2 percentage points); Mexico (-3 percentage points); United Kingdom (-7 percentage points) and Argentina (-14 percentage points).

Interest Income / (Charges)

Interest income / (charges) was €34,296 million, a 10% or €3,207 million increase from €31,089 million in 2016, which represented a 5% or €1,723 million decrease from €32,812 million in 2015.

2017 compared to 2016

The €3,207 million increase in interest income / (charges) was mainly due to the contribution of Banco Popular (€1,003 million) and Brazil (that increased by 25%).

The performance of interest income / (charges) by geographic areas was the following:

The largest gains occurred in emerging markets, notably Brazil (+25%), Mexico (+9%), Argentina (+39%) and Poland (+11%) in response to growing levels of business growth. Eliminating the impact of exchange rates, to provide a more accurate analysis of business performance variations would have been +17%, +13%, +58% and +9%, respectively, in response to growing levels of business growth.  Interest rates in these markets are also higher than in our developed markets, although the performance varies by region (in Mexico the rate was up while in Brazil the rate fell significantly in the period). However, there were decreases (i) in Spain, excluding Banco Popular, due to interest rate pressure and lower business volume; (ii) in Portugal, where prevailing interest rates are similar to Spain and where we also reported lower income on the ALCO portfolio; and (iii) in the United States due to the decline in the auto portfolio at Santander Consumer USA and the change in mix toward a lower risk profile.

The average balance of interest earning assets in 2017 was €1,204,847 million, which was 7% or €78,729 million more than in 2016. In Spain balances increased by €63,806 million mainly due to the acquisition of Banco Popular; reflecting the increases in Loans and credits (€44,316 million), Cash and due from central banks and credit entities (€11,350 million) and Debt Securities (€8,140 million). Average balances outside of Spain increased €14,923 million mainly due to the increases in Debt Securities (€8,580 million) and Cash and due from central banks and credit entities (€7,942 million) partially offset by a decrease in Loans and credits (-€1,599 million). The average return on total interest-earning assets decreased by 25 basis points to 4.65%.

117


 

Table of Contents

Net customer loans were €848,915 million, a 7% or €58,445 million increase from €790,470 million in 2016, largely due to the integration of Banco Popular, with had net loans of €75,516 million at December 31, 2017.

The development by geographic distribution (principal segments) of gross customer loans, excluding repurchase agreements, as of December 31, 2017 as compared to December 31, 2016 was the following (disregarding the exchange rate effect and excluding the impact of Banco Popular):

·

The most significant increases were in Argentina (+44%) driven by consumer loans and lending to SMEs mainly due to the incorporation of Citibank’s retail network, in Portugal,   (+8%) thanks to the increase in the institutional segment and Brazil (+7%) on the back of lending to individuals.

·

Growth of 6% at Santander Consumer Finance, mainly on account of the increased production in the auto segment and in credit cards, and growth of 5% in Mexico and Poland, driven by SMEs and corporates. Chile was up 3% in lending to individuals, high income segments and SMEs. Meanwhile, the United Kingdom gained 1% in home mortgages and corporate loans, offset by the decline in non-core loans.

·

United States reported a 4% decline, mainly due to the sale of a portfolio of Santander Consumer USA and the reduction in Global Corporate Banking at Santander Bank.

·

At the real estate unit in Spain, net lending fell 56% year on year in response to the ongoing strategy being pursued in recent years.

At the end of 2017, Continental Europe accounted for 45% of the total operating areas’ loans and advances to customers, the U.K. 29%, Latin America 17% and the U.S. 8%.

The average balance of interest-bearing liabilities in 2017 was €1,147,616 million, which was 7% or €76,344 million more than in 2016, with a 36 basis point decrease in their average cost to 1.89%. In Spain it increased by €61,977 million mainly due to increases in Customer deposits (€42,166 million) mainly due to the integration of Banco Popular, Credit entities and central banks (€17,551 million) and Marketable debt securities (€2,627 million) partially offset by the decrease in Other interest bearing liabilities (-€368 million). Balances outside of Spain increased by €14,367 million mainly due to increases of transactions with Customer deposits (€18,909 million), Credit entities and central banks (€3,111 million) and Other interest bearing liabilities (€69 million) partially offset by decreases in Marketable debt securities (-€7,721 million).

Customer deposits amounted to €777,730 million, a 13% or €86,619 million increase as compared to 2016, mainly due to the acquisition of Banco Popular. Banco Popular´s deposits were €64,960 million at December 31, 2017.

The development by geographic distribution (principal segments) of customer deposits as of December 31, 2017 as compared to December 31, 2016 was the following (excluding the exchange rate impact, repos, the impact of Banco Popular and including mutual funds):

·

Eight of the Group’s ten main regions reported growth, with only the United States reporting a decline (-9%) due to the reduction in institutional balances.

·

Growth across the Latin American units (Argentina: +53% (mainly due to the incorporation of Citibank’s retail network), Brazil: +24% and Mexico: +6%). In Europe Spain was up 12% and the United Kingdom gained 3%.

·

More moderate growth at Santander Consumer Finance, Poland and Portugal (+2% at each). Since all units have focused on reducing costs ahead of growing business, the growth in demand accounts has been offset by the decline in term deposits.

·

Chile was unchanged during the year.

Continental Europe accounted for 46% of the total operating areas’ customer deposits, the U.K. 30%, Latin America 18% and the U.S. 7%.

2016 compared to 2015

The €1,723 million decrease in interest income / (charges) was mainly due to low interest rates and the negative impact of exchange rates. 

118


 

Table of Contents

The performance of interest income / (charges) by geographic areas was the following:

UK decreased by 11% or €537 million (excluding the exchange rate impact 0.4%). Latin America decreased by 3% or €407 million, but excluding the exchange rate impact increased 6%, mainly due to Mexico 14%, Chile 7% and Brazil 2%. United States decreased 3% affected by the fall in SCUSA auto finance balances and the change of mix toward a lower risk profile. Spain decreased 10% mainly due to lower volumes and interest rate pressure loans.

The average balance of interest earning assets in 2016 was €1,126,118 million, which was 0.5% or € 5,226 million less than in 2015. In Spain balances dropped by €3,055 million as a result of decreases in Debt Securities (-€2,384 million); Loans and credits (-€913 million) partially offset by the increase in Cash and due from central banks and credit entities (€242 million). Average balances outside of Spain decreased €2,171 million mainly due to decreases in Loans and credits (-€3,238 million); Cash and due from central banks and credit entities (-€121 million) partially offset by an increase in Debt Securities (€1,188 million). The average return on total interest-earning assets decreased by 16 basis points to 4.90%.

The development by geographic distribution (principal segments) of gross customer loans, excluding repos, as of December 31, 2016 as compared to December 31, 2015 was the following (disregarding the exchange rate effect):

·

The main rises were in Argentina (+37%), Santander Consumer Finance (+14%, benefiting from the agreement with PSA Finance), Mexico and Poland (both +8%) and Chile (+7%).

·

More moderate rises in the United Kingdom (+2%) and Brazil (+0.4%) after increasing 5% in the fourth quarter 2016, reflecting the change of trend, mainly in mortgage loans, in the second half of 2016.

·

Falls of 2% in the United States, partly affected by the sale of portfolios, 4% in Spain, mainly due to balances in institutions, mortgages and the reduction in doubtful balances, and 5% in Portugal. The latter two occurred in markets that are deleveraging, where growth in new lending is still not sufficient to increase the stock.

·

By segments, growth in loans to individual customers as well as SMEs and companies, spurred by the 1|2|3 and SMEs strategies.

·

As for Real Estate Operations in Spain, net lending was down 29%, as a result of continuing the deleveraging strategy of the last few years.

At the end of 2016, Continental Europe accounted for 38% of the Group’s total loans and advances to customers, the U.K. 32%, Latin America 19% and the U.S. 11%.

The average balance of interest-bearing liabilities in 2016 was €1,071,272 million, which was 1% or €7,257 million less than in 2015, with a one basis point decrease in their average cost to 2.25%. Balances in Spain decreased by €5,108 million mainly due to decreases in Customer deposits (-€7,122 million) and Other interest bearing liabilities (-€403 million) partially offset by increases in Credit entities and central banks (€1,632 million) and Marketable debt securities (€787 million). Balances outside of Spain decreased by €2,149 million mainly due to decreases of transactions with credit entities and central banks (-€6,738 million) and Other interest bearing liabilities (-€195 million) partially offset by increases in Marketable debt securities (€3,341 million) and Customer deposits (€1,441 million).

The development by geographic distribution (principal segments) of customer deposits as of December 31, 2016 as compared to December 31, 2015 was the following:

·

Deposits in Continental Europe increased 2% with increases in Portugal (3%), Santander Consumer (8%) and Poland (6%).

In the U.K., customer deposits decreased by 9%, however, excluding the exchange impact, increased 7% mainly due to current account inflows.

In Latin America, customer deposits increased by 17% with Brazil, Chile and Mexico growing by 28%, 12% and 2%, respectively.

·

Lastly, in the U.S. deposits rose 7% (excluding the exchange rate impact deposits increased 4%).

Continental Europe accounted for 39% of customer deposits, the U.K. 31%, Latin America 21% and the U.S. 9%.

119


 

Table of Contents

Dividend income

Dividend income was €384 million in 2017, a 7% or €29 million decrease from €413 million in 2016, which was a 9% or €42 million decrease from €455 million in 2015.

Income from Companies Accounted for by the Equity Method

Income from companies accounted for by the equity method was €704 million in 2017, a 59% or €260 million increase from €444 million in 2016, which was an 18% or €69 million increase from €375 million in 2015. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions and Reorganizations”. (For further information, see notes 13 and 41 to our consolidated financial statements).

Fee and Commission Income (net)

Fee and commission income was €11,597 million in 2017, a 14% or €1,417 million increase from €10,180 million in 2016. During 2016, fee and commission income increased by 1% or €147 million as compared to €10,033 million obtained in 2015.

 

2017 compared to 2016

Fee and commission income for 2017 and 2016 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

Amount

 

%  

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

Change

 

Change

 

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

 

Commissions for services

 

7,350

 

6,261

 

1,089

 

17

%

Credit and debit cards

 

2,124

 

1,755

 

369

 

21

%

Account management

 

1,490

 

1,191

 

300

 

25

%

Bill discounting

 

357

 

284

 

73

 

26

%

Guarantees and other contingent liabilities

 

501

 

435

 

66

 

15

%

Other operations

 

2,879

 

2,597

 

282

 

11

%

Mutual and pension funds

 

815

 

757

 

58

 

 8

%

Securities services

 

1,092

 

913

 

179

 

20

%

Insurance

 

2,340

 

2,249

 

91

 

 4

%

Total net fees and commissions

 

11,597

 

10,180

 

1,417

 

14

%

 

Increases in income from commissions for services (mainly in credit and debit cards and account management) mutual and pension funds, securities services and insurance reflecting the growth in the activity and high levels of customer loyalty. The contribution of Banco Popular was €288 million. It is also significant that this growth has been accelerating: rising 14% in 2017 to comfortably outpace the growth reported in 2016 (+1%) and 2015 (+3%). By business, increases were noted in Commercial Banking (86% of total fees and commissions) and Global Corporate Banking. By region, fees and commissions rose across the board, reflecting the rise in loyal customers 1 in all units, the higher added value product offer and an enhanced customer experience.

The average balances of mutual funds under management increased 13% from €118.8 billion in 2016 to 134.6 billion in 2017, with growth in Brazil, Spain, Argentina, Chile, Portugal and Poland partially offset by decreases in the United Kingdom and Mexico.

The average balances of pension funds increased from €11.1 billion in 2016 to €11.4 billion in 2017. In Spain, pension’s funds increased 3% to €10.5 billion and in Portugal increased 5% to €944 million in 2017 from €902 million in 2016. Our only remaining pension business abroad is in Portugal.


1  Loyal customer: active client that receives most of its financial products and services from us.

120


 

Table of Contents

2016 compared to 2015

Fee and commission income; for 2016 and 2015 was as follows:

t

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

    

    

Amount

%  

 

 

 

2016

2015

 

Change

Change

 

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

 

Commissions for services

 

6,261

6,040

 

221

 4

%

Credit and debit cards

 

1,755

1,567

 

187

12

%

Account management

 

1,191

1,074

 

117

11

%

Bill discounting

 

284

257

 

26

10

%

Guarantees and other contingent liabilities

 

435

444

 

(10)

(2)

%

Other operations

 

2,597

2,698

 

(101)

(4)

%

Mutual and pension funds

 

757

863

 

(105)

(12)

%

Securities services

 

913

905

 

 9

 1

%

Insurance

 

2,249

2,225

 

23

 1

%

Total net fees and commissions

 

10,180

10,033

 

148

 1

%

Increases in income from services were partially offset by decreases in mutual and pension funds. All countries generated more fee income, linked to the increase in loyal customers in all units, the offer of higher value-added products and a better customer experience.

The average balances of mutual funds under management increased 6% from €112.3 billion in 2015 to €118.8 billion in 2016, with growth in Brazil, Chile and Argentina partially offset by decreases in the United Kingdom and Mexico.

The average balances of pension funds decreased from €11.6 billion in 2015 to €11.1 billion in 2016. In Spain, pension’s funds decreased 5% to €10.2 billion and in Portugal decreased 3% to €902 million in 2016 from €926 million in 2015. Our only remaining pension business abroad is in Portugal.

Gains/ (Losses) on Financial Assets and Liabilities and Exchange differences (net)

Net gains/(losses) on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences (net) in 2017 were gains of €1,665 million, a €436 million decrease as compared to gains of €2,101 million in 2016, which represented a €285 million decrease from gains of €2,386 million in 2015.

Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities include gains and losses arising from the following: marking to market our trading portfolio and derivative instruments, including spot market foreign exchange transactions, sales of investment securities and liquidation of our corresponding hedge or other derivative positions. For further details, see note 44 to our consolidated financial statements.

Exchange differences shows basically the gains or losses on currency dealings, the differences that arise on translations of monetary items in foreign currencies to the functional currency, and those disclosed on non-monetary assets in foreign currency at the time of their disposal. The Group manages the currencies to which it is exposed together with the arrangement of derivative instruments and, accordingly, the changes in this line item should be analyzed together with those recognized under Gains/(losses) on financial assets and liabilities. For further details, see note 45 to our consolidated financial statements.

121


 

Table of Contents

Other operating income / expenses (net)

Net other operating income in 2017 were losses of €291 million, a €296 million decrease from gains of €5 million in 2016, which was a €171 million increase from losses of €166 million in 2015. Under this line item we include income and expenses from insurance activity, non-financial services, other commissions and charges to the Deposit Guarantee Fund and the Single Resolution Fund.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

%

 

 

2017

2016

Change

Change

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

Insurance activity

57

63

(6)

(10)

%

Income from insurance and reinsurance contracts issued

2,546

1,900

646

34

%

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance and reinsurance premium income

2,350

1,709

641

38

%

Reinsurance income

196

191

 5

 3

%

Expenses of insurance and reinsurance contracts

(2,489)

(1,837)

(652)

35

%

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

Claims paid and other insurance-related expenses and net provisions for insurance contract liabilities

(2,249)

(1,574)

(675)

43

%

Reinsurance premiums paid

(240)

(263)

23

(9)

%

Other operating income

1,618

1,919

(301)

(16)

%

Non-financial services

472

698

(226)

(32)

%

Other operating income

1,146

1,221

(75)

(6)

%

          Of which: fees and commissions offsetting direct cost

192

145

47

32

%

Other operating expenses

(1,966)

(1,977)

11

(1)

%

Non-financial services

(302)

(518)

216

(42)

%

Other operating expense:

(1,664)

(1,459)

(205)

14

%

          Of which, Deposit Guarantee Fund

(848)

(711)

(137)

19

%

Other operating income / expenses, net

(291)

 5

(296)

n.a.

 

 

The €296 million decrease in 2017 was partly due to the increase in the contributions paid to the Deposit Guarantee Fund, including those made by Banco Popular in 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

%

 

 

2016

2015

Change

Change

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

Insurance activity

63

98

(35)

(36)

%

Income from insurance and reinsurance contracts issued

1,900

1,096

804

73

%

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance and reinsurance premium income

1,709

961

748

78

%

Reinsurance income

191

135

56

41

%

Expenses of insurance and reinsurance contracts

(1,837)

(998)

(839)

84

%

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

Claims paid and other insurance-related expenses and net provisions for insurance contract liabilities

(1,574)

(740)

(834)

113

%

Reinsurance premiums paid

(263)

(258)

(5)

 2

%

Other operating income

1,919

1,971

(52)

(3)

%

Non-financial services

698

711

(13)

(2)

%

Other operating income

1,221

1,260

(39)

(3)

%

          Of which: fees and commissions offsetting direct cost

145

115

30

26

%

Other operating expenses

(1,977)

(2,235)

258

(12)

%

Non-financial services

(518)

(590)

72

(12)

%

Other operating expense:

(1,459)

(1,645)

186

(11)

%

          Of which, Deposit Guarantee Fund

(711)

(769)

58

(8)

%

Other operating income / expenses, net

 5

(166)

171

(103)

%

 

The €171 million increase in 2016 was partly due to higher income from United States leasing business.

 

Administrative Expenses

Administrative expenses increased 9% or €1,663 million to €20,400 million in 2017 from €18,737 million in 2016, which decreased from €19,302 million in 2015.

122


 

Table of Contents

2017 compared to 2016

Administrative expenses for 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

    

 

Amount

%  

 

 

 

 

2017

2016

 

Change

Change

 

 

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

 

 

Personnel expenses

 

12,047

11,004

 

1,043

 9

%

 

Other administrative expenses

 

8,353

7,733

 

620

 8

%

 

Building, premises and supplies

 

1,931

1,853

 

78

 4

%

 

Information Technology

 

1,257

1,095

 

162

15

%

 

Technical reports

 

759

768

 

(9)

(1)

%

 

Advertising

 

757

691

 

66

10

%

 

Communications

 

529

499

 

30

 6

%

 

Taxes (other than income tax)

 

583

484

 

99

20

%

 

Guard and cash courier services

 

443

389

 

54

14

%

 

Per diems and travel expenses

 

217

232

 

(15)

(6)

%

 

Insurance premiums

 

78

69

 

 9

13

%

 

Other expenses

 

1,799

1,653

 

146

 9

%

 

Total administrative expenses

 

20,400

18,737

 

1,663

 9

%

 

 

In 2017, administrative expenses increased mainly due to the integration of Banco Popular. Eliminating the perimeter impact and adjusting for the year’s average inflation, administrative expenses were virtually unchanged, despite the cost increase stemming from regulatory requirements and investments in the transformation process. We have continued our active management approach during the year, adapting the base to the reality of the business in each market. This has allowed us to reduce costs or keep them stable in seven of our ten main business units, in real terms and not considering changes in the consolidation scope. The two units that reported the largest cost increase were Mexico, due to the significant investment made in infrastructure and systems as part of the plan launched in late 2016, and Brazil, where costs have responded to fluctuating levels of business and investments in transformation.

2016 compared to 2015

Administrative expenses for 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

    

 

Amount

%  

 

 

 

2016

2015

 

Change

Change

 

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

 

Personnel expenses

 

11,004

11,107

 

(103)

(1)

%

Other administrative expenses

 

7,733

8,195

 

(462)

(6)

%

Building, premises and supplies

 

1,853

1,943

 

(90)

(5)

%

Information Technology

 

1,095

1,188

 

(93)

(8)

%

Technical reports

 

768

810

 

(42)

(5)

%

Advertising

 

691

705

 

(14)

(2)

%

Communications

 

499

587

 

(88)

(15)

%

Taxes (other than income tax)

 

484

529

 

(45)

(9)

%

Security services and cash courier services

 

389

413

 

(24)

(6)

%

Per diems and travel expenses

 

232

278

 

(46)

(17)

%

Insurance premiums

 

69

74

 

(5)

(7)

%

Other expenses

 

1,653

1,668

 

(15)

(1)

%

Total administrative expenses

 

18,737

19,302

 

(565)

(3)

%

 

The measures adopted to simplify structures are enabling us to keep on investing in the commercial transformation (commercial tools, streamlined processes, new branch models) and improve customer satisfaction while forging a more efficient corporation. We continued to manage the units very actively throughout the year, adapting the cost base to the business reality in each market. This enabled us to reduce costs in seven of the 10 core units (eliminating the perimeter impact and adjusting for the year’s average inflation), and in the Corporate Center. The two units whose costs rose the most were Mexico, because of the business expansion plans that entail investments in technology, and the United States due to adapting to regulatory requirements and developing the franchise.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization was €2,593 million in 2017, a 10% or €229 million increase from €2,364 million in 2016, which was a 2% or €54 million decrease from €2,418 million in 2015.

123


 

Table of Contents

Provisions (net)

Provisions (net of reversal of provisions) were €3,058 million in 2017, a 22% or €550 million increase from €2,508 million in 2016, which was a 19% or €598 million decrease from €3,106 million in 2015. This item includes additions charged to the income statement in relation to provisions for pensions and similar obligations, provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments and other provisions. This increase is mainly due to restructuring costs of Banco Popular and the cost of the integration processes of Santander Consumer Finance.

For further details, see note 25 to our consolidated financial statements.

Impairment Losses (net)

Impairment losses (net) were €10,532 million in 2017, an 8% or €766 million increase from €9,766 million in 2016, which was a 17% or €1,978 million decrease from €11,744 million in 2015.

Impairment losses are divided in the income statement as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

2016

2015

 

 

 

(in millions of euros)

Impairment or reversal of impairment of financial assets not measured at fair value through  profit or loss, net

 

9,259

9,626

10,652

 

Financial assets measured at cost

 

 8

52

228

 

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

10

(11)

230

 

Loans and receivables

 

9,241

9,557

10,194

 

Investments Held-to-maturity

 

 —

28

 —

 

Impairment of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, net

 

13

17

 1

 

Impairment on non-financial assets, net

 

1,260

123

1,091

 

Tangible assets

 

72

55

128

 

Intangible assets

 

1,073

61

701

 

Others

 

115

 7

262

 

Total impairment losses (net)

 

10,532
9,766
11,744

 

 

2017 compared to 2016

Net impairment losses for loans and receivables were €9,241 million in 2017, a €316 million or 3% decrease as compared to 2016. For a further discussion on credit risk see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Part 3. Credit Risk”.

By geographical area and in local currency, we had significant reductions of the provisions in Continental Europe and in the United States and also across all of Latin America. However, in the United Kingdom provisions increased due to the steady normalization of provisioning and a single credit case at Global Corporate Banking.

Our total allowances for credit losses (excluding country-risk) decreased by €306 million to €24,529 million at December 31, 2017, from €24,835 million at December 31, 2016 mainly driven by the improvement in the quality of the portfolios partially offset for the acquisition of Banco Popular.

Non-performing balances (excluding country-risk) were €37,596 million at December 31, 2017, a €3,953 million increase as compared to €33,643 million at December 31, 2016. Banco Popular´s non-performing balances were €9,492 million at December 31, 2017. Credit quality ratios have continued to improve in almost all units, reflecting the selective growth strategy and a well-balanced risk management policy. Our Non-performing balance ratio was 4.08% at December 31, 2017 as compared to 3.93% at December 31, 2016. Our coverage ratio was 65% at December 31, 2017 and 74% at December 31, 2016, affected by the integration of Banco Popular. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Selected Statistical Information—Non-performing Balances Ratios” and “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Selected Statistical Information—Evolution of Non-performing Balances”.

Impairment losses on financial assets measured at cost and on financial assets available-for-sale in 2017 were €18 million as compared to €41 million in 2016.

124


 

Table of Contents

Net impairment on non-financial assets in 2017 increased to €1,260 million compared to €123 million in 2016. In 2017 we recognized impairment losses of €899 million in intangible assets, of which €799 million were Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc.’s goodwill. In addition, we recognized impairment losses of €174 million in other intangible assets.

2016 compared to 2015

Net impairment losses for loans and receivables were €9,557 million in 2016, a €637 million or 6% decrease as compared to 2015. For a further discussion on credit risk see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Part 3. Credit Risk”.

The most significant decreases were in the European units: Spain, U.K, Santander Consumer Finance, Portugal and Poland. However, in Latin American countries provisions increased in accordance with the growth in lending, except in Chile where they were lower. The lower provisions, combined with higher lending, reflected the strategy of selective growth and an appropriate risk management policy.

Our total allowances for credit losses (excluding country-risk) decreased by €2,286 million to €24,835 million at December 31, 2016, from €27,121 million at December 31, 2015 mainly driven by the improvement in the quality of the portfolios.

Non-performing balances (excluding country-risk) were €33,643 million at December 31, 2016, a €3,451 million decrease as compared to €37,094 million at December 31, 2015. Our Non-performing balance ratio was 3.93% at December 31, 2016 as compared to 4.36% at December 31, 2015. Credit quality ratios improved in almost all the Group´s countries. This improvement is a direct result of the strengthening of our risk culture throughout the Group. Our coverage ratio was 74% at December 31, 2016 and 73% at December 31, 2015. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Selected Statistical Information—Non-performing Balances Ratios” and “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Selected Statistical Information—Evolution of Non-performing Balances”.

Financial assets measured at cost and financial assets available-for-sale in 2016 were losses of €41 million as compared to losses of €458 million in 2015.

Net impairment on non-financial assets in 2016 decreased to €123 million compared to €1,091 million in 2015. In 2016 we recognized impairment losses of €11 million in other intangible assets as compared to €586 million in 2015.

Gains/ (losses) on non-financial assets and investments (net)

Net gains on non-financial assets and investments were €522 million in 2017, a €492 million increase from gains of €30 million in 2016, which was a €82 million decrease from gains of €112 million in 2015. The increase in 2017 is mainly due to the capital gains obtained from the sale of Allfunds Bank. For further details, see note 49 to our consolidated financial statements.

Gains from bargain purchases arising in business combinations

Gains from bargain purchases arising in business combinations were €0 million in 2017, a €22 million decrease from €22 million in 2016, which was a €261 million decrease from €283 million in 2015. The €283 million gains in 2015 reflect the gain on acquisition of Banco Internacional do Funchal (Banif) resulting from the difference between the consideration paid and the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the business combination date.

Gains/ (losses) on non-current assets held for sale classified as discontinued operations

Net losses on non-current assets held for sale classified as discontinued operations were €203 million in 2017, a €62 million increase from losses of €141 million in 2016, which was a €32 million decrease from losses of €173 million in 2015. This line item includes mainly impairment of foreclosed assets recorded during the year and the sale of properties, both of which decreased in 2015 and 2016.

Income Tax

The provision for corporate income tax was €3,884 million in 2017, an 18% or €602 million increase from €3,282 million in 2016, which represented a 48% or €1,069 million increase from €2,213 million in 2015. The effective tax rate was 32.1% in 2017, 30.5% in 2016 and 23.2% in 2015.

The increase in the effective tax rate in 2017 compared to 2016 is mainly due to the increase at certain units, notably Brazil, Spain, Poland, Chile and Argentina.

125


 

Table of Contents

The increase in the effective tax rate in 2016 compared to 2015 is primarily due to the reversal in 2015 of tax liabilities in Brazil and the increase in tax pressure in 2016 in some units, mainly in Chile, UK and Poland, specifically the latter two because of the introduction of new taxes on the sector.

For more information about factors affecting effective tax rates, see note 27 to our consolidated financial statements.

Profit / (losses) from discontinued operations

Profit from discontinued operations was €0 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests was €1,588 million in 2017, a 24% or €306 million increase from €1,282 million in 2016, which represented a 6% or €86 million decrease from €1,368 million in 2015. In 2017, there were increases at Santander Consumer Finance due to the agreement reached with Banque PSA, Brazil and Chile.

For further details, see note 28 to our consolidated financial statements.

The detail, by Group company, of profit/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interests is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

2017

2016

2015

 

Millions of euros

Profit/(Loss) for the year attributable to non-controlling interests

1,588
1,282
1,368

Of which:

 

 

 

Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc.

368
256
329

Banco Santander - Chile

264
215
191

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

288
194
296

Grupo Financiero Santander México, S.A.B. de C.V.

194
190
201

Grupo PSA

206
171
122

Bank Zachodni WBK S.A.

160
148
154

Other companies

108
108
75

 

 

 

 

126


 

Table of Contents

Results of Operations by Business Areas

For a description of our segments see “Item 4. “Information on the Company—B. Business Overview”.

Our results of operations by business areas can be summarized as follows.

First level (geographic):

Continental Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variations

 

 

2017

2016

2015

 

2017/16

2016/15

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

 

INTEREST INCOME / (CHARGES)

9,270
8,161
8,006

 

1,109
14%
155
2%

 

Dividend income

274
272
277

 

2
1%
(5)
(2%)

 

Income from companies accounted for by the equity method

378
168
120

 

210

n.a.

48
40%

 

Net fees and commissions

4,171
3,497
3,417

 

674
19%
80
2%

 

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net) *

626
818
1,186

 

(192)
(23%)
(368)
(31%)

 

Other operating income/(expenses) (net)

(256)
(110)
(178)

 

(146)

n.a.

68
(38%)

 

TOTAL INCOME

14,463
12,806
12,828

 

1,657
13%
(22)
(0%)

 

Administrative expenses and depreciation

(7,688)
(6,781)
(6,735)

 

(907)
13%
(46)
1%

 

Provisions (net)

(990)
(444)
(352)

 

(546)

n.a.

(92)
26%

 

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(1,111)
(1,383)
(2,083)

 

272
(20%)
700
(34%)

 

Impairment on other assets (net)

(189)
(36)
(172)

 

(153)

n.a.

136
(79%)

 

Gains/(losses) on other assets (net)

(115)
(150)
(120)

 

35
(23%)
(30)
25%

 

OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX

4,370
4,012
3,366

 

358
9%
646
19%

 

Income tax

(1,158)
(1,083)
(887)

 

(75)
7%
(196)
22%

 

PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

3,212
2,929
2,479

 

283
10%
450
18%

 

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations (net)

 -

 -

 -

 

 -

n.a.

 -

n.a.

 

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

3,212
2,929
2,479

 

283
10%
450
18%

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interest

381
330
261

 

51
15%
69
26%

 

Profit attributable to the Parent

2,831
2,599
2,218

 

232
9%
381
17%

 


*    Includes exchange differences (net)

2017 compared to 2016 2

 

In 2017, Continental Europe accounted for 32% of the total operating areas’ profit attributable to the Parent bank.

Against a backdrop of historically low interest rates, the Bank’s strategy remains focused on improving customer loyalty, pushing up our market share, controlling costs and improving credit quality. Work is therefore ongoing to improve the customer experience and enhance the efficiency through the digital transformation, while simplifying processes and offering innovative products.

As a result of this strategy, customer engagement has improved for individuals, SMEs and corporates resulting in an 11% increase in fee and commission income excluding acquisitions. Similarly, our digital strategy has led to an 11% gain in digital customers 3 , with most Santander regions reporting a major increase.

Highlights of the year were (i) the acquisition of Banco Popular on June 7, 2017 (see “Item 4. - Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations - Acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A.”); (ii) the acquisition of Core Deutsche Bank Polska & DB Securities S.A. which is expected to be completed in the fourth quarter of 2018 (see “Item 4. - Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations - Acquisition of the retail banking and private banking business of Deutsche Bank Polska, S.A.”); and (iii) the acquisition of 50% of Santander Asset Management (see “Item 4. - Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations - iv. Agreement with Santander Asset Management”).

 


For a summary by countries, see “item 4. Information on the Company – Business Overview – Continental Europe”.

Digital customer: client who has logged a certain number of times in our mobile/internet banking.

 

127


 

Table of Contents

The main line items of Banco Popular’s contribution to Continental Europe for the period from June 7, 2017 to December 31, 2017 are the following: interest income / (charges) €1,003 million, net fees and commissions €288 million, total income €1,309 million, operating expenses -€873 million, impairment on loans -€114 million and loss attributable to the Parent €37 million, including €300 million of integration costs (net of tax).

Total income increased by 13% or €1,657 million. Interest income / (charges) increased €1,109 million, mainly due to the contribution of Banco Popular of €1,003 million. Net fees and commissions increased by 19% or €674 million due to the contribution of Banco Popular (€288 million) and the higher customer loyalty.

Administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization increased by €907 million or 13% mainly due to the contribution of Banco Popular (€873 million). Not considering Banco Popular, costs increased 1% after absorbing costs associated with the launch of Openbank and the impact of the integration of a company that manages point of sale terminals in Spain.

Provisions (net) increased by -€546 million reaching -€990 million, basically due to expenses related to integration processes of Banco Popular and Santander Consumer Finance.

Impairment losses , which include impairment losses on financial assets (net) and  impairment losses on other assets (net) , decreased by €119 million or 8%, mainly due to the improvement in the credit quality.

The NPL ratio in Continental Europe decreased 13 basis points to 5.79%, while the coverage ratio decreased 6 percentage points to 54.4%.

Profit attributable to the Parent increased by €232 million or 9% mainly due to the increase in interest income / (charges) and the improvement in fees and commissions in the majority of the units, both impacts partially offset by the higher administrative expenses and depreciation and the impact of the integration processes related to Banco Popular and Santander Consumer Finance.

2016 compared to 2015

 

In 2016, Continental Europe accounted for 32% of the total operating areas’ profit attributable to the Parent bank.

Highlights of the year were the successful completion of the agreement between Santander Consumer Finance and Banque PSA Finance (Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Belgium, Poland and Austria integrated in 2016), as well as integrating Banco Internacional do Funchal (Banif) technologically and operationally in Portugal within the timetable.

Total income decreased by €22 million mainly due to the €368 million decrease in Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net), mainly due to impact of reduced gains of ALCO sales portfolio in 2016 compared to 2015, partially offset by increase in interest income / (charges) and net fees and commissions (€155 million and €80 million respectively). Other operating expenses (net) increased by €68 million, mainly due to the one-offs charged in 2015 not repeated in 2016;  (i) charges in  Poland to the Deposit Guarantee Fund, due to the collapse of SK Wolomin Bank and (ii) the Spain’s higher charges to the Deposit Guarantee Fund and Resolution Fund.

Administrative expenses and depreciation decreased €46 million or 1%, due to strict control of costs.

Impairment losses, which include impairment losses on financial assets (net) and impairment losses on other assets (net) , decreased by €836 million or 37%, with a decrease in all the main commercial units, which reflects the improvement in NPL ratios. Spain shows the biggest fall as the economic cycle continues to improve.

The NPL ratio in Continental Europe decreased 135 basis points to 5.92%, while the coverage ratio decreased 4 percentage points to 60%.

Profit attributable to the Parent increased by €381 million or 17%, mainly due to the decrease in impairment losses on financial assets (net) through all units, which resulted in improvements in non-performing loans ratios, partially offset by the decrease in Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net).

128


 

Table of Contents

United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variations

 

 

2017

2016

2015

 

2017/16

2016/15

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

 

INTEREST INCOME / (CHARGES)

4,364
4,405
4,942

 

(41)
(1%)
(537)
(11%)

 

Dividend income

1
1
1

 

 -

0%

 -

0%

 

Income from companies accounted for by the equity method

32
16
10

 

16

n.a.

6
60%

 

Net fees and commissions

1,003
1,031
1,091

 

(28)
(3%)
(60)
(5%)

 

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net) *

282
319
302

 

(37)
(12%)
17
6%

 

Other operating income/(expenses) (net)

34
44
37

 

(10)
(23%)
7
19%

 

TOTAL INCOME

5,716
5,816
6,383

 

(100)
(2%)
(567)
(9%)

 

Administrative expenses and depreciation

(2,862)
(2,967)
(3,357)

 

105
(4%)
390
(12%)

 

Provisions (net)

(429)
(276)
(351)

 

(153)
55%
75
(21%)

 

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(205)
(58)
(107)

 

(147)

n.a.

49
(46%)

 

Impairment on other assets (net)

(50)
(64)
(9)

 

14
(22%)
(55)

n.a.

 

Gains/(losses) on other assets (net)

14
1
5

 

13

n.a.

(4)
(80%)

 

OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX

2,184
2,452
2,564

 

(268)
(11%)
(112)
(4%)

 

Income tax

(661)
(736)
(556)

 

75
(10%)
(180)
32%

 

PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

1,523
1,716
2,008

 

(193)
(11%)
(292)
(15%)

 

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations (net)

 -

 -

 -

 

 -

n.a.

 -

n.a.

 

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

1,523
1,716
2,008

 

(193)
(11%)
(292)
(15%)

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interest

25
36
37

 

(11)
(31%)
(1)
(3%)

 

Profit attributable to the Parent

1,498
1,680
1,971

 

(182)
(11%)
(291)
(15%)

 


*    Includes exchange differences (net)

2017 compared to 2016

In 2017, the United Kingdom accounted for 17% of the total operating areas’ profit attributable to the Parent bank.

Our priority in the UK remains customer loyalty, operational and digital excellence and steady and sustained profit growth, while also aspiring to become the best bank for our employees and society in general .   We remain firmly committed to our World 1|2|3 strategy, which already has 5.4 million customers. The number of digital customers has been increasing at around 10% growth. 

 

Total income decreased by €100 million or 2% in 2017; however, excluding the exchange rate impact it increased by 5%. Interest income / (charges) decreased €41 million; excluding the exchange rate impact it increased by €255 million or 6% driven by the improvement in the margin on borrowing activity following the changes made to the terms and conditions of the 1|2|3 account. Net fees and commissions decreased by €28 million or 3%; excluding the exchange rate impact they increased by 4% due to the rise in commissions on retail banking transactions and on digital and internal payments in the commercial banking segment.

 

Administrative expenses and depreciation decreased €105 million or 4% in 2017 (3% increase excluding the exchange rate impact). They remained under control despite inflationary pressures and costs of €92 million resulting from the banking reform process. The increase in investments in business growth and in improving digital channels was partially offset by the improvements made on operational efficiency.

Provisions (net) increased   by   €153 million or 55%, mainly concerning allowances to cover potential claims in connection with payment protection insurance (PPI) products.

Impairment losses increased €133 million mainly due to single credit at Global Corporate Banking. Credit quality remains strong across all portfolios, underpinned by risk management and low interest rates. The NPL ratio improved 8 basis points to 1.33% at the end of 2017, while the coverage ratio decreased 86 basis points to 32.0%.

Profit attributable to the Parent decreased by €182 million or 11%; however excluding the exchange rate impact it decreased by 4%, the main positive drivers being interest income / (charges) and fees and commissions . In the other hand, the main negative drivers were impairment and provisions.

129


 

Table of Contents

2016 compared to 2015

In 2016, the United Kingdom accounted for 21% of the total operating areas’ profit attributable to the Parent bank .

The UK banking sector faces a very demanding regulatory change agenda, in particular with the banking reform, where our planning and implementation is well advanced. We have recently revised our approach in order to minimize the impact on customers and maintain long-term flexibility in the changeable macro environment.

Total income decreased by €567 million or 9% (excluding the exchange rate increased 3%), mainly due to the €537 million or 11% decrease in Interest income / (charges). In local currency, Interest income / (charges) was flat with increased lending volumes and retail liability margin that offset continued SVR (Standard Variable Rate mortgage) attrition and asset margin pressures. Net fees and commissions decreased €60 million or 5%; however, in local currency they increased 7%, mainly due to fees in Retail Banking and international and digital payment fees in Commercial Banking, partially offset by regulatory impacts on cards and investment income.

Administrative expenses and depreciation decreased €390 million or 12%. Excluding the exchange rate they were flat as efficiency improvements absorbed investments in business growth, banking reform costs of €104 million, and the continued enhancements to our digital channels.  

Impairment losses and Provisions decreased €69 million or 15% (excluding the exchange rate decreased 3%). Credit quality remained strong in all loan portfolios, supported by prudent lending criteria and the low rate environment. The NPL ratio improved to 1.41% at end of 2016, from 1.52% at end of 2015. The coverage ratio decreased 5 percentage points to 33%.

Profit attributable to the Parent decreased by €291 million or 15% (excluding the exchange rate decreased 4%) adversely impacted by the 8% bank corporation tax surcharge. In local currency, operating profit before tax increased 8%, mainly due income growth, increased cost discipline and good credit performance.

Latin America

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variations

 

 

2017

2016

2015

 

2017/16

2016/15

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

INTEREST INCOME / (CHARGES)

15,944
13,345
13,752

 

2,599
19%
(407)
(3%)

 

Dividend income

44
78
57

 

(34)
(44%)
21
37%

 

Income from companies accounted for by the equity method

369
309
285

 

60
19%
24
8%

 

Net fees and commissions

5,490
4,581
4,452

 

909
20%
129
3%

 

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net) *

1,012
806
517

 

206
26%
289
56%

 

Other operating income/(expenses) (net)

(386)
(355)
(308)

 

(31)
9%
(47)
15%

 

TOTAL INCOME

22,473
18,764
18,755

 

3,709
20%
9
0%

 

Administrative expenses and depreciation

(8,694)
(7,692)
(7,906)

 

(1,002)
13%
214
(3%)

 

Provisions (net)

(1,145)
(800)
(831)

 

(345)
43%
31
(4%)

 

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(5,014)
(4,912)
(5,108)

 

(102)
2%
196
(4%)

 

Impairment on other assets (net)

(112)
(42)
20

 

(70)

n.a.

(62)

n.a.

 

Gains/(losses) on other assets (net)

(31)
59
78

 

(90)

n.a.

(19)
(24%)

 

OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX

7,477
5,377
5,008

 

2,100
39%
369
7%

 

Income tax

(2,380)
(1,363)
(1,219)

 

(1,017)
75%
(144)
12%

 

PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

5,097
4,014
3,789

 

1,083
27%
225
6%

 

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations (net)

 -

 -

 -

 

 -

n.a.

 -

n.a.

 

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

5,097
4,014
3,789

 

1,083
27%
225
6%

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interest

813
628
596

 

185
29%
32
5%

 

Profit attributable to the Parent

4,284
3,386
3,193

 

898
27%
193
6%

 


*    Includes exchange differences (net)

130


 

Table of Contents

2017 compared to 2016 4

As of December 31, 2017, Latin America accounted for 48% of the total operating areas’ profit attributable to the Parent bank .

Highlights for the year included the significant investments made in operating systems and digital infrastructure in a bid to streamline processes and improve customer experience, customer loyalty and the number of transactions and digital customers. Loyal customers increased in 2017 across all units. Meanwhile, the number of digital customers rose by 32%.

Total income increased by €3,709 million or 20% (excluding the exchange rate impact they improved by €3,164 million or 16%). The main drivers of growth were Interest income / (charges) (+€2,599 million or +€2,178 without exchange rates) and  Net fees and commissions (+€909 million or +€785 million eliminating the exchange rate impact). These growths were spurred by increased volumes and good management of spreads, with a significant decrease of the Selic rate in Brazil while the interest rate in Mexico was on the rise and higher customer loyalty.

Administrative expenses and depreciation increased by €1,002 million or 13%. Excluding the exchange rate impact expenses grew by €810 million or 10%, mainly due to significant investments made in operating systems and digital infrastructure. However, growth was moderate as compared to inflation rates.

Provisions (net) increased by €345 million mainly due to an increase in labor and civil contingencies provisions in Brazil.

Impairment losses increased by €172 million or 3%, lower than the business growth, due to higher credit quality. 

The NPL ratio decreased 31 basis points to 4.50% and the coverage ratio stood at 84.8% at the end of 2017.

Profit attributable to the Parent increased by €898 million or 27% (24% excluding the exchange rate impact), mainly due to interest income (charges) and net fees and commissions, both effects partially offset by higher a dministrative expenses and depreciation and Provisions (net).   Brazil contributed Profit attributable to the Parent of   €2,544 in 2017 (59% of the profit attributable to the Parent in Latin America).

2016 compared to 2015

As of December 31, 2016, Latin America accounted for 42% of the total operating areas’ profit attributable to the Parent bank .

In general, the environment was not propitious for business, mainly due to the depreciation of currencies and in particular the shrinking of Brazil’s GDP. The focus remained on deepening customer relations, improving customer experience and satisfaction, as well as accelerating the digital transformation.

Total income increased by €9 million. However, excluding the exchange rate impact it increased 10%, due to the increase in interest income / (charges) and in fees and commissions (that increased 6% and 15%, respectively, excluding the exchange rate impact).

Administrative expenses and depreciation decreased by €214 million or 3%. Nevertheless, excluding the exchange rate impact expenses increased by 8%. This increase was due to salary agreements, dollar-indexed expenses and investments. However, growth was moderate as compared to inflation rates.

Impairment losses and provisions decreased by €165 million mainly due to exchange rates impact. Excluding the exchange rate impact, impairment on loans rose 7%. The NPL ratio improved to 4.81% (-15 basis points.) and the coverage ratio increased 8 percentage points to 87%.

Profit attributable to the Parent increased by €193 million or 6%. Deducting the exchange rate impact, the increase was by 19%, spurred by the growth in total income that was partially offset by the increase in administrative expenses and depreciation and impairment losses and provisions .

 


4   For a summary by countries see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Latin America”.

 

131


 

Table of Contents

United States

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variations

 

 

2017

2016

2015

 

2017/16

2016/15

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

INTEREST INCOME / (CHARGES)

5,569
5,917
6,116

 

(348)
(6%)
(199)
(3%)

 

Dividend income

20
30
48

 

(10)
(33%)
(18)
(38%)

 

Income from companies accounted for by the equity method

(11)
2
3

 

(13)

n.a.

(1)
(33%)

 

Net fees and commissions

971
1,102
1,086

 

(131)
(12%)
16
1%

 

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net) *

(29)
22
231

 

(51)

n.a.

(209)
(90%)

 

Other operating income/(expenses) (net)

401
460
316

 

(59)
(13%)
144
46%

 

TOTAL INCOME

6,921
7,533
7,800

 

(612)
(8%)
(267)
(3%)

 

Administrative expenses and depreciation

(3,274)
(3,197)
(3,025)

 

(77)
2%
(172)
6%

 

Provisions (net)

(174)
(72)
(164)

 

(102)

n.a.

92
(56%)

 

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(2,878)
(3,187)
(3,103)

 

309
(10%)
(84)
3%

 

Impairment on other assets (net)

(27)
(35)

 -

 

8
(23%)
(35)

n.a.

 

Gains/(losses) on other assets (net)

16
(6)
16

 

22

n.a.

(22)

n.a.

 

OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX

584
1,036
1,524

 

(452)
(44%)
(488)
(32%)

 

Income tax

116
(355)
(517)

 

471

n.a.

162
(31%)

 

PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

700
681
1,007

 

19
3%
(326)
(32%)

 

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations (net)

 -

 -

 -

 

 -

n.a.

 -

n.a.

 

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

700
681
1,007

 

19
3%
(326)
(32%)

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interest

368
286
329

 

82
29%
(43)
(13%)

 

Profit attributable to the Parent

332
395
678

 

(63)
(16%)
(283)
(42%)

 


*    Includes exchange differences (net). 

2017 compared to 2016 5

In 2017, United States contributed 4% of the total operating areas’ profit attributable to the Parent bank .

In 2017 SHUSA passed the Federal Reserve’s stress tests in both the quantitative and qualitative aspects, with no objections raised against the capital plan. This will allow the country to focus on improving profitability, reducing costs and optimizing the capital structure.

Banco Santander aims to improve the customer experience and its range of products and digital channels, leading us to narrow the service quality gap against competitors increasing the number of loyal customers. Digital customers increased 5% in 2017. There is also a focus on improving business profitability and efficiency.

At Santander Consumer USA the strategy focuses on optimizing the balance sheet asset mix, improving financing costs and securing maximum value from the agreement with Fiat Chrysler. To this end, Santander Consumer USA continues to prioritize its core non-prime segment, while also expanding its market share in the prime segment. We are also working to secure higher weighting of funding via deposits, in order to ensure more predictable results, shifting the balance towards a lower risk profile, but maintaining profitability adjusted to risk at levels similar to the current ones.

Total income decreased by €612 million or 8%. This decrease was mainly due to lower interest income/charges for Santander Consumer USA as a result of a business mix shift towards a lower risk profile, partially offset by higher interest income (charges) at Santander Bank supported by rising interest rates and lower financing costs following balance optimization efforts. This line item was also positively affected by the tax reform performed in 2017.

Operating expenses rose €77 million or 2%, as a result of investments in Santander Consumer USA and Santander Holdings, while costs for Santander Bank were flat.  

 


For further information on the segment, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—United States”.

132


 

Table of Contents

Provisions and Impairment losses decreased by €215 million resulting mainly from a €309 million decrease in   Impairment losses on financial assets (net) due to the change in the portfolio mix and lower volumes for Santander Consumer USA partially offset by the negative impact of the 2017 hurricanes.

The NPL ratio was 2.79%, which represents a 51 basis points reduction from 2016. The coverage decreased by 44 percentage points to 170.2% at December 31, 2017. 

 

Profit attributable to the Parent bank from United States in 2017 was €332 million, a €63 million or 16% decrease as compared to 2016 resulting mainly from a decrease in total income and an increase in operating expenses partially offset by a decrease in provisions and impairment losses . In 2017 the hurricanes and tax reforms had a net impact of -€76 million. The results were not affected significantly by exchange rates.

2016 compared to 2015

In 2016, United States contributed 5% of the total operating areas’ profit attributable to the Parent bank .

Santander US is focusing on strategic priorities that aim to transform it into a diversified and leading bank in the US. These include: (i) improve the profitability of Santander Bank, (ii) optimize the auto finance business, and (iii) grow GCB’s business with customers established in the US by leveraging the connectivity of the Group’s global footprint.

Santander US continued to progress in 2016 in complying with its regulatory obligations. The creation of the IHC holding was completed, unifying the main units in the country under the same management and governance structure in order to manage risk in the US more effectively.

Total income decreased by €267 million or 3%, basically due to a €199 million or 3%, decrease in interest/income (charges) due to Santander Consumer USA’s change in its business mix towards a lower risk profile (with impact on revenues), and to a €209 million or 90% decrease in Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net), due to the Santander Bank’s repurchase of costly liabilities during the year. Both effects were partially offset by the increase of €144 million in Other operating income/(expenses) (net) due to the leasing business.

Administrative expenses and depreciation increased by €172 million or 6%, due to the significant investments that were made in technology to enhance customer experience and improve risk management and capital planning in order to comply with regulatory obligations.

Provisions and Impairment losses increased by €27 million or 1%, partly due to provisions made in the first quarter 2016 for oil and gas related business. At December 31, 2016, the NPL ratio was 2.28%, which represents an increase of 14 basis points from 2015. The coverage ratio reduced 11 percentage points to 214% at December 31, 2016.

Profit attributable to the Parent decreased by €283 million or 42% mainly due to lower total income and higher   expenses .   The results were not affected significantly by the impact of exchange rates.

133


 

Table of Contents

Corporate Center

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variations

 

 

2017

2016

2015

 

2017/16

2016/15

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

 

INTEREST INCOME / (CHARGES)

(851)
(739)
(4)

 

(112)
15%
(735)

n.a.

 

Dividend income

45
32
72

 

13
41%
(40)
(56%)

 

Income from companies accounted for by the equity method

(64)
(51)
(43)

 

(13)
25%
(8)
19%

 

Net fees and commissions

(38)
(31)
(13)

 

(7)
23%
(18)

n.a.

 

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net) *

(226)
136
150

 

(362)

n.a.

(14)
(9%)

 

Other operating income/(expenses) (net)

(84)
(34)
(33)

 

(50)

n.a.

(1)
3%

 

TOTAL INCOME

(1,218)
(687)
129

 

(531)
77%
(816)

n.a.

 

Administrative expenses and depreciation

(475)
(464)
(697)

 

(11)
2%
233
(33%)

 

Provisions (net)

(320)
(916)
(1,408)

 

596
(65%)
492
(35%)

 

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(51)
(86)
(251)

 

35
(41%)
165
(66%)

 

Impairment on other assets (net)

(895)
37
(931)

 

(932)

n.a.

968

n.a.

 

Gains/(losses) on other assets (net)

435
7
243

 

428

n.a.

(236)
(97%)

 

OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX

(2,524)
(2,109)
(2,915)

 

(415)
20%
806
(28%)

 

Income tax

199
255
966

 

(56)
(22%)
(711)
(74%)

 

PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

(2,325)
(1,854)
(1,949)

 

(471)
25%
95
(5%)

 

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations (net)

 -

 -

 -

 

 -

n.a.

 -

n.a.

 

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

(2,325)
(1,854)
(1,949)

 

(471)
25%
95
(5%)

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interest

1
2
145

 

(1)
(50%)
(143)
(99%)

 

Profit attributable to the Parent

(2,326)
(1,856)
(2,094)

 

(470)
25%
238
(11%)

 


*    Includes exchange differences (net).

2017 compared to 2016 6

Our subsidiaries’ model is complemented by a corporate center that has support and control units which carry out functions for the Group in risk, auditing, technology, human resources, legal affairs, communication and marketing, among other matters.

2017 was impacted by -€436 million which is the net of the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets and capital gains from the sale of Allfunds. 2016 was affected by -€417 million resulting mainly from restructuring costs, including basically a provision for eventual claims related to payment protection insurance (PPI) in the UK and capital gains from the sale of VISA Europe.

Total income decreased by €531 million to -€1,218 million. Interest income / (charges) decreased by €112 million to -€851 million, mainly due to higher cost of funding.   Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net) decreased by €362 million to -€226 million, mainly due to capital gains from the sale of VISA Europe accounted in 2016.

Impairment and provisions (net) increased by -€301 million, mainly due the negative impact of impairment on intangible assets in 2017. These losses are partially offset by the reduction in provisions resulting from the restructuring costs and the provision claims related to payment protection insurance (PPI) accounted for in 2016.

Gains/(losses) on other assets (net) increased by €428 million, mainly due to the capital gains from the sale of Allfunds.

Loss attributable to the Parent increased by €470 million or 25%.

2016 compared to 2015

Banco Santander subsidiaries’ model is complemented by a corporate center that has support and control units which carry out functions for the Group in matters of risk, auditing, technology, human resources, legal affairs, communication and marketing, among others.


For further information on segments, see “item 4. Information on the Company  - B. Business Overview – Corporate Center”.

 

134


 

Table of Contents

Total income decreased by €816 million to -€687 million. This line item includes income from the centralized management of different risks (mainly interest rate risk and exchange rate risk) and the financial cost of issuances.

Administrative expenses and depreciation decreased by €233 million or 33%, mainly due to the restructuring carried out in the second quarter of 2016 and the continued streamlining of the corporation begun in 2015.

Provisions, Impairment losses and Gains/(losses) on other assets (net) decreased by €1,389 million or 59%. These amounts included provisions of different nature, as well as capital gains, capital losses and impairment of financial assets. The figure normalized in 2016, as in 2015 it was higher than average.

Loss attributable to the Parent  decreased by €238 million or 11% driven by (i) a reduction in administrative expenses, (ii) a reduction in provisions and impairment losses (after those occurred in 2015 that were not repeated in 2016), partially offset by (iii) a decrease in total income .  

Second level (business):

Commercial Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variations

 

 

2017

2016

2015

    

2017/16

2016/15

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

 

INTEREST INCOME / (CHARGES)

32,704
29,090
30,027

 

3,614
12%
(937)
(3%)

 

Dividend income

77
131
124

 

(54)
(41%)
7
6%

 

Income from companies accounted for by the equity method

781
505
434

 

276
55%
71
16%

 

Net fees and commissions

10,007
8,745
8,621

 

1,262
14%
124
1%

 

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net) *

667
663
1,346

 

4
1%
(683)
(51%)

 

Other operating income/(expenses) (net)

(210)
(79)
(194)

 

(131)

n.a.

115
(59%)

 

TOTAL INCOME

44,026
39,055
40,358

 

4,971
13%
(1,303)
(3%)

 

Administrative expenses and depreciation

(20,323)
(18,475)
(18,730)

 

(1,848)
10%
255
(1%)

 

Provisions (net)

(2,718)
(1,547)
(1,656)

 

(1,171)
76%
109
(7%)

 

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(8,440)
(8,713)
(9,462)

 

273
(3%)
749
(8%)

 

Impairment on other assets (net)

(206)
(97)
2

 

(109)

n.a.

(99)

n.a.

 

Gains/(losses) on other assets (net)

(74)
(22)
117

 

(52)

n.a.

(139)

n.a.

 

OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX

12,265
10,201
10,629

 

2,064
20%
(428)
(4%)

 

Income tax

(3,417)
(2,799)
(2,663)

 

(618)
22%
(136)
5%

 

PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

8,848
7,402
7,966

 

1,446
20%
(564)
(7%)

 

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations (net)

 -

 -

 -

 

 -

n.a.

 -

n.a.

 

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

8,848
7,402
7,966

 

1,446
20%
(564)
(7%)

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interest

1,421
1,105
1,112

 

316
29%
(7)
(1%)

 

Profit attributable to the Parent

7,427
6,297
6,854

 

1,130
18%
(557)
(8%)

 


*    Includes exchange differences (net).

2017 compared to 2016

Commercial Banking generated 83% of the total operating areas’ profit attributable to the Parent bank in 2017.

Highlights of the year were (i) the acquisition of Banco Popular on June 7, 2017, (ii) the acquisition of Core Deutsche Bank Polska & DB Securities S.A. , and (iii) the acquisition of 50% of Santander Asset Management.

The main line items of Banco Popular’s contribution to Commercial Banking for the period from June 7, 2017 to December 31, 2017 are the following: interest income / (charges) €1,003 million, net fees and commissions €288 million, total income €1,309 million, operating expenses -€873 million, impairment on loans -€114 million and loss attributable to the Parent €37 million, including €300 million of integration costs (net of tax).  

Santander maintains a clear and consistent commercial transformation strategy. The three main pillars of the transformation program are as follows: (i) improving customer loyalty and satisfaction, (ii) digital transformation of channels, products and services and (iii) further driving customer satisfaction and customer experience by striving for operational excellence, with new, more efficient and simpler multi-channel processes.

135


 

Table of Contents

Total income increased by €4,971 million or 13%, mainly due to interest income / (charges) that increased €3,614 million or 12%, spurred mainly by the contribution of Banco Popular (€1,003 million) and Brazil. Further contributing to the rise in total income was the €1,262 million increase in Net fees and commissions driven by the performance of Brazil and Spain (including Banco Popular), basically due to the higher volume of transactions and customer loyalty.  

Administrative expenses and depreciation increased by €1,848 million or 10%, in line with the business growth, impacted by the acquisition of Banco Popular and by ongoing investments in different units.

Provisions (net) increased by €1,171 million mainly due to the costs related to the integration processes of Banco Popular and Santander Consumer Finance, together with an increase in labor and civil contingencies provisions in Brazil.

Impairment decreased by €164 million or 2% mainly due to the improvement in the credit quality.

Profit attributable to the Parent increased by €1,130 million mainly due to the rise in interest income / (charges) and fees and commissions partly offset by operating expenses and Provisions (net). The results were not affected significantly by the impact of exchange rates.

2016 compared to 2015

Commercial Banking generated 78% of the total operating areas’ profit attributable to the Parent bank in 2016.

Total income decreased by €1,303 million or 3% mainly due to Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net) that decreased €683 million or 51%, mainly due to reduced gains from the sale of the ALCO portfolio in 2016 as compared to 2015. Additionally, interest income / (charges) decreased by €937 million or 3%.

Administrative expenses and depreciation decreased by €255 million or 1%.

Impairment losses and Provisions (net) decreased by €759 million or 7% mainly due to an improved credit quality across the loan portfolios.

Profit attributable to the Parent decreased by €557 million or 8% mainly due to the decreases of interest income / (charges) and Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net) . The exchange rate impact reduced the losses due to the behavior of different currencies.

Santander Global Corporate Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variations

 

 

2017

2016

2015

    

2017/16

2016/15

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

 

INTEREST INCOME / (CHARGES)

2,478
2,781
2,830

 

(303)
(11%)
(49)
(2%)

 

Dividend income

262
250
259

 

12
5%
(9)
(3%)

 

Income from companies accounted for by the equity method

(13)
(7)
(6)

 

(6)
86%
(1)
17%

 

Net fees and commissions

1,627
1,465
1,425

 

162
11%
40
3%

 

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net) *

1,224
1,293
739

 

(69)
(5%)
554
75%

 

Other operating income/(expenses) (net)

(26)
43
24

 

(69)

n.a.

19
79%

 

TOTAL INCOME

5,552
5,825
5,271

 

(273)
(5%)
554
11%

 

Administrative expenses and depreciation

(1,988)
(1,951)
(2,058)

 

(37)
2%
107
(5%)

 

Provisions (net)

(24)
(40)
(51)

 

16
(40%)
11
(22%)

 

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(690)
(660)
(688)

 

(30)
5%
28
(4%)

 

Impairment on other assets (net)

(51)
(59)
(37)

 

8
(14%)
(22)
59%

 

Gains/(losses) on other assets (net)

5
22
4

 

(17)
(77%)
18

n.a.

 

OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX

2,804
3,137
2,441

 

(333)
(11%)
696
29%

 

Income tax

(802)
(876)
(695)

 

74
(8%)
(181)
26%

 

PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

2,002
2,261
1,746

 

(259)
(11%)
515
29%

 

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations (net)

 -

 -

 -

 

 -

n.a.

 -

n.a.

 

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

2,002
2,261
1,746

 

(259)
(11%)
515
29%

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interest

181
172
120

 

9
5%
52
43%

 

Profit attributable to the Parent

1,821
2,089
1,626

 

(268)
(13%)
463
28%

 


*    Includes exchange differences (net).

136


 

Table of Contents

2017 compared to 2016

Santander Global Corporate Banking maintained in 2017 the key pillars of its business model, focused on the customer, the division’s global capacities and its interconnection with local units, while actively managing risk, capital and liquidity.

This segment contributed 20% of the total operating areas’ profit attributable to the Parent bank in 2017.

Profit attributable to the Parent Bank in 2017 was €1,821 million, a decrease of €268 million or 13% as compared to 2016. Total income decreased  €273 million or 5%, mainly due to interest income / charges that decreased by €303 million or 11%, partially offset by fees and commissions (increased by €162 million or 11%) generated mainly by the Corporate Finance and Global Transaction Banking areas. Administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization increased by 2% and impairments increased by 3%.

2016 compared to 2015

This segment contributed 26% of the total operating areas’ profit attributable to the Parent bank in 2016.

Total income increased by €554 million or 11% with growth in all products. Global Transaction Banking increased the performance against a backdrop of containment of spreads and low interest rates, Financing Solutions and Advisory flat, reflecting the soundness of the various businesses, and Global Markets (good performance in Europe and particularly the Americas).

Administrative expenses and depreciation decreased €107 million or 5%, due to the efficiency plans.

Impairment losses and Provisions decreased by €17 million or 2%.

Profit attributable to the Parent increased by €463 million. This performance was mainly due to the increase in total income and to cost control.

Real Estate Operations in Spain 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

2016

2015

    

2017/16

2016/15

 

 

(in millions of euros, except percentages)

 

INTEREST INCOME / (CHARGES)

(35)
(43)
(41)

 

8
(19%)
(2)
5%

 

Dividend income

 -

 -

 -

 

 -

n.a.

 -

n.a.

 

Income from companies accounted for by the equity method

 -

(3)
(10)

 

3

n.a.

7
(70%)

 

Net fees and commissions

1

 1

 -

 

 -

0%
1

n.a.

 

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net) *

 -

9
151

 

(9)

n.a.

(142)
(94%)

 

Other operating income/(expenses) (net)

29
75
37

 

(46)
(61%)
38

n.a.

 

TOTAL INCOME

(5)
39
137

 

(44)

n.a.

(98)
(72%)

 

Administrative expenses and depreciation

(207)
(211)
(235)

 

4
(2%)
24
(10%)

 

Provisions (net)

4
(5)
9

 

9

n.a.

(14)

n.a.

 

Impairment on financial assets (net)

(78)
(167)
(251)

 

89
(53%)
84
(33%)

 

Impairment on other assets (net)

(121)
(21)
(126)

 

(100)

n.a.

105
(83%)

 

Gains/(losses) on other assets (net)

(47)
(96)
(142)

 

49
(51%)
46
(32%)

 

OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX

(454)
(461)
(608)

 

7
(2%)
147
(24%)

 

Income tax

136
138
179

 

(2)
(1%)
(41)
(23%)

 

PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

(318)
(323)
(429)

 

5
(2%)
106
(25%)

 

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations (net)

 -

 -

 -

 

 -

n.a.

 -

n.a.

 

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

(318)
(323)
(429)

 

5
(2%)
106
(25%)

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interest

(15)
3
(9)

 

(18)

n.a.

12

n.a.

 

Profit attributable to the Parent

(303)
(326)
(420)

 

23
(7%)
94
(22%)

 


*    Includes exchange differences (net).

2017 compared to 2016

The segment includes loans to real-estate developers, for which a specialized management model is applied, as well as the interest in Sociedad de Gestión de Activos Procedentes de la Reestructuración Bancaria, S.A. (SAREB), the remaining Metrovacesa assets, the

137


 

Table of Contents

assets of the previous real-estate fund and foreclosed assets. See “—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations— vii. Metrovacesa agreement – Merlin”.

The Group’s strategy in recent years has been directed at reducing these assets, mainly loans and foreclosed assets. Net loans totaled €1,001 million, which was 50% less than in 2016 and accounted for 0.1% of the Group’s loans and less than 1% of those of Spain.

Other operating income / (expenses)  decreased by €46 million to €29 million, due to lower rental income.

Impairment on financial assets continued a downward trend and experienced a reduction of €89 million primarily due to lower provisions needs.

Impairment on other assets increased by €100 million to -€121 million, due to impairment from real estate developments.

Losses on other assets (net) decreased by €49 million mainly due to a drop in impairments and losses from the sale of foreclosed assets.

Losses attributable to the Parent decreased by €23 million, mainly due to a fall in impairment on financial assets and  Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net).

2016 compared to 2015

The Group’s strategy in recent years has been directed at reducing these assets, mainly loans and foreclosed assets. Net loans totaled €1,990 million, which was 29% less than in 2015 and accounted for 0.3% of the Group’s loans and less than 1% of those of Santander Spain.

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net)  decreased by €142 million because the gains of 2015 from favorable renegotiation of debt were not repeated in 2016.

Impairment losses on financial assets and Impairment losses on other assets (net) continued a downward trend and experienced a reduction of €189 million primarily due to lower provisions needs.

Losses on other assets (net) decreased by €46 million mainly due to a drop in impairments and losses from the sale of foreclosed assets.

Losses attributable to the Parent decreased by €94 million, mainly due to a fall in impairment losses and losses on other assets partially offset by the Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net).

Financial Condition

Assets and Liabilities

Our consolidated total assets were €1,444,305 million at December 31, 2017, a €105,180 million increase from total assets of €1,339,125 million at December 31, 2016. Our gross loans and advances to corporate clients, individual clients and government and public entities, including the trading portfolio, other financial assets at fair value and loans, increased €57,986 million or 7% to €872,849 million at December 31, 2017, from €814,863 million at December 31, 2016.

We saw a negative impact of roughly five percentage points on the customer balances for the Group as a whole due to exchange rate fluctuations, with the impact varying by unit as follows: Poland (+6 percentage points); United Kingdom and Chile (-4 percentage points); Mexico (-8 percentage points); United States (-12 percentage points); Brazil (-14 percentage points) and Argentina (-38 percentage points).

2017 also included a positive impact of ten percentage points following the acquisition of Banco Popular in the second quarter.

Customer deposits, which comprise deposits from clients and securities sold to clients under agreements to repurchase, increased by €86,620million or 13% from €691,111 million at December 31, 2016, to €777,730 million at December 31, 2017. Other managed funds, including mutual funds, pension funds, managed portfolios and savings-insurance policies, increased by 5% from €159,260 million at December 31, 2016 to €166,574 million at December 31, 2017.

In 2017, we carried out medium and long-term senior debt issuances amounting to €12,769 million, covered bonds placed in the market of €5,181 million and securitizations placed in the market amounting to €13,965 million. Additionally, we made issuances eligible

138


 

Table of Contents

for Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) amounting to €19,825 million, in order to strengthen the Group’s situation, consisting of senior non-preferred (€16,222 million), subordinated debt (€1,282 million) and preferred securities (€2,321 million). Maturities of medium and long-term debt amounted to €36,461 million.

Goodwill totaled €25,769 million at December 31, 2017, a €955 million decrease as compared to €26,724 million recognized at year-end 2016. The change is largely due to the declines reported in the United States (exchange rate effect and impairment) and Brazil (exchange rate), which were partially offset mainly by the increase resulting from the repurchase of Santander Asset Management.

Available-for-sale financial assets totaled €133,271 million at December 31, 2017, up €16,497 million year on year (+14%), mainly due to the increased position in Spanish sovereign debt following the integration of Banco Popular.

Held-to maturity investments at year-end 2017 amounted to €13,491 million, down €977 million as compared to 2016.

Tangible assets amounted to €22,974 million at December 31, 2017, down 1% as compared to the figure of December 31, 2016 (€23,286 million).

Capital

Stockholders’ equity, net of treasury stock, at December 31, 2017, was €94,489 million, an increase of €3,549 million or 4% from €90,939 million at December 31, 2016, mainly due to an increase in reserves partially offset by an increase of negative valuation adjustments.

In regulatory terms, phase-in eligible own funds stood at €90,706 million, equivalent to a total capital ratio of 14.99% and a common equity tier 1 (CET1) phase-in ratio of 12.26%. The minimum ratios required by the European Central Bank for Grupo Santander on a consolidated basis for 2018 are a total capital ratio of 12.155% and CET1 of 8.655%.

In fully-loaded terms, the CET1 ratio at the end of 2017 was 10.84% (+29 basis points) which puts us well within reach of the declared objective of more than 11% in 2018. The total fully-loaded capital ratio was 14.48%, having increased 61 basis points during the year. Our total capital ratio target for 2018 is above 14.5%.

The 29 basis points increase in the year is principally due to profit and risk weighted assets management, resulting in an organic generation of 53 basis points in the year. In addition to this organic increase, there were deductions of 19 basis points due to perimeter impacts (SAM and Allfunds transactions and the increased stake in SCUSA) and 5 basis points relating to various impacts. The consolidation of Popular's risk weighted assets had a negative impact of 114 basis points on the CET1 ratio. However, we increased capital in July 2017 and the net of the two operations was neutral in capital terms.

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Adequacy Requirements”.

B. Liquidity and capital resources

Management of liquidity

For information about our liquidity risk management process, see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Part 2 “Risk management and control model - Advanced Risk Management (ARM)” and “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Part 5. Liquidity and funding risk”.

Sources of funding

As a financial group, a principal source of our liquidity is our customer deposits which consist primarily of demand, time and notice deposits. In addition, we complement the liquidity generated by our customer deposits through access to the domestic and international capital markets and to the interbank market (overnight and time deposits). For this purpose, we have in place a series of domestic and international programs for the issuance of commercial paper and medium- and long-term debt. We also maintain a diversified portfolio of liquid and securitized assets throughout the year. In addition, another source of liquidity is the generation of cash flow.

At December 31, 2017, we had outstanding €218.0 billion of debt securities, of which €176.7 billion were bonds and debentures, €19.9 billion were notes and other securities and €21.4 billion were subordinated debt (which includes €8.4 billion in preferred securities and €0.4 billion in preferred shares).

139


 

Table of Contents

The following table shows the average balances during the years 2017, 2016 and 2015 of our principal sources of funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

2016

2015

 

 

 

(in millions of euros)

 

Due to credit entities and central banks

 

182,268

161,606

166,712

 

Customer deposits

 

740,469

679,394

685,075

 

Marketable debt securities

 

221,180

226,274

222,129

 

Total

 

1,143,917

1,067,274

1,073,916

 

 

The average maturity of our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2017 was 5 years.

For more information see notes 22.b, 23.a and 51.a to our consolidated financial statements.

The cost and availability of debt financing are influenced by our credit ratings. A reduction in these ratings could increase the cost of and reduce our market access to debt financing. Our credit ratings are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-Term

Short-Term

Outlook

 

 

 

 

 

 

Moody’s

A3

P-2

Stable

 

Standard & Poor’s

A-

A-2

Stable

 

Fitch Ratings

A-

F2

Stable

 

DBRS

A

R-1 (low)

Stable

 

 

Our total customer deposits, excluding assets sold under repurchase agreements, totaled €724.7 billion at December 31, 2017. Loans and advances to customers (gross) excluding reverse repurchase agreements, totaled €854.0 billion at the same date.

We remain well placed to access various wholesale funding sources from a wide range of counterparties and markets, and the changing mix between customer deposits and repos, deposits by banks and debt securities in issue primarily reflects comparative pricing, maturity considerations and investor counterparty demand rather than any material perceived trend.

We use our liquidity to fund our lending and investment securities activities, for the payment of interest expense, for dividends paid to shareholders and the repayment of debt. 

We, Grupo Santander, are a European, Latin American and North American financial group. Although in some jurisdictions limitations have been imposed on dividend payments under the new, much stricter capital adequacy regulations, we are not aware of any current material legal or economic restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Bank (the Parent company) in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances, capital repatriation and other forms, or to have access to foreign currency at the official exchange rate. Nevertheless, there is no assurance that in the future such restrictions will not be adopted or how they would affect our business. Anyway, the geographic diversification of our businesses limits the effect of any restrictions that could be adopted in any given country.

We believe that our working capital is sufficient for our present requirements and to pursue our planned business strategies.

As of December 31, 2017, and to the present date, we did not, and presently do not, have any material commitments for capital expenditures.

C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

During 2017, 2016 and 2015, we spent €1,470 million, €1,726 million and €1,481 million, respectively, in research and development activities in connection with information technology projects.

D. Trend information

Overview

The forward-looking statements included in this section are based on the current beliefs and expectations of our management, including the macroeconomic expectations described below, and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties could cause the Group’s actual results to differ materially from those set forth in such forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors”.

140


 

Table of Contents

We forecast world economy growth in 2018 of around 3.9%, slightly above the 3.7% of 2017 and well above the 3-3.5% range of the last few years.

We believe that the consolidation of the recovery seen in 2017 will slow down in both advanced and emerging economies.

Advanced economies are expected once again to grow at around 2.3% thanks to a certain upturn in the US economy, which would offset, perhaps by some degree, euro area growth, which is expected to be slightly lower than in 2017. Financing conditions, the US fiscal stimulus package and the confidence of economic.

Emerging economies are expected to grow by 4.9% in 2018, just above the figure of 4.7% recorded in 2017. These projections are based on the improved credibility of economic policies, the recovery of commodity prices, good global financial conditions, the control of inflation and a slight slowdown in Chinese growth.

In Latin America, we expect the recovery that began in 2017 to continue and growth to reach levels of around 2%, supported by a very broad base and with Brazil and Argentina now showing more consistent growth rates as their policies gain credibility. Mexico, affected by the uncertainty resulting from the NAFTA talks and a tightening of its monetary policy, is expected to see growth stall, but the rest of the region is expected to grow somewhat faster than in 2017.

It is expected that there will continue to be a clear difference in monetary policies among advanced economies, between the United States, where the Federal Reserve is expected to introduce gradual new rate rises at the same time as it reduces the size of its balance sheet; and the euro area where the European Central Bank is expected to keep interest rates at their current levels and will continue to increase (though more slowly) its balance sheet. In the United Kingdom, the Bank of England is expected to increase the base rate slightly in the second half of the year.

Long-term rates are expected to gradually rise once the increase in growth is established and inflation rises moderately, although substantial increases are not expected, especially in Europe, given the direction of monetary policy. We expect that the slope of the rates curve will tend to become steeper.

We expect that the interest rate movements will also be uneven in emerging economies, although in general the downward trend seen in these countries in recent times is expected to come to an end and we may even see it reversed. In Latin America in particular, with the exception of Argentina, we believe it is likely that interest rates will stay the same or even rise (in Mexico they have already risen).

In any case, the continued modest levels of inflation, due in part to causes of a structural nature, would suggest that any rate increases will tend to be moderate, given the current stage of the economic cycle.

The balance of short-term risks is somewhat skewed towards an increase, but with exceptions: on the positive side, increased consumer and business confidence and the favorable financial conditions –and perhaps an unexpected rise in productivity- could see forecasts being revised upwards; on the negative side, although the chances of a geopolitical or economic-political shock (in particular in the US and Europe) have reduced, if it were to occur it would bring with it a downward revision, potentially far more pronounced. Especially at a time when market valuations are tight, risk aversion is at a minimum and volatility is surprisingly low.

We are facing this situation after a year in which we met all of our targets, reflecting an increase in the number of loyal and digital customers, in volumes in local currency, in profit and earnings per share, an improvement in the cost of lending and exceeding the capital target set at the start of the year.

Our ultimate objective is to become the best bank for individuals and companies, earning the long-lasting confidence and loyalty of employees, customers, shareholders, and society. We will continue with our commercial transformation in order to raise our return on capital employed.

Banco Santander’s solid position in 10 key markets puts us in a position to take advantage of the opportunities that the current economic environment offers us. In mature markets, our emphasis is on improving profitability, adapting the business models to increase customer satisfaction and market share. In emerging markets, we will try to use the beneficial market conditions to gain market share and to further improve our operational efficiency.

In 2017, we achieved the objectives we had set ourselves and we begin 2018 with the following management goals and priorities:

·

Improve earnings quality against a backdrop of strong pressure on margins, especially in developed markets.

·

Gain market share on a sustained basis, since our growth opportunities are in those markets where we already operate.

141


 

Table of Contents

·

Continue with the commercial and digital transformation plan without affecting the cost-to-income ratio. Offset the investment plan with the application of cost-saving measures.

·

Improve the main risk metrics. Manage the main loan-loss provisions deriving from the increase in forecast volumes and the impact of the new accounting standard on recognition of provisions (IFRS 9).

·

Manage TLAC issues and the higher financial costs for the excess of liquidity.

The management priorities of the main units for 2018 are described below:

Europe

Spain . GDP is expected to grow by about 2.7% in 2018, above the level forecast for the euro area as a whole, while inflation is expected to remain low (below 2%). Lending should gradually recover during the year.

In this context, the following priorities have been set:

·

Secure our leadership in Spain with the acquisition of Popular, combining the best of both entities.

·

Strengthen our competitive edge as a benchmark bank for SMEs, with high added-value products, while at the same time we maintain leadership of the wholesale banking and large companies segments.

·

Increase customer loyalty, maintaining the 1|2|3 strategy as a lever to improve the customer relationship and customer satisfaction in the long term.

·

Maintain sustainable returns with a model based on the advanced management of risk, capital planning and management.

Meanwhile, priorities for 2018 at Banco Popular are as follows:

·

Make progress in the achievement of the objectives set at the time of acquisition.

·

Optimize the structure of the entity, improving the cost-to-income ratio. Cost savings will be reflected progressively in the income statement, as the year progresses.

·

Continue to analyze the best alternatives to the joint ventures and non-strategic businesses that remain on our balance sheet, in such a way that they fit into the Banco Santander business model.

·

Increase customer loyalty and satisfaction, as part of the commercial transformation process that we are carrying out in all Group units.

The real estate segment in Spain will maintain its strategy of shedding assets, thereby reducing its exposure, primarily in lending.

Santander Consumer Finance. Leveraging its position in the European consumer market, this area seeks to make the most of its growth potential. Its priorities are centered on the following:

·

Maintain our leadership position in the new auto financing market and grow used auto financing, generating added value for manufacturers.

·

Manage brand agreements and the development of digital projects proactively.

·

Accompany our partners in their transformation plans, both for the digitalization of the vehicle purchase and financing process and in other strategic projects.

·

Reorganize the German business under the same brand, with greater efficiency and better and more comprehensive customer service.

·

Increase digitalization through collaboration with fintechs and agreements signed with the main retailers.

Poland. We expect economic growth will remain strong in 2018, at around 4%, supported by strong export demand and domestic consumption.

142


 

Table of Contents

The objectives for the year are:

·

Convert Bank Zachodni WBK into a benchmark bank for customers.

·

Grow faster than competitors, backed by digitalization.

·

Maintain our position as the country’s most profitable bank.

·

Carry out the operations needed to complete the acquisition of Core Deutsche Bank Polska on the planned date and to proceed with its merger.

Portugal . GDP is expected to start to slow in 2018, to around 1.8%. The economy is expected to continue to perform well as a result of higher investment and exports, and progress will continue to be made in private and public sector deleveraging.

Santander will focus on:

·

Integrating Banco Popular and improving the cost-to-income ratio.

·

Strengthening our position as Portugal’s major private bank with an additional increase in market share.

·

Growing in lending (mainly in SMEs) and in customer funds (mainly those which are off-balance sheet).

·

Progressing further with our digital transformation and the simplification of processes, increasing engagement.

United Kingdom. Economic activity is expected to be slightly slower, with an increase of 1.4% in GDP forecast. The uncertainty related to the progress of the Brexit negotiations on the transition period and future trade relations between the UK and the EU will impact growth, exchange rates and feed through into higher inflation. The Bank of England is expected to raise its base rate by a further 25 basis points, to 0.75%, at the end of the year in order to steer inflation towards its 2% target.

In light of this scenario, we will continue to pursue excellence, prioritizing our customers’ needs. To this end, we have formulated the following strategic lines:

·

Continue to focus on customer loyalty as a driver of growth.

· Develop our Investment Hub and Neo CRM platforms, and improve cross-border relations with customers through international trade agents.

·

Prioritize operating and digital excellence in order to offer our customers the best possible experience.

·

Increase profits in a predictable manner while maintaining our strong balance sheet.

America

Brazil.  After the return to growth in 2017, overcoming one of the worst recessions of the last few decades, the Brazilian economy is expected to continue its recovery in 2018 with forecast growth of above 3%.

Against this backdrop, Santander Brazil’s priorities in 2018 are:

·

Achieve excellence in services so that customers find the best experience in Santander Brasil.

·

Continue to consolidate our leadership in terms of innovative products and digital services.

·

Maintain profitable gains in market share, with offers adjusted to each customer profile.

·

Continue to drive recurring growth, backed by the increase in commercial activity, greater operational efficiency and improvements in digital strategy.

Mexico.  We expect economic growth to stabilize at around 2.1% in 2018 (2.1% in 2017), albeit with gradual quarterly improvements driven by exports and private consumption.

143


 

Table of Contents

Within this context, we must continue to strengthen our business in order to consolidate our position. The key aspects of management in 2018 will be:

·

Continue with our commercial transformation and innovation to make Santander, Mexico’s number one bank for our customers.

·

Implement the new distribution model based on micro-market strategy, new commercial model and new branch design.

·

Continue to drive digitalization, remote customer service models, customer experience and better information and analysis.

·

Remain focused on capturing salary deposits and on strengthening the Santander Plus offer.

·

Maintain our leadership in services to corporate customers, to continue the consolidation of the contribution of this segment to the Bank’s income.

Chile. The Chilean economy is expected to recover in 2018, with forecast growth of around 3%.

The focus of our strategy will be to:

·

Continue to improve the quality of customer service and customer experience.

·

Carry on with the changeover of branches to the Work Café model.

·

Drive our growth among mass income customers through Santander Life.

·

Grow more than our peers in lending and savings aided by a more buoyant economy.

·

Achieve high levels of efficiency and productivity through excellence in the execution and increase in digitalization.

Argentina.  Argentina’s economic recovery is expected to continue, with expected growth of 3.5% in an environment of lower inflation and reduction in the fiscal deficit.

Management priorities at Banco Santander Río will focus on the following:

·

Make the business acquired from Citibank profitable.

·

Continue with the transformation plan toward a digital bank, with improved efficiency, customer loyalty and satisfaction.

·

Grow in consumer lending, mortgages, credit lines and foreign trade, together with business with the public sector.

·

Grow significantly in terms of customer funds, especially in investment funds and products.

United States. GDP is expected to grow for the ninth consecutive year, rising to 2.5% from 2.3% in 2017.

The focus of Santander’s management in the country will be to:

·

Continue making progress on regulatory issues at Santander US.

·

Improve customer loyalty and experience, with a special focus on products and global connectivity.

·

Carry on with the initiatives relating to cost-savings, central services integration and obtaining synergies in the entities, to improve efficiency and profitability.

·

Continue optimizing Santander Bank’s balance sheet, whilst simultaneously increasing volumes and improving margins.

Maintain SC USA’s leadership in auto financing, ensuring a suitable risk-return profile in the non-prime sector and increasing the number of prime originations through Chrysler.

144


 

Table of Contents

E. Off-balance sheet arrangements

As of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we had outstanding the following contingent liabilities (for more information see note 35 to our consolidated financial statements):

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

2016

2015

 

 

(in millions of euros)

 

Contingent liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Financial guarantees and other sureties

14,499

17,244

14,648

 

Irrevocable documentary credits

3,222

2,713

2,139

 

Other non-financial guarantees

31,396

24,477

23,047

 

 

49,117

44,434

39,834

 

 

F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations by remaining maturity at December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual obligations

 

 

    

More than

    

More than

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

1 year but

 

3 year but

 

More than

 

 

 

(in millions of euros)

    

1 year

 

less than 3 years

 

less than 5 years

 

5 years

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

 

80,750

 

49,489

 

27,812

 

4,663

 

162,714

 

Customer deposits

 

673,399

 

31,680

 

11,907

 

3,620

 

720,606

 

Marketable debt securities

 

52,956

 

54,202

 

43,395

 

64,357

 

214,910

 

Liabilities under insurance contracts (1)

 

580

 

18

 

18

 

14

 

630

 

Operating lease obligations

 

403

 

639

 

390

 

1,668

 

3,100

 

Capital lease obligations

 

49

 

44

 

39

 

69

 

202

 

Other long-term liabilities (2)

 

1,712

 

3,191

 

3,010

 

7,333

 

15,246

 

Contractual interest payment (3)

 

8,318

 

4,564

 

6,122

 

18,341

 

37,345

 

Total

 

818,167

 

143,827

 

92,694

 

100,064

 

1,154,753

 


(1)

Includes life insurance contracts in which the investment risk is borne by the policy holder and insurance savings contracts.

(2)

Other long-term liabilities relate to pensions and similar obligations and include the estimated benefit payable for the next ten years.

(3)

Calculated for all Deposits from credit institutions, Customer deposits and Marketable debt securities assuming a constant interest rate based on data as of December 31, 2017 over time for all maturities, and those obligations with maturities of more than five years have an average life of ten years.

The table above excludes the “fixed payments” of our derivatives since derivative contracts executed by the Group apply close-out netting across all outstanding transactions, that is, these agreements provide for settlements to be made on a maturity or settlement date for the differences that arise, and as such, the obligation to be settled in the future is not fixed at the present date and is not determined by the fixed payments.

For a description of our trading and hedging derivatives, which are not reflected in the above table, see note 36 to our consolidated financial statements.

For more information on our marketable debt securities and subordinated debt, see notes 22 and 23 to our consolidated financial statements.

G. Other disclosures

Higher-Risk Loans

Grupo Santander does not have any significant exposure to higher-risk loans. Our credit profile is focused on retail banking with a medium-low risk profile and with broad diversification both by geography and segment. In addition, 62% of the Group net customer loans are secured, in most cases by real estate.

Mortgages to individuals represent approximately 37% of the Group net customer loans. These mortgages are focused on our core markets, Spain and the U.K., and are mainly residential mortgages with a low risk profile, low non-performing ratios and an appropriate coverage ratio. This low risk profile produces low related losses.

145


 

Table of Contents

In Spain, at December 31, 2017, this loan portfolio and thus its risk profile mainly comprises primary residence loans with an affordability rate of 28%. Residential mortgages represent around 27% of the total loans and advances to customers (excluding the public sector) within the business in Spain, 80% of which had a LTV at inception lower than 80%.

All customers applying for a prime residential mortgage are subject to a rigorous assessment of credit risk and affordability. In evaluating the payment capacity (affordability) of a potential customer, the credit analyst must determine if the income of the customer is sufficient to meet the payment of the loan installments taking into consideration other income that the customer may receive. In addition, the analyst must decide if the customer’s income will be stable over the term of the loan.

The U.K.’s mortgage portfolio is focused on primary residence mortgages with high risk quality in terms of LTV (42% as of December 31, 2017). Certain portfolios that may present higher risks than others (interest only, flexible loans, loans with LTV greater than 100%, buy to let), are subject to strict lending policies to mitigate risks. Furthermore, their performance is continuously monitored to ensure an adequate control.

The Group’s strategy in the last years has been to reduce the volume of run-off real estate exposure in Spain. At December 31, 2017, gross loans to property development customers was €6.5 billion as compared to €5.5 billion at December 31, 2016. Excluding the impact of the acquisition of Banco Popular (€2.9 billion), the trend continues to reflect the reduction in our run-off real estate exposure. For more information see note 54 - Risk management to our consolidated financial statements.

Changes in Practices

There have not been any significant changes in policies and practices in response to the effects of the current economic environment that might affect the quality of the credit information presented. This is due to the fact that our risk management and control model is based on the principles set down below:

1. An advanced and comprehensive risk management policy, with a forward-looking approach that allows the Group to maintain a medium-low risk profile, through a risk appetite defined by Banco Santander’s board of directors and the identification and assessment of all risks.

2. Lines of defense that enable risk to be managed at source, managed and monitored, in addition to an independent assessment.

3. A model predicated on autonomous subsidiaries with robust governance based on a clear committee structure that separates the risk management and control functions.

4. Information and technological management processes that allow all risks to be identified, developed, managed and reported at appropriate levels.

5. A risk culture integrated throughout the organization, composed of a series of attitudes, values, skills and action guidelines to deal with all risks.

6. All risks are managed by the units that generate them, using advanced models and tools.

These principles, combined with a series of relevant interrelated tools and processes in the Group strategy planning (risk appetite, risk identification and assessment, analysis of scenarios, risk reporting framework, budgetary processes, etc.) make up a key control framework when developing the risk profile control.

Other

We us e credit derivatives to cover loans and trading transactions. The volume of this activity is subject to strict internal controls that minimize operational risk. Risk in these activities is controlled via a series of limits such as VaR, nominal by rating, sensitivity to th e spread by rating and name, and sensitivity to the rate of recovery and to correlation. Jump-to-default limits are also set by geographic area, sector and liquidity.

Exposures related to complex structured assets

We have a very limited exposure to complex structured assets. See “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis About Market Risk—Part 4. Trading market and structural risk”.

146


 

Table of Contents

Item 6.  Directors, senior management and employees

A. Directors and senior management

We are managed by our board of directors, which currently consists of 15 members. In accordance with our Bylaws ( Estatutos ) 7 , the board shall consist of at least 12 and not more than 17 members. Each member of the board is elected to a three-year term by our shareholders at a general meeting. One-third of the members are re-elected each year.

Our board of directors holds its meetings in accordance with an annual calendar. The Rules and Regulations of the Board 8 provide that the board shall hold not less than nine annual ordinary meetings; in 2017, it met 15 times. Our board of directors elects our chairman, vice chairmen and chief executive officer from among its members. Between board meetings, lending and other board powers reside with the executive committee (comisión ejecutiva) of our board of directors.

The chairman of the board is the executive chairman and the highest-ranking officer of the Bank (article 48.1 of the Bylaws and article 8.5 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board) and accordingly, all the powers that may be delegated under the Law, our Bylaws and the Rules and Regulations of the Board have been delegated to her.

However, it is the chief executive officer, in accordance with article 49.1 of the Bylaws and article 11.1 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, in his capacity as such, who is entrusted with the day-to-day management of the different business areas and the highest executive functions.

There is a clear separation of duties between the executive chairman, the chief executive officer, the board and the committees thereof, as well as various checks and balances that assure proper equilibrium in the corporate governance structure of the Bank.

Members of our senior management are appointed and removed by the board.

The current members of our board of directors are:

 

 

 

 

 

Name

    

Position with Banco Santander 

    

Director since

Ana Botín (1)

 

Chairman

 

1989 

José Antonio Álvarez

 

Chief executive officer

 

2015 

Bruce Carnegie-Brown

 

Vice chairman

 

2015 

Rodrigo Echenique

 

Vice chairman

 

1988 

Guillermo de la Dehesa

 

Vice chairman

 

2002 

Homaira Akbari

 

Director

 

2016 

Ignacio Benjumea

 

Director

 

2015 

Javier Botín (1)

 

Director

 

2004 

Álvaro Cardoso

 

Director

 

2018

Sol Daurella

 

Director

 

2015 

Carlos Fernández

 

Director

 

2015 

Esther Giménez-Salinas

 

Director

 

2012 

Rodrigo Mato

 

Director

 

2017 

Belén Romana

 

Director

 

2015 

Juan Miguel Villar-Mir

 

Director

 

2013 


(1)

Ana Botín and Javier Botín are siblings.

 


The Bylaws of Banco Santander were amended at our annual general shareholders’ meeting held on March 23, 2018 (see Item 10 Section B for more detail). The amended Bylaws will become effective upon receipt of the corresponding regulatory authorizations and registration with the relevant Commercial Registry.

The Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors are available on the Group’s website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.santander.com under the heading “Information for shareholders and investors—Corporate governance—Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors”.

147


 

Table of Contents

Our current executive officers are:

 

 

 

Name

 

Position with Banco Santander

Ana Botín

    

Group executive chairman and chairman of the executive committee

José Antonio Álvarez

 

Chief executive officer

Rodrigo Echenique

 

Executive vice chairman

Rami Aboukhair

 

Senior executive vice president, Country-Head Spain

Lindsey Argalas

 

Senior executive vice president, Santander digital

Juan Manuel Cendoya

 

Senior executive vice president, communication, corporate marketing and research

José Doncel

 

Senior executive vice president, Group Chief Accounting Officer

Keiran Foad

 

Senior executive vice president, risks

José G. Cantera

 

Senior executive vice president, Group Chief Financial Officer

Juan Guitard

 

Senior executive vice president, Group Chief Audit Executive

José Maria Linares

 

Senior executive vice president, global corporate banking

Mónica López-Monís

 

Senior executive vice president, Group Chief Compliance Officer

Javier Maldonado

 

Senior executive vice president, costs

Víctor Matarranz

 

Senior executive vice president, wealth management

José Luis de Mora

 

Senior executive vice president, corporate development

José María Nus

 

Senior executive vice president, Group Chief Risk Officer

Jaime P. Renovales

 

Senior executive vice president, general secretary’s office and human resources

Andreu Plaza

 

Senior executive vice president, technology and operations

Ángel Rivera

 

Senior executive vice president, retail and commercial banking – Santander Mexico

Magda Salarich

 

Senior executive vice president, consumer finance

Francisco Javier San Félix

 

Senior executive vice president, retail and commercial banking – Santander UK

Jennifer Scardino

 

Senior executive vice president, communication, corporate marketing and research

 

The following is a summary of the relevant business experience and principal business activities of our current directors and executive officers:

Ana Botín (chairman of the board of directors and of the executive committee and the innovation and technology committee)

Born in 1960. Joined the board of directors in 1989. Graduate in Economics from the University Bryn Mawr College (Pennsylvania). Joined the Bank after a period at JP Morgan (New York, 1980-1988). She was appointed senior executive vice president of Santander in 1992 and between 1992 and 1998 she led the expansion of Santander in Latin America. She was executive chairman of Banesto from 2002 to 2010 and chief executive officer of Santander UK from 2010 to 2014. In 2014 she was appointed executive chairman of Santander. Other significant positions: she is a non-executive director of The Coca-Cola Company. She is also founder and chairman of the CyD Foundation (which supports higher education) and of Empieza por Educar Foundation (the Spanish subsidiary of the international NGO Teach for All) and member of the advisory board of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT’s CEO Advisory Board).

José Antonio Álvarez (chief executive officer)

Born in 1960. Joined the board of directors in 2015. Graduate in Economics and Business Administration. Earned an MBA from the University of Chicago. Joined the Bank in 2002 and was appointed senior executive vice president of the financial management and investor relations division (Group chief financial officer) in 2004. Other significant positions: he serves on the boards of Banco Santander (Brasil), S.A. and SAM Investment Holding Limited. He was also a board member at Santander Consumer Finance, S.A. and Santander Holdings USA, Inc. and a member of the supervisory boards of Santander Consumer AG, Santander Consumer Holding GMBH, and Bank Zachodni WBK, S.A. Furthermore, he served as a board member of Bolsas y Mercados Españoles (BME).

Bruce Carnegie-Brown (vice chairman of the board of directors, lead independent director, chairman of the appointments committee, the remuneration committee and the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee)

Born in 1959. Joined the board of directors in 2015. He holds an M.A. degree in English Language and Literature from Oxford University. Other significant positions: he is currently non-executive chairman at Moneysupermarket.com Group plc and Lloyd’s of London. Previously, he was a non-executive director at Jardine Lloyd Thompson Group plc (2016-2017), non-executive chairman at Aon UK Ltd (2012-2015), founder and managing partner of the listed private equity division of 3i Group plc, and president and CEO of Marsh Europe. Furthermore, he was lead independent director at Close Brothers Group plc (2006-2014) and Catlin Group Ltd (2010-2014). Prior to that he spent eighteen years at JPMorgan Chase and four years at Bank of America.

148


 

Table of Contents

Rodrigo Echenique (vice chairman of the board of directors)

Born in 1946. Joined the board of directors in 1988. Graduate in Law and State Attorney. Other significant positions: he served as chief executive officer of Banco Santander, S.A. from 1988 to 1994. He has served on the boards of several industrial and financial companies such as Ebro Azúcares y Alcoholes, S.A. and Industrias Agrícolas, S.A. and chaired the advisory board of Accenture, S.A. he was also a non-executive chairman of NH Hotels Group, S.A., Vocento, S.A., Vallehermoso, S.A. and Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A. He currently is a non-executive director at Inditex, S.A.

Guillermo de la Dehesa (vice chairman of the board of directors)

Born in 1941. Joined the board of directors in 2002. Government Economist and office head at the Bank of Spain (on leave of absence). Other significant positions: he served as state secretary of Economy, secretary-general of Trade, chief executive officer of Banco Pastor, S.A. and as an international advisor at Goldman Sachs International. He currently acts as non-executive vice chairman of Amadeus IT Group, S.A., honorary chairman of the Center for Economic Policy Research (CEPR) of London, and member of the Group of Thirty based in Washington, DC. He also chairs the board of trustees of the IE Business School and is non-executive chairman of Santa Lucía Vida y Pensiones, S.A. de Seguros y Reaseguros.

Homaira Akbari

Born in 1961. Joined the board of directors in 2016. PhD in Experimental Particle Physics from Tufts University and holds an MBA from Carnegie Mellon University. She is CEO of AKnowledge Partner, LLC. Other significant positions: she is currently non-executive director of Gemalto NV, Landstar System, Inc. and Veolia Environment S.A. She was also chairman and CEO of Sky Bitz, Inc., managing director of True Position Inc., non-executive director of Covisint Corporation and US Pack Logistics LLC and she held several positions for Microsoft Corporation and for Thales Group.

Ignacio Benjumea

Born in 1952. Joined the board of directors in 2015. Holds a degree in Law from Universidad de Deusto and a E-3 (Business Administration) from Icade. He is a State Attorney. Currently, he is vice chairman of the Fundación de Estudios Financieros and serves on the board of trustees and the executive committee of Fundación Banco Santander. Other significant positions: he was senior executive vice president, general secretary and secretary of the board of Santander and director, senior executive vice president, general secretary and secretary of the board of Banco Santander de Negocios and of Santander Investment. He was also technical general secretary of the Ministry of Employment and Social Security, general secretary of Banco de Crédito Industrial and director of Dragados, S.A., Bolsas y Mercados Españoles (BME) and of the Governing Body of the Madrid Stock Exchange.

Javier Botín

Born in 1973. Joined the board of directors in 2004. Graduate in Law. He serves as executive chairman of JB Capital Markets, Sociedad de Valores, S.A.U. Other significant positions: he also collaborates with numerous not-for-profit institutions in addition to his work in the financial sector. Since 2014, he has been the executive chairman of the Fundación Botín and trustee of the Fundación Princesa de Gerona.

Álvaro Cardoso

Born in 1948. Joined the board of directors in 2018. Degree in Economics and Business Administration from Pontificia Universidade Católica de Sao Paulo, Master of Business Administration (MBA - Management Program for Executives) from the University of Pittsburgh and a graduate of the Investment Banking Marketing Program from Wharton Business School. He is the non-executive chairman of Banco Santander (Brasil), S.A. and a member of the board of directors of AMBEV, S.A. Other significant positions: he has held various positions at the Citibank Group, including CEO of Citibank Brazil and Senior Advisor. Previously, he was a member of the Board of Gol Linhas Aéreas, S.A. and of Duratex, S.A. He has been chairman of WorldWildlife Group (WWF) Brazil, and a member of the board of WWF International. He is currently chairman and member of the audit and asset management committees of FUNBIO (Fundo Brasileiro para a Biodiversidade).

Sol Daurella

Born in 1966. Joined the board of directors in 2015. Graduate in Business Studies with an MBA in Business Administration. She is the executive chairman at Olive Partners, S.A. and holds other positions at Cobega Group companies. She is also non-executive chairman of Coca Cola European Partners Plc. Other significant positions: she has served on the board of the Círculo de Economía and

149


 

Table of Contents

was an external independent non-executive director at Banco Sabadell, S.A., Ebro Foods, S.A. and Acciona, S.A. She has also been Honorary Consul-General for Iceland in Barcelona since 1992.

Carlos Fernández

Born in 1966. Joined the board of directors in 2015. An Industrial Engineer, he earned a graduate degree in Business Administration at the Instituto Panamericano de Alta Dirección de Empresa. He currently chairs the board of directors of Grupo Finaccess, S.A.P.I. Other significant positions: he has also served on the board of Anheuser-Busch Company, LLC and Televisa S.A. de C.V., among others. Currently, he serves as a non-executive director of Inmobiliaria Colonial, S.A. and member of the Supervisory Board of AmRest Holdings, SE.

Esther Giménez-Salinas

Born in 1949. Joined the board of directors in 2012. PhD in Law and Graduate in Phycology. She is emeritus Professor at the Universidad Ramon Llull and Head of the Restorative Social Justice Professorship ( directora de la Cátedra de Justicia Social Restaurativa) . She also serves on the boards of Unibasq and Aqu (quality agencies of the Basque and Catalan university system) and of Gawa Capital Partners, S.L. Other significant positions: previously, she had been Rector of the Ramon Llull University, member of the standing committee of the Conference of Rectors of Spanish Universities (CRUE), member of the General Council of the Judiciary of Spain, member of the Scientific Committee on Criminal Policy of the Council of Europe and executive vice president of the Center for Legal Studies and Specialized Training of the Justice Department of the Government of Catalonia ( Generalitat de Catalunya )  and member of the advisory board of Endesa-Catalunya.

Ramiro Mato

Born in 1952. Joined the board of directors in 2017. Degree in Economics from the Complutense University of Madrid and the Management Development Program of the Harvard Business School. Other positions of note: he has held several positions in Banque BNP Paribas, including chairman of the BNP Paribas Group in Spain. Previously, he held several significant positions in Argentaria. He has been a member of the Spanish Banking Association (AEB) and of Bolsas y Mercados Españoles, S.A. (BME) and member of the Board of Trustees of the Fundación Española de Banca para Estudios Financieros (FEBEF).

Belén Romana (chairman of the audit committee)

Born in 1965. Joined the board of directors in 2015. Graduate in Business and Economics from Universidad Autónoma de Madrid, and Government Economist. She serves as a non-executive director at Aviva plc and Aviva Italia Holding SpA. She is also member of the advisory board of the Rafael del Pino Foundation. Other significant positions: she was the executive vice president for Economic Policy and executive vice president of the Spanish Treasury of the Ministry of Economy of the Spanish Government. She also served on the boards of the Bank of Spain and the Spanish National Securities Market Commission (CNMV). A former board member at the Instituto de Crédito Oficial and other entities on behalf of the Spanish Ministry of Economy. She served as executive chairman of the Board of the Company for the Management of Assets Proceeding from Restructuring of the Banking System (SAREB).

Juan Miguel Villar-Mir

Born in 1931. Joined the board of directors in 2013. Doctorate in Civil Engineering, graduate in Law with a certificate in Industrial Organization. He serves as chairman of Grupo Villar Mir. Other significant positions: he was Minister of Finance and vice president for Economic Affairs from 1975 to 1976. He also acted as chairman of Grupo OHL, Electra de Viesgo, Altos Hornos de Vizcaya, Hidro Nitro Española, Empresa Nacional de Celulosa, Empresa Nacional Carbonífera del Sur, Cementos del Cinca, Cementos Portland Aragón, Puerto Sotogrande, Fundación COTEC and the National College of Civil Engineering. He is also currently Professor of Business Organization at the Technical University of Madrid, a full member of the Spanish Royal Academy of Engineering and the Spanish Royal Academy of Moral and Political Sciences, an honorary member of the Spanish Royal Academy of Doctors and a supernumerary member of the Spanish Royal Academy of Economics and Finance.

Rami Aboukhair

Born in 1967. He joined the Group in 2008 as director of Santander Insurance and head of products and marketing. He also served as managing director of products, marketing and customers in Banesto and as managing director and head of retail banking in Santander UK. In 2015, he was appointed country head for Santander Spain. In 2017, he was appointed CEO of Banco Popular Español, S.A.

150


 

Table of Contents

Lindsey Argalas

Born in 1968. She served as principal of The Boston Consulting Group (BGG) (1998-2008). She also served as senior vice president and chief of staff to the CEO of Intuit, Inc. (2008-2017). In 2017 she was appointed senior executive vice president of Santander Digital and Chief Digital and Innovation Officer.

Juan Manuel Cendoya  

Born in 1967. He joined the Bank in July 2001 as senior executive vice president and head of the communication, corporate marketing and research division. In 2016, he was appointed vice chairman of Santander Spain and head of institutional and media relations of that unit, in addition to his function as head of communication, corporate marketing and research for the Group. Formerly, he was head of the legal and tax department of Bankinter, S.A. Juan Manuel Cendoya is a State Attorney.

José Doncel

Born in 1961. He joined the Group in 1989 as responsible for accounting. He also served as head of accounting and financial management in Banesto (1994-2013). In 2013, he was appointed senior executive vice president and head of the internal audit division. In 2014, he was appointed head of the financial accounting and control division. Currently, he serves as Group chief accounting officer.

Keiran Foad

Born in 1968. He joined the Group in 2012 as deputy chief risk officer of Santander UK. He also served as various risk and corporate leadership roles in Barclays Bank plc (1985-2011) and as chief risk officer in Northern Rock plc. In 2016, he was appointed senior executive vice president and deputy chief risk officer of the Bank.

José G. Cantera

Born in 1966. He joined the Group in 2003 as senior executive vice president of global wholesale banking of Banesto. In 2006, he was appointed Banesto’s chief executive officer. Formerly, he was member of the executive committee of Citigroup EMEA and member of the board of directors of Citigroup Capital Markets Int. Ltd. and Citigroup Capital Markets UK. In 2012, he was appointed senior executive vice president of global corporate banking. Currently, he serves as Group chief financial officer.

Juan Guitard

Born in 1960. He joined the Group in 1997 as head of human resources of Santander Investment, S.A. He was also General Counsel and Secretary of the Board of Santander Investment, S.A. and Banco Santander Negocios. In 2013, he was responsible for the Bank’s risk division. In November 2014, he was appointed head of the internal audit division. Currently, he serves as Group chief audit executive. Juan Guitard is a State Attorney.

José Maria Linares

Born in 1971. He served as an equity analyst in Morgan Stanley & Co, New York (1993-1994). He was a senior vice president and senior Latin America telecom equity analyst at Oppenheimer & Co, New York (1994-1997). He also served as Director, Senior Latin America TMT equity analyst at Societe Generale, New York & São Paolo (1997-1999). In 1999 he joined J.P. Morgan and in 2011 was appointed as managing director and head of Global Corporate Banking at J.P. Morgan Chase & Co (2011-2017). In 2017 he was appointed senior executive vice president of the Group and head of Global Corporate Banking.

Mónica López-Monís

Born in 1969. She joined the Group in 2009 as General Secretary and Board Secretary of Banesto. Formerly, she was general secretary of Aldeasa, S.A. She also served as General Secretary of Bankinter, S.A. In 2015 she was appointed senior executive vice president of Santander and Group chief compliance officer. Mónica López-Monís is a State Attorney.

Javier Maldonado

Born in 1962. He joined the Group in 1995 as head of the international legal division of Banco Santander de Negocios. He was in charge of several positions in Santander UK. He was appointed senior executive vice president of Santander and head of coordination and control of regulatory projects in 2014. He currently serves as senior executive vice president and head of costs.

151


 

Table of Contents

Víctor Matarranz

Born in 1976. He joined the Group in 2012 as head of strategy and innovation in Santander UK. In 2014, he was appointed senior executive vice president and head of Group strategy and of the executive chairman´s office. Previously, he held several positions in McKinsey&Company, where he became partner. Currently, he serves as senior executive vice president and head of the Wealth Management division.

José Luis de Mora

Born in 1966. He joined the Group in 2003. Since 2003, he has been in charge of developing the strategic plan and the Group acquisitions. In 2015, he was appointed senior executive vice president and head of corporate development.

José Mª Nus

Born in 1950. He joined the Group in 1996 as executive director and chief risk officer of Banesto. In 2010, he was appointed executive director of Santander UK and chief risk officer. Formerly, he served as executive vice president in Argentaria and Bankinter. Currently, he serves as Group chief risk officer.

Jaime Pérez Renovales

Born in 1968. Joined the Group in 2003 as general secretary and secretary of the board of Banesto. In 2009 he was appointed deputy general secretary, deputy secretary of the board and head of legal advisory services of the Santander Group. In 2015, he was appointed Group general secretary, secretary of the board and head of human resources .   Formerly, he was deputy director of legal services at the Spanish National Securities Market Commission (CNMV) director of the office of the second vice president of the Spanish Government for Economic Affairs and Minister of Economy, deputy secretary for the Presidency of the Spanish Government and chairman of the Committee for Public Administration Reform (CORA) and chairman of the Agency of the Official State Gazette and he also served on the boards of Patrimonio Nacional, of Sociedad Estatal de las Participaciones Industriales, Holding Olímpico, S.A., Autoestradas de Galicia, S.A. and Sociedad Estatal para la Introducción del Euro, S.A. Jaime Pérez Renovales is a State Attorney.

Andreu Plaza

Born in 1960. He joined the Group in 2012 as head of technology and operations (IT&OP) in Santander UK. In 2015, he was appointed senior executive vice president of Banco Santander, S.A. and head of technology and operations. Formerly, he was the head of Organization and IT & Operations in Catalunya Banc and Caixa Catalunya.

Ángel Rivera

Born in 1966. He joined the Bank in 2013 as senior executive vice president responsible for companies and institutions within the commercial banking division. In 2015, he was appointed senior executive vice president and head of retail and commercial banking. Previously, he developed his professional career over 23 years with the Banco Popular Group. In 2016, he was appointed as senior executive vice president of Santander Mexico and head of retail and commercial banking.

Magda Salarich

Born in 1956. She joined the Bank in 2008 as senior executive vice president responsible for the consumer finance division. Previously, she held several positions in the automobile industry, including the position of director and executive vice president of Citroën España and head of commerce and marketing for Europe of Citroën Automobiles.

Javier San Félix

Born in 1967. He joined the Group in 2004 as head of strategic planning in the consumer finance division. In 2005 he was appointed director and executive vice president of Santander Consumer Finance in Spain and in 2006 he was appointed chief operating officer of the consumer finance division. In 2013 he was appointed senior executive vice president of Santander and head of the commercial banking division. Formerly, he was the chief executive officer of Banesto. Currently, he serves as senior executive vice president and head of retail and commercial banking in the UK.

Jennifer Scardino

Born in 1967. She joined the Group in 2011 as head of corporate communications, public policy & corporate social responsibility of Santander UK. She also held several positions in U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (1993-2000). She was appointed as

152


 

Table of Contents

managing director in Citigroup (2000-2011). In 2016, she was appointed senior executive vice president of the Group, head of global communications and deputy head of communication, corporate marketing and research.

* * * * * *

For a description of arrangements or understandings with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others pursuant to which any person referred to above was appointed, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—A. Major Shareholders—Shareholders’ agreements” herein.

B.  Compensation  

The following sections of this Note contain qualitative and quantitative disclosures on the remuneration paid to the members of the board of directors -both executive and non-executive directors- and senior managers for 2017 and 2016.

Following is a summary of the remuneration paid to the Bank’s executive directors and senior managers who formed part of these governing bodies at the end of 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of euros

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

    

 

    

 

Current executive directors

 

27,517

 

25,791

Current senior managers

 

59,568 

 

53,296

 

 

87,085 

 

79,087

 

Remuneration of directors

i. Bylaw-stipulated emoluments

At the annual general meeting held on March 22, 2013, the shareholders approved an amendment to the Bylaws, whereby the annual fixed amount of remuneration each director receives in his or her capacity as a board member is determined at each annual general meeting. This amount remains in effect unless the shareholders resolve to change it at a general meeting. However, the board of directors may elect to reduce the amount in any year in which it deems such action justified. The remuneration established for 2017 and 2016 at the annual general meeting was €6 million, and included two components: (a) an annual emolument and (b) attendance stipends. For 2018 an equal amount was proposed to the annual general meeting held on March 23, 2018.

The specific amount payable for the above-mentioned items to each director is determined by the board of directors. In its determination, the board of directors takes into consideration the positions held by each director on the board, membership on the board and board committees. Attendance of the meetings thereof and other factors that the board may consider in its discretion.

The total bylaw-stipulated emoluments earned by the directors in 2017 amounted to €4.7 million (€4.6 million in 2016).

153


 

Table of Contents

Annual emolument

The amounts received individually by the directors in 2017 and 2016 based on the positions held by them on the board and their membership on the board committees were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euros

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

Members of the board of directors

 

87,500

 

85,000

 

Members of the executive committee

 

170,000 

 

170,000

 

Members of the audit committee

 

40,000 

 

40,000

 

Members of the appointments committee

 

25,000 

 

25,000

 

Members of the remuneration committee

 

25,000 

 

25,000

 

Members of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance oversight committee

 

40,000 

 

40,000

 

Chairman of the audit committee

 

50,000 

 

50,000

 

Chairman of the appointments committee

 

50,000 

 

50,000

 

Chairman of the remuneration committee

 

50,000 

 

50,000

 

Chairman of the risk, regulation and compliance oversight committee

 

50,000 

 

50,000

 

Lead director

 

110,000 

 

110,000

 

Non-executive deputy chairmen

 

30,000 

 

30,000

 

 

Attendance fees

The directors receive stipends for attending board and committee meetings, excluding executive committee meetings, since no attendance stipends are awarded for service on this committee.

By resolution of the board of directors, at the recommendation of the remuneration committee, the stipends for attending board and committee meetings -excluding executive committee meetings, for which no attendance stipends have been established -were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

    

Euros

 

Meeting attendance fees

 

2017 

 

Board of directors

 

2,600

 

Audit committee and risk supervision, regulation and compliance oversight committee

 

1,700 

 

Other committees (except the executive committee)

 

1,500 

 

 

ii. Salaries

The executive directors receive salaries. In accordance with the policy approved at the general meeting, on April 7, 2017, salaries are composed of fixed annual remuneration and variable remuneration consisting of a unique incentive, which is based on a deferred variable remuneration linked to multi-year objectives, which establishes the following payment scheme:

·

40% of the bonus is determined at year-end based on the achievement of set targets, and is paid immediately.

·

60% is deferred over five years, provided that the conditions of remaining in the group and non-concurrence of the malus clauses are met, based on the following accrual scheme:

·

The accrual of the first and second parts (payment in 2019 and 2020) is no subject to the long-term objectives.

·

The accrual of the third, fourth, and fifth portion (payments in 2021, 2022 and 2023), is linked to certain objectives related to the period 2017-2019 and the metrics and scales associated with these objectives. Fulfillment of the objectives determines the percentage to be applied to the deferred amount in each of 2021, 2022 and 2023, being the maximum amount determined at the end of the 2017.

·

In accordance with current remuneration policies, the amounts already paid will be settled to a possible recovery (clawback) by the Bank during the period set out in the policy in force each moment.

Immediate (short-term) payments and deferred payments (those subject to fulfillment of long-term targets and those not so subject) will be paid 50% in cash and 50% in Santander shares.

 

 

154


 

Table of Contents

iii. Detail by director

The detail, by Bank director, of the short-term (immediate) and deferred (not subject to long-term goals) remuneration for 2017 and 2016 is provided below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of euros

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

Bylaw-stipulated emoluments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual emolument

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk

 

 

 

Short-term and deferred (not subject to long-term

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

supervision,

 

 

 

goals) salaries of executive directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

regulation and

 

 

 

 

 

Variable –

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

compliance

 

Attendance fees

 

 

 

immediate payment

 

Deferred variable

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Directors

  

Board

  

Executive
committee

  

Audit
committee

  

Appointments
committee

  

Remuneration
 committee

  

oversight
committee

  

And
commissions.

  

Fixed

  

In 
cash

  

In 
shares

  

In 
cash

  

In 
shares

  

Total

  

remuneration

(7)

  

Total

  

Total

 

Ana Botín

 

88 

 

170 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

44 

 

2,500 

 

1,370 

 

1,370 

 

822 

 

822 

 

6,884 

 

689 

 

7.874 

 

7.279 

 

José Antonio Álvarez

 

88 

 

170 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

44 

 

2,000 

 

916 

 

916 

 

550 

 

550 

 

4,932 

 

1,203 

 

6.436 

 

6.006 

 

Rodrigo Echenique

 

88 

 

170 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

38 

 

1,500 

 

714 

 

714 

 

428 

 

428 

 

3,785 

 

201 

 

4.281 

 

3.824 

 

Matías R. Inciarte (1)

 

80 

 

155 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

41 

 

1,568 

 

698 

 

698 

 

419 

 

419 

 

3,803 

 

188 

 

4.266 

 

4.474 

 

Guillermo de la Dehesa

 

118 

 

170 

 

— 

 

25 

 

25 

 

40 

 

95 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

473 

 

461 

 

Bruce Carnegie-Brown

 

378 

 

170 

 

— 

 

25 

 

25 

 

40 

 

94 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

731 

 

721 

 

Ignacio Benjumea

 

88 

 

170 

 

— 

 

25 

 

25 

 

40 

 

97 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

106 

 

550 

 

945 

 

Francisco Javier Botín (2)

 

88 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

36 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

124 

 

115 

 

Sol Daurella

 

88 

 

— 

 

— 

 

25 

 

25 

 

— 

 

69 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

207 

 

191 

 

Carlos Fernández

 

88 

 

— 

 

40 

 

25 

 

— 

 

40 

 

93 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

285 

 

254 

 

Esther Giménez-Salinas

 

88 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

21 

 

54 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

162 

 

122 

 

Ángel Jado (3)

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

231 

 

Belén Romana

 

138 

 

— 

 

40 

 

— 

 

— 

 

40 

 

80 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

297 

 

219 

 

Isabel Tocino (4)

 

80 

 

155 

 

36 

 

— 

 

23 

 

36 

 

87 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

418 

 

442 

 

Juan Miguel Villar Mir

 

88 

 

— 

 

19 

 

— 

 

— 

 

19 

 

44 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

170 

 

235 

 

Homaira Akbari (5)

 

88 

 

— 

 

21 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

51 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

159 

 

32 

 

Ramiro Mato (6)

 

 

15 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

36 

 

— 

 

Total 2017

 

1,675 

 

1,345 

 

160 

 

125 

 

123 

 

280 

 

972 

 

7,568 

 

3,699 

 

3,699 

 

2,219 

 

2,219 

 

19,404 

 

2,387 

 

26.470 

 

— 

 

Total 2016

 

1,645 

 

1,360 

 

190 

 

143 

 

143 

 

277 

 

859 

 

7,710 

 

3,340 

 

3,340 

 

2,004 

 

2,004 

 

18,398 

 

2,536 

 

 

 

 25.551 

 


(1)

Ceased to be a member of the Board on November 28, 2017. This table shows the remuneration information until he ceased as a member of the board. The remuneration information for his performance as executive vice president since November 28, 2017 is included in the corresponding section.

(2)

All the amounts received were repaid to the Fundación Marcelino Botín.

(3)

Ceased to be a member of the board on September 27, 2016.

(4)

Ceased to be a member of the board on November 28, 2017.

(5)

Appointed to be a member of the board effective from September 27, 2016.

(6)

Appointed to be a member of the board effective from November 28, 2017.

(7)

Includes, inter alia, the life and medical insurance costs borne by the Group relating to Bank directors.

 

 

155


 

Table of Contents

Following is the detail, by executive director, of the salaries linked to multiannual objectives, which will only be received if the conditions of continued service, non-applicability of “malus” clauses and, full achievement of the objectives established (or, as the case may be, of the minimum thresholds thereof, with the consequent reduction of the agreed-upon amount in the end of the year) in the terms described in Note 47 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of euros

 

 

 

2017

 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

Variable subject
to Long-term
objectives(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In
cash

 

In
shares

 

Total

 

Total (2)

 

Ana Botín

    

863

 

863

 

1,726

 

1,518

 

José Antonio Álvarez

 

577

 

577

 

1,154

 

1,026

 

Rodrigo Echenique

 

450

 

450

 

900

 

760

 

Matías R. Inciarte

 

440

 

440

 

880

 

904

 

Total

 

2,330

 

2,330

 

4,660

 

4,208

 


(1)

Ceased to be a member of the board on November 28, 2017. The remuneration information for his performance as executive vice president is included in the corresponding section.

(2)

Corresponds with the fair value of the maximum amount they are entitled to in a total of 3 years: 2021, 2022 and 2023, subject to conditions of continued service, with the exceptions provided, and to the non-applicability of “malus” clauses and achievement of the objectives established. The fair value has been measured on the date of the concession of the scheme taking into account several possible behavioral assumptions (see Note 47).

Note 5.e to our consolidated financial statements below includes disclosures on the shares delivered in accordance with the deferred remuneration schemes in place in previous years when the conditions for delivery were met in the relevant years, and on the maximum number of shares receivable in future years in connection with the aforementioned 2017 and 2016 variable remuneration plans.

Remuneration of the board members as representatives of the Bank

By resolution of the executive committee, all remuneration paid to the Bank's directors who represent the Bank on the Boards of Directors of listed companies in which the Bank has a stake, paid by those companies and relating to appointments made on or after March 18, 2002 accrues to the Group. In 2017 and 2016, the Bank's directors did not receive any remuneration in respect of these duties.

Matías R. Inciarte received €42 thousand as non-executive director of U.C.I., S.A. in 2017 and 2016.

Post-employment and other long-term benefits

In 2012, within the framework of the actions taken by the Group in order to mitigate the risks arising from the defined-benefit pension obligations payable to certain employees, which led to an agreement with the workers' representatives to convert the defined-benefit obligations existing under the collective agreement into defined-contribution plans, the contracts of the executive directors and the other members of the Bank's senior management - the senior executives- which provided for defined-benefit pension obligations were amended to convert these obligations into a defined-contribution employee welfare system, which was externalized to Santander Seguros y Reaseguros, Compañía Aseguradora, S.A. This system grants the executive directors the right to receive a pension benefit upon retirement, regardless of whether or not they are employed by the Bank at the time, based on the contributions made to the aforementioned system, and replaced the right to receive a pension supplement which had previously been payable to them upon retirement. The new system expressly excludes any obligation of the Bank to the executive directors other than the conversion of the previous system into the new employee welfare system, which took place in 2012, and, as the case may be, the annual contributions to be made as described below 1 . In the event of pre-retirement, the executive directors who have not exercised the option to receive their pensions in the form of a lump sum are entitled to receive an annual emolument until the date of retirement.


As provided for in the contracts of the executive directors and members of senior management prior to their modification, Matías R. Inciarte had exercised the option to receive the accrued pensions -or amounts similar thereto- in the form of a lump sum -i.e. in a single payment-, which meant that no further pension benefit would accrue to them from that time, and the lump sum to be received, which would be updated at the agreed-upon interest rate, was fixed.

156


 

Table of Contents

The initial balance for each executive director in the new defined-contribution welfare system corresponded to the market value of the assets in which the provisions for the respective accrued obligations had materialized, at the date on which the former pension obligations were converted into the new welfare system 2 .  

Since 2013, the Bank has made annual contributions to the employee welfare system for the benefit of the executive directors and senior executives, in proportion to their respective pensionable bases, until they leave the Group, or until their retirement from the Group, death or disability (including, as the case may be, during the pre-retirement period). No contributions are made for the executive directors and senior executives who, prior to the conversion of the defined-benefit pension obligations into the current defined-contribution employee welfare system, had exercised the option to receive their pension as a lump-sum 3 .

In accordance with the provisions of the remuneration regulations, contributions made that are calculated on variable remuneration are subject to the discretionary pension benefits regime. Under this regime, these contributions are subject to malus clauses and clawback according to the policy in force at any time and during the same period in which the variable remuneration is deferred. Likewise, they must be invested in Bank shares for a period of five years from the date of the termination of executive directors in the Group, whether or not as a result of retirement. After that period, the amount invested in shares will be invested together with the remainder of the accumulated balance of the executive director, or will be paid to him or her beneficiaries had there been any contingency covered by the forecasting system.

Following is a detail of the balances relating to each of the executive directors under the welfare system at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of euros

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ana Botín (1)

    

45,798

    

43,156 

 

José Antonio Álvarez

 

16,151

 

15,107 

 

Rodrigo Echenique (2)

 

13,957

 

14,294 

 

Matías R. Inciarte (3)

 

-

 

48,230 

 

 

 

75,906

 

120,787 

 


(1)

Includes the amounts relating to the period of provision of services at Banesto, externalized with another insurance company.

(2)

Executive director since January 16, 2015 Rodrigo Echenique does not participate in the pension system and the right to the Bank to make contributions in its favor in this regard. The amount at December 31, 2017 and December 31 2016, correspond to him prior to his appointment as executive director in 2015.

(3)

Ceased to be a member of the Board on November 28, 2017, retained their pension rights as of December 31, 2017, which are informed in the Senior Managers section.


In the case of Matías R. Inciarte, the initial balance corresponded to the amounts that were set when, as described above, they exercised the option to receive a lump sum, and includes the interest accrued on these amounts from that date.

Rodrigo Echenique, appointed executive director on January 16, 2015, does not participate in the welfare system and is not entitled to have any contributions made in his favor by the Bank in this connection, notwithstanding the pension rights to which he was entitled prior to his appointment as executive director. In 2015, as a result of his appointment as chief executive officer, changes were introduced to the contract of José Antonio Álvarez with respect to the pension obligations stipulated in his senior management contract. The annual contribution to the employee welfare system was thereafter calculated as 55% of the sum of: (i) the fixed annual remuneration; and (ii) 30% of the arithmetic mean of the last three gross amounts of variable remuneration. The pensionable base in the event of death or disability is 100% of his fixed remuneration. Under his senior management contract the annual contribution was 55.93% of his fixed remuneration, and the pensionable base in the event of death or disability was 100% of his fixed remuneration.

157


 

Table of Contents

The payments made during 2017 to the members of the Board entitled to post-employment benefits amounted to €0.9 million (2016: €0.9 million).

Lastly, the contracts of the executive directors who had not exercised the option referred to above prior to the conversion of the defined-benefit pension obligations into the current welfare system include a supplementary welfare regime in case of death (surviving spouse and child benefits) or permanent disability of serving directors.

The provisions recognized in 2017 and 2016 for retirement pensions and supplementary benefits (surviving spouse and child benefits, and permanent disability) were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of euros

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ana Botín

    

2,707

    

2,521

 

José Antonio Álvarez

 

2,456

 

2,249

 

 

 

5,163

 

4,770

 

 

Insurance

The Group has acquired life insurance policies for the Bank's directors, who will be entitled to receive benefits if they are declared disabled. In the event of death, such benefits will be payable to their heirs. The premiums paid by the Group are included in the Other remuneration column of the table shown in page 155. Also, the following table provides information on the sums insured for the Bank's executive directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insured sum
(Thousands of euros)

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ana Botín

    

7,500 

    

7,500 

 

José Antonio Álvarez

 

6,000 

 

6,000 

 

Rodrigo Echenique

 

4,500 

 

4,500 

 

Matías R. Inciarte (1)

 

 

5,131 

 

 

 

18,000 

 

23,131

 


(1)

Ceased to be member of the board on November 28, 2017.

During years 2017 and 2016, the Group has disbursed a total amount of €10.5 and 9.3 million, respectively, for the payment of civil-liability insurance premiums. These premiums correspond to several civil-liability insurance policies that hedge, among others, directors, senior executives and other managers and employees of the Group and the Bank itself as well as its subsidiaries, in light of various types of potential claims, for which it is not possible to disaggregate or individualize the amount that correspond to the directors and executives.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no such obligations to other directors.

Deferred variable remuneration systems

The following information relates to the maximum number of shares to which executive directors are entitled at the beginning and end of 2017 and 2016 due to their participation in the deferred variable remuneration systems, which instrumented a portion of their variable remuneration relating to 2017 and prior years, as well as on the deliveries, whether shares or cash, made to them in 2017 and 2016 where the conditions for the receipt thereof had been met (see Note 47 to our consolidated financial statements):

i) Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan

From 2011 to 2015, the bonuses of executive directors and certain executives (including senior management) and employees who assume risk, who perform control functions or receive an overall remuneration that puts them on the same remuneration level as senior executives and employees who assume risk (all of whom are referred to as identified staff) have been approved by the board of directors and instrumented, respectively, through various cycles of the deferred conditional variable remuneration plan. Application of these cycles, insofar as they entail the delivery of shares to the plan beneficiaries, was authorized by the relevant annual general meetings.

158


 

Table of Contents

The purpose of these plans is to defer a portion of the bonus of the plan beneficiaries (60% in the case of executive directors) over a period of five years (three years for plans approved in or before 2014).  Deferred and payable amounts of bonuses are to be paid, where appropriate, in cash and in Santander shares, upon commencement of the cycles, in accordance with the rules set forth below.

In addition to the requirement that the beneficiary remains in Santander Group's employ, the accrual of the deferred remuneration is conditional upon none of the following circumstances existing -in the opinion of the board of directors following a proposal of the remuneration committee- in relation to the corresponding year in the period prior to each of the deliveries: (i) poor financial performance of the Group; (ii) breach by the beneficiary of internal regulations, including, in particular, those relating to risks; (iii) material restatement of the Group's financial statements, except when it is required pursuant to a change in accounting standards; or (iv) significant changes in the Group's economic capital or its risk profile. All the foregoing shall in each case be governed by the rules of the relevant plan cycle.

On each delivery, the beneficiaries will be paid an amount in cash equal to the dividends paid for the amount deferred in shares and the interest on the amount deferred in cash. If the scrip dividend ( Santander Dividendo Elección ) scheme is applied, they will paid the price offered by the Bank for the bonus share rights corresponding to those shares.

The maximum number of shares to be delivered is calculated taking into account the daily volume-weighted average prices for the 15 trading sessions prior to the date on which the board of directors approves the bonus for the Bank's executive directors for each year.

This plan and the Performance Share Plan (ILP) described below have been included in the deferred variable compensation plan linked to multiannual objectives, in the terms approved by the general meeting of shareholders held on March 18, 2016.

ii) Performance Shares Plan (ILP)

The table below shows the maximum number of shares to which the executive directors are entitled, as part of their variable remuneration for 2015, as a result of their participation in the ILP (see Note 47 to our consolidated financial statements).

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum number
of shares ILP
(Thousands of
euros) 2015
(1)

 

 

 

Ana Botín

    

187,070

José Antonio Álvarez

 

126,279

Rodrigo Echenique

 

93,540

Matías R. Inciarte (2)

 

145,922

Total

 

406,899

(1)

At the proposal of the remuneration committee, the board of directors approved to increase the number of shares to mitigate the dilutive effect of the capital increase with pre-emptive rights of July 2017 as described in iv) below. The shares derived from this adjustment are 5,967.

(2)

Ceased to be member of the board on November 28, 2017. The maximum number of shares corresponding to the plan held as of December 31, 2017 was 145,922 shares, including those approved to mitigate the dilutive effect of the capital increase with pre-emptive subscription rights of July 2017.

The accrual of the ILP and its amount are conditional on the performance of Banco Santander between 2015 and 2017, as well as fulfillment of the remaining conditions of the plan until the end of the accrual period (December 31, 2018). Having finalized 2018, the corresponding amounts to be received by each exclusive director in relation to ILP (the ILP accrued amount) can be determined.

The shares to be delivered in 2019 to executive directors based on compliance with the related multiannual target are conditional, in addition to the requirement that the beneficiary remains in the Group's employ, with the exceptions included in the plan regulations, upon none of the following circumstances existing -in the opinion of the board of directors following a proposal of the remuneration committee-, during the period prior to the delivery, as a result of actions performed in the year to which the plan relates: (i) poor financial performance of the Group; (ii) breach by the beneficiary of internal regulations, including, in particular, those relating to risks; (iii) material restatement of the Group's financial statements, except when it is required pursuant to a change in accounting standards; or (iv) significant changes in the Group's economic capital or risk profile.

With regards to the ILP of 2014, once fiscal years 2015, 2016 and 2017 are over, we have determined the annual amount that in each case corresponds to each executive director by applying to one third of the agreed ILP amount the percentage that results from the relevant metric (see Note 47 to our consolidated financial statements). For the amounts accrued in 2017 and 2018, the applicable RTA is the one accumulated between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2016 and between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

159


 

Table of Contents

In both financial years, the position achieved in the RTA has not been such that determines the accrual of the third and second thirds; therefore, the plan has expired.

iii) Deferred variable compensation plan linked to multiannual objectives

In 2016, with the aim of simplifying the remuneration structure, improving risk adjustment ex-ante and increasing the incidence of long-term objectives, the bonus plan (deferred and conditioned variable compensation plan) and ILP has been implemented. In 2017 the second cycle corresponding to the same plan was approved. The variable remuneration of executive directors and certain executives (including senior management) has been approved by the board of directors and implemented through the first (2016) and second (2017) cycles of the deferred variable remuneration plan linked to multi-year objectives. The application of the plan, thus far as it entails the delivery of shares to the beneficiaries of the plan, was authorized by the annual General Meeting of Shareholders.

As indicated in note 5.a.ii to our consolidated financial statements, disbursement of 60% of the variable remuneration amount is deferred for five years (three years for certain beneficiaries, not including executive directors), provided that beneficiaries remain in the group and non-concurrence of the clauses malus, according to the following accrual scheme (as applicable for the second cycle, corresponding to the 2017 variable remuneration):

·

The accrual of the first and second parts (installment in 2019 and 2020 for the 2017 cycle) is not subject to the fulfilment of long-term objectives.

·

The accrual of the third, fourth and fifth parts (2021, 2022 and 2023) is linked to the fulfilment of certain objectives related to the period 2017-2019 and the metrics and scales associated with those objectives. These objectives are:

·

the growth of consolidated earnings per share in 2019 compared to 2016;

·

the relative performance of the Bank's total shareholder return (RTA) in the period 2017-2019 in relation to the RTAs of a reference group of 17 credit institutions;

·

compliance with the fully loaded ordinary level 1 capital objective for the year 2019;

·

The degree of compliance with the above objectives determines the percentage to be applied to the deferred amount in these three annuities, the maximum being the amount determined at the end of the year 2017.

Both the immediate (short-term) and the deferred (long-term and conditioned) part are paid 50% in cash and the remaining 50% in Santander shares.

The accrual of deferred amounts (whether or not subject to performance measures) is conditioned, in addition to the permanence of the beneficiary in the Group, to the fact that during the period prior to each of the deliveries, none of the circumstances giving rise to the malus clause as set out in the Group's remuneration policy in its chapter related to malus and clawback. Likewise, the already paid amounts of the incentive will be subject to its possible recovery (clawback) by the Bank in the cases and during the term foreseen in said policy, always in the terms and conditions that are foreseen in it.

The application of malus and clawback is activated in cases in which there is poor financial performance of the entity as a whole or of a specific division or area of the entity or of the exposures generated by the personnel, and at least the following factors must be considered:

(i)

Significant failures in risk management committed by the entity, or by a business unit or risk control.

(ii)

The increase suffered by the entity or by a business unit of its capital needs, not foreseen at the time of generation of the exposures.

(iii)

Regulatory sanctions or judicial sentences from events that could be attributable to the unit or the personnel responsible for those. Also, the breach of internal codes of conduct of the entity.

(iv)

Irregular behavior, whether individual or collective. The negative effects derived from the marketing of inappropriate products and the responsibilities of the people or bodies that made those decisions will be specially considered.

In the case of the first cycle of the plan, corresponding to the 2016 variable remuneration, the accrual of deferred compensation linked to the multiannual objectives of executive directors (and senior management) is conditioned, in addition to the permanence of the beneficiary in the Santander Group, in the opinion of the board of directors, at the proposal of the remuneration committee, none of the following circumstances in relation to the corresponding period during the period prior to each of the deliveries: (i) poor financial performance of the Group; (ii) breach by the beneficiary of the internal regulations, including in particular that relating to risks; (iii)

160


 

Table of Contents

material restatement of the Group's financial statements, except when appropriate under a change in accounting regulations; or (iv) significant variations in the Group's economic capital or risk profile. All this, in each case, with the exceptions and as provided in the regulation of the plan.

The application of clawback will supplement that of malus, so that it will take place when it is considered insufficient to collect the effects that the event must have on the assigned variable remuneration. The application of clawback will be decided by the board of directors on the proposal of the remuneration committee and cannot be proposed once the retention period related to the final payment in shares in accordance with the plan has elapsed in 2024.

The maximum number of shares to be delivered is calculated by taking into account the weighted average daily volume of weighted average prices for the fifteen trading sessions prior to the previous Friday (excluded) the date on which the bond is agreed by the board of executive directors of the Bank.

 

161


 

Table of Contents

iv) Shares assigned by deferred variable remuneration plans

The following table shows the number of Santander shares assigned to each executive director and pending delivery as of January 1, 2016, December 31, 2016 and 2017, as well as the gross number of shares that were delivered to executive directors in 2016 and 2017, either in the form of an immediate payment or a deferred payment. In this case after having been appraised by the board, at the recommendation of the remuneration committee that the corresponding third of each plan had accrued. They bring cause of each of the plans through which the variable remunerations of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan 2012, 2013, 2014, and 2015 and of the deferred conditional and linked to multiannual objectives 2016 and 2017.

In order to mitigate the dilutive effect (and, therefore, not linked to the performance of the Group) of the capital increase with pre-emptive rights of the Bank that took place on July 2017 in certain cycles of the deferred compensation and long term incentive plans, the increase in the number of shares to be delivered to its beneficiaries was approved, considering for this a valuation of preferential subscription rights equivalent to their theoretical value, €0.1047 per right. The effect of increasing the number of shares is detailed in the corresponding column of the table below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based variable remuneration

  

Maximum
number of
shares to
be delivered
at
January 1,
2016

 

Shares
delivered
in 2016
(immediate
payment 2015
variable
remuneration)

 

Shares
delivered in
2016
(deferred
payment 2014
variable
remuneration)

 

Shares
delivered in
2016
(deferred
payment 2013
variable
remuneration)

 

Shares
delivered in
2016
(deferred
payment 2012
variable
remuneration)

 

Variable
remuneration
2016 (maximum
number of
shares to be
delivered)

 

Maximum
number of
shares to be
delivered at
December 31,
2016

 

Shares
delivered in
2017
(immediate
payment 2016
variable
remuneration)

 

Shares
delivered in
2016
(deferred
payment 2015
variable
remuneration)

 

Shares
delivered in
2016
(deferred
payment 2014
variable
remuneration)

 

Shares
delivered in
2016
(deferred
payment 2013
variable
remuneration)

 

Shares
arising
from the
capital
increase of
July 2017

 

Variable
remuneration
2017 (maximum
number of
shares to be
delivered) 
(1)

 

Maximum
number of
shares to be
delivered at
December 31,
2017 
(4)

2012 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ana Botín

 

34,958

 

 

 

 

(34,958)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

José Antonio Álvarez(2)

 

24,046

 

 

 

 

(24,046)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matías R. Inciarte

 

41,529

 

 

 

 

(41,529)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,533

 

 

 

 

(100,533)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ana Botín

 

66,241

 

 

 

(33,121)

 

 

 

33,120

 

 

 

 

(33,120)

 

 

 

José Antonio Álvarez (2)

 

39,121

 

 

 

(19,560)

 

 

 

19,561

 

 

 

 

(19,561)

 

 

 

Matías R. Inciarte (3)

 

69,093

 

 

 

(34,546)

 

 

 

34,547

 

 

 

 

(34,547)

 

 

 

 

 

174,455

 

 

 

(87,227)

 

 

 

87,228

 

 

 

 

(87,228)

 

 

 

2014 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ana Botín

 

182,444

 

 

(60,814)

 

 

 

 

121,630

 

 

 

(60,814)

 

 

905

 

 

61,721

José Antonio Álvarez (2)

 

78,726

 

 

(26,242)

 

 

 

 

52,484

 

 

 

(26,242)

 

 

390

 

 

26,632

Matías R. Inciarte (3)

 

139,088

 

 

(46,363)

 

 

 

 

92,725

 

 

 

(46,363)

 

 

690

 

 

47,052

 

 

400,258

 

 

(133,419)

 

 

 

 

266,839

 

 

 

(133,419)

 

 

1,985

 

 

135,405

2015 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ana Botín

 

528,834

 

(211,534)

 

 

 

 

 

317,300

 

 

(63,460)

 

 

 

3,777

 

 

257,617

José Antonio Álvarez

 

351,523

 

(140,609)

 

 

 

 

 

210,914

 

 

(42,183)

 

 

 

2,511

 

 

171,242

Rodrigo Echenique

 

260,388

 

(104,155)

 

 

 

 

 

156,233

 

 

(31,247)

 

 

 

1,860

 

 

126,846

Matías R. Inciarte (3)

 

361,118

 

(144,447)

 

 

 

 

 

216,671

 

 

(43,334)

 

 

 

2,579

 

 

175,916

 

 

1,501,863

 

(600,745)

 

 

 

 

 

901,118

 

 

(180,224)

 

 

 

10,727

 

 

731,621

2016 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ana Botín

 

 

 

 

 

 

592,043

 

592,043

 

(236,817)

 

 

 

 

5,286

 

 

360,512

José Antonio Álvarez

 

 

 

 

 

 

399,607

 

399,607

 

(159,843)

 

 

 

 

3,568

 

 

243,332

Rodrigo Echenique

 

 

 

 

 

 

295,972

 

295,972

 

(118,389)

 

 

 

 

2,643

 

 

180,226

Matías R. Inciarte (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

352,455

 

352,455

 

(140,982)

 

 

 

 

3,147

 

 

214,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,640,077

 

1,640,077

 

(656,031)

 

 

 

 

14,644

 

 

998,690

2017 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ana Botín

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

574,375

 

574,375

José Antonio Álvarez

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

384,118

 

384,118

Rodrigo Echenique

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

299,346

 

299,346

Matías R. Inciarte (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

292,771

 

292,771

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,550,610

 

1,550,610

(1)

For each director, 40% of the shares indicated correspond to the short-term variable (or immediate payment). The remaining 60% is deferred for delivery, where appropriate, by fifths in the next five years, the last three being subject to the fulfillment of multiannual objectives.

(2)

Maximum number of shares resulting from their participation in the corresponding plans during their stage as executive vice president.

(3)

Ceased to be a member of the Board on November 28, 2017. The shares corresponding to their variable remuneration between November 28, 2017 and January 2, 2018 as executive vice president on December 2, 2017 included in Note 5.g.

(4)

In addition, Ignacio Benjumea maintains the right to a maximum of 199,234 shares arising from his participation in the corresponding plans during his term as executive vice president.

 

 

162


 

Table of Contents

Also, the table below shows the cash delivery in 2017 and 2016, by way of either immediate payment or deferred payment, in the latter case once the board had determined, at the recommendation of the remuneration committee that the third relating to each plan had accrued:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of euros

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

    

Cash paid 
(immediate 
payment 2016 
variable 
remuneration)

    

Cash
paid (deferred payment
2015, 2014
and
2013 variable
remuneration)

    

Cash paid
(immediate
payment 2015
variable
remuneration)

    

Cash paid (deferred payment
2014, 2013 and
2012
variable
remuneration)

 

Ana Botín

 

1,205

 

825

 

840

 

826

 

José Antonio Álvarez (1)

 

814

 

461

 

558

 

448

 

Rodrigo Echenique

 

603

 

124

 

414

 

-

 

Matías R. Inciarte

 

718

 

690

 

574

 

784

 

 

 

3,339

 

2,099

 

2,386

 

2,058

 


(1)

Includes paid cash corresponding to his participation in the corresponding plans during the time as executive vice president.

v) Information on former members of the board of directors

Following is information on the maximum number of shares to which former members of the board of directors who ceased in office prior to January 1, 2016 are entitled for their participation in the various deferred variable remuneration systems, which instrumented a portion of their variable remuneration relating to the years in which they were executive directors. Also set forth below is information on the deliveries, whether shares or cash, made in 2017 and 2016 to former board members, upon achievement of the conditions for the receipt thereof (see Note 47 to our consolidated financial statements):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum number of shares to be delivered (1)

    

31-12-2017

    

31-12-2016

 

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2013)

 

— 

 

80,718

 

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2014)

 

101,537

 

200,097

 

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2015)

 

67,472

 

83,103

 

Performance Shares Plan (ILP 2015)

 

51,447

 

50,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares delivered

    

2017 

    

2016 

 

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2012)

 

— 

 

120,297

 

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2013)

 

80,718

 

80,718

 

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2014)

 

100,049

 

100,049

 

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2015)

 

16,621

 

55,402

 


(1)

At the proposal of the remuneration committee, the board of directors approved to adjust the maximum number of shares to mitigate the dilutive effect of the capital increase with pre-emptive subscription rights of July 2017 as described in iv) below. The shares derived from this adjustment are 3,233.

In addition, €1,224 thousand and €1,931 relating to the deferred portion payable in cash on the aforementioned plans were paid each in 2017 and 2016.

163


 

Table of Contents

Loans

The Group's direct risk exposure to the Bank's directors and the guarantees provided for them are detailed below. These transactions were made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm's-length transactions or the related compensation in kind was recognized:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of euros

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

    

Loans
and 
credits

    

Guarantees

    

Total

    

Loans
and
credits

    

Guarantees

    

Total

 

Ana Botín

 

10

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

José Antonio Álvarez

 

9

 

 

9

 

9

 

 

9

 

Bruce Carnegie- Brown

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

Matías R. Inciarte (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rodrigo Echenique

 

22

 

 

22

 

21

 

 

21

 

Javier Botín

 

17

 

 

17

 

4

 

 

4

 

Sol Daurella

 

27

 

 

27

 

25

 

 

25

 

Ignacio Benjumea

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

Belén Romana

 

3

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

Guillermo de la Dehesa

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

11

 

 

 

88

 

 

88

 

74

 

 

74

 


(1)

Ceased to be a board director on November 28, 2017. On December 31, 2017, to loans and credits amounted to €13 thousands (€16 thousands in 2016)

Senior managers

In 2016 the Bank's board of directors approved a series of appointments and organizational changes aimed at simplifying the Group’s organization and rendering it more competitive.

The table below includes the amounts relating to the short-term remuneration of the members of senior management at December 31, 2017 and those at December 31, 2016, excluding the remuneration of the executive directors, which is detailed above:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term salaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable
remuneration
(bonus) -
Immediate
payment

 

Variable
remuneration
immediate
payment

 

 

 

 

 

Year

 

Number of
persons

 

Fixed

 

In
cash

 

In
shares (2)

 

In
cash

 

In
shares

 

Other
remuneration (1)

 

Total (3)

 

2017

    

19

 

17,847

 

8,879

 

8,879

 

 4,052

 

4,052

 

7,348

 

51,058

 

2016

  

18

  

17,258

  

8,126

  

8,126

  

3,745

  

3,745

  

4,430

  

45,430

 


(1)

Includes other remuneration items such as life insurance premiums totaling €692 thousand (2016: €577 thousand), health insurance and localization aids.

(2)

The amount of the immediate payment in shares for 2017 relates to 1,430,143 Santander shares (2016: 1,596,248 Santander shares) and 225,564 Banco Santander (México) S.A. shares.

(3)

In addition, as a result of the agreements for incorporation and offsetting of long-term remuneration and deferred losses in previous positions, compensation amounting to 4,650 thousand euros and 648,457 shares of Santander has been agreed. This compensation will be partially subject to deferral and/or recovery in certain cases.

164


 

Table of Contents

Also, the detail of the breakdown of the linked to multiannual objective salaries of the members of senior management at December 31, 2017 and 2016 is provided below. These remuneration payments shall be received, as the case may be, in the corresponding deferral periods upon achievement of the conditions stipulated for each payment (see Note 47 to our consolidated financial statements).

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of euros

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred salaries  (1)

 

Year

    

Number of people

    

Cash payment

    

Share payment

    

Total

 

2017

 

19

 

4,255

 

4,255

 

8,510

 

2016

 

18

 

3,933

 

3,933

 

7,866

 


(1)

Relates in 2017 to the fair value of the maximum annual amounts for years 2021, 2022 and 2023 of the second cycle of the deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2020, 2021 and 2022 for the first cycle of the deferred variable compensation plan linked to annual objectives for the year 2016)

Also, executive vice presidents who retired in 2017 and, therefore, were not members of senior management at year-end, received in 2017 salaries and other remuneration relating to their retirement amounting to €5,237 thousand, and remained entitled to long-term salary remuneration of €999 thousand.

Following is a detail of the maximum number of Santander shares that the members of senior management at each plan grant date (excluding executive directors) were entitled to receive at December 31, 2017 and 2016 relating to the deferred portion under the various plans then in force (see Note 47 to our consolidated financial statements):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum number of

    

 

    

 

 

shares to be delivered (1)

 

31/12/17

 

31/12/16

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2013)

 

— 

 

271,996

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2014)

 

323,424

 

759,950

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2015)

 

1,296,424

 

1,981,670

Performance shares plan ILP (2015)

 

1,050,087

 

1,339,506

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan and linked to objectives (2016)

 

1,854,495

 

1,954,431

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan and linked to objectives (2017)

 

1,779,302

 


(1)

At the proposal of the remuneration committee, the board of directors approved to adjust the maximum number of shares to mitigate the dilutive effect of the capital increase with pre-emptive subscription rights of July 2017 as described in iv) below. The shares derived from this adjustment are 66,339.

In 2017 and 2016, since the conditions established in the deferred share-based remuneration schemes for prior years had been met, in addition to the payment of the related cash amounts, the following number of Santander shares was delivered to the executive vice presidents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares delivered

    

2017 

    

2016 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2012)

 

— 

 

251,445

 

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2013)

 

226,766

 

271,996

 

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2014)

 

318,690

 

379,978

 

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2015)

 

349,725

 

— 

 

 

As indicated in Note 5.c to our consolidated financial statements, in 2012 the contracts of the members of the Bank's senior management which provided for defined-benefit pension obligations were amended to convert these obligations into a defined-contribution employee welfare system, which was outsourced to Santander Seguros y Reaseguros Compañía Aseguradora, S.A. The new system grants the senior executives the right to receive a pension benefit upon retirement, regardless of whether or not they are in the Bank’s employ on that date, based on the contributions made to the aforementioned system. This system replaces the right to receive a pension supplement which had previously been payable to members of senior management upon retirement. The new system expressly excludes any obligation of the Bank to the executives other than the conversion of the previous system into the new employee welfare system, which took place in 2012, and, as the case may be, the annual contributions to be made. In the event of pre-retirement, and up to the retirement date, senior managers appointed prior to September 2015 are entitled to receive an annual allowance.

Likewise, the contracts of certain senior managers include a supplementary pension scheme for cases of death (widowhood and orphans) or permanent disability in active employment.

165


 

Table of Contents

In addition, in application of the provisions of the remuneration regulations, as of 2016 (inclusive), a discretionary pension benefit component of at least 15% of the total has been included in contributions to the pension system. Under the regime corresponding to these discretionary benefits, the contributions made that are calculated on variable remunerations are subject to malus and clawback clauses according to the policy in force then and during the variable remuneration accrual period.

Likewise, they must be invested in Bank shares for a period of five years from the date of the cessation of senior management in the Group, whether or not as a result of retirement. After that period, the amount invested in shares will be invested together with the rest of the accumulated balance of the senior manager, or he will be paid to his or her beneficiaries if there were any contingency covered by the forecasting system.

The balance as of December 31, 2017 in the pension system for those who were part of senior management during the year amounted to €118.7 million (€99.3 million in December 31, 2016).

The net charge to income corresponding to pension and supplementary benefits for widows, orphans and permanent invalidity amounted to €14.5 million in 2017 (€12.9 million in 2016).

In 2017 there are no payments in the form of a single payment of the annual voluntary pre-retirement allowance (€6.7 million in 2016)

Additionally, the capital insured by life and accident insurance at December 31, 2017 of this group amounts to €53.6 million (€59.1 million at December 31, 2016).

Post-employment benefits to former directors and former executive vice presidents

The post-employment benefits and settlements paid in 2017 to former directors of the Bank, other than those detailed in Note 5.c to our consolidated financial statements amounted to €26.2 million (2016: €7.3 million). Also, the post-employment benefits and settlements paid in 2017 to former executive vice presidents amounted to €17.7 million (2016: €134.7 million).

Contributions to insurance policies that hedge pensions and complementary widowhood, orphanhood and permanent disability benefits to previous members of the Bank’s Management Board, amounted to €0.5 million in 2017 (€0.66 million in 2016). Likewise, contributions to insurance policies that hedge pensions and complementary widowhood, orphanhood and permanent disability benefits for previous managing directors amounted to €5.5 million in 2017 (€6.6 million in 2016).

In 2017 a period provision of €0.5 million (release of €0.3 million in 2016) was recognized in the consolidated income statement in connection with the Group's pension and similar obligations to former directors of the Bank (including insurance premiums for supplementary surviving spouse/child and permanent disability benefits). A period provision of €5.6 million was also recognized in relation to former executive vice presidents (2016: a period provision of €0.5 million was recognized).

In addition, provisions for pensions and similar obligations in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2017 included €81.8 million in respect of the post-employment benefit obligations to former directors of the Bank (December 31, 2016: €96.8 million) and €175.8 million corresponding to former executive vice presidents (2016: €171 million).

Pre-retirement and retirement

The following executive directors will be entitled to take pre-retirement in the event of termination, if they have not yet reached the age of retirement, on the terms indicated below:

Ana Botín will be entitled to take pre-retirement in the event of termination for reasons other than breach. In such case, she will be entitled to an annual emolument equivalent to her fixed remuneration plus 30% of the average of her latest amounts of variable remuneration, up to a maximum of three. This emolument would be reduced by up to 16% in the event of voluntary retirement before the age of 60. José Antonio Álvarez will be entitled to take pre-retirement in the event of termination for reasons other than his own free will or breach. In such case, he will be entitled to an annual emolument equivalent to the fixed remuneration corresponding to him as executive vice president. These allotments are subject to the malus and clawback provisions in place for a period of five years.

Contract termination

The executive directors and senior executives have indefinite-term employment contracts. Executive directors or senior executives whose contracts are terminated voluntarily or due to breach of duties are not entitled to receive any economic compensation. If the Bank terminates the contract for any other reason, they will be entitled to the corresponding legally-stipulated termination benefit,

166


 

Table of Contents

without prejudice to the compensation that corresponds to the non-competition obligations, as detailed in the remuneration policy of the directors.

If the Bank were to terminate her contract, Ana Botín would have to remain at the Bank’s disposal for a period of four months in order to ensure an adequate transition, and would receive her fixed salary during that period.

Other non-director members of the Group's senior management, other than those whose contracts were amended in 2012 as indicated above, have contracts which entitle them, in certain circumstances, to an extraordinary contribution to their welfare system in the event of termination for reasons other than voluntary redundancy, retirement, disability or serious breach of duties. These benefits are recognized as a provision for pensions and similar obligations and as a Personnel expense only when the employment relationship between the Bank and its executives is terminated before the normal retirement date.

Information on investments held by the directors in other companies and conflicts of interest

None of the members of the board of directors or persons related to them perform, as independent professionals or as employees, activities that involve effective competition, be it present or potential, with the activities of Santander or that, in any other way, place the directors in an ongoing conflict with the interests of Santander.

Without prejudice to the foregoing, following is a detail of the declarations by the directors with respect to their equity interests in companies not related to the Group whose object is banking, financing or lending; and of the management or governing functions, if any, that the directors discharge thereat.

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Administrator

    

Denomination

    

shares

    

Functions

Ana Botín

 

Bankinter, S.A. *

 

5,179,932 

 

Bruce Neil Carnegie-Brown

 

Moneysupermarket.com Group plc

 

 

President (1)

Lloyds of London Ltd

President (1)

Rodrigo Echenique

 

Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group*

 

17,500

 

 

 

 

Guillermo de la Dehesa

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co. (The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.)

 

19,546

 

 

 

 

Javier Botín

 

Bankinter, S.A.

 

6,929,853

 

JB Capital Markets Sociedad de Valores, S.A.

2,077,198

President

Esther Giménez-Salinas

 

Gawa Capital Partners, S.L.

 

 

Manager officer (1)

Ramiro Mato

 

BNP Paribas

 

13,806 

 


(*)    Ownership interests held by related persons.

(1)

Non-executive.

With regard to situations of conflict of interest, as stipulated in Article 36 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, the directors must notify the board of any direct or indirect conflict with the interests of the Bank in which they or persons related thereto may be involved. The director involved shall refrain from taking part in discussions or voting on any resolutions or decisions in which the director or any persons related thereto may have a conflict of interest.

Also, under Article 40 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, following a favorable report by the audit committee, the board must authorize the transactions which the Bank performs with directors (unless the power to approve them is vested by law in the general meeting), excluding the transactions indicated in Article 40.2.

Accordingly, the related party transactions performed during the year met the conditions established in the Rules and Regulations of the Board not to require authorization of the governing bodies, or obtained such authorization, following a favorable report by the audit committee, after confirming that the consideration and the other conditions agreed upon were within market parameters.

In addition, other directors abstained from participating in and voting on the deliberations of the meetings of the board of directors or the board committees on 86 occasions in 2017. The breakdown of these 86 cases is as follows: 27 related to proposals for the appointment, re-election or removal of directors, or the appointment of members of the board committees or committees in Group companies; 25 related to matters connected with remuneration or the extension of loans or credits; 22 related to the debate of proposed financing or other lending transactions involving companies related to directors; and on 12 occasions the abstention occurred in connection with the annual verification of the directors’ status which, pursuant to Article 6.3 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, was performed by the appointments committee.

167


 

Table of Contents

C. Board practices

Date of expiration of the current term of office of the directors and the period during which the directors have served in that office:

The period during which the directors have served in their office is shown in the table under Section A of this Item 6.

The date of expiration of the current term of office is shown in the table below:

 

 

 

Name

    

Date of expiration (1)

Ana Botín

 

1 st half 2020

José Antonio Álvarez

 

1 st half 2020

Bruce Carnegie-Brown

 

1 st half 2019

Rodrigo Echenique

 

1 st half 2020

Guillermo de la Dehesa

 

1 st half 2021

Homaira Akbari

 

1 st half 2021

Ignacio Benjumea

 

1 st half 2021

Javier Botín

 

1 st half 2019

Alvaro Cardoso

 

1 st half 2021

Sol Daurella

 

1st half 2021

Carlos Fernández

 

1 st half 2021

Esther Giménez-Salinas

 

1 st half 2020

Ramiro Mato

 

1 st half 2021

Belén Romana

 

1 st half 2020

Juan Miguel Villar-Mir

 

1 st half 2018


(1)

Pursuant to the provisions of our Bylaws, one-third of the board will be renewed every year, based on length of service and according to the date and order of their respective appointments.

At the annual general meeting held on April 7, 2017, our shareholders passed the following resolutions:

-      To ratify the appointment of Homaira Akbari, which appointment was approved by the board of directors at its meeting of September 27, 2016.

-      To reelect for a term of three years the following directors: Ana Botín, Rodrigo Echenique, José Antonio Álvarez, Belén Romana, and Esther Giménez-Salinas.

At the annual general meeting held on March 23, 2018, our shareholders passed the following resolutions:

-      To appoint Alvaro Cardoso as independent director for a three year term.

-      To ratify the appointment of Ramiro Mato, which appointment was approved by the board of directors at its meeting of November 28, 2017.

-      To reelect for a term of three years the following directors: Carlos Fernández, Ignacio Benjumea, Guillermo de la Dehesa, Sol Daurella and Homaira Akbari.

The basic terms and conditions of the contracts of the executive directors, besides those relating to the remuneration thereof, are the following:

a) Exclusivity and non-competition

Executive directors may not enter into contracts to provide services to other companies or entities except where expressly authorized by the board of directors. In all cases, a duty of non-competition is established with respect to companies and activities similar in nature to those of the Bank and its consolidated Group.

Likewise, the contracts of the executive directors provide for certain prohibitions against competition and the poaching of clients, employees and suppliers that may be enforced for two years after the termination thereof for reasons other than pre-retirement or a breach by the Bank. The compensation to be paid by the Bank for this prohibition against competition is, in the case of Ana Botín and José Antonio Álvarez, 80% of the fixed remuneration of the corresponding director, payable 40% on termination of the contract and 60% at the

168


 

Table of Contents

end of the two-year period. In the case of Rodrigo Echenique, the compensation payable by the Bank as of 2018 will be twice his fixed remuneration, 50% payable on termination of the contract and 50% at the beginning of the second year of non-applicability.

b) Code of conduct

There is an obligation to strictly observe the provisions of the Group’s General Code of Conduct and of the Code of Conduct in the Securities Markets, specifically with respect to rules of confidentiality, professional ethics and conflicts of interest.

Audit committee, risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee, appointments committee and remuneration committee

An audit committee, a risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee, an appointments committee as well as a remuneration committee operate as part of the board of directors.

Audit committee

The Bank’s audit committee was created in 1986, with significant progress since that time with respect to both its duties and its operation.

The committee is regulated by articles 52 of the Bylaws and 17 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board. In addition, articles 3, 15, 40, 41.2 and 42 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board contain specific provisions regarding certain aspects of its activities.

The Rules and Regulations of the Board provide that only non-executive directors can be members of this committee with independent directors (as defined in the Rules and Regulations of the Board) having a majority representation. Nevertheless, we have determined that all of the members of our audit committee meet the independence criteria for foreign private issuers set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The committee’s chairman must always be an independent director (as defined in the Rules and Regulations of the Board) and someone who has the necessary knowledge and experience in matters of accounting, auditing or risk management. Currently, the chairman of the audit committee is Belén Romana, who our board of directors has determined is a “Financial Expert”, in accordance with Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, given her training and expertise in accounting, auditing and risk management.

The members of the audit committee are appointed by the board of directors, taking into account the directors’ knowledge, qualifications and experience in the areas of finance, accounting, auditing, internal control, information technology, business or risk management, such that, as a whole, the audit committee has the appropriate technical knowledge regarding the company sector of activity.

Functions of the audit committee :  

The audit committee shall have the following functions and any others provided for by applicable law:

(a)

Have its chairman and/or secretary report to the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting with respect to matters raised therein by shareholders regarding its powers and, specifically, regarding the results of the audit, explaining how such audit has contributed to the integrity of the financial information and the role that the committee has played in such process.

(b)

Review the accounts of the Company and the Group, monitor compliance with legal requirements and the proper application of generally accepted accounting principles, and report on the proposals for alterations to the accounting principles and standards suggested by management.

(c)

In connection with the Company’s external auditor:  

(i)

With respect to the appointment thereof, the audit committee shall have the following powers:

(1)

Submit to the board of directors the proposals for selection, appointment, reelection and replacement of the external auditor, assuming responsibility for the selection procedure established by applicable law, as well as the terms of the contract therewith. The committee shall favor the Group’s external auditor also assuming responsibility for auditing the companies making up the Group.

(2)

Ensure that the Company gives public notice of the change of external auditor in the form of a material fact ( hecho relevante ), attaching to such notice a statement regarding the possible existence of disagreements with the outgoing external auditor and, if any have existed, regarding the content thereof, and in the event of resignation of the external auditor, examine the circumstances giving rise thereto.

169


 

Table of Contents

(i)

With respect to the conduct of the audit, the audit committee shall:

(1)

Establish appropriate relationships with the external auditor in order to receive information regarding matters that might entail a threat to its independence, for examination by the committee, as well as any other information related to the development of the auditing procedure and such other communications as are provided for in the laws on auditing of accounts and in audit regulations; serve as a channel of communication between the board and the external auditor, assessing the results of each audit and the response of the management team to its recommendations, and acting as a mediator in the event of disagreement between the board and the external auditor regarding the principles and standards to be applied in the preparation of the financial statements. Specifically, it shall endeavor to ensure that the accounts ultimately drawn up by the board are submitted to the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting without any qualifications, pursuant to the provisions of article 42.5 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors.

(2)

Regularly gather information from the external auditor regarding the audit plan and the implementation thereof.

(3)

Periodically evaluate the scope of the audit and the frequency with which the consolidated financial statements of the Group are subject to external audit.

(4)

Supervise the fulfilment of the audit contract, endeavoring to ensure that the opinion on the annual accounts and the main contents of the auditor’s report are set forth in a clear and accurate fashion.

(5)

Ensure that the external auditor attends the meetings of the board of directors provided for in article 42.1 in fine of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors.

(6)

Ensure that the external auditor issues a report with respect to the internal control over financial reporting system.

(7)

Verify that senior management and the board take into account the conclusions and recommendations of its reports.

(8)

Perform a final evaluation of the actions of the auditor and how it has contributed to the integrity of the financial information, including, among other parameters, its knowledge of the business; the frequency and quality of its communications; the opinion that key persons in the Company’s management have of them, especially in the internal audit area; the public results of the auditor’s quality controls; and the transparency reports; and, if applicable, report to the board of directors on any significant aspects of said evaluation.

(i)

And with respect to the independence of the auditor and the provision of services other than audit work, the audit committee shall ensure that the Company and the external auditor comply with applicable regulations regarding the provision of such services, the limits on concentration of the external auditor’s business and, in general, all other regulations governing  the external auditor’s independence, collecting for this purpose the information needed to assess the independence thereof from sources inside or outside of the Company and approving internal policies of the Company regarding personal situations and prohibiting the provision of certain services by the auditor, the approval of the provision of non-audit services, and regarding compliance with prohibitions after the audit work has been completed. For purposes of ensuring the independence of the external auditor, the audit committee shall take note of those circumstances or issues that might risk such independence and any others related to the development of the auditing procedure. And, specifically, it shall ensure that the remuneration of the external auditor for its work does not compromise the quality or independence thereof, shall establish an indicative limit on the fees to be received by the external auditor for non-audit services, and shall verify the percentage that the fees paid for any and all reasons represent out of the total income of the audit firm, as well as the seniority of the partner who leads the audit team in the provision of such services to the Company.

In addition, the approval of the audit committee shall be needed prior to any decision to contract services other than audit work that are not forbidden by applicable regulations, following an appropriate evaluation of any threats to the independence and of the safeguards applied as provided by such regulations.

In any event, the audit committee should annually receive from the external auditor written confirmation of the latter’s independence versus the Company or institutions directly or indirectly related to the Company, as well as detailed and itemized information on additional services of any kind provided by the aforementioned auditor or by persons or institutions related thereto and the fees received from such entities, pursuant to the regulations governing the auditing of accounts.

Likewise, prior to the issuance of the external auditor’s report, the committee shall annually issue a report expressing an opinion on whether the independence of the external auditor is compromised. Such report shall in any event contain a

170


 

Table of Contents

reasoned evaluation of each and every one of the additional services mentioned in the preceding paragraph, taken both individually and as a whole, other than legal audit services, and in connection with the rules on independence or with the regulations governing the auditing of accounts.

(d)

Supervise the internal audit function and, specifically:

(i)

Propose the selection, appointment and withdrawal of the officer responsible for internal audit;

(ii)

Ensure the independence and effectiveness of the internal audit function;

(iii)

Ensure that the internal audit function has the physical and human resources needed for the performance of its work and propose the budget for this service;

(iv)

Receive periodic information regarding the activities thereof and review the annual activities report;

(v)

Annually assess the function of the internal audit unit and the performance of its leading officer, which shall be communicated to the remuneration committee and to the board to determine the variable remuneration thereof; and

(vi)

Verify that senior management and the board take into account the conclusions and recommendations set forth in its reports.

(e)

Supervise the financial process and the internal control systems. In particular, the audit committee shall:

(i)

supervise the process of preparing and presenting the required financial information relating to the Company and the Group, including related non-financial information, as well as its integrity, reviewing compliance with regulatory requirements, the proper demarcation of the scope of consolidation and the correct application of accounting standards, ensuring that this information is always up to date on the Company’s website;

(ii)

supervise the effectiveness of the internal control systems, reviewing them periodically, so that the principal risks are identified, managed and properly disclosed; and

(iii)

discuss with the external auditor any significant weaknesses detected in the internal control system during the course of the audit.

As a consequence of its activities, the audit committee may submit recommendations or proposals to the board of directors.

In any event, the performance of the functions established herein shall not affect the independence of the internal audit function.

(f)

Report to the board, in advance of its adoption of the corresponding decisions, regarding:

(i)

The financial information that the Company must periodically make public, ensuring that such information is prepared in accordance with the provisions of article 41.2 of these rules and regulations.

(ii)

The creation or acquisition of interests in special purpose entities or entities registered in countries or territories that are considered to be tax havens.

(iii)

The approval of related-party transactions provided for in article 40 in rules and regulation of the Board.

(g)

Become apprised of and, if applicable, respond to the initiatives, suggestions or complaints put forward or raised by the shareholders regarding the area of authority of this committee and which are submitted thereto by the office of the general secretary of the Company. The committee shall also:

(i)

Receive, deal with and keep a record of the claims received by the Bank on matters related to the process for generating financial information, auditing and internal controls.

(ii)

Establish and supervise a mechanism whereby Group employees may communicate, confidentially and anonymously, potentially significant irregularities as to matters within its area of authority, especially of a financial and accounting nature.

171


 

Table of Contents

(h)

Receive information regarding structural and corporate changes planned by the Company, for analysis thereof and for submission of a prior report to the board of directors regarding the financial terms and the accounting impact of any such transactions and, in particular and if applicable, regarding the proposed exchange rate. The foregoing shall not apply to transactions of little complexity and significance to the Group’s activities, including, if applicable, intragroup reorganization transactions.

(i)

Receive information from the person responsible for the Company’s taxation matters on the tax policies applied, at least prior to the drawing-up of the annual accounts and the filing of the Corporate Tax return, and where relevant, on the tax consequences of transactions or matters submitted to the board of directors or the executive committee for approval, unless such bodies have been informed directly, in which case this shall be reported to the committee at the first meeting thereafter held by it. The audit committee shall transmit the information received to the board of directors.

(j)

Evaluate its operation and the quality of its work at least once per year.

(k)

And the other functions specifically provided for in the Rules and Regulations of the Board.

The Group’s 2017 audit committee report is available on the Group’s website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.santander.com under the heading “Information for shareholders and investors—corporate governance—committees’ reports”. 

The following are the current members of the audit committee:

Name

    

Position

 

 

 

Belén Romana

 

Chairman

Carlos Fernández

 

Member

Homaira Akbari

 

Member

Ramiro Mato

 

Member

 

Jaime P. Renovales acts as secretary to the audit committee, but is classified as a non-member.

Appointments committee

The Bank’s appointments committee was set up as such in October 2014. Prior to that there was a single committee of appointments and remunerations.

The committee is regulated by articles 53 of the Bylaws and 18 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board. In addition, articles 6, 8, 9, 12, 13, 15, 26, 28, 29, and 36 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board contain specific provisions regarding certain aspects of its activities 9 .

The Rules and Regulations of the Board state that the members of this committee must all be non-executive directors with independent directors having a majority representation including an independent director as chairman.

The members of the appointments committee are appointed by the board of directors, taking into account the directors’ knowledge, qualifications and experience and the goals of the committee.

 


The Rules and Regulations of the Board have been amended by the board of directors at its meeting of February 13, 2018. The amendments are aimed at strengthening the supervisory function of its committees, amongst other points, in line with the recommendations and best practices published in 2017 by different Spanish and international bodies (we refer to Section B for further details).

 

172


 

Table of Contents

Functions of the appointments committee:

The appointments committee shall have the following duties:

(a)

Propose and review the director selection policy, which shall include the diversity policy and objectives and the suitability policy, and the succession plan approved by the board and the internal criteria and procedures to be followed in order to select those persons who will be proposed to serve as directors, as well as for the continuous evaluation of directors, reporting on such continuous evaluation. In particular, the appointments committee shall:

(i)

Evaluate the balance among the components of knowledge, capabilities, qualifications, diversity and experience that are required and existing on the board of directors and prepare the respective matrix of capabilities and the description of duties and qualifications required for each specific appointment, assessing the time and dedication needed for appropriate performance of the duties of director.

(ii)

Receive, for subsequent consideration, any proposals of potential candidates to cover vacancies that the directors may submit.

(iii)

Conduct a periodic review, at least once per year, of the structure, size, composition and activities of the board of directors, the operation of and compliance with the director selection policy and the succession plan, making recommendations to the board regarding possible changes.

(iv)

Conduct a periodic review, at least once per year, of the fitness and properness of the different members of the board of directors and of the board as a whole and report to the board of directors accordingly.

(v)

Establish, in line with the provisions of article 6.1 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors , a goal for representation of the less-represented gender on the board of directors and prepare guidelines as to how to increase the number of persons of that less represented gender in order to reach such target. The target, the guidelines and the application thereof shall be published as provided by applicable law.

(a)

Apply and supervise the succession plan for the directors approved by the board of directors, working in coordination with the chairman of the board or, for purposes of the succession of the chairman, with the lead director. In particular, examine or organize the succession of the chairman and of the chief executive officer pursuant to article 29 of Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors

(b)

Prepare, by following standards of objectiveness and conformance to the corporate interest, taking into account the director selection policy and the succession plan and assessing the fitness and properness of the potential candidates and, in particular, the existence of possible conflicts of interest, independence of mind and time commitment, the reasoned proposals for appointment, re-election and ratification of directors provided for in section 2 of article 26 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors, any proposals for removal of directors, as well as proposals for appointment of the members of each of the committees of the board of directors. It shall also prepare the proposals for the appointment of positions on the board of directors and its committees, following the same aforementioned standards.

(c)

Annually verify the classification of each director (as executive, proprietary, independent or other) for the purpose of the confirmation or review thereof at the ordinary general shareholders’ meeting and in the annual corporate governance report.

(d)

Report on proposals for appointment or withdrawal of the secretary of the board and, if applicable, the vice secretary, prior to submission thereof to the board.

(e)

Propose and review the policies and internal procedures for the selection and continuous evaluation of members of senior management and other employees responsible for internal control functions or who hold key positions for the day-to-day conduct of banking activities, as well as the succession plan for such executive officers, report on their appointment and withdrawal from office and their continuous evaluation in implementation of such procedures, and make any recommendations it deems appropriate.

(f)

Ensure compliance by the directors with the duties prescribed in article 30 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors , prepare the reports provided for therein and receive information, and, if applicable, prepare a report on the measures to be adopted with respect to the directors in the event of noncompliance with the abovementioned duties or with the code of conduct of the Group in the securities markets.

173


 

Table of Contents

(g)

Examine the information provided by the directors regarding their other professional obligations and assess whether such obligations might interfere with the dedication required of directors for the effective performance of their work.

(h)

Evaluate its operation and the quality of its work at least once per year.

(i)

Report on the process of self-evaluation of the board and of the members thereof and assess the independence of the external consultant hired pursuant to article 24.7 of the Rules and Regulation of the Board.

(j)

Report on and supervise the application of the policy for planning the succession of the Group and any amendments thereto.

(k)

The other functions specifically provided for in the Rules and Regulation of the Board and any others assigned to the committee by applicable law.

The Group’s 2017 appointments committee report is available on the Group’s website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.santander.com under the heading “Information for shareholders and investors—Corporate governance—Committees report”.

The following are the members of the appointments committee:

Name

 

Position

 

 

 

Bruce Carnegie-Brown

 

Chairman

Guillermo de la Dehesa

 

Member

Ignacio Benjumea

 

Member

Sol Daurella

 

Member

Carlos Fernández

 

Member

 

Jaime P. Renovales acts as secretary to the appointments committee but is classified as a non-member.

Remuneration committee

The remuneration committee was set up as such in October 2014, prior to that there was a single committee of appointments and remunerations.

The committee is regulated by articles 54 of the Bylaws and 19 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board 10 . In addition, articles 33, 34 and 35 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board contain specific provisions regarding certain aspects of its activities.

The Rules and Regulations of the Board state that the members of this committee must all be non-executive directors with independent directors having a majority representation including an independent director as chairman.

The members of the remuneration committee are appointed by the board of directors, taking into account the directors’ knowledge, qualifications and experience and the goals of the committee.


10  The Rules and Regulations of the Board have been amended by the board of directors at its meeting of February 13, 2018. The amendments are aimed at strengthening the supervisory function of its committees, amongst other points, in line with the recommendations and best practices published in 2017 by different Spanish and international bodies (we refer to Section B for further details).

174


 

Table of Contents

Functions of the remuneration committee:

The remuneration committee shall have the following functions:

(a)

Prepare and propose the decisions relating to remuneration that the board of directors must adopt, including those that have an impact on the Company’s risk and risk management. In particular, the remuneration committee shall propose:

(i)

The director remuneration policy, preparing the required reasoned report on such remuneration policy as provided by article 34 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors as well as the annual remuneration report provided for in article 35 of these rules and regulations.

(ii)

The individual remuneration of the directors in their capacity as such.

(iii)

The individual remuneration of the directors for the performance of duties other than those in their capacity as such, and other terms of their contracts.

(iv)

The remuneration policy applicable to the members of senior management in compliance with the provisions of law.

(v)

The basic terms of the contracts and the remuneration of the members of senior management.

(vi)

The key elements of the remuneration of those other officers or employees who, while not members of senior management, are part of the Identified Staff.

(b)

Assist the board in its supervision of the compliance with the remuneration policy for the directors and other members of the Identified Staff, as well as any other Group or Company´s remuneration policies.

(c)

Periodically review the remuneration programs in order to update them, assessing the appropriateness and performance thereof and endeavoring to ensure that remuneration conforms to standards of moderation and correspondence to the earnings, risk culture and risk appetite of the Company and that it does not offer incentives to assume risks in excess of the level tolerated by the Company, such that it promotes and is consistent with appropriate and effective risk management, for which purposes the remuneration committee shall see that the mechanisms and systems adopted ensure that the remuneration programs take into account all types of risks and capital and liquidity levels and allow for remuneration to be aligned with the business objectives and strategies, corporate culture and long-term interest of the Company.

(d)

Ensure the transparency of remuneration and the inclusion in the annual report, the annual corporate governance report, the annual remuneration report or other reports required by applicable law of information regarding the remuneration and, for such purposes, submit to the board any and all information that may be appropriate.

(e)

Assess the achievement of performance targets and the need for ex post risk adjustment, including the application of malus and clawback arrangements.

(f)

Review a number of possible scenarios to test how the remuneration policies and practices react to external and internal events, and, jointly with the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee, back-test the criteria used for determining the award and the ex ante risk adjustment based on the actual risk outcomes.

(g)

Evaluate its operation and the quality of its work at least once per year.

(h)

And such other functions as are specifically provided for in the Rules and Regulations of the Board or assigned thereto by applicable law.

In the performance of its duties, the remuneration committee shall take into account the long-term interest of shareholders, investors and other Company stakeholders, as well as the public interest.

The Group’s 2017 remuneration committee report is available on the Group’s website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.santander.com under the heading “Information for shareholders and investors—Corporate governance—Committees report

175


 

Table of Contents

The following are the members of the remuneration committee:

Name

 

Position

 

 

 

Bruce Carnegie-Brown

 

Chairman

Guillermo de la Dehesa

 

Member

Ignacio Benjumea

 

Member

Sol Daurella

 

Member

Carlos Fernandez

 

Member

 

Jaime P. Renovales acts as secretary to the remuneration committee but is classified as a non-member.

Risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee

The risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee of the Bank was created in June 2014, with general powers to support and advise the board of directors on risk supervision and control, on the definition of the Group’s risk policies, on relations with supervisory authorities and on regulation and compliance.

The committee is regulated by articles 54 bis of the Bylaws and 20 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board 11 . In addition, articles 3.2 and 15 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board contain specific provisions regarding certain aspects of its activities.

The Rules and Regulations of the Board state that the members of this committee must all be non-executive directors with independent directors having a majority representation including an independent director as chairman. In identifying the candidates to said chairmanship, the fact that they are not chairman of the board, of the appointments committee, of the remuneration committee or of the audit committee shall be particularly valued.

The members of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee are appointed by the board of directors taking into account the directors knowledge, qualifications and experience and the duties of the committee.

Functions of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee :

The risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee shall have the following functions and any others provided for by applicable law:

(a)

Support and advise the board in defining and assessing risk policies affecting the Group, and in determining the current and future risk appetite and the strategy and culture in this area, including proposing appropriate changes in view of internal or external circumstances affecting the Group

The Group’s risk policies shall include: 

(i)

The identification of the various types of financial and non-financial risk (operational, technological, tax, legal, social, environmental, political, reputational, and compliance and behavioral, among others) that the Company faces, including, among financial or economic risks, contingent liabilities and others which are off-balance sheet;

(ii)

The setting of the risk appetite at limits that the Company deems acceptable;

(iii)

The measures planned to mitigate the impact of identified risks in the event that they materialize; and

(iv)

The information and internal control systems that will be used to control and manage such risks, including tax risks.

(a)

Assistance to the board in monitoring the implementation of the risk strategy, appetite and limits that have been set, and the alignment thereof with the strategic plans objectives, and corporate culture and values of the Group.


11  The Rules and Regulations of the Board have been amended by the board of directors at its meeting of February 13, 2018. The amendments are aimed at strengthening the supervisory function of its committees, amongst other points, in line with the recommendations and best practices published in 2017 by different Spanish and international bodies (we refer to Section B for further details).

 

176


 

Table of Contents

(b)

Assistance to the board in approving the capital and liquidity strategy and supervision of the application thereof.

(c)

Ensuring that the pricing policy for the assets, liabilities and services offered to customers is fully aligned with the Company’s business model, risk appetite and risk strategy. If such is not the case, the committee shall submit to the board of directors a plan for the correction of such policy.

(d)

Knowing and assessing the risks arising from the macroeconomic context and from the economic cycles within which the Company and its Group carry out their activities.

(e)

Systematic review of exposure to principal customers, economic sectors of activity, geographic areas and risk types.

(f)

Supervising the risk function, and particularly:

(i)

Report on the appointments committee’s proposals for the designation of the head of the risk function (chief risk officer or CRO);

(ii)

Ensure the independence and effectiveness of the risk function;

(iii)

Ensure that the risk function has the physical and human resources needed for the performance of its work;

(iv)

Receive periodic information regarding the activities thereof, which shall include potential deficiencies detected and breaches of the established risk limits; and

(v)

Annually evaluate the risk function and the performance of the head of the risk function (chief risk officer or CRO), which shall be communicated to the remuneration committee and to the board to determine the variable remuneration thereof.

(a)

Support and assistance to the board in the performance of stress tests by the Company, in particular by assessing the scenarios and assumptions to be used in such tests, evaluating the results thereof and analyzing the measures proposed by the risk function as a consequence of such results.

(b)

Knowing and assessing management tools, improvement initiatives, advancement of projects and any other relevant activity relating to the control of risks, including the policy on internal risk models and the internal validation thereof.

(c)

Cooperating in establishing rational remuneration policies and practices. For such purpose, the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee shall examine, without prejudice to the duties of the remuneration committee, whether the incentive policy contemplated in the remuneration system takes risk, capital, liquidity and the likelihood and opportunity of earnings into consideration, and, jointly with the remuneration committee, back-test the criteria used for determining the award and the ex ante risk adjustment based on the actual risk outcomes..

(d)

Supervising the compliance function, and particularly:

(i)

Report on the appointments committee’s proposals for the designation of the head of the compliance function (chief compliance officer or CCO);

(ii)

Ensure the independence and effectiveness of the compliance function;

(iii)

Ensure that the compliance function has the physical and human resources needed for the performance of its work;

(iv)

Receive periodic information regarding the activities thereof;

(v)

Regularly evaluate the operation of the Company’s compliance program, the governance rules and the compliance function, making the proposals required for the improvement thereof, and annually evaluate the performance of the head of the compliance function (chief compliance officer or CCO), which shall be communicated to the remuneration committee and to the board to determine the variable remuneration thereof.

It will also supervise the operation of and compliance with the criminal risk prevention model approved by the board in accordance with article 3.2 of these rules and regulations. For the performance of the latter function, the committee will have individual powers of initiative and control. That includes, without limitation, the faculty to obtain any information which it deems appropriate and to summon any director or employee of the Group, including, in particular, the head of the compliance function and the different committees that, where appropriate, exist in this area to evaluate their performance, as well as the

177


 

Table of Contents

faculty to initiate and direct the internal investigations that it deems necessary about the facts related to the possible non-performance of the criminal risk prevention model.

Moreover, the committee will evaluate periodically the operation of the prevention model and its effectiveness in the prevention or mitigation of the commission of crimes, using external advise when considered appropriate, and will propose to the board of directors any changes to the criminal risk prevention model and, in general, to the compliance program that it deems appropriate in view of that evaluation.

(vi) Report on the approval of and changes to the compliance policy, the general code of conduct, the manuals and procedures for the prevention of money laundering and financing of terrorism and for other codes and industry regulations, which must be approved by the board of directors, ensuring the proper alignment thereof with the corporate culture, and supervise compliance therewith;

(vii)

Establish and supervise a mechanism that allows the staff of the Group to confidentially and anonymously report actual or potential breaches of regulatory or internal governance requirements, with specific procedures for receiving reports and the tracking thereof, ensuring proper protection for the staff member.

(viii)

Receive information and, if applicable, issue reports on disciplinary measures for members of senior management; and

(ix)

Supervise the adoption of actions and measures that result from the reports issued or the inspection proceedings carried out by the administrative authorities in charge of supervision and control

(a)

Supervise the strategy for communication and relations with shareholders and investors, including small and mid-sized shareholders, as well as supervise and evaluate relationship processes with stakeholders.

 

(b)

Support and advise the board in relation to corporate governance and internal governance policy of the Company and its Group, as well as in relation to the periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the Company’s corporate governance system, with the purpose of fulfilling its mission of promoting social interest and of taking into account, as appropriate, the legitimate interests of the stakeholders.

 

(c)

Support and advice to the board regarding relations with supervisors and regulators in the various countries where the Group operates.

 

(d)

Track and evaluate rule-making proposals and regulatory changes that may be applicable and of any possible consequences for the Group.

 

(e)

Report on any proposed amendments to the Rules and Regulations of the Board prior to the approval thereof by the board of directors.

 

(f)

Evaluate its operation and the quality of its work at least once per year.

 

The Group’s 2017 risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee report is available on the Group’s website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.santander.com under the heading “Information for shareholders and investors—corporate governance—committees’ report ”.

 

The following are the current members of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee:

 

 

 

Name

 

Position

 

 

 

Bruce Carnegie-Brown

 

Chairman

Guillermo de la Dehesa

 

Member

Ignacio Benjumea

 

Member

Esther Giménez-Salinas

 

Member

Ramiro Mato

 

Member

Belén Romana

 

Member

 

Jaime P. Renovales acts as secretary to the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee, but is classified as a non-member.

178


 

Table of Contents

D. Employees  

As of December 31, 2017, we had 202,251 employees (as compared to 188,492 in 2016 and 193,863 in 2015) of which 39,070 were employed in Spain (as compared to 28,438 in 2016 and 30,106 in 2015) and 163,181 were employed outside Spain (as compared to 160,054 in 2016 and 163,757 in 2015). The terms and conditions of employment in the non-government-owned banks in Spain are negotiated on an industry-wide basis with the trade unions. This process has historically produced collective agreements binding on all the non-government-owned banks and their employees. The 2015-2018 agreement was signed on April 19, 2016. The terms and conditions of employment in many of our subsidiaries outside Spain (including in Argentina, Portugal, Italy, Uruguay, Puerto Rico, Chile, Mexico, Germany, the U.K., Brazil and Poland) are negotiated either directly or indirectly (on an industry-wide basis) with the trade unions.

The table below shows our employees by geographic area:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of employees

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

SPAIN

    

39,070

    

28,438

    

30,106

 

LATIN AMERICA

 

88,182

 

85,855

 

89,352

 

Argentina

 

9,233

 

7,852

 

7,966

 

Brazil

 

46,816

 

46,437

 

49,199

 

Chile

 

11,525

 

11,877

 

12,360

 

Colombia

 

150

 

105

 

60

 

Mexico

 

18,643

 

17,702

 

17,831

 

Peru

 

171

 

154

 

149

 

Uruguay

 

1,644

 

1,728

 

1,787

 

EUROPE

 

57,141

 

56,517

 

56,111

 

Austria

 

367

 

375

 

395

 

Germany

 

5,370

 

5,492

 

5,421

 

Belgium

 

104

 

99

 

16

 

Finland

 

179

 

173

 

155

 

France

 

953

 

944

 

910

 

Hungary

 

-  

 

 

39

 

Ireland

 

4

 

4  

 

9  

 

Italy

 

850

 

826

 

757

 

Norway

 

1,151

 

1,117

 

1,257

 

Poland

 

14,984

 

15,389

 

14,724

 

Portugal

 

7,321

 

6,742

 

6,972

 

Switzerland

 

223

 

220

 

203

 

The Netherlands

 

453

 

436

 

333

 

Sweden

 

-  

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

25,182

 

24,700

 

24,920

 

USA

 

17,375

 

17,221

 

17,799

 

CANADA

 

204

 

188

 

182

 

ASIA

 

226

 

224

 

247

 

Hong Kong

 

146

 

148

 

145

 

China

 

70

 

65

 

75

 

Others

 

10

 

11

 

27

 

OTHERS

 

53

 

49

 

66

 

Bahamas

 

46

 

43

 

42

 

Others

 

7

 

6  

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

202,251

 

188,492

 

193,863

 

 

In those cases where an employee is working from one country but is technically employed by a Group company located in a different country, we designate that employee as working from his/her country of residence.

The table below shows our employees by type of business:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of employees

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

Retail Banking

    

191,769 

    

178,253 

    

183,182

 

Global Corporate Banking

 

8,194 

 

8,032 

 

8,037

 

Corporate Center

 

1,785 

 

1,723 

 

2,006

 

Spain’s Real Estate Activity

 

503 

 

484 

 

638

 

Total

 

202,251 

 

188,492 

 

193,863

 

179


 

Table of Contents

 

As of December 31, 2017, we had 6,582 temporary employees (as compared to 5,772 as of December 31, 2016 and 5,651 as of December 31, 2015). In 2016, the average number of temporary employees working for the Group was 6,177 employees.

E. Share ownership

As of March 22, 2018 the direct, indirect and represented holdings of our current directors were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Directors

    

Direct Stake

    

Indirect stake

    

Represented stake

    

Total shares

    

% of Capital stock

 

Ana Botín

 

1,153,440  

 

19,362,840  

 

-    

 

20,516,280 (1)  

 

0.127%

 

José Antonio Álvarez

 

1,074,413  

 

-    

 

-    

 

1,074,413  

 

0.007%

 

Bruce Carnegie-Brown

 

22,263  

 

-    

 

-    

 

22,263  

 

0.000%

 

Rodrigo Echenique

 

1,039,401  

 

14,474  

 

-    

 

1,053,875  

 

0.007%

 

Guillermo de la Dehesa

 

172  

 

-    

 

-    

 

172  

 

0.000%

 

Homaira Akbari

 

22,000  

 

-    

 

-    

 

22,000  

 

0.000%

 

Ignacio Benjumea

 

3,515,910  

 

-    

 

-    

 

3,515,910  

 

0.022%

 

Javier Botín

 

5,272,830  

 

12,650,471  

 

119,466,183  

 

137,389,484  

 

0.851%

 

Álvaro Cardoso

 

-    

 

-    

 

-    

 

-    

 

-

 

Sol Daurella

 

142,097  

 

456,970  

 

-    

 

599,067  

 

0.004%

 

Carlos Fernández

 

18,524,499  

 

2  

 

-    

 

18,524,501  

 

0.115%

 

Esther Giménez-Salinas

 

6,014  

 

-    

 

-    

 

6,014  

 

0.000%

 

Rodrigo Mato

 

-    

 

-    

 

-    

 

-    

 

-

 

Belén Romana

 

166  

 

-    

 

-    

 

166  

 

0.000%

 

Juan Miguel Villar-Mir

 

1,328  

 

-    

 

-    

 

1,328  

 

0.000%

 

Total shares

 

30,774,533  

 

32,484,757  

 

119,466,183  

 

182,725,473  

 

1.132%

 


(1)

Syndicated shares. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions —A. Major Shareholders—Shares covered by the shareholders’ agreement” herein.

Santander’s capital is comprised of only one class of shares, all of which are ordinary and have the same rights.

As of March 22, 2018, our current executive officers (not directors) referred to above under Section A of this Item 6 as a group beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, 5,883,376 ordinary shares, or 0.036% of our issued and outstanding share capital as of that date. No individual executive officer beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, one percent or more of the outstanding share capital as of that date .

 

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

A. Major shareholders

At December 31, 2017, the only shareholders appearing on the Bank’s register of shareholders with a stake of over 3% were State Street Bank and Trust Company (13.32%); The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (8.83%); and Chase Nominees Limited (7.41%); EC Nominees Limited (3.43%), Caceis Bank (3.13%), Clearstream Banking, S.A. (3.10%) and BNP Paribas (3.03%). Nevertheless, the Bank believes that those stakes are held in custody in the name of third parties and to the best of the Bank’s knowledge none of those shareholders holds itself a stake of over 3% in the share capital or in the voting rights 12 .  

To our knowledge, we are not controlled directly or indirectly, by any other corporation, government or any other natural or legal person. We do not know of any arrangements which would result in a change in our control. The Bylaws of Banco Santander provide for only one class of shares (ordinary shares), granting all holders thereof the same rights.


12  The website of the Spanish National Securities Market Commission (www.cnmv.es) contains a notice of significant holding published by Blackrock, Inc. on August 9, 2017, in which it notifies an indirect holding in the voting rights attributable to Bank shares of 5.940%, plus a further stake of 0.158% held through financial instruments. However, according to the Bank’s shareholder register, Blackrock, Inc. did not hold more than 3% of the voting rights on that date, or on December 31, 2017.

 

180


 

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2017 a total of 3,281,818,332 shares, or 20.34% of our share capital, were held by 1,165 registered holders with registered addresses in the United States and Puerto Rico, including The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary of our American Depositary Share Program. These ADSs were held by 15,237 record holders. Since certain of such shares and ADSs are held by nominees, the foregoing figures are not representative of the number of beneficial holders. Our directors and executive officers did not own any ADSs as of December 31, 2017.

Shareholders’ agreements

In February 2006, a shareholders´ agreement was entered into that was notified to the Bank and to the CNMV. The document witnessing the aforementioned agreement was filed at both the CNMV Registry and the Cantabria Mercantile Registry.

The agreement, which was signed by Emilio Botín, Ana Botín, Emilio Botín O’Shea, Javier Botín, Simancas, S.A., Puente San Miguel, S.A. Puentepumar, S.L., Latimer Inversiones, S.L. and Cronje, S.L. Unipersonal, provides for the syndication of the Bank shares held by the signatories to the agreement or whose voting rights have been granted to them.

The aim of the syndication agreement through the restrictions established on the free transferability of the shares and the regulated exercise of the voting rights inherent thereto is to ensure, at all times, the concerted representation and actions of the syndicate members as shareholders of the Bank, for the purpose of developing a lasting, stable common policy and an effective, unitary presence and representation in the Bank’s corporate bodies.

At any given time, the chair of the syndicate is the person then presiding over the Fundación Botín, currently Javier Botín.

The members of the syndicate undertake to syndicate and pool the voting and other political rights attaching to the syndicated shares, so that these rights may be exercised, and, in general, the syndicate members may act towards the Bank, in a concerted manner, in accordance with the instructions and indications and with the voting criteria and orientation, necessarily unitary, issued by the syndicate. For this purpose, the representation of these shares is attributed to the Chair of the syndicate as the common representative of its members.

Except for transactions carried out in favor of other members of the syndicate or in favor of the Fundación Botín, prior authorization must be granted from the syndicate meeting, which may freely approve or refuse permission for the planned transfer.

Banco Santander informed the CNMV on August 3 and November 19, 2012, by means of material fact filings, that it had been officially notified of amendments to this shareholder agreement in respect of the persons subscribing to it.

On October 17, 2013, the Bank filed a significant event with the CNMV updating the holders and distribution of the shares in the syndication to reflect the business reorganization of one of the pact members.

Banco Santander filed a significant event with the CNMV on October 3, 2014 updating the holders and the distribution of the shares in the syndication, and changing the chair of the syndicate to Javier Botín, present chair of the Fundación Botín.

The Bank filed respective material facts with the CNMV on 6 February and 29 May 2015 updating the holders and the distribution of shares included in the syndication, all within the framework of the inheritance process as a result of the death of Emilio Botín.

Lastly, Banco Santander filed a material fact with the CNMV on 29 July 2015 updating the holders and the distribution of shares included in the syndication as a result of extinguishing the usufruct over the shares held by one of the parties to the agreement along with the voting rights arising therefrom, thereby consolidating the full price of the aforementioned shares in the Botín Foundation.

At the date of execution of the agreement, the syndicate comprised a total of 44,396,513 shares of the Bank (0.2751% of its share capital at year-end 2017). In addition, as established in clause one of the shareholders’ agreement, the syndication extends, solely with respect to the exercise of the voting rights, to other Bank shares held either directly or indirectly by the signatories, or whose voting rights are assigned to them, in the future. Accordingly, at 31 December 2017, a further 34,675,537 shares (0.2149% of share capital at the time) were also included in the syndicate .

181


 

Table of Contents

Shares covered by the shareholders’ agreement

 

As of March 22, 2018, the agreement encompassed a total of 79,307,852 Bank shares (0.49% of its share capital), broken down as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parties to the shareholder agreement

    

No. of shares
syndicated

    

% of total share
capital

 

Ana Botín

 

1,153,440  

 

0.007%

 

Emilio Botín O. 1

 

16,843,109  

 

0.104%

 

Javier Botín 2

 

17,923,301  

 

0.111%

 

Paloma Botín 3

 

8,394,905  

 

0.052%

 

Carmen Botín

 

9,497,451  

 

0.059%

 

PUENTEPUMAR, S.L.

 

-

 

-

 

LATIMER INVERSIONES, S.L.

 

-

 

-

 

CRONJE, S.L., Unipersonal 4

 

19,362,840  

 

0.120%

 

NUEVA AZIL, S.L. 5

 

6,132,806  

 

0.038%

 

Total

 

79,307,852  

 

0.491%

 


1.

7,800,332 shares held indirectly through Puente San Miguel, S.L.U.

2.

12,591,853 shares held indirectly through Agropecuaria El Castaño, S.L.U.

3.

7,187,903 shares held indirectly through Bright Sky 2012, S.L.

4.

Controlled by Ana Botín.

5.

Controlled by Carolina Botín.

 

In all other respects, the agreement remains unchanged.

The aforementioned significant filings can be found on the Group’s website ( www.santander.com ).

B. Related party transactions

Loans made to members of our board of directors and to our executive officers

The Group’s direct risk exposure to the Bank’s directors and the guarantees provided for them are detailed below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of euros

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

Loans and
credits

 

Guarantees

 

Total

 

Loans and
credits

 

Guarantees

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ana Botín

    

10

    

    

10

    

—  

    

    

 

José Antonio Álvarez

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bruce Carnegie-Brown

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

Rodrigo Echenique

 

22 

 

 

22 

 

21 

 

 

21 

 

Guillermo de la Dehesa

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

11

 

Ignacio Benjumea

 

— 

 

 

— 

 

2

 

 

2

 

Javier Botín

 

17 

 

 

17 

 

 

 

 

Sol Daurella

 

27 

 

 

27 

 

25

 

 

25

 

Belén Romana

 

3

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

88 

 

 

88 

 

74 

 

 

74 

 

 

Additionally, the total amount of loans and credits made by us to our executive officers who are not directors, as of December 31, 2017 amounted to €21 million (see note 53 to our consolidated financial statements). 

Loans extended to related parties were made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons, and did not involve more than normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

182


 

Table of Contents

Loans made to other Related Parties

The companies of the Group engage, on a regular and routine basis, in a number of customary transactions among Group members, including:

overnight call deposits;

foreign exchange purchases and sales;

derivative transactions, such as forward purchases and sales;

money market fund transfers; and

letters of credit for imports and exports

 

and others within the scope of the ordinary course of the banking business, such as loans and other banking services to our shareholders, to employees of all levels, and the associates and the members of the families of all these persons, as well as those other businesses conducted by the companies of the Group. All these transactions are made:

 

in the ordinary course of business;

on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing for comparable transactions with other persons; and

did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or other unfavorable features.

 

As of December 31, 2017 our loans and credits to associated and jointly controlled entities, amounted to €5,081 million. Those loans and credits represented 0.60% of our total net loans and credits and 5.38% of our total stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2017.

 

For more information, see notes 5 and 53 to our consolidated financial statements.

C. Interests of experts and counsel

Not Applicable.

 

Item 8. Financial Information

 

A. Consolidated statements and other financial information

Financial Statements

See Item 18 for our consolidated financial statements.

(a) Index to consolidated financial statements of Santander Group

 

Legal Proceedings

Our general policy is to record provisions for tax and legal proceedings in which we assess the chances of loss to be probable and we do not record provisions when the chances of loss are possible or remote. We determine amounts to be provided as our best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the corresponding claim based, among others, on a case-by-case basis based on the analysis and legal opinion of internal and external counsel or by considering the historical average amount of loss of such category of lawsuits.

183


 

Table of Contents

i. Tax-related litigation

As of the date of this report the main tax-related proceedings concerning the Group were as follows:

- Legal actions filed by Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and certain Group companies in Brazil challenging the increase in the rate of Brazilian social contribution tax on net income from 9% to 15% stipulated by Interim Measure 413/2008, ratified by Law 11,727/2008, a provision having been recognized for the amount of the estimated loss.

- Legal actions filed by Santander (currently Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.) and other Group entities claiming their right to pay the Brazilian PIS and COFINS social contributions only on the income from the provision of services. In the case of Santander the legal action was declared unwarranted and an appeal was filed at the Federal Regional Court. In September 2007 the Federal Regional Court found in favor of Santander but the Brazilian authorities appealed against the judgment at the Federal Supreme Court. On April 23, 2015, the Federal Supreme Court issued a decision granting leave for the extraordinary appeal filed by the Brazilian authorities with regard to the PIS contribution to proceed, and dismissing the extraordinary appeal lodged by the Brazilian Public Prosecutor's Office in relation to the COFINS contribution. The Federal Supreme Court has not yet handed down its decision on the PIS contribution and, with regard to the COFINS contribution, on May 28, 2015, the Federal Supreme Court in plenary session unanimously rejected the extraordinary appeal filed by the Brazilian Public Prosecutor's Office, and the petition for clarification ("embargos de declaraçao") subsequently filed by the Brazilian Public Prosecutor's Office, which on September 3, 2015 admitted that no further appeals may be filed. In the case of Banco ABN AMRO Real, S.A. (currently Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.), in March 2007 the court found in its favor, but the Brazilian authorities appealed against the judgment at the Federal Regional Court, which handed down a decision partly upholding the appeal in September 2009. Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. filed an appeal at the Federal Supreme Court. Law 12,865/2013 established a program of payments or deferrals of certain tax and social security debts, under which any entities that availed themselves of the program and withdrew the legal actions brought by them were exempted from paying late-payment interest. In November 2013 Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. partially availed itself of this program but only with respect to the legal actions brought by the former Banco ABN AMRO Real, S.A. in relation to the period from September 2006 to April 2009, and with respect to other minor actions brought by other entities in its Group. However, the legal actions brought by Santander and those of Banco ABN AMRO Real, S.A. relating to the periods prior to September 2006, for which a provision for the estimated loss was recognized, still persist.

- Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group companies in Brazil have appealed against the assessments issued by the Brazilian tax authorities questioning the deduction of loan losses in their income tax returns (IRPJ and CSLL) on the ground that the relevant requirements under the applicable legislation were not met. No provision was recognized in connection with the amount considered to be a contingent liability. In August 2017, the Bank and other entities of the Group have adhered to the program of fractioning and payment of tax debts provided for in Tax Amnesty Provisional Measure 783/2017 in relation to certain administrative processes for the years 1999 to 2005.

- Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group companies in Brazil are involved in administrative and legal proceedings against several municipalities that demand payment of the Service Tax on certain items of income from transactions not classified as provisions of services. No provision was recognized in connection with the amount considered to be a contingent liability.

- In addition, Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group companies in Brazil are involved in administrative and legal proceedings against the tax authorities in connection with the taxation for social security purposes of certain items which are not considered to be employee remuneration. A provision was recognized in connection with the amount of the estimated loss.

- In December 2008 the Brazilian tax authorities issued an infringement notice against Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. in relation to income tax (IRPJ and CSLL) for 2002 to 2004. The tax authorities took the view that Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. did not meet the necessary legal requirements to be able to deduct the goodwill arising on the acquisition of Banespa (currently Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.). Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. filed an appeal against the infringement notice at Conselho Administrativo de Recursos Fiscais (the Brazilian Tax Appeal Administrative Council, CARF), which on October 21, 2011 unanimously decided to render the infringement notice null and void. The tax authorities appealed against this decision at a higher administrative level. On May 11, 2017, the Superior Chamber of Tax Appeals of the Administrative Council of Tax Appeals, in a split decision, reversed the previous unanimous decision reached by the Brazilian Tax Appeal Administrative Council and issued a judgment in favor of the Brazilian taxing authorities. This decision has been subject to clarification action which has been dismissed, as such, the decision has been appealed  In June 2010 the Brazilian tax authorities issued infringement notices in relation to this same matter for 2005 to 2007. Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. filed an appeal against these procedures at CARF, which was partially upheld on October 8, 2013. This decision has been appealed. On July 4, 2017 and November 8, 2017, the CARF ruled in favor of the Brazilian taxing authorities with regards to the annual periods for the years ended 2005, 2006 and 2007. These rulings have been subject to a clarification action. In December 2013 the Brazilian tax authorities issued

184


 

Table of Contents

the infringement notice relating to 2008, the last year for amortization of the goodwill. Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. appealed against this infringement notice and the court found in its favor. The Brazilian tax authorities appealed against this decision at CARF. Based on the advice of its external legal counsel, the Group considers that the stance taken by the Brazilian tax authorities is incorrect and that there are sound defense arguments to appeal against the infringement notices. Accordingly, the risk of incurring a loss is remote. Consequently, no provisions were recognized in connection with these proceedings because this matter should not affect the consolidated financial statements.

- In May 2003 the Brazilian tax authorities issued separate infringement notices against Santander Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliarios Ltda. (DTVM, currently Produban Serviços de Informática S.A.) and Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. (currently Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.) in relation to the Provisional Tax on Financial Movements (CPMF) with respect to certain transactions carried out by DTVM in the management of its customers' funds and for the clearing services provided by Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. to DTVM in 2000, 2001 and the first two months of 2002. The two entities appealed against the infringement notices at CARF, with DTVM obtaining a favorable decision and Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. an unfavorable decision. Both decisions were appealed by the losing parties at the High Chamber of CARF, and unfavorable decisions were obtained by Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and DTVM on June 12 and 19, 2015, respectively. Both cases were appealed at court in a single proceeding and a provision was recognized for the estimated loss.

- In December 2010 the Brazilian tax authorities issued an infringement notice against Santander Seguros S.A. (Brazil), current Zurich Santander Brasil Seguros e Previdência, S.A., as the successor by merger to ABN AMRO Brazil Dois Participações, S.A., in relation to income tax (IRPJ and CSLL) for 2005. The tax authorities questioned the tax treatment applied to a sale of shares of Real Seguros, S.A. made in that year. The bank filed an appeal for reconsideration against this infringement notice and subsequently appealed before the CARF, whose resolution partly in favor has been appealed by the Unión Federal and Zurich Santander Brasil Seguros e Previdência, S.A. As the former parent of Santander Seguros S.A. (Brasil), Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. is liable in the event of any adverse outcome of this proceeding. No provision was recognized in connection with this proceeding as it was considered to be a contingent liability.

- In June 2013, the Brazilian tax authorities issued an infringement notice against Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. as the party liable for tax on the capital gain allegedly obtained in Brazil by the entity not resident in Brazil, Sterrebeeck B.V., as a result of the “incorporação de ações” (merger of shares) transaction carried out in August 2008. As a result of the aforementioned transaction, Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. acquired all of the shares of Banco ABN AMRO Real, S.A. and ABN AMRO Brasil Dois Participações, S.A. through the delivery to these entities' shareholders of newly issued shares of Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A., issued in a capital increase carried out for that purpose. The Brazilian tax authorities take the view that in the aforementioned transaction Sterrebeeck B.V. obtained income subject to tax in Brazil consisting of the difference between the issue value of the shares of Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. that were received and the acquisition cost of the shares delivered in the exchange. After the appeal for reconsideration lodged at the Federal Tax Office was dismissed by the Delegacia da Receita Federal, the Group, in December 2014, appealed against the infringement notice at CARF, which, in March 2018, in a split decision settled by the casting vote of the Chairman, has dismissed the appeal filed by the Group. This decision will be subject to clarification action and further appeal at the CARF. Based on the advice of its external legal counsel, the Group considers that the stance taken by the Brazilian tax authorities is incorrect and that there are sound defense arguments to appeal against the infringement notice. Accordingly, the risk of incurring a loss is remote. Consequently, the Group has not recognized any provisions in connection with these proceedings because this matter should not affect the consolidated financial statements.

- In November 2014 the Brazilian tax authorities issued an infringement notice against Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. in relation to income tax (IRPJ and CSLL) for 2009 questioning the tax-deductibility of the amortization of the goodwill of Banco ABN AMRO Real S.A. performed prior to the absorption of this bank by Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A., but accepting the amortization performed after the merger. On the advice of its external legal counsel, Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. lodged an appeal against this decision at the Federal Tax Office and obtained a favorable decision in July 2015. Such decision was appealed by the Brazilian tax authorities before the CARF, which ruled in their favor. Consequently, in November 2016 the Bank lodged an appeal before the Higher Chamber of Tax Appeals. No provision was recognized in connection with this proceeding as it was considered to be a contingent liability.

- Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. has also appealed against infringement notices issued by the tax authorities questioning the tax deductibility of the amortization of the goodwill arising on the acquisition of Banco Comercial e de Investimento Sudameris S.A. No provision was recognized in connection with this matter as it was considered to be a contingent liability.

-

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other companies of the Group in Brazil are undergoing administrative and judicial procedures against Brazilian tax authorities for not admitting tax compensation with credits derived from other tax concepts, not having registered a provision for such amount since it is considered to be a contingent liability.

185


 

Table of Contents

-

Legal action brought by Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. (currently Santander Holdings USA, Inc.) claiming its right to take a foreign tax credit for taxes paid outside the United States in fiscal years 2003 to 2005 in connection with a Trust created by Santander Holdings USA, Inc. in relation to financing transactions carried out with an international bank. Santander Holdings USA, Inc. considered that, in accordance with applicable tax legislation, it was entitled to recognize the aforementioned tax credits as well as the related issuance and financing costs. In addition, if the final outcome of this legal action were to be favorable to the interests of Santander Holdings USA, Inc., the amounts paid over by the entity in relation to this matter with respect to 2006 and 2007 would have to be refunded. On November 13, 2015, the District Court Judge ruled in favor of Santander Holdings USA, Inc., ordering the amounts paid over with respect to 2003 to 2005 to be refunded. The US Government appealed the decision at the US Court of Appeals for the First Circuit and on December 16, 2016 said Court reversed the District Court’s decision as to the economic substance of the Trust transaction and the foreign tax credits claimed for the Trust transaction, and referred the case back to the District Court for its ruling over certain matters pending resolution, including the refund claim and the justification of sanctions. On March 16, 2017, Santander Holdings USA, Inc. filed a petition with the U.S. Supreme Court to hear its appeal of the First Circuit Court’s decision and on June 26, 2017, the U.S. Supreme Court denied Santander Holdings USA, Inc.´s petition to hear its appeal and returned the case to the District Court as ordered by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the First Circuit. The parties are currently awaiting the District Court´s decision over Santander Holdings USA, Inc. petition to have a summary judgement related to the matters pending resolution. The estimated loss relating to this litigation is provided for.

- In 2007 the European Commission opened an investigation into illegal state aid to the Kingdom of Spain in connection with Article 12.5 of the former Consolidated Text of the Corporate Tax Law. The Commission issued the Decision 2011/5/CE of October 28, 2009, on acquisitions of subsidiaries resident in the EU and decision 2011/282/UE of January 12, 2011, on the acquisition of subsidiaries not resident in the EU, ruling that the deduction regulated pursuant to Article 12.5 constituted illegal State aid. These decisions were subject to appeal by Banco Santander and other companies before the European Union General Court. In November 2014, the General Court delivered judgment annulling the prior decisions, and that judgment was appealed before the European Court of Justice by the Commission. In December 2016 the European Court of Justice delivered judgment setting aside the appeal and remanded the file to the General Court, which shall deliver a new judgment assessing the other annulment pleas raised by the petitioners, which, in turn, may be subject to an appeal before the Court of Justice. The Group, in accordance with the advice from its external lawyers, has not recognized provisions for these suits since they are considered to be a contingent liability.

At the date of approval of this annual report on Form 20-F certain other less significant tax-related proceedings were also in progress.

ii. Non-tax-related proceedings

As of the date of this report the main non-tax-related proceedings concerning the Group were as follows:

-

Customer remediation: claims associated with the sale by Santander UK of certain financial products (principally payment protection insurance or PPI) to its customers.

In August 2010, the FSA (Financial Services Authority) (now the FCA (Financial Conduct Authority)) published a Policy Statement on the valuation and compensation of claims for payment protection insurance (PPI). The policy established rules that changed the bases for the analysis and treatment of the claims for PPI sales and increased the amounts to be paid to customers whose claims were ratified.

In November 2015, the FCA published the consultation 15/39 (Regulations and guides on the payment of claims related to insurance for credit protection) that introduced the concept of unfair commission in connection with case Plevin for the customer compensation, as well as the term for customers to formulate their PPI complaints.   On 2 August 2016, the FCA issued a new consultative document (CP16/20: Rules and guidance on payment protection insurance complaints: feedback on CP15/39 and further consultation). The document described the FCA’s proposal to address the PPI claims following the UK Supreme Court’s ruling on the Plevin v. Paragon Personal Finance Ltd case (Plevin) and included the recommendation that the period for filing claims should be extended by two years from June 2017, which was later than proposed in CP 15/39 issued by the FCA in November 2015. The document also included proposals on the calculation of compensation in claims related to Plevin, including considerations on how the participation in benefits should be reflected in the calculation. The final regulation (Policy Statement 17/3 (Payment Protection Insurance Complaints: Feedback on CP16/20 and final rules and guidance)) published on 2 March, 2017 confirms that the two year term for the formulation of claims started on August 2017. It also requires to proactively contact with the claimants whose claims were rejected in accordance with article 140ª of Consumer Credit Act. Finally, the standard introduced some clarifications on the calculation of the profit participation percentage. These changes may have an impact on the amounts expected to be paid in the future.

186


 

Table of Contents

A provision for conduct remediation has been recognized in respect of the mis-selling of PPI policies in the UK. This provision has been calculated using the following variables:

-

Number of claims - estimated number of claims;

-

Percentage of claims lost - estimated percentage of claims that are or will be favorable to the customer; and

-

Average cost - estimated amount to be paid to customers, including compensation for direct loss plus interest.

For the calculation of the provision the following have been considered:

-

Full analysis of causes of the claims, probability of success, market fluctuations, possible activities/supervisor and guidelines of the FCA and how these may affect the future;

-

Activity recorded with regard to the number of claims received;

-

Amount of compensation paid to customers, together with a forecast of the probability of this varying in future;

-

The impact on complaints levels of proactive customer contact;

-

Effect media coverage and time bar are expected to have on the complaints inflows.

-

Commission and profit margin obtained from the insurance provider during the products’ lifespan.

 

-

In relation to a specific PPI portfolio of complaints, an analysis of the relevant facts and circumstances including legal and regulatory responsibilities.

These criteria are kept under review and regularly compared to the customer information (claims received, percentage of successful claims, impact of changes in the percentage of successful claims and assessment of the customers potentially affected) to ensure their validity. The provision represents management’s best estimate of Santander UK’s future liability in respect of mis-selling of PPI policies.

The most critical factor in determining the level of provision is the volume of claims. The uphold rate is informed by historical experience and the average cost of redress can be predicted reasonably accurately given that management is dealing with a high volume and reasonably homogeneous population. In setting the provision, management estimated the total claims that were likely to be received until August 2019.

2017 compared to 2016

The remaining provision for PPI redress and related costs amounted to £356m (€401 million). The total charge for the year was £109m (€124 million) (2016: £144m (€140 million)) and was driven by an increase in estimated future claims driven by the start of the FCA advertising campaign for PPI, offset by an expected decline relating to a specific PPI portfolio review. We continue to monitor our provision levels in respect of recent claims experience. In 2016, a provision of £114m (€140 million) was made when we applied the principles published in the August 2016 FCA papers, and a further £32m (€37 million) was made in relation to a past business review.

Monthly utilization increased from the 2016 average following the confirmation of a deadline for customer complaints, broadly in line with our assumptions. We continue to monitor our provision levels in respect of recent claims experience.

2016 compared to 2015

We made an additional £144m provision charge in the year, which included our best estimate of Plevin related claim costs and a £30m charge for a portfolio under a past business review. With the FCA consultation that was expected to close in the first quarter of 2017, we assessed the adequacy of our provision and applied the principles published in the August 2016 FCA consultation paper to our current assumptions.  We continued to review our provision levels in respect of recent claims experience and noted that once the final FCA guidance was published it was possible further PPI-related provision adjustments would be required in future years.

187


 

Table of Contents

Monthly utilization during the year, excluding the impact of past business review activity, was slightly higher than the 2015 average and in line with our assumptions.

The following table shows the main factors to calculate the provisions and the future forecast as well as the sensitivity analysis in the face of future changes. It reflects a blended view across all our retail products and portfolios and includes redress for Plevin-related claims:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Accumulated
at
December 31, 2017

    

Future
forecast
(unaudited figures)

    

Sensitivity
analysis:
increases /
decreases in
provision

Claims received (1) (000)

 

1,623

 

660

 

25 = £9m

Claims received for proactive contact (000)

 

487

 

127

 

25 = £5m

% Response to complaints received by proactive contact

 

54

%  

100

%  

1% - £0.3m

% Of claims accepted by the Entity (2)

 

47

%  

68

%  

1% - £2.6m

Average compensation by accepted claim (3)

 

£1,378

 

£564

 

£100 = £50 m


(1)

Includes all claims received regardless of whether we expect to make a payment; i.e. regardless of the likelihood of the Santander UK group incurring a liability. Excludes claims where the complainant has not held a PPI policy.

(2)

It includes both claims received directly from customers and those contacted proactively by the Entity.

(3)

The average claim compensation was reduced from an accumulated average amount of £1,378 (€1,222) on December 31, 2017 to an average future amount of £564 due to the effect of Plevin cases in the provision, as well as a shift in the complaints mix to a greater proportion of storecards which typically carry lower average balances.

-

Delforca: Dispute arising from equity swaps entered into by Gaesco (now Delforca 2008, S.A.) on shares of Inmobiliaria Colonial. An initial arbitration ruled in favor of the Bank, but this ruling was annulled due to issues regarding the president of the tribunal and one of the items of evidence presented by Delforca. Faced with a second arbitration initiated by the Bank, and after the latter had obtained a preventive attachment in its favor (currently waived), Delforca declared bankruptcy. Prior to this, Delforca and its parent, Mobiliaria Monesa, S.A., launched other lawsuits claiming damages due to the Bank’s actions before civil courts in Madrid, later shelved, and in Santander, currently stayed on preliminary civil ruling grounds.

During the insolvency proceeding, Barcelona Commercial court no. 10 ordered the stay of the arbitration proceeding, the termination of the arbitration agreement, the lack of recognition of the contingent claim and a breach by the Bank, and dismissed the Bank’s request to conclude the proceeding due to the non-existence of insolvency. Following the appeals filed by the Bank, the Barcelona Provincial Appellate Court revoked all these decisions, except that relating to the rejection of the conclusion of the proceeding, which gave rise to the resumption of the arbitration process, in which the Partial Award was issued, rejecting the procedural exceptions raised by Delforca, resolution which was appealed by Delforca. Delforca appealed against the decisions rejected the resolution of the arbitration agreement and the recognition of the contingent claim in favor of the Bank. Furthermore, Delforca and its parent have requested from the judge of the insolvency case the repayment of the security deposit executed by the Bank to settle the swaps, being these processes under processing. The Bank has not recognized any provisions in this connection.

- Former employees of Banco do Estado de São Paulo S.A., Santander Banespa, Cia. de Arrendamiento Mercantil: a claim was filed in 1998 by the association of retired Banespa employees (AFABESP) on behalf of its members, requesting the payment of a half-yearly bonus initially envisaged in the entity’s Bylaws in the event that the entity obtained a profit and that the distribution of this profit were approved by the board of directors.  The bonus was not paid in 1994 and 1995 since the bank did not make a profit and partial payments were made from 1996 to 2000, as agreed by the board of directors, and the relevant clause was eliminated in 2001. The Regional Employment Court ordered the bank to pay this half-yearly bonus in September 2005 and the bank filed an appeal against the decision at the High Employment Court (“TST”) and, subsequently, at the Federal Supreme Court (“STF”). The TST confirmed the judgment against the bank, whereas the STF rejected the extraordinary appeal filed by the bank in a decision adopted by only one of the Court members, thereby also upholding the order issued to the bank. This decision was appealed by the bank and the association. Only the appeal lodged by the bank has been given leave to proceed and will be decided upon by the STF in plenary session. The STF recently handed down a decision on a matter relating to a third party that upholds one of the main arguments put forward by the Bank. The Bank has not recognized any provisions in this connection.

-   “Planos Económicos”: Like the rest of the banking system, Santander Brasil has been the subject of claims from customers, mostly depositors, and of civil class actions brought for a common reason, arising from a series of legislative changes relating

188


 

Table of Contents

to the calculation of inflation (“planos económicos”). The claimants considered that their vested rights had been impaired due to the immediate application of these adjustments. In April 2010, the High Court of Justice (STJ) set the limitation period for these class actions at five years, as claimed by the banks, rather than 20 years, as sought by the claimants, which will probably significantly reduce the number of actions brought and the amounts claimed in this connection. As regards the substance of the matter, the decisions issued to date have been adverse for the banks, although two proceedings have been brought at the STJ and the Federal Supreme Court (STF) with which the matter is expected to be definitively settled. In August 2010, the STJ handed down a decision finding for the plaintiffs in terms of substance, but excluding one of the “planos” from the claim, thereby reducing the amount thereof, and once again confirming the five-year statute-of-limitations period. Shortly thereafter, the STF issued an injunctive relief order whereby the proceedings in progress were stayed until this court issues a final decision on the matter. Various appeals to the STF are currently being considered in which various matters relating to this case are discussed.

At the end of 2017, the Advocacia Geral da União (AGU), Bacen, Instituto de Defesa do Consumidor (Idec), the Frente Brasileira dos Poupadores (Febrapo) and Federação Brasileira dos Bancos (Febraban) signed an agreement with the aim of terminating the judicial disputes related to economic situation. Discussions have focused on specifying the amount to be paid to each affected customer according to the balance in their notebook at the time of the Plan. Finally, the total value of the payments will depend on the amount of endorsements that there have been and the number of savers who have showed the existence of the account and its balance on the date on which the indexes were changed. The terms of the agreement signed by the parties have already been approved by the Supreme Federal Court (STF), to whom the final word on the viability of the agreement corresponds.  Provisions registered in order to hedge risks that may derive from the “economic plans”, including those derived from the agreement pending approval by the STF, are deemed sufficient.

- The intervention, on the grounds of alleged fraud, of Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC (“Madoff Securities”) by the US Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) took place in December 2008. The exposure of customers of the Group through the Optimal Strategic US Equity (“Optimal Strategic”) subfund was €2,330 million, of which €2,010 million related to institutional investors and international private banking customers, and the remaining €320 million made up the investment portfolios of the Group’s private banking customers in Spain, who were qualifying investors.

At the date of these report, certain claims had been filed against Group companies in relation to this matter. The Group considers that it has at all times exercised due diligence and that these products have always been sold in a transparent way pursuant to applicable legislation and established procedures. The risk of loss is therefore considered to be remote or immaterial.

-

At the end of the first quarter of 2013, news stories were published stating that the public sector was debating the validity of the interest rate swaps entered into between various financial institutions and public sector companies in Portugal, particularly in the public transport industry.

The swaps under debate included swaps entered into by Banco Santander Totta, S.A. with the public companies Metropolitano de Lisboa, E.P.E. (MdL), Metro de Porto, S.A. (MdP), Sociedade de Transportes Colectivos do Porto, S.A. (STCP) and Companhia Carris de Ferro de Lisboa, S.A. (Carris). These swaps were entered into prior to 2008, i.e. before the start of the financial crisis, and had been executed without incident.

In view of this situation, Banco Santander Totta, S.A. took the initiative to request a court judgment on the validity of the swaps in the jurisdiction of the United Kingdom to which the swaps are subject. The corresponding claims were filed in May 2013.

After the Bank had filed the claims, the four companies (MdL, MdP, STCP and Carris) notified Banco Santander Totta, S.A. that they were suspending payment of the amounts owed under the swaps until a final decision had been handed down in the UK jurisdiction in the proceedings. MdL, MdP and Carris suspended payment in September 2013 and STCP did the same in December 2013. Banco Santander Totta, S.A. extended each of the claims to include the unpaid amounts.

On November 29, 2013, the companies presented their defense in which they claimed that the swaps were null and void under Portuguese law and, accordingly, that they should be refunded the amounts paid.

On March 4, 2016, the Court handed down a judgment in which it upheld all the matters raised by the Bank and declared al the swap agreements to be valid and binding. The transport companies appealed against this decision. The Appellate Court dismissed the appeal through a decision handed down on December 13, 2016, in which it stated that a cassation appeal cannot be filed against this decision. The transport companies have filed an appeal against this decision at the Supreme Court.

189


 

Table of Contents

On May 2, 2017, Portuguese shipping companies, Banco Santander Totta, SA and the Portuguese Republic reached an agreement regarding these legal proceedings which were terminated. Shipping companies withdrew their request for admission of a pending appeal before the English Supreme Court. This matter has concluded.  

-

In April 2016, the Competition Directorate of the Spanish “Comisión Nacional de los mercados y la Competencia” (CNMC) commenced an administrative investigation on several financial entities, including Banco Santander in relation to possible collusive practices or price-fixing agreements, as well as exchange of commercially sensitive information in relation to financial derivative instruments used as hedge of interest rate risk for syndicated loans. In accordance with the Competition Directorate this conduct could constitute a breach of article 1 of Competition Directorate Law 15/2007, of July 3, as well as article 101 of Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU). On February 13, 2018, the CNMC published its decision, by which it fined Santander, Sabadell, BBVA and Caixabank with €91 million (€23.9 million for Santander) for offering interest rate derivatives in breach of Articles 1 of the Spanish Act 15/2007 on Defence of Competition and 101 of the Treaty of Functioning of the European Union (Case S/DC/0579/16 Derivados Financieros ). According to the CNMC, there is evidence that there was coordination between the hedging banks/lenders to coordinate the price of the derivatives and offer clients, in each case, a price different from the “market price”. This decision is not final and will be appealed.

-

Floor clauses (“cláusulas suelo”): as a result of the acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A., the Group is exposed to material transactions containing floor clauses. Floor clauses are clauses whereby the borrower agrees to pay a minimum interest rate to the lender regardless of the applicable benchmark interest rate. Banco Popular, S.A. has included floor clauses in certain asset operations with customers. Banco Popular's position in respect of these floor clauses is as follows:

On December 21, 2016, the European Court of Justice overruled the ruling established through Spanish Supreme Court Judgement of May 9, 2013, and by virtue of which the retroactive effect of declaring the floor clauses null and void was limited so that the amounts charged in application of these clauses would only be refunded from May 9, 2013. Subsequently, the Judgement handed down by the Spanish Supreme Court on February 24, 2017, ruling on a cassation appeal (“recurso de casación”) filed by another entity, adapted its jurisprudence in line with the Judgement of the European Court of Justice of December 21 2016 and, in particular, considered that its ruling of May 9, 2013, which related to a collective action, did not have res judicata effect with respect to individual suits filed by consumers in this regard.

These legal rulings and the social impact of the floor clauses led the Spanish government to establish, through Spanish Royal Decree-Law 1/2017, of January 20, urgent measures to protect consumers against floor clauses, a voluntary and extrajudicial process whereby consumers who consider themselves affected by the potential nullity of a floor clause claim repayment. This ruling establishes an extrajudicial channel for conflict resolution but adds nothing that affects the criteria describing the validity of the clauses. Provisional results arising from claims received via this process seem to confirm the Bank’s estimates.

In 2015 and 2016, Banco Popular made extraordinary provisions that, following the Judgment of the European Union’s Court of Justice on December 21, 2016, were updated in order to cover the effect of the potential return of the excess interest charged for the application of the floor clauses between the contract date of the corresponding mortgage loans and May 2013. As of December 31, 2017, the amount of the Group’s provisions in relation to this matter goes up to €223 million. For this concept, after the purchase of Banco Popular, €238 million have been used by the Group mainly for refunds as a result of the extrajudicial process mentioned above. The Group considers that the maximum risk associated with the floor clauses applied in its contracts with consumers, in the most severe and not probable scenario, would amount to approximately €900 million, as initially measured and without considering the returns performed. Considering the provisioned amount referred before and the refunds performed, the maximum and not probable risk derived would have a coverage greater than 50% of this maximum risk scenario.

-

Other aspects: given that no precedent exists in either Spain or any other European Union member state for the declaration setting out the resolution of Banco Popular, the redemption and conversion of its capital instruments and the subsequent transfer to Banco Santander of the shares resulting from this conversion in exercise of the resolution instrument involving the sale of the institution's business, all in accordance with the single resolution framework regulation referred to in Note 3, the possibility of future appeals being submitted against the EU’s Single Resolution Board decision, the FROB's resolution executed in accordance to the aforementioned decision, and claims against Banco Popular Español, S.A., Banco Santander or other Group companies deriving from or related to the acquisition of Banco Popular. Several investors, advisors and financial dealers have stated that they intend to analyze and, in some cases, have already submitted different types of claims in respect to the acquisition. To date, 103 procedures have been filed before the European Union Court of Justice and more than 261 have been brought before the Spanish Audiencia Nacional. With respect to possible appeals or claims, it is not possible at this time to foresee the total of the specific petitions that could be put forth, nor their economic implications (particularly when these possible future claims might not specify any specific amount, or when they allege new legal interpretations or involve a large number of

190


 

Table of Contents

parties). The estimated cost of the potential compensation to the shareholders of Banco Popular has been accounted for as disclosed in Notes 1.h and 3 to our consolidated financial statements.

In this context, it must be considered that the outcome of court proceedings is uncertain, particularly in the case of claims for indeterminate amounts, those based on legal issues for which there are no precedents, those that affect a large number of parties or those at a very preliminary stage.

The Bank and the other Group companies are subject to regulatory investigations and civil and tax claims, and party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of their business, including in connection with conflicts of interest, lending securities and derivatives activities, relationships with our employees and other commercial or tax matters.

With the information available to it, the Group considers that at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, it had reliably estimated the obligations associated with each proceeding and had recognized, where necessary, sufficient provisions to cover reasonably any liabilities that may arise as a result of these tax and legal situations. It also believes that any liability arising from such claims and proceedings will not have, overall, a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial position or results of operations.

In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal matters, particularly where the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages, or where the cases present novel legal theories, involve a large number of parties or are in early stages of investigation or discovery, the Group cannot state with confidence what the eventual outcome of any of these pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of such matters will be or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties related to each such pending matter may be. Consequently, there is no assurance that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not significantly exceed the reserves currently accrued by the Group; and the outcome of a particular matter may be material to the Group’s operating results for a particular period, depending upon, among other factors, the size of the loss or liability imposed and the level of the Group’s income for that period.

Shareholders remuneration

The table below sets forth the historical per share and per ADS (each of which represents the right to receive one of our shares) amounts of interim and total remuneration in respect of each fiscal year indicated, distributed quarterly.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro per Share 

 

Dollars per ADS 

 

 

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

Total

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

Total

 

2011

 

0.14

 

0.13

 

0.12

 

0.22

 

0.60

 

0.15

 

0.14

 

0.12

 

0.23

 

0.64

 

2012

 

0.15

 

0.15

 

0.15

 

0.15

 

0.60

 

0.14

 

0.19

 

0.21

 

0.21

 

0.75

 

2013

 

0.15

 

0.15

 

0.15

 

0.15

 

0.60

 

0.15

 

0.15

 

0.16

 

0.21

 

0.67

 

2014

 

0.15

 

0.15

 

0.15

 

0.15

 

0.60

 

0.16

 

0.16

 

0.15

 

0.13

 

0.60

 

2015

 

0.05

 

0.05

 

0.05

 

0.05

 

0.20

 

0.04

 

0.04

 

0.04

 

0.04

 

0.16

 

2016

 

0.055

 

0.045

 

0.055

 

0.055

 

0.21

 

0.047

 

0.050

 

0.059

 

0.060

 

0.216

 

2017 (*)

 

0.06

 

0.04

 

0.06

 

0.06

 

0.22

 

0.071

 

0.046

 

0.074

 

0.074

 

0.265

 


(*)   The figure for the fourth dividend is an estimate because as of the date of this annual report on Form 20-F it has not been paid yet.

The shareholders at the annual shareholders’ meeting held on June 19, 2009 approved a remuneration scheme (scrip dividend), whereby the Bank offered the shareholders the possibility to opt to receive an amount equivalent to the dividends in cash or new shares. The remuneration per share approved in subsequent annual shareholders’ meetings for 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014 disclosed above, €0.60, is calculated assuming that the four payments for these years (either cash dividends or scrip dividends) were made in cash.

On January 8, 2015, an extraordinary meeting of the board of directors took place to reformulate the dividend policy of Banco Santander to take effect with the first dividend to be paid with respect to our 2015 results, in order to distribute 3 cash dividends and a scrip dividend relating to such 2015 results. Dividends on account of 2015, 2016 and 2017 were paid according to this scheme.

The Bank’s annual general shareholders meeting held on April 7, 2017 approved the option for all shareholders of the Bank to receive their remuneration corresponding to one of the interim dividends for 2017 through the application of the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme.

Banco Santander paid on account of 2017:

·

A dividend of €0.06 per share equivalent to the first interim dividend (August 2017);

·

A scrip dividend of €0.04 per share equivalent to the second interim dividend (November 2017);

191


 

Table of Contents

·

A dividend of €0.06 per share equivalent to the third interim dividend (February 2018); and

·

A dividend of €0.06 per share equivalent to the fourth dividend is expected to be paid in May 2018.

Following the increase of capital of the second interim dividend, the Bank’s share capital at the date of this annual report on Form 20-F was €8,068 million represented by 16,136,153,528 shares, par value €0.50 each.

Banco Santander assigned €3.5 billion to dividends in 2017 as compared to €3.0 billion in 2016.

The Bank intends the remuneration on account of the earnings for the 2018 financial year to maintain the same policy with four payments, of which three would be received in cash and the other in shares or cash at the shareholder’s discretion, under the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme.

For a discussion of regulatory and legal restrictions on our payments of dividends, see “Item 4.  Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Restrictions on Dividends” herein.

For a discussion of Spanish taxation of dividends, see “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—Spanish tax considerations—Taxation of dividends” herein.

The dividends paid on the guaranteed non-cumulative preference stock of certain of our subsidiaries are limited by our Distributable Profits in the fiscal year preceding a dividend payment.  “Distributable Profits” with respect to any year means our reported net profits after tax and extraordinary items for such year as derived from the Parent bank’s non-consolidated audited profit and loss account prepared in accordance with Bank of Spain requirements and guidelines in effect at the time of such preparation.  Such requirements and guidelines may be expected to reflect the Bank of Spain regulatory policies applicable to us, including without limitation those relating to the maintenance of minimum levels of capital.  See “Item 4.  Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Adequacy Requirements” and “—Restrictions on Dividends” herein.  According to our interpretation of the relevant Bank of Spain requirements and guidelines, distributable profits during the preceding five years were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

IFRS-IASB

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

2016

 

2017

 

(in millions of euros)

 

1,030

    

1,435

    

2,277

    

2,481

    

3,006

 

 

The portion of our net income attributable to our subsidiaries increased steadily in recent years as our subsidiaries grew and we acquired new subsidiaries. Such profits are available to us only in the form of dividends from our subsidiaries and we are dependent to a certain extent upon such dividends in order to have Distributable Profits sufficient to allow payment of dividends on our guaranteed preferred stock of our subsidiaries as well as dividends on our shares (although the payment of dividends on the shares is limited in the event of the non-payment of preference share dividends). We generally control a sufficient proportion of our consolidated subsidiaries’ voting capital to enable us to require such subsidiaries to pay dividends to the extent permitted under the applicable law.  As a result of our growth, the Bank, as the holding entity of the shares of our various companies, has added investments in our subsidiaries, the financial costs of which are borne by us.

 

B. Significant Changes

No material changes.

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

A. Offer and listing details

Market Price and Volume Information

Santander’s Shares

In 2017, Santander was the most actively traded stock on the Spanish stock exchange. As at December 31, 2017, the stock had a 16.5% weighting in the IBEX 35 Index and was ranked first among all Spanish issuers represented in this index. In 2017, 20,222 million shares were traded, for a cash amount of €113,665 million, the highest volume for any Euro Stoxx constituent. Our market capitalization of €88,410 million at 2017 year-end made us the largest bank in the eurozone by market capitalization and the 14th in the world in 2017.

192


 

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2017 a total of 3,281,818,332 shares, or 20.34% of our share capital, were held by 1,165 registered holders with registered addresses in the United States and Puerto Rico, including Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary of our American Depositary Share Program.

Our shares are traded on Spain’s automated “continuous market”, the national, centralized market which integrates the four Spanish stock exchanges (Madrid, Barcelona, Valencia and Bilbao). Our shares are also listed on the New York (in the form of American Depositary Shares), London (in the form of CREST Depository Interests), São Paulo (in the form of Brazil Depositary Shares), Milan, Lisbon, Buenos Aires, Warsaw and Mexico stock exchanges. At December 31, 2017, 63.34 % of our shares were held of record by non-residents of Spain.

The table below sets forth the high and low of the daily closing prices and last daily sales prices in euros for our shares on the Spanish continuous market for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euros Per Share

 

    

High

    

Low

    

Last

2013 Annual

 

6.77

 

4.84

 

6.51

2014 Annual

 

7.90

 

6.22

 

7.00

2015 Annual

 

7.15

 

4.45

 

4.56

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 Annual

 

5.03

 

3.30

 

4.96

First Quarter

 

4.51

 

3.31

 

3.87

Second Quarter

 

4.63

 

3.30

 

3.43

Third Quarter

 

4.22

 

3.32

 

3.95

Fourth Quarter

 

5.03

 

3.91

 

4.96

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 Annual

 

6.30

 

4.99

 

5.48

First Quarter

 

5.76

 

4.99

 

5.75

Second Quarter

 

6.30

 

5.48

 

5.79

Third Quarter

 

6.00

 

5.28

 

5.91

Fourth Quarter

 

5.83

 

5.46

 

5.48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 First Quarter (through March 22, 2018)

 

6.08

 

5.21

 

5.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Last six months

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

September

 

5.91

 

5.28

 

5.91

October

 

5.83

 

5.54

 

5.82

November

 

5.83

 

5.46

 

5.64

December

 

5.72

 

5.48

 

5.48

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

January

 

6.08

 

5.45

 

5.98

February

 

5.94

 

5.48

 

5.67

March (through March 22, 2018)

 

5.61

 

5.21

 

5.21

 

On March 22, 2018, the reported last sale price of our shares on the continuous Spanish market was €5.21.

American Depositary Shares

Our ADSs have been listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange since July 30, 1987. Each ADS represents one of our shares and is evidenced by an American Depositary Receipt or “ADR.” Under the deposit agreement, pursuant to which ADRs have been issued, The Bank of New York Mellon is the depositary and holder from time to time of ADRs. At December 31, 2017, we had outstanding a total of 500,740,456 ADRs of which 9,686,096 were held by 15,237 registered holders with The Bank of New York Mellon.  Since certain of such of our shares and our ADSs are held by nominees, the number of record holders is not representative of the number of beneficial owners.

193


 

Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the reported high and low of the daily closing prices and last daily sales prices for our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollars Per ADS

 

    

High

    

Low

    

Last

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013 Annual

 

9.29

 

6.43

 

9.07

2014 Annual

 

10.75

 

8.21

 

8.33

2015 Annual

 

8.42

 

4.85

 

4.87

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 Annual

 

5.23

 

3.69

 

5.18

First Quarter

 

4.96

 

3.74

 

4.36

Second Quarter

 

5.19

 

3.69

 

3.92

Third Quarter

 

4.73

 

3.73

 

4.41

Fourth Quarter

 

5.23

 

4.28

 

5.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017  Annual

 

6.99

 

5.31

 

6.54

First Quarter

 

6.20

 

5.31

 

6.07

Second Quarter

 

6.99

 

5.78

 

6.69

Third Quarter

 

6.94

 

6.33

 

6.94

Fourth Quarter

 

6.82

 

6.39

 

6.54

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 First Quarter (through March 22, 2018)

 

7.55

 

6.35

 

6.35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Last six months

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

September

 

6.94

 

6.33

 

6.94

October

 

6.82

 

6.46

 

6.74

November

 

6.77

 

6.39

 

6.69

December

 

6.69

 

6.43

 

6.54

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

January

 

7.55

 

6.53

 

7.41

February

 

7.42

 

6.73

 

6.87

March (through March 22, 2018)

 

6.83

 

6.35

 

6.35

 

On March 22, 2018, the reported last sale price of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange was $6.35.

B. Plan of distribution

Not Applicable

C. Markets

General

Spanish Securities Market

The Spanish securities market for equity securities (the “Spanish Stock Exchanges”) consists of four stock exchanges located in Madrid, Barcelona, Bilbao and Valencia (the “local exchanges”). The majority of the transactions conducted on them are done through the Automated Quotation System. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Automated Quotation System accounted for the majority of the total trading volume of equity securities on the Spanish Stock Exchanges.

Automated Quotation System

The Automated Quotation System was founded in November 2, 1995, substituting the computer assisted trading system known as Sistema de Interconexión Bursátil , which had been in place since 1989. It links the four local exchanges, providing those securities listed on it with a uniform continuous market that eliminates most of the differences among the local exchanges. The principal feature of the system is the computerized matching of buy and sell orders at the time of entry of the order. Each order is executed as soon as a matching order is entered, but can be modified or canceled until executed. The activity of the market can be continuously monitored by investors and brokers. The Automated Quotation System is operated and regulated by the Sociedad de Bolsas, a corporation owned by the company that manages the Spanish Stock Exchanges. All trades on the Automated Quotation System must be placed through a bank, brokerage firm, a dealer firm or a credit entity that are a member of a Spanish stock exchange directly.

194


 

Table of Contents

There is a pre-opening session held from 8:30 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. (Madrid time) each trading day on which orders are placed at that time. The computerized trading hours are from 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. (Madrid time). Each session will end with a 5 minute auction, between 5:30 and 5:35 p.m., with a random closedown of 30 seconds. The price resulting from each auction will be the closing price of the session.

From May 14, 2001, rules came into effect regarding the maximum price fluctuations in the price of stocks.  Under the rules, each stock in the continuous market is assigned a static and a dynamic range within which the price of stocks can fluctuate. The price of a stock may rise or fall by its static range (which is published once a month and is calculated according to the stock’s average historic price volatility) above or below its opening price (which shall be the closing price of the previous session).  When the stock trades outside of this range, the trading of the stock is suspended for 5 minutes, during which an auction takes place.  After this auction, the price of the stock can once again rise or fall by its static range above or below its last auction price (which will be considered as the new static price before triggering another auction). Furthermore, the price of a stock cannot rise or fall by more than its dynamic price range (which is fixed and published once a month and is calculated according to the stock’s average intra-day volatility), from the last price at which it has traded. If the price variation exceeds the stock’s dynamic range a five minute auction is triggered.

Moreover, there is a block trades market ( el mercado de bloques ) allowing for block trades between buyers and sellers from 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. during the trading session.  Under certain conditions, this market allows cross-transactions of trades at prices different from prevailing market prices.  Trading in the block market is subject to certain limits with regard to price deviations and volumes.

Between 5:30 p.m. and 8:00 p.m., trades may occur outside the computerized matching system without prior authorization of the Sociedad de Bolsas, at a price within the range of 5% above the higher of the average price and closing price for the day and 5% below the lower of the average price and closing price for the day, if there are no outstanding bids or offers, as the case may be, on the system matching or bettering the terms of the proposed off-system transaction, and if the trade involves more than €300,000 and more than 20% of the average daily trading volume of the stock during the preceding quarter.  At any time before 8:00 p.m., trades may take place (with the prior authorization of the Sociedad de Bolsas) at any price if:

·

the trade involves more than €1.5 million and more than 40% of average daily trading volume of the stock during the preceding quarter;

relates to a merger or spin-off of a listed company;

relates to the reorganization of a business group;

the transaction is executed for the purposes of settling litigation;

involves certain types of contracts or complex transactions; or

the Sociedad de Bolsas finds other justifiable cause.

Information with respect to computerized trades between 9:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. is made public immediately, and information with respect to trades outside the computerized matching system is reported to the Sociedad de Bolsas and published in the Boletín de Cotización and in the computer system by the next trading day.

Sociedad de Bolsas is also the manager of the IBEX 35® Index. This index is made up by the 35 most liquid securities traded on the Spanish Market and, technically, it is a price index that is weighted by capitalization and adjusted according to the free float of each company comprised in the index. Apart from its quotation on the four Spanish Exchanges, the Bank is also currently included in the IBEX 35® Index.

Clearance and Settlement System. Book-Entry System

On April 1, 2003, by virtue of Law 44/2002 and of Order ECO 689/2003 of March 27, 2003 approved by the Spanish Ministry of Economy, the integration of the two main existing book-entry settlement systems existing in Spain at the time–the equity settlement system Servicio de Compensación y Liquidación de Valores (“SCLV”) and the Public Debt settlement system Central de Anotaciones de Deuda del Estado (“CADE”)– took place. As a result of this integration, a single entity, known as Sociedad de Gestión de los Sistemas de Registro Compensación y Liquidación de Valores (“Iberclear”) assumed the functions formerly performed by SCLV and CADE according to the legal regime stated in article 44 bis of the Spanish Securities Market Act.

Ownership of shares listed on any Spanish stock exchange is required to be represented by entries in a register maintained by Iberclear, which is the Spanish Central Securities Depositary, and transfers or changes in ownership are effected by entries in such register.

195


 

Table of Contents

The securities register system is structured in two levels: the central registry managed by Iberclear which keeps the securities balances of the participants, and a detailed registry managed by the participants where securities are listed by holder’s name.

On February 3, 2016, the Royal Decree-Law 878/2015 came into force on clearing, settlement and registration of traded securities represented as book entries, on the legal framework for central securities depositaries and central counterparties, and the transparency requirements for issuers of securities admitted to trading on an official secondary market. In connection with this, the reform of the existing clearing, settlement and registry system is currently being implemented in Spain.  The reform introduces three fundamental changes that, in turn, will involve a number of operating modifications. These changes are as follows: a) A new registry system based on balances; b) the introduction of a new Central Counterparty (“BME Clearing”); and c) the integration of the Central de Anotaciones del Mercado de Deuda  Pública (CADE) and SCL into a single platform. With the introduction of the Central Counterparty, the Spanish equity markets will be structured around three infrastructures:  the SIBE Trading Platform, the new Central Counterparty for equity (new segment around BME CLEARING) and the Central Securities Depository (IBERCLEAR). This new system implementation is taking place in two phases: a) first phase: April 27, 2016, the implementation of the Central Counterparty and migration of the Equity settlement system to the new platform; and b) second phase: September 18, 2017, incorporation of the Fixed Income settlement system to the new platform and migration to Target 2 Securities system. As a result of these changes, various operating modifications will take place. Among others, (i) entities (financial institutions) will be able to be members of one, two or even three of the new infrastructures; (ii) each Stock Exchange member will need to sign a contract with a General Clearing Member of the Central Counterparty (with the exception of the same entity being member of both infrastructures); (iii) each Central Counterparty Member will need to sign a contract with, at least, an IBERCLEAR Settlement Participant (with the exception of the same entity being member of both infrastructures); (iv) there will be individual Accounts, in both the Central Counterparty and the Central Securities Depository; (v) the Central Counterparty will make the netting of transactions (trades) possible before generating settlement instructions; (vi) IBERCLEAR will implement and manage an optimization procedure that will enable the maximization of settled transactions in the exceptional occasions in which a delay of delivery of securities occurs; (vii) the current Collective Deposit will be replaced by the Central Counterparty guarantee system (Default Fund); (vii) communications between Participants and infrastructure members will be managed by an ancillary system (named “PTI” Post-Trading Interface) that will simplify their requirements and work; and (viii) the system will be more flexible, for example: a) it will be possible to settle in the Central Counterparty accounts in gross or net value; and b) there will be different classes of Members, with the possibility to become Ordinary Trading Member or Segregated Trading Member. On June 6, 2016 the Spanish Securities and Exchange Commission (CNMV) make an announcement on the progress of the clearing, settlement and registration reform and, following numerous market participants arguments in relation to certain market events such as the UK Referendum and Target 2 migration, the envisaged implementation date for the move to T+2 was postponed from June 27, 2017 to October 3, 2017 (with respect to the trades of the September 29, 2017). 

In September 2017, Royal Decree-Law 827/2017, of 1 September, which modified Royal Decree-Law 878/2015, of 2 October, on the recording, clearing and settlement of transferable securities represented in book-entry form, on the legal regime of the central securities depositaries and central counterparties, and on the transparency requirements for issuers admitted to trading in a regulated market, came into effect. This Royal Decree-Law completes a significant reform by aligning the Spanish clearing, settlement and registry system of securities transactions with the practices and standards of its European neighbors and connecting the system to the TARGET2 Securities (T2S) technical platform. The reform introduced significant new features that affected all classes of securities and all post trade activities. Consequently, due to the important modifications it entailed and to reduce any implementation risks, it was decided to address the reform as a single project implemented in two phases: (i) the first phase focused on equity securities and involved setting up a new system for equities to include all the changes envisaged in the reform, include the creation of a Central Counterparty in post-trade, BME Clearing, designed to be compatible with T2S (messages, account structure, definition of operations, etc.) and (ii) the second phase focused on the settlement of trades on fixed income securities.

Securities Market Legislation

The Spanish Securities Markets Act, enacted in 1988, among other things:

established an independent regulatory authority, the CNMV, to supervise the securities markets;

established a framework for the regulation of trading practices, tender offers and insider trading;

required stock exchange members to be corporate entities;

required companies listed on a Spanish stock exchange to file annual audited financial statements and to make public quarterly financial information;

established a framework for integrating quotations on the four Spanish stock exchanges by computer;

196


 

Table of Contents

exempted the sale of securities from transfer and value added taxes;

deregulated brokerage commissions as of 1992; and

provided for transfer of shares by book-entry or by delivery of evidence of title.

The Securities Markets Act was amended by Law 37/1998, which implemented two European Union directives into Spanish law. The first is Directive 93/22/CE, relating to investment services within securities, later amended by Directive 95/26/CE of the European Parliament and Council. The second is Directive 97/9/CE of the European Parliament and Council, relating to indemnity systems.

Law 37/1998 introduced some innovations to the Securities Markets Act.  The first was the recognition that both Spanish and other European Union Member State companies authorized to provide investment services have full access to the official secondary markets, with full capacity to operate, thereby enabling the direct admission of banking entities into the stock exchange area.  The second innovation was that the scope of the Securities Markets Act was enlarged to include a list of financial instruments, such as financial exchange contracts, or installment financial contracts, which expanded the categories of securities included. 

The Securities Markets Act has been further amended by Law 44/2002 (November 22, 2002) on reform measures of the financial system, which introduced certain modifications to the laws governing financial markets and corporations, generally, including:

provisions regarding market transparency such as: requiring listed companies to establish an audit committee, redefining the reporting requirements for material facts, rules relating to the treatment of confidential and insider information and related party transactions, and prevention of manipulative and fraudulent practices with respect to market prices;

the establishment of Iberclear; and

the authorization of the Minister of Economy and Competitiveness to regulate financial services electronic contracts.

On July 17, 2003, the Securities Market law was amended by Law 26/2003 in order to reinforce the transparency of listed companies. It introduced:

information and transparency obligations including detailed requirements of the contents of the corporate website of listed companies and the obligation to file with the CNMV an annual corporate governance report; and

the obligation to implement a series of corporate governance rules including, among others, regulations regarding the boards of directors and the general shareholders’ meetings.

On March 11, 2005, Royal Decree Law 5/2005 was approved, modifying the Securities Market Law in order to implement the Directive 2003/71/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the prospectus to be published when securities are offered to the public or admitted to trading. The Directive: (i) harmonizes the requirements for the process of approval of prospectuses, which enables a prospectus to be valid throughout the European Union; and (ii) incorporates the application of the country of origin principle.

On April 22, 2005, the Securities Market Law was amended by Law 5/2005 on supervision of financial conglomerates in order to make the sectorial rules applicable to investment firms more consistent with other sectorial rules applicable to other groups with similar financial activities, such as credit institutions and insurance undertakings.

On November 14, 2005, the Securities Market Law was further amended by Law 19/2005, which refers to the European public limited-liability companies with registered offices in Spain and, on November 24, 2005, by Law 25/2005, of November 24, 2005, which regulates the capital risk entities.

Royal Decree 1310/2005 (November 4) partially developed the Securities Market Law 24/1988, in relation to the admission to trading of securities in the official secondary markets, the sale or subscription public offers and the prospectus required to those effects.

Royal Decree 1333/2005 (November 11), which developed the Securities Market Law 24/1988, in relation to market abuse.

Law 12/2006 of May 16, 2006 amended the Securities Market Law by: (i) introducing a new article relating to notifications to the CNMV of transactions that might constitute insider dealing or market manipulation, (ii) completing the regulation of Bolsas y Mercados Españoles, and (iii) clarifying the regulation of significant participations on the entities which manage the clearing and settlement of securities and the Spanish secondary markets.

197


 

Table of Contents

Law 36/2006 of November 30, 2006, relating to measures to prevent the tax fraud, among others, amends article 108 of the Securities Market Law.

Law 6/2007 of April 12, 2007 amends the Securities Market Law, in order to modify the rules for takeover bids and for issuers transparency. This Law came into effect on August 13, 2007, and partially integrates into the Spanish legal system Directive 2004/25/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of April 21, 2004 on takeover bids and Directive 2004/109/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of December 15, 2004 on the harmonization of transparency requirements in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market and amending Directive 2001/34/EC. This Law has been further developed by Royal Decree 1066/2007 (July 27) on rules applicable to takeover bids for securities and by Royal Decree 1362/2007 (October 19) on transparency requirements for issuers of listed securities. For a brief description of the provisions of Law 6/2007 as regards the rules applicable to takeover bids see “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and articles of association—Tender Offers”. 

Law 6/2007 (i) introduces several changes to the periodical financial information, annual, biannual and quarterly, to be published by issuers of listed securities; and (ii) introduces new developments to the system which establishes the duty to notify significant stakes in an enterprise, such as:

·

Anyone with a right to acquire, transfer or exercise voting rights granted by the shares, regardless of the actual ownership of the shares; and anyone owning, acquiring or transferring other securities or financial instruments which grant a right to acquire shares with voting rights, will also have to notify the holding of a significant stake in accordance with the developing regulations;

·

Directors of listed companies, in addition to notifying any transaction concerning the shares or other securities or financial instruments of the issuer which are linked to these shares, will have to inform the CNMV of their stake upon appointment or resignation; and

·

Listed companies will be required to notify transactions concerning their treasury shares in certain cases, which will be established in the developing regulations.

Law 47/2007 of December 19, 2007 amends the Securities Market Law in order to adapt it to Directive 2004/39/EC on markets in financial instruments (MiFID), Directive 2006/73/EC implementing Directive 2004/39/EC with respect to the organizational requirements and operating conditions for investment firms and defining terms for the purpose of that Directive, and Directive 2006/49/EC on the capital adequacy of investment firms and credit institutions. The amendments introduced by Law 47/2007 represent important reforms of the Securities Market Law and serve to (i) increase the number of investment services that can be performed by the entities; (ii) reinforce the measures for the protection of investors; (iii) establish new organizational procedures for investment firms; and (iv) reinforce the supervisory powers of the CNMV, establishing cooperation mechanisms among supervisory authorities. Directive 2006/49/EC and MiFID implementation have been introduced by Royal Decrees 216/2008 and 217/2008 (both of February 15), respectively.

Law 32/2011 of October 4, 2011, amending Law 24/1988 of July 28, 1988, on the securities market, introduced a central counterparty for equity transactions imposing the obligation to carry out all equity transactions traded through a central counterparty.  Other relevant amendments of Law 32/2011 of October 4, 2011, include the introduction of a right of withdrawal in the event of insolvency of the entities in charge of keeping the registry and of participating entities and the pro rata rule. Modifications were also made to the regulatory regime of Iberclear, which is in charge of both the register of securities held in book-entry form and their clearing and settlement. Specifically, the new rules facilitate the relationship between Iberclear and the other agents of the trading and post-trading system and regulate the agreements that Iberclear may carry out to provide a better integration with to the TARGET2-Securities project, which aims to establish a eurozone-wide settlement system.

Royal Decree-Law 20/2012 of July 13, 2012 on measures to ensure budgetary stability and the promotion of competitiveness which, among other reforms, amended Law 24/1988 of July 28, 1988 on the Securities Market (and Law 44/2002 of November 22, 2002 on financial system reform measures) to include a new financial instrument in the Spanish legal system, the so-called “internationalization covered bonds” ( cédulas de internacionalización ). These bonds are similar to “territorial covered bonds” ( cédulas territoriales ), introduced by Law 44/2002 and are fixed-income securities that may be issued by credit institutions, whose capital and interest are especially secured by loans and credits granted for the internationalization of companies. The total amount of internationalization covered bonds issued by a credit institution may not exceed 70% of the amount of the unrepaid “eligible” loans and credits.

The Law 11/2012 of December 19, 2012 on urgent measures relating to the environment, which included transposition into Spanish legislation of the provisions of the Commission Regulation 1031/2010 of November 12, 2010 on the timing, administration and other aspects of auctioning of greenhouse gas emission allowances, amended by the Commission Regulation 1210/2011 of November 23, 2011, also amended Law 24/1988 of July 28, 1988 on the Securities Market to define the financial institutions that can participate in these

198


 

Table of Contents

auctions and grant the CNMV supervisory, inspection and sanctioning powers in relation to the aforementioned misconduct. It established that investment firms and credit institutions authorized to provide investment services may submit bids to greenhouse gas emission allowance auctions on their customers’ behalf, as well as conduct the activities envisaged in Law 24/1988.

Law 10/2014 of June 26, 2014, on the regulation, supervision and solvency of credit institutions makes wide-ranging amendments to Law 24/1988 of July 28, 1988 on the securities market in order to bring investment firms within the scope of the supervision system envisaged for credit institutions under Directive 2013/36/EU of June 26, 2013.

Law 31/2014 of December 3, 2014, amending the Spanish Limited Companies Law in order to improve corporate governance, also amends Law 24/1988 of July 28, 1988 to confer on the CNMV the necessary powers to enable it to supervise some of the aspects introduced or modified in this Law, which are applicable to listed companies.

The first final provision of Law 11/2015 of June 18, 2015 on the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and of Investment Firms introduces certain amendments to Law 24/1988 of July 28, 1988 on the Securities Market, in respect of book-entry securities is included, providing for both the reversibility of this book-entry status and for the requirements that must be met by the issuance document. Further amendments clarify the structure and functioning of the Spanish securities registration system, which has two levels making up the so-called two-step system.

Legislative Royal Decree 4/2015 of October 23, 2015 integrates the amendments made to Law 24/1988 of July 28, 1988, on the Securities Market, since it was passed. In particular, this includes the changes introduced by: 1) Law 37/1998 of November 16, 1998, reforming Law 24/1988 of July 28, 1988, on the Securities Market; 2) the third additional provision of Law 41/1999 of November 12, 1999, on payment and securities settlement systems; 3) certain provisions of Law 44/2002 of November 22, 2002 on financial system reform measures; of Law 9/2012 of November 14, 2012 on restructuring and resolution of credit institutions, and of Law 11/2015 of June 18, 2015 on the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and of Investment Firms; and 4) Law 47/2007 of December 19, 2007, incorporating various European Directives into Spanish legislation, particularly Directive 2004/39/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of April 21, 2004 on markets in financial instruments, also known as MIFID. In order to facilitate application of the Legislative Royal Decree a table of correspondences with the precepts of Law 24/1988 has been published on the Spanish Treasury’s website.

Royal Decree-Law 11/2017, of 23 June, on urgent actions on financial matters. This Royal Decree-Law amended Law 11/2015, which had implemented the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive in Spain, and established the hierarchy of claims in case of resolution and insolvency of a Spanish credit institution and the Securities Market Act. As amended, Law 11/2015 commences the issuance of mandatorily recognized senior “non-preferred” debt instruments by Spanish credit institutions, Spanish credit institutions may begin preparing the documentation for standalone or program issues of senior non-preferred debt instruments.

Royal Decree-Law 827/2017, of 1 September, which modified Royal Decree-Law 878/2015, of 2 October, on the recording, clearing and settlement of transferable securities represented in book-entry form, on the legal regime of the central securities depositaries and central counterparties, and on the transparency requirements for issuers admitted to trading in a regulated market. This Royal decree completes a significant reform by aligning the Spanish clearing, settlement and registry system of securities transactions with the practices and standards of its European neighbors and connecting the system to the TARGET2 Securities (T2S) technical platform. The reform introduced significant new features that affected all classes of securities and all post trade activities. Consequently, due to the important modifications it entailed and to reduce any implementation risks, it was decided to address the reform as a single project implemented in two phases: (i) the first phase focused on equity securities and involved setting up a new system for equities to include all the changes envisaged in the reform, include the creation of a Central Counterparty in post-trade, BME Clearing, designed to be compatible with T2S (messages, account structure, definition of operations, etc.) and (ii) the second phase focused on the settlement of trades on fixed income securities.

Royal Decree-Law 21/2017, of 29 December, on urgent measures for the adaptation of Spanish law in accordance with European Union regulations in relation to the securities market. The Royal Decree adapts in extremis the Spanish internal regulations (the Securities Market Law) to the European regulation MIFID II and, in particular to Directive 2014/65/EU, Directive 2016/1034 and Regulation (EU) 600/2014, applying both the RD-law and the Regulation as of January 3, 2018. RD-law 21/2017 regulates the trading venues for financial instruments, whose purpose is the execution of transactions by investment firms on stock in regulated markets and multilateral trading facilities. This RD-law also introduces the figure of organized trading facilities (OTF), as a complement to regulated markets and multilateral trading facilities (MTF), referring to the negotiation of public debt and derivative products. OTF are alternative regulated markets (such as the MAB in Spain), with fewer requirements than MTF for its operation. Spanish regulated markets require prior authorization by the CNMV, each regulated market requires a managing body, which is responsible for administer it.

199


 

Table of Contents

Trading by Santander’s Subsidiaries in the Shares

We and/or some of our subsidiaries, in accordance with customary practice in Spain, and as permitted under Spanish law, have regularly purchased and sold our shares both for their own account and for the accounts of customers.  Our subsidiaries have intervened in the market for our shares primarily in connection with customer transactions and in transactions that are undertaken to supply liquidity to the market, and occasionally for other purposes.  Among such other purposes are those transactions that have provided a mechanism for accumulating shares that were used to meet conversions into our shares, of bonds issued by us and other affiliated companies and to make offerings of shares.  We expect that we and/or our subsidiaries may continue to purchase and sell our shares from time to time.

Our trading activities in our shares are limited to those set forth above.  The continuous market is driven by orders, which are matched by the market’s computer system according to price and time entered.  Santander’s broker subsidiary, Santander Investment Bolsa, S.V., S.A., and the other brokers authorized to trade on the continuous market (“Member Firms”) are not required to and do not serve as market makers maintaining independently established bid and ask prices.  Rather, Member Firms place orders for their customers, or for their own account, into the market’s computer system.  If an adequate counterparty order is not available on the continuous market at that time, the Member Firm may solicit counterparty orders from among its own clients and/or may accommodate the client by filling the client’s order as principal.

Under the Capital Companies Law, a company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from purchasing shares of the company in the primary market.  However, purchase of the shares is permitted in the secondary market provided that: (1) the aggregate nominal value of such purchases (referred to as “treasury stock” or “ autocartera ”) and of the shares previously held by the company and its subsidiaries does not exceed 10% of the total outstanding capital stock of the company, (2) the purchases are authorized at a meeting of the shareholders of the acquiring company and, if the acquisition relates to shares in the parent company, the acquiring company’s parent, and (3) such purchases, together with the shares previously held by the company and its subsidiaries, do not result in a net equity less than the company’s stock and the minimum reserves stipulated by law and our Bylaws.

The law requires that the CNMV be notified each time the acquisition of treasury stock made since the last notification reaches 1% of the voting rights of the company, regardless of any other preceding sales.  The Spanish Limited Companies Law establishes, in relation to the treasury stock shares (held by us and our affiliates), that the exercise of the right to vote and other non-financial rights attached to them shall be suspended. Financial rights arising from treasury stock held directly by us, with the exception of the right to allotment of new bonus shares, shall be attributed proportionately to the rest of the shares.

The portion of overall trading volume in Santander ordinary shares transacted by Group subsidiaries continues to vary from day to day and from month to month, and is expected to continue to do so in the future.  In 2017, 8.14% of the total volume traded in Santander ordinary shares executed on the Primary Spanish Stock Exchange (Bolsas y Mercados Españoles) was transacted by Santander Investment Bolsa S.V., S.A. The portion of trading volume in shares allocable to purchases and sales as principal by our companies (treasury shares) was approximately 1.2% in the same period. The monthly average percentage of outstanding shares held by our subsidiaries ranged from 0.01% to 0.10% in 2017. At December 31, 2017, the Parent bank and our subsidiaries held 3,913,340 of our shares (0.024% of our total capital stock as of that date).

D. Selling shareholders

Not Applicable.

E. Dilution

Not Applicable.

F. Expense of the issue

Not Applicable.

200


 

Table of Contents

Item 10. Additional Information

A. Share capital

Not Applicable  

B. Memorandum and articles of association

The following summary of the material terms of our Bylaws is not meant to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our Bylaws. Because this is a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read our Bylaws carefully before you decide to invest. Copies of our Bylaws are incorporated by reference.

The current Bylaws of Santander were approved by our shareholders acting at the annual general shareholders’ meeting held on June 21, 2008 and incorporated with the office of the Mercantile Registry on August 11, 2008.

Subsequently, sub-subsections 1 and 2 of Article 5 of the Bank’s Bylaws have been updated several times to show the current share capital and the number of shares outstanding. The most recent of such amendments corresponds to the one required by the share capital increase carried out on November 6, 2017 and filed with the office of the Mercantile Registry on November 7, 2017.

At our annual general shareholders’ meeting held on March 23, 2018, our shareholders resolved to amend our Bylaws with the purpose of: (i) making various technical improvements (ii) conforming the provisions of the Bylaws to the current size of the board of directors, without losing flexibility that may ensure the best configuration thereof, as well as (iii) making certain changes in the committees of the board.

In particular, the following articles of the Bylaws have been amended: (a) articles regarding the board of directors: article 40 (creation of shareholder value) and article 41 (quantitative composition of the board); (b) articles regarding the delegation of powers of the board and to the committees of the board: article 48 (the executive chairman), article 50 (committees of the board of directors), elimination of article 52 (executive risk committee), renumbering of the current articles 53 (audit committee), 54 (appointments committee), 54 bis (remuneration committee) and article 54 ter (risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee) as new articles 52, 53, 54 and 54 bis, respectively, and inclusion of a new article 54 ter (responsible banking, sustainability and culture committee); and (c) articles relating to reporting tools: article 60 (annual corporate governance report). The amended Bylaws will become effective upon the corresponding regulatory authorizations and registration with the relevant Commercial Registry.

Our current Bylaws are included as Exhibit 1.1 to this annual report. The Bylaws are also available on the Group’s website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.santander.com, under the heading “Information for shareholders and investors — General information — Bylaws”.

Likewise, at its meeting of February 13, 2018, the board of directors approved several changes to the Rules and Regulations of the Board aimed at strengthening the supervisory function of its committees, among other points, in line with the recommendations and best practices published in 2017 by different Spanish and international bodies. Specifically, the Rules and Regulations of the Board were adapted to the following: (i) the 3/2017 Technical Guide of the Spanish National Securities Market Commission, on audit committees of public interest entities, of June 27, 2017, (ii) the guide to internal governance issued by the European Banking Authority and (iii) the joint guidelines issued by the European Banking Authority and the European Securities and Markets Authority on assessing the suitability of members of the board of directors and directors with key functions, the latter two published on September 26, 2017 and coming into force on June 30, 2018.

Further, a new responsible banking, sustainability and culture committee is regulated under article 54 ter of the Bylaws and article 21 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, as amended. The purpose of this committee is to assist the board in this area, in particular, providing advice on preparing and reviewing the corporate culture and values and on its relations with various stakeholders, especially with employees, customers and communities with which the Group carries out its activities. For so long as the new committee is not formally constituted, its functions will continue to be carried out by the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee.

The above changes reflect the Group’s commitment to complying with the highest corporate governance standards at all times, and is a further step in strengthening its internal governance system.

The amendment of the Rules and Regulations of the Board was notarized on February 20, 2018, and has been duly registered with the Commercial Registry.

201


 

The Rules and Regulations of the Board, as amended,  and the Rules and Regulations of the General Shareholders’ Meeting are available on the Group’s website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.santander.com , under the heading “Information for shareholders and investors—Corporate governance—Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors” and “Information for shareholders and investors—Corporate governance—Rules and Regulations for the general shareholders´ meeting”, respectively.

General

As of December 31, 2017, the Bank’s share capital was €8,068,076,791, represented by a single class of 16,136,153,582 book-entry Santander shares with a nominal value of €0.50 each.

All of our shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Spanish law requires that bank-listed equity securities be issued in book-entry form only.

Register

Santander is registered with the Commercial Registry of Santander (Finance Section). The Bank is also recorded in the Special Registry of Banks and Bankers with registration number 0049, and its fiscal identification number is A‑39000013.

Corporate Object and Purpose

Article 2 of our Bylaws states that the corporate objective and purpose of Santander consists of carrying-out all types of activities, operations and services specific to the banking business in general and which are permitted under current legislation and the acquisition, holding and disposal of all types of securities.

Certain Provisions Regarding Shareholder Rights

As of the date of the filing of this report, Santander’s capital is comprised of only one class of shares, all of which are ordinary shares and have the same rights.  Santander may issue non-voting shares for a nominal amount of not more than one-half of the paid-up share capital, and redeemable shares for a nominal amount of not more than one-fourth of its share capital.

Our Bylaws do not contain any provisions relating to sinking funds.

Our Bylaws do not specify what actions or quorums are required to change the rights of holders of our stock.  Under Spanish law, the rights of holders of stock may only be changed by an amendment to the Bylaws of the company that complies with the requirements explained below under “—Meetings and Voting Rights”.

Meetings and Voting Rights

We hold our annual general shareholders’ meeting during the first six months of each fiscal year on a date fixed by the board of directors. Extraordinary meetings may be called from time to time by the board of directors whenever the board considers it advisable for corporate interests, and whenever so requested by shareholders representing at least 3% of the outstanding share capital of Santander. Notices of all meetings have to be published at least one month prior to the date set for the meeting, except in those instances in which a different period is established by law, in the Official Gazette of the Mercantile Register or in one of the national newspapers having the largest circulation in Spain, on the website of the CNMV and on the Bank’s website ( www.santander.com ). In addition, under Spanish law, the agenda of the meeting must be sent to the CNMV and the Spanish Stock Exchanges and published on the company’s website. Our last ordinary general meeting of shareholders was held on March 23, 2018 and our last extraordinary general meeting of shareholders was held on September 15, 2014.

Each Santander share entitles the holder to one vote. Registered holders of any number of shares who are current in the payment of capital calls will be entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings. Our Bylaws do not contain provisions regarding cumulative voting.

Any Santander share may be voted by proxy. Subject to the limitations imposed by Spanish law, proxies may be given to any individual or legal person, must be in writing or by remote means of communication and are valid only for a single meeting. According to Spanish law, if a director or another person acting on his/her behalf makes a public solicitation for proxies (thus obtaining more than three proxies), the director holding the proxies may not exercise the voting rights attaching to the represented shares (unless specific instructions were given by the shareholder) in connection with any items in respect of which the director or such other person is subject to a conflict of interest and, in any event, in connection with decisions relating to:

·

his appointment or ratification, removal, dismissal or withdrawal as director;

202


 

·

the institution of a derivative action against him; or

·

the approval or ratification of transactions between Santander and the director in question, companies controlled or represented by him, or persons acting for his account.

In accordance with the Rules and Regulations for the General Shareholders’ Meeting and in the manner established by such Rules and Regulations, the Group’s website includes from the date when the call of the general shareholders’ meeting is published, the text of all resolutions proposed by the board of directors with respect to the agenda items and the details regarding the manner and procedures for shareholders to follow to confer representation on any individual or legal entity. The manner and procedures for electronic delegation and voting via the Internet are also indicated.

At both general shareholders’ meetings held in 2004 (the annual shareholders’ meeting of June 19, 2004 and the extraordinary general meeting of October 21, 2004) our shareholders could exercise their voting and representation rights prior to the meetings by electronic means (via the Internet). In addition, at the extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting of October 21, 2004, our shareholders could vote by mail and in the annual general shareholders’ meetings held on June 18, 2005, June 17, 2006, June 23, 2007, June 21, 2008, June 19, 2009, June 11, 2010, June 17, 2011, March 30, 2012, March 22, 2013, March 28, 2014, March 27, 2015, March 18, 2016, April 7, 2017 and March 23, 2018 and in the extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting of October 23, 2006, July 27, 2007, September 22, 2008, January 26, 2009 and September 15, 2014 our shareholders, besides exercising their voting and representation rights prior to the meeting by mail or via the Internet, were able to attend (besides attending and voting in person) via the Internet and were also able to vote in real time on the Internet on the resolutions considered at the meeting.

Only registered holders of Santander shares of record at least five days prior to the day on which a meeting is scheduled to be held may attend and vote at shareholders’ meetings. As a registered shareholder, the depositary will be entitled to vote the Santander shares underlying the Santander ADSs. The deposit agreement requires the depositary to accept voting instructions from holders of Santander ADSs and to execute such instructions to the extent permitted by law.

In general, resolutions passed by a general meeting are binding upon all shareholders. In certain circumstances, Spanish law gives dissenting or absent shareholders the right to have their Santander shares redeemed by us at prices determined in accordance with established formula or criteria. Santander shares held by the Bank or its affiliates are counted for purposes of determining quorums but may not be voted by the Bank or by its affiliates.

Resolutions at general meetings are passed provided that, regarding the voting capital present or represented at the meeting, the number of votes in favor is higher than the number of votes against. Except for the foregoing cases in which the law and the Bylaws require a greater majority.

In accordance with Spanish law, a quorum on first call for a duly constituted ordinary or extraordinary general meeting of shareholders requires the presence in person or by proxy of shareholders representing at least 25% of the subscribed voting capital. On the second call there is no quorum requirement.

Notwithstanding the above, a quorum of at least 50% of the subscribed voting capital is required on the first call for a duly constituted ordinary or extraordinary general meeting of shareholders voting any of the following actions:

·

the issuance of debentures;

·

the increase or reduction of share capital, the exclusion or limitation of pre-emptive rights, or the relocation of the registered office abroad;

·

the transformation, merger, split-off, or assignment of assets and liabilities; and

·

any other amendment of our Bylaws.

A quorum of 25% of the subscribed voting capital is required for a duly constituted ordinary or extraordinary general meeting of shareholders voting on such actions on the second call.

For the valid approval of all the above listed actions the favorable vote of more than half of the votes corresponding to the shares represented in person or by proxy at the general shareholders’ meeting shall be required, except when on second call shareholders representing less than fifty percent of the subscribed share capital with the right to vote are in attendance, in which case the favorable vote of two-thirds of the share capital represented in person or by proxy at the general shareholders’ meeting shall be required.

203


 

For purposes of determining the quorum, those shareholders who vote by mail or via the Internet are counted as present at the meeting, as provided by the Rules and Regulations of the Bank’s general shareholders’ meetings. The quorum at the 2017 annual general meeting was 64.03% of the Bank’s share capital, and the quorum at the 2018 annual general meeting was 64.55% of the Bank’s share capital.

Changes in Capital

Any increase or reduction in share capital must be approved at the general meeting in accordance with the procedures explained above in the section entitled “Meetings and Voting Rights”.  However, the shareholders acting at the general shareholders’ meeting may delegate to the board of directors the power to increase share capital.

The capital increase may be effected by issuing new shares or by increasing the par value of existing shares. Capital reduction may be effected by reducing the par value of existing shares, by repurchasing them, or dividing them into groups for exchange.

Unpaid subscription amounts on partially paid-up shares must be paid by the shareholders at the time determined by the board of directors, within five years of the date of the resolution providing for the capital increase.

At the Bank’s annual general shareholders’ meeting held on April 7, 2017, our shareholders passed a resolution which gave the board the authority to execute an increase of the Bank’s share capital by up to €500 million, within a period of 1 year from the date of the meeting, pursuant to the provisions of section 297.1.a) of the Spanish Companies Act.

Likewise, at the Bank’s annual general shareholders’ meeting held on April 7, 2017, our shareholders passed a resolution which authorized the board of directors, pursuant to the provisions of section 297.1.b) of the Spanish Capital Corporations Law, to increase the Bank’s share capital on one or more occasions and at any time, within a period of three years, by means of cash contributions and by a maximum nominal amount of 3,645,585,175 euros, all upon such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, depriving of effect, to the extent of the unused amount, the authorization granted under resolution Eight II) adopted at the ordinary general shareholders’ meeting of March 27, 2015. Likewise, at the Bank’s annual general shareholders’ meeting held on April 7, 2017, our shareholders passed a resolution which authorized the board of directors to exclude pre-emptive rights in connection with such share capital increases, as provided by section 506 of the Spanish Capital Corporations Law, provided however that this power was limited to an amount of up to €1,458,234,070.

Likewise, at the Bank’s annual general shareholders’ meeting held on April 7, 2017, our shareholders passed resolutions to increase in share capital by such amount as may be determined pursuant to the terms of the resolution, by means of the issuance of new ordinary shares having a par value of one-half (0.5) euro each, with no share premium, of the same class and series as those that are currently outstanding, with a charge to reserves.

Finally, at the Bank’s annual general shareholders’ meeting held on April 7, 2017, our shareholders passed a resolution which, among other things, withdrew, to the extent of the unused part, the authorization granted by our shareholders at the annual general shareholders meeting held on March 18, 2016, and permitted the board of directors to issue, within five years from the date of the meeting, and on one or more occasions, fixed-income securities, in any of the forms admitted under law and including bonds, certificates, promissory notes, debentures and preferred interests or other debt instruments of a similar nature (including warrants, settled through physical delivery or on a net basis) that are non-convertible in an amount up to €50 billion or its equivalent in another currency. At the end of the five-year period this authorization shall be cancelled to the extent of the unused amount.

On November 2017, we paid the second interim dividend for 2017 by means of scrip dividend. After the free-of-charge capital increase, the share capital amounted to 8,068,076,791 represented by 16,136,153,582 ordinary shares of €0.50 of face value each. See section “Dividends” below.

At the Bank’s annual general shareholders’ meeting held on March 23, 2018, our shareholders passed a resolution which, among other things, withdrew, to the extent of the unused amount , the authorization granted by our shareholders at the annual meeting held on April 7, 2017, and gave the board the authority to increase, within a period of 1 year from the date of the meeting, the Bank’s share capital by up to €500 million, pursuant to the provisions of section 297.1.a)of the Spanish Companies Act.

Our annual general shareholders’ meeting held on March 23, 2018, passed a resolution which authorized the board of directors, pursuant to the provisions of section 297.1.b) of the Spanish Capital Corporations Law, to increase the share capital on one or more occasions and at any time, within a period of three years, by means of cash contributions and by a maximum nominal amount of 4,034,038,395.50 euros, all upon such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, depriving of effect, to the extent of the unused amount, the authorization granted under resolution Eight II) adopted at the ordinary general shareholders’ meeting of April 7, 2017. Also in the agenda is the delegation of the power to exclude pre-emptive rights, as provided by section 506 of the Spanish Capital Corporations Law, provided however that this power was limited to an amount of up to €1,613,615,358.

204


 

Likewise, at the annual general shareholders’ meeting held on March 23, 2018, our shareholders passed resolutions to increase the share capital by such amount as may be determined pursuant to the terms of the resolution, by means of the issuance of new ordinary shares having a par value of one-half (0.5) euro each, with no share premium, of the same class and series as those that are currently outstanding, with a charge to reserves.

Dividends

On January 8, 2015, we announced that the Bank had reformulated its shareholder remuneration policy with the objective of once again paying the majority of shareholders’ quarterly remuneration in cash. In particular, the Bank announced its intention to offer remuneration of 0.20 euros per share with a charge to the 2015 results, which would be paid in four installments, of which three will be received in cash and the other in shares or cash at the shareholder’s discretion, under the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend program. It also announced that the aim for subsequent financial years, is that the bank’s cash pay-out represents between 30% and 40% of its recurring profit and for shareholder remuneration to match the growth of its results.

Notwithstanding this change in remuneration policy, Banco Santander maintained its stated intention to apply the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme to the remuneration corresponding to the final dividend for 2014 and offered all shareholders of the Bank the option to receive their remuneration corresponding to the final dividend for 2014 and to one of the interim dividends for 2015 (on November 2015) through the application of the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend program.

The remuneration on account of the earnings for the 2016 financial year was 0.21 euros per share, which were paid, as always, in four payments, of which three were received in cash and the other in shares or cash at the shareholder’s discretion, under the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme. As such, the resolution passed by our annual general shareholders’ meeting held on March 18, 2016, was to offer all shareholders of the Bank the option to receive their remuneration corresponding to one of the interim dividends for 2016 through the application of the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme.

The remuneration on account of the earnings for the 2017 financial year was 0.22 euros per share, which were also paid in four payments, of which three were received in cash and the other in shares or cash at the shareholder’s discretion, under the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme. As such, the resolution passed by our annual general shareholders’ meeting held on April 7, 2017, under item 6, was to offer all shareholders of the Bank the option to receive their remuneration corresponding to one of the interim dividends for 2017 through the application of the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme.

On November 6, 2017, we announced that the holders of 84.61% of the rights distributed in the scrip dividend had chosen to receive new shares. Thus, the final number of ordinary shares issued in the free-of-charge capital increase was 95,580,136, corresponding to 0.60% of the share capital, and the amount of the capital increase was €47,790,068. After the free-of-charge capital increase, the share capital amounted to €8,068,076,791 represented by 16,136,153,582 ordinary shares. The value of the share rights held by shareholder’s trust requested new shares amounted to €542,895,172.48. The shareholders holding the remaining 15.39% of the rights accepted Banco Santander’s commitment to purchase the rights. Consequently, Banco Santander acquired 2,468,193,907 rights for an aggregate or €98,727,756.28. Banco Santander cancelled the rights it acquired.

On February 2018 the Bank paid a third interim dividend out of 2017 profits, for a gross amount of €0.06 per share. The last day to trade shares with a right to collect this dividend was January 29, 2018. The ex-dividend date was January 30, 2018. The payment of an additional cash dividend is scheduled for May 2018.

The Bank intends the distribution on account of the earnings for the 2018 financial year to maintain the same policy with four payments, of which three would be received in cash and the other in shares or cash at the shareholder’s discretion, under the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme. At the annual general shareholders’ meeting held on March 23, 2018 we announced that the board of directors’ intention is to pay a total of 23 cents per share, which would mean an increase of 4.5% as compared to that paid against the 2017 results.

Once the annual accounts are approved, our shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting resolve on the allocation of the results for the fiscal year. Dividends may only be distributed out of the earnings for the fiscal year or with a charge to unappropriated reserves, after the payments required by the law and the Bylaws have been made, provided that the stockholders’ equity disclosed in the accounts is not reduced to less than the share capital as a result of the distribution. If there are any losses from prior fiscal years that reduce the Bank’s stockholders’ equity below the amount of the share capital, the earnings must be used to offset such losses.

The amount, time and form of payment of the dividends, to be distributed among our shareholders in proportion to their paid-in capital will be established by resolutions adopted at the general meeting. Our shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting and the board of directors may make resolutions as to the distribution of interim dividends, subject to limitations and in compliance with the requirements established by the law.

205


 

A shareholder’s dividend entitlement lapses five years after the dividend payment date.

Dividends may be paid in kind in whole or in part, provided that:

·

the property or securities to be distributed are of the same nature;

·

they have been admitted to listing on an official market as of the effective date of the resolution, or liquidity is duly guaranteed by the Bank within a maximum period of one year; and

·

they are not distributed for a value that is lower than the value at which they are recorded on the Bank’s balance sheet.

Preemptive Rights

In the event of a capital increase each shareholder has a preferential right by operation of law to subscribe for shares in proportion to its shareholding in each new issue of Santander shares. The same right is vested on shareholders upon the issuance of convertible debt. However, preemptive rights of shareholders may be excluded under certain circumstances by specific approval at the shareholders’ meeting (or upon its delegation by the board of directors) and preemptive rights are deemed excluded by operation of law in the relevant capital increase when our shareholders approve:

·

capital increases following conversion of convertible bonds into Santander shares;

·

capital increases due to the absorption of another company or of part of the spun-off assets of another company, when the new shares are issued in exchange for the new assets received; or

·

capital increases due to Santander’s tender offer for securities using Santander’s shares as all or part of the consideration.

If capital is increased by the issuance of new shares in return for capital from certain reserves, the resulting new Santander shares will be distributed pro rata to existing shareholders.

Redemption

Our Bylaws do not contain any provisions relating to redemption of shares except as set forth in connection with capital reductions. Nevertheless, pursuant to Spanish law, redemption rights may be created at a duly held general shareholders’ meeting. Such meeting will establish the specific terms of any redemption rights created.

Registration and Transfers

The Santander shares are in book-entry form in the Iberclear system. We maintain a registry of shareholders. We do not recognize, at any given time, more than one person as the person entitled to vote each share in the shareholders meeting.

Under Spanish law and regulations, transfers of shares quoted on a stock exchange are normally made through a Sociedad o Agencia de Valores , credit entities and investment services companies, that are members of the Spanish stock exchange.

Transfers executed through stock exchange systems are implemented pursuant to the stock exchange clearing and settlement procedures of Iberclear. Transfers executed “over the counter” are implemented pursuant to the general legal regime for book-entry transfer, including registration by Iberclear.

New shares may not be transferred until the capital increase is registered with the Commercial Registry.

Liquidation Rights

Upon a liquidation of Santander, our shareholders would be entitled to receive pro-rata any assets remaining after the payment of our debts, taxes and expenses of the liquidation. Holders of non-voting shares, if any, are entitled to receive reimbursement of the amount paid before any amount is distributed to the holders of voting shares.

206


 

Change of Control

Our Bylaws do not contain any provisions that would have an effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the company and that would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring involving Santander or any of our subsidiaries. Nonetheless, certain aspects of Spanish law described in the following section may delay, defer or prevent a change of control of the Bank or any of our subsidiaries in the event of a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring.

Legal Restrictions on Acquisitions of Shares in Spanish Banks

Certain provisions of Spanish law require notice to the Bank of Spain and non-objection by the European Central Bank prior to the acquisition by any individual or corporation of a substantial number of shares of a Spanish financial institution.

Any individual or corporation that wishes to acquire, directly or indirectly, a significant holding ( participación significativa ) in a Spanish financial institution must give advance notice to the Bank of Spain describing the size of such participation, its terms and conditions, and the anticipated closing date of the acquisition.  “Significant holding” is defined as 10% of the outstanding share capital or voting rights of the bank or any lesser participation that gives the acquirer effective influence or control over the target bank.

In addition, prior notice must be given to the Bank of Spain of any increase, direct or indirect, in any significant holding resulting in percentage equity interest or voting rights reaching or surpassing one of the following percentages: 20%, 30% or 50%. Notice to the Bank of Spain is also required from anyone who, as a result of the contemplated acquisition, may attain sufficient power to control the credit entity. 

Any acquisition mentioned in the preceding sentence to which the required notice was not given or even if given, a three month period after receipt of notice has not yet elapsed, or that is opposed by the Bank of Spain will have the following effects: (1) the acquired shares will have voting rights suspended and any votes casted will be void, (2) the Bank of Spain may seize control of the bank or replace its board of directors, and (3) a fine may be levied on the acquirer.

The European Central Bank has sixty business days after the receipt of notice to object to a proposed transaction.  Such objection may be based on finding the acquirer unsuitable on the basis, among others, of its commercial or professional reputation, its solvency or ability of the credit institution to comply with the applicable prudential regulation on a permanent basis. If sixty business days elapse without any word from the Bank of Spain, its authorization is deemed granted. However, absent objection by the European Central Bank, it may set forth a different maximum period for closing the proposed transaction.

Any individual or institution that plans to sell its significant holding, or reduce it to one of the above-mentioned levels of ownership, or because of any sale will lose control of the entity, must provide advance notice to the Bank of Spain indicating the amount of the transaction and its anticipated closing date. Failure to comply with these requirements may subject the offending party to penalties.

Any acquisition or sale, directly or indirectly, of a participation in a Spanish financial institution which results in the percentage of its share capital or voting rights reaching or exceeding 5%, must be notified to the Bank of Spain by the relevant financial institution, indicating the amount of the participation reached.

In addition to this, the credit institutions must notify the Bank of Spain, during the following month to each natural quarter (i.e. April, July, October and January), of a list of all its shareholders that are financial institutions and all other shareholders that own at least 0.25% of the bank’s total equity.

If the Bank of Spain determines at any time that the influence of a person who owns a significant participation of a bank may adversely affect that bank’s financial situation, it may: (1) suspend the voting rights of such person’s shares up to 3 years; (2) seize control of the bank or replace its board of directors; or (3) exceptionally revoke the bank’s license. Where appropriate, a fine may also be levied on the relevant person. 

Furthermore, the transfer of ordinary shares of Santander, which is a credit institution, may be subject to additional reporting requirements in countries in which the European Central Bank has no supervisory authority or where such transfer entails an indirect transfer of a stake in regulated entities (such as banks, insurance companies or investment services companies) controlled by Banco Santander or in which Banco Santander holds an ownership interest.

207


 

Tender Offers

Law 6/2007, of April 12, which amends the Securities Market Law, modified the rules for takeover bids. This Law, came into effect on August 13, 2007, and partially transposes into the Spanish legal system Directive 2004/25/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of April 21, 2004 on takeover bids.

These rules replaced the traditional system where launching a takeover bid was compulsory prior to acquiring a significant shareholding in the target company and partial bids were permitted for a regime where takeover bids must be made for all the share capital after obtaining the control of a listed company (i.e. 30% of the voting rights or, if less than 30% of the voting rights are being acquired, appointment of more than one-half of the members of the company’s board of directors) whether such control is obtained by means of an acquisition of securities or an agreement with other holders of securities.

The above does not prevent parties from making voluntary bids for a number that is less than the totality of securities in a listed company.

Law 6/2007 also regulates, among other things: (i) obligations for the board of directors of the offeree company in terms of preventing the takeover bid (passivity rule); and (ii) the squeeze-out and sell-out rights when the offeror is a holder of securities representing at least 90% of the voting capital of the offeree company and the prior takeover bid has been accepted by holders of securities representing at least 90% of the voting rights covered by the bid.

Royal Decree 1066/2007 on rules applicable to takeover bids for securities further developed the regulations on takeover bids established by Law 6/2007, completing the amendments introduced by Law 6/2007, in order to ensure that takeover bids are carried out within a comprehensive legal framework and with absolute legal certainty. The Royal Decree contains provisions regarding: (i) the scope and application to all takeover bids, whether voluntary or mandatory, for a listed company; (ii) the rules applicable to mandatory takeover bids when control of a company is obtained; (iii) other cases of takeover bids, such as bids for de-listing of securities and bids that must be made when a company wishes to reduce capital through the acquisition of its own shares for subsequent redemption thereof; (iv) the consideration and guarantees offered in a bid; (v) stages of the procedure that must be followed in a takeover bid; (vi) the mandatory duty of passivity of the offeree company’s board of directors and the optional regime of neutralization of other preventive measures against bids; (vii) changes to, withdrawal of, and cessation of effects of the bid; (viii) the acceptance period, the calculation of the acceptances received and the settlement of the bid; (ix) the procedures applicable to competing offers; (x) the rules for squeeze-outs and sell-outs; and (xi) certain rules on supervision, inspection and sanctions applicable with respect to the regulations on takeover bids.

Reporting Requirements

Royal Decree 1362/2007 requires that any entity which acquires or transfers shares and as a consequence the number of voting rights held exceeds, reaches or falls below the threshold of 3%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80% or 90%, of the voting rights of a company, for which Spain is the member state of origin, listed on a Spanish stock exchange or on any other regulated market in the European Union, must, within 4 trading days from the date on which the person becomes aware or should have become aware of the circumstance obliging him or her to notify, notify and report it to such company, and to the Spanish CNMV. From November 27, 2015, notification must be given of financial instruments with a financial effect similar to that of holding shares, regardless of whether settlement is made through shares or in cash. For these purposes it should be considered as financial instruments negotiable securities, options, futures, swaps, forward rate agreements, contracts for difference and any other contract or agreement with similar financial effects that can be settled by delivering the underlying securities or in cash, and any others established by the Ministry of Economics and Competitiveness and, with its express authorization, the Spanish Securities and Exchange Market Commission.  To calculate whether the thresholds for notification of major holdings have been met, the voting rights corresponding to holding shares (physical position) and financial instruments (derivative position) will be added together. The number of voting rights attributable to a financial instrument will be calculated by referring to the theoretical total amount of shares underlying the financial instrument. When the financial instrument is only settled in cash, the number of voting rights will be calculated by multiplying the number of underlying shares by the delta of the instrument (sensitivity of the price of the instrument to the price of the underlying value). To calculate the voting rights, only long positions, which cannot be netted with short positions relating to the same underlying issuer, will be considered. All these calculations will be made under the provisions of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/761.

This duty to report the holding of a significant stake is applicable not only to the acquisitions and transfers in the terms described above, but also to those cases in which in the absence of an acquisition or transfer of shares, the percentage of an individual’s voting rights exceeds, reaches or falls below the thresholds that trigger the duty to report, as a consequence of an alteration in the total number of voting rights of an issuer. Similar disclosure obligations apply, among others, in the event of: (i) certain voting, deposit, temporary transfer or other agreements regarding the relevant shares; or (ii) custodians or proxy-holders who can exercise with discretion the voting rights attached to the relevant shares. The above mentioned threshold percentage will be 1% or any multiple of 1% whenever the  person who has

208


 

the duty to notify is a resident of a tax haven or of a country or territory where there is no taxation or where there is no obligation to exchange tax information (in accordance with Spanish law).

In addition, any Spanish company listed on the Spanish stock exchanges must report any acquisition by such company (or a subsidiary) of the company’s own shares if the acquisition, together with any acquisitions since the date of the last report and without deducting sales of its own shares by the company or by its subsidiaries, causes the company’s ownership of its own shares to exceed 1% of its voting rights.  See “Item 9. The Offer and Listing—C. Markets—Trading by Santander’s Subsidiaries in the Shares” herein.

Members of the board of directors of listed companies, in addition to notifying the CNMV of any transaction concerning the shares or other securities or financial instruments of the issuer which are linked to these shares, are required to inform the CNMV of their ratio of voting rights upon appointment or resignation. In addition, top managers of any listed company must report to the CNMV the acquisition or disposal of shares or other securities or financial instruments of the issuer which are linked to these shares. 

Board of Directors

According to article 41 of our Bylaws, as amended, our board of directors may be made up of a minimum of 12 and a maximum of 17 members, appointed by our shareholders acting at the general meeting of shareholders.

Members of the board of directors are elected for an initial term of three years but can be re-elected.  One third of the members of the board are re-elected each year.

A director could serve for a term shorter than the one for which he or she has been initially elected if the shareholders acting at a duly called general meeting decide that director be replaced before completing his or her term.

Article 6.1 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board provides that in exercising its powers to make proposals at the general shareholders’ meeting and to designate directors by interim appointment to fill vacancies (co-option), the board shall endeavor to ensure that the external or non-executive directors represent a wide majority over the executive directors and that the former include a reasonable number of independent directors. In addition, the board of directors shall aim at the number of independent directors representing at least half of all directors.

Article 42.1 of our Bylaws also provides that the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting shall endeavor to ensure that external or non-executive directors represent a large majority of the board of directors, and that a reasonable number of the board of directors are independent directors.  In addition, the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting shall likewise endeavor to ensure that independent directors represent at least one-third of the total number of directors.

The Rules and Regulations of the Board (Article 6.2.c.) include the definition of independent directors, which coincides with the one currently established in paragraph 4 of section 529 duodecies of the Capital Companies Law.

Nine out of our 15 board members are external independent directors.

The independence standards set forth in the Rules and Regulations of the Board may not necessarily be consistent with, or as stringent as, the director independence standards established by the NYSE. See “Item 16G. Corporate Governance―Independence of the directors on the board of directors” herein.

Certain Powers of the Board of Directors

The actions of the members of the board are limited by Spanish law and certain general provisions contained in our Bylaws. For instance, Article 57 of our Bylaws states that the directors will be liable to Santander, to our shareholders and to our corporate creditors for any damages that they may cause by acts or omissions which are contrary to law or to the Bylaws or by acts or omissions contrary to the duties inherent in the exercise of their office, provided that there has been willful misconduct or negligence.

A director’s power to vote on a proposal, arrangement or contract in which such director is materially interested is not regulated by our Bylaws.  Conflicts of interest are regulated by Article 36 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board.  Under Article 36, a director is obliged to inform the board of any direct or indirect conflict of interest which may exist with the Bank.  If such a conflict relates to a particular transaction with the Bank, then the director (i) may not undertake the transaction without the board’s authorization (such authorization can only be granted following a report of the audit committee; and (ii) the director may not take part in the discussion or voting regarding the transaction to which the conflict relates. Related party transactions are regulated under Article 40 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors.

209


 

According to our Bylaws, unpaid subscription amounts on partially paid-up shares shall be paid up by the shareholders at the time determined by the board of directors, within five years of the date of the resolution providing for the capital increase. The manner and other details of such payment shall be determined by the resolution providing for the capital increase. Without prejudice to the effects of default as set forth by law, any late payment of unpaid subscription amounts shall bear, for the benefit of the Bank, such interest as is provided by law in respect of late payments, starting from the day when payment is due and without any judicial or extra-judicial demand being required. In addition, the Bank shall be entitled to bring such legal actions as may be permitted by law in these cases.

Our Bylaws provide that the members of the board of directors are entitled to receive compensation for performing the duties entrusted to them by reason of their appointment. The compensation has two components: an annual retainer and attendance stipends. Executive directors may also receive compensation in the form of shares of the Bank or options over the shares, or other remuneration linked to share value following a resolution adopted by the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting (conducted in accordance with our Bylaws and applicable Spanish legislation).

At the Bank’s annual general shareholders’ meeting held on March 18, 2016, our shareholders passed a resolution to amend, among others, article 40 of our Bylaws. Such amendment aimed to conform the text thereof to recommendation 12 of the Code of Good Governance of listed companies, stating that the board of directors will be guided by the corporate interest, understood as the achievement of a business that is profitable and sustainable over the long term and that promotes the continuity thereof and the maximization of the value of the company. In line with the above, article 5 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board has also been recently amended, expressly referring to sustainability and responsible business practices.

At the Bank’s annual general shareholder’s meeting held on March 23, 2018, our shareholders passed a resolution to amend, among others, sub-section 2 of article 58 of our Bylaws. Such amendment fixed the total annual amount of remuneration of the directors acting as such to €6 million, an amount that was applicable to remuneration corresponding to financial year 2018 and that shall remain effective until the shareholders acting at a general shareholders’ meeting resolve to amend it, with the board of directors being able to reduce it on the terms established in the applicable provisions of the Bylaws.

Board of Directors Qualification

There are no mandatory retirement provisions due to age for board members in our Bylaws or in the Rules and Regulations of our Board of Directors. These regulations contain provisions relating to the cessation of directorship for other reasons.

In addition, there are no share ownership requirements in our Bylaws or in the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors.

Pursuant to Spanish law, directors appointed by the board but whose appointment remains subject to ratification by the shareholders may not necessarily be a shareholder of the Bank and, pursuant to the Rules and Regulations of the Board, proprietary directors must submit their resignation proportionately when the shareholder that they represent parts with its shareholdings or reduces them in a significant manner. Our Bylaws and Rules and Regulations of the Board do not otherwise require ownership of Santander shares for a director’s qualification.

C. Material contracts

During the past two years, the Bank was not a party to any contract outside its ordinary course of business that was material to the Group as a whole.  

D. Exchange controls

Restrictions on Foreign Investments

Under present regulations, foreign investors may transfer invested capital, capital gains and dividends out of Spain without limitation on the amount other than applicable taxes. See “—Taxation”. On July 4, 2003, Law 19/2003 was approved which updates Spanish exchange control and money laundering prevention provisions, by recognizing the principle of freedom of the movement of capital between Spanish residents and non-residents. The law establishes procedures for the declaration of capital movements for purposes of administrative or statistical information and authorizes the Spanish Government to take measures which are justified on grounds of public policy or public security. It also provides the mechanism to take exceptional measures with regard to third countries if such measures have been approved by the European Union or by an international organization to which Spain is a party. The Spanish stock exchanges and securities markets are open to foreign investors. Royal Decree 664/1999, on Foreign Investments (April 23, 1999), established a new framework for the regulation of foreign investments in Spain which, on a general basis, will no longer require any prior consents or authorizations from authorities in Spain (without prejudice to specific regulations for several specific sectors, such as television, radio, mining, telecommunications, etc.). Royal Decree 664/1999 requires notification of all foreign investments in Spain and

210


 

liquidations of such investments upon completion of such investments to the Investments Registry of the Ministry of Economy and Finance, strictly for administrative statistical and economical purposes. Only investments from “tax haven” countries (as they are defined in Royal Decree 1080/1991), shall require notice before and after performance of the investment, except that no prior notice shall be required for: (1) investments in securities or participations in collective investment schemes that are registered with the CNMV, and (2) investments that do not increase the foreign ownership of the capital stock of a Spanish company to over 50%. In specific instances, the Council of Ministers may agree to suspend, all or part of, Royal Decree 664/1999 following a proposal of the Minister of Economy and Competitiveness, or, in some cases, a proposal by the head of the government department with authority for such matters and a report of the Foreign Investment Body.  These specific instances include a determination that the investments, due to their nature, form or condition, affect activities, or may potentially affect activities relating to the exercise of public powers, national security or public health. Royal Decree 664/1999 is currently suspended for investments relating to national defense. Whenever Royal Decree 664/1999 is suspended, the affected investor must obtain prior administrative authorization in order to carry out the investment.

E. Taxation

The following is a discussion of the material Spanish and U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the ownership and disposition of ADSs or shares.

The description of Spanish tax consequences below is intended as a general guide and applies to you only if you are a non-resident of Spain and your ownership of ADSs or shares is not effectively connected with a permanent establishment or fiscal base in Spain and you are a U.S. resident entitled to the benefits of the Convention Between the United States of America and the Kingdom of Spain for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income (the “Treaty”).

On January 14, 2013, the United States of America and the Kingdom of Spain signed a protocol amending the Treaty, which needs to be ratified by both countries, and will become effective three months following the date on which both countries have provided notice that its internal procedures for effectiveness have been fulfilled. When this protocol becomes effective, taxation described under the Treaty in this section may be altered.

This summary is for general information only and does not constitute tax advice. You should consult your own tax adviser as to the particular tax consequences to you of owning the shares or ADSs including your eligibility for the benefits of the Treaty, the applicability or effect of any special rules to which you may be subject, and the applicability and effect of state, local, foreign and other tax laws and possible changes in tax law.

Spanish tax considerations

The following is a summary of material Spanish tax matters and is not exhaustive of all the possible tax consequences to you of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs or shares. This discussion is based upon the tax laws of Spain and regulations thereunder, which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

Taxation of dividends

Under Spanish law, dividends paid by a Spanish resident company to a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs not residing in Spain for tax purposes and not operating through a permanent establishment in Spain are subject to Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax at a 19% rate from January 1, 2016.

We will withhold tax on the gross amount of dividends at the tax rates referred to above, following the procedures set forth by the Order of April 13, 2000. However, under the Treaty and subject to the fulfillment of certain requirements, you may be entitled to a reduced rate of 15%.

To benefit from the Treaty’s reduced rate of 15%, you must provide our depositary, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., with a certificate from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) stating that to the knowledge of the IRS, you are a resident of the United States within the meaning of the Treaty. The IRS certificate is valid for a period of one year.

According to the Order of April 13, 2000, to get a direct application of the Treaty-reduced rate of 15%, the certificate referred to above must be provided to our depositary before the tenth day following the end of the month in which the dividends were distributable by us. If you fail timely to provide our depositary with the required documentation, you may obtain a refund of the amount withheld exceeding 15% that would result from the Spanish tax authorities in accordance with the procedures below.

211


 

A scrip dividend will be treated as follows:

·

If the holder of ordinary shares or ADSs elects to receive newly issued ordinary shares or ADSs it will be considered a delivery of fully paid-up shares free of charge and, hence, will not be considered income for purposes of the Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax. The acquisition value, both of the new ordinary shares or ADSs received in the scrip dividend and of the ordinary shares or ADSs from which they arise, will be the result of dividing the total original cost of the shareholder’s portfolio by the number of shares, both old and new. The acquisition date of the new shares will be that of the shares from which they arise.

·

If the holder of ordinary shares or ADSs elects to sell the rights on the market, provided the transfer occurs after January 1, 2017, the full amount obtained from the sale of rights will be treated as a taxable capital gain for the holder at the time the transfer takes place (please refer to “—Taxation of capital gains” below). 

·

If the holder of ordinary shares or ADSs elects to receive the proceeds from the sale of rights back to us at a fixed price, the tax regime applicable to the amounts received will be that applicable to cash dividends described above.

Spanish refund procedure

According to Spanish Regulations on Non-Resident Income Tax, approved by Royal Decree 1776/2004, dated July 30, 2004, as amended, and the Order EHA/3316 dated December 17, 2010, a refund of the amount withheld in excess of the rate provided by the Treaty can be obtained from the relevant Spanish tax authorities. To pursue the refund claim, if you are a U.S. resident entitled to the benefits of the Treaty, you are required to file all of the following:

·

the applicable Spanish Tax Form (currently, Form 210),

·

the certificate of tax residence referred to in the preceding section, and

·

evidence that Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax was withheld with respect to you.

For the purposes of the Spanish refund procedure, the holder must file Form 210 (together with the corresponding documentation) within the period from February 1 of the year following the year in which the Non-Resident Income Tax was withheld and ending four years after the end of the filing period in which we reported and paid such withholding taxes. The Spanish Revenue Office must make the refund within six months after the refund claim is filed. If such period lapses without receipt of the refund, the holder is entitled to receive interest for late payment on the amount of the refund claimed. For further details, prospective holders should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your own tax adviser regarding refund procedures and any U.S. tax implications of receipt of a refund.

Taxation of capital gains

Under Spanish law, any capital gains derived from the transfer of securities issued by Spanish tax residents are deemed to be Spanish-source income and, therefore, are taxable in Spain.  If you are a U.S. resident, income from the sale of ADSs or shares will be treated as capital gains for Spanish tax purposes. Since January 1, 2016, Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax is levied at a 19% rate on capital gains realized by persons not residing in Spain for tax purposes who are not entitled to the benefit of any applicable treaty for the avoidance of double taxation. Capital gains and losses will be calculated separately for each transaction and losses may not be offset against capital gains.

Notwithstanding the above, capital gains derived from the transfer of shares on an official Spanish secondary stock market by any holder who is a resident of a country that has entered into a treaty for the avoidance of double taxation with Spain containing an “exchange of information” clause will be exempt from taxation in Spain.  In addition, under the Treaty, if you are a U.S. resident, capital gains realized by you upon the disposition of ADSs or shares will not be taxed in Spain provided you have not held, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of our stock during the twelve months preceding the disposition of the stock.  You are required to establish that you are entitled to this exemption by providing to the relevant Spanish tax authorities an IRS certificate of residence in the United States, together with the appropriate Spanish 210 Form, between January 1 and January 20 of the calendar year following the year in which the transfer of ADSs or shares took place.

Spanish wealth tax

Individuals not resident in Spain for tax purposes who hold shares or ADSs located in Spain are subject to the Spanish wealth tax (Spanish Law 19/1991), which imposes a tax on property and rights located in Spain or that can be exercised within the Spanish territory

212


 

on the last day of any year. The Spanish tax authorities might take the view that all shares of Spanish corporations and all ADSs representing such shares are located in Spain for Spanish tax purposes. If such a view were to prevail, non-residents of Spain who held shares or ADSs on the last day of any year would be subject to the Spanish wealth tax for such year on the average market value of such shares or ADSs during the last quarter of such year (this average price of listed shares is published in the Official State Gazette every year). Law 4/2008 amended the Spanish wealth tax law, introducing a 100% tax rebate and eliminating the obligation to file any form for tax periods starting as of January 1, 2008. However, this 100% tax rebate was temporarily abolished by different legislation with effect as of the 2011 fiscal year, and was expected to be restored from January 1, 2017, but Royal Decree-Law 3/2016 has delayed it again. Notwithstanding the above, the first €700,000 of net wealth owned by an individual will be exempt from taxation.

As a result of the above legislation, non-residents of Spain who hold or held shares, ADSs, or other assets or rights located in Spain according to Spanish wealth tax law, on the last day of the year, the combined value of which exceeds €700,000 might be subject to the Spanish wealth tax on that excess amount at marginal rates varying between 0.2% and 2.5%, and would be obliged to file the corresponding wealth tax return.

Spanish inheritance and gift taxes

Transfers of shares or ADSs upon death or by gift are subject to Spanish inheritance and gift taxes (Spanish Law 29/1987) if the transferee is a resident of Spain for tax purposes, or if the shares or ADSs are located in Spain at the time of gift or death, or the rights attached thereto could be exercised or have to be fulfilled in the Spanish territory, regardless of the residence of the beneficiary. In this regard, the Spanish tax authorities might determine that all shares of Spanish corporations and all ADSs representing such shares are located in Spain for Spanish tax purposes. The applicable tax rate, after applying all relevant factors, ranges between 0% and 81.6% for individuals.

Gifts granted to corporations non-resident in Spain are subject to Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax at a 19% tax rate from January 1, 2016 on the fair market value of the shares as a capital gain.  If the donee is a United States corporation, the exclusions available under the Treaty described in the section “—Taxation of capital gains” above will be applicable.

Transfer tax and VAT

The subscription, acquisition and transfer of ADSs or shares will be exempt from Spanish transfer tax and value-added tax. Additionally, no Spanish Stamp Duty or registration tax will be levied as a result of such subscription, acquisition and transfer.

Compliance

In certain circumstances, the Spanish tax authorities can impose penalties for any failure to comply with any of the Spanish tax requirements referred to above. Such penalties may in certain cases be based on the amount of tax payable.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of ADSs or shares, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to hold such securities. The summary applies only to U.S. Holders (as defined below) that hold ADSs or shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, it does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant in light of the U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the potential application of the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) known as the Medicare contribution tax, state, local or non-United States tax laws, and tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as:

·

financial institutions;

·

insurance companies;

·

dealers and traders in securities that use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

·

persons holding ADSs or shares as part of a “straddle”, conversion transaction or integrated transaction;

·

persons whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar;

·

persons liable for the alternative minimum tax;

213


 

·

tax exempt entities, “individual retirement accounts” and “Roth IRAs”;

·

partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

·

persons that own or are deemed to own 10% or more of our shares by vote or value;

·

persons that acquired our ADSs or shares pursuant to the exercise of an employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; or

·

persons holding ADSs or shares in connection with a trade or business outside the United States.

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares or ADSs, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.  Partnerships holding shares or ADSs and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of the shares or ADSs.

This summary is based on the Code, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations, and the Treaty, all as of the date hereof, changes to any of which may affect the tax consequences described herein, possibly with retroactive effect. In addition, this summary assumes that each obligation provided for in or otherwise contemplated by the deposit agreement or any other related document will be performed in accordance with its terms. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisers as to the U.S., Spanish and other tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of ADSs or shares in their particular circumstances.

As used herein, a “U.S. Holder” is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of ADSs or shares who is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty and is:

·

a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

·

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; or

·

an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

In general, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. Holders of ADSs will be treated as the owners of the underlying shares represented by those ADSs. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized if a U.S. Holder exchanges ADSs for the underlying shares represented by those ADSs.

The U.S. Treasury has expressed concerns that parties to whom American depositary shares are released before delivery of shares to the depositary, or intermediaries in the chain of ownership between U.S. Holders and the issuer of the security underlying the American depositary shares, may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits by U.S. Holders of American depositary shares. These actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rate of tax, described below, applicable to dividends received by certain non-corporate holders. Accordingly, the creditability of Spanish taxes and the availability of the reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders , each described below, could be affected by actions taken by these parties or intermediaries.

Except as specifically discussed under “— Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules ” below, this discussion assumes that we were not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Taxation of Distributions

To the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles), distributions, including the amount of any Spanish withholding tax, made with respect to ADSs or shares (other than certain pro rata distributions of our capital stock or rights to subscribe for shares of our capital stock) will be includible in the income of a U.S. Holder as foreign-source ordinary dividend income. Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. These dividends will be included in a U.S. Holder’s income on the date of the U.S. Holder’s (or in the case of ADSs, the depositary’s) receipt of the dividends , and will not be eligible for the “dividends-received deduction” generally allowed to corporations receiving dividends from U.S. corporations under the Code. The amount of the distribution will equal the U.S. dollar value of the euros received, calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date that distribution is received (which, for U.S. Holders of ADSs, will be the date that distribution is

214


 

received by the depositary), whether or not the depositary or U.S. Holder in fact converts any euros received into U.S. dollars at that time. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder generally will not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect thereof. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the euros are converted into U.S. dollars after the date of receipt. Any gain or loss resulting from the conversion of euros into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss, as the case may be, and will be U.S.-source.

A scrip dividend will be treated as a distribution of cash, even if a U.S. Holder elects to receive the equivalent amount in shares. In that event, the U.S. Holder will be treated as having received the U.S. dollar fair market value of the shares on the date of receipt, and that amount will be the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in those shares. The holding period for the shares will begin on the following day.

Subject to generally applicable limitations that may vary depending upon a U.S. Holder’s individual circumstances and the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury under current law, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may be taxable at rates applicable to long-term capital gains.  A U.S. Holder must satisfy minimum holding period requirements in order to be eligible to be taxed at these favorable rates.  Non-corporate U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding the availability of the reduced rate on dividends in their particular circumstances.

Subject to certain generally applicable limitations that may vary depending upon a U.S. Holder’s circumstances and subject to the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, a U.S. Holder will be entitled to a credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability for Spanish income taxes withheld at a rate not exceeding the rate provided by the Treaty. Spanish income taxes withheld in excess of the rate applicable under the Treaty will not be eligible for credit against a U.S. Holder’s federal income tax liability.  See “—Spanish tax considerations—Spanish refund procedure” for a discussion of how to obtain a refund of amounts withheld in excess of the applicable Treaty rate. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with regard to specific classes of income. Instead of claiming a credit, a U.S. Holder may, at its election, deduct such otherwise creditable Spanish taxes in computing taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations.  An election to deduct foreign taxes instead of claiming foreign tax credits applies to all taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year to foreign countries and possessions of the United States.

The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex, and U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine whether they are subject to any special rules that limit their ability to make effective use of foreign tax credits.

Sale or Exchange of ADSs or Shares

A U.S. Holder will realize gain or loss on the sale or exchange of ADSs or shares in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. Holder ’s tax basis in the ADSs or shares and the amount realized on the sale or exchange , in each case as determined in U.S. dollars .  Subject to the discussion of the passive foreign investment company rules below, the gain or loss will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the ADSs or shares for more than one year .  This gain or loss will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

We believe that we were not a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the 2017 taxable year. However, because our PFIC status depends upon the composition of our income and assets and the fair market value of our assets (including, among others, less than 25% owned equity investments) from time to time, and upon certain proposed Treasury Regulations that are not yet in effect but are proposed to become effective for taxable years after December 31, 1994, there can be no assurance that we were not or will not be a PFIC for any taxable year.

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owns ADSs or shares, any gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition of ADSs or shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other exchange and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amounts allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed on the amount allocated to each of those taxable years. Further, any distribution in respect of ADSs or shares in excess of 125% of the average of the annual distributions on ADSs or shares received by the U.S. Holder during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter, would be subject to taxation as described above. Certain elections may be available that would result in alternative treatments (such as mark-to-market treatment) of the ADSs or shares.

In addition, if we were a PFIC in a taxable year in which we paid a dividend or the prior taxable year, the reduced rate on dividends discussed above with respect to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders would not apply.

215


 

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owned the ADSs or shares, the U.S. Holder would generally be required to file IRS Form 8621 with its annual U.S. federal income tax return, subject to certain exceptions.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payment of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is an exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals and specified entities that are formed or availed of for purposes of holding certain foreign financial assets may be required to report information relating to their ownership of an interest in certain foreign financial assets, including stock of   a non-U.S. entity , subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for interests held in custodial accounts maintained by a U.S. financial institution). U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the effect, if any, of this requirement on the ownership and disposition of ADSs or shares.

F. Dividends and paying agents

Not Applicable.

G. Statement by experts

Not Applicable.

H. Documents on display

We are subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act, except that as a foreign issuer, we are not subject to the proxy rules or the short-swing profit disclosure rules of the Exchange Act.  In accordance with these statutory requirements, we file or furnish reports and other information with the SEC.  Reports and other information filed or furnished by us with the SEC may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the SEC’s regional offices at 200 Vesey Street, Suite 400, New York, New York 10281-1022 and 175 W. Jackson Boulevard, Suite 900, Chicago, Illinois 60604.  Copies of such material may also be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, 11 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, on which our ADSs are listed.  In addition, the SEC maintains a website that contains information filed electronically with the SEC, which can be accessed on the internet at http://www.sec.gov . The information contained on this website does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F.

I. Subsidiary information

Not Applicable.

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Introduction

We have divided this section into the following ten parts:

·

Cornerstones of the risk function

·

Credit risk;

·

Trading market and structural risk

·

Liquidity and funding risk

·

Operational risk

·

Compliance and conduct risk

216


 

·

Reputational risk

·

Model Risk

·

Strategic risk

·

Capital risk

Part 1. Cornerstones of the risk function

The risk management and control model deployed by the Group is based on the principles set down below, which are also aligned with the Group’s strategy and, in addition take into account the regulatory and supervisory requirements, as well as the best market practices:

·

An advanced and comprehensive risk management policy, with a forward-looking approach that allows the Group to maintain a medium-low risk profile, through a risk appetite defined by Banco Santander’s board of directors and the identification and assessment of all risks.

·

Lines of defense that enable risk to be managed at source, controlled and monitored, in addition to an independent assessment.

·

A model predicated on autonomous subsidiaries with robust governance based on a clear committee structure that separates the risk management and control functions.

·

Information and technological management processes that allow all risks to be identified, developed, managed and reported at appropriate levels.

·

A risk culture integrated throughout the organization, composed of a series of attitudes, values, skills and action guidelines to deal with all risks.

·

All risks are managed by the units that generate them, using advanced models and tools.

1. Risk map

The risk map covers the main risk categories in which the Group has its most significant current and/or potential exposures, thus facilitating the identification thereof.

The risk map includes the following:

·

Credit risk: risk of financial loss arising from the default or credit quality deterioration of a customer or other third party, to which the Santander Group has either directly provided credit or for which it has assumed a contractual obligation.

·

Market risk: risk incurred as a result of changes in market factors that affect the value of positions in the trading book.

·

Liquidity risk: risk that the Group does not have the liquid financial resources to meet its obligations when they fall due, or can only obtain them at high cost.

·

Structural risk: risk arising from the management of different balance sheet items, not only in the banking book but also in relation to insurance and pension activities.

·

Capital risk: risk of Santander Group not having an adequate amount or quality of capital to meet its internal business objectives, regulatory requirements or market expectations.

·

Operational risk: defined as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. This definition includes legal risk.

·

Conduct risk: risk arising from practices, processes or behaviors which are not adequate or compliant with internal regulation, legal or supervisory requirements.

217


 

·

Reputational risk: risk of current or potential negative economic impact to the Bank due to damage to the perception of the Bank on the part of employees, customers, shareholders/investors and the wider community.

·

Model risk: risk of loss arising from inaccurate predictions, causing the Bank to make suboptimal decisions, or from a model being used inappropriately.

·

Strategic risk: risk of loss or damage arising from strategic decisions or their poor implementation, that impact the long term interests of our key stakeholders, or from an inability to adapt to external developments.

2. Risk governance

For the proper development of the risk function, the Group has a strong governance policy in place to ensure that the risk decisions taken are appropriate and efficient and that they are effectively controlled within the established risk appetite framework.

The Group Chief Risk Officer (GCRO) oversees this function within the Group, advises and challenges the executive line and also reports independently to the risk, regulatory and compliance committee and to the board.

2.1. Lines of defense

Banco Santander’s management and control model is based on three lines of defense.

The business functions and all support functions that generate exposure to a risk make up the first line of defense. The role of these functions is to establish a management structure for the risks that are generated as part of their activity ensuring that these remain within the approved appetite risk and the established limits.

The second line of defense is composed by the risk control function, and the compliance and conduct function. The role of these functions is to provide independent oversight and challenge to the risk management activities performed by the first line of defense.

These functions are responsible for ensuring that the risks are managed in accordance with the risk appetite defined by senior management and to foster a strong risk culture across the whole organization. They must also provide guidance, advice and expert opinion in all key risk-related matters.

Internal audit as the third line of defense. As the last layer of control, regularly assesses policies, methods and procedures to ensure they are adequate and are being implemented effectively in the management and control of all risks.

The risk control, compliance and conduct and internal audit functions are sufficiently separated and independent from each other and regarding to other functions they control or supervise for the performance of their duties, and they have access to the board of directors and/or its committees through their maximum responsibles.

2.2. Risk committee structure

Ultimately, the board of directors is responsible for the risk control and management, and, in particular, for setting the risk appetite for Santander Group. It can also delegate its powers to committees classed as independent control bodies or decision-making bodies. The board uses the Risk supervision, Regulation and Compliance Committee as an independent risk control and oversight committee. The Group’s executive committee also pays special attention to the management of all risks.

 

The following bodies form the highest level of risk governance:

Independent control bodies

Risk, regulation and compliance oversight committee:

The purpose of this committee is to assist the board in matters of risk supervision and control, in the Group risk policies definition, in the relation with the supervisory authorities and in aspects of regulation and compliance, sustainability and corporate governance.

It is chaired by an independent director and is formed by external or non-executive directors, the majority of which are independent.

218


 

Risk control committee (CCR):

This collaborative body is responsible for the effective risk control, ensuring they are managed in accordance with the risk appetite level approved by the board, permanently adopting an all-inclusive overview of all the risks included in the general risk framework. This duty implies identifying and tracking both current and potential risks, and gauging their impact on the Group's risk profile.

This committee is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer (GCRO) and is composed of senior management members. The risk function, which chairs the committee, as well as the functions of compliance and conduct, financial accounting and control, and management control are represented, among others. The risk function officers (CROs) of local entities take part in the committee meetings on a regular basis to report on the risk profile of the entities and other aspects.

The risk control committee reports to the Risk supervision, Regulation and Compliance Committee and assists it in its function of supporting the board.

Decision-making bodies

Executive risk committee (ERC):

This collaborative body is responsible for the management of all risks under the powers allocated to it by the board of directors.

The committee takes part in risk decisions at the highest level, ensuring that they are within the limits set out in the Group's risk appetite. It reports on its activity to the board or its committees whenever it is required to do so.

It is chaired by the CEO and comprises executive directors, and the entity’s senior management. The risk function, finance and compliance and conduct, among others, are represented. The GCRO has a right to veto the decisions taken by this committee.

2.3. The Group's relationship with subsidiaries regarding risk management

Alignment of units with the corporate center

The management and control model shares, in all the Group’s units, basic principles via corporate frameworks. These frameworks are established by the Group's board of directors, and the local units adhere to them through their respective boards of directors, shaping the relationship between the subsidiaries and the Group, including the role played by the latter in taking important decisions by validating them.

Pursuant to these shared principles and basics, each unit adapts its risk management to its local reality, in accordance with corporate frameworks and reference documents provided by the Corporation, thus creating a recognizable and common risk management and control model in Santander Group.

Committee structure

The governance bodies of subsidiary entities are structured in accordance with local regulatory and legal requirements and the dimension and complexity of each subsidiary, being consistent with those of the parent company, as established in the internal governance framework, thereby facilitating communication, reporting and effective control.

The Group-Subsidiaries Governance Model and good governance practices for subsidiaries recommends that each subsidiary should have bylaw-mandated risk committees and other executive risk committees, in line with best corporate governance practices, consistently with those already in place in the Group.

Given its capacity for comprehensive (enterprise wide) and aggregated oversight of all risks, the Corporation exercises a validation and questioning role with regard to the operations and management policies of the subsidiaries, insofar as they affect the Group’s risk profile.

219


 

3. Management processes and tools

3.1. Risk appetite and limits structure

Santander defines risk appetite as the amount and type of risks considered reasonable to assume for implementing its business strategy, so that the Group can maintain its ordinary activity in the event of unexpected circumstances. For the latter, severe scenarios are taken into account that could have a negative impact on the levels of capital, liquidity, profitability and/or the share price.

The board is responsible for annually setting and updating the risk appetite, monitoring the Bank’s risk profile and ensuring consistency between both of them.

The risk appetite is set for the whole Group, as well as for each of the main business units in accordance with a corporate methodology adapted to the circumstances of each unit/market. At local level, the boards of the subsidiaries are responsible for approving the respective risk appetite proposals once they have been validated by the Group.

Corporate risk appetite principles

The following principles govern the Santander Group’s risk appetite in all its units:

·

Responsibility of the board and of senior management. The board is the maximum body responsible for setting the risk appetite and its regulation support, as well as supervising its compliance.

·

Enterprise Wide Risk, backtesting and challenging of the risk profile. The risk appetite must consider all significant risks to which the Bank is exposed, facilitating an aggregate vision of the risk profile through the use of quantitative metrics and qualitative indicators.

·

Forward-looking view. The risk appetite must consider the desirable risk profile for the current moment, as well as in the medium term, taking into account both the most plausible circumstances and the stress scenarios.

·

Alignment with strategic and business plans and management integration (3 year plan, annual budget, ICAAP, ILAAP crisis recovery plans). The risk appetite is a benchmark in strategic and business planning and is integrated.

·

Coherence in the risk appetite of the various units and common risk language throughout the Organization.

·

Regular review, continuous backtesting and best practices and regulatory requirements adaptation.

Limits, monitoring and control structure

The risk appetite is formulated every year and includes a series of metrics and limits on these metric (statements) which express in quantitative and qualitative terms the maximum risk exposure that each unit of the Group or the Group as a whole is willing to assume.

Fulfilling the risk appetite limits is continuously monitored. The specialized control functions report at least every quarter to the board and its risk committee on the risk profile adequacy with the authorized risk appetite.

Linkage of the risk appetite limits with the limits used to manage the business units and portfolios is a key element for making the risk appetite an effective risk management tool.

Pillars of the risk appetite

The risk appetite is expressed via limits on quantitative metrics and qualitative indicators that measure the exposure or risk profile by type of risk, portfolio, segment and business line, in both current and stressed conditions. These metrics and risk appetite limits are articulated in five large areas that define the positioning that Santander’s senior management wants to adopt or maintain in the development of its business model:

·

The volatility in the income statement that the Group is willing to accept.

·

The solvency position that the Group wants to maintain.

·

The minimum liquidity position that the Group wants to have.

220


 

·

The maximum levels of concentration that the Group considers reasonable to admit.

·

Non-financial and transversal risks.

3.2. Risk identification and assessment (RIA)

Santander Group carries out the identification and assessment of the different risks it is exposed to involving the different lines of defense to strengthen its advanced and proactive risk management practice, establishing management standards that not only meet regulatory requirements but also reflect best practices in the market, and being also a risk culture transmission mechanism.

The function includes all the risk identification and assessment processes, as well as its integration within the Santander Group risk profile, its units and activities, thereby keeping the risk map up to date.

In addition to identifying and assessing the Group's risk profile by risk type and unit, RIA analyses the evolution of risks and identifies areas for improvement in each of the blocks that compose it:

·

Risk performance, enabling understanding of residual risk by risk type through a set of metrics and indicators calibrated using international standards.

·

Assessment of the control environment, measuring the degree of implementation of the target operating model, pursuant to advanced standards.

·

Forward-looking analysis of the unit, based on stress metrics and identification and/or assessment of the main threats to the strategic plan (Top Risks), enabling specific action plans to be put in place to mitigate potential impacts and monitoring these plans.

In 2017, the function evolved along three main lines, ensuring the simplification and reinforcement of interaction among the communities of control and the completeness of the risk profile:

·

Update of the control environment standards based on industry performance, internal management models and regulatory requirements:

i.

Homogeneous conceptual architecture developed to enable consistent analysis and assessments, and to simplify data execution/exploitation, as well as the reporting to senior management.

ii.

Environment control assessments simplification.

iii.

Greater involvement of the different stakeholders of the communities of control, particularly local risk functions, corporate risk control functions and internal audit.

iv.

Prioritization of areas for improvement identified according to their materiality.

·

New technology platform to facilitate data use and process implementation:

i.

Manual processes automatization

ii.

Real time access to information in the different units and for all stakeholders.

iii.

Internal technology solution with improved data safety and enhanced user experience.

iv.

Information reporting module to design and produce ad hoc reports.

·

Wider scope by risk type and geography.

3.3. Scenario analysis

The Group conducts advanced management of risks by analyzing the impact that different scenarios could trigger in the environment in which the Bank operates. These scenarios are expressed both in terms of macroeconomic variables, as well as other variables that affect management.

221


 

Scenario analysis is a very robust and useful tool for management at all levels. It enables the assessment of - Group’s resistance to stressed environments or scenarios, and puts into force a set of measures that reduce its risk profile to these scenarios. The objective is to maximize the stability of the income statement and capital and liquidity levels.

The robustness and consistency of the scenario analysis exercises are based on the following pillars:

·

Developing and integrating mathematical models that estimate the future evolution of metrics (e.g. credit losses), based on both historic information (internal to the Bank and external from the market), as well as simulation models.

·

Inclusion of expert judgement and know-how of portfolios, questioning and backtesting the models results.

·

The backtesting of the models results against the observed data, ensuring that the results are adequate.

·

The governance of the whole process, covering the models, scenarios, assumptions and rationale of the results, and their impact on management.

From January 1, 2018, the processes, models and scenario analysis methodology will be included in the new regulatory provisions requirements (IFRS 9).

The main uses of scenario analysis are as follows:

·

Regulatory uses: in which stress tests of scenarios are performed under guidelines set by the European regulator or by each of the various national regulators that supervise the Group.

·

Internal capital (ICAAP) or liquidity adequacy assessment processes (ILAAP) in which, although the regulator can impose certain requirements, the Group develops its own methodology to assess its capital and liquidity levels vis-à-vis various stress scenarios. These tools enable capital and liquidity management to be planned.

·

Risk appetite: this contains stressed metrics on which maximum loss levels (or minimum liquidity levels) are established that the Bank does not wish to exceed.

·

Recurrent risk management in different processes/tests:

·

Budgetary and strategic planning process, in the generation of commercial policies for risk approval, in the global risk analysis made by senior management and in specific analyses of activities and portfolios.

·

Identification of potential risks (“Top Risks”). After a systematic process to identify and assess all the risks to which the Group is exposed, the “Top Risks” are selected and the Entity’s risk profile is established. Each “Top Risk” has an associated macroeconomic or idiosyncratic scenario. To assess the impact of these risks on the Group, internal scenario analysis and stress testing models and methodologies are employed.

·

Recovery plan performed annually to establish the available measures the Bank will have, in order to survive an extremely severe financial crisis. The plan sets out a series of financial and macroeconomic stress scenarios, with differing degrees of severity, that include idiosyncratic and/or systemic events that are relevant for the Entity.

3.4. Risk Data Aggregation & Risk Reporting Framework (RDA/RRF)

In recent years, Santander Group has developed and implemented the necessary structural and operating improvements to reinforce and consolidate enterprise-wide risk, based on complete, precise and regular data. This allows the Group's senior management to assess risk and act accordingly. In this sense, the strategic risk transformation plan is aligned with regulatory requirements, as evidenced in the review performed by the European supervisor with regard to compliance with the standards set forth in regulation BCBS 239.

In 2017, the Group has worked to consolidate the comprehensive data and information management model, and the implementation and renewal of technology systems, thereby enabling a balanced reporting taxonomy to be maintained that covers all the key risk areas within the Organization, in compliance with the Group’s size, risk profile and activity. 

Therefore, three reports are submitted each month to senior management relating to risk management issues and the subsequent decision-making: the Group risks report, the risks report for each unit and the report on risk factors.

222


 

Part 2. Credit risk

1. Introduction to the credit risk treatment

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss arising from the default or credit quality deterioration of a customer or other third party, to which the Santander Group has either directly provided credit or for which it has assumed a contractual obligation.

The Group’s risks function is organized on the basis of three types of customers:

·

The Individuals segment includes all physical persons, except those with a business activity. This segment is, in turn, divided into sub-segments by income levels, which enables risk management adjusted to the type of customer.

·

The SMEs, Commercial Banking and Institutions segment includes companies and physical persons with business activity. It also includes public sector activities in general and private sector non-profitable entities.

·

The Santander Global Corporate Banking (SGCB) segment consists of corporate customers, financial institutions and sovereigns, comprising a closed list that is revised annually. This list is determined on the basis of a full analysis of the company (business type, countries of operation, product types, volume of revenues it represents for the Bank, etc.).

The Group’s profile is mainly retail, accounting for 85% of total risk generated by the retail and commercial banking businesses.

2. Main aggregates and variations

Following are the main aggregates relating to credit risk arising on customer business:

Main credit risk aggregates arising on customer business

 

(Management information data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Credit risk with customers1
(millions of euros)

 

Non-performing rate
(%)

 

Coverage rate
(%)

 

 

2017

    

2016

   

2015

   

2017

   

2016

   

2015

    

2017

    

2016

    

 

Continental Europe

 

337,768

 

331,706

 

321,395

 

4.50

 

5.92

 

7.27

 

58.0

 

60.0

 

64.2

Spain

 

172,176

 

172,974

 

173,032

 

4.72

 

5.41

 

6.53

 

45.9

 

48.3

 

48.1

Santander Consumer Finance

 

92,589

 

88,061

 

76,688

 

2.50

 

2.68

 

3.42

 

101.4

 

109.1

 

109.1

Portugal

 

32,816

 

30,540

 

31,922

 

5.71

 

8.81

 

7.46

 

59.1

 

63.7

 

99.0

Poland

 

24,391

 

21,902

 

20,951

 

4.57

 

5.42

 

6.30

 

68.2

 

61.0

 

64.0

UK

 

247,625

 

255,049

 

282,182

 

1.33

 

1.41

 

1.52

 

32.0

 

32.9

 

38.2

Latin America

 

165,683

 

173,150

 

151,302

 

4.50

 

4.81

 

4.96

 

84.6

 

87.3

 

79.0

Brasil

 

83,076

 

89,572

 

72,173

 

5.29

 

5.90

 

5.98

 

92.6

 

93.1

 

83.7

Mexico

 

28,939

 

29,682

 

32,463

 

2.69

 

2.76

 

3.38

 

97.5

 

103.8

 

90.6

Chile

 

40,406

 

40,864

 

35,213

 

4.96

 

5.05

 

5.62

 

58.2

 

59.1

 

53.9

Argentina

 

8,085

 

7,318

 

6,328

 

2.50

 

1.49

 

1.15

 

100.1

 

142.3

 

194.2

US

 

77,190

 

91,709

 

90,727

 

2.79

 

2.28

 

2.13

 

170.2

 

214.4

 

225.0

Puerto Rico

 

2,944

 

3,843

 

3,924

 

7.13

 

7.13

 

6.96

 

55.2

 

54.4

 

48.5

Santander Bank

 

44,237

 

54,040

 

54,089

 

1.21

 

1.33

 

1.16

 

102.2

 

99.6

 

114.5

SC USA

 

24,079

 

28,590

 

28,280

 

5.86

 

3.84

 

3.66

 

212.9

 

328.0

 

337.1

Total Group excluding Banco Popular

 

832,655

 

855,510

 

850,909

 

3.38

 

3.93

 

4.36

 

70.8

 

73.8

 

73.1

Banco Popular

 

88,313

 

— 

 

— 

 

10.75

 

— 

 

— 

 

48.7

 

— 

 

— 

Total Group

 

920,968

 

855,510

 

850,909

 

4.08

 

3.93

 

4.36

 

65.2

 

73.8

 

73.1

(1)

Includes gross lending to customers, guarantees and documentary credits.

 

Risk is diversified among the main regions where the Group operates: Continental Europe (41%), UK (30%), Latin America (20%) and the US (9%), with a suitable balance between mature and emerging markets.

Credit risk with customers fell by 3% in 2017, considering an unchanged perimeter, mainly due to the US, UK and Brazil (as a result of exchange rate effects). Growth in local currency was generalized across all units with the exception of the United States and Spain.

223


 

These levels of lending, together with lower non-performing loans (NPLs) of €28,104 million (-16% vs. 2016) reduced the Group’s NPL ratio to 3.38% (-55 basis points against 2016).

For coverage of these NPLs, the Group recorded provisions of €8,997 million (-5.5% vs. December 2016), after deducting write-off recoveries. This fall is materialized in a decrease in the cost of credit 13 to 1.12% (6 basis points less than in the previous year).

Detail of the main geographical areas

3.1. United Kingdom

Credit risk with customers in the UK amounted to €247,625 million at the end of December 2017, accounting for 30% of the Group total.

Mortgage portfolio

It is worth highlighting the individuals mortgage portfolio because of its importance for Santander UK and all of the Group’s lending. This stood at €174,930 million at the end of 2017.

This portfolio consists of mortgages for the housing acquisition, granted to new, as well as existing customers and always constituting the first mortgage. There are no operations that entail second or successive liens on mortgaged properties.

 

Geographically, the credit exposures are predominantly concentrated in the south east area of the UK and, particularly, in the metropolitan area of London.

All properties are valued independently before each new transaction is approved, in accordance with the Group’s risk management principles.

The value of the property used as collateral for mortgages that have already been granted is updated quarterly by an independent agency, using an automatic valuation system in accordance with market practices and in compliance with the prevailing legislation.

3.2. Spain

Portfolio overview

Total credit risk (including guarantees and documentary credits) at Santander Spain (excluding the real estate unit, which is discussed subsequently in more detail) amounted to €172,176 million (20.7% of the Group total), with an adequate level of diversification by both product and customer segment.

Growth in new production in the main portfolios for individuals and corporates continued in 2017, underpinned by the improved economic situation and the different strategies implemented by the Bank. Total credit risk was down 0.5% in year-on-year terms, mainly due to decreased funding extended to public administrations and the pace of repayments that exceeded growth in new production in the housing mortgages segment. All other individuals loans (consumer loans and credit cards) returned to growth tendency, and the commercial banking segment consolidated its tendency started in 2016.

The NPL ratio for the total portfolio was 4.72% 69 basis points less than in 2016. The fall in lending (which increased the NPL ratio by 3 basis points) was offset by the better NPL figure (which reduced the ratio by 72 basis points). This improvement was mainly due to gross NPL entries, which were 19% lower than in 2016, and to the normalization of several restructured positions and portfolio sales.

 


13 Cost of credit represents the provision for credit losses charged to earnings over the past 12 months divided by the average loans and advances to customers over the past 12 months.

224


 

Portfolio of home purchase loans to families

Home purchase loans granted to families in Spain stood at €64,588 million at 2017 year-end. Of this amount, 99.18 % was secured by mortgages.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/17

 

In millions of euros

    

Gross
amount

    

Of which:
Non-performing

 

Home purchase loans to families

 

64,588

 

2,594

 

Without mortgage guarantee

 

532

 

147

 

With mortgage guarantee

 

64,056

 

2,447

 

 

The risk profile of the home purchase mortgage loan portfolio in Spain remained at a medium-low level, with limited prospects of additional impairment:

·

All mortgage transactions include principal repayments from the very first day.

·

Early repayment is common practice and, accordingly, the average life of the transactions is far shorter than their contractual term.

·

High quality of collateral, since the portfolio consists almost exclusively of principal-residence loans.

·

Stable average debt-to-income ratio at around 28.2%.

·

79.8% of the portfolio has an LTV of less than 80% (calculated as the ratio of total exposure to the amount of the latest available appraisal) 14 .

Breakdown of the credit with mortgage guarantee to households for house acquisition, according to the percentage that the total risk represents on the amount of the latest available valuation (loan to value).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/17

 

 

 

Loan to value ratio

 

In millions of euros

 

Less than or
equal to
40%

 

More than
40% and 
less than
60%

 

More than
60% and 
less than
80%

 

More than 
80% and less
than or equal
to 100%

 

More than
100%

 

Total

 

Gross amount

    

14,430 

    

17,434 

    

19,232 

    

7,899 

    

5,061 

    

64,056 

 

Of which: Watchlist /Non-performing

 

224 

 

354 

 

591 

 

504 

 

774 

 

2,447 

 

 

Credit policies limit the maximum loan to value to 80% for first residence mortgages and 70% in the case of second home mortgages.

 

Companies portfolio

 

Credit risk assumed directly with SMEs and Corporates (€96,726 million) is the main lending segment in Spain (56% of the total).

 

Most of the portfolio (95%) corresponds to customers who have been assigned an analyst to monitor them continuously throughout the risk cycle.

 

The non-performing loans ratio of this portfolio stood at 4.88% in 2017.

 


14  LTV amounts are calculated at inception and updated periodically, with no LTV updated more than three years prior to the balance sheet date.

 

225


 

Real estate business

 

The Group manages, as a separate unit, the real estate business portfolio as result of the previous year’s sector crisis and the new business identified as viable. In both cases the Group has specialized teams not only involve in the risk areas, but also complement and support all these transactions life cycle: commercial management, legal treatment and an eventual recovery function.

 

In recent years the Group's strategy has been geared towards reducing these assets. The changes in gross property development loans to customers were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

12/31/17

 

12/31/16

 

12/31/15

 

Balance at beginning of year

    

5,515 

    

7,388 

    

9,349 

 

Foreclosed assets

 

(27)

 

(28)

 

(62)

 

Banco Popular (Perimeter)

 

2,934 

 

— 

 

— 

 

Reductions (1)

 

(1,620)

 

(1,415)

 

(1,481)

 

Written-off assets

 

(330)

 

(430)

 

(418)

 

Balance at end of year

 

6,472 

 

5,515 

 

7,388 

 


(1)

Includes portfolio sales, cash recoveries and third-party subrogations.

 

The NPL ratio of this portfolio ended the year at 29.96% (compared with 61.87% at December 2016) due to the increase in the proportion of non-performing assets in the troubled loan portfolio and, in particular, to the sharp reduction in lending in this segment. The table below shows the distribution of the portfolio. The coverage ratio of the real estate doubtful exposure in Spain stands at 38.73%.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/17

 

Millions of euros

 

Gross
amount

 

Excess over
collateral
value

 

Specific
allowance

 

Financing for construction and property development recognized by the Group's credit institutions (including land) (business in Spain)

    

6,472 

    

1,513 

    

1,131 

 

Of which:Watchlist/ Non-performing

 

1,939 

 

708 

 

751 

 

Memorandum items: Written-off assets

 

3,133 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memorandum items: Data from the public consolidated balance sheet

    

12/31/17

 

Millions of euros

 

Carrying
amount

 

Total loans and advances to customers excluding the public sector (business in Spain)

 

235,140 

 

Total consolidated assets

 

1,444,305 

 

Impairment losses and credit risk allowances. Coverage for unimpaired assets (business in Spain)

 

1,289 

 

 

At year-end, the concentration of this portfolio was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Loans: Gross
amount

 

Millions of euros

 

12/31/17

 

1. Without mortgage guarantee

 

664 

 

2. With mortgage guarantee

 

5,808 

 

2.1 Completed buildings

 

3,684 

 

2.1.1 Residential

 

1,726 

 

2.1.2 Other

 

1,958 

 

2.2 Buildings and other constructions under construction

 

995 

 

2.2.1 Residential

 

562 

 

2.2.2 Other

 

433 

 

2.3 Land

 

1,129 

 

2.3.1 Developed consolidated land

 

900 

 

2.3.2 Other land

 

229 

 

Total

 

6,472 

 

 

226


 

Policies and strategies in place for the management of these risks

 

The policies in force for the management of this portfolio, which are reviewed and approved on a regular basis by the Group's senior management, are currently geared towards reducing and securing the outstanding exposure, albeit without neglecting any viable new business that may be identified.

 

In order to manage this credit exposure, the Group has specialized teams that not only form part of the risk areas but also supplement the management of this exposure and cover the entire life cycle of these transactions: commercial management, legal procedures and potential recovery management.

 

As has already been discussed in this section, the Group's anticipatory management of these risks enabled it to significantly reduce its exposure, and it has a granular, geographically diversified portfolio in which the financing of second residences accounts for a very small proportion of the total.

 

Mortgage lending on non-urban land represents a low percentage of mortgage exposure to land, while the remainder relates to land already classified as urban or approved for development.

 

The significant reduction of exposure in the case of residential financing projects in which the construction work has already been completed was based on various actions. As well as the specialized marketing channels already in existence, campaigns were carried out with the support of specific teams of managers for this function who, in the case of the Santander Network, were directly supervised by the recoveries business area. These campaigns, which involved the direct management of the projects with property developers and purchasers, reducing sale prices and adapting the lending conditions to the buyers’ needs, enabled loans already in force to be subrogated. These subrogations enable the Group to diversify its risk in a business segment that displays a clearly lower non-performing loans ratio.

 

In the case of construction-phase projects that are experiencing difficulties of any kind, the policy adopted is to ensure completion of the construction work so as to obtain completed buildings that can be sold in the market. To achieve this aim, the projects are analyzed on a case-by-case basis in order to adopt the most effective series of measures for each case (structured payments to suppliers to ensure completion of the work, specific schedules for drawing down amounts, etc.).

 

The loan approval processes are managed by specialist teams which, working in direct coordination with the sales teams, have a set of clearly defined policies and criteria:

 

·

Property developers with a robust solvency profile and a proven track record in the market.

·

Medium-high level projects, conducting to contracted demand and significant cities.

·

Strict criteria regarding the specific parameters of the transactions: exclusive financing for the construction cost, high percentages of accredited sales, principal residence financing, etc.

·

Support of financing of government-subsidized housing, with accredited sales percentages.

·

Restricted financing of land purchases dealt with exceptional nature.

 

In addition to the permanent control performed by its risk monitoring teams, the Group has a specialist technical unit that monitors and controls this portfolio with regard to the stage of completion of construction work, planning compliance and sales control, and validates and controls progress billing payments. The Group has created a set of specific tools for this function. All mortgage distributions, amounts drawn down of any kind, changes made to the grace periods, etc. are authorized on a centralized basis.

 

Foreclosed properties

 

At December 31, 2017, the net balance of these assets amounted to €4,592 million (gross amount: €9,711 million; recognized allowance: €5,119 million, of which €2,776 million related to impairment after the foreclosure date).

 

227


 

The following table shows the detail of the assets foreclosed by the businesses in Spain at the end of 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/17

 

Millions of euros

 

Gross
carrying
amount

 

Valuation
adjustments

 

Of which:
Impairment
losses on
assets since
time of
foreclosure

 

Carrying 
amount

 

Property assets arising from financing provided to construction and property development companies

    

6,775 

    

3,821 

    

2,343 

    

2,954 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Completed buildings

 

1,953 

 

942 

 

781 

 

1,011 

 

Residential

 

991 

 

446 

 

311 

 

545 

 

Other

 

962 

 

496 

 

470 

 

466 

 

Buildings under construction

 

406 

 

151 

 

51 

 

255 

 

Residential

 

405 

 

151 

 

51 

 

254 

 

Other

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

 

Land

 

4,416 

 

2,728 

 

1,511 

 

1,688 

 

Developed land

 

1,406 

 

879 

 

287 

 

527 

 

Other land

 

3,010 

 

1,849 

 

1,224 

 

1,161 

 

Property assets from home purchase mortgage loans to households

 

1,824 

 

863 

 

379 

 

961 

 

Other foreclosed property assets

 

1,112 

 

435 

 

54 

 

677 

 

Total property assets

 

9,711 

 

5,119 

 

2,776 

 

4,592 

 

 

Additionally, the property included in the sale agreement (See note 3b.ii) amount to a net book value of €5,944 million (gross amount amounts to €16,134 million).

 

In recent years, the Group has considered foreclosure to be a more efficient method for resolving cases of default than legal proceedings. The Group initially recognizes foreclosed assets at the lower of the carrying amount of the debt (net of provisions) and the fair value of the foreclosed asset (less estimated costs to sell).Subsequent to initial recognition, the assets are measured at the lower of fair value (less costs to sell) and the amount initially recognized.

 

The fair value of this type of assets is determined by the Group's directors based on evidence obtained from qualified valuers or evidence of recent transactions.

 

The management of real estate assets on the balance sheet is carried out through companies specializing in the sale of real estate that is complemented by the structure of the commercial network. The sale is realized with levels of price reduction in line with the market situation.

 

The changes in foreclosed properties were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of 
millions of euros (*)

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

Gross additions

    

1.4 

    

1.3 

    

1.7 

 

Disposals

 

(1.9)

 

(1.3)

 

(1.1)

 

Difference

 

(0.5)

 

— 

 

0.6 

 


(*) Without considering the Blackstone operation (See Note 3).

 

228


 

3.3. United States

 

Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (SHUSA), with a credit risk of €77,190 15 million at the close of end of December (representing 9% of the total Group), is made up of the following business units:

 

·

Santander Bank, National Association : with total loans, including off-balance sheet exposure, of €44,237 million (57% of Santander US total). It focuses on retail and commercial banking, of which 38% is with individuals and approximately 62% with companies. One of the main strategic goals for this unit is to continue to roll out its transformation plan. This focuses on compliance with all regulatory programs, together with the development of the retail and commercial banking model towards a comprehensive solution for its customers.

 

Most of the lending of Santander Bank is secured - around 59% of the total - mainly through mortgages and lending to Commercial Banking. This explains its low NPL ratio and cost of credit. Lending has decreased by 16% over 2017, due to the sale of non-core assets in a bid to optimize its balance sheet and improve profitability, and due to the exchange rate effect.

 

·

Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. (SC USA) : vehicles finance company, with lending of €24,079 million (31% of the total for the USA), with a vehicle leasing portfolio amounting to € 9,439 million. This activity is mainly based on its business relationship with the Fiat Chrysler Automobiles (FCA) group, which dates back to 2013. Through this agreement, SC USA became the preferred finance provider for Chrysler vehicles in the USA.

 

The risk indicators for SC USA are higher than those of the other US units, due to the nature of its business, which focuses on vehicle financing through loans and leasings. The credit profile of the unit's customers covers a wide spectrum as SC USA seeks to optimize the risk assumed and the associated returns. As a result, the cost of credit is higher than in other Group units, but this is offset by the returns generated.

 

·

Other USA businesses : Banco Santander Puerto Rico (BSPR) is a retail and commercial bank operating in Puerto Rico. Its lending stood at €2,944 million at December 2017, 4% of the total. Santander Investment Securities Inc. (SIS), the New York, is dedicated to wholesale banking, with total lending at the end of December 2017 of € 2,451 million (3% of total in the USA). Finally, Banco Santander International (BSI), the Miami, focuses mainly on private banking. Its lending portfolio stood at € 3,471 million at the close of December 2017 with 4% of the total in the USA.

 

3.4. Brazil

 

Credit risk in Brazil amounts to € 83,076 million, down 7% against 2016 and largely due to the depreciation of the Brazilian currency. Santander Brasil therefore accounts for 10% of all Santander Group lending.

 

In December 2017, growth in local currency was approximately 7.5%. This increase was more pronounced in retail segments with a more conservative risk profile, at the same time boosting customer relations and loyalty and business attracted through digital channels.

 

The NPL ratio stood at 5.29% at year-end 2017 (-61 basis points compared to the year-end of 2016). This fall was due to the preventive management of risks on the portfolio, in addition to the improved macroeconomic outlook and the implementation of certain structural reforms that were well received by the market.

 

The outlook is optimistic since the economy returned to growth, with GDP rising on the back of private consumption and exports. This is significant as it marks a trend change after several years of recession. Investment has also picked up, supported by the improved business confidence climate. Additionally, inflation is below the government’s target, which has allowed the Monetary Policy Committee to significantly reduce the country’s official interest rate (SELIC). The unemployment rate, while still high, has also shown improvement signs.

 


1 Includes €11 million of lending under the holding company.

229


 

4. Credit risk from other standpoints

 

4.1. Credit risk from financial market operations

 

This section covers credit risk generated in treasury activities with customers, mainly with credit institutions. Operations are developed through money market financial products with different financial institutions and through counter-party risk products which serve the Group’s clients.

 

According to chapter six of the CRR (EU regulation 575/2013), the counterparty credit risk is the risk that the client in an operation could default before the definitive settlement of the cash flows of the operation. It includes the following types of operations: derivative instruments, operations with repurchase commitment, stock lending commodities, operations with deferred settlement and financing of guarantees.

 

There are two methodologies for measuring this exposure: i. mark to market (MtM) methodology (replacement value of derivatives) plus potential future exposure (add on) and ii. the calculation of exposure using Monte Carlo simulation for some countries and products. The capital at risk or unexpected loss is also calculated, i.e. the loss which, once the expected loss has been subtracted, constitutes the economic capital, net of guarantees and recovery.

 

After markets close, exposures are re-calculated by adjusting all operations to their new time frame, adjusting the potential future exposure and applying mitigation measures (netting, collateral, etc.), so that the exposures can be controlled directly against the limits approved by senior management. Risk control is performed through an integrated system and in real time, enabling the exposure limit available with any counterparty, product and maturity and in any Group unit to be known at each moment.

 

4.2. Concentration risk

 

The concentration risk control is a vital part of management. The Group continuously tracks the degree of concentration of its credit risk portfolios using various criteria: geographical areas and countries, economic sectors, products and groups of customers.

 

The board, via the risk appetite, determines the maximum levels of concentration. In line with the risk appetite, the Executive Risk Committee establishes the risk policies and reviews the appropriate exposure levels for the adequate management of the degree of concentration of credit risk portfolios.

 

The Group is subject to the regulation on large risks contained in the fourth part of the CRR (EU regulations 575/2013), according to which the exposure contracted by an entity with a customer or group of customers linked among themselves will be considered a large exposure when its value is equal or greater than 10% of eligible capital. In addition, in order to limit large exposures, no entity can assume exposure exceeding 25% of its eligible capital with a single customer or group of linked customers, after taking into account the impact of the reduction of credit risk contained in the regulation.

 

Regulatory credit exposure with the 20 largest groups within the sphere of large risks represented 4.7% of outstanding credit risk with customers (lending plus balance sheet risks) at December 2017.

The Group’s risk division works closely with the financial division to actively manage credit portfolios. Its activities include reducing the concentration of exposures through various techniques, such as using credit derivatives and securitizations to optimize the risk-return relationship for the whole portfolio.

 

230


 

The detail, by activity and geographical area of the counterparty, of the concentration of the Group's risk at December 31, 2017 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/17 (*)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other EU

 

 

 

Rest of the

 

Millions of euros

    

Total

    

Spain

    

countries

    

America

    

world

 

Central banks and Credit institutions

 

243,319 

 

56,369 

 

95,749 

 

81,566 

 

9,635 

 

Public sector

 

196,358 

 

76,011 

 

49,208 

 

66,537 

 

4,602 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central government

 

166,926 

 

62,707 

 

37,416 

 

62,244 

 

4,559 

 

Other central government

 

29,432 

 

13,304 

 

11,792 

 

4,293 

 

43 

 

Other financial institutions (financial business activity)

 

81,392 

 

16,250 

 

39,440 

 

19,393 

 

6,309 

 

Non-financial companies and individual entrepreneurs (Non-financial business activity) (broken down by purpose)

 

377,314 

 

128,818 

 

113,384 

 

124,118 

 

10,994 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and property development

 

30,451 

 

8,179 

 

5,003 

 

17,077 

 

192 

 

Civil engineering construction

 

5,399 

 

3,769 

 

1,180 

 

448 

 

 

Large companies

 

206,250 

 

54,517 

 

65,606 

 

76,691 

 

9,436 

 

SMEs and individual entrepreneurs

 

135,214 

 

62,353 

 

41,595 

 

29,902 

 

1,364 

 

Households – other (broken down by purpose)

 

477,882 

 

89,821 

 

272,612 

 

107,659 

 

7,790 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

309,068 

 

63,355 

 

207,575 

 

37,539 

 

599 

 

Consumer loans

 

145,619 

 

16,288 

 

62,584 

 

62,248 

 

4,499 

 

Other purposes

 

23,195 

 

10,178 

 

2,453 

 

7,872 

 

2,692 

 

Total (*)

 

1,376,265 

 

367,269 

 

570,393 

 

399,273 

 

39,330 

 


(*) For the purposes of this table, the definition of risk includes the following items in the public balance sheet:

Loans and advances to credit institutions, Loans and advances to Central Banks, Loans and advances to Customers, Debt Instruments, Equity Instruments, trading Derivatives, Hedging derivatives, Investments and financial guarantees given.

 

4.3. Sovereign risk and exposure to other public sector entities

 

As a general criterion, sovereign risk is that contracted in transactions with a central bank (including the regulatory cash reserve requirement), the treasure risk issuer or similar entity (public debt portfolio) and that arising from operations with public institutions with the following features: their funds only come from the state’s budgeted income and the activities are of a non-commercial nature.

 

This criterion, historically used by the Group, differs in some respects from that requested by the European Banking Authority (EBA) for its regular stress exercises. The main differences are that the EBA’s criterion does not include risk with central banks, exposures with insurance companies, indirect exposures via guarantees and other instruments. On the other hand, it includes public administrations in general (including regional and local bodies), not only the state sector.

 

Exposure to sovereign risk (according to the criteria applied in the Group) mainly emanates from the obligations to which our subsidiary banks are subject regarding the establishment of certain deposits in central banks, the establishment of deposits with liquidity excess and fixed-income portfolios held as part of the structural interest rate risk-management strategy for the balance sheet and treasury trading books. The vast majority of such exposure is in local currency and is funded on the basis of customer deposits captured locally, also in the local currency.

 

231


 

The detail at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, based on the Group’s management of each portfolio, of the Group’s sovereign risk exposure, net of the short positions held with the respective countries, taking into consideration the aforementioned criterion established by the European Banking Authority (EBA), is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/17

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

Portfolio

 

 

 

Country

    

Financial assets held
for trading and
Financial assets
designated at
fair value through
profit or loss (*)

    

Financial assets
available-for-sale

    

Loans and
receivables

    

Held-to
maturity
investments

    

Total net direct
exposure

 

Spain

 

4,928 

 

37,748 

 

18,055 

 

1,906 

 

62,637 

 

Portugal

 

53 

 

5,220 

 

3,541 

 

 

8,817 

 

Italy

 

1,479 

 

4,613 

 

16 

 

— 

 

6,108 

 

Greece

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

Rest of Eurozone

 

(1,192)

 

497 

 

81 

 

— 

 

(614)

 

United Kingdom

 

 

1,751 

 

7,236 

 

7,414 

 

16,403 

 

Poland

 

1,034 

 

5,566 

 

40 

 

— 

 

6,640 

 

Rest of Europe

 

172 

 

358 

 

40 

 

— 

 

570 

 

United States

 

2,548 

 

2,616 

 

765 

 

— 

 

5,929 

 

Brazil

 

3,202 

 

20,201 

 

1,171 

 

2,720 

 

27,294 

 

Mexico

 

1,780 

 

5,152 

 

2,586 

 

— 

 

9,518 

 

Chile

 

428 

 

2,985 

 

312 

 

— 

 

3,725 

 

Other American countries

 

147 

 

424 

 

940 

 

— 

 

1,511 

 

Rest of the world

 

3,422 

 

512 

 

920 

 

— 

 

4,854 

 

Total

 

18,003 

 

87,643 

 

35,703 

 

12,043 

 

153,392 

 


(*) Includes short positions.

 

In addition, at December 31, 2017 the Group had net direct derivative exposures the fair value of which amounted to €1,681 million and net indirect derivative exposures the fair value of which amounted to €15 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/16

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

Portfolio

 

 

 

Country

    

Financial assets held
for trading and
Financial assets
designated at
fair value through
profit or loss (*)

    

Financial assets
available-for-sale

    

Loans and
receivables

    

Held-to
maturity
investments

    

Total net direct
exposure

 

Spain

 

9,415 

 

23,415 

 

11,085 

 

1,978 

 

45,893 

 

Portugal

 

(58)

 

5,982 

 

1,143 

 

 

7,072 

 

Italy

 

1,453 

 

492 

 

 

— 

 

1,952 

 

Greece

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

Rest of Eurozone

 

(1,171)

 

751 

 

79 

 

— 

 

(341)

 

United Kingdom

 

475 

 

1,938 

 

7,463 

 

7,764 

 

17,639 

 

Poland

 

287 

 

5,973 

 

30 

 

— 

 

6,290 

 

Rest of Europe

 

— 

 

502 

 

289 

 

— 

 

791 

 

United States

 

1,174 

 

3,819 

 

720 

 

— 

 

5,713 

 

Brazil

 

4,044 

 

16,098 

 

1,190 

 

2,954 

 

24,286 

 

Mexico

 

2,216 

 

5,072 

 

3,173 

 

— 

 

10,461 

 

Chile

 

428 

 

2,768 

 

330 

 

— 

 

3,525 

 

Other American countries

 

134 

 

497 

 

541 

 

— 

 

1,172 

 

Rest of the world

 

1,903 

 

889 

 

683 

 

— 

 

3,475 

 

Total

 

20,300 

 

68,197 

 

26,732 

 

12,701 

 

127,930 

 

232


 


(*) Includes short positions.

 

In addition, at December 31, 2016 the Group had net direct derivative exposures the fair value of which amounted to € 2,505 million and net indirect derivative exposures the fair value of which amounted to €2 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/15

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

Portfolio

 

 

 

Country

    

Financial assets held
for trading and
Financial assets
designated at
fair value through
profit or loss (*)

    

Financial assets
available-for-sale

    

Loans and
receivables

    

Held-to
maturity
investments

    

Total net direct
exposure

 

Spain

 

8,954 

 

26,443 

 

11,272 

 

2,025 

 

48,694 

 

Portugal

 

104 

 

7,916 

 

1,987 

 

— 

 

10,007 

 

Italy

 

2,717 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

2,717 

 

Greece

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

Rest of Eurozone

 

(211)

 

143 

 

69 

 

— 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

(786)

 

5,808 

 

141 

 

— 

 

5,163 

 

Poland

 

13 

 

5,346 

 

42 

 

— 

 

5,401 

 

Rest of Europe

 

120 

 

312 

 

238 

 

— 

 

670 

 

United States

 

280 

 

4,338 

 

475 

 

— 

 

5,093 

 

Brazil

 

7,274 

 

13,522 

 

947 

 

2,186 

 

23,929 

 

Mexico

 

6,617 

 

3,630 

 

272 

 

— 

 

10,519 

 

Chile

 

193 

 

1,601 

 

3,568 

 

— 

 

5,362 

 

Other American countries

 

155 

 

1,204 

 

443 

 

— 

 

1,802 

 

Rest of the world

 

3,657 

 

1,687 

 

546 

 

— 

 

5,890 

 

Total

 

29,087 

 

71,950 

 

20,000 

 

4,211 

 

125,248 

 


(*) Includes short positions .

 

In addition, at December 31, 2015 the Group had net direct derivative exposures the fair value of which amounted to €2,070 million and net indirect derivative exposures the fair value of which amounted to €25 million. Also, the Group did not have any exposure to held-to-maturity investments.

 

5. Credit risk cycle

 

Exclusively within the field of credit risk, the Credit Risk Control Committee is the collaborative body responsible for its oversight and control within Santander Group. The aim of the committee is to effectively control credit risk, ensuring and advising the Chief Risk Officer and the Risk Control Committee that credit risk is managed in accordance with the level of risk appetite approved by the board of directors.

 

The risk cycle has three phases: pre-sale, sale and post-sale. The process is constantly revised, incorporating the results and conclusions of the after-sale phase to the study of risk and presale planning.

 

Each of these phases is associated with specific decision models established for decision-making in line with the business objectives and credit policies defined by the Group.

 

5.1. Planning

 

Identification

 

The identification of credit risk is a key component for the active management and an effective control of portfolios. The identification and classification of external and internal risk in each business allows corrective and mitigating measures to be adopted.

 

233


 

Strategic Commercial Plans

 

Strategic commercial plans (SCPs) are a basic management and control tool for the Group’s credit portfolios. The plans are prepared jointly by the commercial and risks areas, and define the commercial strategies, risk policies and measures/infrastructures required to meet the annual budget targets. These three factors are considered as a whole, ensuring a holistic view of the portfolio to be planned and allowing a map of all the Group’s credit portfolios to be drawn up.

 

Planning allows business targets to be set and specific action plans to be established, within the risk appetite defined by the Entity, and these targets to be met by assigning the necessary means (models, resources, systems).

 

The comprehensive management of the SCP means that an up-to-date view of the credit quality of the portfolios is available at all times, credit risk can be measured, internal controls carried out, in addition to regular monitoring of the planned strategies, to anticipate deviations and identify significant changes in risk and their potential impact, along with the application of corrective measures.

 

SCPs are approved by each entity’s most senior Executive Risks Committee, and validated at corporate level in the executive risks committee or equivalent body at corporate level. The regular monitoring, established by the governance in place, is performed by the same bodies that approve and validate the plans.

 

Scenario analysis

 

Scenarios analysis of this report, credit risk scenario analysis enables senior management to better understand the portfolio's evolution in the face of market conditions and changes in the environment. It is a key tool for assessing the sufficiency of the provisions made and the capital to stress scenarios.

 

Scenario analysis is applied to all of the Group's significant portfolios, usually over a three year horizon. The process involves the following main stages:

 

·

Definition of benchmark scenarios, both central and most likely scenarios (baseline), as well as economic scenarios that although less likely to occur can be more adverse (stress scenarios).

·

Determination of the value of risk parameters and metrics (probability of default, loss given default, etc.) for the scenarios defined.

·

Adaptation of the new projection methodology to the new regulatory requirements (IFRS 9), with an impact on the estimation of the expected loss associated with each of the scenarios put forward, as well as with other important credit risk metrics deriving from the parameters obtained (NPLs, provisions, allowances, etc.).

·

Analysis and rationale for the credit risk profile evolution at portfolio, segment, unit and Group levels, in the face of different scenarios and compared to previous years.

·

Integration of management indicators to supplement the analysis of the impact caused by macroeconomic factors on risk metrics.

·

A series of controls and comparisons are run to ensure that the controls and backtesting are adequate, thus completing the process.

The entire process takes place within a corporate governance framework, and is thus adapted to the growing importance of this framework and to best market practices, assisting the Group’s senior management in gathering knowledge and in their decision making.

 

5.2 Risk analysis and credit rating process

 

Generally speaking, risk study consists of analyzing a customer’s capacity to meet their contractual commitments with the Bank and other creditors. This entails analyzing the customer’s credit quality on a short and medium term horizon, risk operations, solvency and expected return on the basis of the risk assumed.

 

With this objective, the Group uses customer credit decision models in all segments in which it operates: SGCB (Santander Global Corporate Banking: sovereign, financial institutions and corporate companies), Commercial Banking, institutions, SMEs and individuals.

234


 

The decision models applied are based on credit rating drivers. These models and drivers are monitored and controlled to calibrate and precisely adjust the decisions and ratings they assign. Depending on the segment, drivers may be:

 

·

Rating: resulting from the application of mathematical algorithms incorporating a quantitative model based on balance sheet ratios or macroeconomic variables, and a qualitative module supplemented by the analyst's expert judgement. Used for the SGCB, Commercial Banking, institutions and SMEs (treated on an individual basis) segments.

·

Scoring: an automatic assessment system for credit applications. It automatically assigns an individual assessment of the customer for subsequent decision making. There are two types: approval or performance and it is used in the individuals and SMEs (treated on a standard basis) segments.

 

The resulting ratings are regularly reviewed, incorporating the latest available financial information and experience in the development of banking relations. The reviews are increased in the case of customers who reach certain levels previously determined in the automatic warning systems and who are classified as special watch.

 

5.3. Establishment of limits, pre-classifications and pre-approvals

 

This process establishes the risk that each customer is able to assume. These limits are set jointly by the business and risks areas and have to be approved by the executive risks committee (or committees delegated by it) and reflect the expected risk-return by the business.

 

Different models are used according to the segment:

 

·

A   pre-classification model based on a system for measuring and monitoring economic capital is used for large corporate groups. The result of pre-classification is the maximum risk level that a customer or group can assume, in terms of amount or maturity.

·

For Commercial Banking and institutions that meet certain requirements (high knowledge, rating, etc.) a more simplified pre-classification model is used.

·

For SMEs and individuals, in specific situations where a series of requirements are met, pre-approved operations are established for customers, or pre-approved operations for potential customers (campaigns and policies to encourage the use of limits).

5.4. Transaction decision-making

 

The sales phase is determined by the decision-making process which analyses and resolves operations Approval by the risk area is a prior requirement before contracting any risk operation. All decisions regarding risk must consider the risk appetite, limits and management policies defined in the planning stage, in addition to other factors relevant to the risk and profitability equilibrium.

 

According to the segment, decision-making follows different procedures:

 

·

For SGCB, and according to the prior limit-setting phase, two types of decision will be available: (1) automatic, provided there is capacity for the proposed transaction (in terms of amount, product, maturity and other conditions) within the limits set under the pre-classification framework, (2) approval from a risk analyst or committee (although the operation meets the amount, maturity and other conditions set in the pre-approved limit).

·

For Commercial Banking and institutions, approval is required from a risk analyst or committee (although the operation meets the amount, maturity and other conditions set in the pre-approved limit).

235


 

·

In terms of individual customers and SMEs with low turnover, large volumes of credit operations can be managed more easily with the use of automatic decision models for classifying the customer/transaction binomial.

Credit risk mitigation techniques

 

The Group applies various credit risk mitigation techniques on the basis, among other factors, of the type of customer and product. Some are inherent to specific operations (for example, real estate guarantees) while others apply to a series of operations (for example, netting and collateral).

 

The different mitigation techniques can be grouped into the following categories:

 

Personal guarantees and credit derivatives

 

This type of guarantees corresponds to those that place a third party in a position of having to respond to obligations acquired by another to the Group. It includes, for example, sureties, guarantees, stand-by letters of credit, etc. The only ones that can be recognized, for the purposes of calculating capital, are those provided by third parties that meet the minimum requirements set by the supervisor.

 

Credit derivatives are financial instruments whose main objective is to cover credit risk by acquiring protection from a third party, through which the Bank transfers the issuer risk of the underlying asset. Credit derivatives are over the counter (OTC) instruments that are traded in non-organized markets. Hedging with credit derivatives, mainly through credit default swaps, is contracted with front-line banks.

 

Collateral

 

These are assets that are subject to compliance with the guaranteed obligation. They can be provided by the customer or by a third party. The real goods or rights used for the guarantee may be financial (cash, securities deposits, gold, etc.) or non-financial (property, other moveable property, etc.). Therefore, guarantees can be in the form of:

 

·

Pledges / financial assets: debt/equity instruments or other financial assets received as the guarantee.

·

A very important example of a real financial guarantee is the collateral, which is used for the purpose (as with the netting technique) of reducing counterparty risk. This is a series of instruments with a certain economic value and high liquidity that are deposited/transferred by a counterparty in favor of another in order to guarantee/reduce the credit risk of the counterparty that could result from portfolios of transactions of derivatives with risk existing between them. The operations subject to the collateral agreement are regularly valued (normally daily) applying the parameters defined in the contract so that a collateral amount is obtained (usually cash or securities), which is to be paid to or received from the counterparty.

·

Real estate mortgages: real estate assets used in transactions with an ordinary or maximum mortgage guarantee. There are regular appraisal processes, based on real market values, for the different types of property, which meet the requirements established by local and Group regulators.

·

Other real guarantees: any other type of real guarantee.

As a general rule, the repayment capacity is the most important aspect in decisions on the acceptance of risks, although this is no impediment to seek the highest level of real or personal guarantees. In order to calculate the regulatory capital, only those guarantees that meet the minimum qualitative requirements set out in the Basel agreements are taken into consideration.

 

Implementation of the mitigation techniques follows the minimum requirements established in the guarantee management policy: legal certainty (possibility of legally requiring the settlement of guarantees at all times), the lack of substantial positive correlation between the counterparty and the value of the collateral, the correct documentation of all guarantees, the availability of documentation for the methodologies used for each mitigation technique and appropriate monitoring, traceability and regular control of the goods/assets used for the guarantee.

 

Netting by counterparty

 

The concept of netting is the possibility of determining a net balance between operations of the same type, under the umbrella of a framework agreement such as the ISDA or similar.

236


 

It consists of aggregating the positive and negative market values of derivative transactions that Santander has with a certain counterparty, so that in the event of default it owes (or Santander owes, if the netting off is negative) a single net figure and not a series of positive or negative values corresponding to each operation with the counterparty.

 

An important aspect of framework contracts is that they represent a single legal obligation that covers all operations. This is fundamental when it comes to being able to net the risks of all operations covered by the contract with the same counterparty.

 

5.5. Monitoring / Anticipation

 

All customers must be monitored in an ongoing and holistic manner that enables the earliest detection possible of any incidents that may arise in relation to risk impacting the customer’s credit rating, so that specific measures (predefined or ad-hoc) can be implemented to correct any deviations that could have a negative impact for the entity. This responsibility is shared by the commercial and risk functions.

 

Monitoring is carried out by local and global risk teams, supplemented by internal audit. It is based on customer segmentation:

 

·

In the commercial banking, institutions and SMEs with individual treatment, the function consists of identifying and tracking customers whose situations require closer monitoring, reviewing ratings and continuously analyzing indicators.

·

In the individual customers, businesses and SMEs with a low turnover segment monitoring is carried out through automatic alerts for the main indicators, in order to detect shifts in the performance of the loan portfolio with respect to the forecasts in strategic plans.

5.6. Measurement and control

 

In addition to the monitoring customer credit quality, Santander establishes the control procedures needed to analyze portfolios and their performance, as well as possible deviations regarding planning or approved alert levels.

 

The function is developed through an integrated and holistic vision of credit risk, establishing as the main elements the control by countries, business areas, management models, products, etc., facilitating early detection of specific attention points, as well as preparing action plans to correct any deteriorations.

 

Portfolio analysis permanently and systematically controls the evolution of credit risk with regard to budgets, limits and benchmark standards, assessing the impacts of future situations, both exogenous and resulting from strategic decisions, to establish measures to bring the risk portfolio profile and volumes within the parameters set by the Group and in line with its risk appetite.

 

5.7. Recovery management

 

Recovery activity is a significant element in the Bank’s risk management. This function is carried out by the recovery area, which defines a global strategy and an enterprise-wide focus for recovery management.

 

The Group has a corporate recovery management model that sets the guidelines and general lines of action to be applied in the various countries, always taking into account the local particularities that the recovery activity requires (economic environment, business model or a mixture of both).

 

Recovery activity has been aligned with the socio-economic reality of the Group’s countries and different risk management mechanisms are used with adequate prudential criteria on the basis of age, guarantees and unpaid debt conditions.

 

The recovery areas are business areas that directly manage customers for which the corporate model has a business focus, where sustained value creation is based on effective and efficient collection management The new digital channels are becoming increasingly important in recovery management, and new forms of customer relations are developing.

 

The diverse features of Santander’s customers make segmentation necessary in order to manage recoveries adequately. Mass management of large groups of customers with similar profiles and products is conducted through processes with a high technological and digital component, while personalized management focuses on customers who, because of their profile, require a specific manager and more individualized management.

 

Recovery management is divided into four phases: irregularity or early non-payment; recovery of non-performing loans; recovery of write-offs; and management of foreclosed assets.

237


 

 

The management scope for the recovery function includes management of non-productive assets (NPAs), corresponding to the forbearance portfolios, NPLs, written-off loans and foreclosed assets, where the Bank may use mechanisms to rapidly reduce these assets, such as disposals of loan portfolios or foreclosed assets.

 

The Bank employs specific policies for recovery management that include the principles of the different recovery strategies, while ensuring the required rating and provisions are maintained. Therefore, the Group is constantly seeking alternative solutions to legal channels for collecting debt.

 

In countries with a high exposure to real estate risk, very efficient sales management instruments have been put in place that enable capital to be recovered by the Bank, reducing the stock on the balance sheet.

 

Forborne loan portfolio

 

The Group has a detailed corporate policy for forbearance which acts as a reference in the various local transpositions of all the subsidiaries that form part of the Group. These share the general principles established by the Bank of Spain and the European Banking Authority.   

 

This policy defines forbearance as the modification of the payment conditions of a transaction that allow a customer, who is experiencing financial difficulties (current or foreseeable), to fulfil their payment obligations, on the basis that if this modification were not made it would be reasonably certain that they would not be able to meet their financial obligations. The modification could be made to the original transaction or through a new transaction replacing the previous one.

 

In addition, this policy also sets down rigorous criteria for the evaluation, classification and monitoring of such transactions, ensuring the strictest possible care and diligence in their granting and follow up. Therefore, the forbearance transaction must be focused on recovery of the amounts due, the payment obligations must be adapted to the customer's actual situation and losses must be recognized as soon as possible if any amounts are deemed irrecoverable.

 

Forbearances may never be used to delay the immediate recognition of losses or to hinder the appropriate recognition of risk of default.

 

Further, the policies define the classification criteria for the forbearance transactions in order to ensure that the risks are suitably recognized, bearing in mind that they must remain classified as doubtful or watch-list performing for a prudential period of time to attain reasonable certainty that repayment capacity can be recovered.

 

The forbearance portfolio stood at €47,705 million at the end of December.

 

In terms of credit quality, 42% of the forbearance portfolio is classified as non-performing loans, with average coverage of 58% (24% of the total portfolio).

 

Regarding its evolution, and considering a constant perimeter, the Group’s forbearance exposure has decreased by 19.8%, in line with the trend marked in prior years.

 

The following terms are used in Bank of Spain Circular 4/2016 with the meanings specified:

 

·

Refinancing transaction: transaction that is granted or used, for reasons relating to current or foreseeable financial difficulties of the borrower, to repay one or more of the transactions granted to it, or through which the payments on such transactions are brought fully or partially up to date, in order to enable the borrowers of the cancelled or refinanced transactions to repay their debt (principal and interest) because they are unable, or might foreseeably become unable, to comply with the conditions thereof in due time and form.

·

Restructured transaction: transaction with respect to which, for economic or legal reasons relating to current or foreseeable financial difficulties of the borrower, the financial terms and conditions are modified in order to facilitate the payment of the debt (principal and interest) because the borrower is unable, or might foreseeably become unable, to comply with the aforementioned terms and conditions in due time and form, even if such modification is envisaged in the agreement.

 

 

238


 

CURRENT REFINANCING AND RESTRUCTURING BALANCES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12-31-2017

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Of which: Non-performing/Doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment

 

 

 

Without real guarantee (a)

 

With real guarantee

 

of accumulated

 

Without real guarantee

 

With real guarantee

 

of accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum amount of the

 

value or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum amount of the

 

value or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

actual collateral that can

 

accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual collateral that can

 

accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

be considered.

 

losses in fair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

be considered.

 

losses in fair

 

Amounts in millions of euros, except number of operations that are in units.

    

Number of
transactions

    

Gross
amount

    

Number of
transactions

    

Gross
amount

    

Real estate
guarantee

    

Rest of real
guarantees

    

value due to
credit risk

    

Number of
transactions

    

Gross
amount

    

Number of
transactions

    

Gross
amount

    

Real estate
guarantee

    

Rest of real
guarantees

    

value due to
credit risk

 

Credit entities

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

Public sector

 

55 

 

89 

 

21 

 

22 

 

11 

 

 

 

22 

 

 

13 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

Other financial institutions and: individual shareholder

 

248 

 

45 

 

120 

 

60 

 

40 

 

10 

 

25 

 

79 

 

 

59 

 

22 

 

 

 

13 

 

Non-financial institutions and individual shareholder

 

259,792 

 

9,631 

 

45,746 

 

13,663 

 

9,255 

 

1,075 

 

7,106 

 

109,973 

 

5,522 

 

21,265 

 

7,839 

 

5,531 

 

414 

 

6,233 

 

Of which: Financing for constructions and property development

 

1,259 

 

236 

 

2,861 

 

2,612 

 

2,125 

 

30 

 

1,111 

 

803 

 

130 

 

2,099 

 

1,718 

 

1,363 

 

24 

 

847 

 

Other warehouses

 

1,919,831 

 

4,568 

 

878,272 

 

19,627 

 

9,480 

 

3,896 

 

4,408 

 

755,948 

 

1,819 

 

126,086 

 

4,824 

 

3,234 

 

428 

 

2,864 

 

Total

 

2,179,926 

 

14,333 

 

924,159 

 

33,372 

 

18,786 

 

4,986 

 

11,541 

 

866,022 

 

7,351 

 

147,423 

 

12,692 

 

8,780 

 

849 

 

9,112 

 

Financing classified as non-current assets and disposable groups of items that have been classified as held for sale

 

2,921 

 

1,255 

 

4,110 

 

4,893 

 

2,140 

 

69 

 

3,497 

 

2,895 

 

1,253 

 

4,000 

 

4,853 

 

2,102 

 

69 

 

3,496 

 

 

 

 

239


 

The transactions presented in the foregoing tables were classified at December 31, 2017 by nature, as follows:

 

·

Non-performing: Operations that rest on an inadequate payment scheme will be classified within the non-performing category, regardless they include contract clauses that delay the repayment of the operation throughout regular payments or present amounts written off the balance sheet for being considered irrecoverable.

·

Performing: Operations not classifiable as non-performing will be classified within this category. Operations will also will be classified as normal if they have been reclassified from the non-performing category for complying with the specific criteria detailed below:

a.

A period of a year must have expired from the refinancing or restructuring date.

b.

The owner must have paid for the accrued amounts of the capital and interests, thus reducing the rearranged capital amount, from the date when the restructuring of refinancing operation was formalized.

c.

The owner must not have any other operation with amounts past due by more than 90 days on the date of the reclassification to the normal risk category.

The table below shows the changes in 2017 in the forborne loan portfolio:

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

    

2017 

 

Beginning balance

 

37,365 

 

Refinancing and restructuring of the period

 

12,675 

 

Memorandum item: Impact recorded in the  income statement for the period

 

2,406 

 

Debt repayment

 

(9,107)

 

Foreclosure

 

(950)

 

Derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet

 

(5,334)

 

Others variations (*)

 

1,515 

 

Balance at end of year

 

36,164 

 


(*) Included €7,020 million refinancing loans from Grupo Banco Popular Acquisition.

 

58% of the forborne loan transactions are classified as other than non-performing. Particularly noteworthy are the level of existing guarantees (50% of transactions are secured by collateral) and the coverage provided by specific allowances (representing 24% of the total forborne loan portfolio and 45% of the non-performing portfolio).

 

Part 3. Trading market and structural risk

 

A. Activities subject to market risk and types of market risk

The scope of activities subject to market risk includes transactions in which equity risk is borne due to changes in market factors. Thus they include trading risks and also structural risks which are also affected by market shifts.

This risk comes from the change in risk factors -interest rates, inflation rates, exchange rates, share prices, the spread on loans, commodity prices and the volatility of each of these elements– as well as from the liquidity risk of the various products and markets in which the Group operates.

·

Interest rate risk is the possibility that changes in interest rates could adversely affect the value of a financial instrument, a portfolio or the Group as a whole. It affects loans, deposits, debt securities, most assets and liabilities of trading portfolios as well as derivatives, among others.

·

Inflation rate risk is the possibility that changes in inflation rates could adversely affect the value of a financial instrument, a portfolio or the Group as a whole. It affects instruments such as loans, debt securities and derivatives, where the return is linked to inflation or to a change in the actual rate.

·

Exchange rate risk is the sensitivity of the value of a position in a currency different to the base currency to a movement in exchange rates. Hence, a long position in a foreign currency will produce a loss if that currency depreciates against the base currency. Among

240


 

the positions affected by this risk are the Group’s investments in subsidiaries in non-euro currencies, as well as any foreign currency transactions.

·

Equity risk is the sensitivity of the value of positions in equities to adverse movements in the market prices or in expectations of future dividends. Among other instruments, this affects positions in shares, stock market indices, convertible bonds and derivatives using shares as the underlying asset (put, call, equity swaps, etc.).

·

Credit spread risk is the risk or sensitivity of the value of positions in fixed income securities or in credit derivatives to movements in credit spread curves or in recovery rates associated with issuers and specific types of debt. The spread is the difference between financial instruments that quote with a margin over other benchmark instruments, mainly the yield of government bonds and interbank interest rates.

·

Commodities price risk is the risk derived from the effect of potential changes in prices. The Group’s exposure to this risk is not significant and is concentrated in derivative transactions on commodities with clients.

·

Volatility risk is the risk or sensitivity of the value of a portfolio to changes in the volatility of risk factors: interest rates, exchange rates, shares, credit spreads and commodities. This risk is incurred by all financial instruments where volatility is a variable in the valuation model. The most significant case is financial options portfolios.

All these market risks can be partly or fully mitigated by using options, futures, forwards and swaps.

Other types of market risk require more complex hedging. For example:

·

Correlation risk is the sensitivity of the value of a portfolio to changes in the relationship between risk factors (correlation), either of the same type (for example, between two exchange rates) or of a different nature (for example, between an interest rate and the price of a commodity).

·

Market liquidity risk is that of a Group entity or the Group as a whole cannot reverse or close a position in time without having an impact on the market price or the cost of the transaction. This risk can be caused by a reduction in the number of market makers or institutional investors, the execution of large volume of transactions, or market instability. It increases as a result of the concentration of certain products and currencies.

·

Prepayment or cancellation risk. When the contractual relationship in certain transactions explicitly or implicitly permits the possibility of early cancellation without negotiation before maturity, there is a risk that the cash flows may have to be reinvested at a potentially lower interest rate. It affects mainly mortgage loans or mortgage securities.

·

Underwriting risk. This occurs as a result of an entity’s participation in underwriting a placement of securities or another type of debt, assuming the risk of partially owning the issue or the loan due to non-placement of all of it among potential buyers.

Pension and actuaria l   risks , which are described later on, also depend on shifts in market factors.

Depending on the nature of the risk, activities are segmented as follows:

a) Trading:  financial services to customers and purchase-sale and taking positions mainly in fixed-income, equity and currency products. The SGCB (Santander Global Corporate Banking) division is mainly responsible for managing this risk.

b) Structural risks: we distinguish between balance sheet risks and pension and actuarial risks:

b.1) Structural balance sheet risks: market risks inherent in the balance sheet excluding the trading portfolio. Management decisions on these risks are taken by the ALCO committees of each country in coordination with the Group’s ALCO committee and are executed by the financial management division. This management seeks to inject stability and recurrence into the financial margin of commercial activity and economic value, maintaining adequate levels of liquidity and solvency. The risks are:

·

Structural interest rate risk. This arises from maturity mismatches and repricing of all assets and liabilities.

·

Structural exchange rate risk/hedging of results. Exchange rate risk occurs when the currency in which the investment is made is different from the euro, irrespective of whether the company consolidates or not (structural exchange rate). Exchange-rate hedging positions for future profits in currencies other than the euro (hedging of profits) are also included under this hedging.

241


 

·

Structural equity risk. This involves investments via stakes in financial or non-financial companies that are not consolidated, as well as portfolios available for sale portfolios consisting of equity positions.

b.2) Pension and actuarial risk

·

Pension risk: the risk assumed by the Bank in relation to the pension commitments with its employees. The risk lies in the possibility that the fund will not cover these commitments in the accrual period for the provision and the profitability obtained by the portfolio will not be sufficient, obliging the Group to increase its contributions.

·

Actuarial risk: unexpected losses resulting from an increase in commitments to holders of insurance policies, as well as losses from unforeseen cost increases.

B.    Trading market risks

1.     Quantitative analysis

Grupo Santander’s trading risk profile remained relatively low in 2017, in line with previous years, due to the fact that the Group's activity has traditionally been focused on providing services to its customers, with only limited exposure to complex structured assets, as well as geographic diversification and risk factor.

1.1.  Value at Risk (VaR) analysis 18

In 2017, the Group maintained its strategy of concentrating its trading activity on customer business, minimizing where possible exposures to directional risk in net terms. This is reflected in the Value at Risk (VaR) of the SGCB trading book, which, despite the volatility in Brazil in May in terms of interest rates and exchange rates owing to the political turmoil, rose slightly above its average path over the last three years, ending 2017 at €10.2 million, close to the minimum level of the year 19 .

EVOLUTION OF VaR 2015-2017 (Excl. Popular)

Million euros. VaR at a 99% confidence interval over a one day horizon.

PICTURE 2

 

VaR during 2017 fluctuated between €9.7 million and €63.2 million. The most significant changes were related to variations in exchange rate and interest rate exposure and also market volatility.

 


18  Excluding Popular. Trading portfolios of Popular represents less than 1% of the equivalent market risk of Santander Group with very low activity and complexity.

 

19   Regarding trading activity in financial markets by SGCB (Santander Global Corporate Banking). As well as the trading activity of SGCB, there are other positions catalogued for accounting purposes. The total VaR of trading of this accounting perimeter was €9.9 million.

242


 

The average VaR in 2017 was €21.5 million, slightly higher than in the two previous years (€18.3 million in 2016 and €15.6 million in 2015).

 

The chart below shows the distribution of risk in VaR terms from 2015 to 2017. The accumulation of days with levels of between €13 million and €31 million (95.2%) is shown. Values of higher than €31 million (3.6%) largely occur in periods affected by temporary spikes in volatility, mainly in the Brazilian real against the dollar and also in the Brazilian interest rates.

 

VaR RISK HISTOGRAM

VaR at 99% over a one day horizon. Number of days (%) in each range.

PICTURE 3

 

Risk by factor

The following table displays the average and latest VaR values at 99% by risk factor over the last three years, and the lowest and highest values in 2017 and the Expected Shortfall (ES) at 97.5% at the close of 2017:

243


 

VaR AND EXPECTED SHORTFALL STATISTICS BY RISK FACTOR 20 , 21,  

Million euros. VaR at 99% and ES at 97.5%, with a time frame of one day

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VaR (99%)

 

(97.5%)

 

VaR

 

VaR

 

 

 

Minimum

 

Average

 

Maximum

 

Latest

 

Latest

 

Average

 

Latest

 

Average

 

Latest

 

Total trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

    

9.7 

    

21.5 

    

63.2 

    

10.2 

    

11.5 

    

18.3 

    

17.9 

    

15.6 

    

13.6 

 

Diversification effect

 

(2.1)

 

(8.0)

 

(39.9)

 

(7.6)

 

(7.9)

 

(10.3)

 

(9.6)

 

(11.1)

 

(5.8)

 

Interest rate

 

7.7 

 

16.2 

 

70.4 

 

7.9 

 

10.0 

 

15.5 

 

17.9 

 

14.9 

 

12.7 

 

Equities

 

1.0 

 

3.0 

 

5.9 

 

1.9 

 

2.1 

 

1.9 

 

1.4 

 

1.9 

 

1.1 

 

Exchange rate

 

2.1 

 

6.6 

 

15.7 

 

3.3 

 

2.8 

 

6.9 

 

4.8 

 

4.5 

 

2.6 

 

Credit spread

 

2.3 

 

3.6 

 

5.1 

 

4.6 

 

4.6 

 

4.2 

 

3.3 

 

5.2 

 

2.9 

 

Commodities

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.1 

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.1 

 

0.1 

 

0.2 

 

0.1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

4.8 

 

7.0 

 

12.0 

 

6.4 

 

6.9 

 

9.0 

 

9.4 

 

11.6 

 

11.1 

 

Diversification effect

 

(3.2)

 

(6.1)

 

(11.1)

 

(6.0)

 

(5.6)

 

(9.1)

 

(7.6)

 

(8.3)

 

(5.6)

 

Interest rate

 

4.3 

 

6.1 

 

11.5 

 

5.7 

 

5.7 

 

8.2 

 

9.1 

 

10.6 

 

10.9 

 

Equities

 

0.3 

 

1.1 

 

2.9 

 

0.5 

 

0.6 

 

1.6 

 

1.5 

 

1.4 

 

1.0 

 

Exchange rate

 

0.3 

 

2.1 

 

5.7 

 

1.4 

 

1.5 

 

4.1 

 

3.0 

 

3.3 

 

1.9 

 

Credit spread

 

2.4 

 

3.7 

 

5.7 

 

4.7 

 

4.7 

 

4.1 

 

3.4 

 

4.4 

 

2.8 

 

Commodities

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.1 

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.1 

 

0.1 

 

0.2 

 

0.1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Latin America

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

7.7 

 

20.1 

 

72.8 

 

8.4 

 

9.2 

 

13.7 

 

13.5 

 

10.6 

 

9.7 

 

Diversification effect

 

1.6

 

(3.7)

 

(34.9)

 

(4.1)

 

(4.3)

 

(3.6)

 

(2.7)

 

(4.8)

 

(4.4)

 

Interest rate

 

7.2 

 

15.1 

 

82.3 

 

7.5 

 

8.7 

 

11.4 

 

13.0 

 

10.7 

 

9.3 

 

Equities

 

0.5 

 

3.3 

 

6.5 

 

1.9 

 

2.2 

 

1.4 

 

0.8 

 

1.5 

 

0.5 

 

Exchange rate

 

1.5 

 

5.5 

 

14.7 

 

3.1 

 

2.6 

 

4.5 

 

2.4 

 

3.2 

 

4.3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA and Asia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

1.2 

 

2.1 

 

3.7 

 

1.2 

 

1.5 

 

1.3 

 

2.7 

 

0.9 

 

0.9 

 

Diversification effect

 

0.5

 

(0.6)

 

(1.7)

 

(0.4)

 

(0.2)

 

(0.5)

 

(0.6)

 

(0.5)

 

(0.4)

 

Interest rate

 

1.2 

 

2.0 

 

2.9 

 

1.2 

 

1.4 

 

1.3 

 

2.7 

 

0.8 

 

0.8 

 

Equities

 

0.0 

 

0.2 

 

1.4 

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.1 

 

0.0 

 

0.1 

 

0.0 

 

Exchange rate

 

0.1 

 

0.5 

 

1.3 

 

0.4 

 

0.2 

 

0.4 

 

0.5 

 

0.4 

 

0.4 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

0.1 

 

0.4 

 

0.7 

 

0.2 

 

0.2 

 

0.6 

 

0.5 

 

1.6 

 

0.4 

 

Diversification effect

 

 (0.0) 

 

(0.1)

 

(0.2)

 

(0.1)

 

(0.0)

 

(0.1)

 

(0.1)

 

(0.6)

 

(0.2)

 

Interest rate

 

0.0 

 

0.1 

 

0.3 

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.1 

 

0.1 

 

0.5 

 

0.1 

 

Credit spread

 

0.1 

 

0.4 

 

0.6 

 

0.2 

 

0.2 

 

0.5 

 

0.5 

 

1.6 

 

0.4 

 

Exchange rate

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

 

At the end of 2017, VaR decreased by €7.7 million regarding yearend 2016, increasing average VaR by €3.2 million. By risk factor, average VaR increased in interest rate and equity risk, but fell in exchange rate, credit spread and commodities. By geographies, there was a slight increase in Latin America and the United States/Asia, although it fell in the other geographies.

 


20  The VaR of global activities includes operations that are not assigned to any particular country.

21  In Latin America, United States and Asia, the VaR levels of the credit spread and commodity factors are not shown separately because of their scant or zero materiality.

 

244


 

The evolution of VaR by risk factor has, in general, been stable over the last few years. The temporary rises in VaR for various factors are explained more by temporary increases in the volatility of market prices than by significant changes in positions.

 

VaR BY RISK FACTOR EVOLUTION

Million euros, VaR at 99% with a time frame of one day (15 day moving average)

PICTURE 4

Lastly, the table below compares the VaR figures with stressed VaR figures 22   for the trading activity of the two portfolios with the highest average VaR in 2017.

 

STRESSED VaR vs VaR IN 2017: MAIN PORTFOLIOS  

Million euros. Stressed VaR and VaR at 99% with one-day time horizon.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

Min

 

Average

 

Max

 

Latest

 

Average

 

Latest

 

Spain

    

VaR (99%)

    

2.3 

    

3.9 

    

5.6 

    

5.3 

    

5.7 

    

4.7 

 

 

 

Stressed VaR (99%)

 

12.8 

 

17.6 

 

25.0 

 

17.9 

 

14.9 

 

14.3 

 

Brazil

 

VaR (99%)

 

6.2 

 

18.6 

 

72.7 

 

6.3 

 

12.0 

 

10.6 

 

 

 

Stressed VaR (99%)

 

9.0 

 

31.1 

 

66.7 

 

11.7 

 

22.2 

 

23.0 

 

 

1.2.  Gauging and backtesting measures

The real losses can differ from the forecasts by the VaR for various reasons related to the limitations of this metric, which are set out in detail later in the section on the methodologies. The Group regularly analyses and contrasts the accuracy of the VaR calculation model in order to confirm its reliability.

The most important test consists of backtesting exercises, analyzed at the local and global levels and in all cases with the same methodology. Backtesting consists of comparing the forecast VaR measurements, with a certain level of confidence and time frame, with the real results of losses obtained in a same time frame. This can detect anomalies in the VaR model of the portfolio in question to be detected (for example, shortcomings in the parameterization of the valuation models of certain instruments, not very adequate proxies, etc.).

 


22  Description in section 2.

245


 

Santander calculates and evaluates three types of backtesting:

·

“Clean” backtesting: the daily VaR is compared with the results obtained without taking into account the intraday results or the changes in the portfolio’s positions. This method contrasts the effectiveness of the individual models used to assess and measure the risks of the different positions.

·

Backtesting on complete results: the daily VaR is compared with the day’s net results, including the results of the intraday operations and those generated by commissions.

·

Backtesting on complete results without mark-ups or fees: the daily VaR is compared with the day’s net results from intraday operations but excluding those generated by mark-ups and commissions. This method aims to give an idea of the intraday risk assumed by the Group’s treasuries.

In 2017, for the total portfolio, there were two exceptions for Value at Earnings (VaE) at 99% (day on which daily profit was higher than VaE). The first, on 23 May, explained by the major shifts in the exchange rates of the euros and U.S. dollars against the Brazilian reais and the interest rate curves for Brazil, as a result of political events in the country, and the second on 28 December due to a general markets movement favorable to the portfolio positions.

There was also an exception to VaR at 99% (day on which the daily loss was higher than the VaR) on 18 May, for the same reason as the exception to VaE of the same month.

 

The number of exceptions occurred is consistent with the assumptions specified in the VaR calculation model.

BACKTESTING OF TRADING PORTFOLIOS: DAILY RESULTS VERSUS PREVIOUS DAY’S VALUE AT RISK (Million euros)

PICTURE 5

 

1.3.  Distribution of risks and management results 23

Geographic distribution

In trading activity, the average contribution of Latin America to the Group’s total VaR in 2017 was 88.4% compared with a contribution of 43.8% in economic results. Europe, with 10.6% of global risk, contributed 50.5% of results. In relation to prior years, there was a gradual homogenization in the profile of activity in the Group’s different units, focused generally on providing service to professional and institutional clients.

 

Below is the geographic contribution (by percentage) to the Group total, both in risks, measured in VaR terms, as well as in results, measured in economic terms.

 


23  Results in terms similar to Gross Margin (excluding operating costs, the financial would be the only cost).

 

246


 

BINOMIAL VaR-MANAGEMENT RESULTS: GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION

Average VaR (at 99%, with a time frame of one day) and annual cumulative management result (million euros); percentage of annual totals.

PICTURE 6

Monthly distribution of risks and results

The next chart shows the risk assumption profile, in terms of VaR, compared to results in 2017. The average VaR remained relatively stable in the first half, as did results, albeit with they displayed higher volatility in the second half of the year owing to market instability.

 

TEMPORARY DISTRIBUTION OF RISK AND RESULTS IN 2017: PERCENTAGES OF ANNUAL TOTALS

VaR (at 99%, with a time frame of one day) and annual cumulative management result (million euros); percentage of annual totals.

PICTURE 7

 

The following frequency histogram shows the distribution of daily economic results on the basis of their size between 2015 and 2017. It shows that on over 94.5% of days on which the markets were open, daily returns 24 were in a range of between -€10 and €+10 million.

 


24  Yields “clean” of fees and results of intraday derivative operations.

 

 

247


 

DAILY RESULTS (MTM) 2015-2017 FREQUENCY HISTOGRAM

Daily management result “clean” of fees and intraday operations (million euros). Number of days (%) in each range.

PICTURE 8

 

  1.4.      Risk management of derivatives

Derivatives activity is mainly focused on marketing investment products and hedging risks for clients. Management is focused on ensuring that the net risk opened is the lowest possible.

 

These transactions include options on equities, fixed-income and exchange rates. The units where this activity mainly takes place are: Spain, Brazil, Santander UK and Mexico.

 

The chart below shows the VaR Vega 25  performance of structured derivatives business over the last three years. It fluctuated at around an average of €4 million. In general, the periods with higher VaR levels related to episodes of significant rises in volatility in the markets. 

Although in 2015, VaR Vega was similar to the previous year in the first quarter of the year, in the two next quarters it was affected by high market volatility due to events such as Greece's bail-out, high stock market volatility in China and its currency depreciation, and rating downgrade in Brazil as well as the strong depreciation of its currency against the euro and the dollar.

During 2016, a number of different events pushed up market volatility as indicated above (Brexit, general elections in Spain and the US, political-economic situation in Brazil, constitutional referendum in Italy).

2017, excluding certain occasions, was less volatile than the two previous years, which means less risk and, hence a lower VaR Vega.

 


25  Vega, a Greek term, means here the sensitivity of the value of a portfolio to changes in the price of market volatility.

 

248


 

EVOLUTION OF RISK (VaR) OF THE DERIVATIVES BUSINESS

Million euros. VaR Vega at 99%, with a time frame of one day

PICTURE 9

Regarding the VaR by risk factor, on average, the exposure was concentrated, in this order: equities, interest rates, exchange rates and commodities. This is shown in the table below:

 

FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES. RISK (VaR) BY RISK FACTOR

Million euros. VaR at 99%, with a time frame of one day

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

    

Minimum

    

Average

    

Maximum

    

Latest

    

Average

    

Latest

    

Average

    

Latest

 

Total VaR Vega

 

1.4 

 

2.3 

 

3.7 

 

2.5 

 

4.0 

 

2.5 

 

6.8 

 

7.0 

 

Diversification effect

 

(0.6)

 

(1.5)

 

(3.1)

 

(0.6)

 

(2.4)

 

(2.3)

 

(2.3)

 

(1.7)

 

VaR interest rate

 

0.6 

 

1.3 

 

2.5 

 

0.7 

 

3.6 

 

2.6 

 

6.5 

 

7.3 

 

VaR equities

 

0.9 

 

1.5 

 

2.2 

 

1.4 

 

1.7 

 

1.3 

 

1.5 

 

0.8 

 

VaR exchange rate

 

0.4 

 

0.9 

 

2.4 

 

1.0 

 

1.1 

 

0.9 

 

1.1 

 

0.6 

 

VaR commodities

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.1 

 

0.0 

 

 

Exposure by business unit was mainly concentrated in Spain, Brazil, Santander UK and Mexico (in that order).

 

FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES. RISK (VaR) BY UNIT

Million euros. VaR at 99%, with a time frame of one day

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

    

Minimum

    

Average

    

Maximum

    

Latest

    

Average

    

Latest

    

Average

    

Latest

 

Total VaR Vega

 

1.4 

 

2.3 

 

3.7 

 

2.5 

 

4.0 

 

2.5 

 

6.8 

 

7.0 

 

Spain

 

1.0 

 

1.9 

 

3.0 

 

1.7 

 

3.6 

 

2.3 

 

6.6 

 

6.9 

 

Santander UK

 

0.5 

 

0.6 

 

0.8 

 

0.6 

 

1.3 

 

0.9 

 

0.9 

 

0.9 

 

Brazil

 

0.4 

 

0.8 

 

3.1 

 

0.9 

 

0.8 

 

0.7 

 

0.7 

 

0.4 

 

Mexico

 

0.2 

 

0.5 

 

1.2 

 

0.7 

 

0.4 

 

0.2 

 

0.8 

 

0.3 

 

 

The average risk in 2017 (€2.3 million) is lower compared to 2016 and 2015, for the reasons explained above.

 

249


 

Grupo Santander continues to have a very limited exposure to complex structured instruments or vehicles, showing that it maintains a culture in which prudence in risk management is particularly important. At the end of 2017, the Group had:

 

·

Hedge funds: the total exposure is not significant (€32.6 million at close of December 2017) and is all indirect, acting as counterparty in derivatives transactions. The risk with this type of counterparty is analyzed case by case, establishing percentages of collateralization on the basis of the features and assets of each fund.

·

Monolines: exposure to bond insurance companies (monolines) as of December 2017 was €27.3 million, all of it indirect, by virtue of the guarantee provided by this type of entity for various financing or traditional securitization transactions. The exposure in this case is to double default, as the primary underlying assets are of high credit quality.

 

This was mainly due to the integration of positions of institutions acquired by the Group, as Sovereign in 2009. All these positions were known at the time of purchase, having been duly provisioned. These positions, since their integration in the Group, have been notably reduced, with the ultimate goal of eliminating them from the balance sheet.

 

Santander’s policy for approving new transactions related to these products remains very prudent and conservative. It is subject to strict supervision by the Group’s senior management. Before approving a new transaction, product or underlying asset, the risks division verifies:

 

·

The existence of an appropriate valuation model to monitor the value of each exposure: Mark-to-Market, Mark-to-Model or Mark-to-Liquidity.

 

·

The availability in the market of observable data (inputs) needed to be able to apply this valuation model.

 

And provided these two points are always met:

 

·

The availability of appropriate systems, duly adapted to calculate and monitor every day the results, positions and risks of new operations. 

 

The degree of liquidity of the product or underlying asset, in order to make possible their coverage when deemed appropriate.

1.5.  Issuer risk in trading portfolios

Trading activity in credit risk is mainly conducted in the Treasury Units in Spain. It is done by taking positions in bonds and credit default swaps (CDS) at different maturities on corporate and financial references, as well as indexes (Itraxx, CDX).

The accompanying table shows the major positions at year-end in Spain, distinguishing between long (purchases of bonds and sales of CDS protection) and short (sales of bonds and purchases of CDS protection) positions:

Million euros. Data at year-end 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Top ‘long’ positions
(sales of protection)

 

Top ‘short’ positions
(purchase of protection)

 

 

 

Exposure at
default (EAD)

 

% of 
total EAD

 

Exposure at
default (EAD)

 

% of 
total EAD

 

1st reference

    

129 

    

2.9 

%  

(166)

    

2.8 

%

2nd reference

 

89 

 

2.0 

%  

(25)

 

0.4 

%

3rd reference

 

68 

 

1.5 

%  

(16)

 

0.3 

%

4th reference

 

64 

 

1.4 

%  

(14)

 

0.2 

%

5th reference

 

60 

 

1.3 

%  

(9)

 

0.2 

%

Sub total top 5

 

410 

 

9.1 

%  

(230)

 

3.9 

%

Total

 

4,462 

 

100 

%  

(5,863)

 

100 

%

 

Note: zero recoveries are supposed (LCR=0) in the EAD calculation

 

250


 

1.6.  Analysis of scenarios

Various stress scenarios were calculated and analyzed regularly in 2017 (minimum monthly) at the local and global levels for all the trading portfolios and using the same risk factor assumptions.

Maximum volatility scenario (Worst Case)

This scenario is given particular attention as it combines historic movements of risk factors with an ad-hoc analysis in order to reject very unlikely combinations of variations (for example, sharp falls in stock markets together with a decline in volatility). A historic volatility equivalent to six standard deviations is applied. The scenario is defined by taking for each risk factor the movement which represents the greatest potential loss in the portfolio, rejecting the most unlikely combinations in economic-financial terms.

 

At year-end, that scenario implied, for the global portfolio, interest rate rises in Latin American markets and falls in core markets, stock market falls, depreciation of all currencies against the euro, and increased credit spreads and volatility. The results for this scenario at the close of 2017 are shown in the following table.

MAXIMUM VOLATILITY STRESS SCENARIO (WORST CASE)

Million euros. Data at year-end 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Interest rate

    

Equities

    

Exchange rate

    

Credit spread

    

Commodities

    

Total

 

Total trading

 

(32.5)

 

(8.7)

 

(5.3)

 

(18.7)

 

0.0

 

(65.2)

 

Europe

 

(10.3)

 

(3.3)

 

(1.9)

 

(18.2)

 

0.0

 

(33.7)

 

Latin America

 

(21.0)

 

(5.4)

 

(3.0)

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

(29.4)

 

US

 

(0.1)

 

0.0 

 

(0.3)

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

(0.4)

 

Global activities

 

(0.1)

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

(0.5)

 

0.0 

 

(0.6)

 

Asia

 

(1.0)

 

0.0 

 

(0.1)

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

(1.1)

 

 

The stress test shows that the economic loss suffered by the Group in its trading portfolios, in terms of the mark to market (MtM) result, would be €65.2 million, if the stress movements defined in the scenario materialized in the market. This loss would be concentrated in Europe (in the following order: credit spread, interest rate, equities and exchange rate) and in Latin America (in the following order: interest rates, equities and exchange rate).

 

Other global stress scenarios

 

Abrupt crisis: an ad hoc scenario with sharp market movements. Rise in interest rate curves, sharp falls in stock markets, strong appreciation of the dollar against other currencies, rise in volatility and in credit spreads.

 

Subprime crisis: historic scenario of the US mortgage crisis. The objective of the analysis is to capture the impact on results of the reduction in liquidity in the markets. Two time horizons were used (one day and 10 days), in both cases there are falls in stock markets and in interest rates in core markets and rises in emerging markets, and dollar appreciation against other currencies.

 

“Plausible Forward Looking Scenario”: a hypothetical plausible scenario defined at local level in market risk units, based on the portfolio positions and their expert judgment regarding short-term changes in market variables which can have a negative impact on such positions.

 

EBA adverse scenario: the scenario proposed by the European Banking Authority (EBA) in April 2014 as part of the EBA 2014 EU-Wide Stress Test and updated in January 2016. It was initially conceived as an adverse scenario proposed by European banks thinking in terms of a 2014-2016 time horizon and updated last year to the 2016-2018 time horizon. It reflects the systemic threats which are considered to be the most serious threats to the stability of the banking sector in the European Union.

 

Reverse stress tests analysis, which are based on establishing a predefined result (unfeasibility of a business model or possible insolvency) and subsequently the risk factor scenarios and movements which could cause that situation are identified.

 

Every month a consolidated stress test report is drawn up with explanations of the main changes in results for the various scenarios and units. An early warning mechanism has also been established so that when the loss for a scenario is high in historic terms and/or in terms of the capital consumed by the portfolio in question, the relevant business executive is informed.

 

251


 

The results of these global scenarios for the last three years are shown in the following table:

 

STRESS TEST RESULTS: COMPARISON OF THE 2015 TO 2017 SCENARIOS (ANNUAL AVERAGES)

(Million euros)

PICTURE 10

 

2.   Methodologies

2.1  Value at Risk (VaR)

The standard methodology that Grupo Santander applies to trading activities is Value at Risk (VaR), which measures the maximum expected loss with a certain confidence level and time frame. The standard for historic simulation is a confidence level of 99% and a time frame of one day. Statistical adjustments are applied enabling the most recent developments affecting the levels of risk assumed to be incorporated efficiently and quickly. A time frame of two years or at least 520 days from the reference date of the VaR calculation is used. Two figures are calculated every day: one applying an exponential decay factor that accords less weight to the observations furthest away in time and another with the same weight for all observations. The higher of the two is reported as the VaR.

Value at Earnings (VaE) is also calculated. This measures the maximum potential gain with a certain level of confidence and time frame, applying the same methodology as for VaR.

VaR by historic simulation has many advantages as a risk metric (it sums up in a single number the market risk of a portfolio; it is based on market movements that really occurred without the need to make assumptions of functions forms or correlations between market factors, etc.), but also has limitations.

Some limitations are intrinsic to the VaR metrics, regardless of the methodology used for its calculation, including:

·

The VaR calculation is calibrated at a certain level of confidence, which does not indicate the levels of possible losses beyond it.

·

There are some products in the portfolio with a liquidity horizon greater than that specified in the VaR model.

·

VaR is a static analysis of the risk of the portfolio, and the situation could change significantly during the following day, although the likelihood of this occurring is very low.

Using the historic simulation methodology also has its limitations:

·

High sensitivity to the historic window used.

·

Inability to capture plausible events that would have significant impact, if these do not occur in the historic window used.

·

The existence of valuation parameters with no market input (such as correlations, dividend and recovery rate).

·

Slow adjustment to new volatilities and correlations, if the most recent data receives the same weight as the oldest data.

252


 

Some of these limitations are overcome by using Stressed VaR and Expected Shortfall, calculating VaR with exponential decay and applying conservative valuation adjustments. Furthermore, as previously stated, the Group regularly conducts analysis and backtesting of the accuracy of the VaR calculation model.

2.2  Stressed VaR (sVaR) and Expected Shortfall (ES)

In addition to standard VaR, Stressed VaR is calculated daily for the main portfolios. The calculation methodology is the same as for VaR, with the two following exceptions:

·

The historical observation period for the factors: when calculating Stressed VaR a window of 260 observations is used, rather than 520 for VaR. However, this is not the most recent data: rather, the data used is from a continuous period of stress for the portfolio in question. This is determined for each major portfolio by analyzing the history of a subset of market risk factors selected based on expert judgment and the most significant positions in the books.

·

In order to obtain the stressed VaR, unlike when calculating the VaR, the maximum between the percentile uniformly weighted and the one exponentially weighted is not applied. Instead, the percentile uniformly weighted is used directly.

Moreover, the expected shortfall (ES) is also calculated in order to estimate the expected value of the potential loss when this is higher than the level set by the VaR. Unlike VaR, ES has the advantage of better capturing the tail risk and of being a sub-additive metric 26 .  

The Basel Committee considers that ES with a 97.5% confidence interval delivers a similar level of risk to VaR at a 99% confidence interval. Equal weights are applied to all observations when calculating ES.

2.3  Analysis of scenarios

The Group uses other metrics in addition to VaR, giving it greater control over the risks it faces in the markets where it is active. These measures include scenario analysis. This consists of defining alternative behaviors for various financial variables and obtaining the impact on results of applying these to activities. These scenarios may replicate events that occurred in the past (such as a crisis) or determine plausible alternatives that are unrelated to past events.

The potential impact on earnings of applying different stress scenarios is regularly calculated and analyzed, particularly for trading portfolios, considering the same risk factor assumptions. Three scenarios are defined, as a minimum: plausible, severe and extreme. Taken together with VaR, these reveal a much more complete spectrum of the risk profile.

A number of trigger thresholds have also been established for global scenarios, based on their historical results and the capital associated with the portfolio in question. When these triggers are activated, the portfolio managers are notified so they can take appropriate action. The results of the global stress exercises, and any breaches of the trigger thresholds, are reviewed regularly, and reported to senior management, when this is considered appropriate.

2.4  Analysis of positions, sensitivities and results

Positions are used to quantify the net volume of the market securities for the transactions in the portfolio, grouped by main risk factor, considering the delta value of any futures or options. All risk positions can be expressed in the base currency of the unit and the currency used for standardizing information. Changes in positions are monitored on a daily basis to detect any incidents, so they can be corrected immediately.

Measurements of market risk sensitivity estimate the variation (sensitivity) of the market value of an instrument or portfolio to any change in a risk factor. The sensitivity of the value of an instrument to changes in market factors can be obtained using analytical approximations by partial derivatives or by complete revaluation of the portfolio.


26  According to the financial literature, subaddivity is a desirable property for a coherent risk metric. This property establishes that f(a+b) is less than or equal to f(a)+f(b). Intuitively, it assumes that the more instruments and risk factors there are in a portfolio, the lower the risks, because of the benefits of diversification. Whilst VaR only offers this property for some distributions, ES always does so.

 

253


 

In addition, the statement of income is also drawn up every day, providing an excellent indicator of risk, enabling us to identify the impact of changes in financial variables on the portfolios.

2.5  Derivative activities and credit management

Also noteworthy is the control of derivative activities and credit management which, because of its atypical nature, is conducted daily with specific measures. First, the sensitivities to price movements of the underlying asset (delta and gamma), volatility (vega) and time (theta) are controlled. Second, measures such as the sensitivity to the spread, jump-to-default, concentrations of positions by level of rating, etc., are reviewed systematically.

With regard to the credit risk inherent to trading portfolios, and in line with the recommendations of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and prevailing regulations, a further metric is also calculated: the Incremental Risk Charge (IRC). This seeks to cover the risks of non-compliance and ratings migration that are not adequately captured in VaR, through changes in the corresponding credit spreads. This metric is basically applied to fixed-income bonds, both public and private, derivatives on bonds (forwards, options, etc.) and credit derivatives (credit default swaps, asset backed securities, etc.). IRC is calculated using direct measurements of loss distribution tails at an appropriate percentile (99.9%), over a one year horizon. The Monte Carlo methodology is used, applying one million simulations.

2.6  Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) and Debt Valuation Adjustment (DVA)

Grupo Santander incorporates Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) and Debt Valuation Adjustment (DVA) when calculating the results of trading portfolios. The CVA is a valuation adjustment of Over-The-Counter (OTC) derivatives, as a result of the risk associated with the credit exposure assumed by each counterparty.

The CVA is calculated by taking into account the potential exposure with each counterparty in each future maturity. The CVA for a certain counterparty is therefore the sum of the CVA over all such future terms. The following inputs are used:

·

Expected exposure: including, for each operation the current market value (MtM) as well as the potential future risk (add-on) to each maturity. CVA also considers mitigating factors such as collateral and netting agreements, together with a decay factor for derivatives with interim payments.

·

Loss given default: the percentage of final loss assumed in case of credit/ non-payment of the counterparty.

·

Probability of default: for cases where there is no market information (spread curve traded through CDS, etc.) general proxies generated on the basis of companies with listed CDS of the same sector and external rating as the counterparty are used.

·

Discount factor curve.

The DVA is a valuation adjustment similar to the CVA, but in this case as a result of Grupo Santander’s risk that counterparties assume in OTC derivatives.

3.    System for controlling limits

Setting market risk and liquidity limits is designed as a dynamic process which responds to the Group’s risk appetite level. This process is part of an annual limits plan drawn up by the Group’s senior management, involving every Group entity.

The market risk limits used in Grupo Santander are established based on different metrics and try to cover all activity subject to market risk from many perspectives, applying a conservative approach. The main ones are:

·

VaR and Stressed VaR limits.

·

Limits of equivalent positions and/or nominal.

·

Interest rate sensitivity limits.

·

Vega limits.

·

Delivery risk limits for short positions in securities (fixed income and securities).

·

Limits to constrain the volume of effective losses, and protect results generated during the period:

254


 

·

Loss trigger.

·

Stop loss.

·

Credit limits:

·

Total exposure limit.

·

Jump to default by issuer limit.

·

Others.

·

Limits for origination operations.

These general limits are complemented by other sub-limits to establish a sufficiently granular limits framework for the effective control of the market risk factors to which the Group is exposed in its trading activities. Positions are monitored on a daily basis globally and for each unit at desk level, as well as with an exhaustive control of changes to portfolios, so as to identify any incidents that might need immediate correction, and thus comply with the Volcker Rule.

Three categories of limits were established based on the scope of approval and control: global approval and control limits, global approval limits with local control, and local approval and control limits. The limits are requested by the business executive of each country/entity, considering the particular nature of the business and so as to achieve the budget established, seeking consistency between the limits and the risk/return ratio. The limits are approved by the corresponding risk bodies.

Business units must comply with the approved limits at all times. In the event of a limit being exceeded, the local business executives have to explain, in writing and on the day, the reasons for the excess and the action plan to correct the situation, which in general might consist of reducing the position until it reaches the prevailing limits or setting out the strategy that justifies an increase in the limits.

If the business unit fails to respond to the excess within three days, the global business executives will be asked to set out the measures to be taken in order to make the adjustment to the existing limits. If this situation lasts for 10 days as of the first excess, senior risk management will be informed so that a decision can be taken: the risk takers could be made to reduce the levels of risk assumed.

C.   Structural balance sheet risks

1.    Quantitative analysis 27  

The market risk profile inherent in Grupo Santander’s balance sheet, in relation to its asset volumes and shareholders’ funds, as well as the budgeted financial margin, remained moderate in 2017, in line with previous years.

1.1.  Structural interest rate risk

Europe and the United States

The main balance sheets, the Parent, United Kingdom and United States, in mature markets and in a low interest rate setting, usually show positive sensitivities to interest rates in economic value of equity and net interest income.

 

Exposure levels in all countries are moderate in relation to the annual budget and capital levels.

 

At the end of 2017, net interest income risk at one year, measured as sensitivity to parallel changes in the worst-case scenario of ±100 basis points, was concentrated in the British pound yield curve, at €246 million, the euros, at €219 million, the U.S. dollars, at €190 million and the Polish zloty, at €55 million, all relating to risks of rate cuts. 


27  Includes the total balance sheet with the exception of trading portfolios. Excluding Popular with the exception in the VaR metric.

255


 

NET INTEREST INCOME (NII) SENSITIVITY 28    

% of the total

PICTURE 12

Other: Portugal and SCF.

At the same date, the most relevant risk in economic value of equity, measured as its sensitivity to parallel changes in the worst-case scenario of ±100 basis points, was in the euro interest rate curve, at €4,902 million, followed by the U.S. dollar at €626 million, the British pound at €431 million and the Polish zloty at €72 million, all with a risk of falling interest rates, scenarios which are now very unlikely.

ECONOMIC VALUE OF EQUITY (EVE) SENSITIVITY 29    

% of the total

PICTURE 13

Other: Poland, Portugal and SCF.

The tables below set out the interest-rate risk of the balance sheets of the parent bank and Santander UK by maturity, at the end of 2017.

 

PARENT BANK: INTEREST RATE REPRICING GAP 30  

Million euros.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Total

    

3 months

    

1 year

    

3 years

    

5 years

    

>5 years

    

Not sensitive

 

Assets

 

377,668

 

107,820

 

71,307

 

25,701

 

16,939

 

33,876

 

122,026

 

Liabilities

 

430,024

 

108,696

 

49,425

 

60,258

 

47,721

 

72,469

 

91,455

 

Off balance sheet

 

52,355

 

51,431

 

734

 

4,605

 

321

 

(4,735)

 

0

 

Net gap

 

0

 

50,555

 

22,615

 

(29,952)

 

(30,461)

 

(43,329)

 

30,571

 

 


28  Sensitivity for the worst scenario between +100 and -100 basis points.

29  Sensitivity for the worst scenario between +100 and -100 basis points.

30  Aggregate gap of all currencies on the balance sheet of the Parent bank, in euros.

 

256


 

SANTANDER UK: INTEREST RATE REPRICING GAP 31  

Million euros.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Total

    

3 months

    

1 year

    

3 years

    

5 years

    

>5 years

    

Not sensitive

 

Assets

 

324,613 

 

151,018

 

39,066

 

66,785

 

21,128

 

18,318

 

28,297

 

Liabilities

 

327,639 

 

200,826

 

20,291

 

28,727

 

20,002

 

29,841

 

27,953

 

Off balance sheet

 

3,027 

 

(11,703)

 

(3,409)

 

4,919

 

6,353

 

6,867

 

0

 

Net gap

 

 

(61,511)

 

15,366

 

42,977

 

7,479

 

(4,655)

 

344

 

 

In general, the gaps by maturities are kept at reasonable levels in relation to the size of the balance sheet.

Latin America

Latin American balance sheets are usually positioned for interest rate cuts for both economic value and net interest income, except for net interest income in Mexico, where excess liquidity is invested in the short term in the local currency.

 

In 2017, exposure levels in all countries were moderate in relation to the annual budget and capital levels.

 

At the end of the year, net interest income risk over one year, measured as sensitivity to parallel changes in the worst-case scenario of ±100 basis points, was concentrated in three countries: Brazil (€95 million), Chile (€39 million) and Mexico (€36 million), as shown in the chart below:

 

NET INTEREST INCOME (NII) SENSITIVITY 32

 

% of the tota l

PICTURE 14

Other: Argentina, Peru and Uruguay.

Risk to the economic value of equity over one year, measured as sensitivity to parallel ± 100 basis point movements in the worst-case scenario, was also concentrated in Brazil (€521 million), Chile (€179 million) and Mexico (€91 million).

 


31  Aggregate gap of all currencies on the balance sheet of the Santander UK unit, in euros.

32  Sensitivity for the worst scenario between +100 and -100 basis points.

 

257


 

ECONOMIC VALUE OF EQUITY (EVE) SENSITIVITY 33  

% of the total

PICTURE 15

Other: Argentina, Peru and Uruguay.

The table below shows the interest-rate risk maturity structure of the Brazil balance sheet at the end of 2017.

BRAZIL: INTEREST RATE REPRICING GAP 34  

Million euros.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Total

    

3 months

    

1 year

    

3 years

    

5 years

    

>5 years

    

Not sensitive

 

Assets

 

172,337

 

52,940

 

20,807

 

17,673

 

8,180

 

14,355

 

58,382

 

Liabilities

 

172,337

 

77,555

 

6,722

 

7,973

 

3,757

 

8,457

 

67,873

 

Off balance sheet

 

0

 

5,689

 

(268)

 

(4,231)

 

598

 

(1,367)

 

(421)

 

Net gap

 

0

 

(18,926)

 

13,818

 

5,469

 

5,021

 

4,531

 

(9,912)

 

 

Balance sheet structural interest rate VaR

 

In addition to sensitivities to interest rate movements (in which, assessments of ±100 basis points movements are supplemented by assessments of +/-25 basis points, +/-50 basis points and +/-75 basis points movements to give a fuller understanding of risk in countries with very low rates), Santander also uses other methods to monitor structural balance sheet risk from interest rates: these include scenario analysis and VaR calculations, applying a similar methodology to that for trading portfolios.

 

The table below shows the average, minimum, maximum and year-end values of the VaR of structural interest rate risk over the last three years:

Balance sheet structural interest rate risk (VaR)

 

Million euros. VaR at a 99% confidence interval over a one day horizon.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

    

Minimum

    

Average

    

Maximum

    

Latest

 

Structural interest rate VaR*

 

280.9 

 

373.9 

 

459.6 

 

459.6 

 

Diversification effect

 

(198.6)

 

(230.3)

 

(256.5)

 

(169.1)

 

Europe and USA

 

362.6 

 

433.6 

 

517.8 

 

511.8 

 

Latin America

 

116.9 

 

170.6 

 

198.4 

 

116.9 

 


* Includes credit spread VaR on ALCO portfolios.

 


33  Sensitivity for the worst scenario between +100 and -100 basis points.

34  Aggregate gap of all currencies on the balance sheet of the Brazil unit, in euros.

258


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

    

Minimum

    

Average

    

Maximum

    

Latest

 

Structural interest rate VaR*

 

242.5 

 

340.6 

 

405.8 

 

327.2 

 

Diversification effect

 

(129.2)

 

(271.0)

 

(294.3)

 

(288.6)

 

Europe and USA

 

157.7 

 

376.8 

 

449.3 

 

365.0 

 

Latin America

 

214.0 

 

234.9 

 

250.8 

 

250.8 

 


* Includes credit spread VaR on ALCO portfolios.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

    

Minimum

    

Average

    

Maximum

    

Latest

 

Structural interest rate VaR*

 

250.5 

 

350.0 

 

775.7 

 

264.2 

 

Diversification effect

 

(90.8)

 

(181.1)

 

(310.7)

 

(189.1)

 

Europe and USA

 

171.2 

 

275.2 

 

777.0 

 

210.8 

 

Latin America

 

170.1 

 

255.9 

 

309.3 

 

242.6 

 


* Includes credit spread VaR on ALCO portfolios.

 

Structural interest rate risk, measured in terms of VaR at one-day and at 99%, averaged €373.9 million in 2017. It is important to note the high level of diversification between the Europe and United States balance sheets and those of Latin America.

 

1.2. Structural exchange-rate risk/hedging of results

Structural exchange rate risk arises from Group operations in currencies, mainly related to permanent financial investments, and the results and hedging of these investments.

This management is dynamic and seeks to limit the impact on the core capital ratio of movements in exchange rates 35 . In 2017, hedging levels of the core capital ratio for exchange rate risk were maintained at approximately 100%.

At the end of 2017, the largest exposures of permanent investments (with their potential impact on equity) were, in order, in Brazilian reais , UK pounds sterling, U.S. dollars, Chilean pesos, Mexican pesos and Polish zlotys. The Group hedges some of these positions of a permanent nature with exchange-rate derivatives.

 

In addition, the Financial Management division is responsible for managing exchange-rate risk for the Group's expected results and dividends in units where the base currency is not the euro.

 

1.3. Structural equity risk

Santander maintains equity positions in its banking book in addition to those of the trading portfolio. These positions are maintained as available for sale portfolios (capital instruments) or as equity stakes, depending on the percentage or control.

The equity portfolio available for the banking book at the end of 2017 was diversified in securities in various countries, mainly Spain, China, USA, Morocco and the Netherlands. Most of the portfolio is invested in financial activities and insurance sectors. Among other sectors, to a lesser extent, are for example the public administrations or the professional, scientific and technical activities.

 

Structural equity positions are exposed to market risk. VaR is calculated for these positions using market price data series or proxies. At the close of 2017, the VaR at 99% with a one day time frame was €261.6 million (€323 and €208.1 million at the end of 2016 and 2015, respectively).

 


35  In early 2015, the criteria for coverage of the core capital ratio was changed from phase-in to fully loaded.

 

259


 

1.4. Structural VaR

A standardized metric such as VaR can be used for monitoring total market risk for the banking book, excluding the trading activity of Santander Global Corporate Banking (the VaR for this activity was described previously), distinguishing between fixed income (considering both interest rates and credit spreads on ALCO portfolios), exchange rate and equities.

 

In general, structural VaR is not high in terms of the Group’s volume of assets or equity.

 

Structural VaR

 

Million euros. VaR at a 99% confidence interval over a one day horizon.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

    

Minimum

    

Average

    

Maximum

    

Latest

    

Average

    

Latest

    

Average

    

Latest

 

Structural VaR

 

754.9 

 

878.0 

 

991.6 

 

815.7 

 

869.3 

 

922.1 

 

698.5 

 

710.2 

 

Diversification effect

 

(258.9)

 

(337.3)

 

(407.5)

 

(376.8)

 

(323.4)

 

(316.6)

 

(509.3)

 

(419.2)

 

VaR interest rate*

 

280.9 

 

373.9 

 

459.6 

 

459.6 

 

340.6 

 

327.2 

 

350.0 

 

264.2 

 

VaR exchange rate

 

471.2 

 

546.9 

 

621.1 

 

471.2 

 

603.4 

 

588.5 

 

634.7 

 

657.1 

 

VaR equities

 

261.6 

 

294.5 

 

318.4 

 

261.6 

 

248.7 

 

323.0 

 

223.2 

 

208.1 

 


* Includes credit spread VaR on ALCO portfolios.

 

2. Methodologies

2.1 Structural interest rate risk

The Group analyses the sensitivity of its net interest income and equity value to changes in interest rates. This sensitivity arises from gaps in maturity dates and the review of interest rates in the different asset and liability items.

 

The financial measures to adjust the positioning to that sought by the Group are agreed on the basis of the positioning of balance sheet interest rates, as well as the situation and outlook for the market. These measures range from taking positions in markets to defining the interest rate features of commercial products.

 

The metrics used by the Group to control interest rate risk in these activities are the repricing gap, the sensitivities of net interest income and of economic value of equity to changes in interest rate levels, the duration of equity and Value at Risk (VaR), for the purposes of calculating economic capital

Assets and liabilities interest rate gap

This is the basic concept for identifying the entity's interest-rate risk profile and measuring the difference between the volume of sensitive assets and liabilities on and off the balance sheet that reprice (i.e. that mature or are subject to rate revisions) at certain times (buckets). This provides an immediate approximation of the sensitivity of the entity's balance sheet and its net interest income and equity value to changes in interest rates.

 

Net interest income (NII) sensitivity

This is a key measure of the profitability of balance sheet management. It is calculated as the difference which arises in the net interest income during a certain period of time due to a parallel movement in interest rates. The standard period for measuring net interest income sensitivity is one year.

 

Economic value of equity (EVE) sensitivity

This measures the interest rate risk implicit in equity value (which for the purposes of interest rate risk is defined as the difference between the net current value of assets and the net current value of liabilities outstanding), based on the impact that a change in interest rates would have on those current values.

 

260


 

Treatment of liabilities without defined maturity

In the corporate model, the total volume of the balances of accounts without maturity is divided between stable and unstable balances. This separation between stable and unstable balances is obtained from a model that is based on the relation between balances and their own moving averages.

 

From this simplified model, the monthly cash flows are obtained and used to calculate NII and EVE sensitivities.

 

This model requires a variety of inputs:

 

·

Parameters inherent in the product.

·

Performance parameters of the client (in this case analysis of historic data is combined with the expert business view)

·

Market data.

·

Historic data of the portfolio.

Pre-payment treatment for certain assets

The pre-payment issue mainly affects fixed-rate mortgages in units where the relevant interest rate curves for the balance sheet are at low levels. This risk is modelled in these units, and this can also be applied, with some modifications, to assets without defined maturity (credit card businesses and similar).

 

The usual techniques used to value options cannot be applied directly because of the complexity of the factors that determine borrower pre-payments. As a result, the models for assessing options must be combined with empirical statistical models that seek to capture pre-payment performance. Some of the factors conditioning this performance are:

·

Interest rate: the differential between the fixed rate on the mortgage and the market rate at which it could be refinanced, net of cancellation and opening costs;

·

Seasoning: pre-payment tends to be low at the start of the instruments life cycle (signing of the contract) and grow and stabilize as time passes;

·

Seasonality: redemptions or early cancellations tend to take place at specific dates;

·

Burnout: decreasing trend in the speed of pre-payment as the instrument’s maturity approaches, which includes:

a) Age: defines low rates of pre-payment.

b) Cash pooling: define those loans that have already overcome various waves of interest rate falls. In other words, when a portfolio of loans has passed one or more cycles of downward rates and thus high levels of pre-payment, the “surviving” loans have a significantly lower pre-payment probability.

c) Others: geographic mobility, demographic, social and available income factors, etc.

The series of econometric relations that seek to capture the impact of all these factors is the probability of pre-payment of a loan or pool of loans and is denominated the pre-payment model.

Value at Risk (VaR)

For balance sheet activity and investment portfolios, this is defined as the 99% percentile of the distribution function of losses in equity value, calculated based on the current market value of positions and returns over the last two years, at a particular level of statistical confidence over a certain time horizon. As with trading portfolios, a time frame of two years or at least 520 days from the reference date of the VaR calculation is used.

The Group is working on implementing the guidelines published by the Basel Committee in its review of the treatment of Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB), published in April 2016, applicable in 2018.

2.2 Structural exchange rate risk/hedging of results

These activities are monitored via position measurements, VaR and results, on a daily basis.

261


 

2.3 Structural equity risk

These activities are monitored via position measurements, VaR and results, on a monthly basis.

3. System for controlling limits

As already stated for the market risk of trading, under the framework of the annual limits plan, limits are set for balance sheet structural risks, responding to Grupo Santander’s risk appetite level.

The main ones are:

Balance sheet structural interest rate risk:

·

Limit on the sensitivity of net interest income to one year.

·

Limit on the sensitivity of economic value of equity.

Structural exchange rate risk:

·

Net position in each currency (for hedging positions of results).

In the event of exceeding one of these limits or their sub limits, the relevant risk management executives must explain the reasons and facilitate the measures to correct it.

4. Pension and actuarial risk.

 

When managing the pension fund risks of employees (defined benefit), the Group assumes the financial, market, credit and liquidity risks it incurs for the assets and investment of the fund, as well as the actuarial risks derived from the liabilities, and the responsibilities for pensions to its employees.

 

The Group’s objective in the sphere of controlling and managing pension risk focuses on identifying, measuring, monitoring, controlling, mitigating and communicating this risk. The Group’s priority is thus to identify and mitigate all the focuses of risk.

 

This is why the methodology used by the Group estimates every year the combined losses in assets and liabilities in a defined stress scenario from changes in interest rates, inflation, stocks markets and properties, as well as credit and operational risk.

 

Actuarial risk is produced by biometric changes in the life expectancy of those with life assurance, from the unexpected increase in the indemnity envisaged in non-life insurance and, in any case, from unexpected changes in the performance of insurance takers in the exercise of the options envisaged in the contracts.

 

The following are actuarial risks:

 

Risk of life liability: risk of loss in the value of life assurance liabilities caused by fluctuations in risk factors that affect these liabilities:

 

·

Mortality/longevity risk: risk of loss from movements in the value of the liabilities deriving from changes in the estimation of the probability of death/survival of those insured.

 

·

Morbidity risk: risk of the loss from movements in the value of the liabilities deriving from changes in estimating the probability of disability/incapacity of those insured.

 

·

Redemption/fall risk: risk of loss from movements in the value of the liabilities as a result of the early cancellation of the contract, of changes in the exercise of the right of redemption by the insurance holders, as well as options of extraordinary contribution and/or suspending contributions.

 

·

Risk of costs: risk of loss from changes in the value of the liabilities derived from negative variances in envisaged costs.

 

·

Catastrophe risk: losses caused by catastrophic events that increase the entity's life liability.

262


 

Risk of non-life liability: risk of loss from the change in the value of the non-life insurance liability caused by fluctuations in risk factors that affect these liabilities:

 

·

Premium risk: loss derived from the insufficiency of premiums to cover the disasters that might occur.

 

·

Reserve risk: loss derived from the insufficiency of reserves for disasters, already incurred but not settled, including costs from management of these disasters.

 

·

Catastrophe risk: losses caused by catastrophic events that increase the entity's non-life liability.

 

Part 4. Liquidity and funding risk

 

Structural liquidity management seeks to finance the Group's recurring business with optimal maturity and cost conditions, avoiding the need to assume undesired liquidity risks.

 

Liquidity management at the Group is based on the following principles:

 

·

Decentralized liquidity model.

 

·

Medium- and long-term liquidity needs arising from the business must be funded using medium- and long-term instruments.

 

·

High proportion of customer deposits, as a result of a commercial balance sheet.

 

·

Diversification of wholesale funding sources by: instrument/investor; market/currency; and maturity.

 

·

Restrictions on recourse to short-term wholesale financing.

 

·

Availability of a sufficient liquidity reserve, including a capacity for discounting at central banks, to be drawn upon in adverse situations.

 

·

Compliance with the regulatory liquidity requirements at Group and subsidiary level, as a new conditioning factor in management.

 

In order to ensure the effective application of these principles by all the Group entities, it was necessary to develop a single management framework resting on the following three cornerstones:

 

·

A solid organizational and governance model that ensures the involvement of the subsidiaries’ senior management in decision-taking and its integration into the Group’s global strategy. The decision-making process for all structural risks, including liquidity and funding risk, is carried out by Local Asset and Liability Committees (ALCO) in coordination with the Global ALCO, which is the body empowered by Banco Santander’s board in accordance with the corporate Asset and Liability Management (ALM) framework. This governance model has been reinforced as it has been included within the Santander Risk Appetite Framework. This framework meets the demands of regulators and market players emanating from the financial crisis to strengthen banks’ risk management and control systems.

 

·

In-depth balance sheet analysis and measurement of liquidity risk, supporting decision-taking and its control. The objective is to ensure the Group maintains adequate liquidity levels necessary to cover its short- and long-term needs with stable funding sources, optimizing the impact of their costs on the income statement, both in normal and stressed conditions. The Group’s liquidity risk management processes are contained within a conservative risk appetite framework established in each geographic area in accordance with its commercial strategy. This risk appetite defines maximum tolerance levels for key risk factors using internal and regulatory metrics in both normal and stressed market conditions, which establish the limits within which the subsidiaries can operate in order to achieve their strategic objectives.

Management adapted in practice to the liquidity needs of each business. Every year, based on business needs, a liquidity plan is developed which will ensure

 

·

a solid balance sheet structure, with a diversified presence in the wholesale markets in terms of products and maturities, with moderate recourse to short-term products.

263


 

·

the use of liquidity buffers and limited use of balance sheet assets.

·

complying with both regulatory metrics and other metrics included in each entity’s risk appetite statement. Over the course of the year, all the dimensions of the plan are monitored.

 

The Group develops the ILAAP, or internal liquidity adequacy process, an internal self-assessment process of the adequacy of liquidity which must be integrated into the Group’s other risk management and strategic processes. It focuses on both quantitative and qualitative matters and is used as input for the SREP (Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process). The ILAAP shares the stress scenarios described above, with the Santander Group recording sound liquidity ratios in all of these.

 

Funding strategy and evolution of liquidity in 2017

 

2.1. Funding strategy

 

Santander’s funding activity over the last few years has focused on extending its management model to all Group subsidiaries, including new incorporations, and, in particular, adapting the strategies of the subsidiaries to the increasingly demanding requirements of both markets and regulators.

 

In general terms, the approaches to funding strategies and liquidity management implemented by Santander subsidiaries are being maintained.

 

·

Maintaining adequate and stable medium and long-term wholesale funding levels.

 

·

Ensuring a sufficient volume of assets which can be discounted in central banks as part of the liquidity reserve.

 

·

Strong liquidity generation from the commercial business through lower credit growth and increased emphasis on attracting customer deposits

 

All these developments, built on the foundations of a solid liquidity management model, enable Santander to enjoy a very robust funding structure today. The basic features of this are:

 

·

High share of customer deposits due to its retail focused balance sheet. Customer deposits are the Group’s main source of funding, representing just over two-thirds of the Group’s net liabilities (i.e. of the liquidity balance) and 92% of net loans as of December 2017, moreover, these deposits are a highly stable due to the fact that they mainly arise from retail client activity.  This represents an increase with respect to the 2016 figure of 87%. The liquidity evolution over the year can explain the majority of this change.

 

·

Diversified wholesale funding focused on the medium and long term, with a very small relative short-term component. Medium and long term wholesale funding accounts for 18% of the Group’s net funding and comfortably covers the lending not financed by customer deposits (commercial gap).

 

2.2. Evolution of liquidity in 2017

 

At the end of 2017, in comparison with 2016, the Group reported:

 

·

A stable ratio of credits over net assets (total assets minus trading derivatives and inter-bank balances) of 75%, similar to the level in recent years. This high level in comparison with European competitors reflects the retail nature of Grupo Santander’s balance sheet.

 

·

Net loan-to-deposit ratio (LTD ratio) at 109%, within a very comfortable range (below 120%). This stability shows a balanced growth between assets and liabilities.

 

·

The ratio of customer deposits plus medium and long-term funding to lending was held at 115% in the year.

 

·

Reduced recourse to short-term wholesale funding. The ratio was around 2%, in line with previous years.

 

264


 

·

Lastly, the Group’s structural surplus (i.e. the excess of structural funding resources - deposits, medium and long-term funding and capital - over structural liquidity needs - fixed assets and loans) rose in 2017, to an average of €156,927 million, unchanged on the end of the previous year.

 

Early compliance with regulatory ratios

 

As part of its liquidity management model, in recent years the Group has been managing the implementation, monitoring and early compliance with the new liquidity requirements set by international financial legislation.

 

LCR (Liquidity Coverage Ratio)

 

The regulatory requirement for this ratio in 2017 was set at 80%. As of January 1, 2018 the minimum increases to 100%. As a result, the Group, both at a consolidated and subsidiary level, has increased its risk appetite from 100% in 2017 to 105% in 2018. 

 

The Group’s strong short-term liquidity starting position, combined with autonomous management of the ratio in all major units, enabled compliance levels of more than 100% to be maintained throughout the year, at both the consolidated and individual levels. As of December 2017, the Group’s LCR ratio stood at 133%, comfortably exceeding the regulatory requirement. Although this requirement has only been set at the Group level, the other subsidiaries also comfortably exceed this minimum ratio.

 

NSFR (Net Stable Funding Ratio)

 

The final definition of the net stable funding ratio approved by the Basel Committee in October 2014, has not yet come into effect. The Basel requirement still needs to be written into the CRR, which is expected to be published in the second half of 2018. The NSFR regulatory requirements will only become binding two years after its inclusion into European Law.

 

However, the Group has defined a management limit of 100% at the consolidated level and for almost all of its subsidiaries.

 

With regards to this ratio, Santander benefits from a high weight of customer deposits, which are more stable, permanent liquidity needs deriving from commercial activity funded by medium- and long-term instruments and limited recourse to short-term funds. Taken together, this enables Santander to maintain a balanced liquidity structure, reflected in NSFR ratios greater than 100%, both at Group and individual levels as at end December 2017.

 

In particular, the NSFR of the parent bank was 105%, the UK 121%, Brazil 109% and the United States 110%.

 

In short, the liquidity models and management of the Group and its main subsidiaries have enabled them to meet both regulatory metrics well ahead of schedule.

 

Asset encumbrance

 

It is important to note the Group's moderate use of assets as security for structural balance-sheet funding sources.

 

Following the guidelines laid down by the European Banking Authority (EBA) in 2014, the concept of asset encumbrance includes both on-balance-sheet assets provided as security in transactions to obtain liquidity and off-balance-sheet assets that have been received and re-used for the same purpose, as well as other assets associated with liabilities for reasons other than funding.

 

The reported Group information as required by the EBA at 2017 year-end is as follows:

 

On-balance-sheet encumbered assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of millions of euros

    

Carrying amount
of encumbered
assets

    

Carrying amount
of non-encumbered assets

 

Loans and advances

 

224.9 

 

803.9 

 

Equity instruments

 

16.3 

 

10.8 

 

Debt securities

 

89.8 

 

109.6 

 

Other assets

 

18.6 

 

170.5 

 

Total assets

 

349.6 

 

1,094.7 

 

 

265


 

Encumbrance of collateral received

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

housands of millions of euros

    

Fair value of
encumbered
collateral received
or own debt
securities issued

    

Fair value of
collateral 
received or own
debt securities
issued available
for encumbrance

 

Collateral received

 

86.7 

 

27.2 

 

Loans and advances

 

 

-

 

Equity instruments

 

3.2 

 

5.5 

 

Debt securities

 

81.6 

 

21.7 

 

Other collateral received

 

1.9 

 

 

Own debt securities issued other than own covered bonds or ABSs

 

 

3.6 

 

 

Encumbered assets and collateral received and matching liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of millions of euros

    

Matching liabilities,
contingent 
liabilities or
securities lent

    

Assets, collateral received
and own debt securities
issued other than covered
bonds and ABSs
encumbered

 

Total sources of encumbrance (carrying amount)

 

330.7 

 

436.3 

 

 

On-balance-sheet encumbered assets amounted to €349.6 billion, of which 64% are loans (mortgage loans, corporate loans, etc.). Off-balance-sheet encumbered assets amounted to €86.7 billion, relating mostly to debt securities received as security in asset purchase transactions and re-used. Taken together, these two categories represent a total of €436.3 billion of encumbered assets, which give rise to €330.7 billion of matching liabilities.

 

As at June 2017, total asset encumbrance in funding operations represented 28.0% of the Group’s extended balance sheet under EBA criteria (total assets plus guarantees received: €1,558 billion as of June 2017). The increase in this ration compared to the values reported in 2016 are due to the acquisition of Banco Popular in June 2017, whose balance sheet was more encumbered than the rest of Grupo Santander.

 

Lastly, regard should be had to the different sources of encumbrance and the role they play in the Group’s funding:

 

45 % of total encumbered assets relate to security provided in medium- and long-term financing transactions (with residual maturity of more than one year) to fund the commercial balance-sheet activity. This places the level of asset encumbrance in “structural” funding transactions at 13 % of the expanded balance sheet under EBA standards.

 

The other 55 % relate to transactions in the short-term market (with residual maturity of less than one year) or to security provided in derivative transactions whose purpose is not to fund the ordinary business activity but rather to ensure efficient short-term liquidity management.

 

Part 5. Operational risk

 

Santander Group defines operational risk (OR) as the risk of losses from defects or failures in its internal processes, people or systems, or external events, thus covering risk categories such as fraud, and technological, cyber, legal and conduct risk.

 

Operational risk is inherent to all products, activities, processes and systems and is generated in all business and support areas. For this reason, all employees are responsible for managing and controlling the operational risks generated in their sphere of action.

 

This chapter refers to operational risks in general (these are also referred to as non-financial risks in Santander). Particular aspects of some risk factors are set out in more detail in specific sections (e.g. section C.4. Compliance and conduct risk).

 

The Group’s target in the area of OR management and control is to identify, assess and mitigate risk concentrations, regardless of whether they produce losses or not. Analyzing exposure to OR helps to establish priorities in managing this risk. During 2017, the Group has sought further improvement in its management model through a number of different initiatives designed by the Risks division. One of

266


 

these initiatives is to continue the AORM (Advanced Operational Risk Management) transformation project. This program is designed to enhance operational risk management capacities through an advanced risk measurement approach, helping to reduce future exposure and losses impacting the income statement.

 

The various phases of the operational risk management and control model are the following:

 

·

Identify the inherent risk in all the Group’s activities, products, processes and systems.

 

·

Define the target profile for the risk, specifying the strategies by unit and time frame, by establishing the OR appetite and OR tolerance for the annual losses estimation and monitoring thereof.

 

·

Measure and assess operational risk objectively, continuously and consistently with regulatory and sector standards.

 

·

Continuously monitor operational risk exposure, and implement control procedures and improve the internal control environment.

 

·

Establish mitigation measures that eliminate or minimize the risk.

 

·

Develop regular reports on operational risk exposure and its level of control for senior management and the Group’s areas and units, and inform the market and regulatory bodies.

 

·

Define and implement the methodology needed to calculate internal capital in terms of expected and unexpected loss.

 

·

The following are needed for each of the aforementioned processes:

 

·

Define and implement systems that enable operational risk exposure to be monitored and controlled, taking advantage of existing technology and achieving the maximum automation of applications.

 

·

Define and document policies for managing and controlling operational risk, and implement management tools for this risk in accordance with regulations and best practices.

 

·

Define common tools, taxonomies and metrics for the entire Organization.

 

Risk identification, measurement and assessment model

 

A series of quantitative and qualitative corporate techniques and tools have been defined by the Group to identify, measure and assess operational risk. These are combined to produce a diagnosis on the basis of the risks identified and an assessment of the area or unit through their measurement and evaluation.

 

The quantitative analysis of this risk is carried out mainly with tools that register and quantify the level of potential losses associated with operational risk events. Qualitative analysis seek to assess aspects (coverage, exposure) linked to the risk profile, enabling the existing control environment to be captured.

 

Implementation of the model and initiatives

 

Almost all the Group’s units are now incorporated into the model with a high degree of homogeneity.

 

The Group completed its transformation to an advanced operational risk management (AORM) approach in 2017. The program has a twofold objective: on one hand, to consolidate the current operational risk model, and, on the other, to adopt the best market practices and to use monitoring of an integrated and consolidated operational risk profile to direct the business strategy and tactical decisions in a proactive way.

 

Operational risk information system

 

The Group’s corporate information system, called Heracles, supports operational risk management tools, providing information for reporting functions and needs at both local/corporate levels. The objective of Heracles is to improve decision making for OR management throughout the Organization.

267


 

 

This objective will be achieved by ensuring that those responsible for risks in every part of the Organization have a comprehensive vision of the risk, and the supporting information they need, when they need it. This comprehensive and timely vision of risk is facilitated by the integration of various programs, such as assessment or risks and controls, scenarios, events and metrics, using a common taxonomy and methodological standards. This integration provides a more accurate risk profile and significantly improves efficiency by cutting out redundant and duplicated effort.

 

Cyber-security and data security plans:

 

Throughout 2017, Santander continued paying full attention to cyber-security risks, which affect all companies and institutions, including those in the financial sector. This situation is a cause of concern for all entities and regulators, prompting the implementation of preventative measures to be prepared for any attack of this kind.

 

A new organizational structure has been specified and Group governance for management and control of this risk has been reinforced. Specific committees have been set up and cyber-security metrics have been included in the Group's risk appetite. These metrics have been monitored and reported in the geographies and at global level.

 

The Group’s intelligence and analysis function has also been reinforced, by contracting Bank threat monitoring services. In addition, progress is being made in mitigation activities related to the identification and access management in all geographies, with the backing of senior management.

 

Progress has also been made in the incident registration, notification and escalation mechanisms for internal reporting and reporting to supervisors.

 

Mitigation measures

 

The Group uses the model to monitor the mitigation measures for the main risk which have been identified through the internal OR management tools (internal event database, indicators, self-assessment, scenarios, audit recommendations, etc.) and other external information sources (external events and industry reports).

 

Active mitigation management became even more important in 2017, with the participation of the first line of defense and the operational risk control function, through which specialist business and support functions exercise additional control. Furthermore, the Group continued to move forward with pre-emptive implementation of operational risk management and control policies and procedures.

Business continuity plan

 

The Group has a business continuity management system (BCMS), which ensures that the business processes of the Bank's entities continue to operate in the event of a disaster or serious incident.

 

The basic objective is to:

 

·

Minimize the possible damage from an interruption to normal business operations on people, and adverse financial and business impacts for the Group.

·

Reduce the operational effects of a disaster, providing predefined and flexible guidelines and procedures to be used to re-launch and recover processes.

·

Restart time-sensitive business operations and associated support functions, in order to achieve business continuity, stable profits and planned growth.

·

Protect the public image of, and confidence in, the Santander Group.

·

Meet the Group’s obligations to its employees, customers, shareholders and other stakeholders.

 

During 2017, the Group continued to advance in implementing and continuously improving its business continuity management system. The Bank has reviewed the methods and approaches to reinforce governance of the review and approval of continuity strategies and plans, to ensure that this process is implemented at the appropriate level within the organization, to comply with new regulatory requirements and to cover emerging risks (such as cyber-risk).

 

268


 

Part 6. Compliance and conduct risk

 

Scope, aim, definitions and objective

 

The compliance and conduct function fosters the adherence of Santander Group to the rules, supervisory requirements, principles and values of good conduct, by setting standards, and discussing, advising and reporting in the interest of employees, customers, shareholders and the community as a whole.

 

This function addresses all matters related to regulatory compliance, prevention of money laundering and terrorism financing, governance of products and consumer protection, and reputational risk.

 

Compliance and Conduct has cemented the progress made in the two previous years. In 2017, the function has taken a leap forward at the corporate level and in the various units of the Group, as part of the strategic compliance program now underway.

 

Under the current corporate configuration of the three lines of defense at Santander Group, Compliance and Conduct is an independent second-line control function under the CEO, reporting directly and regularly to the board of directors and its committees, through the GCCO (Group Chief Compliance Officer). This configuration is aligned with the requirements of banking regulation and with the expectations of supervisors.

 

The risk are defined as:

 

·

Conduct and compliance risk: risk arising from practices, processes or behaviors that are inappropriate or in breach of internal regulations, the law or the supervisor's requirements.

·

Reputational risk: risk of current or potential negative economic impact to the Bank due to damage to the perception of the Bank on the part of employees, customers, shareholders/investors and the wider community.

The Group’s objective is to minimize the probability that irregularities occur and that any irregularities that should occur are identified, assessed, reported and quickly resolved.

 

Other control functions (risks and audit) also take part in controlling these risks.

 

Compliance risk control and supervision

 

The first lines of defense have the primary responsibility for managing compliance and conduct risks, jointly with the business units, that directly originate such risks, and the compliance and conduct function. This is performed either directly or through assigning compliance and conduct activities or tasks.

 

The function is also responsible for setting up, fostering and ensuring that units begin to use the standardized frameworks, policies and standards applied throughout the Group. For this purpose, in 2017 a standard regulatory tree has been developed throughout the Group, as well as a process for its monitoring and systematic control.

 

The GCCO is responsible for reporting to Santander Group’s governance and management bodies, and must also advise and inform, as well as promote the development of the function. This is independently of the Risks function's other reporting to the governance and management bodies of all Group risks, which also includes compliance and conduct risks.

 

In 2017, the Bank has reinforced and evolved the new compliance and conduct model, especially at the Group's units. The Corporation has put in place the necessary components to ensure ongoing control and oversight by creating robust governance schemes, and systems for reporting and interacting with units in accordance with the parent/subsidiaries governance model operated by the Group.

 

Furthermore, Internal Audit - as part of the third line of defense functions - performs the tests and audits necessary to verify that adequate controls and oversight mechanisms are being applied, and that the Group’s rules and procedures are being followed.

 

In 2017, the Bank has reviewed, updated and streamlined corporate frameworks for the compliance and conduct function. These are first-level documents that regulate the function, with which the management bodies of the various units must comply.

 

·

General compliance framework.

269


 

·

Products and services marketing and consumer protection framework.

·

Anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing framework.

The General Code of Conduct enshrines the ethical principles and rules of conduct that govern the actions of all Santander Group’s employees. It is supplemented in certain matters by the rules found in other codes and their internal rules and regulations.

 

In addition, the General Code of Conduct sets out:

 

·

Compliance functions and responsibilities.

·

The rules governing the consequences of non-compliance with it.

·

A whistle-blowing channel for the submission and processing of reports of allegedly irregular conduct.

The Compliance and Conduct function, under the supervision of the Risk supervision, Regulation and Compliance Committee (RSRCC), is responsible for ensuring effective implementation and oversight of the General Code of Conduct, as the board is the owner of the Code and the corporate frameworks that implement it.

 

A highlight of 2017 was the development of a reputational risk model that captures the key elements for managing risk in this area. The model is being gradually implemented in the units.

 

This model identifies the main sources of reputational risk, establishing a preventive approach for its correct management, determines the functions involved in the management and control of this risk and its governance bodies.

 

Governance and the organizational model

 

In accordance with the mandate entrusted by the board to the Compliance and Conduct function, in 2017, great strides were made in the strategic compliance program. In the two previous years, the scope and objectives of the model were defined, and the initiative was implemented at the corporate level. In 2017, it was implemented at the Group's various units, so that by the end of 2018 the Bank will have achieved compliance and conduct function in line with the highest standards of the finance industry.

 

Governance

 

The following corporate committees - each of which has a corresponding local replica - are collaborative compliance and conduct governance bodies:

 

The Regulatory Compliance Committee is the collaborative body for regulatory compliance matters. It has the following key functions:

 

(i)

Controlling and overseeing regulatory compliance risk in the Group, as a second line of defense;

(ii)

Specifying the regulatory compliance risk control model throughout the Santander Group, based on common regulations applicable to several countries where the Group operates.

(iii)

Deciding on significant regulatory compliance issues that might pose a risk to the Group.

(iv)

Fixing the correct interpretation of the General Code of Conduct and specialized codes, and making proposals for improvement.

In 2017, the Regulatory Compliance Committee held four meetings.

 

The Corporate Commercialization Committee is the collaborative governance body for the approval of products and services. It has the following key functions:

 

270


 

Validating new products or services proposed by the parent company or by any subsidiary/Group unit, prior to their launch.

 

(i)

Establishing the commercialization risk control model in the Group, including risk assessment indicators, and proposing the commercialization and consumer protection risk appetite to the Compliance Committee.

(ii)

Establishing interpretation criteria and approving the reference models to develop the corporate product and service marketing and consumer protection framework, and its rules, and to validate the local adaptations of those models.

(iii)

Assessing and deciding which significant marketing questions might pose a potential risk for the Group, depending on the authorities granted or the powers required to be exercised under legal obligations.

The Corporate Commercialization Committee met 12 times in 2017 and presented a total of 148 proposals of new products/services and models or other reference documents regarding commercialization, having validated all of them except one.

 

The Monitoring and Consumer Protection Committee is the Group’s collaborative governance body for the monitoring of products and services, and the assessment of customer protection issues in all Group units. It has the following key functions:

 

(i)

Monitoring the marketing of products and services by country and by product type, reviewing all the available information and focusing on products and services under special monitoring, and costs of conduct, compensation to customers, sanctions, etc.

(ii)

Monitoring the common claim measurement and reporting methodology, based on root-cause analysis, and the quality and sufficiency of the information obtained.

(iii)

Establishing and assessing how effective corrective measures can be when risks are detected in the governance of products and consumer protection within the Group.

(iv)

Identifying, managing and reporting preventively on the problems, events, significant situations and best practices in commercialization and consumer protection in a transversal way across the Group.

The Monitoring and Consumer Protection Committee met 23 times in 2017.

The Anti-money Laundering/ Anti-terrorism Financing Committee is the collaborative body in this field. It has the following key functions:

 

(i)

Controlling and overseeing the risk of anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing (AML/ATF) in the Group, as second line of defense

(ii)

Defining the AML/ATF risk control model in Santander Group.

(iii)

Creating reference models for the development of the AML/ATF frameworks and their regulations.

(iv)

Monitor projects for improvement and transformation plans for AML/ATF and, where appropriate, set in motion supporting or corrective measures.

During 2017, this committee met four times.

 

The Reputational Risk Steering Committee. This governance body was created in September 2016 to safeguard proper implementation of the reputational risk model.

 

The committee is chaired by the Group Chief Compliance Officer, whose main functions are:

 

·

Supporting implementation of the corporate reputational risk model.

·

Evaluating sources of reputational risk, and their criticality.

·

Defining action plans to prevent reputational risk.

·

Analyzing reputational risk events.

271


 

·

Specifying processes for escalation and reporting to senior management in matters of reputational risk.

The committee met four times in 2017.

 

The Corporate Compliance and Conduct Committee is the high-level collaborative body of the Compliance and Conduct function, bringing together the objectives of the committee's referred to above.

 

Its main functions are as follows:

 

(i)

Monitoring and assessing compliance and conduct risk which could impact Santander Group, as the second line of defense.

(ii)

Proposing updates and modifications to the general compliance framework and corporate function frameworks for ultimate approval by the board of directors.

(iii)

Reviewing significant compliance and conduct risk events and situations, the measures adopted and their effectiveness, and proposing that they be escalated or transferred, whenever the case may be.

(iv)

Setting up and assessing corrective measures when risks of this kind are detected in the Group, either due to weaknesses in established management and control, or due to new risks appearing.

(v)

Monitoring new regulations which appear or those modified, and establishing their scope of application in the Group, and, if applicable, the adaptation or mitigation measures necessary.

The Corporate Compliance and Conduct Committee met nine times in 2017.

 

Regulatory compliance

 

Functions

 

The following functions are in place for adequate control and supervision of regulatory compliance risks:

 

·

Implement the Group's General Code of Conduct and other codes and rules developing the same. Advise on resolving doubts that arise from such implementation.

·

Receive and handle the accusations made by employees or third parties via the whistle blowing channel.

·

Direct and coordinate investigations into non-compliance, being able to request support from Internal Audit and proposing the sanctions that might be applicable in each case to the Irregularities Committee.

·

Control and oversee compliance risk relating to: (i) employee-related events (Corporate Defense); (ii) regulations affecting the organization (General Data Protection Regulation – GDPR – and Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act –FATCA); (iii) compliance with specific regulations on international markets (Volcker Rule, EMIR, Dodd-Frank); (iv) publication of relevant Santander Group information; and (v) implementation of policies and rules to prevent market abuse.

·

Report significant Group information to the Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores, Spain's securities market regulator, and the regulators of other exchanges on which Santander is listed.

·

Oversee mandatory training activities on regulatory compliance.

Product governance and consumer protection 

 

The products and consumer protection governance function defines the key elements needed for adequate management and control of commercialization and consumer protection risks, which are defined as risks arising from inadequate practices in customer relations, customer treatment, the products offered to customers and their suitability for each specific customer.

 

272


 

Anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing

 

One of Santander Group's strategic objectives is to maintain an advanced and efficient anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing systems, constantly adapted to international regulations, with the capacity to confront the development of new techniques by criminal organizations.

 

Part 7. Reputational risk

 

In 2017, the Group made significant progress implementing the corporate reputational risk model, which is now embedded in the Corporation.

The specific characteristics of reputational risk are a vast number of sources that requires a unique approach and control model, separate from other risks. The reputational risk management requires for a global interaction with both first and second lines of defense functions and with management functions in relation to the stakeholders in order to ensure a consolidated supervision of the risk, efficiently supported on the current control frameworks. The aim is for reputational risk to be integrated into both business and support activities, and internal processes, thus allowing the risk control and oversight functions to integrate them in their activities.

 

The reputational risk model is accordingly based on a prominently preventive approach to risk management and control, and also on effective processes for identification and early warning management of events, and subsequent monitoring of events and detected risks.

 

Part 8. Model risk

 

The Santander Group has far-reaching experience in the use of models to help make all kinds of decisions, and risk management decisions in particular.

 

A model is defined as a system, approach or quantitative methods which applies theories, techniques or statistical, economic, financial or mathematical hypotheses to convert input data into quantitative estimates. The models are simplified representations of real world relationships between observed characteristics, values and observed assumptions. By simplifying in this way, the Group can focus attention on the specific aspects which are considered to be most important to apply a certain model.

 

Use of models entails model risk, defined as the risk of loss arising from inaccurate predictions that prompt the Bank to take sub-optimal decisions, or misuse of a model.

 

According to this definition, the sources of Model Risk are as follows:

 

·

the model itself, due to the utilization of incorrect or incomplete data, or due to the modelling method used and its implementation in systems,

·

improper use of the model.

The materialization of model risk may prompt financial losses, inadequate commercial and strategic decision making or damages to the Group's reputation.

 

Santander Group has been working towards the definition, management and control of model risk for several years. Since 2015, a specific area has been put aside to control this risk, within the Risk Division.

 

Model risk management and control functions are performed in the Corporation and in each of the Group's core entities. These functions are guided by the model risk management model, with principles, responsibilities and processes that are common across the Group. The model addresses organization, governance, model management and model validation, among other matters.

 

Part 9. Strategic risk

 

For Santander, strategic risk counts with a strategic risk control and management model which is used as a reference for Group subsidiaries. This model includes the definition of the risk, the principles and key processes for management and control, as well as functional and governance aspects.

 

Strategic risk is the risk of loss or harm arising from strategic decisions or poor implementation of decisions affecting the long-term interests of the Group’s main stakeholders, or inability to adapt to changes in the environment.

273


 

 

The entity’s business model is a key factor for strategic risk. It has to be viable and sustainable, and capable of generating results in line with the Bank's objectives and over time.

 

Part 10. Capital risk

 

Santander Group defines capital risk as the risk that the Entity does not have sufficient capital, in quantitative or qualitative terms, to fulfil its internal business objectives, regulatory requirements, or market expectations.

 

The capital risk function, in its capacity as second line of defense, controls and oversees the activities of the first line of defense chiefly by means of the following processes:

 

·

Supervision of capital planning and adequacy exercises through a review of all their components (balance sheet, profit and loss account, risk-weighted assets and available capital).

·

Ongoing supervision of the Group's capital measurement activities, including single operations with capital impact.

The Group commands a sound solvency position, above the levels required by regulators and by the European Central bank.

 

In late 2017, the ECB sent each entity its minimum prudential capital requirements for the following year. In 2018, at the consolidated level, Grupo Santander has to maintain a minimum capital ratio of 8.655% CET1 phase-in (4.5% for Pillar I, 1.5% for Pillar 2 requirement, 1.875% for the capital conservation buffer, 0.75% as a Global Systemically Important Entity and 0.03% as a Counter-cyclical buffer). Grupo Santander must also maintain a minimum Tier 1 phase-in capital ratio of 1.5%, and minimum total phase-in capital of 12.155%.

 

1. Regulatory capital

 

In 2017, the solvency target set was achieved. Santander's CET1 fully loaded ratio stood at 10.84% at the close of the year, demonstrating its organic capacity to generate capital. The key regulatory capital figures are indicated below:

 

Reconciliation of accounting capital with regulatory capital (Millions of Euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017 

    

2016 

 

Subscribed capital

 

8,068 

 

7,291 

 

Share Premium account

 

51,053 

 

44,912 

 

Reserves

 

52,577 

 

49,244 

 

Treasury shares

 

(22)

 

(7)

 

Attributable profit

 

6,619 

 

6,204 

 

Approved dividend

 

(2,029)

 

(1,667)

 

Shareholders’ equity on public balance sheet

 

116,265 

 

105,978 

 

Valuation Adjustments

 

(21,777)

 

(15,039)

 

Non- controlling interests

 

12,344 

 

11,761 

 

Total Equity on public balance sheet

 

106,833 

 

102,699 

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

(28,537)

 

(28,405)

 

Eligible preference shares and preferred securities

 

7,635 

 

6,469 

 

Accrued dividend

 

(968)

 

(802)

 

Other adjustments (*)

 

(7,679)

 

(6,253)

 

Tier I (Phase-in)

 

77,283 

 

73,709 

 


(*) Fundamentally for non-computable non-controlling interests and deductions and prudential filters in compliance with CRR

 

274


 

The following table shows the Phase-in capital coefficients and a detail of the eligible internal resources of the Group:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017 

    

2016 

 

Capital coefficients

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1 ordinary eligible capital (millions of euros)

 

74,173 

 

73,709 

 

Level 1 additional eligible capital (millions of euros)

 

3,110 

 

 

Level 2 eligible capital (millions of euros)

 

13,422 

 

12,628 

 

Risk-weighted assets (millions of euros)

 

605,064 

 

588,088 

 

Level 1 ordinary capital coefficient (CET 1)

 

12.26 

%  

12.53 

%

Level 1 additional capital coefficient (AT1)

 

0.51 

%  

 

Level 1 capital coefficient (TIER1)

 

12.77 

%  

12.53 

%

Level 2 capital coefficient (TIER 2)

 

2.22 

%  

2.15 

%

Total capital coefficient

 

14.99 

%  

14.68 

%

 

Eligible capital (Millions of Euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017 

    

2016 

 

Eligible capital

 

 

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier I

 

74,173 

 

73,709 

 

Capital

 

8,068 

 

7,291 

 

(-) Treasure shares and own shares financed

 

(22)

 

(10)

 

Share Premium

 

51,053 

 

44,912 

 

Reserves

 

52,241 

 

49,234 

 

Other retained earnings

 

(22,363)

 

(14,924)

 

Minority interests

 

7,991 

 

8,018 

 

Profit net of dividends

 

3,621 

 

3,735 

 

Deductions

 

(26,416)

 

(24,548)

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

(22,829)

 

(21,585)

 

Others

 

(3,586)

 

(2,963)

 

Additional Tier I

 

3,110 

 

 

Eligible InstrumentsAT1

 

8,498 

 

6,469 

 

T1- excesses-subsidiaries

 

347 

 

351 

 

Residual value of dividends

 

(5,707)

 

(6,820)

 

Others

 

(27)

 

 

Tier II

 

13,422 

 

12,628 

 

Eligible Instruments T2

 

9,901 

 

9,039 

 

Gen. Funds and surplus loans loss prov. IRB

 

3,823 

 

3,493 

 

T2-excesses- subsidiaries

 

(275)

 

96 

 

Others

 

(27)

 

 

Total eligible capital

 

90,706 

 

86,337 

 

 

Note: Santander Bank and its affiliates had not taken part in any State aid programs.

 

Model roll-out

 

As regards credit risk, the Group continued its plan to implement Basel’s advanced internal rating-based (AIRB) approach for almost all the Group’s banks (up to covering more than 90% of net exposure of the credit portfolio under these models). Meeting this objective in the short term will also be conditioned by the acquisition of new entities, as well as by the need for coordination between supervisors of the validation processes of internal models.

 

The Group operates in countries where the legal framework among supervisors is the same, as is the case in Europe via the Capital Directive. However, in other jurisdictions, the same process is subject to the cooperation framework between the supervisor in the home country and that in the host country with different legislations. This means, in practice, adapting to different criteria and calendars in order to attain authorization for the use of advanced models on a consolidated basis.

 

The Group currently has supervisory authorization to use advanced approaches for calculating the regulatory capital requirements for credit risk of the parent bank and its main subsidiaries in Spain, the UK and Portugal, and certain portfolios in Mexico, Brazil, Chile,

275


 

Scandinavia (Sweden, Finland, and Norway), France and the US. The strategy of implementing Basel in the Group is focused on achieving use of advanced models in the main institutions in the Americas and Europe. During 2017, the Portugal IFIC portfolios were authorized, and we a awaiting completion of the supervisory validation process for the Chile institutions and sovereigns, Santander Consumer Germany mortgages and most of its revolving products and PSA UK retail, dealers and fleets.

 

With regard to operational risk, Grupo Santander currently applies the standard approach to calculating regulatory capital, as set out in the European Capital Directive. In February 2016, the European Central Bank authorized the use of the alternative standard approach to calculate capital requirements at consolidated level in Banco Santander Brasil.

 

As for the other risks expressly considered in Basel Pillar I, in market risk this year the Group received permission to use its internal model in the treasury trading activity in the UK, in addition to those already authorized in Spain, Chile, Portugal and Mexico.

 

Leverage ratio

 

The leverage ratio has been defined within the regulatory framework of Basel III as a measure of the capital required by financial institutions not sensitive to risk. The Group performs the calculation as stipulated in CRD IV and its subsequent amendment in EU Regulation no. 573/2013 of January 17, 2015, which was aimed at harmonizing calculation criteria with those specified in the BCBS “Basel III leverage ratio framework” and “Disclosure requirements” documents.

 

This ratio is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by leverage exposure. Exposure is calculated as the sum of the following items:

 

·

Accounting assets, excluding derivatives and items treated as deductions from Tier 1 capital (for example, the balance of loans is included, but not that of goodwill).

·

Off-balance-sheet items (mainly guarantees, unused credit limits granted and documentary credits) weighted using credit conversion factors.

·

Inclusion of net value of derivatives (gains and losses are netted with the same counterparty, minus collaterals if they comply with certain criteria) plus a charge for the future potential exposure.

·

A charge for the potential risk of security funding transactions.

·

Lastly, it includes a charge for the risk of credit derivative swaps (CDS).

The European Commission’s proposals to modify CRR and CRD IV on November 23, 2016, foresee a mandatory requirement of a 3% leverage ratio for Tier 1 capital, which would be added to the own funds requirements in the article 92 of the CRR. The proposals for the Commission’s modification also point to the possibility of introducing a buffer of leverage ratio for global systemic entities in the future.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of Euros

    

12-31-2017

    

12-31-2016

 

Leverage

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1 Capital

 

77,283 

 

73,709 

 

Exposure

 

1,463,090 

 

1,364,889 

 

Leverage Ratio

 

5.28 

%  

5.40 

%

 

Global systemically important banks

 

The Group is one of 30 banks designated as global systemically important banks (G-SIBs).

 

The designation as a systemically important entity is based on the measurement set by regulators (the FSB and BCBS), based on 5 criteria (size, cross-jurisdictional activity, interconnectedness with other financial institutions, substitutability and complexity).

 

This definition means it has to fulfil certain additional requirements, which consist mainly of a capital buffer (1%), in TLAC requirements (total loss absorbing capacity), that we have to publish relevant information more frequently than other banks, greater regulatory requirements for internal control bodies, special supervision and drawing up of special reports to be submitted to supervisors.

 

The fact that Grupo Santander has to comply with these requirements makes it a more solid bank than its domestic rivals.

 

 

276


 

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities.

A. Debt Securities

Not Applicable

B. Warrants and Rights

Not Applicable

C. Other Securities

Not Applicable

D. American Depositary Shares

Our Depositary is The Bank of New York Mellon, with its principal executive office located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, N.Y. 10286.

Each ADS represents the right to receive one of Common Stock of Santander, pay value €0.50 each.

Persons depositing or withdrawing shares or ADS holders must pay:

$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs

Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property

 

Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the Deposit Agreement terminates

 

$.05 (or less) per ADS (or a portion thereof)

Any cash distribution to ADS holders

A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been deposited with the Depositary

Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities (including rights) that are distributed by the Depositary to ADS holders

$.05 (or less) per ADS (or a portion thereof) per calendar year

Depositary services

Registration and transfer fees

Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the Depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares

Expenses of the Depositary

Cable (including SWIFT), telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the Deposit Agreement)

 

Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars

 

Taxes and other governmental charges the Depositary or the custodian has to pay on any ADSs or shares underlying ADSs, such as  stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes

As necessary

Any other charges incurred by the Depositary or its agents for servicing the shares or other deposited securities

As necessary

 

The Depositary may collect any of its fees by deducting those fees from any cash distributions payable to owners, or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees.  The Depositary may also collect its annual fee for Depositary services and its fees for any other charges incurred by deducting those fees from any cash distributions or by directly billing ADS holders.

 

The Depositary may convert currency itself or through any of its affiliates and, in those cases, acts as principal for its own account and not as agent, advisor, broker or fiduciary on behalf of any other person and earns revenue, including, without limitation, transaction spreads, that it will retain for its own account.  The revenue is based on, among other things, the difference between the exchange rate assigned to the currency conversion made under the Deposit Agreement and the rate that the Depositary or its affiliate receives when buying or selling foreign currency for its own account.  The Depositary makes no representation that the exchange rate used

277


 

or obtained in any currency conversion under the Deposit Agreement will be the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to ADS holders, subject to the Depositary’s obligations under the Deposit Agreement.  The methodology used to determine exchange rates used in currency conversions is available upon request.

In performing its duties under the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may use brokers, dealers, foreign currency dealers or other service providers that are owned by or affiliated with the Depositary and that may earn or share fees, spreads or commissions.

Direct and Indirect Payments

The Depositary has agreed to make payments to us to reimburse us for costs and expenses generally arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program, waive fees and expenses for services provided to us by the Depositary or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS holders from time to time. Under certain circumstances, including termination of the program, we are required to repay to the Depositary amounts reimbursed in prior periods.

The reimbursements include direct payments (legal and accounting fees incurred in connection with preparation of Form 20-F and ongoing SEC compliance and listing requirements, listing fees, investor relations expenses, advertising and public relations expenses and fees payable to service providers for the distribution of hard copy materials to beneficial ADR holders in the Depositary Trust Company, such as information related to shareholders’ meetings and related voting instruction cards); and indirect payments (third-party expenses paid directly and fees waived).

In 2017, the Depositary made direct payments and reimbursements to us in the gross amount of US$ 5,958,528.18 for expenses related to investor relations with no withholding for tax purposes in the U.S.

278


 

PART II

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

A. Not Applicable

B. Not Applicable

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

A. Not Applicable

B. Not Applicable

C. Not Applicable

D. Not Applicable

E. Not Applicable

Item 15.  Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2017, Santander, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including its disclosure committee, its chief executive officer, chief financial officer, and chief accounting officer, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15 (e) under the Exchange Act). There are, as described below, inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any control system, including disclosure controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

Based on such evaluation, Santander’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief accounting officer concluded that Santander’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that information Banco Santander, S.A. is required to disclose in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (2) accumulated and communicated to Santander’s management, including its disclosure committee, chief executive officer, chief financial officer and the chief accounting officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The management of Santander, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15 (f) under the Exchange Act.

Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Bank’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Bank’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. For Santander, generally accepted accounting principles refer to the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS-IASB”).

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

·

Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

·

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

·

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

279


 

Table of Contents

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

We have adapted our internal control over financial reporting to the most rigorous international standards and comply with the guidelines set by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in its Enterprise Risk Management Integrated Framework. These guidelines have been extended and installed in our Group companies, applying a common methodology and standardizing the procedures for identifying processes, risks and controls, based on the Enterprise Risk Management Integrated Framework.

The documentation, update and maintenance processes in the Group’s companies have been constantly directed and monitored by a global coordination team, which set the guidelines for its development and supervised its execution at the unit level.

The general framework is consistent, as it assigns to management specific responsibilities regarding the structure and effectiveness of the processes related directly and indirectly with the production of consolidated financial statements, as well as the controls needed to mitigate the risks inherent in these processes.

Under the supervision and with the participation of the management of the Group, including our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer and our chief accounting officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2017, its internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

As permitted by the relevant rules and regulations, Banco Santander, S.A.’s management excluded Banco Popular and its subsidiaries from the scope of the internal control over financial reporting assessment, as it began to control the Banco Popular group on June 7, 2017 (see Item 4.A Information on the Company – History and Development of the Company). Total assets, interest income / (charges) and profit attributable to the parent subject to Banco Popular internal control over financial reporting represented 9%, 3% and -1%, of Santander Group’s consolidated total assets, interest income / (charges) and profit attributable to the parent as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores, S.L. which has audited the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended December 31, 2017, has also audited the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting under auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) as stated in their report on page F-2.

(c) Changes in internal controls over financial reporting . There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 16. [Reserved]

Item 16A. Audit committee financial expert

The audit committee has four members, all of whom are non-executive independent directors (as defined by Article 6.2c) of the Rules and Regulations of the Board). All members of the audit committee also meet the independence criteria set by the NYSE for foreign private issuers. Our Rules and Regulations of the Board in Article 17.2, provide that the Board shall appoint the members of the audit committee, taking into account their knowledge, aptitude and experience in the areas of finance, accounting, auditing, internal control, information technology, business or risk management, such that, as a whole, the audit committee has the appropriate technical knowledge regarding the company´s sector of activity. Currently, the chairman of the audit committee is Belén Romana. The standards for director independence by Spanish law may not necessarily be consistent with, or as stringent as, the standards for director independence established by the NYSE for U.S. issuers. Our board of directors has determined that Belén Romana is a “Financial Expert”, as such term is defined in accordance with Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, given her training and expertise in accounting, auditing and risk management.

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics (the “General Code of Conduct”) that applies to members of the board and to all employees of Santander, notwithstanding the fact that certain persons are also subject to the Code of Conduct in Securities Markets or to other Codes of Conduct related specifically to the activity or lines of business in which they undertake their responsibilities. This Code catalogues the ethical principles and rules of conduct by which all activities of Grupo Santander employees must be governed, and therefore comprises the central component of the Group’s Compliance function. 

280


 

Table of Contents

In 2012, a new General Code of Conduct was published. The current Code primarily broadened the scope of the previous one by: (i) including guidelines for certain specific situations not included in the previous version and (ii) listing additional responsibilities in relation to the Code for compliance management and for other bodies and divisions of the Group.

On November 28, 2017, the board of directors approved amendments to the General Code of Conduct, which were mainly related to the Group’s current structure and the internal rules and regulations to which the Code refers.

The current General Code of Conduct set an open door policy by which any Grupo Santander employee who becomes aware of an allegedly unlawful act or an act in breach of the General Code of Conduct or of our internal regulations may report such act directly to compliance management.

This Code is available on our website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.santander.com   under the heading “Information for shareholders and investors—corporate governance—codes of conduct”.

 

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Amounts paid to the Group’s principal auditor (PwC in 2017 and 2016 and Deloitte in 2015), for statutory audit and other services were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

(in millions of euros)

 

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

Audit Fees

 

76.2

 

73.7 

 

49.6 

 

Audit Related Fees

 

13.4

 

7.2 

 

46.9 

 

Tax Fees

 

1.3

 

0.9 

 

9.1 

 

All Other Fees

 

3.1

 

3.6 

 

12.6 

 

 

 

94.0

 

85.4 

 

118.2 

 

 

The services commissioned from the Group's auditors meet the independence requirements stipulated by the Audit Law, the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) rules and the Public Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB)   and any other legislation in force in each of the countries relevant to the audit, and they did not involve the performance of any work that is incompatible with the audit function.

The Group Audit Committee is required to pre-approve the audit and non-audit services performed by the Group’s auditors in order to assure that the provision of such services do not impair the audit firm’s independence.

In the first months of each year, the Group Audit Committee proposes to the board the appointment of the independent auditor. At that time, the Group Audit Committee pre-approves the audit and audit related services that the appointed auditors will be required to carry out during the year to comply with the applicable regulation. These services will be included in the corresponding audit contracts of the Bank and of any other company of the Group with its principal auditing firm.

In addition, non-recurring audit or audit-related services and all non-audit services provided by the Group’s principal auditing firm are subject to case-by-case pre-approval by the Group Audit Committee.

During 2017, the Group Audit Committee reviewed the policies and procedures to manage the approval of services to be rendered by the auditor. A list of pre-approved audit related services and a list of non-audit services allowed to be provided by the auditor, including the most common non-prohibited services that may be required from the auditor, was adopted. Specific approval is required for the non-audit services and those not included in the list. The Chief Accounting Officer is in charge of managing the process and must report monthly to the Group Audit Committee detailing all services to be provided by auditors, including those pre-approved and others requiring individual approval.

All services provided by the Group’s principal auditing firm in 2017 detailed in the table above were approved by the audit committee.

The Audit fees heading includes auditing fees for the Banco Santander, individual and consolidated annual accounts, as the case may be, of the companies forming part of the Group, the integrated audit prepared for the annual report filling in the Form 20-F required by the SEC for those entities currently required to do so, the internal control audit for those required entities, the audit of the consolidated financial statements as of June 30 and limited quarterly consolidated reviews for the Brazilian regulator as of March 31, June 30 and September 30 and the regulatory reports required by the auditor corresponding to the different locations of the Santander Group.

281


 

Table of Contents

The main concepts included in Audit-related fees correspond to aspects such as the issuance of comfort letters, or other reviews required by different regulations in relation to aspects such as, for example, securitization.

In addition, the Group commissioned services from audit firms other than PwC amounting to €115.6 million in 2017 (2016: €127.9 million to other auditing firms other than PwC; 2015: €117.4 million to other auditing firms other than Deloitte).

Item 16D. Exemption from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

The following table shows the repurchases of shares made by the Bank or any of its Affiliated Purchasers during 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c) Total number of shares (or

 

(d) Maximum number (or

 

 

 

(a) Total number of

 

(b) Average price

 

units) purchased as part of

 

approximate dollar value) of shares

 

 

 

shares -or units

 

paid per share (or

 

publicly announced plans or

 

(or units) that may yet be purchased

 

2017

    

purchased

    

unit) in euros

    

programs

     

under the plans or programs

 

January

 

12,736,446

 

4.97

 

 

 

February

 

13,064,737

 

5.13

 

 

 

March

 

48,870,947

 

5.64

 

 

 

April

 

31,243,628

 

4.51

 

 

 

May

 

27,800,927

 

5.92

 

 

 

June

 

10,225,022

 

5.90

 

 

 

July

 

32,105,458

 

5.74

 

 

 

August

 

13,004,832

 

5.62

 

 

 

September

 

21,330,962

 

5.57

 

 

 

October

 

8,674,329

 

5.66

 

 

 

November

 

2,988,257

 

5.40

 

 

 

December

 

16,983,414

 

5.65

 

 

 

Total

 

239,028,959

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


* The number of shares purchased included securities lending and short positions.

During 2017, all purchases and sales of equity securities were made in open-market transactions.

Item 16F. Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

Not applicable.

 

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

The following is a summary of the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those applicable to domestic issuers under the NYSE listing standards.

Independence of the directors on the board of directors

Under the NYSE corporate governance rules, a majority of the board of directors of any U.S. company listed on the NYSE must be composed of independent directors, whose independence is determined in accordance with highly detailed rules promulgated by the NYSE.

Under Spanish law, section 529.duodecies of the Capital Companies Law, passed by RDL 1/2010 (July 2, 2010) sets out the requirements to be considered as independent director in a listed company but does not set the number of independent directors. There is a non-binding recommendation that the number of independent directors represent at least half of the total size of the Board. Article 42.1 of our Bylaws establishes that the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting shall endeavor to ensure that independent directors represent at least one-third of the total number of directors. Article 6.1 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors establishes likewise that the board shall aim that the number of independent directors represent at least half of all directors. The board of directors of Santander has nine independent directors (out of fifteen directors total), as defined in Article 6.2.c) of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, in accordance with section 529 duodecies of the Capital Companies Law. We have not determined whether the directors on the Santander board would be considered independent under the NYSE rules except in the case of the members of our audit committee where

282


 

Table of Contents

we have determined that all of them meet the independence criteria for foreign private issuers set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. In accordance with section 529.duodecies of the Capital Companies Law, Article 6.2.c) of the Rules and Regulations of the Board defines the concept of an independent director as follows:

“External or non-executive directors who have been appointed based on their personal or professional status and who perform duties not conditioned by relationships with the Company, or its Group or with the significant shareholders or management thereof shall be considered independent directors.

In no event may directors be classified as independent directors if they:

i)

Have been employees or executive directors of companies   within the Group, except after the passage of 3 or 5 years, respectively, since the end of such relationship.

ii)

Receive from the Company or from another Group company any amount or benefit other than as director remuneration, unless it is immaterial   for the director.

For purposes of the provisions of this subsection, neither dividends nor pension supplements that a director receives by reason of the director’s prior professional or employment relationship shall be taken into account, provided that such supplements are unconditional and therefore, the company paying them may not discretionarily suspend, modify or revoke the accrual thereof without breaching its obligations.

iii)

Are, or have been during the preceding 3 years, a partner of the external auditor or the party responsible for auditing the Company or any other Group company during such period.

iv)

Are executive directors or senior officers of another company in which an executive director or senior officer of the Company is an external director.

v)

Maintain, or have maintained during the last year, a significant business relationship with the Company or with any Group company, whether in their own name or as a significant shareholder, director or senior officer of an entity that maintains or has maintained such relationship.

Business relationships shall be considered the relationship of a provider of goods or services, including financial services ,   and that of an adviser or consultant.

vi)

Are significant shareholders, executive directors or senior officers of an entity that receives, or has received during the preceding 3 years, donations from the Company or the Group.

Those who are merely members of the board of a foundation that receives donations shall not be considered included in this item.

vii)

Are spouses, persons connected by a similar relationship of affection, or relatives to the second degree of an executive director or senior officer of the Company.

viii)

Have not been proposed, whether for appointment or for renewal, by the appointments committee.

ix)

Have been directors for a continuous period that exceeds 12 years.

x)

Are, as regards a significant shareholder or shareholder represented on the board, in one of the circumstances set forth in items (i), (v), (vi) or (vii) of this subsection 2(c). In the event of a kinship relationship as set forth in item (vii), the limitation shall apply not only with respect to the shareholder, but also with respect to the proprietary directors thereof in the affiliated company.

Proprietary directors who lose such status as a result of the sale of its shareholding by the shareholder they represent may only be re-elected as independent directors if the shareholder they have represented until then has sold all its shares in the company.

A director who owns an equity interest in the Company may have the status of independent director provided that the director meets all the conditions set out in this paragraph 2 (c) and, in addition, the shareholding thereof is not significant.”.

The independence standards set forth in the Rules and Regulations of the Board may not necessarily be consistent with, or as stringent as, the director independence standards established by the NYSE.

283


 

Table of Contents

Independence of the directors on the appointments committee and remuneration committee

In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance rules, all U.S. companies listed on the NYSE must have a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee and all members of such committees must be independent in accordance with highly detailed rules promulgated by the NYSE. The appointments committee and the remuneration committee of the Bank’s board of directors are composed of five external directors (three are independent and two in the opinion of the board are neither proprietary nor independent), and the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee is composed of six external directors (four are independent and two in the opinion of the board are neither proprietary nor independent) and the chairman of those three committees is independent in accordance with the standards set forth in the previously mentioned Article 6.2. c) of the Rules and Regulations of the Board. These independence standards may not necessarily be consistent with, or as stringent as, the director independence standards established by the NYSE. The composition of the appointments committee and the remuneration committee is described under the caption “Audit Committee, Appointments Committee, Remuneration Committee and Risk Supervision, Regulation and Compliance Committee” below.

During the fiscal year 2017, none of the members of the appointments committee, the remuneration committee and the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee was an executive director, member of senior management or a Bank employee, and no executive director or member of senior management has held a position on the board (or its remuneration committee) of companies that employ members of the appointments committee, the remuneration committee and the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee.

Separate meetings for non-executive directors

In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance rules, non-executive directors must meet periodically outside of the presence of management. Although this practice is not required under Spanish law, the board adopted the practice as a result of changes made following the board’s self-assessment exercise. The audit committee, the appointments committee, the remuneration committee and the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee of the Bank’s board of directors consist entirely of non-executive directors.

The audit committee met 12 times during 2017. The appointments committee met 11 times during 2017. The remuneration committee met 11 times during 2017. The risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee met 12 times during 2017.

Code of ethics

Under the NYSE corporate governance rules, all U.S. companies listed on the NYSE must adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which contains certain required topics. In March 2000, Santander adopted a General Code of Conduct that applies to members of the board and to all employees of Santander, notwithstanding the fact that certain persons are also subject to the Code of Conduct in Securities Markets or to other Codes of Conduct related specifically to the activity or lines of business in which they undertake their responsibilities. On July 28, 2003, the board approved amendments to the General Code of Conduct to conform it to the requirements of Law 44/2002 (November 2, 2002) on reform measures of the financial system. The code came into force on August 1, 2003 and replaced the previous one. The General Code of Conduct establishes the principles that guide the actions of officers and directors including ethical conduct, professional standards and confidentiality.

In 2012, a new General Code of Conduct was published. It primarily broadened the scope of the previous one by: (i) including guidelines for certain specific situations not included in the previous version and (ii) listing additional responsibilities in relation to the Code for compliance management and for other bodies and divisions of the Group. It has been updated in 2017.

On November 28, 2017, the board of directors approved amendments to the General Code of Conduct, which were mainly related to the Group’s current structure and the internal rules and regulations to which the Code refers.

The current General Code of Conduct set an open door policy by which any Grupo Santander employee who becomes aware of an allegedly unlawful act or an act in breach of the General Code of Conduct or of our internal regulations may report such act directly to compliance management.

As of December 31, 2017, no waivers with respect to the General Code of Conduct had been applied for or granted.

In addition, we abide by a Code of Conduct in the Securities Markets, which was adopted on July 28, 2003. This code establishes standards and obligations in relation to securities trading, conflicts of interest and the treatment of price sensitive information. Recently, the Code was updated in order to include the new requirements under the Market Abuse Directive (MAD), which entered into force on July 3, 2016. Both codes are available to the public on our website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.santander.com   under the heading “Information for shareholders and investors—corporate governance—codes of conduct”

284


 

Table of Contents

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.

 

PART III

 

Item 17. Financial Statements

We have responded to Item 18 in lieu of this item.

Item 18. Financial Statements

Reference is made to Item 19 for a list of all financial statements filed as part of this Form 20-F.

Item 19. Exhibits

 

(b) List of Exhibits.

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

1.1

 

English translation of the Bylaws (Estatutos) of Banco Santander, S.A.  

7.1

 

Ratios of earnings to fixed charges

8.1

 

List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference as Appendices I, II and III of our Financial Statements filed with this Form 20-F).

12.1

 

Section 302 Certification by the chief executive officer.  

12.2

 

Section 302 Certification by the chief financial officer.  

12.3

 

Section 302 Certification by the chief accounting officer.  

13.1

 

Section 906 Certification by the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer and the chief accounting officer.

15.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores, S.L.

15.2

 

Consent of Deloitte, S.L.

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

We will furnish to the SEC, upon request, copies of any unfiled instruments that define the rights of holders of long-term debt of Santander.

285


 

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

 

 

 

 

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ José G. Cantera

 

 

Name:

José G. Cantera

 

 

Title:

Chief financial officer

 

Date: March 28, 2018

 

 

 

286


 

Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Index to Financial Statements

 

Page

Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores, S.L.  

F-2

Report of Deloitte, S.L.  

F-4

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015  

F-5

Consolidated Income Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015  

F-7

Consolidated Statements of Recognized Income and Expense for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015  

F-8

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015  

F-9

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015  

F-12

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

F-13

 

 

F-1


 

Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Banco Santander, S.A.:

 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Banco Santander, S.A. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated income statements, statements of recognized income and expense, statements of changes in total equity and statements of cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”).  We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. 

 

Basis for Opinions

 

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management´s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.  We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

   

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 

 

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.  Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.  Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements .  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Banco Popular Español, S.A. and its subsidiaries from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2017.  We have also excluded Banco Popular Español, S.A. and its subsidiaries from our audit of internal control over financial reporting.  Banco Popular Español, S.A. and its subsidiaries are wholly-owned subsidiaries whose total assets, interest income / (charges) and profit attributable to the parent excluded from management’s assessment and our audit of internal control over financial reporting represent 9%, 3% and (1)%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally

F-2


 

Table of Contents

accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores, S.L.

Madrid, Spain

March 28, 2018

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

 

F-3


 

Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Banco Santander, S.A.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Banco Santander, S.A. (the “Bank”) and Companies composing, together with the Bank, the Santander Group (the “Group”), as of December 31, 2015, and the related consolidated income statement, statement of recognized income and expense, changes in total equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s directors. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States of America). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as of December 31, 2015, and the results of its operations, its changes in equity, and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS-IASB”).

 

/s/ DELOITTE, S.L.

Madrid, Spain

 

April 20, 2016 (March 31, 2017 as to the effects of the change in the Bank’s accounting policy on cash and cash equivalents and the retrospective adjustment of the consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015 discussed in Note 1.d)

 

 

 

 

F-4


 

Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

(Millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

    

Note

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

CASH, CASH BALANCES AT CENTRAL BANKS AND OTHER DEPOSITS ON DEMAND

 

 

 

110,995

 

76,454

 

77,751

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS HELD FOR TRADING

 

 

 

125,458

 

148,187

 

146,346

Derivatives

 

 

57,243

 

72,043

 

76,724

Equity instruments

 

 

21,353

 

14,497

 

18,225

Debt instruments

 

 

36,351

 

48,922

 

43,964

Loans and advances

 

 

 

10,511

 

12,725

 

7,433

Central banks

 

 

 

 

Credit institutions

 

 

1,696

 

3,221

 

1,352

Customers

 

10 

 

8,815

 

9,504

 

6,081

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

50,891

 

38,145

 

34,026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

 

 

 

34,782

 

31,609

 

45,043

Equity instruments

 

 

933

 

546

 

630

Debt instruments

 

 

3,485

 

3,398

 

3,717

Loans and advances

 

 

 

30,364

 

27,665

 

40,696

Central banks

 

 

 

 

Credit institutions

 

 

9,889

 

10,069

 

26,403

Customers

 

10 

 

20,475

 

17,596

 

14,293

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

5,766

 

2,025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE

 

 

 

133,271

 

116,774

 

122,036

Equity instruments

 

 

4,790

 

5,487

 

4,849

Debt instruments

 

 

128,481

 

111,287

 

117,187

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

43,079

 

23,980

 

26,742

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOANS AND RECEIVABLES

 

 

 

903,013

 

840,004

 

836,156

Debt instruments

 

 

17,543

 

13,237

 

10,907

Loans and advances

 

 

 

885,470

 

826,767

 

825,249

Central banks

 

 

26,278

 

27,973

 

17,337

Credit institutions

 

 

39,567

 

35,424

 

37,438

Customers

 

10 

 

819,625

 

763,370

 

770,474

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

8,147

 

7,994

 

1,697

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTMENTS HELD-TO-MATURITY

 

 

13,491

 

14,468

 

4,355

Memorandum items: lent or delivered as guarantee with disposal or pledge rights

 

 

 

6,996

 

2,489

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

 

11 

 

8,537

 

10,377

 

7,727

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHANGES IN THE FAIR VALUE OF HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK

 

36 

 

1,287

 

1,481

 

1,379

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTMENTS

 

13 

 

6,184

 

4,836

 

3,251

Joint ventures entities

 

 

 

1,987

 

1,594

 

1,592

Associated companies

 

 

 

4,197

 

3,242

 

1,659

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REINSURANCE ASSETS

 

15 

 

341

 

331

 

331

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

 

22,974

 

23,286

 

25,320

Property, plant and equipment:

 

16 

 

20,650

 

20,770

 

19,335

For own use

 

 

 

8,279

 

7,860

 

7,949

Leased out under an operating lease

 

 

 

12,371

 

12,910

 

11,386

Investment property:

 

16 

 

2,324

 

2,516

 

5,985

Of which leased out under an operating lease

 

 

 

1,332

 

1,567

 

4,777

Memorandum items: acquired in financial lease

 

 

 

96

 

115

 

195

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

 

28,683

 

29,421

 

29,430

Goodwill

 

17 

 

25,769

 

26,724

 

26,960

Other intangible assets

 

18 

 

2,914

 

2,697

 

2,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TAX ASSETS

 

 

 

30,243

 

27,678

 

27,814

Current tax assets

 

 

 

7,033

 

6,414

 

5,769

Deferred tax assets

 

27 

 

23,210

 

21,264

 

22,045

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS

 

 

 

9,766

 

8,447

 

7,675

Insurance contracts linked to pensions

 

14 

 

239

 

269

 

299

Inventories

 

 

 

1,964

 

1,116

 

1,013

Other

 

19 

 

7,563

 

7,062

 

6,363

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

 

12 

 

15,280

 

5,772

 

5,646

TOTAL ASSETS

 

 

 

1,444,305

 

1,339,125

 

1,340,260

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices are an integral part of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017.

F-5


 

Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

(Millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    

Note

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES HELD FOR TRADING

 

 

 

107,624 

 

108,765 

 

105,218 

Derivatives

 

 

57,892 

 

74,369 

 

76,414 

Short positions

 

 

20,979 

 

23,005 

 

17,362 

Deposits

 

 

 

28,753 

 

11,391 

 

11,442 

Central banks

 

20 

 

282 

 

1,351 

 

2,178 

Credit institutions

 

20 

 

292 

 

44 

 

77 

Customers

 

21 

 

28,179 

 

9,996 

 

9,187 

Marketable debt securities

 

22 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Other financial liabilities

 

24 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

 

 

 

59,616 

 

40,263 

 

54,768 

Deposits

 

 

 

55,971 

 

37,472 

 

51,394 

Central banks

 

20 

 

8,860 

 

9,112 

 

16,486 

Credit institutions

 

20 

 

18,166 

 

5,015 

 

8,551 

Customers

 

21 

 

28,945 

 

23,345 

 

26,357 

Marketable debt securities

 

22 

 

3,056 

 

2,791 

 

3,373 

Other financial liabilities

 

24 

 

589 

 

— 

 

Memorandum items: subordinated liabilities

 

23 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT AMORTIZED COST

 

 

 

1,126,069 

 

1,044,240 

 

1,039,343 

Deposits

 

 

 

883,320 

 

791,646 

 

795,679 

Central banks

 

20 

 

71,414 

 

44,112 

 

38,872 

Credit institutions

 

20 

 

91,300 

 

89,764 

 

109,209 

Customers

 

21 

 

720,606 

 

657,770 

 

647,598 

Marketable debt securities

 

22 

 

214,910 

 

226,078 

 

222,787 

Other financial liabilities

 

24 

 

27,839 

 

26,516 

 

20,877 

Memorandum items: subordinated liabilities

 

23 

 

21,510 

 

19,902 

 

21,153 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

 

11 

 

8,044 

 

8,156 

 

8,937 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHANGES IN THE FAIR VALUE OF HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK

 

36 

 

330 

 

448 

 

174 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES UNDER INSURANCE CONTRACTS

 

15 

 

1,117 

 

652 

 

627 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISIONS

 

25 

 

14,489 

 

14,459 

 

14,494 

Provision for pensions and other employment defined benefit obligations

 

 

 

6,345 

 

6,576 

 

6,356 

Provisions for other long term employee benefits

 

 

 

1,686 

 

1,712 

 

1,916 

Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies

 

 

 

3,181 

 

2,994 

 

2,577 

Provisions for commitments and guarantees given

 

 

 

617 

 

459 

 

618 

Other provisions

 

 

 

2,660 

 

2,718 

 

3,027 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TAX LIABILITIES

 

 

 

7,592 

 

8,373 

 

7,725 

Current tax liabilities

 

 

 

2,755 

 

2,679 

 

2,160 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

27 

 

4,837 

 

5,694 

 

5,565 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER LIABILITIES

 

26 

 

12,591 

 

11,070 

 

10,221 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES ASSOCIATED WITH NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

 

1,337,472 

 

1,236,426 

 

1,241,507 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

30 

 

116,265 

 

105,977 

 

102,402 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CAPITAL

 

31 

 

8,068 

 

7,291 

 

7,217 

Called up paid capital

 

 

 

8,068 

 

7,291 

 

7,217 

Unpaid capital which has been called up

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Memorandum items: uncalled up capital

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

SHARE PREMIUM

 

32 

 

51,053 

 

44,912 

 

45,001 

EQUITY INSTRUMENTS ISSUED OTHER THAN CAPITAL

 

 

 

525 

 

— 

 

— 

Equity component of compound financial instruments

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Other equity instruments

 

 

 

525 

 

— 

 

— 

OTHER EQUITY

 

34 

 

216 

 

240 

 

214 

ACCUMULATED RETAINED EARNINGS

 

33 

 

53,437 

 

49,953 

 

46,429 

REVALUATION RESERVES

 

33 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

OTHER RESERVES

 

33 

 

(1,602)

 

(949)

 

(669)

Reserves or accumulated losses in joint ventures investments

 

 

 

724 

 

466 

 

291 

Others

 

 

 

(2,326)

 

(1,415)

 

(960)

(-) OWN SHARES

 

34 

 

(22)

 

(7)

 

(210)

PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO SHAREHOLDERS OF THE PARENT

 

 

 

6,619 

 

6,204 

 

5,966 

(-) DIVIDENDS

 

 

(2,029)

 

(1,667)

 

(1,546)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

(21,776)

 

(15,039)

 

(14,362)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEMS NOT RECLASSIFIED TO PROFIT OR LOSS

 

29 

 

(4,034)

 

(3,933)

 

(3,166)

Actuarial gains or (-) losses on defined benefit pension plans

 

 

 

(4,033)

 

(3,931)

 

(3,165)

Non-current assets classified as held for sale

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Other recognized income and expense of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

 

 

 

(1)

 

(2)

 

(1)

Other valuation adjustments

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEMS THAT MAY BE RECLASSIFIED TO PROFIT OR LOSS

 

 

 

(17,742)

 

(11,106)

 

(11,196)

Hedge of net investments in foreign operations (Effective portion)

 

29 

 

(4,311)

 

(4,925)

 

(3,597)

Exchange differences

 

29 

 

(15,430)

 

(8,070)

 

(8,383)

Hedging derivatives. Cash flow hedges (Effective portion)

 

29 

 

152 

 

469 

 

171 

   Financial assets available-for-sale

 

29 

 

2,068 

 

1,571 

 

844 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

1,154 

 

423 

 

98 

Equity instruments

 

 

 

914 

 

1,148 

 

746 

   Non-current assets classified as held for sale

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

   Other recognized income and expense of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

 

29 

 

(221)

 

(151)

 

(231)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

 

28 

 

12,344 

 

11,761 

 

10,713 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

(1,436)

 

(853)

 

(1,227)

Others items

 

 

 

13,780 

 

12,614 

 

11,940 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

106,833 

 

102,699 

 

98,753 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

1,444,305 

 

1,339,125 

 

1,340,260 

MEMORANDUM ITEMS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

35 

 

49,117 

 

44,434 

 

39,834 

CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS

 

35 

 

237,970 

 

231,962 

 

221,738 

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices are an integral part of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017.

 

F-6


 

Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016 AND 2015  

(Millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Debit)/ Credit

 

    

Note

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Interest income

 

38 

 

56,041 

 

55,156 

 

57,198 

Interest expense

 

39 

 

(21,745)

 

(24,067)

 

(24,386)

Interest income / (charges)

 

 

 

34,296 

 

31,089 

 

32,812 

Dividend income

 

40 

 

384 

 

413 

 

455 

Income from companies accounted for using the equity method

 

13 and 41

 

704 

 

444 

 

375 

Commission income

 

42 

 

14,579 

 

12,943 

 

13,042 

Commission expense

 

43 

 

(2,982)

 

(2,763)

 

(3,009)

Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net

 

44 

 

404 

 

869 

 

1,265 

Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net

 

44 

 

1,252 

 

2,456 

 

(2,312)

Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net

 

44 

 

(85)

 

426 

 

325 

Gains or losses from hedge accounting, net

 

44 

 

(11)

 

(23)

 

(48)

Exchange differences, net

 

45 

 

105 

 

(1,627)

 

3,156 

Other operating income

 

46 

 

1,618 

 

1,919 

 

1,971 

Other operating expenses

 

46 

 

(1,966)

 

(1,977)

 

(2,235)

Income from assets under insurance and reinsurance contracts

 

46 

 

2,546 

 

1,900 

 

1,096 

Expenses from liabilities under insurance and reinsurance contracts

 

46 

 

(2,489)

 

(1,837)

 

(998)

Total income

 

 

 

48,355 

 

44,232 

 

45,895 

Administrative expenses

 

 

 

(20,400)

 

(18,737)

 

(19,302)

Personnel expenses

 

47 

 

(12,047)

 

(11,004)

 

(11,107)

Other general administrative expenses

 

48 

 

(8,353)

 

(7,733)

 

(8,195)

Depreciation and amortization

 

16 and 18

 

(2,593)

 

(2,364)

 

(2,418)

Provisions or reversal of provisions

 

25 

 

(3,058)

 

(2,508)

 

(3,106)

Impairment or reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net

 

 

 

(9,259)

 

(9,626)

 

(10,652)

Financial assets measured at cost

 

 

 

(8)

 

(52)

 

(228)

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

 

 

(10)

 

11 

 

(230)

Loans and receivables

 

10 

 

(9,241)

 

(9,557)

 

(10,194)

Held-to-maturity investments

 

 

 

— 

 

(28)

 

— 

Impairment of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, net

 

17 and 18

 

(13)

 

(17)

 

(1)

Impairment on non-financial assets, net

 

 

 

(1,260)

 

(123)

 

(1,091)

Tangible assets

 

16 

 

(72)

 

(55)

 

(128)

Intangible assets

 

17 and 18

 

(1,073)

 

(61)

 

(701)

Others

 

 

 

(115)

 

(7)

 

(262)

Gains or losses on non financial assets and investments, net

 

49 

 

522 

 

30 

 

112 

Of which: Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

 

 

 

431 

 

15 

 

91 

Negative goodwill recognized in results

 

 

 

— 

 

22 

 

283 

Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

 

50 

 

(203)

 

(141)

 

(173)

Operating profit / (loss) before tax

 

 

 

12,091 

 

10,768 

 

9,547 

Tax expense or income from continuing operations

 

27 

 

(3,884)

 

(3,282)

 

(2,213)

Profit from continuing operations

 

 

 

8,207 

 

7,486 

 

7,334 

Profit or loss after tax from discontinued operations

 

37 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Profit for the period

 

 

 

8,207 

 

7,486 

 

7,334 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

28 

 

1,588 

 

1,282 

 

1,368 

Profit attributable to the parent

 

 

 

6,619 

 

6,204 

 

5,966 

Earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

0.404 

 

0.401 

 

0.397 

Diluted

 

 

0.403 

 

0.399 

 

0.396 

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices are an integral part of the consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2017.

F-7


 

Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF RECOGNIZED INCOME AND EXPENSE

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

(Millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Note

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

 

 

 

8,207 

 

7,486 

 

7,334 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER RECOGNIZED INCOME AND EXPENSE

 

 

 

(7,320)

 

(303)

 

(4,076)

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

 

29 

 

(88)

 

(806)

 

445 

Actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit pension plans

 

 

 

(157)

 

(1,172)

 

695 

Non-current assets held for sale

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Other recognized income and expense of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

— 

Other valuation adjustments

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

 

 

 

68 

 

367 

 

(250)

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

 

29 

 

(7,232)

 

503 

 

(4,521)

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations (Effective portion)

 

 

 

614 

 

(1,329)

 

(27)

Revaluation gain (losses)

 

 

 

614 

 

(1,330)

 

(27)

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

— 

 

 

— 

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Exchanges differences

 

 

 

(8,014)

 

676 

 

(3,518)

Revaluation gain (losses)

 

 

 

(8,014)

 

682 

 

(3,518)

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

— 

 

(6)

 

— 

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Cash flow hedges (Effective portion)

 

 

 

(441)

 

495 

 

(91)

Revaluation gain (losses)

 

 

 

501 

 

6,231 

 

(105)

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

(942)

 

(5,736)

 

14 

Transferred to initial carrying amount of hedged items

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

 

 

683 

 

1,326 

 

(1,216)

Revaluation gains (losses)

 

 

 

1,137 

 

2,192 

 

(555)

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

(454)

 

(866)

 

(661)

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Non-current assets held for sale

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Revaluation gains (losses)

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Other reclassifications

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Share of other recognized income and expense of investments

 

 

 

(70)

 

80 

 

(147)

Income tax relating to items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

 

 

 

(4)

 

(745)

 

478 

Total recognized income and expenses

 

 

 

887 

 

7,183 

 

3,258 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

 

1,005 

 

1,656 

 

796 

Attributable to the parent

 

 

 

(118)

 

5,527 

 

2,462 

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices are an integral part of the consolidated statement of recognized income and expense for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

 

F-8


 

Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

(Millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Other

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

(-) Own

 

result

 

 

 

Other

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

instruments

 

equity

 

retained

 

Revaluation

 

Other

 

Equity

 

for the

 

(-)

 

comprehensive

 

comprehensive

 

Others

 

 

 

    

Capital

    

premium

    

(not capital)

    

instruments

    

earnings

    

reserves

    

reserves

    

instruments

    

period

    

Dividends

    

income

    

income

    

items

    

Total

Balance as at 12/31/16

 

7,291 

 

44,912 

 

— 

 

240 

 

49,953 

 

— 

 

(949)

 

(7)

 

6,204 

 

(1,667)

 

(15,039)

 

(853)

 

12,614 

 

102,699 

Adjustments due to errors

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Adjustments due to changes in accounting policies

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Adjusted balance as at 12/31/16

 

7,291 

 

44,912 

 

— 

 

240 

 

49,953 

 

— 

 

(949)

 

(7)

 

6,204 

 

(1,667)

 

(15,039)

 

(853)

 

12,614 

 

102,699 

Total recognized income and expense

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

6,619 

 

— 

 

(6,737)

 

(583)

 

1,588 

 

887 

Other changes in equity

 

777 

 

6,141 

 

525 

 

(24)

 

3,484 

 

— 

 

(653)

 

(15)

 

(6,204)

 

(362)

 

— 

 

— 

 

(422)

 

3,247 

Issuance of ordinary shares

 

777 

 

6,141 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

543 

 

7,467 

Issuance of preferred shares

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Issuance of other financial instruments

 

— 

 

— 

 

525 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

592 

 

1,117 

Maturity of other financial instruments

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Conversion of financial liabilities into equity

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Capital reduction

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(10)

 

(10)

Dividends

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(802)

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(2,029)

 

— 

 

— 

 

(665)

 

(3,496)

Purchase of equity instruments

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(1,309)

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(1,309)

Disposal of equity instruments

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

26 

 

1,294 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

1,320 

Transfer from equity to liabilities

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Transfer from liabilities to equity

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Transfers between equity items

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

4,286 

 

— 

 

251 

 

— 

 

(6,204)

 

1,667 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Increases or (-) decreases due to business combinations

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(39)

 

(39)

Share-based payment

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(72)

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

24 

 

(48)

Others increases or (-) decreases of the equity

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

48 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(936)

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(867)

 

(1,755)

Balance as at 12/31/17

 

8,068 

 

51,053 

 

525 

 

216 

 

53,437 

 

— 

 

(1,602)

 

(22)

 

6,619 

 

(2,029)

 

(21,776)

 

(1,436)

 

13,780 

 

106,833 

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices are an integral part of the consolidated statement of changes in total equity for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

F-9


 

Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

(Millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Other

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

(-) Own

 

result

 

 

 

Other

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

instruments

 

equity

 

retained

 

Revaluation

 

Other

 

Equity

 

for the

 

(-)

 

comprehensive

 

comprehensive

 

Others

 

 

 

    

Capital

    

premium

    

(not capital)

    

instruments

    

earnings

    

reserves

    

reserves

    

instruments

    

period

    

Dividends

    

income

    

income

    

items

    

Total

Balance as at 12/31/15

 

7,217 

 

45,001 

 

— 

 

214 

 

46,429 

 

— 

 

(669)

 

(210)

 

5,966 

 

(1,546)

 

(14,362)

 

(1,227)

 

11,940 

 

98,753 

Adjustments due to errors

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Adjustments due to changes in accounting policies

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Adjusted balance as at 12/31/15

 

7,217 

 

45,001 

 

— 

 

214 

 

46,429 

 

— 

 

(669)

 

(210)

 

5,966 

 

(1,546)

 

(14,362)

 

(1,227)

 

11,940 

 

98,753 

Total recognized income and expense

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

6,204 

 

— 

 

(677)

 

374 

 

1,282 

 

7,183 

Other changes in equity

 

74 

 

(89)

 

— 

 

26 

 

3,524 

 

— 

 

(280)

 

203 

 

(5,966)

 

(121)

 

— 

 

— 

 

(608)

 

(3,237)

Issuance of ordinary shares

 

74 

 

(89)

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

15 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

534 

 

534 

Issuance of preferred shares

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Issuance of other financial instruments

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Maturity of other financial instruments

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Conversion of financial liabilities into equity

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Capital reduction

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(22)

 

(22)

Dividends

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(722)

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(1,667)

 

— 

 

— 

 

(800)

 

(3,189)

Purchase of equity instruments

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(1,380)

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(1,380)

Disposal of equity instruments

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

15 

 

1,583 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

1,598 

Transfer from equity to liabilities

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Transfer from liabilities to equity

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Transfers between equity items

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

4,246 

 

— 

 

174 

 

— 

 

(5,966)

 

1,546 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Increases or (-) decreases due to business combinations

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(197)

 

(197)

Share-based payment

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(79)

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(79)

Others increases or (-) decreases of the equity

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

105 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(484)

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(123)

 

(502)

Balance at 12/31/16

 

7,291 

 

44,912 

 

— 

 

240 

 

49,953 

 

— 

 

(949)

 

(7)

 

6,204 

 

(1,667)

 

(15,039)

 

(853)

 

12,614 

 

102,699 

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices are an integral part of the consolidated statement of changes in total equity for the year ended December 31, 2017.

F-10


 

Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

(Millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Other

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

(-) Own

 

result

 

 

 

Other

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

instruments

 

equity

 

retained

 

Revaluation

 

Other

 

Equity

 

for the

 

(-)

 

comprehensive

 

comprehensive

 

Others

 

 

 

    

Capital

    

premium

    

(not capital)

    

instruments

    

earnings

    

reserves

    

reserves

    

instruments

    

period

    

Dividends

    

income

    

income

    

items

    

Total

Balance as at 12/31/14

 

6,292 

 

38,611 

 

— 

 

265 

 

41,860 

 

— 

 

(700)

 

(10)

 

5,816 

 

(471)

 

(10,858)

 

(655)

 

9,564 

 

89,714 

Adjustments due to errors

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Adjustments due to changes in accounting policies

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Adjusted balance as at 12/31/15

 

6,292 

 

38,611 

 

— 

 

265 

 

41,860 

 

— 

 

(700)

 

(10)

 

5,816 

 

(471)

 

(10,858)

 

(655)

 

9,564 

 

89,714 

Total recognized income and expense

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

5,966 

 

— 

 

(3,504)

 

(572)

 

1,368 

 

3,258 

Other changes in equity

 

925 

 

6,390 

 

— 

 

(51)

 

4,569 

 

— 

 

31 

 

(200)

 

(5,816)

 

(1,075)

 

— 

 

— 

 

1,008 

 

5,781 

Issuance of ordinary shares

 

925 

 

6,390 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

120 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

320 

 

7,755 

Issuance of preferred shares

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Issuance of other financial instruments

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

890 

 

890 

Maturity of other financial instruments

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Conversion of financial liabilities into equity

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Capital reduction

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(20)

 

(20)

Dividends

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(673)

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(1,546)

 

— 

 

— 

 

(461)

 

(2,680)

Purchase of equity instruments

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(3,225)

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(3,225)

Disposal of equity instruments

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

16 

 

3,025 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

3,041 

Transfer from equity to liabilities

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Transfer from liabilities to equity

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Transfers between equity items

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

5,242 

 

— 

 

103 

 

— 

 

(5,816)

 

471 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Increases or (-) decreases due to business combinations

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

761 

 

761 

Share-based payment

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(188)

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

107 

 

(81)

Others increases or (-) decreases of the equity

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

137 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(208)

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

(589)

 

(660)

Balance at 12/31/15

 

7,217 

 

45,001 

 

— 

 

214 

 

46,429 

 

— 

 

(669)

 

(210)

 

5,966 

 

(1,546)

 

(14,362)

 

(1,227)

 

11,940 

 

98,753 

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices are an integral part of the consolidated statement of changes in total equity for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

 

F-11


 

Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

(Millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Note

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

A. CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

40,188 

 

21,823 

 

5,678 

Consolidated Profit for the year

 

 

 

8,207 

 

7,486 

 

7,334 

Adjustments made to obtain the cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

23,927 

 

22,032 

 

20,614 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

2,593 

 

2,364 

 

2,418 

Other adjustments

 

 

 

21,334 

 

19,668 

 

18,196 

Net increase/(decrease) in operating assets

 

 

 

18,349 

 

17,966 

 

69,587 

Financial assets held-for-trading

 

 

 

(18,114)

 

6,234 

 

866 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

3,085 

 

(12,882)

 

2,376 

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

 

 

2,494 

 

(7,688)

 

15,688 

Loans and receivables

 

 

 

32,379 

 

27,938 

 

53,880 

Other operating assets

 

 

 

(1,495)

 

4,364 

 

(3,223)

Net increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities

 

 

 

30,540 

 

13,143 

 

49,522 

Liabilities held-for-trading financial

 

 

 

1,933 

 

8,032 

 

(2,655)

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

19,906 

 

(13,450)

 

(8,011)

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

 

 

 

12,006 

 

21,765 

 

58,568 

Other operating liabilities

 

 

 

(3,305)

 

(3,204)

 

1,620 

Income tax recovered/(paid)

 

 

 

(4,137)

 

(2,872)

 

(2,205)

B. CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

(4,008)

 

(13,764)

 

(6,218)

Payments

 

 

 

10,134 

 

18,204 

 

10,671 

Tangible assets

 

16 

 

7,450 

 

6,572 

 

7,664 

Intangible assets

 

18 

 

1,538 

 

1,768 

 

1,572 

Investments

 

13 

 

 

48 

 

82 

Subsidiaries and other business units

 

 

 

838 

 

474 

 

1,353 

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Held-to-maturity investments

 

 

 

300 

 

9,342 

 

— 

Other payments related to investing activities

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Proceeds

 

 

 

6,126 

 

4,440 

 

4,453 

Tangible assets

 

16 

 

3,211 

 

2,608 

 

2,386 

Intangible assets

 

18 

 

— 

 

— 

 

Investments

 

13 

 

883 

 

459 

 

422 

Subsidiaries and other business units

 

 

 

263 

 

94 

 

565 

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

 

12 

 

1,382 

 

1,147 

 

940 

Held-to-maturity investments

 

 

 

387 

 

132 

 

138 

Other proceeds related to investing activities

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

C. CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

4,206 

 

(5,745)

 

8,960 

Payments

 

 

 

7,783 

 

9,744 

 

7,248 

Dividends

 

 

2,665 

 

2,309 

 

1,498 

Subordinated liabilities

 

23 

 

2,007 

 

5,112 

 

2,239 

Redemption of own equity instruments

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Acquisition of own equity instruments

 

 

 

1,309 

 

1,380 

 

3,225 

Other payments related to financing activities

 

 

 

1,802 

 

943 

 

286 

Proceeds

 

 

 

11,989 

 

3,999 

 

16,208 

Subordinated liabilities

 

23 

 

2,994 

 

2,395 

 

4,787 

Issuance of own equity instruments

 

 

 

7,072 

 

— 

 

7,500 

Disposal of own equity instruments

 

 

 

1,331 

 

1,604 

 

3,048 

Other proceeds related to financing activities

 

 

 

592 

 

— 

 

873 

D. EFFECT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES

 

 

 

(5,845)

 

(3,611)

 

(522)

E. NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

34,541 

 

(1,297)

 

7,898 

F. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

 

 

 

76,454 

 

77,751 

 

69,853 

G. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

 

 

 

110,995 

 

76,454 

 

77,751 

MEMORANDUM ITEMS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPONENTS OF CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

8,583 

 

8,413 

 

7,436 

Cash equivalents at central banks

 

 

 

87,430 

 

54,637 

 

56,556 

Other financial assets

 

 

 

14,982 

 

13,404 

 

13,759 

Less: Bank overdrafts refundable on demand

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

TOTAL CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

 

 

 

110,995 

 

76,454 

 

77,751 

In which: restricted cash

 

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 55 and Appendices are an integral part of the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017.

F-12


 

Table of Contents

Banco Santander, S.A. and Companies composing Santander Group

Notes to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017

1.     Introduction, basis of presentation of the consolidated financial statements and other information

a) Introduction

Banco Santander, S.A. (“the Bank” or “Banco Santander”) is a private-law entity subject to the rules and regulations applicable to banks operating in Spain.

In addition to the operations carried on directly by it, the Bank is the head of a group of subsidiaries that engage in various business activities and which compose, together with it, Santander Group (“the Group” or “Santander Group”). Therefore, the Bank is obliged to prepare, in addition to its own separate financial statements, the Group's consolidated financial statements, which also include the interests in joint ventures and investments in associates.

b) Basis of presentation of the consolidated financial statements

Under Regulation (EC) no. 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 19, 2002 all companies governed by the law of an EU Member State and whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market of any Member State must prepare their consolidated financial statements for the years beginning on or after January 1, 2005 in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) previously adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRSs”).

In order to adapt the accounting system of Spanish credit institutions to the new standards, the Bank of Spain issued Circular 4/2004, of December 22 on Public and Confidential Financial Reporting Rules and Formats.

The Group's consolidated financial statements for 2017 were authorized by the Bank's directors (at the board meeting on February 13, 2018) in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union and with Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004 and Spanish corporate and commercial law applicable to the Group and in compliance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS – IASB” and together with IFRS adopted by the European Union, “IFRS”), using the basis of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases set forth in Note 2, accordingly, they present fairly the Group's equity and financial position at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and the consolidated results of its operations, the consolidated recognized income and expense, the changes in its consolidated equity and the consolidated cash flows in 2017, 2016 and 2015. These consolidated financial statements were prepared from the accounting records kept by the Bank and by the other Group entities, and include the adjustments and reclassifications required to unify the accounting policies and measurement bases applied by the Group.

The notes to the consolidated financial statements contain additional information to that presented in the consolidated balance sheet, consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of recognized income and expense, consolidated statement of changes in total equity and consolidated statement of cash flows. The notes provide, in a clear, relevant, reliable and comparable manner, narrative descriptions and breakdowns of these financial statements.

Adoption of new standards and interpretations issued

The following standards came into force and were adopted by the European Union in 2017:

-

Modification of IAS (International Accounting Standards) 12 Recognition of deferred tax assets for unrealized losses (effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017) clarify that the existence of a deductible temporary differences depends just on the comparison between the carrying amount and tax base of assets and liabilities at the end of the informed period and it is not affected by possible future changes on the carrying amount or the expected standard of the asset recovery.

-

Modification of IAS 7 Disclosure initiative (effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017) has as its main objective to improve the presentation and the breakdown in the statement of cash flows. The modifications require disclosures about changes in liabilities arising from financing activities, including both changes arising from cash flows and non-cash changes.

The application of the aforementioned accounting standards did not have any material effects on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

F-13


 

Table of Contents

Also, at the date of preparation of these consolidated financial statements, the following amendments with an effective date subsequent to December 31, 2017 were in force:

-

IFRS 9 Financial instruments - Classification and measurement, hedging and impairment (mandatory for annual periods starting from January 1, 2018). IFRS 9 establishes the recognition and measurement requirements for financial instruments and certain classes of contracts for trades involving non-financial assets. These requirements should be applied in a retrospective manner, by adjusting the opening balance at January 1, 2018, without restating the comparative financial statements. The main aspects of the new standard are:

(a)  Classification of financial instruments: the classification criteria for financial assets depends on the business model for their management and the characteristics of their contractual flows. Depending on these factors, the asset can be measured at amortized cost, at fair value with changes reported in other comprehensive income, or at fair value with changes reported through profit and loss for the period. IFRS 9 also establishes an option to designate an instrument at fair value with changes in profit or loss, under certain conditions. Santander Group uses the following criteria for the classification of financial debt instruments:

-

Amortized cost: financial instruments under a business model whose objective is to collect principal and interest cash flows, over those where no significant unjustified sales exist and fair value is not a key factor in managing these financial assets. In this way, unjustified sales are those that are different from sales related with an increase in the asset´s credit risk, unanticipated funding needs (stress case scenario), even if such sales are significant in value , or from sales of assets that no longer met the credit criteria specified in the entity’s investment policy. Additionally, the contractual flow characteristics substantially represent a “basic financing agreement”.

-

Fair value with changes recognized through other comprehensive income: financial instruments held in a business model whose objective is to collect principal and interest cash flows and the sale of these assets, where fair value is a key factor in their management. Additionally, the contractual cash flow characteristics substantially represent a “basic financing agreement”.

-

Fair value with changes recognized through profit or loss: financial instruments included in a business model whose objective is not obtained through the above mentioned models, where fair value is a key factor in managing of these assets, and financial instruments whose contractual cash flow characteristics do not substantially represent a “basic financing agreement”.

Santander Group’s main activity revolves around retail and commercial banking operations, and its exposure does not focus on complex financial products. The Group's main objective is to achieve consistent classification of financial instruments in the portfolios as established under IFRS 9. To this end, it has developed guidelines containing criteria to ensure consistent classification across all of its units. Additionally, the Group has analyzed its portfolios under these criteria, in order to assign its financial instruments to the appropriate portfolio under IFRS 9, with no significant changes being identified. Based on this analysis, Santander Group concludes that:

-

Most of its financial assets classified as loans and advances under IAS 39 will continue to be recognized at amortized cost under IFRS 9. As a consequence of the contractual cash flows characteristics analysis of the financial instruments, a 0.3% of the total balance at December 31, 2017 under IAS 39 for the period primarily will be reclassified to fair value with changes reported through profit and loss. As a result of the business model definition according to the assets managed, a 0.2% of the total balance at December 31, 2017 under IAS 39 will be reclassified to fair value with changes recognized in other comprehensive income.

-

In general, debt instruments classified as available-for-sale financial assets will be measured at fair value with changes recognized through other comprehensive income. As a consequence of the contractual cash flows characteristics analysis of the financial instruments, a 0.2% of the total balance at December 31, 2017 under IAS 39 for the period primarily, will be reclassified to fair value with changes reported through profit and loss. As a result of the business model definition according to the assets managed, a 5.1% of the total balance at December 31, 2017 under IAS 39 will be reclassified to fair value with changes recognized in other comprehensive income.

However, the expected impact in shareholders´ equity due to the reclassifications mentioned above is not considered significant.

F-14


 

Table of Contents

Available-for-sale equity instruments will be classified at fair value under IFRS 9, with changes recognized through profit or loss, unless the Group decides, for non-trading assets, to classify them at fair value with changes recognized through other comprehensive income (irrevocably).

IAS 39 financial liabilities classification and measurement criteria remains substantially unchanged under IFRS 9. Nevertheless, in most cases, the changes in the fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value with changes recognized through profit or loss for the year, due to the entity credit risk, are classified under other comprehensive income.

On October 12, 2017, the IASB (International Accounting Standards Board) published a clarification on the treatment of certain prepayment options in relation to the assessment of contractual cash flows of principal and interest on financial instruments, which is currently pending approval by the European Union. However, the Group does not expect a significant impact in the transition period prior to the adoption of this amendment.

(b)   Credit risk impairment model: the most important new development compared with the current model is that the new accounting standard introduces the concept of expected loss, whereas the current model (IAS 39) is based on incurred loss.

-

Scope of application: The IFRS 9 impairment model applies to financial assets valued at amortized cost, debt instruments valued at fair value with changes reported in other comprehensive income, lease receivables, and commitments and guarantees given not valued at fair value.

-

Use of practical expedients under IFRS 9: IFRS 9 includes a number of practical expedients that may be implemented by entities to facilitate implementation. However, in order to achieve full and high quality implementation of the standard, considering industry best practices, these practical expedients will not be widely used:

-

Rebuttable presumption that the credit risk has increased significantly when payments are more than 30 days past due: this threshold is used as an additional – but not primary - indicator of significant risk increase. Additionally, there may be cases in the Group where its use has been rebutted as a result of studies that show a low correlation of the significant risk increase with this past due threshold.

-

Assets with low credit risk at the reporting date: in general, the Group assesses the existence of significant risk increase in all its financial instruments.

-

Impairment estimation methodology: the portfolio of financial instruments subject to impairment is divided into three categories, based on the stage of each instrument with regard to its level of credit risk:

-

Stage 1: financial instruments for which no significant increase in risk is identified since its initial recognition. In this case, the impairment provision reflects expected credit losses arising from defaults over the following 12 months from the reporting date.

-

Stage 2: if there has been a significant increase in risk since the date of initial recognition, but the impairment event has not materialized the financial instrument is classified as Stage 2. In this case, the impairment provision reflects the expected losses from defaults over the residual life of the financial instrument.

-

Stage 3: a financial instrument is catalogued in this stage when shows effective signs of impairment as a result of one or more events that have already occurred resulting in a loss. In this case, the amount of the impairment provision reflects the expected losses for credit risk over the expected residual life of the financial instrument.

Additionally, the amount relative to the impairment provision reflects expected credit risk losses through the expected residual life in those financial instruments purchased or originated credit impaired (POCI).

The methodology required for the quantification of expected loss due to credit events will be based on an unbiased and weighted consideration of the occurrence of up to five possible future scenarios that could impact the collection of contractual cash flows, taking into account the time-value of money, all available information relevant to past events, and current conditions and projections of macroeconomic factors deemed relevant to the estimation of this amount (e.g. GDP (Gross Domestic Product), house pricing, unemployment rate, etc.).

In estimating the parameters used for impairment provisions calculation (EAD (Exposure at Default), PD (Probability of Default), LGD (Loss Given Default) and discount rate), the Group leveraged on its experience developing internal models for calculating parameters for regulatory and management purposes. The Group is aware of the differences between such models and IFRS 9

F-15


 

Table of Contents

requirements for impairment purposes. As a result, it has focused on adapting to such requirements to the development of its IFRS 9 impairment provision models.

-

Determination of significant increase in risk: with the purpose of determine whether a financial instrument has increased its credit risk since initial recognition, proceeding with its classification into Stage 2, the Group considers the following criteria.

 

 

Quantitative criteria

Changes in the risk of a default occurring through the expected life of the financial instrument are analyzed and quantified with respect to its credit level in its initial recognition.

 

With the purpose of determining if such changes are considered as significant, with the consequent classification into Stage 2, each Group unit has defined the quantitative thresholds to consider in each of its portfolios taking into account corporate guidelines ensuring a consistent interpretation in all geographies.

 

 

 

Qualitative criteria

In addition to the quantitative criteria mentioned above, the Group considers several indicators that are aligned with those used in ordinary credit risk management (e.g.: over 30 days past due, forbearances, etc.). Each unit has defined these qualitative criteria for each of its portfolios, according to its particularities and with the policies currently in force. The use of these qualitative criteria is complemented with the use of an expert judgement.

 

 

 

-

Default definition: the definition considered for impairment provisioning purposes is consistent with that used in the development of advanced models for regulatory capital requirements calculations.

-

Use of present, past and future information: estimation of expected losses requires a high component of expert judgement and it must be supported by past, present and future information. Therefore, these expected loss estimates take into consideration multiple macroeconomic scenarios for which the probability is measured considering past events, current situation and future trends and macroeconomic indicators, such as GDP or unemployment rate.

The Group already uses forward looking information in internal management and regulatory processes, considering several scenarios. In this sense, the Group has leveraged its experience in the management of such information, maintaining consistency with the information used in the other processes.

-

Expected life of the financial instrument: with the purpose of its estimation all the contractual terms have been taken into account (e.g. prepayments, duration, purchase options, etc.), being the contractual period (including extension options) the maximum period considered to measure the expected credit losses. In the case of financial instruments with an uncertain maturity period and a component of undrawn commitment (e.g.: credit cards), expected life is estimated considering the period for which the entity is exposed to credit risk and the effectiveness of management practices mitigates such exposure.

-

Impairment recognition: the main change with respect to the current standard related to assets measured at fair value with changes recognized through other comprehensive income. The portion of the changes in fair value due to expected credit losses will be recorded at the current profit and loss account while the rest will be recorded in other comprehensive income.

(c)   Hedge accounting: IFRS 9 includes new hedge accounting requirements which have a twofold objective: to simplify current requirements, and to bring hedge accounting in line with risk management, allowing to be a greater variety of derivative financial instruments which may be considered to be hedging instruments. Furthermore, additional breakdowns are required providing useful information regarding the effect which hedge accounting has on financial statements and also on the entity’s risk management strategy. The treatment of macro-hedges is being developed as a separate project under IFRS 9. Entities have the option of continuing to apply IAS 39 with respect to accounting hedges until the project has been completed. According to the analysis performed until now, the Group will continue to apply IAS 39 in hedge accounting.

F-16


 

Table of Contents

Transition

The European Union has already endorsed IFRS 9. The criteria established by this rule for the classification, measurement and impairment of financial assets, will be applied in a retrospective way, adjusting the first opening balances in the first application date (January 1, 2018). This new international standard is aligned with the credit risk directives of the EBA and Bank of Spain Circular 4/2017.

Santander Group has estimated an impact in (Common Equity Tier 1 -CET 1-) fully loaded basis of -20bp. The Group will apply a progressive phased-in regime in the period of 5 years based on Regulation (EU) No 2017/2395 of the European Parliament and of the Council amending Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as regards transitional arrangements for mitigating the impact of the introduction of IFRS 9 on own funds that would be an impact of the new impairment model of IFRS 9 of -1bp on Common Equity Tier 1 capital during the period from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018 or 5% of total impact. The increase in impairment provisions amounts to approximately €2,200 million.

The main causes of this impact are the requirements to record impairment provisions for the whole life of the transaction for instruments where a significant risk increase has been identified after initial recognition, in addition to forward-looking information in the estimates of impairment provisions.

IFRS 9 implementation strategy and governance

The Group has established a global and multidisciplinary workstream with the aim of adapting its processes to the new classification standards for financial instruments, accounting of hedges and estimating credit risk impairment, ensuring that these processes have been applied in a uniform way for all Group units, and, at the same time, have been adapted to each unit’s individual features.

Accordingly, since 2016, the Group has been working towards defining an objective internal model and analyzing all the changes which are needed to adapt accounting classifications and credit risk impairment estimation models in force in each unit to the previous definitions. The process was completed in 2017.

Regarding the governance structure, the Group set up a regular committee to manage the project, and a task force which is responsible for its tasks, ensuring that the pertinent responsible teams take part in coordination with all geographical areas.

Hence, the main divisions involved in the project at the highest level, and which are thus represented in the project governance bodies, are: Risks, Financial Accounting & Management Control and Technology and Operations. Internal Audit division was involved in the project, having kept regular meetings regarding the status of the project.

The governance structure currently implemented at both corporate level and in each one of the units, complies with the requirements set out in the new standards both in IFRS 9, and in other related regulatory standards (e.g., EBA credit risk guidelines).

Main project stages and milestones

In relation to the entry into force of this new international standard, in its 2016 consolidated financial statements the Group reported the progress and main milestones achieved to that date regarding the implementation plan for its adoption. This report includes an update on this information included in the 2016 consolidated financial statements.

The work undertaken by Santander Group includes an assessment of the financial instruments included in the classification and measurement requirements of IFRS 9 and the development of impairment methodology for calculating expected loss impairment provisions.

The Group has drawn up the accounting policies and methodological framework for the implementation developments carried out by each local unit. These internal regulations have been approved by all relevant corporate bodies before the new standard comes into force.

With regard to classification and measurement, since 2016 the Group has been carrying out an analysis of its stock of products, focusing mainly on those that could trigger a change in accounting methodology, due to the business model involved and failure to meet SPPI test requirements (solely payments of principal and interest).

Additionally, using information from 2017, the Group has updated this analysis and reviewed any new products during the period, assessing both its asset management strategies (identifying the corresponding business model), and broadening the review of products in stock.

F-17


 

Table of Contents

The local units have now finished developing impairment models for all their portfolios. The implementation of these impairment methodologies has enabled the Group to assess the cause of impact in each portfolio, the impact of each material Group unit, and to consider the total impact at group level.

The Group has started, in the second half of 2017, the parallel calculation of impairment provisions under IFRS 9 formally, without prejudice to the fact that a preliminary parallel calculation was already being made at consolidated level for monitoring, performance tracking and impact purposes. Based on the preliminary results obtained from the impairment provisions calculations, the Group has addressed the disclosure requirements of the EBA’s second QIS (Quantitative Impact Study).

The governance process has been completed for the development, validation and approval of the model that started with a validation of the first models by the Corporate Internal Validation team and the Internal Validation units of the countries where these exist.

Further, given the importance of the control environment in the processes, the corporate development of the governance model of the impairment provisions calculation process as well as aspects related to the classification of financial instruments has been completed. The proposed model includes a reference design of the controls to be implemented in the new developments made in the implementation of the new standard. Also, as part of the proposed government model, has defined a process of periodic review of the main elements including, among others, the following areas:

-

Business models defined in each Group unit.

-

Quantitative and qualitative criteria defined for significant increase in risk.

-

Macroeconomic scenario defined for impairment provisions calculation.

-

Model adequacy for impairment provisions calculation.

-

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018) - the new standard on the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers. It supersedes the following standards and interpretations currently in force: IAS 18, Revenue; IAS 11, Construction Contracts; IFRIC 13, Customer Loyalty Programs; IFRIC 15, Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate; IFRIC 18, Transfers of Assets from Customers; and SIC-31, Revenue-Barter Transactions Involving Advertising Services. Under IFRS 15, an entity recognizes revenue in accordance with the core principle of the standard by applying the following five steps: identify the contract(s) with a customer; identify the performance obligations in the contract; determine the transaction price; allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations identified in the contract; and recognize revenue when as the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

-

Clarifications to IFRS 15 income coming from contracts with clients.

The application of the aforementioned accounting Standard and its Clarifications will not have any material effects on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

-

Modification to IFRS 4 "Insurance contracts" applying IFRS 9 "Financial Instruments" (effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018). The purpose of the amendment is to give all companies that issue insurance contracts the option to recognize in other comprehensive income, instead of profit or loss, the volatility that could arise when applying IFRS 9, for new contracts before the adoption of the insurance standard and give companies whose activities are mostly insurance-related an optional temporary exemption from the application of IFRS 9 until the year 2021. Entities that defer the application of IFRS 9 will continue to apply the existing norm of Financial Instruments IAS 39.

The deferral of the aforementioned standard does not apply as the required conditions for this deferral are not met.

-

IFRS 16 Leasings substitutes IAS 17, IFRIC (International Financial Reporting Interpretation Committee) 4, SIC (Standard Interpretations Committee)-15 and SIC-27. It was adopted by the European Union on October 31, 2017 through the Regulation (EU) 2017/1986. The effective date affects the annual periods starting on of January 1, 2019. The Santander Group has not applied the possibility of early adoption.

IFRS 16 establishes the principles for the recognition, valuation, presentation and breakdown of leases, with the aim of guaranteeing that both the lessee and the lessor provide relevant information that presents a true image of such operations. The standard foresees a single accounting model for the lessee, according to which the lessee must recognize the assets and liabilities related to all leases, unless lease term is 12 months or less or the value of the underlying asset is low.

F-18


 

Table of Contents

Lessors continue to classify leases into operating or financial leases, and the approach of IFRS 16 with respect to the lessor's accounting remains in essence like the former approach, foreseen in IAS 17.

The standard includes guidance on a number of issues such as optional exemptions in its application, or the identification of a lease.

Definition of leasing

A contract is, or contains, a lease if it transfers the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for a consideration. The control is transferred when the client has both the right to control the use of the identified asset and the right to obtain basically all the economic benefits derived from such use.

Lessee’s accounting

The lessee recognizes a right-of-use asset and a leasing liability.

The right-of-use asset is initially valued at the amount of the leasing liability plus all initial direct costs incurred by the lessee.

Once the lease has begun, the lessee values the right-of-use asset using a cost model (unless specific conditions apply), minus accumulated amortization.

The leasing liability is initially valued at the present value of the payable installments over the term of the lease, discounted at a rate implicit in the lease, if it can be easily determined, the lessee will apply the incremental interest rate of the debt.

Variable leasing payments that depend on an index or a rate are included in the initial valuation of the leasing liability, and are initially valued by applying the index or rate on the start date, while the remaining variable leasing payments are recognized in the income statement in the period in which the event or condition that triggers the payment takes place, unless the costs are included in the book value of another asset in accordance with another Standard.

Lessor’s accounting

Lessors classify each lease as operative or as financial. A lease is classified as financial if it transfers almost all the risks and benefits derived from the ownership of an underlying asset. All other leases will be classified as operating.

The lessor recognizes the assets acquired under financial leasing as accounts receivable for an amount equivalent to the net investment in the lease at the time of start of the lease.

Sale operations and subsequent leasing

To determine whether the transfer of an asset is accounted for as a sale or not, the Bank will apply IFRS 15 requirements in order to determine if an obligation has been satisfied.

If an asset’s transfer meets IFRS 15 requirements for being accounted for as a sale, the seller values the right-of-use asset in the proportion of the previous book value which refers to the retained right of use. Therefore, the seller only recognizes the amount of the benefit or loss related to the rights transferred to the buyer.

Sale and subsequent lease operations prior to the effective date of the Standard will not have retroactive effect with respect to the benefit recognition at the beginning of those operations.

Since alternative accounting treatments in the first application are allowed by the IFRS 16, the Group, from the point of view of the lessee, must take an accounting decision on the following options, which will influence the amount of the asset and liability to be recognized and, therefore, the financial ratios:

-

Option 1 consists of redoing comparative statements as if active lease agreements had always been applied to it (full retrospective application, following IAS 8). The difference between the right of use and the leasing liability is recorded against reserves at the beginning of 2019 financial year.

-

Option 2 does not recast comparative statements. In the case of leases which previously were operational, the liability as of January 1, 2019 is calculated by discounting the remaining future cash flows using the interest rate of the lessee's debt at the date of first application. The asset is valued as the liability (adjusted by any prepayment or accrual prior to the date of first application). Since there is no difference among the assets and liabilities, this option has no effect on equity, reflecting their

F-19


 

Table of Contents

impact as a higher cost (amortization and financial cost) throughout the lease’s life. In the case of leases that were previously financial, assets and liabilities recognized under IAS 17 are maintained.

-

Option 3 is similar to option 2 except for the asset being valued as of January 2019 as if IFRS 16 had been applied since the beginning of the contract (but discounting the cash flows at the interest rate of the first date of application). The asset is calculated at the beginning of January 1, 2019 and the amount remaining to be amortized is recorded. The liability is calculated as of January 2019 in the same way as option 2. The difference between the lease liability and the right to use is recognized against reserves as of January 2019.

The Group is evaluating the effects derived from the application of IFRS 16.

-

Improvements to IFRS Cycle 2014-2016 – introduce lesser modifications than IFRS 12.

Lastly, at the date of preparation of these consolidated financial statements, the following standards which effectively come into force after December 31, 2017 had not yet been adopted by the European Union:

-

Modification to the IFRS 2 Classification and measurement of share-based payment transactions – The amendments address the following areas: (a) Accounting for the effects that the requirements for the consolidation of the grant have in cash–settled share-based payment transactions, (b) Classification of share–based payment transactions with net settlement features for the tax withholding obligations; and (c) Accounting for modifications of share-based payment transactions terms and conditions from cash-settled to equity-settled payment transactions.

-

Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2014-2016 Cycle–Contains minor amendments to IFRS 1 and IAS 28.

-

New interpretation to IFRIC 22 on Foreign currency transactions and advance considerations – When an entity reports a payment of advance consideration in order to recognize the profits associated to the income statement, it shall recognize both the consideration received as a non-monetary liability (deferred income or contract liabilities) in the statement of financial position at the exchange rate obtained according to the IAS 21 The Effects of changes in foreign exchange rates. When the deferred incomes are subsequently recognized in the income statement as incomes, the issue is raised on whether its measurement should reflect: the amount at which the deferred income was originally recognized, namely, when the consideration was originally received; or the consideration amount received is translated to the existing exchange rate on the date when the non-monetary element is generated as income in the income statement, generating an exchange gain or loss that reflects the difference between the amount of the consideration translated (i) to the exchange rate in force in the moment of its receipt and (ii) to the exchange rate in force when it is recognized in the income statement as a profit or loss.

-

Modification of IAS 40 Transfers of investment properties; Changes are made to the existing requirements or provide with some additional guidance on the implementation of such requirements.

-

IFRIC 23 The uncertainty over income tax treatment; it applies to the tax gain or loss determination, tax bases, effects of tax laws, taxes and interest rates, when there is uncertainty about taxes treatment according to IAS 12.

-

IFRS 17 Insurance contracts; It is a new integrated accounting standard for insurance contracts, which includes recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure.

-

Modification of IAS 28 Investments in associates and joint ventures; there are changes in associate or joint venture long-term interests and IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements - sales or contributions of assets between an investor and its associates or joint ventures.

The Group is currently analyzing the possible effects of these new standards and interpretations.

All accounting policies and measurement bases with a material effect on the consolidated financial statements for 2017 were applied in their preparation.

c) Use of critical estimates

The consolidated results and the determination of consolidated equity are sensitive to the accounting policies, measurement bases and estimates used by the directors of the Bank in preparing the consolidated financial statements. The main accounting policies and measurement bases are set forth in Note 2.

F-20


 

Table of Contents

In the consolidated financial statements estimates were occasionally made by the senior management of the Bank and of the consolidated entities in order to quantify certain of the assets, liabilities, income, expenses and obligations reported herein. These estimates, which were made on the basis of the best information available, relate basically to the following:

-

The impairment losses on certain assets: it applies to financial assets held for sale, loans and receivables, non-current assets and disposable groups of items classified as held for sale, investments, tangible assets and intangible assets (see Notes 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 16, 17 and 18);

-

The assumptions used in the actuarial calculation of the post-employment benefit liabilities and commitments and other obligations (see Note 25);

-

The useful life of the tangible and intangible assets (see Notes 16 and 18);

-

The measurement of goodwill arising on consolidation (see Note 17);

-

The calculation of provisions and the consideration of contingent liabilities (see Note 25);

-

The fair value of certain unquoted assets and liabilities (see Notes 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 20, 21 and 22);

-

The recoverability of deferred tax assets (see Note 27); and

-

The fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in business combinations (see Note 3).

Although these estimates were made on the basis of the best information available at 2017 year-end, future events might make it necessary to change these estimates (upwards or downwards) in coming years. Changes in accounting estimates would be applied prospectively, recognizing the effects of the change in estimates in the related consolidated income statement.

d) Information relating to 2016 and 2015

On November 19, 2015, Circular 5/2015, of October 28, of the Spanish Securities Market Commission, which adapts the models established in Annex II of Circular 1/2008, dated January 30, for the credit entities, to the new models provided for in Circular 5/2014 of November 28, of the Bank of Spain, for the years beginning on or after January 1, 2016. The adaptation of the Circular has modified the breakdown and presentation of certain headings in the financial statements, without these changes being significant. The information for the years 2015 was re-classified in 2016 under this Circular in a way that is comparative.

The information in Note 4 relating to the ordinary shares outstanding of 2016 and 2015 periods has been recasted, in order to be presented in a comparative manner due to the capital increase described in Note 31.a.

Additionally, the impact of the acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A. (“Banco Popular”) (See Note 3) is not reflected in the comparative of the figures, mainly in the balance sheet, corresponding to the years 2016 and 2015.

Also, in 2016 the Group changed its accounting policy with respect to the definition of cash and cash equivalents used in the preparation of its statements of cash flows. Until 2015, the Group considered the balances held in cash and at central banks to be cash and cash equivalents, whereas, starting in 2016 it considers such cash balances to be cash, cash balances at central banks and other deposits on demand held at credit institutions without restrictions. This change gave rise to a reduction of €3,578 million in the total balance of cash and cash equivalents at 2015 year-end.  As required by the applicable accounting standard, IAS 8, the Group applied the new accounting policy retrospectively and modified the consolidated statements of cash flows for 2015, which gave rise in 2015 to a decrease in the net change in cash and cash equivalents of €4,003 million, a decrease in cash flows from operating activities of €7,179 million and an increase of €3,176 million in the effect of foreign exchange rate changes all of which with respect to the balances originally presented.

In order to interpret the changes in the balances with respect to December 31, 2017, it is necessary to take into consideration the exchange rate effect arising from the volume of foreign currency balances held by the Group in view of its geographic diversity (see Note 51.b) and the impact of the appreciation/(depreciation) of the various currencies against the euro in 2017, based on the exchange rates at the end of 2017: Mexican peso (-7.98%), U.S. dollar (-12.11%), Brazilian real (-13.65%), pound sterling (-3.50%), Chilean peso (-3.98%) and Polish zloty (5.59%); as well as the evolution of the comparable average exchange rates: Mexican peso (-3.07%), U.S. dollar (-1.88%), Brazilian real (6.58%), pound sterling (-6.74%), Chilean peso (2.18%), and Polish zloty (2.49%).

F-21


 

Table of Contents

e) Capital management

i. Regulatory and economic capital

The Group's capital management is performed at regulatory and economic levels.

The aim is to secure the Group's solvency and guarantee its economic capital adequacy and its compliance with regulatory requirements, as well as an efficient use of capital. 

To this end, the regulatory and economic capital figures and their associated metrics RORWA (return on risk-weighted assets), RORAC (return on risk-adjusted capital) and value creation of each business unit- are generated, analyzed and reported to the relevant governing bodies on a regular basis.

Within the framework of the internal capital adequacy assessment process (Pillar II of the Basel Capital Accord), the Group uses an economic capital measurement model with the objective of ensuring that there is sufficient capital available to support all the risks of its activity in various economic scenarios, with the solvency levels agreed upon by the Group; at the same time the Group assesses, also in the various scenarios, whether it meets the regulatory capital ratio requirements.

In order to adequately manage the Group's capital, it is essential to estimate and analyze future needs, in anticipation of the various phases of the business cycle. Projections of regulatory and economic capital are made based on the budgetary information (balance sheet, income statement, etc.) and the macroeconomic scenarios defined by the Group's economic research service. These estimates are used by the Group as a reference when planning the management actions (issues, securitizations, etc.) required to achieve its capital targets.

In addition, certain stress scenarios are simulated in order to assess the availability of capital in adverse situations. These scenarios are based on sharp fluctuations in macroeconomic variables (GDP, interest rates, housing prices, etc.) that mirror historical crisis that could happen again or plausible but unlikely stress situations.

Following is a brief description of the regulatory capital framework to which Santander Group is subject.

In December 2010 the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published a new global regulatory framework for international capital standards (Basel III) which strengthened the requirements of the previous frameworks, known as Basel I, Basel II and Basel 2.5, and other requirements additional to Basel II (Basel 2.5), by enhancing the quality, consistency and transparency of the capital base and improving risk coverage. On June 26, 2013 the Basel III legal framework was included in European law through Directive 2013/36 (CRD IV), repealing Directives 2006/48 and 2006/49, and through Regulation 575/2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms (CRR).

The CRD IV was transposed into Spanish legislation through Law 10/2014 on the regulation, supervision and capital adequacy of credit institutions, and its subsequent implementing regulations contained in Royal Decree-Law 84/2015. This Circular largely repeals largely Circular 3/2008, on the calculation and monitoring of minimum capital (though, in the aspects covered by Circular 5/2008, on minimum capital and other mandatory reporting of information for mutual guarantee societies, the latter will remain in effect); and a section of Circular 2/2014, on the exercise of various regulatory options contained in the CRR. The CRR is directly applicable in EU Member States as from January 1, 2014 and repeals all lower-ranking rules providing for additional capital requirements.

The CRR establishes a phase-in that will permit a progressive adaptation to the new requirements in the European Union. These phase-in arrangements were incorporated into Spanish regulations through the approval of Royal Decree-Law 14/2013 and Bank of Spain Circular 2/2014. They affect both the new deductions and the issues and items of own funds which cease to be eligible as such under this new regulation. In March 2016, the European Central Bank published Regulation 2016/445/UE that modifies some of the phase-in dates applicable to Group, especially DTAs (Deferred Tax Assets) calendar. The capital buffers provided for in CRD IV are also subject to phase-in; they are applicable for the first time in 2016 and must be fully implemented by 2019.

The Basel regulatory framework is based on three pillars. Pillar I sets out the minimum capital requirements to be met, and provides for the possibility of using internal ratings and models (the Advanced Internal Ratings-Based AIRB approach) in the calculation of risk-weighted exposures. The aim is to render regulatory requirements more sensitive to the risks actually borne by entities in carrying on their business activities. Pillar II establishes a supervisory review system to improve internal risk management and internal capital adequacy assessment based on the risk profile. Lastly, Pillar III defines the elements relating to disclosures and market discipline.

On November 23, 2016, the European Commission released a draft of the new CRR and CRD IV incorporating different Basel standards, such as the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book for Market Risk, the Net Stable Funding Ratio for liquidity risk or

F-22


 

Table of Contents

the SA-CCR for calculation of the EAD by counterparty risk, and introduces modifications related to the treatment of central counterparties, from the MDA (Maximum distribution Amount), Pillar 2 and the leverage ratio, among others. The most significant change is the implementation of the TLAC (Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity) Term Sheet issued by the Financial Stability Board (FSB) in the capital framework. Therefore, systemically important banks will have to comply with MREL (Minimum Requirement for own funds and Eligible Liabilities)/TLAC requirements under Pillar 1 while non-systemically important banks need only comply with MREL under Pillar 2 that the resolution authority will decide on a case-by-case basis.

The Single Resolution Board (SRB) published its Minimum Required Eligible Liabilities (MREL) policy for 2017. For the 2017 resolution planning cycle, the SRB is in transition from MREL informational objectives to start establishing binding specific MREL consolidated objectives for each bank in the future, both at the single entry point (SPE) and the multiple entry point (MPE), for most large and complex banks, including all global institutions of systemic importance (G -SII).

The MREL policy of the SRB for 2017 is based on a gradual approach to reach the final objectives (target level) of MREL over a period of several years, and failure to do so could result in the consideration that the entity cannot be resolved. In relation to the subordination criterion, the SRB considers that the entities of global systemic importance (G-SIIs) have to comply at least with a level of subordination equal to 13.5% of the assets weighted by risk or risk-weighted assets (RWA) plus the Combined Buffer.

At December 31, 2017 the Group met the minimum capital requirements established by current legislation (See Note 54).

ii. Plan for the roll-out of advanced approaches and authorization from the supervisory authorities

The Group intends to adopt, over the next few years, the advanced internal ratings-based (AIRB) approach under Basel II for substantially all its banks, until the percentage of exposure of the loan portfolio covered by this approach exceeds 90%. The commitment assumed before the supervisor still implies the adaptation of advanced models within the ten key markets where Santander Group operates.

Accordingly, the Group continued in 2017 with the project for the progressive implementation of the technology platforms and methodological improvements required for the roll-out of the AIRB approach for regulatory capital calculation purposes at the various Group units.

The Group has obtained authorization from the supervisory authorities to use the AIRB approach for the calculation of regulatory capital requirements for credit risk for the Parent and the main subsidiaries in Spain, the United Kingdom and Portugal, as well as for certain portfolios in Germany, Mexico, Brazil, Chile, the Nordic countries (Norway, Sweden and Finland), France and the United States.

During 2017, approval was obtained for the sovereign portfolios, Institutions (FIRB method) and Specialized Financing (Slotting) in Chile, Mortgages and most revolving of Santander Consumer Germany as well as the portfolios of dealers of PSA France and PSA UK (FIRB method).

As regards the other risks explicitly addressed under Basel Pillar I, the Group is authorized to use its internal model for market risk for its treasury trading activities in UK, Spain, Chile, Portugal and Mexico.

For the purpose of calculating regulatory capital for operational risk, Santander Group has been applying the standardized approach provided for under the European Capital Requirements Directive. On 2017 the European Central Bank authorized the use of the Alternative Standardized Approach to calculate the capital requirements at consolidated level for operational risk at Banco Santander México, in addition to obtained was made in 2016 in Brazil.

f) Environmental impact

In view of the business activities carried on by the Group entities, the Group does not have any environmental liability, expenses, assets, provisions or contingencies that might be material with respect to its consolidated equity, financial position or results. Therefore, no specific disclosures relating to environmental issues are included in these consolidated financial statements.

g) Events after the reporting period

No significant events occurred from January 1, 2018 to the date on which these consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue other than the following:

F-23


 

Table of Contents

Sale of our stake in WiZink

On March 26, 2018, we announced that our subsidiaries Banco Popular Español, S.A. and Banco Santander Totta, S.A. had reached an agreement with certain entities managed by Värde Partners, Inc. (“Varde”) and WiZink Bank, S.A. (“WiZink”) by virtue of  which (i) Popular will sell to Varde its 49% stake in WiZink; and (ii) Popular and Santander Totta will acquire the debit and credit card business sold through Popular in Spain and Portugal that WiZink had acquired from Popular in 2014 and 2016.

With these transactions we resume Banco Popular’s debit and credit card business which improves the marketing strategy and facilitates the integration of Banco Popular.

The above transactions remain subject to regulatory authorizations and other customary conditions for this kind of transactions. Closing of the transactions is expected within the second half of 2018.

h) Other information

UK Referendum

On June 23, 2016, the UK held a referendum on the UK’s membership of the European Union (the EU). The result of the referendum’s vote was to leave the EU. Immediately after this result, global and UK stock and exchange markets began a period of high volatility, including a sharp devaluation of the pound, which adds to the continuing uncertainty in relation to the departure of the United Kingdom and its future relationship with the EU.

On March 29, 2017, the UK gave notice under Article 50(2) of the Treaty on European Union of the UK’s intention to withdraw from the EU. This has triggered a two-year period of negotiation which will determine the new terms of the UK’s relationship with the EU. After that period the UK’s EU membership will cease. These negotiations are expected to run in parallel to standalone bilateral negotiations with the numerous individual countries and multilateral counterparties with which the UK currently has trading arrangements by virtue of its membership of the EU. The timing of, and process for, such negotiations and the resulting terms of the UK’s future economic, trading and legal relationships are uncertain.

Although the result does not entail any immediate change to the current operations and structure, it has caused volatility in the markets, including depreciation of the pound sterling, and is expected to continue to cause economic uncertainty which could adversely affect the results, financial condition and prospects. The terms and timing of the UK’s exit from the EU are yet to be confirmed and it is not possible to determine the full impact that the referendum, the UK’s exit from the EU and any related matters may have on general economic conditions in the UK (including on the performance of the UK housing market and UK banking sector) and, by extension, the impact the exit may have on the results, financial condition and prospects. Further, there is uncertainty as to whether, following exit from the EU, it will be possible to continue to provide financial services in the UK on a cross-border basis within other EU member states.

The UK political developments described above, along with any further changes in government structure and policies, may lead to further market volatility and changes in the fiscal, monetary and regulatory landscape. In consequence of the above, the Group could have a negative adverse effect on the financing availability and terms and, more generally, on the results, financial condition and prospects.

Fidelity Bonds

On July 13, 2017, Banco Santander and Banco Popular informed that they had decided to launch a compensation action aimed at building loyalty among their network retail clients affected by Banco Popular´s resolution (the “Fidelity Action”).

By virtue of the Fidelity Action, those clients who meet certain conditions and who have been affected by the resolution of Banco Popular will be able to receive, without any payment on their part, tradable securities issued by Banco Santander for a nominal value up to the investment in shares or certain subordinated bonds of Banco Popular (with certain limits) that they held as of the date of the resolution of Banco Popular. In order to benefit from such action, it will be necessary for the client to waive legal actions against the Group.

The Fidelity Action will be done through the delivery to the client of contingent redeemable perpetual bonds (“The Fidelity Bonds”) of Banco Santander, S.A. The Fidelity Bonds will accrue a discretional, non-cumulative cash coupon, payable quarterly in arrears.

The Fidelity Bonds are perpetual securities; however, it will be possible to totally redeem them by decision of Banco Santander, with the prior authorization of the European Central Bank, in any of the payment dates of the coupon, after seven years from their issuance.

F-24


 

Table of Contents

In accordance with the conditions stipulated in the issuance of the Fidelity Bonds, related to the discretional remuneration by the Bank and other aspects, this financial instrument is considered as an equity instrument in accordance with the applicable regulation.

On September 12, 2017, we informed that the Fidelity Bonds had been approved by the Spanish Securities Market Commission and registered in its official records. The offer acceptance period goes from September 13, 2017 until December 7, 2017.

On December 15, 2017, the Group announced that once the offer acceptance period was finalized, the offer acceptances amounted to 77.88% of the total amount, and, therefore the nominal value of the Fidelity Bonds to be issued was €764 million, which market value of the bonds at the time of their concession was €525 million (See Note 3).

2.     Accounting policies

The accounting policies applied in preparing the consolidated financial statements were as follows:

a)    Foreign currency transactions

i. Presentation currency

The Bank’s functional and presentation currency is the euro. Also, the presentation currency of the Group is the euro.

ii. Translation of foreign currency balances

Foreign currency balances are translated to euros in two consecutive stages:

-

Translation of foreign currency to the functional currency (currency of the main economic environment in which the entity operates); and

-

Translation to euros of the balances held in the functional currencies of entities whose functional currency is not the euro.

Translation of foreign currency to the functional currency

Foreign currency transactions performed by consolidated entities (or entities accounted for using the equity method) not located in European Monetary Union (“EMU”) countries are initially recognized in their respective currencies. Monetary items in foreign currency are subsequently translated to their functional currencies using the closing rate.

Furthermore:

-

Non-monetary items measured at historical cost are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date of acquisition.

-

Non-monetary items measured at fair value are translated at the exchange rate at the date when the fair value was determined.

-

Income and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates for the year for all the transactions performed during the year. When applying this criterion, the Group considers whether there have been significant changes in the exchange rates in the year which, in view of their materiality with respect to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, would make it necessary to use the exchange rates at the transaction date rather than the aforementioned average exchange rates.

-

The balances arising from non-hedging forward foreign currency/foreign currency and foreign currency/euro purchase and sale transactions are translated at the closing rates prevailing in the forward foreign currency market for the related maturity.

Translation of functional currencies to euros

The balances in the financial statements of consolidated entities (or entities accounted for using the equity method) whose functional currency is not the euro are translated to euros as follows:

-

Assets and liabilities, at the closing rates.

-

Income and expenses, at the average exchange rates for the year.

-

Equity items, at the historical exchange rates.

F-25


 

Table of Contents

iii. Recognition of exchange differences

The exchange differences arising on the translation of foreign currency balances to the functional currency are generally recognized at their net amount under Exchange differences in the consolidated income statement, except for exchange differences arising on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss, which are recognized in the consolidated income statement without distinguishing them from other changes in fair value, and for exchange differences arising on non-monetary items measured at fair value through equity, which are recognized under Other comprehensive income--Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss--Exchange differences.

The exchange differences arising on the translation to euros of the financial statements denominated in functional currencies other than the euro are recognized in Other comprehensive income--Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss--Exchange differences in the consolidated balance sheet, whereas those arising on the translation to euros of the financial statements of entities accounted for using the equity method are recognized in equity under Other comprehensive income--Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss and Items not reclassified to profit or loss--Other recognized income and expense of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, until the related item is derecognized, at which time they are recognized in profit or loss.

Exchange differences arising on actuarial gains or losses when converting to euros the financial statements denominated in the functional currencies of entities whose functional currency is different from the euro are recognized under equity--Other comprehensive income--Items not reclassified to profit or loss--Actuarial gains or (-) losses on defined benefit pension plans.

iv. Entities located in hyperinflationary economies

At December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 none of the functional currencies of the consolidated entities and associates located abroad related to hyperinflationary economies as defined by International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. Accordingly, at the end of the last three reporting periods it was not necessary to adjust the financial statements of any of the consolidated entities or associates to correct for the effect of inflation.

v. Exposure to foreign currency risk

The Group hedges a portion of its long-term foreign currency positions using foreign exchange derivative financial instruments (see Note 36). Also, the Group manages foreign currency risk dynamically by hedging its short-term position (with a potential impact on profit or loss) in order to limit the impact of currency depreciations while optimizing the cost of financing the hedges.

The following tables show the sensitivity of consolidated profit and consolidated equity to the changes in the foreign currency positions resulting from all the Group’s foreign currency items caused by 1% variations in the various foreign currencies in which the Group has material balances.

The estimated effect on the consolidated equity attributable to the Group and on consolidated profit of a 1% appreciation of the euro against the corresponding currency is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Effect on consolidated equity

 

Effect on consolidated profit

Currency

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. dollar

 

(157.9)

 

(187.1)

 

(167.2)

 

(1.4)

 

(4.5)

 

(8.7)

Chilean peso

 

(29.0)

 

(27.9)

 

(23.7)

 

(1.8)

 

(4.2)

 

(5.0)

Pound sterling

 

(176.6)

 

(184.9)

 

(194.2)

 

(3.1)

 

(10.0)

 

(13.0)

Mexican peso

 

(16.0)

 

(16.2)

 

(19.7)

 

(1.2)

 

(5.4)

 

(5.9)

Brazilian real

 

(93.1)

 

(122.3)

 

(93.1)

 

(6.5)

 

(6.3)

 

(13.6)

Polish zloty

 

(34.5)

 

(31.5)

 

(32.8)

 

(1.5)

 

(3.3)

 

(3.9)

 

F-26


 

Table of Contents

Similarly, the estimated effect on the Group’s consolidated equity and on consolidated profit of a 1% depreciation of the euro against the corresponding currency is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Effect on consolidated equity

 

Effect on consolidated profit

Currency

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. dollar

 

161.1 

 

190.8 

 

170.5 

 

1.5

 

4.5

 

8.8

Chilean peso

 

29.6 

 

28.4 

 

24.1 

 

1.8

 

4.3

 

5.1

Pound sterling

 

180.2 

 

188.7 

 

198.2 

 

3.2

 

10.2

 

13.2

Mexican peso

 

16.3 

 

16.5 

 

20.1 

 

1.2

 

5.5

 

6.0

Brazilian real

 

95.0 

 

124.7 

 

94.9 

 

6.6

 

6.5

 

13.8

Polish zloty

 

35.2 

 

32.1 

 

33.4 

 

1.5

 

3.3

 

4.0

 

The foregoing data were obtained as follows:

a.

Effect on consolidated equity: in accordance with the accounting policy detailed in Note 2.a.iii, the exchange differences arising on the translation to euros of the financial statements in the functional currencies of the Group entities whose functional currency is not the euro are recognized in consolidated equity. The possible effect that a change in the exchange rates of the related currency would have on the Group’s consolidated equity was therefore determined by applying the aforementioned change to the net value of each unit’s assets and liabilities -including, where appropriate, the related goodwill- and by taking into consideration the offsetting effect of the hedges of net investments in foreign operations.

b.

Effect on consolidated profit: the effect was determined by applying the fluctuations in the average exchange rates used for the year, as indicated in Note 2.a.ii, to translate to euros the income and expenses of the consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the euro, taking into consideration, where appropriate, the offsetting effect of the various hedging transactions in place.

The estimates used to obtain the foregoing data were performed considering the effects of the exchange rate fluctuations in isolation from the effect of the performance of other variables whose changes would affect equity and profit or loss, such as variations in the interest rates of the reference currencies or other market factors. Accordingly, all variables other than the exchange rate fluctuations were kept constant with respect to their positions at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

b) Basis of consolidation

i. Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are defined as entities over which the Bank has the capacity to exercise control. The Bank controls an entity when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

The financial statements of the subsidiaries are fully consolidated with those of the Bank. Accordingly, all balances and effects of the transactions between consolidated companies are eliminated on consolidation.

On acquisition of control of a subsidiary, its assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are recognized at their acquisition-date fair values. Any positive differences between the acquisition cost and the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired are recognized as goodwill (See Note 17). Negative differences are recognized in profit or loss on the date of acquisition.

Additionally, the share of third parties of the Group’s equity is presented under Non-controlling interests in the consolidated balance sheet (See Note 28). Their share of the profit for the year is presented under Profit attributable to non-controlling interests in the consolidated income statement.

The results of subsidiaries acquired during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the date of acquisition to year-end. Similarly, the results of subsidiaries for which control is lost during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the beginning of the year to the date of disposal.

At December 31, 2017 the Group controlled the following companies in which it held an ownership interest of less than 50% of the share capital, (i) Luri 1, S.A. and (ii) Luri 2, S.A, also the structured consolidated entities. The percentage ownership interests in the aforementioned companies were 31% and 30%, respectively (See Appendix I). Although the Group holds less than half the voting

F-27


 

Table of Contents

power, it manages and, as a result, exercises control over these entities. The company object of the first two entities is the acquisition of real estate and other general operations relating thereto, including rental, and the purchase and sale of properties. The impact of the consolidation of these companies on the Group’s consolidated financial statements is immaterial.

The Appendices contain significant information on the subsidiaries.

ii. Interests in joint ventures

Joint ventures are deemed to be entities that are not subsidiaries but which are jointly controlled by two or more unrelated entities. This is evidenced by contractual arrangements whereby two or more parties have interests in entities so that decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of all the parties sharing control.

In the consolidated financial statements, investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method, i.e. at the Group’s share of net assets of the investee, after taking into account the dividends received therefrom and other equity eliminations. The profits and losses resulting from transactions with a joint venture are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest therein.

The Appendices contain significant information on the joint ventures.

iii. Associates

Associates are entities over which the Bank is in a position to exercise significant influence, but not control or joint control. It is presumed that the Bank exercises significant influence if it holds 20% or more of the voting power of the investee.

In the consolidated financial statements, investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method, i.e. at the Group’s share of net assets of the investee, after taking into account the dividends received therefrom and other equity eliminations. The profits and losses resulting from transactions with an associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate.

There are certain investments in entities which, although the Group owns 20% or more of their voting power, are not considered to be associates because the Group is not in a position to exercise significant influence over them. These investments are not significant for the Group and are recognized under Financial assets available-for-sale.

The Appendices contain significant information on the associates.

iv. Structured entities

When the Group incorporates entities, or holds ownership interests therein, to enable its customers to access certain investments, or for the transfer of risks or other purposes (also called structured entities since the voting or similar power is not a key factor in deciding who controls the entity), the Group determines, using internal criteria and procedures and taking into consideration the applicable legislation, whether control (as defined above) exists and, therefore, whether these entities should be consolidated. Specifically, for those entities to which this policy applies (mainly investment funds and pension funds), the Group analyses the following factors:

-

Percentage of ownership held by the Group; 20% is established as the general threshold.

-

Identification of the fund manager, and verification as to whether it is a company controlled by the Group since this could affect the Group’s ability to direct the relevant activities.

-

Existence of agreements between investors that might require decisions to be taken jointly by the investors, rather than by the fund manager.

-

Existence of currently exercisable removal rights (possibility of removing the manager from his position), since the existence of such rights might limit the manager’s power over the fund, and it may be concluded that the manager is acting as an agent of the investors.

-

Analysis of the fund manager’s remuneration regime, taking into consideration that a remuneration regime that is proportionate to the service rendered does not, generally, create exposure of such importance as to indicate that the manager is acting as the principal. Conversely, if the remuneration regime is not proportionate to the service rendered, this might give rise to an exposure that would lead the Group to a different conclusion.

F-28


 

Table of Contents

These structured entities also include the securitization special purpose vehicles (“SPV”), which are consolidated in the case of the SPVs over which, being exposed to variable yield, it is considered that the Group continues to exercise control.

The exposure associated with unconsolidated structured entities are not material with respect to the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

v. Business combinations

A business combination is the bringing together of two or more separate entities or economic units into one single entity or group of entities.

Business combinations whereby the Group obtains control over an entity are recognized for accounting purposes as follows:

-

The Group measures the cost of the business combination, which is normally the consideration transferred, defined as the acquisition-date fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity instruments issued, if any, by the acquirer. In cases where the amount of the consideration to be transferred has not been definitively established at the acquisition date, but rather depends on future events, any contingent consideration is recognized as part of the consideration transferred and measured at its acquisition-date fair value. Moreover, acquisition-related costs do not for these purposes form part of the cost of the business combination.

-

The fair values of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquired entity or business, including any intangible assets which might not have been recognized by the acquiree, are estimated and recognized in the consolidated balance sheet; the Group also estimates the amount of any non-controlling interests and the fair value of the previously held equity interest in the acquiree.

-

Any positive difference between the aforementioned items is recognized as discussed in Note 2.m. Any negative difference is recognized under negative goodwill recognized in the consolidated income statement.

Goodwill is only measured and recognized once, when control of a business is obtained.

vi. Changes in the levels of ownership interests in subsidiaries

Acquisitions and disposals not giving rise to a change in control are recognized as equity transactions, and no gain or loss is recognized in the income statement and the initially recognized goodwill is not remeasured. The difference between the consideration transferred or received and the decrease or increase in non-controlling interests, respectively, is recognized in reserves.

Similarly, when control over a subsidiary is lost, the assets, liabilities and non-controlling interests and any other items recognized in Other Comprehensive income of that company are derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet, and the fair value of the consideration received and of any remaining equity interest is recognized. The difference between these amounts is recognized in profit or loss.

vii. Acquisitions and disposals

Note 3 provides information on the most significant acquisitions and disposals in the last three years.

c) Definitions and classification of financial instruments

i. Definitions

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.

An equity instrument is a contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the issuing entity after deducting all of its liabilities.

A financial derivative is a financial instrument whose value changes in response to the change in an observable market variable (such as an interest rate, foreign exchange rate, financial instrument price, market index or credit rating), whose initial investment is very small compared with other financial instruments with a similar response to changes in market factors, and which is generally settled at a future date.

F-29


 

Table of Contents

Hybrid financial instruments are contracts that simultaneously include a non-derivative host contract together with a derivative, known as an embedded derivative, that is not separately transferable and has the effect that some of the cash flows of the hybrid contract vary in a way similar to a stand-alone derivative.

Compound financial instruments are contracts that simultaneously create for their issuer a financial liability and an own equity instrument (such as convertible bonds, which entitle their holders to convert them into equity instruments of the issuer).

The preference shares contingently convertible into ordinary shares eligible as Additional Tier 1 capital (“CCPSs”) -perpetual preference shares, which may be repurchased by the issuer in certain circumstances, the interest on which is discretionary, and would convert into a variable number of newly issued ordinary shares if the capital ratio of the Bank or its consolidated group falls below a given percentage (trigger event), as those two terms are defined in the related issue prospectuses- are recognized for accounting purposes by the Group as compound instruments. The liability component reflects the issuer’s obligation to deliver a variable number of shares and the equity component reflects the issuer’s discretion in relation to the payment of the related coupons. In order to effect the initial allocation, the Group estimates the fair value of the liability as the amount that would have to be delivered if the trigger event were to occur immediately and, accordingly, the equity component, calculated as the residual amount, is zero. In view of the aforementioned discretionary nature of the payment of the coupons, they are deducted directly from equity.

Capital perpetual preference shares (“CCPSs”), with the possibility of purchase by the issuer in certain circumstances, whose remuneration is discretionary, and which will be amortized permanently, totally or partially, in the event that the Bank or its consolidated group submits a capital ratio lesser than a certain percentage (trigger event), as defined in the corresponding prospectuses, are accounted for by the Group as equity instruments.

The following transactions are not treated for accounting purposes as financial instruments:

- Investments in associates and joint ventures (see Note 13).

- Rights and obligations under employee benefit plans (see Note 25).

- Rights and obligations under insurance contracts (see Note 15).

- Contracts and obligations relating to employee remuneration based on own equity instruments (see Note 34).

ii. Classification of financial assets for measurement purposes

Financial assets are initially classified into the various categories used for management and measurement purposes, unless they have to be presented as Non-current assets held for sale or they relate to Cash, cash balances at Central Banks and other deposits on demand, Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (asset side), Hedging derivatives and Investments, which are reported separately.

Financial assets are included for measurement purposes in one of the following categories:

-

Financial assets held for trading (at fair value through profit or loss): This category includes financial assets acquired for the purpose of generating a profit in the near term from fluctuations in their prices and financial derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments.

-

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss: This category includes hybrid financial assets not held for trading that are measured entirely at fair value and financial assets not held for trading that are included in this category in order to provide more relevant information, either because this eliminates or significantly reduces recognition or measurement inconsistencies (accounting mismatches) that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities or recognizing the gains or losses on them on different bases, or because a group of financial assets or financial assets and liabilities is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy, and information about the group is provided on that basis to the Group’s key management personnel. Financial assets may only be included in this category on the date they are acquired or originated.

-

Financial assets available-for-sale: This category includes debt instruments not classified as Held-to-maturity investments, Loans and receivables or Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, and equity instruments issued by entities other than subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, provided that such instruments have not been classified as Financial assets held for trading or as Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss.

F-30


 

Table of Contents

-

Loans and receivables: This category includes the investment arising from ordinary lending activities, such as the cash amounts of loans drawn down and not yet repaid by customers or the deposits placed with other institutions, whatever the legal instrument, unquoted debt securities and receivables from the purchasers of goods, or the users of services, constituting part of the Group’s business.

The consolidated entities generally intend to hold the loans and credits granted by them until their final maturity and, therefore, they are presented in the consolidated balance sheet at their amortized cost (which includes any reductions required to reflect the estimated losses on their recovery).

-

Investments held-to-maturity: This category includes debt instruments with fixed maturity and with fixed or determinable payments, for which the Group has both the intention and proven ability to hold to maturity.

iii. Classification of financial assets for presentation purposes

Financial assets are classified by nature into the following items in the consolidated balance sheet:

-

Cash, cash balances at Central Banks and other deposits on demand: Cash balances and balances receivable on demand relating to deposits with central banks and credit institutions.

-

Loans and advances: Includes the debit balances of all credit and loans granted by the Group, other than those represented by securities, as well as finance lease receivables and other debit balances of a financial nature in favor of the Group, such as cheques drawn on credit institutions, balances receivable from clearing houses and settlement agencies for transactions on the stock exchange and organized markets, bonds given in cash, capital calls, fees and commissions receivable for financial guarantees and debit balances arising from transactions not originating in banking transactions and services, such as the collection of rentals and similar items. They are classified, on the basis of the institutional sector to which the debtor belongs, into:

-

Central Banks: Credit of any nature, including deposits and money market operations received from the Bank of Spain or other central banks.

-

Credit institutions: Credit of any nature, including deposits and money market operations, in the name of credit institutions.

-

Customers: Includes the remaining credit, including money market operations through central counterparties.

-

Debt instruments: Bonds and other securities that represent a debt for their issuer, that generate an interest return, and that are in the form of certificates or book entries.

-

Equity instruments: Financial instruments issued by other entities, such as shares, which have the nature of equity instruments for the issuer, other than investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates. Investment fund units are included in this item.

-

Derivatives: Includes the fair value in favor of the Group of derivatives which do not form part of hedge accounting, including embedded derivatives separated from hybrid financial instruments.

-

Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk: This item is the balancing entry for the amounts credited to the consolidated income statement in respect of the measurement of the portfolios of financial instruments which are effectively hedged against interest rate risk through fair value hedging derivatives.

-

Hedging derivatives: Includes the fair value in favor of the Group of derivatives, including embedded derivatives separated from hybrid financial instruments, designated as hedging instruments in hedge accounting.

iv. Classification of financial liabilities for measurement purposes

Financial liabilities are initially classified into the various categories used for management and measurement purposes, unless they have to be presented as Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale or they relate to Hedging derivatives or Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (liability side), which are reported separately.

Financial liabilities are included for measurement purposes in one of the following categories:

-

Financial liabilities held for trading (at fair value through profit or loss): This category includes financial liabilities incurred for the purpose of generating a profit in the near term from fluctuations in their prices, financial derivatives not designated as hedging

F-31


 

Table of Contents

instruments, and financial liabilities arising from the outright sale of financial assets acquired under reverse repurchase agreements ("reverse repos") or borrowed (short positions).

-

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss: Financial liabilities are included in this category when they provide more relevant information, either because this eliminates or significantly reduces recognition or measurement inconsistencies (accounting mismatches) that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities or recognizing the gains or losses on them on different bases, or because a group of financial liabilities or financial assets and liabilities is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy, and information about the group is provided on that basis to the Group’s key management personnel. Liabilities may only be included in this category on the date when they are incurred or originated.

-

Financial liabilities at amortized cost: financial liabilities, irrespective of their instrumentation and maturity, not included in any of the above-mentioned categories which arise from the ordinary borrowing activities carried on by financial institutions.

v. Classification of financial liabilities for presentation purposes

Financial liabilities are classified by nature into the following items in the consolidated balance sheet:

-

Deposits: Includes all repayable balances received in cash by the Group, other than those instrumented as marketable securities and those having the substance of subordinated liabilities (amount of the loans received, which for credit priority purposes are after common creditors), except for the debt instruments. This item also includes cash bonds and cash consignments received the amount of which may be invested without restriction. Deposits are classified on the basis of the creditor’s institutional sector into:

-

Central banks: Deposits of any nature, including credit received and money market operations received from the Bank of Spain or other central banks.

-

Credit institutions: Deposits of any nature, including credit received and money market operations in the name of credit institutions.

-

Customer: Includes the remaining deposits, including money market operations through central counterparties.

-

Marketable debt securities: Includes the amount of bonds and other debt represented by marketable securities, other than those having the substance of subordinated liabilities (amount of the loans received, which for credit priority purposes are after common creditors, and includes the amount of the financial instruments issued by the Group which, having the legal nature of capital, do not meet the requirements to qualify as equity, such as certain preferred shares issued). This item includes the component that has the consideration of financial liability of the securities issued that are compound financial instruments.

-

Derivatives: Includes the fair value, with a negative balance for the Group, of derivatives, including embedded derivatives separated from the host contract, which do not form part of hedge accounting.

-

Short positions: includes the amount of financial liabilities arising from the outright sale of financial assets acquired under reverse repurchase agreements or borrowed.

-

Other financial liabilities: Includes the amount of payment obligations having the nature of financial liabilities not included in other items, and liabilities under financial guarantee contracts, unless they have been classified as non-performing.

-

Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk: This item is the balancing entry for the amounts charged to the consolidated income statement in respect of the measurement of the portfolios of financial instruments which are effectively hedged against interest rate risk through fair value hedging derivatives.

-

Hedging derivatives: Includes the fair value of the Group’s liability in respect of derivatives, including embedded derivatives separated from hybrid financial instruments, designated as hedging instruments in hedge accounting.

F-32


 

Table of Contents

d) Measurement of financial assets and liabilities and recognition of fair value changes

In general, financial assets and liabilities are initially recognized at fair value which, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, is deemed to be the transaction price. Financial instruments not measured at fair value through profit or loss are adjusted by the transaction costs. Financial assets and liabilities are subsequently measured at each year-end as follows:

i. Measurement of financial assets

Financial assets are measured at fair value, without deducting any transaction costs that may be incurred on their disposal, except for loans and receivables, investments held-to-maturity, unquoted equity instruments which cannot be reliably measured and financial derivatives that have those equity instruments as their underlying and are settled by delivery of those instruments.

The fair value of a financial instrument on a given date is taken to be the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The most objective and common reference for the fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be paid for it on an active, transparent and deep market (quoted price or market price). At December 31, 2017 there were no significant investments in quoted financial instruments that had ceased to be recognized at their quoted price because their market could not be deemed to be active.

If there is no market price for a given financial instrument, its fair value is estimated on the basis of the price established in recent transactions involving similar instruments and, in the absence thereof, of valuation techniques commonly used by the international financial community, taking into account the specific features of the instrument to be measured and, particularly, the various types of risk associated with it.

All derivatives are recognized in the balance sheet at fair value from the trade date. If the fair value is positive, they are recognized as an asset and if the fair value is negative, they are recognized as a liability. The fair value on the trade date is deemed, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, to be the transaction price. The changes in the fair value of derivatives from the trade date are recognized in Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading (net) in the consolidated income statement. Specifically, the fair value of financial derivatives traded in organized markets included in the portfolios of financial assets or liabilities held for trading is deemed to be their daily quoted price and if, for exceptional reasons, the quoted price cannot be determined on a given date, these financial derivatives are measured using methods similar to those used to measure OTC derivatives.

The fair value of OTC derivatives is taken to be the sum of the future cash flows arising from the instrument, discounted to present value at the date of measurement (present value or theoretical close) using valuation techniques commonly used by the financial markets: net present value (NPV), option pricing models and other methods.

Loans and receivables and Investments held-to-maturity are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Amortized cost is understood to be the acquisition cost of a financial asset or liability plus or minus, as appropriate, the principal repayments and the cumulative amortization (taken to the consolidated income statement) of the difference between the initial cost and the maturity amount. In the case of financial assets, amortized cost also includes any reduction for impairment or uncollectibility. In the case of loans and receivables hedged in fair value hedges, the changes in the fair value of these assets related to the risk or risks being hedged are recognized.

The effective interest rate is the discount rate that exactly matches the carrying amount of a financial instrument to all its estimated cash flows of all kinds over its remaining life. For fixed rate financial instruments, the effective interest rate coincides with the contractual interest rate established on the acquisition date plus, where applicable, the fees and transaction costs that, because of their nature, form part of their financial return. In the case of floating rate financial instruments, the effective interest rate coincides with the rate of return prevailing in all connections until the next benchmark interest reset date.

Unquoted equity instruments which cannot be reliably measured in a sufficiently objective manner and financial derivatives that have those instruments as their underlying and are settled by delivery of those instruments are measured at acquisition cost adjusted, where appropriate, by any related impairment loss.

The amounts at which the financial assets are recognized represent, in all material respects, the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk at each reporting date. Also, the Group has received collateral and other credit enhancements to mitigate its exposure to credit risk, which consist mainly of mortgage guarantees, cash collateral, equity instruments and personal security, assets leased out under finance lease and full-service lease agreements, assets acquired under repurchase agreements, securities loans and credit derivatives.

F-33


 

Table of Contents

ii. Measurement of financial liabilities

In general, financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost, as defined above, except for those included under Financial liabilities held for trading and Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss and financial liabilities designated as hedged items (or hedging instruments) in fair value hedges, which are measured at fair value.

iii. Valuation techniques

The following table shows a summary of the fair values, at the end of 2017, 2016 and 2015, of the financial assets and liabilities indicated below, classified on the basis of the various measurement methods used by the Group to determine their fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

    

Published

    

 

    

 

    

Published

    

 

    

 

    

Published

    

 

    

 

 

 

price

 

 

 

 

 

price

 

 

 

 

 

price

 

 

 

 

 

 

quotations

 

Internal

 

 

 

quotations

 

Internal

 

 

 

quotations

 

Internal

 

 

 

 

in active

 

Models

 

 

 

in active

 

Models

 

 

 

in active

 

Models

 

 

 

 

Markets

 

(Level 2

 

 

 

Markets

 

(Level 2

 

 

 

Markets

 

(Level 2

 

 

 

 

(Level 1)

 

and 3)

 

Total

 

(Level 1)

 

and 3)

 

Total

 

(Level 1)

 

and 3)

 

Total

Financial assets held for trading

 

58,215

 

67,243

 

125,458

 

64,259

 

83,928

 

148,187

 

65,849

 

80,497

 

146,346

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

3,823

 

30,959

 

34,782

 

3,220

 

28,389

 

31,609

 

3,244

 

41,799

 

45,043

Financial assets available-for-sale (1)

 

113,258

 

18,802

 

132,060

 

89,563

 

25,862

 

115,425

 

92,284

 

27,962

 

120,246

Hedging derivatives (assets)

 

 —

 

8,537

 

8,537

 

216

 

10,161

 

10,377

 

271

 

7,456

 

7,727

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

21,828

 

85,796

 

107,624

 

20,906

 

87,859

 

108,765

 

17,058

 

88,160

 

105,218

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

769

 

58,847

 

59,616

 

 —

 

40,263

 

40,263

 

 —

 

54,768

 

54,768

Hedging derivatives (liabilities)

 

 8

 

8,036

 

8,044

 

 9

 

8,147

 

8,156

 

400

 

8,537

 

8,937

Liabilities under insurance contracts

 

 —

 

1,117

 

1,117

 

 —

 

652 

 

652

 

 —

 

627

 

627


(1)

In addition to the financial instruments measured at fair value shown in the foregoing table, at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Group held equity instruments classified as Financial assets available-for-sale and carried at cost amounting to €1,211 million, €1,349 million and €1,790 million, respectively (see Note 51.c).

The financial instruments at fair value determined on the basis of published price quotations in active markets (Level 1) include government debt securities, private-sector debt securities, derivatives traded in organized markets, securitized assets, shares, short positions and fixed-income securities issued.

In cases where price quotations cannot be observed, management makes its best estimate of the price that the market would set, using its own internal models. In most cases, these internal models use data based on observable market parameters as significant inputs (Level 2) and, in very specific cases, they use significant inputs not observable in market data (Level 3). In order to make these estimates, various techniques are employed, including the extrapolation of observable market data. The best evidence of the fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is the transaction price, unless the fair value of the instrument can be obtained from other market transactions performed with the same or similar instruments or can be measured by using a valuation technique in which the variables used include only observable market data, mainly interest rates.

The Group has developed a formal process for the systematic valuation and management of financial instruments, which has been implemented worldwide across all the Group’s units. The governance scheme for this process distributes responsibilities between two independent divisions: Treasury (development, marketing and daily management of financial products and market data) and Risk (on a periodic basis, validation of pricing models and market data, computation of risk metrics, new transaction approval policies, management of market risk and implementation of fair value adjustment policies).

The approval of new products follows a sequence of steps (request, development, validation, integration in corporate systems and quality assurance) before the product is brought into production. This process ensures that pricing systems have been properly reviewed and are stable before they are used.

F-34


 

Table of Contents

The following subsections set forth the most important products and families of derivatives, and the related valuation techniques and inputs, by asset class:

Fixed income and inflation

The fixed income asset class includes basic instruments such as interest rate forwards, interest rate swaps and cross currency swaps, which are valued using the net present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted taking into account basis swap and cross currency spreads determined on the basis of the payment frequency and currency of each leg of the derivative. Vanilla options , including caps, floors and swaptions, are priced using the Black - Scholes model, which is one of the benchmark industry models. More exotic derivatives are priced using more complex models which are generally accepted as standard across institutions.

These pricing models are fed with observable market data such as deposit interest rates, futures rates, cross currency swap and constant maturity swap rates, and basis spreads, on the basis of which different yield curves, depending on the payment frequency, and discounting curves are calculated for each currency. In the case of options, implied volatilities are also used as model inputs. These volatilities are observable in the market for cap and floor options and swaptions, and interpolation and extrapolation of volatilities from the quoted ranges are carried out using generally accepted industry models. The pricing of more exotic derivatives may require the use of non-observable data or parameters, such as correlation (among interest rates and cross-asset), mean reversion rates and prepayment rates, which are usually defined from historical data or through calibration.

Inflation-related assets include zero-coupon or year-on-year inflation-linked bonds and swaps, valued with the present value method using forward estimation and discounting. Derivatives on inflation indices are priced using standard or more complex bespoke models, as appropriate. Valuation inputs of these models consider inflation-linked swap spreads observable in the market and estimations of inflation seasonality, on the basis of which a forward inflation curve is calculated. Also, implied volatilities taken from zero-coupon and year-on-year inflation options are also inputs for the pricing of more complex derivatives.

Equity and foreign exchange

The most important products in these asset classes are forward and futures contracts; they also include vanilla, listed and OTC (Over-The-Counter) derivatives on single underlying assets and baskets of assets. Vanilla options are priced using the standard Black-Scholes model and more exotic derivatives involving forward returns, average performance, or digital, barrier or callable features are priced using generally accepted industry models or bespoke models, as appropriate. For derivatives on illiquid stocks, hedging takes into account the liquidity constraints in models.

The inputs of equity models consider yield curves, spot prices, dividends, asset funding costs (repo margin spreads), implied volatilities, correlation among equity stocks and indices, and cross-asset correlation. Implied volatilities are obtained from market quotes of European and American-style vanilla call and put options. Various interpolation and extrapolation techniques are used to obtain continuous volatility for illiquid stocks. Dividends are usually estimated for the mid and long term. Correlations are implied, when possible, from market quotes of correlation-dependent products. In all other cases, proxies are used for correlations between benchmark underlyings or correlations are obtained from historical data.

The inputs of foreign exchange models include the yield curve for each currency, the spot foreign exchange rate, the implied volatilities and the correlation among assets of this class. Volatilities are obtained from European call and put options which are quoted in markets as at-the-money, risk reversal or butterfly options. Illiquid currency pairs are usually handled by using the data of the liquid pairs from which the illiquid currency can be derived. For more exotic products, unobservable model parameters may be estimated by fitting to reference prices provided by other non-quoted market sources.

Credit

The most common instrument in this asset class is the credit default swap (CDS), which is used to hedge credit exposure to third parties. In addition, models for first-to-default (FTD), n-to-default (NTD) and single-tranche collateralized debt obligation (CDO) products are also available. These products are valued with standard industry models, which estimate the probability of default of a single issuer (for CDS) or the joint probability of default of more than one issuer for FTD, NTD and CDO.

Valuation inputs are the yield curve, the CDS spread curve and the recovery rate. For indices and important individual issuers, the CDS spread curve is obtained in the market. For less liquid issuers, this spread curve is estimated using proxies or other credit-dependent instruments. Recovery rates are usually set to standard values. For listed single-tranche CDO, the correlation of joint default of several issuers is implied from the market. For FTD, NTD and bespoke CDO, the correlation is estimated from proxies or historical data when no other option is available.

F-35


 

Table of Contents

Valuation adjustment for counterparty risk or default risk

The Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) is a valuation adjustment to OTC derivatives as a result of the risk associated with the credit exposure assumed to each counterparty.

The CVA is calculated taking into account potential exposure to each counterparty in each future period. The CVA for a specific counterparty is equal to the sum of the CVA for all the periods. The following inputs are used to calculate the CVA:

-

Expected exposure: Including for each transaction the mark-to-market (MtM) value plus an add-on for the potential future exposure for each period. Mitigating factors such as collateral and netting agreements are taken into account, as well as a temporary impairment factor for derivatives with interim payments.

-

LGD: percentage of final loss assumed in a counterparty credit event/default.

-

Probability of default: for cases where there is no market information (the CDS quoted spread curve, etc.), proxies based on companies holding exchange-listed CDS, in the same industry and with the same external rating as the counterparty, are used.

-

Discount factor curve.

The debit valuation adjustment (DVA) is a valuation adjustment similar to the CVA but, in this case, it arises as a result of the Group’s own risk assumed by its counterparties in OTC derivatives.

The CVA at December 31, 2017 amounted to €322.5 million (-49.9% compared to 2016) and DVA amounted to €219.6 million (-43.7% compared to 2016). The decrease is due to the fact that credit spreads for the most liquid maturities have been reduced in percentages over 40% and to reductions in the exposure of the main counterparties.

In addition, the Group amounts the funding fair value adjustment (FFVA) is calculated by applying future market funding spreads to the expected future funding exposure of any uncollateralized component of the OTC derivative portfolio. This includes the uncollateralized component of collateralized derivatives in addition to derivatives that are fully uncollateralized. The expected future funding exposure is calculated by a simulation methodology, where available. The FFVA impact is not material for the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

During 2017, the Group has not carried out significant reclassifications of financial instruments between levels except the changes disclosed in the level 3 table.

Valuation adjustments due to model risk

The valuation models described above do not involve a significant level of subjectivity, since they can be adjusted and recalibrated, where appropriate, through internal calculation of the fair value and subsequent comparison with the related actively traded price. However, valuation adjustments may be necessary when market quoted prices are not available for comparison purposes.

The sources of risk are associated with uncertain model parameters, illiquid underlying issuers, and poor quality market data or missing risk factors (sometimes the best available option is to use limited models with controllable risk). In these situations, the Group calculates and applies valuation adjustments in accordance with common industry practice. The main sources of model risk are described below:

In the fixed income markets, the sources of model risk include bond index correlations, basis spread modelling, the risk of calibrating model parameters and the treatment of near-zero or negative interest rates. Other sources of risk arise from the estimation of market data, such as volatilities or yield curves, whether used for estimation or cash flow discounting purposes.

In the equity markets, the sources of model risk include forward skew modelling, the impact of stochastic interest rates, correlation and multi-curve modelling. Other sources of risk arise from managing hedges of digital callable and barrier option payments. Also worthy of consideration as sources of risk are the estimation of market data such as dividends and correlation for quanto and composite basket options.

For specific financial instruments relating to home mortgage loans secured by financial institutions in the UK (which are regulated and partially financed by the Government) and property asset derivatives, the main input is the Halifax House Price Index (HPI). In these cases, risk assumptions include estimations of the future growth and the volatility of the HPI, the mortality rate and the implied credit spreads.

F-36


 

Table of Contents

Inflation markets are exposed to model risk resulting from uncertainty around modelling the correlation structure among various CPI rates. Another source of risk may arise from the bid-offer spread of inflation-linked swaps.

The currency markets are exposed to model risk resulting from forward skew modelling and the impact of stochastic interest rate and correlation modelling for multi-asset instruments. Risk may also arise from market data, due to the existence of specific illiquid foreign exchange pairs.

The most important source of model risk for credit derivatives relates to the estimation of the correlation between the probabilities of default of different underlying issuers. For illiquid underlying issuers, the CDS spread may not be well defined.

Set forth below are the financial instruments at fair value whose measurement was based on internal models (Levels 2 and 3) at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair values calculated using

 

 

 

 

 

 

internal models at

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/17

 

 

 

 

 

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Valuation techniques

    

Main assumptions

ASSETS:

 

124,178

 

1,363

 

 

 

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

66,806

 

437

 

 

 

 

Credit institutions

 

1,696

 

 —

 

Present Value Method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Customers (a)

 

8,815

 

 —

 

Present Value Method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Debt and equity instruments

 

335

 

32

 

Present Value Method

 

Yield curves, HPI, FX market prices

Derivatives

 

55,960

 

405

 

 

 

 

Swaps

 

44,766

 

189

 

Present Value Method, Gaussian Copula (b)

 

Yield curves, FX market prices, HPI, Basis, Liquidity

Exchange rate options

 

463

 

 5

 

Black-Scholes Model

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Interest rate options

 

4,747

 

162

 

Black's Model, multifactorial advanced models interest rate

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Interest rate futures

 

 2

 

 —

 

Present Value Method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Index and securities options

 

1,257

 

 5

 

Black-Scholes Model

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX & EQ market prices, Dividends, Correlation, Liquidity, HPI

Other

 

4,725

 

44

 

Present Value Method, Advanced stochastic volatility models and other

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX and EQ market prices, Dividends, Correlation, Liquidity, Others

Hedging derivatives

 

8,519

 

18

 

 

 

 

Swaps

 

7,896

 

18

 

Present Value Method

 

FX market prices, Yield curves, Basis

Exchange rate options

 

 —

 

 —

 

Black-Scholes Model

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Interest rate options

 

13

 

 —

 

Black’s Model

 

FX market prices, Yield curves, Volatility surfaces

Other

 

610

 

 —

 

Present Value Method, Advanced stochastic volatility models and other

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Credit, Liquidity, Others

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

30,677

 

282

 

 

 

 

Credit institutions

 

9,889

 

 —

 

Present Value Method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Customers (c)

 

20,403

 

72

 

Present Value Method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices, HPI

Debt and equity instruments

 

385

 

210

 

Present Value Method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

18,176

 

626

 

 

 

 

Debt and equity instruments

 

18,176

 

626

 

Present Value Method

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX & EQ Dividends, Credit, Others

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES:

 

153,600

 

196

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

85,614

 

182

 

 

 

 

Central banks

 

282

 

 —

 

Present Value Method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Credit institutions

 

292

 

 —

 

Present Value Method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Customers

 

28,179

 

 —

 

Present Value Method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Debt securities issues

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

56,860

 

182

 

 

 

 

Swaps

 

45,041

 

100

 

Present Value Method, Gaussian Copula (b)

 

Yield curves, FX market prices, Basis, Liquidity, HPI

Exchange rate options

 

497

 

 9

 

Black-Scholes Model

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Interest rate options

 

5,402

 

19

 

Black's Model, multifactorial advanced models interest rate

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Index and securities options

 

1,527

 

41

 

Black-Scholes Model

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Interest rate and equity futures

 

 1

 

 —

 

Black's Model

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX & EQ market prices, Dividends, Correlation, Liquidity, HPI

Other

 

4,392

 

13

 

Present Value Method, Advanced stochastic volatility models and other

 

Yield curves, Volatility surfaces, FX & EQ market prices, Dividends, Correlation, Liquidity, HPI

Short positions

 

 1

 

 —

 

Present Value Method

 

Yield curves ,FX & EQ market prices, Equity

Hedging derivatives

 

8,029

 

 7

 

 

 

 

Swaps

 

7,573

 

 7

 

Present Value Method

 

Yield curves ,FX & EQ market prices, Basis

Exchange rate options

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Interest rate options

 

287

 

 —

 

Black’s Model

 

Yield curves , Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity

Other

 

169

 

 —

 

Present Value Method, Advanced stochastic volatility models and other

 

Yield curves , Volatility surfaces, FX market prices, Liquidity, Other

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

58,840

 

 7

 

Present Value Method

 

Yield curves, FX market prices

Liabilities under insurance contracts

 

1,117

 

 —

 

See Note 15

 

 

 

F-37


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

Fair values calculated using internal models at

 

 

 

 

12/31/16

 

12/31/15

 

 

 

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Valuation techniques

ASSETS:

 

146,991

 

1,349

 

155,233

 

2,481

 

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

83,587

 

341

 

79,547

 

950

 

 

Credit institutions

 

3,220

 

 —

 

1,352

 

 —

 

Present Value Method

Customers (a)

 

9,504

 

 —

 

6,081

 

 —

 

Present Value Method

Debt and equity instruments

 

798

 

40

 

650

 

43

 

Present Value Method

Derivatives

 

70,065

 

301

 

71,464

 

907

 

 

Swaps

 

53,499

 

55

 

52,904

 

54

 

Present Value Method, Gaussian Copula (b)

Exchange rate options

 

524

 

 2

 

1,005

 

 —

 

Black-Scholes Model

Interest rate options

 

5,349

 

173

 

8,276

 

619

 

Black's Model, Heath-Jarrow- Morton Model

Interest rate futures

 

1,447

 

 —

 

84

 

 —

 

Present Value Method

Index and securities options

 

1,725

 

26

 

1,585

 

120

 

Black-Scholes Model

Other

 

7,521

 

45

 

7,610

 

114

 

Present Value Method, Monte Carlo simulation and others

Hedging derivatives

 

10,134

 

27

 

7,438

 

18

 

 

Swaps

 

9,737

 

27

 

6,437

 

18

 

Present Value Method

Exchange rate options

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

Black-Scholes Model

Interest rate options

 

13

 

 —

 

19

 

 —

 

Black’s Model

Other

 

384

 

 —

 

982

 

 —

 

N/A

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

28,064

 

325

 

41,285

 

514

 

 

Credit institutions

 

10,069

 

 —

 

26,403

 

 —

 

Present Value Method

Customers (c)

 

17,521

 

74

 

14,213

 

81

 

Present Value Method

Debt and equity instruments

 

474

 

251

 

669

 

433

 

Present Value Method

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

25,206

 

656

 

26,963

 

999

 

 

Debt and equity instruments

 

25,206

 

656

 

26,963

 

999

 

Present Value Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES:

 

136,835

 

86

 

151,768

 

324

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

87,790

 

69

 

87,858

 

302

 

 

Central banks

 

1,351

 

 —

 

2,178

 

 —

 

Present Value Method

Credit institutions

 

44

 

 —

 

76

 

 —

 

Present Value Method

Customers

 

9,996

 

 —

 

9,187

 

 —

 

Present Value Method

Debt securities issues

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Derivatives

 

73,481

 

69

 

74,893

 

302

 

 

Swaps

 

57,103

 

 1

 

55,055

 

 1

 

Present Value Method, Gaussian Copula (b)

Exchange rate options

 

413

 

 —

 

901

 

 —

 

Black-Scholes Model

Interest rate options

 

6,485

 

21

 

9,240

 

194

 

Black's Model, Heath-Jarrow- Morton Model

Index and securities options

 

1,672

 

46

 

2,000

 

107

 

Black-Scholes Model

Interest rate and equity futures

 

1,443

 

 —

 

101

 

 —

 

Present Value Method

Other

 

6,365

 

 1

 

7,596

 

 —

 

Present Value Method, Monte Carlo simulation and others

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short positions

 

2,918

 

 —

 

1,524

 

 —

 

Present Value Method

Hedging derivatives

 

8,138

 

 9

 

8,526

 

11

 

 

Swaps

 

6,676

 

 9

 

7,971

 

11

 

Present Value Method

Exchange rate options

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Interest rate options

 

10

 

 —

 

12

 

 —

 

Black’s Model

Other

 

1,452

 

 —

 

543

 

 

 

N/A

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

40,255

 

 8

 

54,757

 

11

 

Present Value Method

Liabilities under insurance contracts

 

652

 

 —

 

627

 

 —

 

See Note 15


(a)

Includes mainly short-term loans and reverse repurchase agreements with corporate customers (mainly brokerage and investment companies).

(b)

Includes credit risk derivatives with a net fair value of EUR zero million at December 31, 2017 (December 31, 2016 and 2015: net fair value of EUR-1 million and €46 million, respectively). These assets and liabilities are measured using the Standard Gaussian Copula Model.

(c)

Includes home mortgage loans to financial institutions in the UK (which are regulated and partly financed by the Government). The fair value of these loans was obtained using observable market variables, including current market transactions with similar amounts and collateral facilitated by the UK Housing Association. Since the Government is involved in these financial institutions, the credit risk spreads have remained stable and are homogeneous in this sector. The results arising from the valuation model are checked against current market transactions.

Level 3 financial instruments

Set forth below are the Group’s main financial instruments measured using unobservable market data as significant inputs of the internal models (Level 3):

-

Instruments in Santander UK’s portfolio (loans, debt instruments and derivatives) linked to the House Price Index (HPI). Even if the valuation techniques used for these instruments may be the same as those used to value similar products (present value in the case of loans and debt instruments, and the Black-Scholes model for derivatives), the main factors used in the valuation of these instruments are the HPI spot rate, the growth and volatility thereof, and the mortality rates, which are not always observable in the market and, accordingly, these instruments are considered illiquid.

·

HPI spot rate: for some instruments the NSA HPI spot rate, which is directly observable and published on a monthly basis, is used. For other instruments where regional HPI rates must be used (published quarterly), adjustments are made to reflect the different composition of the rates and adapt them to the regional composition of Santander UK’s portfolio.

F-38


 

Table of Contents

·

HPI growth rate: this is not always directly observable in the market, especially for long maturities, and is estimated in accordance with existing quoted prices. To reflect the uncertainty implicit in these estimates, adjustments are made based on an analysis of the historical volatility of the HPI, incorporating reversion to the mean.

·

HPI volatility: the long-term volatility is not directly observable in the market but is estimated on the basis of shorter-term quoted prices and by making an adjustment to reflect the existing uncertainty, based on the standard deviation of historical volatility over various time periods.

·

Mortality rates: these are based on published official tables and adjusted to reflect the composition of the customer portfolio for this type of product at Santander UK.

-

Callable interest rate Derivatives (Bermudan-style options) where the main unobservable input is mean reversion of interest rates.

-

Trading Derivatives on interest rates, taking as an underlying asset titling and with the amortization rate (CPR, Conditional prepayment rate) as unobservable main entry.

During 2016, the Group carried out a review of its financial instruments valuation processes with the purpose of increasing the observability of certain inputs and parameters used in its valuation techniques. As a result of this review, it started to receive prices of interest rate derivatives with the option of a clear type of discount for euros and U.S. dollars and correlations between pairs of shares to services of consensus pricing, which has allowed to incorporate the inputs obtained directly or inferred from instrument prices, in their internal valuation processes. As a consequence, those non-observable inputs (the parameter of the reversion to the average of the interest rates and the correlations between shares, respectively) used in the valuation of interest rate derivatives with the option of cancelling type euros and U.S. dollars and derivatives on stock baskets had become measurable and considered observable parameters, and therefore, these products were reclassified from Level 3 to Level 2.

The measurements obtained using the internal models might have been different if other methods or assumptions had been used with respect to interest rate risk, to credit risk, market risk and foreign currency risk spreads, or to their related correlations and volatilities. Nevertheless, the Bank's directors consider that the fair value of the financial assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated balance sheet and the gains and losses arising from these financial instruments are reasonable.

The net amount recognized in profit and loss in 2017 arising from models whose significant inputs are unobservable market data (Level 3) amounted to a  €116 million loss (€60 million profit in 2016 and €28 million loss in 2015).

F-39


 

Table of Contents

The table below shows the effect, at December 31, 2017 on the fair value of the main financial instruments classified as Level 3 of a reasonable change in the assumptions used in the valuation. This effect was determined by applying the probable valuation ranges of the main unobservable inputs detailed in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Impacts (in millions of euros)

 

Portfolio / Instrument

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Unfavorable

 

Favorable

 

(Level 3)

 

Valuation technique

 

Main unobservable inputs

 

Range

 

average

 

scenario

 

scenario

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

Present Value Method

 

Curves on TAB indices (*)

 

 

(a)   

 

(a)   

(0.2)

 

0.2

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term volatility in MXN

 

 

(a)   

 

(a)   

(0.1)

 

0.1

 

 

 

Present Value Method, Modified Black-Scholes Model

 

HPI forward growth rate

 

0% 5%

 

2.42%

 

(25.9)

 

27.7

 

 

 

 

 

HPI spot rate

 

n/a

 

772.64

(**)   

(9.4)

 

9.4

 

 

 

 

 

FX Volatility in long term

 

11% 21%

 

15.7%

 

(1.8)

 

0.3

 

 

 

Standard Gaussian Copula Model

 

Probability of default

 

0% 5%

 

2.32%

 

(2.4)

 

2.1

 

 

 

 

 

Reversal to the average interest rate

 

(2%) 2%

 

0.0%

 

(1.1)

 

1.1

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customers

 

Probability-weighted set (per forecast mortality rates) of European HPI options, using the Black-Scholes model

 

HPI forward growth rate

 

0% 5%

 

2.57%

 

(6.7)

 

6.3

 

Debt and equity instruments

 

Probability-weighted set (per forecast mortality rates) of HPI forwards, using the present value model

 

HPI forward growth rate

 

0% 5%

 

2.42%

 

(7.6)

 

8.2

 

 

 

 

 

HPI spot rate

 

n/a

 

772.64

(**)   

(12.5)

 

12.5

 

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt and equity instruments

 

Present Value Method and other

 

Default and prepayment rates, cost of capital, long-term earnings growth rate

 

 

(a)   

 

(a)   

(3.0)

 

3.0

 

 

 

 

 

Litigation contingencies

 

0% 100%

 

35%

 

(22.0)

 

11.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

Present Value Method, Modified Black-Scholes Model

 

HPI forward growth rate

 

0% 5%

 

2.32%

 

(9.4)

 

8.1

 

 

 

 

 

HPI spot rate

 

n/a

 

727.14

(**)   

(9.2)

 

10.0

 

 

 

 

 

Curves on TAB indices (*)

 

 

(a)   

 

(a)   

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

Advanced multi-factor interest rate models

 

Mean reversion of interest rates

 

(2%) 2%

 

0.01

 

(0.6)

 

0.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hedging derivatives (liabilities)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

Advanced multi-factor interest rate models

 

Mean reversion of interest rates

 

0.0001 0.03

 

0.01

(***)   

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

(b)   

 

(b)


(*)    TAB: “Tasa Activa Bancaria” (Active Bank Rate). Average interest rates on 30‑, 90‑, 180‑ and 360‑day deposits published by the Chilean Association of Banks and Financial Institutions (ABIF) in nominal currency (Chilean peso) and in real terms, adjusted for inflation (in Chilean unit of account (Unidad de Fomento - UF)).

(**)  There are national and regional HPIs. The HPI spot value is the weighted average of the indices that correspond to the positions of each portfolio. The impact reported is in response to a 10% shift.

(***) Theoretical average value of the parameter. The change made for the favorable scenario is from 0.0001 to 0.03. An unfavorable scenario was not considered as there was no margin for downward movement from the parameter’s current level.

(a)    The exercise was conducted for the unobservable inputs described in the main unobservable inputs column under probable scenarios. The range and weighted average value used are not shown because the aforementioned exercise was conducted jointly for various inputs or variants thereof (e.g. the TAB input comprises vector-time curves, for which there are also nominal yield curves and inflation-indexed yield curves), and it was not possible to break down the results separately by type of input. In the case of the TAB curve the gain or loss is reported for changes of +/‑100 b.p. for the total sensitivity to this index in Chilean pesos and UFs. The same applies for interest rates in MXN (Mexican peso).

(b)    The Group calculates the potential effect on the valuation of each of these instruments on a joint basis, irrespective of whether their individual value is positive (asset) or negative (liability), and discloses the joint effect associated with the corresponding instruments classified on the asset side of the consolidated balance sheet.

F-40


 

Table of Contents

Lastly, the changes in the financial instruments classified as Level 3 in 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

Changes

 

2017

 

    

Fair value

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Changes in fair

    

Changes in

    

 

    

 

    

Fair value

 

 

calculated using

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

value

 

fair value

 

 

 

 

 

calculated using

 

 

internal models

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

recognized in

 

recognized

 

Level

 

 

 

internal models

Millions of euros

 

(Level 3)

 

Purchases

 

Sales

 

Issues

 

Settlements

 

profit or loss

 

in equity

 

reclassifications

 

Other

 

(Level 3)

Financial assets held for trading

 

341

 

45

 

(21)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(129)

 

 —

 

200

 

 1

 

437

Debt and equity instruments

 

40

 

 —

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

32

Derivatives

 

301

 

45

 

(14)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(128)

 

 —

 

200

 

 1

 

405

Swaps

 

55

 

 1

 

(6)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(59)

 

 —

 

200

 

(2)

 

189

Exchange rate options

 

 2

 

 5

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 5

Interest rate options

 

173

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(11)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

162

Index and securities options

 

26

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(18)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 5

Other

 

45

 

39

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(38)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 5

 

44

Hedging derivatives (Assets)

 

27

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

18

Swaps

 

27

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

18

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

325

 

 —

 

(9)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(20)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(14)

 

282

Loans and advances to customers

 

74

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 3

 

 —

 

 —

 

(3)

 

72

Debt instruments

 

237

 

 —

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(21)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(10)

 

199

Equity instruments

 

14

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

11

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

656

 

 1

 

(239)

 

 —

 

(5)

 

 —

 

59

 

(6)

 

160

 

626

TOTAL ASSETS

 

1,349

 

46

 

(271)

 

 —

 

(5)

 

(156)

 

59

 

194

 

147

 

1,363

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

69

 

33

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(38)

 

 —

 

126

 

(5)

 

182

Derivatives

 

69

 

33

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(38)

 

 —

 

126

 

(5)

 

182

Swaps

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(26)

 

 —

 

126

 

(1)

 

100

Exchange rate options

 

 —

 

21

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(11)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 9

Interest rate options

 

21

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

19

Index and securities options

 

46

 

 —

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

41

Other

 

 1

 

12

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

13

Hedging derivatives (Liabilities)

 

 9

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 7

Swaps

 

 9

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 7

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 8

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 7

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

86

 

33

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(40)

 

 —

 

126

 

(6)

 

196

 

F-41


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

Changes

 

2016

 

    

Fair value

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Changes in fair

    

Changes in

    

 

    

 

    

Fair value

 

 

calculated using

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

value

 

fair value

 

 

 

 

 

calculated using

 

 

internal models

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

recognized in

 

recognized

 

Level

 

 

 

internal models

Millions of euros

 

(Level 3)

 

Purchases

    

Sales

    

Issues

    

Settlements

 

profit or loss

 

in equity

 

reclassifications

 

Other

 

(Level 3)

Financial assets held for trading

 

950

 

 —

 

(157)

 

 —

 

 —

 

52

 

 —

 

(489)

 

(15)

 

341

Debt and equity instruments

 

43

 

 —

 

(5)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 3

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

40

Derivatives

 

907

 

 —

 

(152)

 

 —

 

 —

 

49

 

 —

 

(489)

 

(14)

 

301

Swaps

 

54

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 4

 

55

Exchange rate options

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

Interest rate options

 

619

 

 —

 

(52)

 

 —

 

 —

 

39

 

 —

 

(433)

 

 —

 

173

Index and securities options

 

120

 

 —

 

(30)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(3)

 

 —

 

(56)

 

(5)

 

26

Other

 

114

 

 —

 

(70)

 

 —

 

 —

 

14

 

 —

 

 —

 

(13)

 

45

Hedging derivatives (Assets)

 

18

 

 —

 

(4)

 

 —

 

 —

 

13

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

27

Swaps

 

18

 

 —

 

(4)

 

 —

 

 —

 

13

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

27

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

514

 

 —

 

(7)

 

 —

 

(104)

 

 6

 

 —

 

(2)

 

(82)

 

325

Loans and advances to customers

 

81

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 5

 

 —

 

 —

 

(12)

 

74

Debt instruments

 

283

 

 —

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

(40)

 

237

Equity instruments

 

150

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(104)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

(30)

 

14

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

999

 

37

 

(263)

 

 —

 

(28)

 

 —

 

(11)

 

(29)

 

(49)

 

656

TOTAL ASSETS

 

2,481

 

37

 

(431)

 

 —

 

(132)

 

71

 

(11)

 

(520)

 

(146)

 

1,349

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

302

 

 —

 

(34)

 

 —

 

 —

 

10

 

 —

 

(199)

 

(10)

 

69

Derivatives

 

302

 

 —

 

(34)

 

 —

 

 —

 

10

 

 —

 

(199)

 

(10)

 

69

Swaps

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

Interest rate options

 

194

 

 —

 

(19)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

(155)

 

 —

 

21

Index and securities options

 

107

 

 —

 

(15)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 8

 

 —

 

(44)

 

(10)

 

46

Other

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

Hedging derivatives (Liabilities)

 

11

 

 —

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 9

Swaps

 

11

 

 —

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 9

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

11

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(3)

 

 8

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

324

 

 —

 

(37)

 

 —

 

 —

 

11

 

 —

 

(199)

 

(13)

 

86

 

F-42


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

Changes

 

2015

 

    

Fair value

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Changes in fair

    

Changes in

    

 

    

 

    

Fair value

 

 

calculated using

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

value

 

fair value

 

 

 

 

 

calculated using

 

 

internal models

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

recognized in

 

recognized

 

Level

 

 

 

internal models

Millions of euros

 

(Level 3)

 

Purchases

    

Sales

    

Issues

    

Settlements

 

profit or loss

 

in equity

 

reclassifications

 

Other

 

(Level 3)

Financial assets held for trading

 

1,191

 

 —

 

(272)

 

 —

 

 —

 

24

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 9

 

950

Debt and equity instruments

 

85

 

 —

 

(38)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(3)

 

 —

 

(2)

 

 1

 

43

Derivatives

 

1,106

 

 —

 

(234)

 

 —

 

 —

 

27

 

 —

 

 —

 

 8

 

907

Swaps

 

116

 

 —

 

(63)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

54

Interest rate options

 

768

 

 —

 

(119)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(28)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

619

Index and securities options

 

111

 

 —

 

(45)

 

 —

 

 —

 

51

 

 —

 

 —

 

 3

 

120

Other

 

111

 

 —

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

 

 8

 

114

Hedging derivatives (Assets)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

17

 

 —

 

18

Swaps

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 —

 

17

 

 —

 

18

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

680

 

 7

 

(47)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(64)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(62)

 

514

Loans and advances to customers

 

78

 

 —

 

(5)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

 

 6

 

81

Debt instruments and Equity instruments

 

602

 

 7

 

(42)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(66)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(68)

 

433

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

716

 

18

 

(75)

 

 —

 

(72)

 

 —

 

271

 

139

 

 2

 

999

TOTAL ASSETS

 

2,587

 

25

 

(394)

 

 —

 

(72)

 

(39)

 

271

 

154

 

(51)

 

2,481

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

536

 

 4

 

(230)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(15)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 7

 

302

Derivatives

 

536

 

 4

 

(230)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(15)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 7

 

302

Swaps

 

49

 

 —

 

(47)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

Interest rate options

 

294

 

 —

 

(71)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(30)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

194

Index and securities options

 

193

 

 4

 

(112)

 

 —

 

 —

 

16

 

 —

 

 —

 

 6

 

107

Hedging derivatives (Liabilities)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(16)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 8

 

 —

 

 5

 

14

 

11

Swaps

 

 —

 

 —

 

(16)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 8

 

 —

 

 5

 

14

 

11

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

16

 

 —

 

(9)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(4)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 8

 

11

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

552

 

 4

 

(255)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(11)

 

 —

 

 5

 

29

 

324

 

iv.    Recognition of fair value changes

As a general rule, changes in the carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities are recognized in the consolidated income statement. A distinction is made between the changes resulting from the accrual of interest and similar items, (which are recognized under Interest income or Interest expense, as appropriate), and those arising for other reasons, which are recognized at their net amount under Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities.

Adjustments due to changes in fair value arising from:

-

Financial assets available-for-sale are recognized temporarily under Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Financial assets available-for-sale, unless they relate to exchange differences, in which case they are recognized in Other comprehensive income under Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Exchange differences (net), or to exchange differences arising on monetary financial assets, in which case they are recognized in Exchange differences (net) in the consolidated income statement.

-

Items charged or credited to Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Financial assets available-for-sale and Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Exchange differences in equity remain in the Group's consolidated equity until the asset giving rise to them is impaired or derecognized, at which time they are recognized in the consolidated income statement.

F-43


 

Table of Contents

-

Unrealized gains on Financial assets available-for-sale classified as Non-current assets held for sale because they form part of a disposal group or a discontinued operation are recognized in Other comprehensive income under Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Non-current assets held for sale.

v.    Hedging transactions

The consolidated entities use financial derivatives for the following purposes: i) to facilitate these instruments to customers who request them in the management of their market and credit risks; ii) to use these derivatives in the management of the risks of the Group entities’ own positions and assets and liabilities (hedging derivatives); and iii) to obtain gains from changes in the prices of these derivatives (derivatives).

Financial derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are treated for accounting purposes as trading derivatives.

A derivative qualifies for hedge accounting if all the following conditions are met:

1. The derivative hedges one of the following three types of exposure:

a.

Changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities due to fluctuations, among others, in the interest rate and/or exchange rate to which the position or balance to be hedged is subject (fair value hedge);

b.

Changes in the estimated cash flows arising from financial assets and liabilities, commitments and highly probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedge);

c.

The net investment in a foreign operation (hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation).

2. It is effective in offsetting exposure inherent in the hedged item or position throughout the expected term of the hedge, which means that:

a.

At the date of arrangement the hedge is expected, under normal conditions, to be highly effective (prospective effectiveness).

b.

There is sufficient evidence that the hedge was actually effective during the whole life of the hedged item or position (retrospective effectiveness). To this end, the Group checks that the results of the hedge were within a range of 80% to 125% of the results of the hedged item.

3. There must be adequate documentation evidencing the specific designation of the financial derivative to hedge certain balances or transactions and how this hedge was expected to be achieved and measured, provided that this is consistent with the Group’s management of own risks.

The changes in value of financial instruments qualifying for hedge accounting are recognized as follows:

a. In fair value hedges, the gains or losses arising on both the hedging instruments and the hedged items attributable to the type of risk being hedged are recognized directly in the consolidated income statement.

In fair value hedges of interest rate risk on a portfolio of financial instruments, the gains or losses that arise on measuring the hedging instruments are recognized directly in the consolidated income statement, whereas the gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of the hedged amount (attributable to the hedged risk) are recognized in the consolidated income statement with a balancing entry under Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk on the asset or liability side of the balance sheet, as appropriate.

b. In cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the change in value of the hedging instrument is recognized temporarily in Other comprehensive income -- under Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss -- Hedging derivatives -- Cash flow hedges (effective portion) until the forecast transactions occur, when it is recognized in the consolidated income statement, unless, if the forecast transactions result in the recognition of non-financial assets or liabilities, it is included in the cost of the non-financial asset or liability.

c. In hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation, the gains or losses attributable to the portion of the hedging instruments qualifying as an effective hedge are recognized temporarily in Other comprehensive income under Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss -- Hedges of net investments in foreign operations until the gains or losses -- on the hedged item are recognized in profit or loss.

F-44


 

Table of Contents

d. The ineffective portion of the gains or losses on the hedging instruments of cash flow hedges and hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation is recognized directly under Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net) in the consolidated income statement, in Gains or losses from hedge accounting, net

If a derivative designated as a hedge no longer meets the requirements described above due to expiration, ineffectiveness or for any other reason, the derivative is classified for accounting purposes as a trading derivative.

When fair value hedge accounting is discontinued, the adjustments previously recognized on the hedged item are amortized to profit or loss at the effective interest rate recalculated at the date of hedge discontinuation. The adjustments must be fully amortized at maturity.

When cash flow hedge accounting is discontinued, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognized in equity under other comprehensive income - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss (from the period when the hedge was effective) remains in this equity item until the forecast transaction occurs, at which time it is recognized in profit or loss, unless the transaction is no longer expected to occur, in which case the cumulative gain or loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

vi.    Derivatives embedded in hybrid financial instruments

Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or in other host contracts are accounted for separately as derivatives if their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of the host contracts, provided that the host contracts are not classified as financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss or as Financial assets/liabilities held for trading.

e) Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

The accounting treatment of transfers of financial assets depends on the extent to which the risks and rewards associated with the transferred assets are transferred to third parties:

1. If the Group transfers substantially all the risks and rewards to third parties unconditional sale of financial assets, sale of financial assets under an agreement to repurchase them at their fair value at the date of repurchase, sale of financial assets with a purchased call option or written put option that is deeply out of the money, securitization of assets in which the transferor does not retain a subordinated debt or grant any credit enhancement to the new holders, and other similar cases-, the transferred financial asset is derecognized and any rights or obligations retained or created in the transfer are recognized simultaneously.

2. If the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards associated with the transferred financial asset -sale of financial assets under an agreement to repurchase them at a fixed price or at the sale price plus interest, a securities lending agreement in which the borrower undertakes to return the same or similar assets, and other similar cases-, the transferred financial asset is not derecognized and continues to be measured by the same criteria as those used before the transfer. However, the following items are recognized:

a.

An associated financial liability, which is recognized for an amount equal to the consideration received and is subsequently measured at amortized cost, unless it meets the requirements for classification under Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss.

b.

The income from the transferred financial asset not derecognized and any expense incurred on the new financial liability, without offsetting.

3. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards associated with the transferred financial asset -sale of financial assets with a purchased call option or written put option that is not deeply in or out of the money, securitization of assets in which the transferor retains a subordinated debt or other type of credit enhancement for a portion of the transferred asset, and other similar cases- the following distinction is made:

a.

If the transferor does not retain control of the transferred financial asset, the asset is derecognized and any rights or obligations retained or created in the transfer are recognized.

b.

If the transferor retains control of the transferred financial asset, it continues to recognize it for an amount equal to its exposure to changes in value and recognizes a financial liability associated with the transferred financial asset. The net carrying amount of the transferred asset and the associated liability is the amortized cost of the rights and obligations retained, if the transferred asset is measured at amortized cost, or the fair value of the rights and obligations retained, if the transferred asset is measured at fair value.

F-45


 

Table of Contents

Accordingly, financial assets are only derecognized when the rights to the cash flows they generate have expired or when substantially all the inherent risks and rewards have been transferred to third parties. Similarly, financial liabilities are only derecognized when the obligations they generate have been extinguished or when they are acquired with the intention either to cancel them or to resell them.

f) Offsetting of financial instruments

Financial asset and liability balances are offset, i.e. reported in the consolidated balance sheet at their net amount, only if the Group entities currently have a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and intend either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Following is the detail of financial assets and liabilities that were offset in the consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

of financial

 

Net amount of

 

 

Gross amount

 

liabilities offset

 

financial assets

 

 

of financial

 

in the balance

 

presented in the

Assets

    

assets

    

sheet

    

balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

103,740

 

(37,960)

 

65,780

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

56,701

 

(7,145)

 

49,556

Total

 

160,441

 

(45,105)

 

115,336

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

of financial

 

Net amount of

 

 

Gross amount

 

liabilities offset

 

financial assets

 

 

of financial

 

in the balance

 

presented in the

Assets

    

assets

    

sheet

    

balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

127,679

 

(45,259)

 

82,420

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

53,159

 

(2,213)

 

50,946

Total

 

180,838

 

(47,472)

 

133,366

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

 

    

Gross amount

    

 

 

 

 

 

of financial

 

Net amount of

 

 

Gross amount

 

liabilities offset

 

financial assets

 

 

of financial

 

in the balance

 

presented in the

Assets

 

assets

 

sheet

 

balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

127,017

 

(42,566)

 

84,451

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

59,158

 

(2,066)

 

57,092

Total

 

186,175

 

(44,632)

 

141,543

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

of financial

 

Net amount of

 

 

Gross amount

 

assets offset

 

financial liabilities

 

 

of financial

 

in the balance

 

presented in the

Liabilities

    

liabilities

    

sheet

    

balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

103,896

 

(37,960)

 

65,936

Repurchase agreements

 

110,953

 

(7,145)

 

103,808

Total

 

214,849

 

(45,105)

 

169,744

 

F-46


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

of financial

 

Net amount of

 

 

Gross amount

 

assets offset

 

financial liabilities

 

 

of financial

 

in the balance

 

presented in the

Liabilities

    

liabilities

    

sheet

    

balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

127,784

 

(45,259)

 

82,525

Repurchase agreements

 

82,543

 

(2,213)

 

80,330

Total

 

210,327

 

(47,472)

 

162,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

of financial

 

Net amount of

 

 

Gross amount

 

assets offset

 

financial liabilities

 

 

of financial

 

in the balance

 

presented in the

Liabilities

    

liabilities

    

sheet

    

balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

127,917

 

(42,566)

 

85,351

Repurchase agreements

 

97,169

 

(2,066)

 

95,103

Total

 

225,086

 

(44,632)

 

180,454

 

Also, the Group has offset other items amounting to €1,645 million (December 31, 2016 and 2015: €1,742 million and €2,036 million, respectively).

At December 31, 2017 the balance sheet shows the amounts €97,017 million (2016: €110,445 million) on derivatives and repos as assets and €153,566 million (2016: €137,097 million) on derivatives and repos as liabilities that are subject to netting and collateral arrangements.

g) Impairment of financial assets

i. Definition

A financial asset is considered to be impaired -and therefore its carrying amount is adjusted to reflect the effect of impairment- when there is objective evidence that events have occurred which:

-

In the case of debt instruments (loans and debt securities), give rise to an adverse impact on the future cash flows that were estimated at the transaction date.

-

In the case of equity instruments, mean that their carrying amount may not be fully recovered.

As a general rule, the adjustment of the value of the impaired financial instruments is charged to the consolidated income statement for the period in which the impairment becomes evident, and the reversal, if any, of previously recognized impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated income statement for the period in which the impairment is reversed or reduced.

 

Transactions classified as non-performing due to arrears are reclassified as standard if, as a result of the collection of a portion or the sum of the unpaid instalments, the reasons for classifying such transactions as non-performing cease to exist, i.e. they no longer have any amount more than 90 days past due, unless other subjective reasons remain for classifying them as non-performing. The refinancing of non-performing loans does not result in their reclassification to standard unless: the minimum period of two year has elapsed since the refinancing date, the holder has paid the accrued principal and interest accounts, and the customer has no other operation with overdue amounts of more than 90 days.

F-47


 

Table of Contents

The following constitute effective guarantees:

a)    Mortgage guarantees on housing as long as they are first duly constituted and registered in favor of the entity. The properties include:

i.

Buildings and building elements, distinguishing among:

-

Houses;

-

Offices commercial and multi-purpose premises;

-

Rest of buildings such as non-multi-purpose premises and hotels.

ii.

Urban and developable ordered land.

iii.

Rest of properties that classified in: buildings and building elements under construction, such as property development in progress and halted development, and the rest of land types, such as rustic lands.

b)    Collateral guarantees on financial instruments in the form of cash deposits and debt securities issued by creditworthy issuers.

c)    Other types of real guarantees, including properties received in guarantee and second and subsequent mortgages on properties, as long as the entity demonstrates its effectiveness. When assessing the effectiveness of the second and subsequent mortgages on properties the entity will implement particularly restrictive criteria. It will take into account, among others, whether the previous charges are in favor of the entity itself or not and the relationship between the risk guaranteed by them and the property value.

d)    Personal guarantees, as well as the incorporation of new owners, covering the entire amount of the transaction and implying direct and joint liability to the entity of persons or entities whose solvency is sufficiently proven to ensure the reimbursement of the operation on the agreed terms.

The balances relating to impaired assets continue to be recognized on the balance sheet, for their full amounts, until the Group considers that the recovery of those amounts is remote.

The Group considers recovery to be remote when there has been a substantial and irreversible deterioration of the borrower’s solvency, when commencement of the liquidation phase of insolvency proceedings has been ordered or when more than four years have elapsed since the borrower’s transaction was classified as non-performing due to arrears, or, before reaching this seniority, when the amount not covered by effective guarantees has been maintained with a credit risk coverage of 100% for more than two years, unless they have effective collateral that covers at least 10% of the gross book value of the operation.

When the recovery of a financial asset is considered remote, it is written off, together with the related allowance, without prejudice to any actions that the consolidated entities may initiate to seek collection until their contractual rights are extinguished due to expiry of the statute-of-limitations period, forgiveness or any other cause.

ii. Debt instruments carried at amortized cost

The Group has certain policies, methods and procedures for covering its credit risk arising both from insolvency allocable to counterparties and from country risk. These policies, methods and procedures are applied in the granting, examination and documentation of debt instruments and contingent liabilities as well as commitments, and in the identification of their impairment and the calculation of the amounts required to cover the related credit risk.

Impairment losses allowances on debt instruments carried at amortized cost represent the best management estimate of the incurred losses in such portfolio at closing date, both individually and collectively considered. For the purpose of determining impairment losses, the Group monitors its debtors as described below:

-

Individually: Significant debt instruments considered by the Group where impairment evidence exists. Consequently, this category includes mainly wholesale banking clients - Corporations, Earmarked Funding and Financial Institutions- as well as part of the larger Companies -Chartered- and developers from retail banking.

F-48


 

Table of Contents

At balance sheet date, the group assesses on whether a debt instrument or a Group is impaired. A specific analysis is performed for all debtors monitored individually that have undergone an event such as:

-

Operations with amounts of capital, interests or expenditures agreed contractually, past-due by more than 90 days.

-

Significantly inadequate economic or financial structure, or inability to obtain additional owner financing.

-

Generalized delay in payments or insufficient cash flows to cover debts.

-

The lender, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, grants the borrower concessions or advantages that otherwise would not have been granted.

-

The borrower enters a bankruptcy situation or in any other situation of financial reorganization.

In these situations, an assessment is performed on the estimated future cash flows in connection with the relevant asset, discounted the original effective interest rate of the loan granted. The result is compared with the carrying value of the asset. The differences between the carrying value of the operation and the discounted value of the cash flow estimate will be analyzed and recognized as a specific provision for impairment loss.

-

Collectively, in all other cases: clients considered by the Group as “standardized”, and all other clients considered by the Group as non significant, grouping those instruments with similar credit risk features, that may indicate the debtor's ability to pay all the amounts, capital and interests, according to the contractual terms. Credit risk features that are taken into account when grouping assets are, among others: type of instrument, debtors activity sector, geographical area of the activity, type of guarantee, maturity of the amounts due and any other factor that may be significant for the estimation of the future cash flows. Within this category are included, for example, risks with individuals, individual entrepreneurs, non-chartered retail banking companies, as well as those due to their amounts could be individualized but an impairment does not exist.

The collective provisions for impairment are subject to uncertainties in their estimation due, in part, to the difficult identification of losses since they individually appear insignificant within the portfolio. The estimation methods include the use of statistical analyses of historical information. These are supplemented by the application of significant judgments by the management, with the objective of evaluating if the current economic and credit conditions are such that the level of losses incurred is expected to be higher or less than that which results from experience.

When the most recent trends related to portfolio risk factors are not fully reflected in statistical models as a result of changes in economic, regulatory and social conditions, these factors are taken into account by adjusting impairment provisions based on experience of other historical losses. On these estimates the Group performs retrospective and comparative tests with market references to evaluate the reasonableness of the collective calculation.

The Group's internal models determine impairment losses on debt instruments not measured at fair value with changes in the income statement, as well as contingent risks, taking into account the historical experience of impairment and other circumstances known at the time of the evaluation. For these purposes, impairment losses are the losses incurred at the balance sheet date of preparation of the consolidated annual accounts calculated using statistical procedures.

The amount of an impairment loss incurred on these instruments is equal to the difference between their carrying amount and the present value of their estimated future cash flows. In estimating the future cash flows of debt instruments the following factors are taken into account:

-

All the amounts that are expected to be obtained over the remaining life of the instrument, including, where appropriate, those which may result from the collateral provided for the instrument (less the costs for obtaining and subsequently selling the collateral). The impairment loss takes into account the likelihood of collecting accrued past-due interest receivable;

-

The various types of risks to which each instrument is subject; and

-

The circumstances in which collections will foreseeably be made.

These cash flows are subsequently discounted using the instrument’s effective interest rate (if its contractual rate is fixed) or the effective contractual rate at the discount date (if it is variable).

F-49


 

Table of Contents

The loss incurred is calculated by multiplying three factors: exposure at default (EAD), probability of default (PD) and Loss given default (LGD). These parameters are also used to calculate economic capital and to calculate BIS (Bank for International Settlements) II regulatory capital under internal models (see Note 1.e).

-

Exposure at default is the amount of risk exposure estimated at the date of default by the counterparty.

-

Probability of default is the probability of the counterparty failing to meet its principal and/or interest payment obligations.

For the purpose of calculating the incurred loss, PD is measured using a time horizon of one year; i.e. it quantifies the probability of the counterparty defaulting in the coming year due to an event that had already occurred at the assessment date. The definition of default used includes amounts past due by 90 days or more and cases in which there is no default but there are doubts as to the solvency of the counterparty (subjective non-performing assets).

-

Loss given default: is the loss produced in case of impairment. It mainly depends on the update of the guarantees associated with the operation and the future flows that are expected to be recovered.

In addition to the factors mentioned above, the incurred loss calculation also contemplate point-in-time adjustments for the PD and LGD factors which consider historical experience and other specific information reflecting actual conditions.

In addition, in order to determine the coverage of impairment losses on debt instruments measured at amortized cost, the Group considers the risk that exists in counterparties resident in a given country due to circumstances other than the usual commercial risk (sovereign risk, transfer risk or risks arising from international financial activity).

 

The debt instruments measured at amortized cost and classified as doubtful are divided, according to the criteria indicated in the following sections:

i. Assets classified as non-performing due to counterparty arrears:

Debt instruments, whoever the obligor and whatever the guarantee or collateral, with amounts more than 90 days past due are provisioned individually, taking into account the age of the past-due amounts, the guarantees or collateral provided and the financial situation of the counterparty and the guarantors.

ii. Assets classified as non-performing for reasons other than counterparty arrears:

Debt instruments which are not classifiable as non-performing due to arrears but for which there are reasonable doubts as to their repayment under the contractual terms are provisioned individually, and their allowance is the difference between the amount recognized in assets and the present value of the cash flows expected to be received.

This information is provided in more detail in Note 54.c (Credit risk).

h) Repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements

Purchases (sales) of financial instruments under a non-optional resale (repurchase) agreement at a fixed price (repos) are recognized in the consolidated balance sheet as financing granted (received), based on the nature of the debtor (creditor), under Loans and advances with central banks, Loans and advances to credit institutions or Loans and advances to customers (Deposits from central banks, Deposits from credit institutions or Customer deposits).

 

Differences between the purchase and sale prices are recognized as interest over the contract term.

i) Non-current assets and Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale

Non-current assets held for sale includes the carrying amount of individual items, disposal groups or items forming part of a business unit earmarked for disposal (discontinued operations), whose sale in their present condition is highly likely to be completed within one year from the reporting date. Therefore, the recovery of the carrying amount of these items -which can be of a financial nature or otherwise- will foreseeably be effected through the proceeds from their disposal.

Specifically, property or other non-current assets received by the consolidated entities as total or partial settlement of their debtors’ payment obligations to them are deemed to be Non-current assets held for sale, unless the consolidated entities have decided to make

F-50


 

Table of Contents

continuing use of these assets. In this connection, for the purpose of its consideration in the initial recognition of these assets, the Group obtains, at the foreclosure date, the fair value of the related asset through a request for appraisal by external appraisal agencies.

The Group has in place a corporate policy that ensures the professional competence and the independence and objectivity of the external appraisal agencies, in accordance with the regulations, which require appraisal agencies to meet independence, neutrality and credibility requirements, so that the use of their estimates does not reduce the reliability of its valuations. This policy establishes that all the appraisal companies and agencies with which the Group works in Spain should be registered in the Official Register of the Bank of Spain and that the appraisals performed by them should follow the methodology established in Ministry of Economy Order ECO/805/2003, of March 27. The main appraisal companies and agencies with which the Group worked in Spain in 2017 are as follows: Eurovaloraciones, S.A., Ibertasa, S.A., Tinsa Tasaciones Inmobiliarias, S.A.U., Tasaciones Hipotecarias Renta, S.A., Krata, S.A. and Compañía Hispania de Tasaciones y Valoraciones, S.A. Also, this policy establishes that the various subsidiaries abroad work with appraisal companies that have recent experience in the area and the type of asset under appraisal and meet the independence requirements established in the corporate policy. They should verify, inter alia, that the appraisal company is not a party related to the Group and that its billings to the Group in the last twelve months do not exceed 15% of the appraisal company’s total billings.

Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale includes the balances payable arising from the assets held for sale or disposal groups and from discontinued operations.

Non-current assets and disposal groups of items that have been classified as held for sale are generally recognized at the date of their allocation to this category and are subsequently valued at the lower of their fair value less costs to sell or its book value. Non-current assets and disposal groups of items that are classified as held for sale are not amortized as long as they remain in this category.

 

At December 31, 2017 the fair value less costs to sell of non-current assets held for sale exceeded their carrying amount by €613 million; however, in accordance with the accounting standards, this unrealized gain could not be recognized.

 

The valuation of the portfolio of non-current assets held for sale has been made in compliance with the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards in relation to the estimate of the fair value of tangible assets and the value-in-use of financial assets.

 

The value of the portfolio is determined as the sum of the values of the individual elements that compose the portfolio, without considering any total or batch grouping in order to correct the individual values.

 

In the case of real estate assets foreclosed in Spain, which represent 91.53% of the Group's total Non-Current assets held for sale, the valuation of the portfolio is carried out by applying the following models:

-

Market Value Model used in the valuation of finished residential properties (housing and parkings) and buildings of a tertiary nature (offices, commercial premises and multipurpose buildings). The current market value of real estate is based on statistical valuations obtained by historical series of average market values (sales prices), distinguishing by location and typology of the property. In addition, for individual significant assets, complete individual valuations are performed. Valuations made using this method are considered as Level 2.

-

Market Value Model according to the Evolution of Market Values issued in the valuation of property developments in progress. The current market value of the properties is estimated on the basis of complete individual valuations of third parties, calculated from the values of feasibility studies and development costs of the promotion, as well as selling expenses, distinguishing by location and typology of the property. The valuation of real estate assets under construction is made considering the current situation of the property and not considering the final value of the property. Valuations made using this method are considered as Level 3.

-

Market Value Model according to the Statistical Evolution of Lands Values (Methodology used in the valuation of lands). A statistical update method is used, taking as reference the indexes published by the Ministry of Development applied to the latest individual valuations (appraisals) carried out by independent valuation companies and agencies. Valuations made using this method are considered as Level 2.

In addition, in relation to the previously mentioned valuations, less costs to sell, are contrasted with the sales experience of each type of asset in order to confirm that there is no significant difference between the sale price and the valuation.

 

Impairment losses on an asset or disposal group arising from a reduction in its carrying amount to its fair value (less costs to sell) are recognized under Gains or (losses) on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated

F-51


 

Table of Contents

income statement. The gains on a non-current asset held for sale resulting from subsequent increases in fair value (less costs to sell) increase its carrying amount and are recognized in the consolidated income statement up to an amount equal to the impairment losses previously recognized.

j) Reinsurance assets and liabilities under insurance contracts

Insurance contracts involve the transfer of a certain quantifiable risk in exchange for a periodic or one-off premium. The effects on the Group’s cash flows will arise from a deviation in the payments forecast and/or an insufficiency in the premium set.

The Group controls its insurance risk as follows:

-

By applying a strict methodology in the launch of products and in the assignment of value thereto.

-

By using deterministic and stochastic actuarial models for measuring commitments.

-

By using reinsurance as a risk mitigation technique as part of the credit quality guidelines in line with the Group’s general risk policy.

-

By establishing an operating framework for credit risks.

-

By actively managing asset and liability matching.

-

By applying security measures in processes.

Reinsurance assets includes the amounts that the consolidated entities are entitled to receive for reinsurance contracts with third parties and, specifically, the reinsurer’s share of the technical provisions recorded by the consolidated insurance entities.

At least once a year these assets are reviewed to ascertain whether they are impaired (i.e. there is objective evidence, as a result of an event that occurred after initial recognition of the reinsurance asset, that the Group may not receive all amounts due to it under the terms of the contract and the amount that will not be received can be reliably measured), and any impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated income statement and the assets are written down.

Liabilities under insurance contracts includes the technical provisions recorded by the consolidated entities to cover claims arising from insurance contracts in force at year-end.

Insurers' results relating to their insurance business are recognized, according to their nature, under the related consolidated income statement items.

In accordance with standard accounting practice in the insurance industry, the consolidated insurance entities credit to the income statement the amounts of the premiums written and charge to income the cost of the claims incurred on final settlement thereof. Insurance entities are therefore required to accrue at period-end the unearned revenues credited to their income statements and the accrued costs not charged to income.

At least at each reporting date the Group assesses whether the insurance contract liabilities recognized in the consolidated balance sheet are adequate. For this purpose, it calculates the difference between the following amounts:

-

Current estimates of future cash flows under the insurance contracts of the consolidated entities. These estimates include all contractual cash flows and any related cash flows, such as claims handling costs; and

-

The carrying amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheet of its insurance contract liabilities (See Note 15), less any related deferred acquisition costs or related intangible assets, such as the amount paid to acquire, in the event of purchase by the entity, the economic rights held by a broker deriving from policies in the entity's portfolio.

If the calculation results in a positive amount, this deficiency is charged to the consolidated income statement. When unrealized gains or losses on assets of the Group's insurance companies affect the measurement of liabilities under insurance contracts and/or the related deferred acquisition costs and/or the related intangible assets, these gains or losses are recognized directly in equity. The corresponding adjustment in the liabilities under insurance contracts (or in the deferred acquisition costs or in intangible assets) is also recognized in equity.

F-52


 

Table of Contents

The most significant items forming part of the technical provisions (see Note 15) are detailed below:

-

Non-life insurance provisions:

i)

Provision for unearned premiums: relates to the portion of the premiums received at year-end that is allocable to the period from the reporting date to the end of the policy cover period.

ii)

Provisions for unexpired risks: this supplements the provision for unearned premiums to the extent that the amount of the latter is not sufficient to reflect all the assessed risks and expenses to be covered by the insurance companies in the policy period not elapsed at the reporting date.

-

Life insurance provisions: represent the value of the net obligations acquired vis-à-vis life insurance policyholders. These provisions include:

iii)

Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired risks: this relates to the portion of the premiums received at year-end that is allocable to the period from the reporting date to the end of the policy cover period.

iv)

Mathematical provisions: these relate to the value of the insurance companies' obligations, net of the policyholders' obligations. These provisions are calculated on a policy-by-policy basis using an individual capitalization system, taking as a basis for the calculation the premium accrued in the year, and in accordance with the technical bases of each type of insurance updated, where appropriate, by the local mortality tables.

-

Provision for claims outstanding: this reflects the total obligations outstanding arising from claims incurred prior to the reporting date. This provision is calculated as the difference between the total estimated or certain cost of the claims not yet reported, settled or paid and all the amounts already paid in relation to such claims.

-

Provision for bonuses and rebates: this provision includes the amount of the bonuses accruing to policyholders, insureds or beneficiaries and that of any premiums to be returned to policyholders or insureds, to the extent that such amounts have not been assigned at the reporting date. These amounts are calculated on the basis of the conditions of the related individual policies.

-

Technical provisions for life insurance policies where the investment risk is borne by the policyholders: these provisions are calculated on the basis of the indices established as a reference to determine the economic value of the policyholders’ rights.

k) Tangible assets

Tangible assets includes the amount of buildings, land, furniture, vehicles, computer hardware and other fixtures owned by the consolidated entities or acquired under finance leases. Tangible assets are classified by use as follows:

i. Property, plant and equipment for own use

Property, plant and equipment for own use – including tangible assets received by the consolidated entities in full or partial satisfaction of financial assets representing receivables from third parties which are intended to be held for continuing use and tangible assets acquired under finance leases– are presented at acquisition cost, less the related accumulated depreciation and any estimated impairment losses (carrying amount higher than recoverable amount).

Depreciation is calculated, using the straight-line method, on the basis of the acquisition cost of the assets less their residual value. The land on which the buildings and other structures stand has an indefinite life and, therefore, is not depreciated.

The period tangible asset depreciation charge is recognized in the consolidated income statement and is calculated using the following depreciation rates (based on the average years of estimated useful life of the various assets):

 

 

 

 

 

    

Average 

 

 

 

annual rate

 

Buildings for own use

 

2.0

%

Furniture

 

7.7

%

Fixtures

 

7.0

%

Office and IT equipment

 

25.0

%

Leasehold improvements

 

7.0

%

 

F-53


 

Table of Contents

The consolidated entities assess at the reporting date whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired (i.e. its carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount). If this is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount and future depreciation charges are adjusted in proportion to the revised carrying amount and to the new remaining useful life (if the useful life has to be re-estimated).

Similarly, if there is an indication of a recovery in the value of a tangible asset, the consolidated entities recognize the reversal of the impairment loss recognized in prior periods and adjust the future depreciation charges accordingly. In no circumstances may the reversal of an impairment loss on an asset raise its carrying amount above that which it would have if no impairment losses had been recognized in prior years.

The estimated useful lives of the items of property, plant and equipment for own use are reviewed at least at the end of the reporting period with a view to detecting significant changes therein. If changes are detected, the useful lives of the assets are adjusted by correcting the depreciation charge to be recognized in the consolidated income statement in future years on the basis of the new useful lives.

Upkeep and maintenance expenses relating to property, plant and equipment for own use are recognized as an expense in the period in which they are incurred, since they do not increase the useful lives of the assets.

ii.    Investment property

Investment property reflects the net values of the land, buildings and other structures held either to earn rentals or for obtaining profits by sales due to capital appreciation.

The criteria used to recognize the acquisition cost of investment property, to calculate its depreciation and its estimated useful life and to recognize any impairment losses thereon are consistent with those described in relation to property, plant and equipment for own use.

The Group in order to evaluate the possible impairment determines periodically the fair value of its investment property so that, at the end of the reporting period, the fair value reflects the market conditions of the investment property at that date. This fair value is determined annually, taking as benchmarks the valuations performed by independent experts. The methodology used to determine the fair value of investment property is selected based on the status of the asset in question; thus, for properties earmarked for lease, the valuations are performed using the sales comparison approach, whereas for leased properties the valuations are made primarily using the income capitalization approach and, exceptionally, the sales comparison approach.

In the sales comparison approach, the property market segment for comparable properties is analyzed, inter alia, and, based on specific information on actual transactions and firm offers, current prices are obtained for cash sales of those properties. The valuations performed using this approach are considered as Level 2 valuations.

In the income capitalization approach, the cash flows estimated to be obtained over the useful life of the property are discounted taking into account factors that may influence the amount and actual obtainment thereof, such as: (i) the payments that are normally received on comparable properties; (ii) current and probable future occupancy; (iii) the current or foreseeable default rate on payments. The valuations performed using this approach are considered as Level 3 valuations, since unobservable inputs are used, such as current and probable future occupancy and/or the current or foreseeable default rate on payments.

iii. Assets leased out under an operating lease

Property, plant and equipment - Leased out under an operating lease reflects the amount of the tangible assets, other than land and buildings, leased out by the Group under an operating lease.

The criteria used to recognize the acquisition cost of assets leased out under operating leases, to calculate their depreciation and their respective estimated useful lives and to recognize the impairment losses thereon are consistent with those described in relation to property, plant and equipment for own use.

l) Accounting for leases

i. Finance leases

Finance leases are leases that transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased asset to the lessee.

When the consolidated entities act as the lessors of an asset, the sum of the present value of the lease payments receivable from the lessee, including the exercise price of the lessee's purchase option at the end of the lease term when such exercise price is sufficiently

F-54


 

Table of Contents

below fair value at the option date such that it is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised, is recognized as lending to third parties and is therefore included under Loans and receivables in the consolidated balance sheet.

When the consolidated entities act as the lessees, they present the cost of the leased assets in the consolidated balance sheet, based on the nature of the leased asset, and, simultaneously, recognize a liability for the same amount (which is the lower of the fair value of the leased asset and the sum of the present value of the lease payments payable to the lessor plus, if appropriate, the exercise price of the purchase option). The depreciation policy for these assets is consistent with that for property, plant and equipment for own use.

In both cases, the finance income and finance charges arising under finance lease agreements are credited and debited, respectively, to interest and similar income and Interest expense and similar charges in the consolidated income statement so as to produce a constant rate of return over the lease term.

ii. Operating leases

In operating leases, ownership of the leased asset and substantially all the risks and rewards incidental thereto remain with the lessor.

When the consolidated entities act as the lessors, they present the acquisition cost of the leased assets under Tangible assets (See Note 16). The depreciation policy for these assets is consistent with that for similar items of property, plant and equipment for own use, and income from operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis under Other operating income in the consolidated income statement.

When the consolidated entities act as the lessees, the lease expenses, including any incentives granted by the lessor, are charged on a straight-line basis to Other general administrative expenses in their consolidated income statements.

iii. Sale and leaseback transactions

In sale and leaseback transactions where the sale is at fair value and the leaseback is an operating lease, any profit or loss is recognized at the time of sale. In the case of finance leasebacks, any profit or loss is amortized over the lease term.

In accordance with IAS 17, in determining whether a sale and leaseback transaction results in an operating lease, the Group should analyze, inter alia, whether at the inception of the lease there are purchase options whose terms and conditions make it reasonably certain that they will be exercised, and to whom the gains or losses from the fluctuations in the fair value of the residual value of the related asset will accrue.

m) Intangible assets

Intangible assets are identifiable non-monetary assets (separable from other assets) without physical substance which arise as a result of a legal transaction or which are developed internally by the consolidated entities. Only assets whose cost can be estimated reliably and from which the consolidated entities consider it probable that future economic benefits will be generated are recognized.

Intangible assets are recognized initially at acquisition or production cost and are subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

i. Goodwill

Any excess of the cost of the investments in the consolidated entities and entities accounted for using the equity method over the corresponding underlying carrying amounts acquired, adjusted at the date of first-time consolidation, is allocated as follows:

-

If it is attributable to specific assets and liabilities of the companies acquired, by increasing the value of the assets (or reducing the value of the liabilities) whose fair values were higher (lower) than the carrying amounts at which they had been recognized in the acquired entities' balance sheets.

-

If it is attributable to specific intangible assets, by recognizing it explicitly in the consolidated balance sheet provided that the fair value of these assets within twelve months following the date of acquisition can be measured reliably.

-

The remaining amount is recognized as goodwill, which is allocated to one or more cash-generating units (a cash-generating unit is the smallest identifiable group of assets that, as a result of continuing operation, generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets). The cash-generating units represent the Group's geographical and/or business segments.

F-55


 

Table of Contents

Goodwill is only recognized when it has been acquired for consideration and represents, therefore, a payment made by the acquirer in anticipation of future economic benefits from assets of the acquired entity that are not capable of being individually identified and separately recognized.

At the end of each annual reporting period or whenever there is any indication of impairment goodwill is reviewed for impairment (i.e. a reduction in its recoverable amount to below its carrying amount) and, if there is any impairment, the goodwill is written down with a charge to Impairment on non financial assets (net) - Intangible assets in the consolidated income statement.

An impairment loss recognized for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

ii. Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets includes the amount of identifiable intangible assets (such as purchased customer lists and computer software).

Other intangible assets can have an indefinite useful life -when, based on an analysis of all the relevant factors, it is concluded that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset is expected to generate net cash inflows for the consolidated entities- or a finite useful life, in all other cases.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but rather at the end of each reporting period or whenever there is any indication of impairment the consolidated entities review the remaining useful lives of the assets in order to determine whether they continue to be indefinite and, if this is not the case, to take the appropriate steps.

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over those useful lives using methods similar to those used to depreciate tangible assets.

The intangible asset amortization charge is recognized under Depreciation and amortization in the consolidated income statement.

In both cases the consolidated entities recognize any impairment loss on the carrying amount of these assets with a charge to Impairment losses on other assets (net) in the consolidated income statement. The criteria used to recognize the impairment losses on these assets and, where applicable, the reversal of impairment losses recognized in prior years are similar to those used for tangible assets (See Note 2.k).

Internally developed computer software

Internally developed computer software is recognized as an intangible asset if, among other requisites (basically the Group's ability to use or sell it), it can be identified and its ability to generate future economic benefits can be demonstrated.

Expenditure on research activities is recognized as an expense in the year in which it is incurred and cannot be subsequently capitalized.

n) Other assets

Other assets in the consolidated balance sheet includes the amount of assets not recorded in other items, the breakdown being as follows:

-

Inventories: this item includes the amount of assets, other than financial instruments, that are held for sale in the ordinary course of business, that are in the process of production, construction or development for such purpose, or that are to be consumed in the production process or in the provision of services. Inventories includes land and other property held for sale in the property development business.

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value, which is the estimated selling price of the inventories in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs required to make the sale.

Any write-downs of inventories -such as those due to damage, obsolescence or reduction of selling price- to net realizable value and other impairment losses are recognized as expenses for the year in which the impairment or loss occurs. Subsequent reversals are recognized in the consolidated income statement for the year in which they occur.

F-56


 

Table of Contents

The carrying amount of inventories is derecognized and recognized as an expense in the period in which the revenue from their sale is recognized.

-

Other: this item includes the balance of all prepayments and accrued income (excluding accrued interest, fees and commissions), the net amount of the difference between pension plan obligations and the value of the plan assets with a balance in the entity’s favor, when this net amount is to be reported in the consolidated balance sheet, and the amount of any other assets not included in other items.

o) Other liabilities

Other liabilities includes the balance of all accrued expenses and deferred income, excluding accrued interest, and the amount of any other liabilities not included in other categories.

p) Provisions and contingent assets and liabilities

When preparing the financial statements of the consolidated entities, the Bank’s directors made a distinction between:

-

Provisions: credit balances covering present obligations at the reporting date arising from past events which could give rise to a loss for the consolidated entities, which is considered to be likely to occur and certain as to its nature but uncertain as to its amount and/or timing.

-

Contingent liabilities: possible obligations that arise from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events not wholly within the control of the consolidated entities. They include the present obligations of the consolidated entities when it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle them. The Group does not recognize the contingent liability. The Group will disclose a contingent liability, unless the possibility of an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits is remote.

-

Contingent assets: possible assets that arise from past events and whose existence is conditional on, and will be confirmed only by, the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Group. Contingent assets are not recognized in the consolidated balance sheet or in the consolidated income statement, but rather are disclosed in the notes, provided that it is probable that these assets will give rise to an increase in resources embodying economic benefits.

The Group's consolidated financial statements include all the material provisions with respect to which it is considered that it is more likely than not the obligation will have to be settled. In accordance with accounting standards, contingent liabilities must not be recognized in the consolidated financial statements, but must rather be disclosed in the notes.

 

Provisions, which are quantified on the basis of the best information available on the consequences of the event giving rise to them and are reviewed and adjusted at the end of each year, are used to cater for the specific obligations for which they were originally recognized. Provisions are fully or partially reversed when such obligations cease to exist or are reduced.

 

Provisions are classified according to the obligations covered as follows (See Note 25):

-

Provision for pensions and similar obligations: includes the amount of all the provisions made to cover post-employment benefits, including obligations to pre-retirees and similar obligations.

-

Provisions for commitments and guarantees given: include the amount of the provisions made to cover contingent liabilities -defined as those transactions in which the Group guarantees the obligations of a third party, arising as a result of financial guarantees granted or contracts of another kind- and contingent commitments -defined as irrevocable commitments that may give rise to the recognition of financial assets.

-

Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies and Other provisions: include the amount of the provisions recognized to cover tax and legal contingencies and litigation and the other provisions recognized by the consolidated entities. Other provisions includes, inter alia, any provisions for restructuring costs and environmental measures.

q) Court proceedings and/or claims in process

-

At the end of 2017 certain court proceedings and claims were in process against the consolidated entities arising from the ordinary course of their operations (see Note 25).

F-57


 

Table of Contents

r) Own equity instruments

Own equity instruments are those meeting both of the following conditions:

-

The instruments do not include any contractual obligation for the issuer: (i) to deliver cash or another financial asset to a third party; or (ii) to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with a third party under conditions that are potentially unfavorable to the issuer.

-

The instruments will or may be settled in the issuer’s own equity instruments and are: (i) a non-derivative that includes no contractual obligation for the issuer to deliver a variable number of its own equity instruments; or (ii) a derivative that will be settled by the issuer through the exchange of a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset for a fixed number of its own equity instruments.

Transactions involving own equity instruments, including their issuance and cancellation, are charged directly to equity.

Changes in the value of instruments classified as own equity instruments are not recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Consideration received or paid in exchange for such instruments, including the coupons on preference shares contingently convertible into ordinary shares and the coupons associated with CCPP, is directly added to or deducted from equity.

s) Equity-instrument-based employee remuneration

Own equity instruments delivered to employees in consideration for their services, if the instruments are delivered once the specific period of service has ended, are recognized as an expense for services (with the corresponding increase in equity) as the services are rendered by employees during the service period. At the grant date the services received (and the related increase in equity) are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted. If the equity instruments granted are vested immediately, the Group recognizes in full, at the grant date, the expense for the services received.

 

When the requirements stipulated in the remuneration agreement include external market conditions (such as equity instruments reaching a certain quoted price), the amount ultimately to be recognized in equity will depend on the other conditions being met by the employees (normally length of service requirements), irrespective of whether the market conditions are satisfied. If the conditions of the agreement are met but the external market conditions are not satisfied, the amounts previously recognized in equity are not reversed, even if the employees do not exercise their right to receive the equity instruments.

t) Recognition of income and expenses

The most significant criteria used by the Group to recognize its income and expenses are summarized as follows:

i. Interest income, interest expenses and similar items

Interest income, interest expenses and similar items are generally recognized on an accrual basis using the effective interest method. Dividends received from other companies are recognized as income when the consolidated entities' right to receive them arises.

ii. Commissions, fees and similar items

Fee and commission income and expenses are recognized in the consolidated income statement using criteria that vary according to their nature. The main criteria are as follows:

-

Fee and commission income and expenses relating to financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss are recognized when paid.

-

Those arising from transactions or services that are performed over a period of time are recognized over the life of these transactions or services.

-

Those relating to services provided in a single act are recognized when the single act is carried out.

iii. Non-finance income and expenses

These are recognized for accounting purposes on an accrual basis.

F-58


 

Table of Contents

iv. Deferred collections and payments

These are recognized for accounting purposes at the amount resulting from discounting the expected cash flows at market rates.

v. Loan arrangement fees

Loan arrangement fees, mainly loan origination, application and information fees, are accrued and recognized in income over the term of the loan. In the case of loan origination fees, the portion relating to the associated direct costs incurred in the loan arrangement is recognized immediately in the consolidated income statement.

u) Financial guarantees

Financial guarantees are defined as contracts whereby an entity undertakes to make specific payments on behalf of a third party if the latter fails to do so, irrespective of the various legal forms they may have, such as guarantees, insurance policies or credit derivatives.

The Group initially recognizes the financial guarantees provided on the liability side of the consolidated balance sheet at fair value, which is generally the present value of the fees, commissions and interest receivable from these contracts over the term thereof, and simultaneously the Group recognizes the amount of the fees, commissions and similar interest received at the inception of the transactions and a credit on the asset side of the consolidated balance sheet for the present value of the fees, commissions and interest outstanding.

 

Financial guarantees, regardless of the guarantor, instrumentation or other circumstances, are reviewed periodically so as to determine the credit risk to which they are exposed and, if appropriate, to consider whether a provision is required. The credit risk is determined by application of criteria similar to those established for quantifying impairment losses on debt instruments carried at amortized cost (described in Note 2.g above).

 

The provisions made for these transactions are recognized under Provisions - Provisions for commitments and guarantees given in the consolidated balance sheet (See Note 25). These provisions are recognized and reversed with a charge or credit, respectively, to Provisions (net) in the consolidated income statement.

 

If a specific provision is required for financial guarantees, the related unearned commissions recognized under Financial liabilities at amortized cost - Other financial liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet are reclassified to the appropriate provision.

v) Assets under management and investment and pension funds managed by the Group

Assets owned by third parties and managed by the consolidated entities are not presented on the face of the consolidated balance sheet. Management fees are included in Fee and commission income in the consolidated income statement.

The investment funds and pension funds managed by the consolidated entities are not presented on the face of the Group's consolidated balance sheet since the related assets are owned by third parties. The fees and commissions earned in the year for the services rendered by the Group entities to these funds (asset management and custody services) are recognized under Fee and commission income in the consolidated income statement.

Note 2.b.iv describes the internal criteria and procedures used to determine whether control exists over the structured entities, which include, inter alia, investment funds and pension funds.

w) Post-employment benefits

Under the collective agreements currently in force and other arrangements, the Spanish banks included in the Group and certain other Spanish and foreign consolidated entities have undertaken to supplement the public social security system benefits accruing to certain employees, and to their beneficiary right holders, for retirement, permanent disability or death, and the post-employment welfare benefits.

The Group's post-employment obligations to its employees are deemed to be defined contribution plans when the Group makes pre-determined contributions (recognized under Personnel expenses in the consolidated income statement) to a separate entity and will have no legal or effective obligation to make further contributions if the separate entity cannot pay the employee benefits relating to the service rendered in the current and prior periods. Post-employment obligations that do not meet the aforementioned conditions are classified as defined benefit plans (See Note 25).

F-59


 

Table of Contents

Defined contribution plans

The contributions made in this connection in each year are recognized under Personnel expenses in the consolidated income statement. The amounts not yet contributed at each year-end are recognized, at their present value, under Provisions - Provision for pensions and similar obligations on the liability side of the consolidated balance sheet.

Defined benefit plans

The Group recognizes under Provisions - Provision for pensions and similar obligations on the liability side of the consolidated balance sheet (or under Other assets on the asset side, as appropriate) the present value of its defined benefit post-employment obligations, net of the fair value of the plan assets.

Plan assets are defined as those that will be directly used to settle obligations and that meet the following conditions:

-

They are not owned by the consolidated entities, but by a legally separate third party that is not a party related to the Group.

-

They are only available to pay or fund post-employment benefits and they cannot be returned to the consolidated entities unless the assets remaining in the plan are sufficient to meet all the benefit obligations of the plan and of the entity to current and former employees, or they are returned to reimburse employee benefits already paid by the Group.

If the Group can look to an insurer to pay part or all of the expenditure required to settle a defined benefit obligation, and it is practically certain that said insurer will reimburse some or all of the expenditure required to settle that obligation, but the insurance policy does not qualify as a plan asset, the Group recognizes its right to reimbursement -which, in all other respects, is treated as a plan asset- under Insurance contracts linked to pensions on the asset side of the consolidated balance sheet.

Post-employment benefits are recognized as follows:

-

Current service cost, i.e. the increase in the present value of the obligations resulting from employee service in the current period, is recognized under Personnel expenses.

-

The past service cost, which arises from changes to existing post-employment benefits or from the introduction of new benefits and includes the cost of reductions, is recognized under Provisions or reversal of provisions.

-

Any gain or loss arising from a liquidation of the plan is included in the Provisions or reversion of provisions.

-

Net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset), i.e. the change during the period in the net defined benefit liability (asset) that arises from the passage of time, is recognized under Interest expense and similar charges (Interest and similar income if it constitutes income) in the consolidated income statement.

The remeasurement of the net defined benefit liability (asset) is recognized in Other comprehensive income under Items not reclassified to profit or loss and includes:

-

Actuarial gains and losses generated in the year, arising from the differences between the previous actuarial assumptions and what has actually occurred and from the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions.

-

The return on plan assets, excluding amounts included in net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset).

-

Any change in the effect of the asset ceiling, excluding amounts included in net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset).

x) Other long-term employee benefits

Other long-term employee benefits, defined as obligations to pre-retirees -taken to be those who have ceased to render services at the entity but who, without being legally retired, continue to have economic rights vis-à-vis the entity until they acquire the legal status of retiree-, long-service bonuses, obligations for death of spouse or disability before retirement that depend on the employee’s length of service at the entity and other similar items, are treated for accounting purposes, where applicable, as established above for defined benefit post-employment plans, except that actuarial gains and losses are recognized under Provisions or reversal of provisions in the consolidated income statement (see Note 25).

F-60


 

Table of Contents

y) Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognized when there is a detailed formal plan identifying the basic changes to be made, provided that implementation of the plan has begun, its main features have been publicly announced or objective facts concerning its implementation have been disclosed.

z) Income tax

The expense for Spanish income tax and other similar taxes applicable to the foreign consolidated entities is recognized in the consolidated income statement, except when it results from a transaction recognized directly in equity, in which case the tax effect is also recognized in equity.

The current income tax expense is calculated as the sum of the current tax resulting from application of the appropriate tax rate to the taxable profit for the year (net of any deductions allowable for tax purposes), and of the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated income statement.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities include temporary differences, which are identified as the amounts expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their related tax bases, and tax loss and tax credit carryforwards. These amounts are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled.

Tax assets includes the amount of all tax assets, which are broken down into current -amounts of tax to be recovered within the next twelve months- and deferred -amounts of tax to be recovered in future years, including those arising from tax loss or tax credit carryforwards.

Tax liabilities includes the amount of all tax liabilities (except provisions for taxes), which are broken down into current -the amount payable in respect of the income tax on the taxable profit for the year and other taxes in the next twelve months- and deferred -the amount of income tax payable in future years.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, except when the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and, in addition, it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are only recognized for temporary differences to the extent that it is considered probable that the consolidated entities will have sufficient future taxable profits against which the deferred tax assets can be utilized, and the deferred tax assets do not arise from the initial recognition (except in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither taxable profit nor accounting profit. Other deferred tax assets (tax loss and tax credit carryforwards) are only recognized if it is considered probable that the consolidated entities will have sufficient future taxable profits against which they can be utilized.

Income and expenses recognized directly in equity are accounted for as temporary differences.

The deferred tax assets and liabilities are reassessed at the reporting date in order to ascertain whether any adjustments need to be made on the basis of the findings of the analyses performed.

aa) Residual maturity periods and average interest rates

The analysis of the maturities of the balances of certain items in the consolidated balance sheet and the average interest rates at the end of the reporting periods is provided in Note 51.

ab) Consolidated statements of recognized income and expense

This statement presents the income and expenses generated by the Group as a result of its business activity in the year, and a distinction is made between the income and expenses recognized in the consolidated income statement for the year and the other income and expenses recognized directly in consolidated equity.

Accordingly, this statement presents:

a.

Consolidated profit for the year.

F-61


 

Table of Contents

b.

The net amount of the income and expenses recognized in Other comprehensive income under items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss.

c.

The net amount of the income and expenses recognized in Other comprehensive income under items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss.

d.

The income tax incurred in respect of the items indicated in b) and c) above, except for the valuation adjustments arising from investments in associates or joint ventures accounted for using the equity method, which are presented net.

e.

Total consolidated recognized income and expense, calculated as the sum of a) to d) above, presenting separately the amount attributable to the Parent and the amount relating to non-controlling interests.

The amount of the income and expenses relating to entities accounted for using the equity method recognized directly in equity is presented in this statement, irrespective of the nature of the related items, under Entities accounted for using the equity method.

The statement presents the items separately by nature, grouping together items that, in accordance with the applicable accounting standards, will not be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss since the requirements established by the corresponding accounting standards are met.

ac) Statements of changes in total equity

This statement presents all the changes in equity, including those arising from changes in accounting policies and from the correction of errors. Accordingly, this statement presents a reconciliation of the carrying amount at the beginning and end of the year of all the consolidated equity items, and the changes are grouped together on the basis of their nature into the following items:

a.

Adjustments due to changes in accounting policies and to errors: include the changes in consolidated equity arising as a result of the retrospective restatement of the balances in the consolidated financial statements, distinguishing between those resulting from changes in accounting policies and those relating to the correction of errors.

b.

Income and expense recognized in the year: includes, in aggregate form, the total of the aforementioned items recognized in the consolidated statement of recognized income and expense.

c.

Other changes in equity: includes the remaining items recognized in equity, including, inter alia, increases and decreases in capital, distribution of profit, transactions involving own equity instruments, equity-instrument-based payments, transfers between equity items and any other increases or decreases in consolidated equity.

ad) Consolidated statements of cash flows

The following terms are used in the consolidated statements of cash flows with the meanings specified:

-

Cash flows: inflows and outflows of cash and cash equivalents, which are short-term, highly liquid investments that are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, irrespective of the portfolio in which they are classified.

-

The Group classifies as cash and cash equivalents the balances recognized under Cash, cash balances at Central Banks and other deposits on demand in the consolidated balance sheet.

-

Operating activities: the principal revenue-producing activities of credit institutions and other activities that are not investing or financing activities.

-

Investing activities: the acquisition and disposal of long-term assets and other investments not included in cash and cash equivalents.

-

Financing activities: activities that result in changes in the size and composition of the equity and liabilities that are not operating activities.

In relation with the cash flows corresponding to the interest received and paid, no significant differences exist between those and the ones registered in the statement of profit or loss. For that reason they are not disaggregated separately in the consolidated cash flow statement: except from those corresponding to cash flow liabilities of the financing activities which, although they are not significant, have been disaggregated in Note 23.b.

F-62


 

Table of Contents

Also, dividends received and delivered by the Group are detailed in Notes 4, 28 and 40, including dividends paid to minority interests (non-controlling interests).

3.     Santander Group

a) Banco Santander and international Group structure

The growth of the Group in the last decades has led the Bank to also act, in practice, as a holding entity of the shares of the various companies in its Group, and its results are becoming progressively less representative of the performance and earnings of the Group. Therefore, each year the Bank determines the amount of the dividends to be distributed to its shareholders on the basis of the consolidated net profit, while maintaining the Group’s traditionally high level of capitalization and taking into account that the transactions of the Bank and of the rest of the Group are managed on a consolidated basis (notwithstanding the allocation to each company of the related net worth effect).

At the international level, the various banks and other subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates of the Group are integrated in a corporate structure comprising various holding companies which are the ultimate shareholders of the banks and subsidiaries abroad.

The purpose of this structure, all of which is controlled by the Bank, is to optimize the international organization from the strategic, economic, financial and tax standpoints, since it makes it possible to define the most appropriate units to be entrusted with acquiring, selling or holding stakes in other international entities, the most appropriate financing method for these transactions and the most appropriate means of remitting the profits obtained by the Group’s various operating units to Spain.

The Appendices provide relevant data on the consolidated Group companies and on the companies accounted for using the equity method.

b) Acquisitions and disposals

Following is a summary of the main acquisitions and disposals of ownership interests in the share capital of other entities and other significant corporate transactions performed by the Group in the last three years:

i. Acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A.

On June 7, 2017 (the acquisition date), as part of its growth strategy in the markets where it is present, the Group communicated  the acquisition of 100% of the share capital of Banco Popular as a result of a competitive sale process organized in the framework of a resolution scheme adopted by the Single Resolution Board (“SRB”) and executed by the FROB, Spanish single resolution board, in accordance with Regulation (EU) 806/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of May 15, 2014, and Law 11/2015, of June 18, for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

As part of the execution of the resolution:

-

All the shares of Banco Popular outstanding at the closing of market on June 7, 2017 and all the shares resulting from the conversion of the regulatory capital instruments Additional Tier 1 issued by Banco Popular have been converted into undisposed reserves.

-

All the regulatory capital instruments Tier 2 issued by Banco Popular have been converted into newly issued shares of Banco Popular, all of which have been acquired for a total consideration of one euro by the Group.

The transaction has been approved by all the applicable regulatory and antitrust authorities in the territories where Banco Popular operated, except for the pending approval for the acquisition of certain affiliates of Banco Popular located in United States.

In accordance with IFRS 3, the Group has measured the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. The fair value is provisional, according to the applicable regulations, due to the period from the acquisition date and its complex valuation.

F-63


 

Table of Contents

The detail of this provisional fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the business combination date is as follows:

 

 

 

 

    

Millions 

As of June 7, 2017

 

of euros 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

1,861

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

18,974

Deposits from credit institutions

 

2,971

Loans and receivables (*)

 

82,057

Investments

 

1,815

Intangible assets (*)

 

133

Tax assets (*)

 

3,945

Non-current assets held for sale (*)

 

6,531

Other assets

 

6,259

Total assets

 

124,546

Deposits from central banks

 

28,845

Deposits from credit institutions

 

14,094

Customer deposits

 

62,270

Marketable debt securities and other financial liabilities

 

12,919

Provisions (***)

 

1,816

Other liabilities

 

4,850

Total liabilities (**)

 

124,794

Net assets

 

(248)

Purchase consideration

 

 —

Goodwill

 

248


(*) The main provisional fair value adjustments are the following:

-

Loans and receivables: In the estimation of their fair value, impairment have been considered for an approximate amount of €3,239 million, considering, among others, the sale process carried out by the Bank.

-

Foreclosed assets: the valuation, considering the sale process carried out by the company, has meant a reduction in the value of €3,806 million, approximately.

-

Intangible assets: Includes value reductions amounting to approximately of €2,469 million, mainly recorded under the “Intangible assets - goodwill”.

-

Deferred tax assets: mainly corresponds to the reduction of the value of negative tax bases and deductions for an approximate amount of €1,711 million.

(**)  After the initial analysis and the conversion of the subordinated debt, the best estimation is there is no significant impact between fair value and previous carrying amount of the financial liabilities.

(***) As a result of the resolution of Banco Popular Español, S.A. and in accordance with the information available to date, it includes the estimated cost of €680 million relating to the potential compensation to the shareholders of Banco Popular Español, S.A. of which €535 million have been applied to the fidelity action (See note 1.h).

As the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired was lower than the total consideration paid, goodwill arises on the acquisition. This goodwill is attributable to the commercial business in Spain. The provisional fair value adjustments were based, among others, on different methodologies and valuation processes that are commonly accepted in the market for credit and real estate portfolios as well as for financial investments.

In compliance with the accounting standards in force and, in accordance with paragraph 45 of IFRS 3 “Business Combinations”, the acquirer entity must comply with the period of one year from the acquisition date in order to perform the business combination and the measurement of the fair values of the assets and liabilities of the acquired entity. Accordingly, measurements conducted by the Group are the best available estimation on the date of the preparation of the present consolidated financial statements and therefore, they are provisional and cannot be considered as definitive. However, the Group doesn’t expect significant changes on such amount until the end of the term the Group has to consider the valuation as definitive. Likewise from the acquisition date until December 31, 2017 there have not been any significant changes on the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities in this business combination.

The amount contributed by this business to the group net profit from the acquisition and the impact to the net profit obtained by the group resulting from the operation if  the transaction had been made on January 1, 2017 are not material.

ii. Sale agreement of Banco Popular’s real estate business

On August 8, 2017, we announced that Banco Popular had executed the agreements with the Blackstone Fund for the acquisition by the fund of 51% of, and hence the assignment of control over, part of Banco Popular's real estate business (the “Business”), which comprises a portfolio of foreclosed properties, real estate companies, non-performing loans relating to the real estate sector and other

F-64


 

Table of Contents

assets related to these activities owned by Banco Popular and its affiliates (including deferred tax assets allocated to specific real estate companies which are part of the transferred portfolio) registered on certain specified dates (March 31, 2017 or April 30, 2017).

The agreements were entered following of the European Commission’s unconditional authorization of the acquisition of Banco Popular by Banco Santander for the purposes of competition law.

The transaction closed on March 22, 2018 following receipt of the required regulatory authorizations and other usual conditions in this type of transactions.

Closing of the transaction involved the creation of a series of companies, in which Blackstone has a 51% interest and Banco Popular the remaining 49%, to which Banco Popular and some of its affiliates transferred the Business and 100% of the share capital of Aliseda Servicios de Gestión Inmobiliaria, S.L. (“Aliseda”). The valuation attributed to the assets of the Business (real estate assets, non-performing loans and real estate companies, not including Aliseda) was approximately €10 billion. From closing, Blackstone has undertaken the management of the Business.

As of December 31, 2017, in accordance with IFRS 5, the assets related to this transaction have been non-current assets held for sale. The results generated by these assets during the year 2017 do not have a material impact on the Group's income statement. The operation involves the derecognition of these assets from the Group's balance sheet, without material impact on the income statement.

iii. Purchase of the shares to DDFS LLC in Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. (SCUSA)

On July 2, 2015, the Group announced that it had reached an agreement to purchase the 9.65% ownership interest held by DDFS LLC in SCUSA.

On November 15, 2017, after having agreed on some modifications to the original agreement and having obtained the required regulatory authorizations, the Group completed the acquisition of the aforementioned 9.65% of SCUSA shares for a total sum of US$ 942 million (€800 million), which have caused a decrease of €492 million in the non-controlling interests balance and another reduction to reserves of €307 million. After this operation, the participation of the Group in SCUSA increases to approximately 68.12%.

iv. Agreement with Santander Asset Management

a)

Acquisition 50% Santander Asset Management

On November 16, 2016, after the agreement with Unicredit Group on July 27, 2016 to integrate Santander Asset Management and Pioneer Investments was abandoned, the Group announced that it had reached an agreement with Warburg Pincus (“WP”) and General Atlantic (“GA”) under which Santander will acquire 50% of Santander Asset Management.

Santander Group disbursed a total amount of €545 million and assumed financing of €439 million, with the business combination having generated a goodwill of €1,173 million and €320 million of “intangible assets - contracts and relationships with customers” identified in the preliminary purchase price allocation, without other value adjustments to net assets of the business. Likewise, the market valuation of the previous participation held has not had an impact on the Group's income statement.

Considering that the main activity of the business is asset management, the main part of its activity are recorded off balance sheet. The main net assets acquired, in addition to the aforementioned intangible assets, are net deposits in credit institutions (€181 million) and net tax assets (€176 million). Given their nature, the fair value of these assets and liabilities do not differ from the book value recorded.

In compliance with the current applicable regulations and, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 45 of the IFRS 3 “Business Combinations”, the acquirer has one year from the date of acquisition to account for this business combination and to state the assets and liabilities of the entity acquired at their fair values. In this respect, the measurements made by the Group represent the best estimate available as at the date of preparation of the consolidated annual financial statements which should be considered provisional and not still definite. Nevertheless, the Group does not expect significant changes in the mentioned amount until the valuation must be deemed as definite.

The amount that the business contributed to the revenue and profit attributable to the Group, from the acquisition date and considering the acquisition as if it had taken place on January 1, 2017 is not material.

F-65


 

Table of Contents

b)

Sale participation Allfunds Bank

As part of the transaction, which consists in the acquisition of 50% of Santander Asset management that was not owned by Santander Group, Santander, WP and GA agreed to explore different alternatives for the sale of its stake in Allfunds Bank, S.A. ("Allfunds Bank"), including a possible sale or a public offering. On March 7, 2017, we announced that together with our partners in Allfunds Bank we had reached an agreement for the sale of 100% of Allfunds Bank to funds affiliated with Hellman & Friedman, a leading private equity investor, and GIC, Singapore’s sovereign wealth fund.

On November 21, 2017 the Group announced the closing of the sale by the Bank and its partners of 100% of Allfunds Bank's capital, obtaining an amount of €501 million from the sale of its 25% stake in Allfunds Bank, resulting in gains net of tax of €297 million, which were recognized as gains or losses on disposal of non-financial assets and investments, net, within the statement of profit or loss.

v. Agreement with Banque PSA Finance

The Group, through its subsidiary Santander Consumer Finance, S.A., and Banque PSA Finance, the vehicle financing unit of the PSA Peugeot Citroën Group, entered into an agreement in 2014 for the operation of the vehicle and insurance financing business in twelve European countries. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, the Group will finance this business, under certain circumstances and conditions, from the date on which the transaction is completed.

In January 2015 the related regulatory authorizations to commence activities in France and the United Kingdom were obtained and, accordingly, on February 2 and 3, 2015 the Group acquired 50% of Société Financière de Banque – SOFIB (actually PSA Banque France) and PSA Finance UK Limited for €462 million and €148 million, respectively.

On May 1, 2015, PSA Insurance Europe Limited and PSA Life Insurance Europe Limited (both insurance companies with registered office in Malta) were incorporated, in which the Group contributed 50% of the share capital, amounting to €23 million. On August 3 the Group acquired a full ownership interest in PSA Gestão - Comércio E Aluguer de Veiculos, S.A. (actually Santander Consumer Services, S.A. and a company with registered office in Portugal) and the loan portfolio of the Portuguese branch of Banque PSA Finance for €10 million and €25 million, respectively. On October 1, PSA Financial Services Spain, E.F.C., S.A. (a company with registered office in Spain) was incorporated, in which the Group contributed €181 million (50% of the share capital). (This company owns the 100% of the share capital of PSA Finanse Suisse which is domiciled in Switzerland).

During 2016, the agreement obtained the necessary authorizations, by the regulators, to start activities in the rest of the countries covered by the framework agreement (Italy, the Netherlands, Austria, Belgium, Germany, Brazil and Poland). The Group’s disbursement during 2016 amounted to €464 million to reach a 50% stake in the capital of each of the structures created in each geography, with the exception of PSA finance Arrendamento Mercantil SA (actually Santander Finance Arrendamiento Mercantil, S.A.) where 100% of capital is acquired.

During 2016 the new businesses acquired have contributed €79 million to the Group’s profit. Had the business combination taken place on January 1, 2016, the profit contributed to the Group in 2016 would have been approximately €118 million.

vi. Carfinco Financial Group

On September 16, 2014, the Bank announced that it had reached an agreement to purchase the listed Canadian company Carfinco Financial Group Inc. (“Carfinco”), a company specializing in vehicle financing.

In order to acquire Carfinco, Santander Holding Canada Inc. (actually Carfinco Financial Group Inc.) was incorporated, a company 96.4% owned by Banco Santander and 3.6% owned by certain members of the former management group. On March 6, 2015, all of Carfinco was acquired through the aforementioned holding company for €209 million, giving rise to goodwill of €162 million.

In 2015 this business contributed €6 million to the Group’s profit. Had the business combination taken place on January 1, 2015, the profit contributed to the Group in 2015 would have been approximately €7 million.

vii. Metrovacesa agreement - Merlin

On June 21, 2016, Banco Santander hereby reached an agreement with Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A., together with the other shareholders of Metrovacesa, S.A., for the integration in Merlin group, following the total spin-off of Metrovacesa, S.A., of Metrovacesa, S.A. property rental asset business in Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A. and Metrovacesa, S.A. residential rental business in Metrovacesa, S.A. current subsidiary, Testa Residencial SOCIMI, S.A. (before, Testa Residencial, S.L.) The other assets of

F-66


 

Table of Contents

Metrovacesa, S.A. not integrated in Merlin group as a result of the integration, consisting of a residual group of land assets for development and subsequent lease, will be transferred to a newly created company wholly owned by the current shareholders of Metrovacesa, S.A.

Regarding the General Meeting of shareholders of Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A. and Metrovacesa, S.A. on September 15, 2016 where not only the operation was not approved.

Subsequently, on October 20, 2016, the deed of total division of Metrovacesa, S.A. was granted in favor of the mentioned companies, and such deed was filed in the Commercial Register on October 26, 2016.

As a result of the integration, Santander Group has increased its participation to 21.95% of the equity capital of Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A., 46.21% of direct participation in the equity capital of Testa Residential, SOCIMI, S.A. and 70.27% in Metrovacesa Promoción y Arrendamiento, S.A.

The main impacts on the Consolidated Group’s balance of this division have been; decrease of €3,800 million in real estate investment (see Note 16), decrease of €621 million under minority interests (see Note 28) and an increase in the heading of investments in joint ventures and associates participation of the businesses received in the associates Merlín Properties and Testa Residencial, of EUR: 1,168 and 307 million, respectively. (See Note 13.a).

viii. Banco Internacional do Funchal (Banif)

On December 21, 2015, the Group announced that the Bank of Portugal, as the ruling authority, decided to award Banco Santander Totta, S.A., the Portuguese subsidiary of Banco Santander, the commercial business of BANIF- Banco Internacional do Funchal, S.A. and, accordingly, the businesses and branches of this entity became part of the Group.

The transaction was performed through the transfer of a substantial portion (commercial banking business) of the assets and liabilities of BANIF- Banco Internacional do Funchal, S.A. for which the Group paid €150 million.

The detail of the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the business combination date is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Millions

 

 

of euros

Cash and balances with central banks

 

2,510

Loans and advances to credit institutions

 

424

Debt instruments

 

1,824

Loans and advances to customers

 

5,320

Other assets

 

218

Total assets

 

10,296

Deposits from central banks

 

2,110

Deposits from credit institutions

 

1,052

Customer deposits

 

4,430

Marketable debt securities

 

1,697

Other liabilities

 

574

Total liabilities

 

9,863

Net asset value

 

433

Consideration paid

 

150

Negative Goodwill on the acquisition

 

283

 

Since the acquisition took place by the end of December 2015, these businesses did not contribute materially to the Group’s profit

for the year ended December 31, 2015.

ix. Acquisition of the retail banking and private banking business of Deutsche Bank Polska, S.A.

On December 14, 2017, the Group announced that its subsidiary Bank Zachodni WBK S.A., together with Banco Santander, S.A., had reached an agreement with Deutsche Bank, A.G. for the acquisition of the retail banking and private banking business of Deutsche Bank Polska, S.A., excluding the portfolio of mortgages in foreign currency, and including the acquisition of shares of DB Securities, S.A. (Poland), for an estimated amount of €305 million that will be paid in cash and shares of Bank Zachodni WBK S.A. of new issuance.

F-67


 

Table of Contents

The transaction, which is subject to obtaining the corresponding regulatory authorizations and its approval by the General Shareholders' Meetings of Bank Zachodni WBK S.A. and Deutsche Bank Polska, S.A., will not have a significant impact on the CET1 fully loaded capital of the Group.

c) Off-shore entities

According to current Spanish regulation, Santander has operations in 4 off-shore territories: Jersey, Guernsey, Isle of Man and Cayman Islands. These four jurisdictions comply with OECD standards in terms of transparency and exchange of information for tax purposes. Santander operates 3 subsidiaries and 4 branches in off-shore territories: these are governed by the tax regimes of those territories. Santander also has 4 subsidiaries in off-shore territories which are tax resident in the UK, where they pay tax. The Group has no presence in any of the 9 territories included in the European Union’s current blacklist, neither in non-cooperative territories for tax purposes as defined by the OECD in July 2017.

I)    Subsidiaries in off-shore territories.

At the reporting date, the Group has 3 subsidiaries resident in off-shore territories, two in Jersey (Whitewick Limited (inactive company) and Abbey National International Limited), and one in the Isle of Man, ALIL Services Limited. These subsidiaries contributed a profit of approximately €2.7 million to the Group’s consolidated profit in 2017. During the financial year 2017 one subsidiary resident in the Isle of Man has been liquidated.

II)   Off-shore branches.

Also, after the liquidation in 2017 of a branch in the Cayman Islands, the Group has 4 off-shore branches: 2 in the Cayman Islands, 1 in the Isle of Man and 1 in Jersey. These branches report to, consolidate their balance sheets and income statements and are taxed with, their respective foreign headquarters (Cayman Islands) or in the territories where they are located (Jersey and Isle of Man).

The aforementioned entities have a total of 138 employees as of December 2017.

III)  Subsidiaries in off-shore territories that are tax resident in the UK.

The Group also has 4 subsidiaries domiciled in off-shore territories that are not considered to be off-shore entities since they are tax residents in UK and, therefore, subject to UK tax law during the period and operate exclusively from the UK (one of these subsidiaries is expected to be liquidated in 2018).

IV)  Other off-shore investments.

The Group manages from Brazil a segregated portfolio company called Santander Brasil Global Investment Fund SPC in the Cayman Islands, and manages from the United Kingdom a protected cell company in Guernsey called Guaranteed Investment Products 1 PCC Limited. The Group also has, directly or indirectly, few financial investments located in tax havens including Olivant Limited in Guernsey, entity whose liquidation or sale is expected to be carried out soon.

V)   Impact of forthcoming changes to Spain’s tax law.

Spain signed Information Exchange Agreements with Jersey, Guernsey and the Isle of Man in 2015, that are expected to enter into force in 2018. In addition, it is expected to sign in the future with the Cayman Islands. In principle, all these territories would no longer have the status of tax havens for the purposes of Spanish legislation at the time these agreements enter into force, and as long as it is expressly indicated.

It is expected that during 2018 the Spanish Government will update the list of countries and territories that qualify as a tax haven, after the publication by the OECD and the European Union of their lists of non-cooperative jurisdictions that are discussed below, aligning to them.

F-68


 

Table of Contents

VI)  OECD.

The Group has no presence in non-cooperative territories for tax purposes as defined by the OECD in July 2017. In this sense it should be noted that Jersey, Guernsey, Isle of Man and Cayman Islands, comply with OECD standards in terms of transparency and exchange of information for tax purposes, since:

·

The first and/or second round of evaluations of the Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax Purposes have been successfully passed in terms of their level of fiscal transparency and the effective application of the exchange of information of request (EOIR) standard.

·

They have committed to implement the automatic exchange of information (AEOI) standard and its Common Reporting Standard (CRS) exchange mechanism, with the first exchange of information expected in 2017.

·

They have also adhered to the Convention on Mutual Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters of the OECD and the Council of Europe, amended by the 2010 Protocol.

VII) The European Union.

On 5 December, 2017, the European Commission published some lists of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes (where there is no member state of the European Union): blacklist, gray list and territories which have received a grace period.

The EU blacklist, initially composed of 17 countries, according to a series of criteria, such as fiscal transparency, its corporate tax regimes (if they can be considered harmful), or the respect of the principles of the OECD to avoid the erosion of the tax base and the transfer of benefits (better known by the English term anti-BEPS). On January 23, 2018, the Economic and Financial Affairs Council (Ecofin) agreed to transfer 8 of them from the black list to the gray list, due to the commitments assumed by these jurisdictions to solve the deficiencies identified by the EU. The Group has no presence in any of the 9 territories included in the current blacklist.

As well as this, there is a list of 8 countries affected by the hurricanes in the Caribbean, which have received a grace period until February 2018 to send their commitments. Within this list, the Group only has presence in the Bahamas, which ceased to be considered a tax haven according to Spanish regulations, following the entry into force in 2011 of the Tax Information Exchange Agreement signed with Spain. In this jurisdiction, the Group has 7 subsidiaries (1 of them in liquidation and 1 tax resident in USA) and 1 branch in process of closing.

However, it must be taken into account that, from the point of view of the OECD, the Bahamas is a territory largely compliant with respect to transparency and exchange of information for tax purposes, especially since in December 2017 signed the Convention on Mutual Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters and joined the BEPS Project of the OECD.

Finally, the gray list, initially composed of 47 jurisdictions and currently of 55, although they meet the criteria to be on the blacklist of tax havens, have committed to correct their legal frameworks to align them with international standards. In this list are included the 4 jurisdictions in which the Group has presence and are off-shore territories in accordance with current Spanish legislation (Jersey, Guernsey, Isle of Man and Cayman Islands). These jurisdictions will have until the end of 2018 to fulfill the commitments or until 2019 if they are developing countries without international financial centers. Additionally, Hong Kong, Peru, Switzerland, Uruguay and Panama are included in the gray list, although according to Spanish legislation are not off-shore territories and have committed to modify their legislation. The Group has 2 subsidiaries and 1 branch located in Hong Kong, 5 subsidiaries in Peru (1 of them in liquidation), 6 subsidiaries in Switzerland, 13 subsidiaries in Uruguay (7 of which are in liquidation) and 1 subsidiary in Panama with reduced banking activity that has already received authorization from the Superintendency of Banks of Panama for its voluntary liquidation. At present, Spain has in force Double Taxation Agreements with exchange of information clause with Hong Kong, Switzerland, Uruguay and Panama.

The Group has established appropriate procedures and controls (risk management, supervision, verification and review plans and periodic reports) to prevent reputational and legal risk at these entities. Also, the Group has continued to implement its policy of reducing the number of off-shore units.

The financial statements of the Group’s off-shore units are audited by PwC (PricewaterhouseCoopers) member firms in 2017 and 2016 (Deloitte in 2015).

F-69


 

Table of Contents

4.    Distribution of the Bank’s profit, shareholder remuneration scheme and earnings per share

a)

Distribution of the Bank’s profit and shareholder remuneration scheme

The distribution of the Bank’s net profit for 2017 that the Board of Directors proposed for approval by the shareholders at the annual general meeting is as follows:

 

 

 

 

    

Millions

 

 

of euros

 

 

 

First and third interim dividends and final dividend

 

2,898

Acquisition, with a waiver of exercise, of bonus share rights from the shareholders which, under the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme, opted to receive in cash remuneration equivalent to the second interim dividend

 

99

 

 

2,997

Of which:

 

 

Approved at  December 31, 2017 (*)

 

2,029

Final dividend

 

968

To voluntary reserves

 

 9

Net profit for the year

 

3,006


(*) Recognized under Shareholders’ equity - Dividends and remuneration.

In addition to the €2,997 million indicated above, €543 million in shares were allocated to the remuneration of shareholders under the shareholder remuneration scheme (Santander Dividendo Elección) approved by the shareholders at the annual general meeting held on April 7, 2017, whereby the Bank offered shareholders the possibility to opt to receive an amount equivalent to the second interim dividend out of 2017 profit in cash or new shares.

A remuneration of €0.22 per share, charged to the 2017 annual period, was proposed by the Board of Directors to the shareholders at the annual general meeting.

b) Earnings per share from continuing and discontinued operations

i. Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to the Group (adjusted by the after-tax amount of the remuneration of contingently convertible preference shares recognized in equity - See Note 23) and the capital perpetual preference shares, if applicable, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, excluding the average number of treasury shares held in the year.

F-70


 

Table of Contents

Accordingly:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Profit attributable to the Parent (millions of euros)

 

6,619

 

6,204

 

5,966

Remuneration of contingently convertible preference shares (CCP) (millions of euros) (Note 23)

 

(395)

 

(334)

 

(276)

Dilutive effect of changes in profit for the year arising from potential conversion of ordinary shares

 

 —

 

 

 

 

6,224

 

5,870

 

5,690

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit or Loss from discontinued operations (non-controlling interest net) (millions of euros)

 

 —

 

 

Profit or Loss from continuing operations (net of non-controlling interests and CCP) (millions of euros)

 

6,224

 

5,870

 

5,690

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

15,394,458,789

 

14,656,359,963

 

14,349,578,605

Adjusted number of shares

 

15,394,458,789

 

14,656,359,963

 

14,349,578,605

Basic earnings per share (euros)

 

0.404

 

0.401

 

0.397

Basic earnings per share from discontinued operations (euros)

 

0.000

 

0.000

 

0.000

Basic earnings per share from continuing operations (euros)

 

0.404

 

0.401

 

0.397

 

ii. Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to the Group (adjusted by the after-tax amount of the remuneration of contingently convertible preference shares recognized in equity - See Note 23) and the capital perpetual preference shares, if applicable, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, excluding the average number of treasury shares and adjusted for all the dilutive effects inherent to potential ordinary shares (share options, and convertible debt instruments).

Accordingly, diluted earnings per share were determined as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Profit attributable to the Parent (millions of euros)

 

6,619

 

6,204

 

5,966

Remuneration of contingently convertible preference shares (CCP) (millions of euros) (Note 23)

 

(395)

 

(334)

 

(276)

Dilutive effect of changes in profit for the year arising from potential conversion of ordinary shares

 

 —

 

 

 

 

6,224

 

5,870

 

5,690

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit (Loss) from discontinued operations (net of non-controlling interests) (millions of euros)

 

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations (net of non-controlling interests and CCP) (millions of euros)

 

6,224

 

5,870

 

5,690

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

15,394,458,789

 

14,656,359,963

 

14,349,578,605

Dilutive effect of options/rights on shares

 

50,962,887

 

45,754,981

 

27,227,606

Adjusted number of shares

 

15,445,421,676

 

14,702,114,944

 

14,376,806,211

Diluted earnings per share (euros)

 

0.403

 

0.399

 

0.396

Diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations (euros)

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations (euros)

 

0.403

 

0.399

 

0.396

 

The capital increase (See Note 31.a) has an impact on the basic and diluted earnings per share of the previous years due to the alteration in the number of shares outstanding. Due to this fact, the information relating to the 2016 and 2015 periods has been recasted according to the applicable legislation.

F-71


 

Table of Contents

5.    Remuneration and other benefits paid to the Bank’s directors and senior managers

The following section contains qualitative and quantitative disclosures on the remuneration paid to the members of the Board of Directors -both executive and non-executive directors- and senior managers for 2017 and 2016:

a) Remuneration of Directors

i.    Bylaw-stipulated emoluments

The annual General Meeting held on March 22, 2013 approved an amendment to the Bylaws, whereby the remuneration of directors in their capacity as board members became an annual fixed amount determined by the annual General Meeting. This amount shall remain in effect unless the shareholders resolve to change it at a general meeting. However, the Board of Directors may elect to reduce the amount in any years in which it deems such action justified. The remuneration established by the Annual General Meeting, was €6 million, with two components: (a) an annual emolument and (b) attendance fees.

The specific amount payable for the above-mentioned items to each of the directors is determined by the Board of Directors. For such purpose, it takes into consideration the positions held by each director on the Board, their membership of the Board and the board committees and their attendance of the meetings thereof, and any other objective circumstances considered by the Board.

The total bylaw-stipulated emoluments earned by the Directors in 2017 amounted to €4.7 million (€4.6 million in 2016).

Annual emolument

The amounts received individually by the directors in 2017 and 2016 based on the positions held by them on the board and their membership of the Board committees were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

Members of the Board of Directors

 

87,500

 

85,000

Members of the executive committee

 

170,000

 

170,000

Members of the audit committee

 

40,000

 

40,000

Members of the appointments committee

 

25,000

 

25,000

Members of the remuneration committee

 

25,000

 

25,000

Members of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance oversight committee

 

40,000

 

40,000

Chairman of the audit committee

 

50,000

 

50,000

Chairman of the appointments committee

 

50,000

 

50,000

Chairman of the remuneration committee

 

50,000

 

50,000

Chairman of the risk, regulation and compliance oversight committee

 

50,000

 

50,000

Coordinating director

 

110,000

 

110,000

Non-executive deputy chairman

 

30,000

 

30,000

 

Attendance fees

The directors receive fees for attending board and committee meetings, excluding Executive Committee meetings, since no attendance fees are received for this committee.

By resolution of the Board of Directors, at the proposal of the remuneration committee, the fees for attending board and committee meetings -excluding Executive Committee meetings, for which no attendance fees have been established- were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euros

Meeting attendance fees

    

2017

    

2016

Board of Directors

 

2,600

 

2,500

Audit committee and risk supervision, regulation and compliance oversight committee

 

1,700

 

1,700

Other committees (except the executive committee)

 

1,500

 

1,500

 

ii.    Salaries

The executive directors receive salaries. In accordance with the policy approved by the annual general meeting, salaries are composed of a fixed annual remuneration and a variable remuneration consisting of a unique incentive, which is based on a deferred variable remuneration linked to multi-year objectives, which establishes the following payment scheme:

F-72


 

Table of Contents

Establishes the following payments scheme:

·

40% of the variable remuneration amount, determined at year-end on the basis of the achievement of the established objectives, is paid immediately.

·

The remaining 60% is deferred over five years, as the case may be, in five portions provided that the conditions of permanence of the Group and non-concurrence of the malus clauses are met, taking into account the following accrual scheme.

·

The accrual of the first and second portion (payment in 2019 and 2020) is no subject to the long-term objectives.

·

The accrual of the third, fourth, and fifth portion (payment in 2021, 2022 and 2023), is also linked to certain objectives related to the period 2017-2019 and the metrics and scales associated with these objectives. The fulfilment of the objective determines the percentage to be applied to the deferred amount in these three annuities, being the maximum amount determined at the end of the 2017.

·

In accordance with current remuneration policies, the amounts already paid will be settled to a possible recovery (clawback) by the Bank during the period set out in the policy in force each moment.

The immediate payment (or short-term) as well as the deferred payment and subject to long-term goals will be settled 50% in cash and the remaining 50% in Santander shares.

 

iii. Detail by director

The detail, by Bank director, of the short-term (immediate) and deferred (not subject to long-term goals) remuneration for 2017 and 2016 is provided below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of euros

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

Bylaw-stipulated emoluments

 

Short-term and deferred (not subject to long-term goals) salaries of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual emolument

 

 

 

executive directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

supervision,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

regulation and

 

Attendance

 

 

 

Variable –

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

compliance

 

 fees

 

 

 

Immediate payment

 

Deferred variable

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive

 

Audit

 

Appointments

 

Remuneration

 

oversight

 

And

 

 

 

In

 

In

 

In

 

In

 

 

 

remuneration

 

 

 

 

Directors

  

Board

  

committee

  

committee

  

committee

  

committee

  

committee

  

commissions

  

Fixed

  

cash

  

shares

  

cash

  

shares

  

Total

  

(a)

  

Total

  

Total

Mrs. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y   O’Shea

 

 88

 

170

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

44

 

2,500

 

1,370

 

1,370

 

822

 

822

 

6,884

 

689

 

7,874

 

7,279

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez

 

 88

 

170

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

44

 

2,000

 

916

 

916

 

550

 

550

 

4,932

 

1,203

 

6,436

 

6,006

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

88

 

170

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

38

 

1,500

 

714

 

714

 

428

 

428

 

3,785

 

201

 

4,281

 

3,824

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte (1)

 

80

 

155

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

41

 

1,568

 

698

 

698

 

419

 

419

 

3,803

 

188

 

4,266

 

4,474

Mr. Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero

 

118

 

170

 

 —

 

25

 

25

 

40

 

95

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

473

 

461

Mr. Bruce Carnegie-Brown

 

378

 

170

 

 —

 

25

 

25

 

40

 

94

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

731

 

721

Mr. Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca

 

88

 

170

 

 —

 

25

 

25

 

40

 

97

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

106

 

550

 

945

Mr. Francisco Javier Botín-Sanz de

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sautuola y O’Shea (2)

 

88

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

36

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

124

 

115

Mrs. Sol Daurella Comadrán

 

88

 

 —

 

 —

 

25

 

25

 

 —

 

69

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

207

 

191

Mr. Carlos Fernández González

 

88

 

 —

 

40

 

25

 

 —

 

40

 

93

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

285

 

254

Mrs. Esther Giménez-Salinas i Colomer

 

88

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

21

 

54

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

162

 

122

Mr. Ángel Jado Becerro de Bengoa (3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

231

Mrs. Belén Romana García

 

138

 

 —

 

40

 

 —

 

 —

 

40

 

80

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

297

 

219

Mrs. Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga (4)

 

80

 

155

 

36

 

 —

 

23

 

36

 

87

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

418

 

442

Mr. Juan Miguel Villar Mir

 

 88

 

 —

 

19

 

 —

 

 —

 

19

 

44

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

170

 

235

Mr. Homaira Akbari (5)

 

88

 

 —

 

21

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

51

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

159

 

32

Mr. Ramiro Mato García Ansorena (6)

 

 8

 

15

 

 4

 

 —

 

 —

 

 4

 

 6

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

36

 

Total 2017

 

1,675

 

1,345

 

160

 

125

 

123

 

280

 

972

 

7,568

 

3,699

 

3,699

 

2,219

 

2,219

 

19,404

 

2,387

 

26,470

 

 —

Total 2016

 

1,645

 

1,360

 

190

 

143

 

143

 

277

 

859

 

7,710

 

3,340

 

3,340

 

2,004

 

2,004

 

18,398

 

2,536

 

 

 

25,551


(1)

Ceased to be a member of the Board on November 28, 2017. This table shows the remuneration information until his ceased as a member of the board. The remuneration information for his performance as executive vice president since November 28, 2017 is included in the corresponding section.

(2)

All the amounts received were repaid to the Fundación Marcelino Botín.

F-73


 

Table of Contents

(3)

Ceased to be a member of the board on September 27, 2016.

(4)

Ceased to be a member of the board on November 28, 2017.

(5)

Appointed director effective from September 27, 2016.

(6)

Appointed to be a member of the board.

(a)     Includes, inter alia, the life and medical insurance costs borne by the Group relating to Bank directors.

 

Following is the detail, by executive director, of the linked to multiannual objectives salaries, which will only be received if the conditions of continued service, non-applicability of “ malus ” clauses and, full achievement of the objectives established (or, as the case may be, of the minimum thresholds thereof, with the consequent reduction of the agreed-upon amount in the end of the year) in the terms described in Note 47.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of euros

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

Variable subject to

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term

 

 

 

 

 

 

objectives(2)

 

 

 

 

 

    

In cash

    

In shares

    

Total

    

Total (2)

Mrs. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 863

 

863

 

1,726

 

1,518

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez

 

 577

 

577

 

1,154

 

1,026

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

450

 

450

 

900

 

760

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte(1)

 

440

 

440

 

880

 

904

Total

 

2,330

 

2,330

 

4,660

 

4,208


(1)

Ceased to be a member of the board on November 28, 2017. The remuneration information for his performance as executive vice president is included in the corresponding section.

(2)

Corresponds with the fair value of the maximum amount they are entitled to in a total of 3 years: 2021, 2022 and 2023, subject to conditions of continued service, with the exceptions provided, and to the non-applicability of “malus” clauses and achievement of the objectives established. The fair value has been measured on the date of the concession of the scheme taking into account several possible behavioral assumptions (see Note 47).

 

Note 5.e) below includes disclosures on the shares delivered by virtue of the deferred remuneration schemes in place in previous years the conditions for delivery which were met in the corresponding years, and on the maximum number of shares receivable in future years in connection with the aforementioned 2017 and 2016 variable remuneration plans.

b)   Remuneration of the Board members as representatives of the Bank

By resolution of the executive committee, all the remuneration received by the Bank's directors who represent the Bank on the Boards of Directors of listed companies in which the Bank has a stake, paid by those companies and relating to appointments made on or after March 18, 2002 accrues to the Group. In 2017 and 2016 the Bank's directors did not receive any remuneration in respect of these representative duties.

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte received €42 thousand as non-executive director of U.C.I., S.A. in 2017 and 2016, respectively.

c)   Post-employment and other long-term benefits

In 2012, within the framework of the measures implemented by the Group in order to mitigate the risks arising from the defined-benefit pension obligations payable to certain employees, which led to an agreement with the workers' representatives to convert the defined-benefit obligations existing under the collective agreement into defined-contribution plans, the contracts of the executive directors and the other members of the Bank's senior management - the senior executives- which provided for defined-benefit pension obligations were amended to convert these obligations into a defined-contribution employee welfare system, which was externalized to Santander Seguros y Reaseguros, Compañía Aseguradora, S.A. This system grants the executive directors the right to receive a pension benefit upon retirement, regardless of whether or not they are employed by the Bank at the time, based on the contributions made to the aforementioned system, and replaced the right to receive a pension supplement which had previously been payable to them upon retirement. The new system expressly excludes any obligation of the Bank to the executive directors other than the conversion of the previous system into the new employee welfare system, which took place in 2012, and, as the case may be, the annual contributions to be made as described below 1 . In the event of pre-retirement, the executive directors who have not exercised the option to receive their pensions in the form of a lump sum are entitled to receive an annual emolument until the date of retirement.

 


As provided for in the contracts of the executive directors and members of senior management prior to their modification, Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte had exercised the option to receive the accrued pensions -or amounts similar thereto- in the form of a lump sum -i.e. in a single payment-, which meant that no further pension benefit would accrue to them from that time, and the lump sum to be received, which would be updated at the agreed-upon interest rate, was fixed.

 

F-74


 

Table of Contents

The initial balance for each executive director in the new defined-contribution welfare system was that corresponding to the market value of the assets in which the provisions for the respective accrued obligations had been invested, at the date on which the former pension obligations were converted into the new welfare system 2 .

Since 2013 the Bank has made annual contributions to the employee welfare system for the benefit of the executive directors and senior executives, in proportion to their respective pensionable bases, until they leave the Group, or until their retirement from the Group, death or disability (including, as the case may be, during the pre-retirement period). No contributions are made for the executive directors and senior executives who, prior to the conversion of the defined-benefit pension obligations into the current defined-contribution employee welfare system, had exercised the option to receive their pension rights in a lump sum 3 .

 

In accordance with the provisions of the remuneration regulations, contributions made that are calculated on variable remuneration are subject to the discretionary pension benefits regime. Under this regime, these contributions are subject to malus clauses and clawback according to the policy in force at any time and during the same period in which the variable remuneration is deferred. Likewise, they must be invested in Bank shares for a period of five years from the date of the termination of executive directors in the Group, whether or not as a result of retirement. After that period, the amount invested in shares will be invested together with the remainder of the accumulated balance of the executive director, or will be paid to him or her beneficiaries had there been any contingency covered by the forecasting system.

Following is a detail of the balances relating to each of the executive directors under the welfare system at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of

 

 

euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea (1)

 

 45,798

 

43,156

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez

 

 16,151

 

15,107

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo (2)

 

13,957

 

14,294

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte (3)

 

 —

 

48,230

 

 

75,906

 

120,787


(1)

Includes the amounts relating to the period of provision of services at Banesto, externalized with another insurance company.

(2)

Executive director since January 16, 2015 Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo doesn´t participate in the pension system and the right to the bank to make contributions in its favor in this regard. The amount at December 31, 2017 and 2016, which correspond to him prior to his appointment as director of the bank executive director.

(3)

Ceased to be a member of the Board on November 28, 2017. The balance of his pensions rights as of December 31, 2017 is included in the Senior Managers section.

 

The payments made during 2017 to the members of the Board entitled to post-employment benefits amount to €0.9 million (€0.9 million in 2016).

Lastly, the contracts of the executive directors who had not exercised the option referred to above prior to the conversion of the defined-benefit pension obligations into the current welfare system include a supplementary welfare regime for the contingency of death (surviving spouse and child benefits) and permanent disability of serving directors.

 

The provisions recognized in 2017 and 2016 for retirement pensions and supplementary benefits (surviving spouse and child benefits, and permanent disability) were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of

 

 

euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 2,707

 

2,521

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez

 

 2,456

 

2,249

 

 

5,163

 

4,770

 


In the case of Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte, the initial balance corresponded to the amounts that were set when, as described above, they exercised the option to receive a lump sum, and includes the interest accrued on these amounts from that date.

3  Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo, appointed executive director on January 16, 2015, does not participate in the welfare system and is not entitled to have any contributions made in his favour by the Bank in this connection, notwithstanding the pension rights to which he was entitled prior to his appointment as executive director.   In 2015, as a result of his appointment as chief executive officer, changes were introduced to the contract of Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez with respect to the pension obligations stipulated in his senior management contract. The annual contribution to the employee welfare system was thereafter calculated as 55% of the sum of: (i) the fixed annual remuneration; and (ii) 30% of the arithmetic mean of the last three gross amounts of variable remuneration. The pensionable base in the event of death or disability is 100%

F-75


 

Table of Contents

of his fixed remuneration. Under his senior management contract the annual contribution was 55.93% of his fixed remuneration, and the pensionable base in the event of death or disability was 100% of his fixed remuneration .

 

d)   Insurance

The Group has taken out life insurance policies for the Bank's directors, who will be entitled to receive benefits if they are declared disabled; in the event of death, the benefits will be payable to their heirs. The premiums paid by the Group are included in the Other remuneration column of the table shown in Note 5.a.iii above. Also, the following table provides information on the sums insured for the Bank's executive directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insured capital

 

 

(Thousands of euros)

 

    

2017

    

2016

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 7,500

 

7,500

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez

 

 6,000

 

6,000

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

4,500

 

4,500

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte (1)

 

 —

 

5,131

 

 

18,000

 

23,131


(1)

Ceased to be member of the board on November 28, 2017.

During years 2017 and 2016, the Group has disbursed a total amount of €10.5 and 9.3 million, respectively, for the payment of civil-liability insurance premiums. These premiums correspond to several civil-liability insurance policies that hedge, among others, directors, senior executives and other managers and employees of the Group and the Bank itself as well as its subsidiaries, in light of various types of potential claims, for which it is not possible to disaggregate or individualize the amount that correspond to the directors and executives.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no obligations in this connection to other directors.

e)    Deferred variable remuneration systems

The following information relates to the maximum number of shares to which the executive directors are entitled at the beginning and end of 2017 and 2016 due to their participation in the deferred variable remuneration systems, which instrumented a portion of their variable remuneration relating to 2017 and prior years, as well as on the deliveries, whether shares or cash, made to them in 2017 and 2016 where the conditions for the receipt thereof had been met (see Note 47):

i) Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan

From 2011 to 2015, the bonuses of executive directors and certain executives (including senior management) and employees who assume risk, who perform control functions or receive an overall remuneration that puts them on the same remuneration level as senior executives and employees who assume risk (all of whom are referred to as identified staff) have been approved by the Board of Directors and instrumented, respectively, through various cycles of the deferred conditional variable remuneration plan. Application of these cycles, insofar as they entail the delivery of shares to the plan beneficiaries, was authorized by the related Annual General Meetings.

The purpose of these plans is to defer a portion of the bonus of the plan beneficiaries (60% in the case of executive directors) over a period of five years (three years for the plans approved up to 2014) for it to be paid, where appropriate, in cash and in Santander shares; the other portion of the bonus is also to be paid in cash and Santander shares, upon commencement of the cycles, in accordance with the rules set forth below.

In addition to the requirement that the beneficiary remains in Santander Group's employ, the accrual of the deferred remuneration is conditional upon none of the following circumstances existing -in the opinion of the Board of Directors following a proposal of the remuneration committee- in relation to the corresponding year in the period prior to each of the deliveries: (i) poor financial performance of the Group; (ii) breach by the beneficiary of internal regulations, including, in particular, those relating to risks; (iii) material restatement of the Group's financial statements, except when it is required pursuant to a change in accounting standards; or (iv) significant changes in the Group's economic capital or its risk profile. All the foregoing shall in each case be governed by the rules of the relevant plan cycle.

F-76


 

Table of Contents

On each delivery, the beneficiaries will be paid an amount in cash equal to the dividends paid for the amount deferred in shares and the interest on the amount deferred in cash. If the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme is applied, payment will based on the price offered by the Bank for the bonus share rights corresponding to those shares.

The maximum number of shares to be delivered is calculated taking into account the daily volume-weighted average prices for the 15 trading sessions prior to the date on which the Board of Directors approves the bonus for the Bank's Executive Directors for each year.

This plan and the Performance Shares (ILP) plan described below have been integrated in the deferred variable compensation plan linked to multiannual objectives, in the terms approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders held on April 7, 2017.

ii) Performance shares plan (ILP)

The table below shows the maximum number of shares to which the executive directors are entitled, as part of their variable remuneration for 2015, as a result of their participation in the ILP (see Note 47).

 

 

 

 

    

Maximum number of
shares ILP
(Thousands of euros)
2015 
(1)

 

 

2017 

 

 

 

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea

 

187,070 

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez

 

126,279 

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

93,540 

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte (2)

 

145,922 

 

 

406,899 


(1)

A proposal from the remuneration committee, the board of directors resolved to increase the number of shares to mitigate the dilutive effect of the capital increase with pre-emptive subscription rights of July 2017 as described in iv) below. The actions derived from this adjustment are 5,967 shares.

(2)

Ceased to be member of the board on November 28, 2017. The maximum number of shares corresponding to the plan held as of December 31, 2017 was 145,922 shares, including those approved to mitigate the dilutive effect of the capital increase with pre-emptive subscription rights of July 2017.

 

The accrual of the ILP and its amount are conditional on the behavior of certain metrics of Banco Santander between 2015 and 2017, as well as compliance with the remaining conditions of the plan until the end of the accrual period (December 31, 2018). Having finalized 2018, the corresponding amounts to be received by each exclusive director in relation to ILP (the ILP accrued amount) can be determined.

The shares to be delivered in 2019 to executive directors based on compliance with the related multiannual target are conditional, in addition to the requirement that the beneficiary remains in the Group's employ, with the exceptions included in the plan regulations, upon none of the following circumstances existing -in the opinion of the Board of Directors following a proposal of the remuneration committee-, during the period prior to the delivery, as a result of actions performed in the year to which the plan relates: (i) poor financial performance of the Group; (ii) breach by the beneficiary of internal regulations, including, in particular, those relating to risks; (iii) material restatement of the Group's financial statements, except when it is required pursuant to a change in accounting standards; or (iv) significant changes in the Group's economic capital or risk profile.

With regards to the ILP of 2014, once fiscal years 2016 and 2017 have finished, the annual amount that, in each case, corresponds to each executive director after applying the percentage that results from the relevant metric (see Note 47) to one third of the agreed ILP amount, will be determined. For the accrual in 2017 and 2018, the referral RTA is the one that accumulates between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2016 and until January 1, 2014. In both financial years, the position achieved in the RTA has not been such that determines the accrual of the second and third thirds; therefore, it has expired.

iii) Deferred variable compensation plan linked to multiannual objectives

In 2016, with the aim of simplifying the remuneration structure, improving risk adjustment before and increasing the incidence of long-term objectives, the bonus plan (deferred and conditioned variable compensation plan) and ILP has been implemented. In 2017 the second cycle corresponding to the same plan was approved. The variable remuneration of executive directors and certain executives (including senior management) corresponding to 2017 has been approved by the Board of Directors and implemented through the first cycle of the deferred variable remuneration plan linked to multi-year objectives. The application of the plan, thus far as it entails the delivery of shares to the beneficiaries of the plan, was authorized by the annual General Meeting of Shareholders.

F-77


 

Table of Contents

As indicated in section a.ii of this Note, 60% of the variable remuneration amount is deferred for five years (three years for certain beneficiaries, not including executive directors), for their payment, where appropriate by fifth parties provided that the conditions of permanence in the group and non-concurrence of the clauses malus are met, according to the following accrual scheme:

·

The accrual of the first and second parts (installment in 2019 and 2020) is not subject to the fulfilment of long-term objectives.

·

The accrual of the third, fourth and fifth parts is linked to the fulfilment of certain objectives related to the period 2017‑2019 and the metrics and scales associated with those objectives. These objectives are:

o

the growth of consolidated earnings per share in 2019 compared to 2016;

o

the relative performance of the Bank’s total shareholder return (RTA) in the period 2017‑2019 in relation to the weighted RTAs of a reference group of 17 credit institutions;

o

compliance with the fully loaded ordinary level 1 capital objective for the year 2019;

The degree of compliance with the above objectives determines the percentage to be applied to the deferred amount in these three annuities, the maximum being the amount determined at the end of the year 2017.

Both the immediate (short-term) and the deferred (long-term and conditioned) part are paid 50% in cash and the remaining 50% in Santander shares.

The accrual of deferred amounts (whether or not subject to performance measures) is conditioned, in addition to the permanence of the beneficiary in the Group, to the fact that during the period prior to each of the deliveries, none of the circumstances giving rise to the malus clause as set out in the Group's remuneration policy in its chapter related to malus and clawback. Likewise, the already paid amounts of the incentive will be subject to its possible recovery (clawback) by the Bank in the cases and during the term foreseen in said policy, always in the terms and conditions that are foreseen in it.

The application of malus and clawback is activated in cases in which there is poor financial performance of the entity as a whole or of a specific division or area of the entity or of the exposures generated by the personnel, and at least the following factors must be considered:

(i)

Significant failures in risk management committed by the entity, or by a business unit or risk control.

(ii)

The increase suffered by the entity or by a business unit of its capital needs, not foreseen at the time of generation of the exposures.

(iii)

Regulatory sanctions or judicial sentences from events that could be attributable to the unit or the personnel responsible for those. Also, the breach of internal codes of conduct of the entity.

(iv)

(Irregular conduct, whether individual or collective. The negative effects derived from the marketing of inappropriate products and the responsibilities of the people or bodies that made those decisions will be specially considered.

The accrual of deferred compensation linked to the multiannual objectives of executive directors (and senior management) is conditioned, in addition to the permanence of the beneficiary in the Santander Group, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, at the proposal of the remuneration committee, none of the following circumstances in relation to the corresponding period during the period prior to each of the deliveries: (i) poor financial performance of the Group; (ii) breach by the beneficiary of the internal regulations, including in particular that relating to risks; (iii) material restatement of the Group's financial statements, except when appropriate under a change in accounting regulations; or (iv) significant variations in the Group's economic capital or risk profile. All this, in each case, with the exceptions and as provided in the regulation of the plan.

The application of clawback will be supplemented by that of malus, so that it will take place when it is considered insufficient to collect the effects that the event must have on the assigned variable remuneration. The application of clawback will be decided by the Board of Directors on the proposal of the remuneration committee and cannot be proposed once the last payment in shares corresponding to the plan is made in 2024.

The maximum number of shares to be delivered is calculated by taking into account the weighted average daily volume of weighted average prices for the fifteen trading sessions prior to the previous Friday (excluded) the date on which the bond is agreed by the board of executive directors of the Bank.

F-78


 

Table of Contents

iv) Shares assigned by deferred variable remuneration plans

The following table shows the number of Santander shares assigned to each executive director and pending delivery as of January 1, 2016, December 31, 2016 and 2017, as well as the gross shares that were delivered to them in 2016 and 2017, either in the form of an immediate payment or a deferred payment. In this case after having been appraised by the board, at the proposal of the remuneration committee that the corresponding one-third of each plan had accrued. They bring cause of each of the plans through which the variable remunerations of deferred conditional variable remuneration plan 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and of the deferred conditional and linked to multiannual objectives 2016 and 2017.

 

 

F-79


 

Table of Contents

In order to mitigate the dilutive effect (and, therefore, not linked to the performance of the Group) of the capital increase with preferential subscription rights of the Bank that look place on July 2017 in certain cycles of the deferred compensation and long term incentive plans, the increase in the number of shares to be delivered to its beneficiaries was approved, considering for this a valuation of preferential subscription rights equivalent to their theoretical value, €0.1047 per right. The effect of increasing the number of shares is detailed in the corresponding column of the table below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable

 

 

 

 

Maximum

 

Shares delivered

 

Shares delivered

 

Shares delivered

 

Shares delivered

 

Variable

 

Maximum

 

Shares delivered

 

Shares delivered

 

 

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

remuneration

 

 

 

 

number of

 

in 2016

 

in 2016

 

in 2016

 

in 2016

 

remuneration

 

number

 

in 2017

 

in 2017

 

Shares delivered

 

Delivered

 

arising form

 

2017

 

Maximum

 

 

shares to be

 

(immediate

 

(deferred

 

(deferred

 

(deferred

 

2016 (maximum

 

of shares to be

 

(immediate

 

(deferred

 

in 2017 (deferred

 

in 2017 (deferred

 

the capital

 

(maximum

 

number of shares

 

 

delivered at

 

payment 2015

 

payment 2014

 

payment 2013

 

payment 2012

 

number of

 

delivered at

 

payment 2016

 

payment 2015

 

payment 2014

 

payment 2013

 

increase of

 

number of

 

to be delivered at

 

 

January 1,

 

variable

 

variable

 

variable

 

variable

 

shares to be

 

December 31,

 

variable

 

variable

 

variable

 

variable

 

July

 

shares to be

 

December 31, 

Share-based variable remuneration

  

2016

  

remuneration)

  

remuneration)

  

remuneration)

  

remuneration)

  

delivered)

  

2016

  

remuneration)

  

remuneration)

  

remuneration)

  

remuneration)

  

2017

  

delivered)   (1)

  

2017 (4)

2012 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 34,958

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34,958)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez (2)

 

 24,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24,046)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte

 

41,529

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(41,529)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,533

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(100,533)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 66,241

 

 

 

 

 

(33,121)

 

 

 

 

 

33,120

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(33,120)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez (2)

 

 39,121

 

 

 

 

 

(19,560)

 

 

 

 

 

19,561

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,561)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte

 

69,093

 

 

 

 

 

(34,546)

 

 

 

 

 

34,547

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34,547)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

174,455

 

 

 

 

 

(87,227)

 

 

 

 

 

87,228

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(87,228)

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 182,444

 

 

 

(60,814)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

121,630

 

 

 

 

 

(60,814)

 

 

 

905

 

 

 

61,721

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez (2)

 

 78,726

 

 

 

(26,242)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,484

 

 

 

 

 

(26,242)

 

 

 

390

 

 

 

26,632

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte (3)

 

139,088

 

 

 

(46,363)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92,725

 

 

 

 

 

(46,363)

 

 

 

690

 

 

 

47,052

 

 

400,258

 

 

 

(133,419)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

266,839

 

 

 

 

 

(133,419)

 

 

 

1,985

 

 

 

135,405

2015 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 528,834

 

(211,534)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

317,300

 

 

 

(63,460)

 

 

 

 

 

3,777

 

 

 

257,617

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez (2)

 

 351,523

 

(140,609)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

210,914

 

 

 

(42,183)

 

 

 

 

 

2,511

 

 

 

171,242

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

260,388

 

(104,155)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

156,233

 

 

 

(31,247)

 

 

 

 

 

1,860

 

 

 

126,846

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte

 

361,118

 

(144,447)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

216,671

 

 

 

(43,334)

 

 

 

 

 

2,579

 

 

 

175,916

 

 

1,501,863

 

(600,745)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

901,118

 

 

 

(180,224)

 

 

 

 

 

10,727

 

 

 

731,621

2016 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 592,043

 

592,043

 

(236,817)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,286

 

 

 

360,512

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 399,607

 

399,607

 

(159,843)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,568

 

 

 

243,332

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

295,972

 

295,972

 

(118,389)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,643

 

 

 

180,226

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

352,455

 

352,455

 

(140,982)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,147

 

 

 

214,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,640,077

 

1,640,077

 

(656,031)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,644

 

 

 

998,690

2017 variable remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 574,375

 

574,375

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 384,118

 

384,118

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

299,346

 

299,346

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

292,771

 

292,771

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,550,610

 

1,550,610


(1)

For each director, 40% of the shares indicated correspond to the short-term variable (or immediate payment). The remaining 60% is deferred for delivery, where appropriate, by fifths in the next five years, the last three being subject to the fulfillment of multiannual objectives.

(2)

Maximum number of shares resulting from their participation in the corresponding plans during their stage as general manager.

(3)

Ceased to be a member of the Board on November 28, 2017. The shares corresponding to their variable remuneration between November 28, 2017 and January 2, 2018 as executive vice president on December 2, 2017 including in the Note 5.g.

(4)

In addition, Mr. Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca maintains the right to a maximum of 199,234 shares arising from his participation in the corresponding plans during his term as executive vice president.

 

 

F-80


 

Table of Contents

Also, the table below show the cash delivered in 2017 and 2016, by way of either immediate payment or deferred payment, in the latter case once the Board had determined, at the proposal of the remuneration committee that one-third relating to each plan had accrued:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of euros

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

    

 

    

Cash

    

 

    

Cash paid

 

 

 

 

paid (one-third of

 

 

 

(one-third of

 

 

 

 

deferred

 

 

 

deferred

 

 

Cash paid

 

payment

 

Cash paid

 

payment

 

 

(immediate

 

2015, 2014

 

(immediate

 

2014, 2013

 

 

payment 2016

 

and

 

payment 2015

 

and

 

 

variable

 

2013 variable

 

variable

 

2012 variable

 

 

remuneration)

 

remuneration)

 

remuneration)

 

remuneration)

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 1,205

 

825

 

840

 

826

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez (1)

 

 814

 

461

 

558

 

448

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

603

 

124

 

414

 

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte

 

718

 

690

 

574

 

784

 

 

3,339

 

2,099

 

2,386

 

2,058


(1)

Includes paid cash corresponding to your participation in the corresponding plans during the time as executive vice president.

v) Information on former members of the Board of Directors

Following is information on the maximum number of shares to which former members of the Board of Directors who ceased in office prior to January 1, 2016 are entitled for their participation in the various deferred variable remuneration systems, which instrumented a portion of their variable remuneration relating to the years in which they were Executive Directors. Also set forth below is information on the deliveries, whether shares or cash, made in 2017 and 2016 to former board members, upon achievement of the conditions for the receipt thereof (see Note 47):

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum number of shares to be delivered (1)

    

2017

    

2016

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2013)

 

 —

 

80,718

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2014)

 

101,537

 

200,097

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2015)

 

67,472

 

83,103

Plan performance shares (ILP 2015)

 

51,447

 

50,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares delivered

    

2017

    

2016

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2012)

 

 —

 

120,297

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2013)

 

80,718

 

80,718

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2014)

 

100,049

 

100,049

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2015)

 

16,621

 

55,402

(1)

At the proposal of the remuneration committee, the board of directors approved adjusting the maximum number of shares to mitigate the dilutive effect of the capital increase with pre-emptive subscription rights of July 2017 as described in iv) below. The actions derived from this adjustment are 3,233 shares.

In addition, €1,224 thousand and €1,931 thousand relating to the deferred portion payable in cash on the aforementioned plans were paid each in 2017 and 2016.

F-81


 

Table of Contents

f)     Loans

The Group's direct risk exposure to the Bank's directors and the guarantees provided for them are detailed below. These transactions were made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm's-length transactions or the related compensation in kind was recognized:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of euros

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

    

Loans

    

 

    

 

    

Loans

    

 

    

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

 

 

 

credits

 

Guarantees

 

Total

 

credits

 

Guarantees

 

Total

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea

 

 10

 

 —

 

10

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Mr. José Antonio Álvarez

 

 9

 

 —

 

 9

 

 9

 

 —

 

 9

Mr. Bruce Carnegie-Brown

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

 —

 

 2

Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte (1)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

22

 

 —

 

22

 

21

 

 —

 

21

Mr. Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O'Shea

 

 17

 

 —

 

17

 

 4

 

 —

 

 4

Mrs. Sol Daurella Comadran

 

27

 

 —

 

27

 

25

 

 —

 

25

Mr. Ignacio Benjumea Cabeza de Vaca

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

 —

 

 2

Mrs. Belen Romana Garcia

 

 3

 

 —

 

 3

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Mr. Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

11

 

 —

 

11

 

 

88

 

 —

 

88

 

74

 

 —

 

74

(1)

Ceased to be a board director on November 28, 2017. On December 31, 2017, to loans and credits amounted to €13 thousands (€16 thousands in 2016).

g)   Senior managers

In 2016 the Bank's Board of Directors approved a series of appointments and organizational changes aimed at simplifying the Group’s organization and rendering it more competitive.

The table below includes the amounts relating to the short-term remuneration of the members of senior management at December 31, 2017 and those at December 31, 2016, excluding the remuneration of the executive directors, which is detailed above:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term salaries and deferred remunation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(bonus) -

 

Deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Immediate

 

variable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

payment

 

remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

    

Number of

    

 

    

In

    

In

    

In

    

In

    

Other

    

 

Year

 

persons

 

Fixed

 

cash

 

shares  (2)

 

cash

 

shares

 

remuneration  (1)

 

Total

2017

 

19

 

17,847

 

8,879

 

8,879

 

4,052

 

4,052

 

7,348

 

51,058

2016

 

18

 

17,258

 

8,126

 

8,126

 

3,745

 

3,745

 

4,430

 

45,430


(1)

Includes other remuneration items such as life insurance premiums and localization aids totaling €692 thousand (2016: €557 thousand).

(2)

The amount of the immediate payment in shares for 2017 relates to Santander shares 1,430,143  (2016: 1,596,248 Santander shares) and 225,564 shares of Banco Santander Mexico, S.A.

(3)

Additional, and as a result of the incorporation and compensation agreements of long-term and deferred compensation lost in previous jobs, compensations have been agreed in 2017 for the amount of €4,650 thousand and 648,457 shares of Banco Santander. These compensations are partially subject to deferral and / or recovery in certain cases.

 

Also, the detail of the breakdown of the linked to multiannual objective salaries of the members of senior management at December 31, 2017 and 2016 is provided below. These remuneration payments shall be received, as the case may be, in the corresponding deferral periods upon achievement of the conditions stipulated for each payment (see Note 47).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of euros

 

 

 

 

Deferred salaries (1)

Year

    

Number of people

    

Cash payment

    

Share payment

    

Total

2017

 

19

 

4,255

 

4,255

 

8,510

2016

 

18

 

3,933

 

3,933

 

7,866


(1)

Relates in 2017 with the fair value of the maximum annual amounts for years 2021, 2022 and 2023 of the second cycle of the deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2020, 2021 and 2022 for the first cycle of the deferred variable compensation plan linked to annual objectives for the year 2016).

F-82


 

Table of Contents

Also, executive vice presidents who retired in 2017 and, therefore, were not members of senior management at year-end, received in 2016 salaries and other remuneration relating to their retirement amounting to €5,237 thousand, and remained entitled to long-term salary remuneration of €999 thousand.

Following is a detail of the maximum number of Santander shares that the members of senior management at each plan grant date (excluding executive directors) were entitled to receive at December 31, 2017 and 2016 relating to the deferred portion under the various plans then in force (see Note 47):

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum number of

    

    

    

    

shares to be delivered

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2013)

 

 —

 

271,996

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2014)

 

323,424

 

759,950

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2015)

 

1,296,424

 

1,981,670

Performance shares plan ILP (2015)

 

1,050,087

 

1,339,506

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan and linked to objectives (2016)

 

1,854,495

 

1,954,431

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan and linked to objectives (2017) (2)

 

1,779,302

 


(1)

At the proposal of the remuneration committee, the board of directors approved adjusting the maximum number of shares to mitigate the dilutive effect of the capital increase with pre-emptive subscription rights of July 2017 as described in iv) below. The actions derived from this adjustment are 66,339 shares.

(2)

Also, they were entitled to a maximum of 225,564 Banco Santander (México) S.A. shares at December 31, 2017.

In 2017 and 2016, since the conditions established in the corresponding deferred share-based remuneration schemes for prior years had been met, in addition to the payment of the related cash amounts, the following number of Santander shares was delivered to the executive vice presidents:

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares delivered

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2012)

 

 —

 

251,445

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2013)

 

226,766

 

271,996

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2014)

 

318,690

 

379,978

Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan (2015)

 

349,725

 

 

As indicated in Note 5.c above, in 2012 the contracts of the members of the Bank's senior management which provided for defined-benefit pension obligations were amended to convert these obligations into a defined-contribution employee welfare system, which was externalized to Santander Seguros y Reaseguros Compañía Aseguradora, S.A. The new system grants the senior executives the right to receive a pension benefit upon retirement, regardless of whether or not they are in the Bank’s employ on that date, based on the contributions made to the aforementioned system, and replaces the right to receive a pension supplement which had previously been payable to them upon retirement. The new system expressly excludes any obligation of the Bank to the executives other than the conversion of the previous system into the new employee welfare system, which took place in 2012, and, as the case may be, the annual contributions to be made. In the event of pre-retirement, and up to the retirement date, senior managers appointed prior to September 2015 are entitled to receive an annual allowance.

Likewise, the contracts of certain senior managers include a supplementary pension scheme for cases of death (widowhood and orphans) and permanent disability in active employment.

In addition, in application of the provisions of the remuneration regulations, as of 2016 (inclusive), a discretionary pension benefit component of at least 15% of the total has been included in contributions to the pension system. Under the regime corresponding to these discretionary benefits, the contributions made that are calculated on variable remunerations are subject to malus and clawback clauses according to the policy in force at each moment and during the same period in which the variable remuneration is deferred.

Likewise, they must be invested in Bank shares for a period of five years from the date of the cessation of senior management in the Group, whether or not as a result of retirement. After that period, the amount invested in shares will be invested together with the rest of the accumulated balance of the senior manager, or he will be paid to him or her beneficiaries if there were any contingency covered by the forecasting system.

The balance as of December 31, 2017 in the pension system for those who were part of senior management during the year amounted to EUR: 118.7 million (EUR: 99.3 million in December 31, 2016).

F-83


 

Table of Contents

The net charge to income corresponding to pension and supplementary benefits for widows, orphans and permanent invalidity amounted to €14.5 million in 2017 (EUR: 12.9 million in 2016).

In 2017 there is no payments in the form of a single payment of the annual voluntary pre-retirement allowance (EUR: 6.7 million in 2016).

Additionally, the capital insured by life and accident insurance at December 31, 2017 of this group amounts to €53.6 million (EUR: 59.1 million at December 31, 2016).

h) Post-employment benefits to former Directors and former executive vice presidents

The post-employment benefits and settlements paid in 2017 to former directors of the Bank, other than those detailed in Note 5.c amounted to €26.2 million (2016: €7.3 million). Also, the post-employment benefits and settlements paid in 2017 to former executive vice presidents amounted to €17.7 million (2016: €134.7 million).

Contributions to insurance policies that hedge pensions and complementary widowhood, orphanhood and permanent disability benefits to previous members of the Bank’s Management Board, amounted to €0.5 million in 2017 (€0.66 million in 2016). Likewise, contributions to insurance policies that hedge pensions and complementary widowhood, orphanhood and permanent disability benefits for previous managing directors amounted to €5.5 million in 2017 (€6.6 million in 2017)

In 2017 a period provision of €0.5 million (release of €0.3 million in 2016) was recognized in the consolidated income statement in connection with the Group's pension and similar obligations to former directors of the Bank (including insurance premiums for supplementary surviving spouse/child and permanent disability benefits), and a period provision of €5.6 million was also recognized in relation to former executive vice presidents (2016: a period provision of €0.5 million was recognized).

In addition, Provisions - Provision for pensions and similar obligations in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2017 included €81.8 million in respect of the post-employment benefit obligations to former Directors of the Bank (December 31, 2016: €96.8 million) and €175.8 million corresponding to former executive vice presidents (2016: €171 million).

i) Pre-retirement and retirement

The following executive directors will be entitled to take pre-retirement in the event of termination, if they have not yet reached the age of retirement, on the terms indicated below:

Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea will be entitled to take pre-retirement in the event of termination for reasons other than breach. In such case, she will be entitled to an annual emolument equivalent to her fixed remuneration plus 30% of the average of her latest amounts of variable remuneration, up to a maximum of three. This emolument would be reduced by up to 16% in the event of voluntary retirement before the age of 60. This assignment will be subject to malus and clawback conditions in effect for a period of 5 years. Mr. José Antonio Álvarez Álvarez will be entitled to take pre-retirement in the event of termination for reasons other than his own free will or breach. In such case, he will be entitled to an annual emolument equivalent to the fixed remuneration corresponding to him as executive vice president. This assignment will be subject to malus and clawback conditions in effect for a period of 5 years.

j) Contract termination

The executive directors and senior executives have indefinite-term employment contracts. Executive directors or senior executives whose contracts are terminated voluntarily or due to breach of duties are not entitled to receive any economic compensation. If the Bank terminates the contract for any other reason, they will be entitled to the corresponding legally-stipulated termination benefit, without prejudice to the compensation that corresponds to the non-competition obligations, as detailed in the remuneration policy of the directors

If the Bank were to terminate her contract, Ms. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea would have to remain at the Bank’s disposal for a period of four months in order to ensure an adequate transition, and would receive her fixed salary during that period.

Other non-director members of the Group's senior management, other than those whose contracts were amended in 2012 as indicated above, have contracts which entitle them, in certain circumstances, to an extraordinary contribution to their welfare system in the event of termination for reasons other than voluntary redundancy, retirement, disability or serious breach of duties. These benefits are recognized as a provision for pensions and similar obligations and as a staff cost only when the employment relationship between the Bank and its executives is terminated before the normal retirement date.

F-84


 

Table of Contents

k) Information on investments held by the directors in other companies and conflicts of interest

None of the members of the Board of Directors or persons related to them perform, as independent professionals or as employees, activities that involve effective competition, be it present or potential, with the activities of Banco Santander, or that, in any other way, place the directors in an ongoing conflict with the interests of Banco Santander.

Without prejudice to the foregoing, following is a detail of the declarations by the directors with respect to their equity interests in companies not related to the Group whose object is banking, financing or lending; and of the management or governing functions, if any, that the directors discharge thereat.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Number of

    

 

Administrator

 

Denomination

 

shares

 

Functions

Dª. Ana Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea

 

Bankinter, S.A. *

 

5,179,932

 

Mr. Bruce Neil Carnegie-Brown

 

Moneysupermarket.com Group plc

 

 —

 

President (1)

 

 

Lloyd’s of London Ltd

 

 —

 

President (1)

D. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo

 

Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group *

 

17,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D. Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co. (The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.)

 

19,546

 

D. Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea

 

Bankinter, S.A.

 

6,929,853

 

 

 

JB Capital Markets Sociedad de Valores, S.A.

 

 2,077,198

 

President

Dª. Esther Giménez-Salinas i Colomer

 

Gawa Capital Partners, S.L.

 

 —

 

Manager officer (1)

D. Ramiro Mato García-Ansorena

 

BNP Paribas

 

13,806

 


(*) Indirect ownership.

(1)

Non-executive.

With regard to situations of conflict of interest, as stipulated in Article 30 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, the directors must notify the board of any direct or indirect conflict with the interests of the Bank in which they or persons related thereto may be involved. The director involved shall refrain from taking part in discussions or voting on any resolutions or decisions in which the director or any persons related thereto may have a conflict of interest.

Also, under Article 33 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, following a favorable report by the audit committee, the board must authorize the transactions which the Bank performs with directors (unless the power to approve them is vested by law in the general meeting), excluding the transactions indicated in Article 33.2.

Accordingly, the related party transactions performed during the year met the conditions established in the Rules and Regulations of the Board not to require authorization of the governing bodies, or obtained such authorization, following a favorable report by the audit committee, after confirming that the consideration and the other conditions agreed upon were within market parameters.

In addition, other directors abstained from participating in and voting on the deliberations of the meetings of the Board of Directors or the board committees on 86 occasions in 2017. The breakdown of these 86 cases is as follows: 27 related to proposals for the appointment, re-election or removal of directors, or the appointment of members of the board committees or committees in Group companies; 25 related to matters connected with remuneration or the extension of loans or credits; 22 related to the debate of proposed financing or other lending transactions involving companies related to directors; and on 12 occasions the abstention occurred in connection with the annual verification of the directors’ status which, pursuant to Article 6.3 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, was performed by the appointments committee.

 

F-85


 

Table of Contents

6.     Loans and advances to central banks and credit institutions

The detail, by classification, type and currency, of Loans and advances to credit institutions in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CENTRAL BANKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

 —

 

 

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

 —

 

 

Loans and receivables

 

26,278

 

27,973

 

17,337

 

 

26,278

 

27,973

 

17,337

Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits

 

17,359

 

14,445

 

9,958

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

8,919

 

13,528

 

7,379

Impaired assets

 

 —

 

 

Valuation adjustments for impairment

 

 —

 

 

Of which risk country

 

 —

 

 

 

 

26,278

 

27,973

 

17,337

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CREDIT INSTITUTIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

1,696

 

3,221

 

1,352

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

9,889

 

10,069

 

26,403

Loans and receivables

 

39,567

 

35,424

 

37,438

 

 

51,152

 

48,714

 

65,193

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits

 

8,169

 

6,577

 

7,875

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

21,765

 

20,867

 

37,744

Non- loans advances

 

21,232

 

21,281

 

19,580

Impaired assets

 

 4

 

 4

 

13

Valuation adjustments for impairment

 

(18)

 

(15)

 

(19)

Of which risk country

 

(10)

 

(12)

 

(12)

 

 

51,152

 

48,714

 

65,193

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro

 

23,286

 

24,278

 

42,666

Pound sterling

 

5,582

 

4,337

 

3,684

U.S. dollar

 

15,325

 

11,996

 

14,395

Brazilian reais

 

28,140

 

32,013

 

20,341

Other currencies

 

5,097

 

4,063

 

1,444

TOTAL

 

77,430

 

76,687

 

82,530

 

The loans and advances to credit institutions classified under Financial assets held for trading consist mainly of securities of foreign institutions acquired under reverse repurchase agreements, whereas those classified under Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss consist of assets of Spanish and foreign institutions acquired under reverse repurchase agreements.

The loans and advances to credit institutions classified under Loans and receivables are mainly time accounts and deposits.

Note 51 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of Loans and receivables and of the related average interest rates.

F-86


 

Table of Contents

7.     Debt instruments

a)    Detail

The detail, by classification, type and currency, of Debt instruments in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

36,351

 

48,922

 

43,964

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

3,485

 

3,398

 

3,717

Financial assets available-for-sale (*)

 

128,481

 

111,287

 

117,187

Loans and receivables

 

17,543

 

13,237

 

10,907

Held-to-maturity investments

 

13,491

 

14,468

 

4,355

 

 

199,351

 

191,312

 

180,130

Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spanish government debt securities (*)

 

59,186

 

45,696

 

45,787

Foreign government debt securities

 

99,424

 

103,070

 

88,346

Issued by financial institutions

 

12,155

 

16,874

 

18,843

Other fixed-income securities

 

28,299

 

25,397

 

27,227

Impaired financial assets

 

1,017

 

773

 

218

Impairment losses

 

(730)

 

(498)

 

(291)

 

 

199,351

 

191,312

 

180,130

Currency:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro (*)

 

93,250

 

73,791

 

81,196

Pound sterling

 

16,203

 

16,106

 

10,551

U.S. dollar

 

25,191

 

31,401

 

27,011

Other currencies

 

65,437

 

70,512

 

61,663

Total Gross

 

200,081

 

191,810

 

180,422

Impairment losses

 

(730)

 

(498)

 

(291)

 

 

199,351

 

191,312

 

180,130


(*)   During 2017 the increase produced mainly due to Banco Popular acquisition.

During the year 2016, Santander UK Plc purchased a portfolio of UK Government debt securities which were classified as held-to-maturity investments on acquisition for the amount of €7,765 million.

In 2015, the Group reclassified certain financial instruments from the available-for-sale portfolio into the held-to-maturity investment portfolio. Pursuant to the applicable legislation, for the fair value of these instruments at the date of reclassification was considered their initial cost and the amount recognized in Other comprehensive income in the Group’s consolidated equity remained in the consolidated balance sheet, together with the adjustments relating to the other Financial assets available-for-sale. The reclassified instruments were subsequently measured at their amortized cost, and both the difference between their amortized cost and their maturity amount and the Other comprehensive income previously recognized in equity will be recognized in the consolidated income statement over the remaining life of the financial assets using the effective interest method.

F-87


 

Table of Contents

b) Breakdown

The breakdown, by origin of the issuer, of Debt instruments at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, net of impairment losses, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

Private

 

Public

 

 

 

 

 

Private

 

Public

 

 

 

 

 

Private

 

Public

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

fixed-income

    

fixed-income

    

Total

    

%

    

fixed-income

    

fixed-income

    

Total

    

%

    

fixed-income

    

fixed-income

    

Total

    

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

5,272

 

59,186

 

64,458

 

32.33

%

6,153

 

45,696

 

51,849

 

27.10

%

7,387

 

45,787

 

53,174

 

29.52

%

United Kingdom

 

4,339

 

10,717

 

15,056

 

7.55

%

3,531

 

11,910

 

15,441

 

8.07

%

3,746

 

6,456

 

10,202

 

5.66

%

Portugal

 

3,972

 

7,892

 

11,864

 

5.95

%

4,068

 

7,689

 

11,757

 

6.15

%

3,889

 

9,975

 

13,864

 

7.70

%

Italy

 

1,287

 

7,171

 

8,458

 

4.24

%

1,035

 

3,547

 

4,582

 

2.40

%

1,312

 

4,423

 

5,735

 

3.18

%

Ireland

 

3,147

 

 2

 

3,149

 

1.58

%

518

 

 

518

 

0.27

%

342

 

 

342

 

0.19

%

Poland

 

772

 

6,619

 

7,391

 

3.71

%

707

 

6,265

 

6,972

 

3.64

%

802

 

5,470

 

6,272

 

3.48

%

Other European countries

 

7,195

 

1,733

 

8,928

 

4.48

%

7,203

 

1,736

 

8,939

 

4.67

%

7,912

 

3,133

 

11,045

 

6.13

%

United States

 

7,986

 

11,670

 

19,656

 

9.86

%

10,559

 

13,058

 

23,617

 

12.34

%

11,919

 

9,753

 

21,672

 

12.03

%

Brazil

 

4,729

 

34,940

 

39,669

 

19.90

%

5,364

 

39,770

 

45,134

 

23.59

%

5,405

 

25,588

 

30,993

 

17.21

%

Mexico

 

461

 

9,478

 

9,939

 

4.99

%

587

 

10,628

 

11,215

 

5.86

%

723

 

15,296

 

16,019

 

8.89

%

Chile

 

62

 

4,071

 

4,133

 

2.07

%

1,315

 

3,643

 

4,958

 

2.59

%

1,027

 

2,032

 

3,059

 

1.70

%

Other American countries

 

755

 

913

 

1,668

 

0.84

%

782

 

1,262

 

2,044

 

1.07

%

762

 

1,611

 

2,373

 

1.32

%

Rest of the world

 

764

 

4,218

 

4,982

 

2.50

%

724

 

3,562

 

4,286

 

2.24

%

771

 

4,609

 

5,380

 

2.99

%

 

 

40,741

 

158,610

 

199,351

 

100

%

42,546

 

148,766

 

191,312

 

100

%

45,997

 

134,133

 

180,130

 

100

%

 

The detail, by issuer rating, of Debt instruments at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

Private

 

Public

 

 

 

 

 

Private

 

Public

 

 

 

 

 

Private

 

Public

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

fixed-income

 

fixed-income

 

Total

 

%

 

fixed-income

 

fixed-income

 

Total

 

%

 

fixed-income

 

fixed-income

 

Total

 

%

 

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

AAA

 

16,239

 

924

 

17,163

 

8.61

%

18,916

 

1,008

 

19,924

 

10.41

%

16,975

 

9,164

 

26,139

 

14.51

%  

AA

 

2,714

 

23,522

 

26,236

 

13.16

%

1,632

 

29,639

 

31,271

 

16.35

%

3,452

 

13,168

 

16,620

 

9.23

%  

A

 

4,373

 

8,037

 

12,410

 

6.23

%

2,928

 

3,285

 

6,213

 

3.25

%

7,379

 

9,120

 

16,499

 

9.16

%  

BBB

 

6,449

 

91,012

 

97,461

 

48.89

%

7,579

 

66,955

 

74,534

 

38.96

%

8,011

 

65,707

 

73,718

 

40.92

%  

Below BBB

 

2,393

 

35,109

 

37,502

 

18.81

%

4,751

 

47,872

 

52,623

 

27.51

%

2,575

 

35,573

 

38,148

 

21.18

%  

Unrated

 

8,573

 

 6

 

8,579

 

4.30

%

6,740

 

 7

 

6,747

 

3.53

%

7,605

 

1,401

 

9,006

 

5.00

%  

 

 

40,741

 

158,610

 

199,351

 

100

%

42,546

 

148,766

 

191,312

 

100

%

45,997

 

134,133

 

180,130

 

100

%  

 

The distribution of exposure by rating shown in the foregoing table has been affected by the various reviews of sovereign issuer ratings conducted in recent years. Moreover, the main review in 2017 are that of Portugal (from BB+ to BBB-) and Chile (from AA- to AA+). The main reviews in 2016 were that of United Kingdom (from AAA to AA), Poland (from A to BBB+) and Argentina (From Unrated to B-). Also, the principal review in 2015 was that of Brazil (from BBB to Below BBB).

The detail, by type of financial instrument, of Private fixed-income securities at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, net of impairment losses, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securitized mortgage bonds

 

2,458

 

1,584

 

2,110

Other asset-backed bonds

 

5,992

 

2,803

 

3,073

Floating rate debt

 

13,756

 

11,818

 

16,633

Fixed rate debt

 

18,535

 

26,341

 

24,181

Total

 

40,741

 

42,546

 

45,997

 

F-88


 

Table of Contents

c) Impairment losses

The changes in the impairment losses on Debt instruments are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

498

 

291

 

144

Net impairment losses for the year (*)

 

348

 

380

 

211

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment losses charged to income

 

386

 

423

 

223

Impairment losses reversed with a credit to income

 

(38)

 

(43)

 

(12)

Exchange differences and other items

 

(116)

 

(172)

 

(64)

Balance at end of year

 

730

 

498

 

291

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By geographical location of risk:

 

 

 

 

 

 

European Union

 

30

 

40

 

34

Latin America

 

700

 

458

 

257

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(*) Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances

 

348

 

405

 

92

Financial assets available for sale

 

 —

 

(25)

 

119

 

d) Other information

The detail, by term to maturity, of the debt instruments pledged as security for certain commitments, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

More

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

than 12

 

 

 

    

1 day

    

1 week

    

1 month

    

3 months

    

6 months

    

1 year

    

months

    

Total

Government debt securities

 

3,076

 

42,213

 

18,624

 

9,614

 

5,895

 

1,222

 

1,157

 

81,801

Other debt instruments

 

810

 

853

 

529

 

689

 

257

 

804

 

4,039

 

7,981

Total

 

3,886

 

43,066

 

19,153

 

10,303

 

6,152

 

2,026

 

5,196

 

89,782

 

There are no particular conditions relating to the pledge of these assets that need to be disclosed.

Note 29 contains a detail of the Other comprehensive income recognized in equity on Financial assets available-for-sale.

Note 51 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of Financial assets available-for-sale and of Loans and receivables and of the related average interest rates.

F-89


 

Table of Contents

8.     Equity instruments

a)

Breakdown

The detail, by classification and type, of Equity instruments in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Classification:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

21,353

 

14,497

 

18,225

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

933

 

546

 

630

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

4,790

 

5,487

 

4,849

 

 

27,076

 

20,530

 

23,704

Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares of Spanish companies

 

4,199

 

3,098

 

2,479

Shares of foreign companies

 

20,448

 

15,342

 

19,077

Investment fund units and shares

 

2,429

 

2,090

 

2,148

 

 

27,076

 

20,530

 

23,704

 

Note 29 contains a detail of the Other comprehensive income recognized in equity on Financial assets available-for-sale, and also the related impairment losses.

b)    Changes

The changes in Financial assets available-for-sale - Equity instruments were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

5,487

 

4,849

 

5,001

Net additions (disposals)

 

(331)

 

(294)

 

(392)

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank of Shanghai Co., Ltd.

 

 —

 

 

109

Visa Europe, Ltd.

 

 —

 

(263)

 

Valuation adjustment and other items

 

(366)

 

932

 

240

Balance at end of year

 

4,790

 

5,487

 

4,849

 

The main acquisitions and disposals made in 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

i. Bank of Shanghai Co., Ltd.

In May 2014 the Group acquired 8% of Bank of Shanghai Co., Ltd. for €396 million.

In June 2015 the Group subscribed to a capital increase at this company for €109 million, thereby retaining its ownership interest percentage.

In November 2016, the Bank of Shanghai shares began to trade, which meant that the closing price at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 included a positive valuation adjustment of €340 million and €675 million compared to the cost recorded in Other comprehensive income – items that may be classified in results – Financials assets available for sale.

ii. Visa Europe, Ltd.

On June 21, 2016 the Group disposed its Visa Europe, Ltd. stake, classified as available for sale, obtaining a gain net of taxes of €227 million (see Note 44 Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net).

c) Notifications of acquisitions of investments

The notifications made by the Bank in 2017, in compliance with Article 155 of the Spanish Limited Liability Companies Law and Article 125 of Spanish Securities Market Law 24/1998, of the acquisitions and disposals of holdings in investees are listed in Appendix IV.

F-90


 

Table of Contents

9.     Derivatives (assets and liabilities) and Short positions

a) Derivatives

The detail, by type of inherent risk, of the fair value of the derivatives arranged by the Group is as follows (see Note 36):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

Debit 

 

Credit 

 

Debit 

 

Credit 

 

Debit 

 

Credit 

 

    

balance

    

balance

    

balance

    

balance

    

balance

    

balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate risk

 

38,030

 

37,582

 

47,884

 

48,124

 

51,576

 

49,095

Currency risk

 

16,320

 

18,014

 

21,087

 

23,500

 

21,924

 

23,444

Price risk

 

2,167

 

2,040

 

2,599

 

2,402

 

2,598

 

3,343

Other risks

 

726

 

256

 

473

 

343

 

626

 

532

 

 

57,243

 

57,892

 

72,043

 

74,369

 

76,724

 

76,414

 

b) Short positions

Following is a breakdown of the short positions (liabilities):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

2,447

 

2,250

 

3,098

Of which: Santander UK plc

 

1,557

 

1,319

 

1,857

Equity instruments

 

1,671

 

1,142

 

990

Of which: Santander UK plc

 

1,500

 

991

 

905

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

16,861

 

19,613

 

13,274

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Santander, S.A.

 

8,621

 

7,472

 

6,953

Banco Santander (México), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

 46

 

1,872

 

1,290

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

 

 8,188

 

9,197

 

4,619

Equity instruments

 

 —

 

 

 

 

20,979

 

23,005

 

17,362

 

 

10.   Loans and advances to customers

a) Detail

The detail, by classification, of Loans and advances to customers in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

8,815

 

9,504

 

6,081

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

20,475

 

17,596

 

14,293

Loans and receivables

 

819,625

 

763,370

 

770,474

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Disregarding impairment losses

 

843,559

 

787,763

 

796,991

Impairment losses

 

(23,934)

 

(24,393)

 

(26,517)

Of which, due to country risk

 

(18)

 

(15)

 

(12)

 

 

848,915

 

790,470

 

790,848

Loans and advances to customers disregarding impairment losses

 

872,849

 

814,863

 

817,365

 

Note 51 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of loans and receivables and of the related average interest rates.

F-91


 

Table of Contents

Note 54 shows the Group’s total exposure, by origin of the issuer.

There are no loans and advances to customers for material amounts without fixed maturity dates.

b) Breakdown

Following is a breakdown, by loan type and status, geographical area of residence and interest rate formula, of the loans and advances to customers of the Group, which reflect the Group’s exposure to credit risk in its core business, disregarding impairment losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan type and status:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial credit

 

29,287

 

23,894

 

18,486

Secured loans

 

473,936

 

454,677

 

481,221

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

18,864

 

16,609

 

12,022

Other term loans

 

257,441

 

232,288

 

217,829

Finance leases

 

28,511

 

25,357

 

22,900

Receivable on demand

 

6,721

 

8,102

 

8,504

Credit cards receivables

 

21,809

 

21,363

 

20,270

Impaired assets

 

36,280

 

32,573

 

36,133

 

 

872,849

 

814,863

 

817,365

Geographical area:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

227,446

 

161,372

 

167,856

European Union (excluding Spain)

 

390,536

 

379,666

 

401,315

United States and Puerto Rico

 

75,777

 

87,318

 

88,737

Other OECD countries

 

74,463

 

74,157

 

69,519

Latin America (non-OECD)

 

88,302

 

93,207

 

77,519

Rest of the world

 

16,325

 

19,143

 

12,419

 

 

872,849

 

814,863

 

817,365

Interest rate formula:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate

 

447,788

 

417,448

 

407,026

Floating rate

 

425,061

 

397,415

 

410,339

 

 

872,849

 

814,863

 

817,365

 

At December 31, 2017, the Group had granted loans amounting to €16,470 million (December 31, 2016: €14,127 million; December 31, 2015: €13,993 million) to Spanish public sector agencies (which had ratings of BBB at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015), and €18,577 million to the public sector in other countries (December 31, 2016: €16,483 million; December 31, 2015: €7,772 million). At December 31, 2017, the breakdown of this amount by issuer rating was as follows: 9.5% AAA, 50.0% AA, 0.9% A, 36.0% BBB and 3.7% below BBB.

Without considering the Public Administrations, the amount of the loans and advances at December 31, 2017 amounts to €837,802 million, of which, €801,640 million euros are classified as performing. The percentage breakdown of these loans and advances by counterparty credit quality is as follows: 5.4% AAA, 14.2% AA, 19.7% A, 26.7% BBB and 34.1% below BBB.

The above-mentioned ratings were obtained by converting the internal ratings awarded to customers by the Group (See Note 54) into the external ratings classification established by Standard & Poor’s, in order to make them more readily comparable.

F-92


 

Table of Contents

Following is a detail, by activity, of the loans to customers at December 31, 2017, net of impairment losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net exposure

 

Loan-to-value ratio (a)

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

More than

    

More than

    

More than

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40% and

 

60% and

 

80% and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which:

 

Of which:

 

Less than 

 

less than

 

less than

 

less than

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without

 

Property

 

Other

 

or equal

 

or equal to

 

or equal to

 

or equal to

 

More than

 

 

Total

 

collateral

 

collateral

 

collateral

 

to 40%

 

60%

 

80%

 

100%

 

100%

Public sector

 

33,008

 

21,611

 

8,565

 

2,832

 

1,245

 

2,254

 

4,719

 

3,052

 

127

Other financial institutions (Financial business activity)

 

35,036

 

10,930

 

1,166

 

22,940

 

862

 

887

 

331

 

21,347

 

679

Non-financial corporations and individual entrepreneurs (Non-financial business activity) (broken down by purpose)

 

288,912

 

167,960

 

65,864

 

55,088

 

25,599

 

18,426

 

14,183

 

38,049

 

24,695

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and property development

 

26,996

 

2,642

 

22,849

 

1,505

 

9,032

 

5,745

 

4,224

 

2,906

 

2,447

Civil engineering construction

 

3,422

 

2,100

 

441

 

881

 

128

 

294

 

158

 

281

 

461

Large companies

 

137,775

 

98,670

 

11,729

 

27,376

 

5,275

 

3,823

 

3,194

 

15,592

 

11,221

SMEs and individual entrepreneurs

 

120,719

 

64,548

 

30,845

 

25,326

 

11,164

 

8,564

 

6,607

 

19,270

 

10,566

Households – other (broken down by purpose)

 

473,075

 

112,566

 

318,635

 

41,874

 

83,202

 

100,972

 

98,556

 

45,293

 

32,486

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

308,985

 

1,762

 

306,701

 

522

 

76,300

 

94,654

 

93,403

 

34,788

 

8,078

Consumer loans

 

144,846

 

106,219

 

2,592

 

36,035

 

3,590

 

4,036

 

3,150

 

5,207

 

22,644

Other purposes

 

19,244

 

4,585

 

9,342

 

5,317

 

3,312

 

2,282

 

2,003

 

5,298

 

1,764

Total (*)

 

830,031

 

313,067

 

394,230

 

122,734

 

110,908

 

122,539

 

117,789

 

107,741

 

57,987

Memorandum item Refinanced and restructured transactions (**)

 

36,164

 

8,494

 

16,694

 

10,976

 

3,495

 

3,377

 

3,704

 

4,431

 

12,663


(*)    In addition, the Group has granted advances to customers amounting to €18,884 million, bringing the total of loans and advances to €848,915 million.

(**)  Includes the net balance of the impairment of the accumulated value or accumulated losses in the fair value due to credit risk.

(a)    The ratio is the carrying amount of the transactions at December 31, 2017 provided by the latest available appraisal value of the collateral.

Note 54 contains information relating to the restructured/refinanced loan book.

c) Impairment losses

The changes in the impairment losses on the assets making up the balances of Loans and receivables - Loans and advances to customers were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Balance at beginning of year

 

24,393

 

26,517

 

27,217

Net impairment losses charged to income for the year

 

10,513

 

10,734

 

11,477

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment losses charged to income

 

19,006

 

17,081

 

16,461

Impairment losses reversed with a credit to income

 

(8,493)

 

(6,347)

 

(4,984)

Change of perimeter

 

 —

 

(136)

 

Write-off of impaired balances against recorded impairment allowance

 

(13,522)

 

(12,758)

 

(12,361)

Exchange differences and other changes

 

2,550

 

36

 

184

Balance at end of year

 

23,934

 

24,393

 

26,517

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By status of the asset:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired assets

 

16,207

 

15,331

 

17,421

Of which: due to country risk (Note 54)

 

18

 

15

 

12

Other assets

 

7,727

 

9,062

 

9,096

Balance at end of year

 

23,934

 

24,393

 

26,517

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually calculated

 

5,311

 

6,097

 

9,673

Collective calculated:

 

18,623

 

18,296

 

16,844

 

In addition, provisions for debt securities amounting to €348 million (December 31, 2016: €405 million; December 31, 2015: €92 million) and written-off assets recoveries have been recorded in the year amounting to €1,620 million. (December 31, 2016: €1,582 million; December 31, 2015: €1,375 million). With this, the impairment amounts €9,241 million (December 31, 2016: €9,557 million; December 31, 2015: €10,194 million).

F-93


 

Table of Contents

d) Impaired assets and assets with unpaid past-due amounts

The detail of the changes in the balance of the financial assets classified as Loans and receivables - Loans and advances to customers and considered to be impaired due to credit risk is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

32,573

 

36,133

 

40,372

Net additions

 

8,409

 

7,393

 

7,862

Written-off assets

 

(13,522)

 

(12,758)

 

(12,361)

Changes in the scope of consolidation

 

9,618

 

661

 

106

Exchange differences and other

 

(798)

 

1,144

 

154

Balance at end of year

 

36,280

 

32,573

 

36,133

 

This amount, after deducting the related allowances, represents the Group’s best estimate of the discounted value of the flows that are expected to be recovered from the impaired assets.

At December 31, 2017, the Group’s written-off assets totaled €43,508 million (December 31, 2016: €40,473 million; December 31, 2015: €36,848 million).

Following is a detail of the financial assets classified as Loans and receivables to costumers and considered to be impaired due to credit risk at December 31, 2017, classified by geographical location of risk and by age of the oldest past-due amount:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

With no

 

With balances past due by

 

    

past-due

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

balances or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

less than

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 days

 

90 to 180

 

180 to 270

 

270 days

 

More than

 

 

 

 

past due

 

days

 

days

 

to 1 year

 

1 year

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

6,012

 

938

 

793

 

814

 

9,643

 

18,200

European Union (excluding Spain)

 

2,023

 

1,526

 

811

 

558

 

3,829

 

8,747

United States and Puerto Rico

 

1,221

 

641

 

42

 

50

 

192

 

2,146

Other OECD countries

 

1,523

 

563

 

166

 

128

 

378

 

2,758

Latin America (non-OECD)

 

945

 

1,309

 

709

 

578

 

888

 

4,429

Rest of the world

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

11,724

 

4,977

 

2,521

 

2,128

 

14,930

 

36,280

 

The detail at December 31, 2016 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

With no

 

With balances past due by

 

    

past-due

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

     

 

 

 

balances or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

less than

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 days

 

90 to 180

 

180 to 270

 

270 days

 

More than

 

 

 

 

past due

 

days

 

days

 

to 1 year

 

1 year

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

4,845

 

508

 

360

 

625

 

7,009

 

13,347

European Union (excluding Spain)

 

2,648

 

1,783

 

877

 

654

 

3,262

 

9,224

United States and Puerto Rico

 

805

 

833

 

38

 

61

 

242

 

1,979

Other OECD countries

 

1,601

 

481

 

145

 

158

 

474

 

2,859

Latin America (non-OECD)

 

1,242

 

1,059

 

1,131

 

677

 

1,055

 

5,164

Rest of the world

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

11,141

 

4,664

 

2,551

 

2,175

 

12,042

 

32,573

 

F-94


 

Table of Contents

The detail at December 31, 2015 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

With no

 

With balances past due by

 

    

past-due

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

balances or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

less than

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 days

 

90 to 180

 

180 to 270

 

270 days

 

More than

 

 

 

 

past due

 

days

 

days

 

to 1 year

 

1 year

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

6,623

 

894

 

622

 

551

 

8,329

 

17,019

European Union (excluding Spain)

 

1,854

 

1,720

 

916

 

791

 

4,394

 

9,675

United States and Puerto Rico

 

1,305

 

135

 

58

 

29

 

257

 

1,784

Other OECD countries

 

721

 

894

 

232

 

194

 

1,237

 

3,278

Latin America (non-OECD)

 

1,418

 

995

 

666

 

477

 

766

 

4,322

Rest of the world

 

 8

 

 2

 

 

 

45

 

55

 

 

11,929

 

4,640

 

2,494

 

2,042

 

15,028

 

36,133

 

Set forth below for each class of impaired asset are the gross amount, associated allowances and information relating to the collateral and/or other credit enhancements obtained at December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

 

    

 

    

Estimated

 

  

Gross

  

Allowance

  

collateral

 

 

amount

 

recognized

 

value(*)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without associated collateral

 

15,127

 

9,303

 

 —

With property collateral

 

17,534

 

5,128

 

11,945

With other collateral

 

3,619

 

1,776

 

1,168

Balance at end of year

 

36,280

 

16,207

 

13,113


(*)   Including the estimated value of the collateral associated with each loan. Accordingly, any other cash flows that may be obtained, such as those arising from borrowers’ personal guarantees, are not included.

When classifying assets in the previous table, the main factors considered by the Group to determine whether an asset has become impaired are the existence of amounts past due -assets impaired due to arrears- or other circumstances may be arise which will not result in all contractual cash flow being recovered, such as a deterioration of the borrower’s financial situation, the worsening of its capacity to generate funds or difficulties experienced by it in accessing credit.

Loans classified as standard: past-due amounts receivable

In addition, at December 31, 2017, there were assets with amounts receivable that were past due by 90 days or less, the detail of which, by age of the oldest past-due amount, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

Less than 1

    

1 to 2

    

2 to 3

 

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

1,381

 

623

 

373

Of which Central Banks

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Of which Public sector

 

 1

 

 1

 

 —

Total

 

1,381

 

623

 

373

 

e) Securitization

Loans and advances to customers includes, inter alia, the securitized loans transferred to third parties on which the Group has retained the risks and rewards, albeit partially, and which therefore, in accordance with the applicable accounting standards, cannot be derecognized. The breakdown of the securitized loans, by type of original financial instrument, and of the securitized loans

F-95


 

Table of Contents

derecognized because the stipulated requirements were met (See Note 2.e) is shown below. Note 22 details the liabilities associated with these securitization transactions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derecognized

 

241

 

477

 

685

Of which

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securitized mortgage assets

 

241

 

477

 

685

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained on the balance sheet

 

91,208

 

100,675

 

107,643

Of which

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securitized mortgage assets

 

36,844

 

44,311

 

54,003

Of which: UK assets

 

15,694

 

20,969

 

30,833

Other securitized assets

 

54,364

 

56,364

 

53,640

Total

 

91,449

 

101,152

 

108,328

 

Securitization is used as a tool for the management of regulatory capital and as a means of diversifying the Group’s liquidity sources. In 2017, 2016 and 2015 the Group did not derecognize any of the securitizations performed, and the balance shown as derecognized for those years relates to securitizations performed in prior years.

The loans derecognized include assets of Santander Bank, National Association amounting to approximately €113 million at December 31, 2017 (December 31, 2016: €324 million; December 31, 2015: €506 million) that were sold, prior to this company’s inclusion in the Group, on the secondary market for multifamily loans, and over which control was transferred and substantially all the associated risks and rewards were not retained. At December 31, 2017 the Group recognized under Other liabilities an obligation amounting to €1 million (December 31, 2016: €3 million; December 31, 2015: €6 million), which represents the fair value of the retained credit risk.

The loans retained on the face of the balance sheet include the loans associated with securitizations in which the Group retains a subordinated debt and/or grants any manner of credit enhancements to the new holders.

The loans transferred through securitization are mainly mortgage loans, loans to companies and consumer loans.

11.   Hedging derivatives

The detail, by type of risk hedged, of the fair value of the derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting is as follows (see Note 36):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

Fair value hedges

 

3,607

 

6,968

 

4,678

 

5,696

 

4,620

 

5,786

Of which: Portfolio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

hedges

 

1,058

 

1,920

 

1,525

 

2,329

 

426

 

2,168

Cash flow hedges

 

4,416

 

947

 

5,349

 

1,324

 

2,449

 

3,021

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

 

514

 

129

 

350

 

1,136

 

658

 

130

 

 

8,537

 

8,044

 

10,377

 

8,156

 

7,727

 

8,937

 

Note 36 contains a description of the Group’s main hedges.

F-96


 

Table of Contents

12.   Non-current assets

The detail of Non-current assets held for sale in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible assets

 

11,661

 

5,743

 

5,623

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosed assets

 

11,566

 

5,640

 

5,533

Of which: Property assets in Spain (Note 54)

 

10,533

 

4,902

 

4,983

From Banco Popular in the process of sale (Note 3)

 

5,943

 

 —

 

 —

Other tangible assets held for sale

 

95

 

103

 

90

Other assets (*)

 

3,619

 

29

 

23

 

 

15,280

 

5,772

 

5,646


(*)    These include, mainly, Banco Popular assets under the sale of the real estate business to Blackstone (see Note 3).

At December 31, 2017, without considering the assets of Banco Popular under the aforementioned sale, the allowances recognized for the total non-current assets held for sale represented 50% (2016: 51%; 2015: 51%). The net charges recorded in those years amounted to €347 million, €241 million and €253 million, respectively and the recoveries during these exercises are amounted to €41 million, €29 million and €31 million.

In 2017 the Group sold, for €1,295 million, foreclosed properties with a gross carrying amount of €2,168 million, for which provisions totaling €968 million had been recognized. These sales gave rise to gains of €95 million.

In addition, other tangible assets were sold for €87 million, giving rise to a gain of €8 million (see Note 50).

13.   Investments

a) Breakdown

The detail, by company, of Investments (see Note 2.b) is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Associated entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A.

 

1,242

 

1,168

 

Zurich Santander Insurance América, S.L.

 

988

 

1,011

 

873

Testa Residencial, SOCIMI, S.A.

 

 651

 

307

 

 —

Allianz Popular, S.L.

 

438

 

 —

 

 —

Santander Insurance

 

358

 

325

 

301

Other companies

 

520

 

431

 

485

 

 

4,197

 

3,242

 

1,659

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joint Ventures entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wizink Bank, S.A.

 

1,017

 

 —

 

 —

Unión de Créditos Inmobiliarios, S.A., EFC

 

 207

 

177

 

184

Aegon Santander Seguros (currently Santander Generales Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A. and Santander Vida Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A.)

 

 186

 

197

 

240

SAM Investment Holdings Limited (*)

 

 —

 

525

 

514

Other companies

 

577

 

695

 

654

 

 

1,987

 

1,594

 

1,592


(*)    SAM Investment Holdings Limited becomes part of the Group.

Of the entities included above, at December 31, 2017, the entity Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A and Compañía Española de Viviendas en Alquiler, S.A. are the only listed companies.

F-97


 

Table of Contents

b)

Changes

The changes in the investment were as followed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

4,836

 

3,251

 

3,471

Acquisitions (disposals) and capital increases (reductions)

 

1,893

 

(72)

 

(72)

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wizink Bank, S.A.

 

1,017

 

 —

 

 —

Allianz Popular, S.L.

 

438

 

 —

 

 —

Changes in the consolidation method (Note 3)

 

(582)

 

1,457

 

21

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merlin and Testa

 

 —

 

1,475

 

SAM Investment Holdings Limited

 

(494)

 

 

Effect of equity accounting (Note 41)

 

704

 

444

 

375

Dividends paid and reimbursements of share premium

 

(376)

 

(305)

 

(227)

Exchange differences and other changes

 

(291)

 

61

 

(317)

Balance at end of year

 

6,184

 

4,836

 

3,251

 

c) Impairment losses

In 2017, 2016 and 2015 there was no evidence of material impairment on the Group’s investments.

d) Other information

Following is a summary of the financial information on the companies accounted for using the equity method (obtained from the information available at the date of preparation of the financial statements):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

63,093

 

55,791

 

42,510

Total liabilities

 

(51,242)

 

(45,623)

 

(38,118)

Net assets

 

11,851

 

10,168

 

4,392

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group’s share of net assets

 

4,194

 

3,381

 

1,904

Goodwill

 

1,990

 

1,455

 

1,347

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zurich Santander Insurance América, S.L.

 

526

 

526

 

526

Wizink Bank, S.A.

 

553

 

 —

 

 —

Allianz popular, S.L.

 

347

 

 —

 

 —

Santander Insurance (Irlanda)

 

205

 

205

 

205

Total Group share

 

6,184

 

4,836

 

3,251

Total income

 

12,536

 

11,766

 

11,430

Total profit

 

1,699

 

984

 

935

Group’s share of profit

 

704

 

444

 

375

 

F-98


 

Table of Contents

Following is a summary of the financial information for 2017 on the main associates and joint ventures (obtained from the information available at the date of preparation of the financial statements):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

Total assets

    

Total liabilities

    

Total income

    

Total profit

Joint Ventures entities

 

25,789

 

(23,072)

 

3,833

 

330

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unión de Créditos Inmobiliarios, S.A., EFC

 

 12,318

 

(11,905)

 

345

 

10

Wizink Bank, S.A.

 

5,235

 

(4,054)

 

947

 

73

Aegon Santander Seguros (currently Santander Generales Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A. and Santander Vida Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A.)

 

 654

 

(424)

 

382

 

30

Associated entities

 

37,304

 

(28,170)

 

8,703

 

1,369

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zurich Santander Insurance América, S.L.

 

16,049

 

(15,105)

 

4,696

 

491

Allianz Popular, S.L.

 

1,053

 

(826)

 

481

 

38

Santander Insurance (Irlanda)

 

2,161

 

(1,852)

 

843

 

63

Total

 

63,093

 

(51,242)

 

12,536

 

1,699

 

 

14.   Insurance contracts linked to pensions

The detail of Insurance contracts linked to pensions in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets relating to insurance contracts covering post-employment benefit plan obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Santander, S.A.

 

238

 

269

 

299

Banco Popular (Other similar obligations)

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

239

 

269

 

299

 

 

15.   Liabilities and Assets under insurance contracts and Reinsurance assets

The detail of Liabilities under insurance contracts and Reinsurance assets in the consolidated balance sheets (See Note 2.j) is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

    

Direct

    

 

    

 

    

Direct

    

 

    

 

    

Direct

    

 

    

 

 

 

insurance

 

 

 

 

 

insurance

 

 

 

 

 

insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

Total

 

and

 

 

 

Total

 

and

 

 

 

Total

 

 

reinsurance

 

Reinsurance

 

(balance

 

reinsurance

 

Reinsurance 

 

(balance

 

reinsurance

 

Reinsurance

 

(balance

Technical provisions for:

  

assumed

  

ceded

  

payable)

  

assumed

  

ceded

  

payable)

  

assumed

  

ceded

  

payable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unearned premiums and unexpired risks

 

50

 

(41)

 

 9

 

61

 

(46)

 

15

 

62

 

(39)

 

23

Life insurance

 

483

 

(151)

 

332

 

159

 

(138)

 

21

 

149

 

(136)

 

13

Claims outstanding

 

423

 

(115)

 

308

 

358

 

(98)

 

260

 

335

 

(112)

 

223

Bonuses and rebates

 

29

 

(11)

 

18

 

19

 

(8)

 

11

 

18

 

(9)

 

 9

Other technical provisions

 

132

 

(23)

 

109

 

55

 

(41)

 

14

 

63

 

(35)

 

28

 

 

1,117

 

(341)

 

776

 

652

 

(331)

 

321

 

627

 

(331)

 

296

 

 

F-99


 

Table of Contents

16.   Tangible assets

a) Changes

The changes in Tangible assets in the consolidated balance sheets were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

Leased out under

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

an operating

 

Investment

 

 

 

    

For own use

    

lease

    

property

    

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at January 1, 2015

 

17,351

 

10,466

 

7,424

 

35,241

Additions / disposals (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation

 

(22)

 

 1

 

(27)

 

(48)

Additions / disposals (net)

 

878

 

3,857

 

(88)

 

4,647

Transfers, exchange differences and other items

 

(765)

 

597

 

36

 

(132)

Balances at December 31, 2015

 

17,442

 

14,921

 

7,345

 

39,708

Additions / disposals (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation

 

(17)

 

287

 

(4,278)

 

(4,008)

Additions / disposals (net)

 

763

 

2,380

 

(64)

 

3,079

Transfers, exchange differences and other items

 

(76)

 

650

 

462

 

1,036

Balances at December 31, 2016

 

18,112

 

18,238

 

3,465

 

39,815

Additions / disposals (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation

 

1,740

 

205

 

 —

 

1,945

Additions / disposals (net)

 

781

 

2,445

 

(100)

 

3,126

Transfers, exchange differences and other items

 

(1,357)

 

(2,215)

 

(223)

 

(3,795)

Balances at December 31, 2017

 

19,276

 

18,673

 

3,142

 

41,091

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at January 1, 2015

 

(8,979)

 

(1,778)

 

(194)

 

(10,951)

Disposals due to change in the scope of Consolidation

 

(27)

 

 

 5

 

(22)

Disposals

 

423

 

196

 

11

 

630

Charge for the year

 

(1,161)

 

 

(11)

 

(1,172)

Transfers, exchange differences and other items

 

296

 

(1,794)

 

(95)

 

(1,593)

Balances at December 31, 2015

 

(9,448)

 

(3,376)

 

(284)

 

(13,108)

Disposals due to change in the scope of Consolidation

 

 5

 

(3)

 

121

 

123

Disposals

 

311

 

457

 

29

 

797

Charge for the year

 

(1,079)

 

 

(10)

 

(1,089)

Transfers, exchange differences and other items

 

 

(2,247)

 

(53)

 

(2,300)

Balances at December 31, 2016

 

(10,211)

 

(5,169)

 

(197)

 

(15,577)

Disposals due to change in the scope of Consolidation

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Disposals

 

478

 

639

 

 8

 

1,125

Charge for the year

 

(1,165)

 

 —

 

(25)

 

(1,190)

Transfers, exchange differences and other items

 

(22)

 

(1,574)

 

25

 

(1,571)

Balances at December 31, 2017

 

(10,920)

 

(6,104)

 

(189)

 

(17,213)

 

F-100


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

Leased out

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

under an

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

operating

 

Investment

 

 

 

    

For own   use

    

lease

    

property

    

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at January 1, 2015

 

(48)

 

(123)

 

(863)

 

(1,034)

Impairment charge for the year

 

(5)

 

(37)

 

(109)

 

(151)

Releases

 

 3

 

 

20

 

23

Disposals due to change in the scope of Consolidation

 

 5

 

 

(4)

 

 1

Exchange differences and other

 

 

 1

 

(120)

 

(119)

Balances at December 31, 2015

 

(45)

 

(159)

 

(1,076)

 

(1,280)

Impairment charge for the year

 

(12)

 

(43)

 

(62)

 

(117)

Releases

 

 1

 

 1

 

60

 

62

Disposals due to change in the scope of Consolidation

 

 1

 

 

309

 

310

Exchange differences and other

 

14

 

42

 

17

 

73

Balances at December 31, 2016

 

(41)

 

(159)

 

(752)

 

(952)

Impairment charge for the year

 

(16)

 

(42)

 

(21)

 

(79)

Releases

 

 4

 

 —

 

 3

 

 7

Disposals due to change in the scope of Consolidation

 

 —

 

(2)

 

(1)

 

(3)

Exchange differences and other

 

(24)

 

 5

 

142

 

123

Balances at December 31, 2017

 

(77)

 

(198)

 

(629)

 

(904)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible assets, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2015

 

7,949

 

11,386

 

5,985

 

25,320

Balances at December 31, 2016 (*)

 

7,860

 

12,910

 

2,516

 

23,286

Balances at  December 31, 2017

 

8,279

 

12,371

 

2,324

 

22,974


(*)    The decreases in 2016 in Tangible assets - Investment property was due to the separation and deconsolidation of Metrovacesa, S.A. (See Note 3).

b) Property, plant and equipment for own use

The detail, by class of asset, of Property, plant and equipment - For own use in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

Impairment

 

Carrying

 

    

Cost

    

depreciation

    

losses

    

amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and buildings

 

5,754

 

(1,892)

 

(45)

 

3,817

IT equipment and fixtures

 

4,984

 

(3,927)

 

 

1,057

Furniture and vehicles

 

6,374

 

(3,561)

 

 

2,813

Construction in progress and other items

 

330

 

(68)

 

 

262

Balances at December 31, 2015

 

17,442

 

(9,448)

 

(45)

 

7,949

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and buildings

 

5,713

 

(1,967)

 

(41)

 

3,705

IT equipment and fixtures

 

5,225

 

(4,161)

 

 

1,064

Furniture and vehicles

 

6,963

 

(4,023)

 

 

2,940

Construction in progress and other items

 

211

 

(60)

 

 

151

Balances at December 31, 2016

 

18,112

 

(10,211)

 

(41)

 

7,860

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and buildings

 

5,892

 

(2,014)

 

(77)

 

3,801

IT equipment and fixtures

 

5,608

 

(4,422)

 

 —

 

1,186

Furniture and vehicles

 

7,213

 

(4,391)

 

 —

 

2,822

Construction in progress and other items

 

563

 

(93)

 

 —

 

470

Balances at December 31, 2017

 

19,276

 

(10,920)

 

(77)

 

8,279

 

F-101


 

Table of Contents

The carrying amount at December 31, 2017 in the foregoing table includes the following approximate amounts:

-

€5,455 million (December 31, 2016: €5,906 million; December 31, 2015: €5,870 million) relating to property, plant and equipment owned by Group entities and branches located abroad.

c) Investment property

The fair value of investment property at December 31, 2017 amounted to €2,435 million (2016: €2,583 million; 2015: €6,097 million). A comparison of the fair value of investment property at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 with the net book value shows gross unrealized gains of €128 million, gross gains of €67 and gross gains of €112 million, respectively, all of which are attributed to the Group.

The rental income earned from investment property and the direct costs related both to investment properties that generated rental income in 2017, 2016 and 2015 and to investment properties that did not generate rental income in those years are not material in the context of the consolidated financial statements.

d) Sale of properties

In 2007 and 2008 the Group sold ten hallmark properties, 1,152 Bank branch offices in Spain and its head office complex (Ciudad Financiera or Santander Business Campus) to various buyers. Also, the Group entered into operating leases (with maintenance, insurance and taxes payable by the Group) on those properties with the buyers for various compulsory terms (12 to 15 years for the hallmark properties, 24 to 26 years for the branch offices and 40 years for the Santander Business Campus), with various rent review agreements applicable during those periods and the possible extensions thereof. The agreements between the parties also provided for purchase options that in general are exercisable by the Group on final expiry of the leases at the market value of the properties on the expiry dates; the market value will be determined, where appropriate, by independent experts.

The rental expense recognized by the Group in 2017 in connection with these operating lease agreements amounted to €330 million (2016 and 2015: €297 million). At December 31, 2017, the present value of the minimum future payments that the Group will incur in the compulsory term amounted to €246 million payable within one year, €672 million payable at between one and five years and €1,461 million payable at more than five years.

17.   Intangible assets – Goodwill

The detail of goodwill, based on the cash-generating units giving rise thereto, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander UK plc

 

8,375

 

8,679

 

10,125

Banco Santander (Brazil) S.A.

 

4,988

 

5,769

 

4,590

Santander Consumer USA Inc.

 

2,007

 

3,182

 

3,081

Bank Zachodni WBK S.A.

 

2,473

 

2,342

 

2,423

Santander Bank, National Association

 

1,712

 

1,948

 

1,886

Santander Consumer Germany

 

1,217

 

1,217

 

1,217

Santander Asset Management

 

1,173

 

 —

 

 —

Banco Santander Totta, S.A.

 

1,040

 

1,040

 

1,040

Banco Santander - Chile

 

676

 

704

 

644

Santander Consumer Bank AS

 

518

 

537

 

546

Grupo Financiero Santander (Mexico)

 

413

 

449

 

517

Other companies (*)

 

1,177

 

857

 

891

Total goodwill

 

25,769

 

26,724

 

26,960


(*)    As of December 31, 2017 includes €248 million from Banco Popular Español, S.A.

 

F-102


 

Table of Contents

The changes in goodwill were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Balance at beginning of year

 

26,724

 

26,960

 

27,548

Additions (Note 3)

 

1,644

 

 —

 

235

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander Asset Management

 

1,173

 

 —

 

Banco Popular Español, S.A.

 

 248

 

 —

 

 —

Carfinco Financial Group Inc.

 

 —

 

 —

 

162

Impairment losses

 

(899)

 

(50)

 

(115)

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc.

 

(799)

 

 —

 

 —

Disposals or changes in scope of consolidation

 

 —

 

(2)

 

(172)

Exchange differences and other items

 

(1,700)

 

(184)

 

(536)

Balance at end of year

 

25,769

 

26,724

 

26,960

 

The Group has goodwill generated by cash-generating units located in non-euro currency countries (mainly the UK, Brazil, the United States, Poland, Chile, Norway, Sweden and Mexico) and, therefore, this gives rise to exchange differences on the translation to euros, at closing rates, of the amounts of goodwill denominated in foreign currencies. Accordingly, in 2017 goodwill decreased by €1,704 million due to exchange differences (see Note 29.b) which, pursuant to current standards, were recognized with a debit to Other comprehensive income Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Exchange differences in other comprehensive income in the consolidated statement of recognized income and expense.

At least once per year (or whenever there is any indication of impairment), the Group reviews goodwill for impairment (i.e. a potential reduction in its recoverable value to below its carrying amount). The first step that must be taken in order to perform this analysis is the identification of the cash-generating units, i.e. the Group’s smallest identifiable groups of assets that generate cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets.

The amount to be recovered of each cash-generating unit is determined taking into consideration the carrying amount (including any fair value adjustment arising on the business combination) of all the assets and liabilities of all the independent legal entities composing the cash-generating unit, together with the related goodwill.

The amount to be recovered of the cash-generating unit is compared with its recoverable amount in order to determine whether there is any impairment.

The Group’s directors assess the existence of any indication that might be considered to be evidence of impairment of the cash-generating unit by reviewing information including the following: (i) certain macroeconomic variables that might affect its investments (population data, political situation, economic situation -including banking concentration level-, among others) and (ii) various microeconomic variables comparing the investments of the Group with the financial services industry of the country in which the cash-generating unit carries on most of its business activities (balance sheet composition, total funds under management, results, efficiency ratio, capital adequacy ratio, return on equity, among others).

Regardless of whether there is any indication of impairment, every year the Group calculates the recoverable amount of each cash-generating unit to which goodwill has been allocated and, to this end, it uses price quotations, if available, market references (multiples), internal estimates and appraisals performed by independent experts.

Firstly, the Group determines the recoverable amount by calculating the fair value of each cash-generating unit on the basis of the quoted price of the cash-generating units, if available, and of the Price Earnings Ratio of comparable local entities.

In addition, the Group performs estimates of the recoverable amounts of certain cash-generating units by calculating their value in use using discounted cash flow projections. The main assumptions used in this calculation are: (i) earnings projections based on the financial budgets approved by the Group’s directors which cover between three and five year period (unless a longer time horizon can be justified), (ii) discount rates determined as the cost of capital taking into account the risk-free rate of return plus a risk premium in line with the market and the business in which the units operate and (iii) constant growth rates used in order to extrapolate earnings in perpetuity which do not exceed the long-term average growth rate for the market in which the cash-generating unit in question operates.

F-103


 

Table of Contents

The cash flow projections used by Group management to obtain the values in use are based on the financial budgets approved by both local management of the related local units and the Group’s directors. The Group’s budgetary estimation process is common for all the cash-generating units. The local management teams prepare their budgets using the following key assumptions:

a) Microeconomic variables of the cash-generating unit: management takes into consideration the current balance sheet structure, the product mix on offer and the business decisions taken by local management in this regard.

b) Macroeconomic variables: growth is estimated on the basis of the changing environment, taking into consideration expected GDP growth in the unit’s geographical location and forecast trends in interest and exchange rates. These data, which are based on external information sources, are provided by the Group’s economic research service.

c) Past performance variables: in addition, management takes into consideration in the projection the difference (both positive and negative) between the cash-generating unit’s past performance and that of the market.

Following is a detail of the main assumptions used in determining the recoverable amount, at 2017 year-end, of the most significant cash-generating units which were valued using the discounted cash flow method:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal

 

 

 

Projected

 

Discount

 

perpetual

 

 

    

period

    

rate    (*)

    

growth rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander UK plc

 

5 years

 

8.4

2.5

%

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

 

5 years

 

14.6

8.3

%

Santander Bank, National Association

 

3 years

 

10.1

3.7

%

Santander Consumer Germany

 

3 years

 

8.6

2.5

%

Santander Consumer USA Inc.

 

3 years

 

10.7

2.5

%

Banco Santander Totta   , S.A.

 

5 years

 

10.0

2.5

%

Santander Consumer Bank AS

 

5 years

 

9.0

2.5

%


(*)    Post-tax discount rate.

Given the degree of uncertainty of these assumptions, the Group performs a sensitivity analysis thereof using reasonable changes in the key assumptions on which the recoverable amount of the cash-generating units is based in order to confirm whether their recoverable amount still exceeds their carrying amount. The sensitivity analysis involved adjusting the discount rate by +/- 50 basis points and the perpetuity growth rate by +/‑50 basis points. Following the sensitivity analysis performed, the value in use of all the cash-generating units still exceeds their recoverable amount, albeit:

·

In the case of Santander Consumer USA, the Group recognized a goodwill impairment amounting to €799 million (€504 million after taxes). The mentioned impairment was estimated considering the decrease in the entity’s profit in contrast with the forecasts carried out in the previous years, derived from a change in the long term business strategy.

·

In Santander UK, the value in use approached its book value during 2016, mainly motivated by the impact of the UK/EU Referendum held on June 2016 which was reflected on the forecasts employed in the estimation of its value in use. Such forecasts were revaluated during 2017, presenting an increase in the value in use in comparison with 2016.

In the case of Santander Asset Management, in spite of its recent acquisition and takeover, on December 22, 2017 (see Note 3), the Group carried out a recoverability analysis based on the review of the business plan introduced for the execution of the transaction with no potential impairment being identified.

The recoverable amount of Bank Zachodni WBK S.A., Banco Santander – Chile, S.A. and Grupo Financiero Santander (México) was calculated as the fair values of the aforementioned cash-generating units obtained from the market prices of their shares at year-end. This value exceeded the recoverable amount.

Based on the above, and in accordance with the estimates, forecasts and sensitivity analysis available for the managers of the Bank, during 2017 the Group recognized goodwill impairment losses within Impairment losses on other assets (net) - Goodwill and other intangible assets caption amounting to €899 million (€50 and 115 million during 2016 and 2015, respectively) out of which €799 million correspond to Santander Consumer USA and €100 million correspond to the Group’s business in Canada, in both cases motivated by the deterioration of the forecast business expectations.

F-104


 

Table of Contents

18.   Intangible assets - Other intangible assets

The detail of Intangible assets - Other intangible assets in the consolidated balance sheets and of the changes therein in 2017, 2016, and 2015 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net 

 

 

 

 

 

Application of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

additions

 

Change in

 

Amortization

 

amortization

 

Exchange

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

December 31, 

 

and

 

scope of

 

and

 

and

 

differences

 

December 31, 

 

    

useful life

    

2016

    

disposals

    

consolidation

    

impairment

    

impairment

    

and other

    

2017

With indefinite useful life:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brand names

 

 

 

39

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(4)

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With finite useful life:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IT developments

 

3-7 years

 

6,558

 

1,470

 

42

 

 —

 

(679)

 

(446)

 

6,945

Other

 

 

 

1,245

 

68

 

436

 

 —

 

(126)

 

(63)

 

1,560

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

(4,848)

 

 —

 

(64)

 

(1,403)

 

694

 

235

 

(5,386)

Development

 

 

 

(4,240)

 

 —

 

(14)

 

(1,310)

 

627

 

216

 

(4,721)

Other

 

 

 

(608)

 

 —

 

(50)

 

(93)

 

67

 

19

 

(665)

Impairment losses

 

 

 

(297)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(174)

 

111

 

120

 

(240)

Of Which: Addition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(174)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,697

 

1,538

 

414

 

(1,577)

 

 —

 

(158)

 

2,914

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net 

 

 

 

 

 

Application of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

additions

 

Change in

 

Amortization

 

amortization

 

Exchange

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

December 31, 

 

and

 

scope of

 

and

 

and

 

differences

 

December 31, 

 

    

useful life

    

2015

    

disposals

    

consolidation

    

impairment

    

impairment

    

and other

    

2016

With indefinite useful life:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brand names

 

 

 

49

 

 1

 

 

 

(11)

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With finite useful life:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IT developments

 

3-7 years

 

5,411

 

1,726

 

 

 

(890)

 

311

 

6,558

Other

 

 

 

1,306

 

41

 

(124)

 

 

 

22

 

1,245

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

(3,873)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1,275)

 

716

 

(416)

 

(4,848)

Development

 

 

 

(3,353)

 

 

 

(1,168)

 

716

 

(435)

 

(4,240)

Other

 

 

 

(520)

 

 

 

(107)

 

 

19

 

(608)

Impairment losses

 

 

 

(423)

 

 

 

(11)

 

185

 

(48)

 

(297)

Of Which: Addition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,470

 

1,768

 

(124)

 

(1,286)

 

 —

 

(131)

 

2,697

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net 

 

 

 

 

 

Application of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

additions

 

Change in

 

Amortization

 

amortization

 

Exchange

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

December 31, 

 

and

 

scope of

 

and

 

and

 

differences

 

December 31, 

 

    

useful life

    

2014

    

disposals

    

consolidation

    

impairment

    

impairment

    

and other

    

2015

With indefinite useful life:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brand names

 

 

 

61

 

 

(2)

 

 

(17)

 

 7

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With finite useful life:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IT developments

 

3-7 years

 

5,350

 

1,481

 

(25)

 

 

(951)

 

(444)

 

5,411

Other

 

 

 

1,294

 

87

 

 

 

(81)

 

 6

 

1,306

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

(3,623)

 

 —

 

20

 

(1,246)

 

663

 

313

 

(3,873)

Development

 

 

 

(3,096)

 

 

20

 

(1,138)

 

613

 

248

 

(3,353)

Other

 

 

 

(527)

 

 

 

(108)

 

50

 

65

 

(520)

Impairment losses

 

 

 

(229)

 

 

 

(586)

 

386

 

 6

 

(423)

Of Which: Addition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(586)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,853

 

1,568

 

(7)

 

(1,832)

 

 —

 

(112)

 

2,470

 

F-105


 

Table of Contents

In 2017, 2016 and 2015, impairment losses of €174, €11 and €586 million, respectively, were recognized under provisions or reversals of provisions at financial assets in the consolidated income statement. This impairment losses related mainly to the decline in or loss of the recoverable value of certain computer systems and applications as a result of the processes initiated by the Group to adapt to the various regulatory changes and to transform or integrate businesses.

19.   Other assets

The detail of Other assets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Transactions in transit

 

206

 

431

 

323

Net pension plan assets (Note 25)

 

 604

 

521

 

787

Prepayments and accrued income

 

2,326

 

2,232

 

1,976

Other

 

4,427

 

3,878

 

3,277

 

 

7,563

 

7,062

 

6,363

 

 

F-106


 

Table of Contents

20.   Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

The detail, by classification, counterparty, type and currency, of Deposits from central banks and Deposits from credit institutions in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CENTRAL BANKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

282

 

1,351

 

2,178

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

8,860

 

9,112

 

16,486

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

 

71,414

 

44,112

 

38,872

 

 

80,556

 

54,575

 

57,536

Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits on demand

 

 5

 

 5

 

 5

Time deposits

 

78,801

 

46,278

 

41,872

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

1,750

 

8,292

 

15,659

 

 

80,556

 

54,575

 

57,536

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CREDIT INSTITUTIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

292

 

44

 

77

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

18,166

 

5,015

 

8,551

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

 

91,300

 

89,764

 

109,209

 

 

109,758

 

94,823

 

117,837

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits on demand

 

6,444

 

4,220

 

4,526

Time deposits

 

54,159

 

61,321

 

71,244

Reverse repurchase agreements

 

49,049

 

29,277

 

42,064

Subordinated deposits

 

106

 

 5

 

 3

 

 

109,758

 

94,823

 

117,837

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro

 

119,606

 

74,746

 

92,062

Pound sterling

 

14,820

 

12,237

 

5,961

U.S. dollar

 

33,259

 

40,514

 

48,586

Brazilian reais

 

16,485

 

16,537

 

16,410

Other currencies

 

6,144

 

5,364

 

12,354

 

 

190,314

 

149,398

 

175,373

 

The increase in Deposits from central banks measured at amortized cost mainly relates to the Grupo Banco Popular acquisition in 2017 and the Group’s participation in the last years in the European Central Bank’s targeted longer-term refinancing operations (LTRO (Long-Term Refinancing Operation) and TLTROs (Targeted Long-Term Refinancing Operation)) for €58,550 million.

Note 51 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of financial liabilities at amortized cost and of the related average interest rates.

F-107


 

Table of Contents

21.   Customer deposits

The detail, by classification, geographical area and type, of Customer deposits is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

28,179

 

9,996

 

9,187

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss.

 

28,945

 

23,345

 

26,357

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

 

720,606

 

657,770

 

647,598

 

 

777,730

 

691,111

 

683,142

Geographical area:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

260,181

 

181,888

 

183,778

European Union (excluding Spain)

 

318,580

 

295,059

 

311,314

United States and Puerto Rico

 

50,771

 

63,429

 

59,814

Other OECD countries

 

62,980

 

62,761

 

57,817

Latin America (non-OECD)

 

84,752

 

87,519

 

69,792

Rest of the world

 

466

 

455

 

627

 

 

777,730

 

691,111

 

683,142

Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current accounts

 

328,217

 

279,494

 

257,192

Savings accounts

 

189,845

 

180,611

 

180,415

Other demand deposits

 

7,010

 

7,156

 

5,489

Time deposits-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed-term deposits and other term deposits

 

195,285

 

176,581

 

196,965

Home-purchase savings accounts

 

45

 

50

 

59

Discount deposits

 

 3

 

448

 

448

Hybrid financial liabilities

 

4,295

 

3,986

 

5,174

Subordinated liabilities

 

21

 

24

 

20

Repurchase agreements

 

53,009

 

42,761

 

37,380

 

 

777,730

 

691,111

 

683,142

 

Note 51 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of financial liabilities at amortized cost and of the related average interest rates.

22.   Marketable debt securities

a)

Breakdown

The detail, by classification and type, of Marketable debt securities is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

 —

 

 

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

3,056

 

2,791

 

3,373

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

 

214,910

 

226,078

 

222,787

 

 

217,966

 

228,869

 

226,160

Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds and debentures outstanding

 

176,719

 

183,278

 

182,073

Subordinated

 

21,382

 

19,873

 

21,131

Notes and other securities

 

19,865

 

25,718

 

22,956

 

 

217,966

 

228,869

 

226,160

 

F-108


 

Table of Contents

The breakdown of book value by maturity of the subordinated liabilities and bonds and debentures outstanding at December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

Within 1 year

    

1 to 3 years

    

3 to 5 years

    

More than 5 years

    

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated Liabilities

 

463

 

8

 

6

 

20,905

 

21,382

Covered bonds

 

14,439

 

21,338

 

22,638

 

27,857

 

86,272

Other bonds and debentures

 

19,376

 

33,214

 

21,446

 

16,411

 

90,447

Total bonds and debentures outstanding

 

33,815

 

54,552

 

44,084

 

44,268

 

176,719

Total bonds and debentures outstanding and subordinated liabilities

 

34,278

 

54,560

 

44,090

 

65,173

 

198,101

 

Note 51 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of financial liabilities at amortized cost and of the related average interest rates in those years.

b) Bonds and debentures outstanding

The detail, by currency of issue, of bonds and debentures outstanding is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

issue amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in foreign

 

Annual

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

currency

 

interest

 

Currency of issue

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

(Millions)

    

rate (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro

 

83,321

 

77,231

 

88,922

 

83,321

 

1.51

%

U.S. dollar

 

48,688

 

48,134

 

46,463

 

56,841

 

2.67

%

Pound sterling

 

13,279

 

15,098

 

16,757

 

11,181

 

2.69

%

Brazilian real

 

17,309

 

27,152

 

19,125

 

62,592

 

8.14

%

Hong Kong dollar

 

 —

 

40

 

74

 

 —

 

 —

 

Chilean peso

 

5,876

 

6,592

 

3,634

 

4,180,799

 

4.54

%

Other currencies

 

8,246

 

9,030

 

7,098

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

176,719

 

183,278

 

182,073

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-109


 

Table of Contents

The changes in Bonds and debentures outstanding were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

183,278

 

182,073

 

178,710

Net inclusion of entities in the Group

 

11,426

 

1,009

 

5,229

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grupo Banco Popular

 

11,426

 

 

Banif - Banco Santander Totta SA

 

 —

 

 

1,729

Auto ABS UK Loans PLC

 

 —

 

 

1,358

Auto ABS DFP Master Compartment France 2013

 

 —

 

 

550

Auto ABS2 FCT Compartiment 2013-A

 

 —

 

 

514

PSA Financial Services, Spain, EFC, SA

 

 —

 

 

401

Auto ABS FCT Compartiment 2012-1

 

 —

 

 

274

Auto ABS FCT Compartiment 2013-2

 

 —

 

 

205

PSA Finance Suisse, S.A.

 

 —

 

 

200

Banca PSA Italia S.P.A.

 

 —

 

500

 

PSA Bank Deutschland GmbH

 

 —

 

497

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issues

 

62,260

 

57,012

 

66,223

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grupo Santander UK

 

7,625

 

12,815

 

16,279

Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc.

 

11,242

 

11,699

 

11,330

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A

 

 16,732

 

7,699

 

16,910

Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.

 

2,508

 

4,567

 

5,070

Banco Santander - Chile

 

579

 

3,363

 

1,198

Santander Holding USA, Inc.

 

4,133

 

2,798

 

1,921

Banco Santander, S.A. (including issuer entities)

 

10,712

 

6,385

 

5,265

Banco Santander, S.A. (México), S.A. Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

 118

 

1,840

 

1,874

Santander Consumer Bank AG

 

749

 

 —

 

 —

Santander Consumer Bank A.S.

 

1,117

 

1,537

 

1,328

PSA Financial Services, Spain, EFC, SA

 

 —

 

726

 

SCF Rahoituspalvelut KIMI VI DAC

 

 635

 

 —

 

 —

Société Financière de Banque – SOFIB (actually PSA Banque France)

 

 1,032

 

 —

 

 —

Auto ABS French Lease Master Compartiment 2016

 

 —

 

635

 

Santander International Products, Plc.

 

588

 

371

 

402

Emisora Santander España, S.A. Unipersonal

 

 67

 

158

 

745

Banco Santander Totta, S.A.

 

1,999

 

 

749

Santander Bank, National Association

 

 —

 

 

910

Redemptions and repurchases

 

(66,871)

 

(59,036)

 

(69,295)

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grupo Santander UK

 

(13,303)

 

(13,163)

 

(18,702)

Grupo Banco Popular

 

(983)

 

 —

 

 —

Santander Bank, National Association

 

(886)

 

 —

 

 —

Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc.

 

(10,264)

 

(11,166)

 

(7,556)

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

 

 (23,187)

 

(7,579)

 

(14,718)

Banco Santander, S.A. (including issuer entities)

 

(8,973)

 

(12,837)

 

(18,581)

Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.

 

(1,618)

 

(4,117)

 

(2,838)

Santander Holdings USA, Inc.

 

(759)

 

(1,786)

 

(494)

Banco Santander (México), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

 (224)

 

(1,453)

 

(789)

Banco Santander Totta, S.A.

 

(998)

 

(856)

 

(130)

Santander Consumer Bank AS

 

(337)

 

(710)

 

(163)

Banco Santander - Chile, S.A.

 

(1,442)

 

(516)

 

(2,136)

Exchange differences and other movements

 

(13,374)

 

2,219

 

1,206

Balance at year-end

 

176,719

 

183,278

 

182,073

 

F-110


 

Table of Contents

c) Notes and other securities

These notes were issued basically by Abbey National Treasury Services plc, Santander Consumer Finance, S.A., Santander UK PLC, Inc., Banco Santander (México), S.A. Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México , Bank Zachodni WBK S.A., Banco Santander and Banco Popular Español, S.A.

d) Guarantees

Set forth below is information on the liabilities secured by financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities

 

32,505

 

38,825

 

42,201

Of which, mortgage-backed securities

 

4,034

 

8,561

 

14,152

Other mortgage securities

 

52,497

 

44,616

 

48,228

Of which: mortgage-backed bonds

 

23,907

 

16,965

 

19,747

Territorial covered bond

 

1,270

 

592

 

1,567

 

 

86,272

 

84,033

 

91,996

 

The main characteristics of the assets securing the aforementioned financial liabilities are as follows:

1.

Asset-backed securities:

a.

Mortgage-backed securities- these securities are secured by securitized mortgage assets (see Note 10.e) with average maturities of more than ten years that must: be a first mortgage for acquisition of principal or second residence, be current in payments, have a loan-to-value ratio below 80% and have a liability insurance policy in force covering at least the appraisal value. The value of the financial liabilities broken down in the foregoing table is lower than the balance of the assets securing them - securitized assets retained on the balance sheet - mainly because the Group repurchases a portion of the bonds issued, and in such cases they are not recognized on the liability side of the consolidated balance sheet.

b.

Other asset - backed securities - including asset-backed securities and notes issued by special-purpose vehicles secured mainly by mortgage loans that do not meet the foregoing requirements and other loans (mainly personal loans with average maturities of five years and loans to SMEs with average maturities of seven years).

2.

Other mortgage securities include mainly: (i) mortgage-backed bonds with average maturities of more than ten years that are secured by a portfolio of mortgage loans and credits (included in secured loans - see Note 10.b) which must: not be classified as at procedural stage; have available appraisals performed by specialized entities; have a loan-to-value (LTV) ratio below 80% in the case of home loans and below 60% for loans for other assets and have sufficient liability insurance, (ii) other debt securities issued as part of the Group’s liquidity strategy in the UK, mainly covered bonds in the UK secured by mortgage loans and other assets.

The fair value of the guarantees received by the Group (financial and non-financial assets) which the Group is authorized to sell or pledge even if the owner of the guarantee has not defaulted is scantly material taking into account the Group’s financial statements as a whole.

e) Spanish mortgage-market issues

The members of the Board of Directors hereby state that the Group entities operating in the Spanish mortgage-market issues area have established and implemented specific policies and procedures to cover all activities carried on and guarantee strict compliance with mortgage-market regulations applicable to these activities as provided for in Royal Decree 716/2009, of April 24, implementing certain provisions of Mortgage Market Law 2/1981, of March 25, and, by application thereof, in Bank of Spain Circulars 7/2010 and 5/2011, and other financial and mortgage system regulations. Also, financial management defines the Group entities' funding strategy.

The risk policies applicable to mortgage market transactions envisage maximum loan-to-value (LTV) ratios, and specific policies are also in place adapted to each mortgage product, which occasionally require the application of stricter limits.

The Bank’s general policies in this respect require the repayment capacity of each potential customer (the effort ratio in loan approval) to be analyzed using specific indicators that must be met. This analysis must determine whether each customer’s income is sufficient

F-111


 

Table of Contents

to meet the repayments of the loan requested. In addition, the analysis of each customer must include a conclusion on the stability over time of the customer’s income considered with respect to the life of the loan. The aforementioned indicator used to measure the repayment capacity (effort ratio) of each potential customer takes into account mainly the relationship between the potential debt and the income generated, considering on the one hand the monthly repayments of the loan requested and other transactions and, on the other, the monthly salary income and duly supported income.

The Group entities have specialized document comparison procedures and tools for verifying customer information and solvency (see Note 54).

The Group entities’ procedures envisage that each mortgage originated in the mortgage market must be individually valued by an appraisal company not related to the Group.

In accordance with Article 5 of Mortgage Market Law 41/2007, any appraisal company approved by the Bank of Spain may issue valid appraisal reports. However, as permitted by this same article, the Group entities perform several checks and select, from among these companies, a small group with which they enter into cooperation agreements with special conditions and automated control mechanisms. The Group’s internal regulations specify, in detail, each of the internally approved companies, as well as the approval requirements and procedures and the controls established to uphold them. In this connection, the regulations establish the functions of an appraisal company committee on which the various areas of the Group related to these companies are represented. The aim of the committee is to regulate and adapt the internal regulations and the activities of the appraisal companies to the current market and business situation (See note 2.i).

Basically, the companies wishing to cooperate with the Group must have a significant level of activity in the mortgage market in the area in which they operate, they must pass a preliminary screening process based on criteria of independence, technical capacity and solvency -in order to ascertain the continuity of their business- and, lastly, they must pass a series of tests prior to obtaining definitive approval.

In order to comply in full with the legislation, any appraisal provided by the customer is reviewed, irrespective of which appraisal company issues it, to check that the requirements, procedures and methods used to prepare it are formally adapted to the valued asset pursuant to current legislation and that the values reported are customary in the market.

The information required by Bank of Spain Circulars 7/2010 and 5/2011, by application of Royal Decree 716/2009, of April 24 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Face value of the outstanding mortgage loans and credits that support the issuance of mortgage-backed and mortgage bonds pursuant to Royal Decree 716/2009 (excluding securitized bonds)

 

91,094

 

56,871

 

60,043

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans eligible to cover issues of mortgage-backed securities

 

59,422

 

38,426

 

39,414

Transfers of assets retained on balance sheet: mortgage-backed certificates and other securitized mortgage assets

 

18,802

 

19,509

 

21,417

 

Mortgage-backed bonds

The mortgage-backed bonds ("cédulas hipotecarias") issued by the Group entities are securities the principal and interest of which are specifically secured by mortgages, there being no need for registration in the Property Register, by mortgage on all those that at any time are recorded in favor of the issuer and are not affected by the issuance of mortgage bonds and / or are subject to mortgage participations, and / or mortgage transfer certificates, and, if they exist, by substitution assets eligible to be hedged and for the economic flows generated by derivative financial instruments linked to each issue, and without prejudice to the issuer's unlimited liability.

The mortgage bonds include the credit right of its holder against the issuing entity, guaranteeing in the manner provided for in the previous paragraph, and involve the execution to claim from the issuer the payment after due date. The holders of these securities are recognized as preferred creditors, singularly privileged, with the preference, included in number 3º of article 1,923 of the Spanish Civil Code against any other creditor, in relation with the entire group of loans and mortgage loans registered in favor of the issuer, except those that act as coverage for mortgage bonds and / or are subject to mortgage participations and / or mortgage transfer certificates.

F-112


 

Table of Contents

In the event of insolvency, the holders of mortgage-backed bonds will enjoy the special privilege established in Article 90.1.1 of Insolvency Law 22/2003, of July 9. Without prejudice to the foregoing, in accordance with Article 84.2.7 of the Insolvency Law, during the insolvency proceedings, the payments relating to the repayment of the principal and interest of the bonds issued and outstanding at the date of the insolvency filing will be settled up to the amount of the income received by the insolvent party from the mortgage loans and credits and, where appropriate, from the replacement assets backing the bonds and from the cash flows generated by the financial instruments associated with the issues (Final Provision 19 of the Insolvency Law).

If, due to a timing mismatch, the income received by the insolvent party is insufficient to meet the payments described in the preceding paragraph, the insolvency managers must settle them by realizing the replacement assets set aside to cover the issue and, if this is not sufficient, they must obtain financing to meet the mandated payments to the holders of the mortgage-backed bonds, and the finance provider must be subrogated to the position of the bond-holders.

In the event that the measure indicated in Article 155.3 of the Insolvency Law were to be adopted, the payments to all holders of the mortgage-backed bonds issued would be made on a pro-rata basis, irrespective of the issue dates of the bonds.

The outstanding mortgage-backed bonds issued by the Group totaled €23,907 million at December 31, 2017 (all of which were denominated in euros), of which €14,198 million were issued by Banco Santander, 9,209 were issued by Grupo Banco Popular and €500 million were issued by Santander Consumer Finance, S.A. The issues outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are detailed in the separate financial statements of each of these companies.

Mortgage-backed bond issuers have an early redemption option solely for the purpose of complying with the limits on the volume of outstanding mortgage-backed bonds stipulated by mortgage market regulations.

None of the mortgage-backed bonds issued by the Group entities had replacement assets assigned to them.

23.   Subordinated liabilities

a)

Breakdown

The detail, by currency of issue, of Subordinated liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

issue amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in foreign

 

Annual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

currency

 

interest

 

Currency of issue

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

(millions)

    

rate (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro

 

11,240

 

8,044

 

8,001

 

11,240

 

3.93

%

U.S. dollar

 

8,008

 

9,349

 

9,174

 

11,996

 

5.51

%

Pound sterling

 

874

 

949

 

851

 

250

 

8.94

%

Brazilian real

 

131

 

136

 

1,878

 

146

 

7.00

%

Other currencies

 

1,257

 

1,424

 

1,249

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

21,510

 

19,902

 

21,153

 

 

 

 

 

Of which, preference shares

 

404

 

413

 

449

 

 

 

 

 

Of which, preference participations

 

8,369

 

6,916

 

6,749

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 51 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of subordinated liabilities at each year-end and of the related average interest rates in each year.

F-113


 

Table of Contents

b) Changes

The changes in Subordinated liabilities in the last three years were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

19,902

 

21,153

 

17,132

Net inclusion of entities in the Group (Note 3)

 

11

 

 —

 

 —

Placements

 

2,994

 

2,395

 

4,787

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Santander, S.A. (Including issuer entities)

 

2,894

 

2,328

 

2,878

Banco Santander (México), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

 —

 

59

 

Santander UK Group Holdings plc

 

 —

 

 

1,377

Santander UK plc

 

 —

 

 

521

Société Financière de Banque – SOFIB (currently PSA Banque France)

 

 78

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redemptions and repurchases (*)

 

(870)

 

(2,812)

 

(1,029)

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

 

 —

 

(716)

 

(60)

Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.

 

 —

 

(70)

 

Santander UK plc

 

(60)

 

(51)

 

(466)

Bank Zachodni WBK S.A.

 

 —

 

 

(237)

Banco Santander, S.A. (Including issuer entities)

 

(453)

 

(1,976)

 

(193)

Banco Santander (México), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

 —

 

 

(64)

Santander Bank, National Association

 

(285)

 

 

 —

Santander Holdings USA, Inc.

 

(72)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange differences and other movements

 

(527)

 

(834)

 

263

Balance at end of year

 

21,510

 

19,902

 

21,153


(*)    The balance relating to issuances, redemptions and repurchases (€2,124 million), together with the interest paid in remuneration of these issuances including PPCC (€1,199 million), is included in the cash flow from financing activities.

 

c) Other disclosures

This item includes the preference shares (participaciones preferentes) and other financial instruments issued by the consolidated companies which, although equity for legal purposes, do not meet the requirements for classification as equity (preference shares).

The preference shares do not carry any voting rights and are non-cumulative. They were subscribed to by non-Group third parties and, except for the shares of Santander UK plc referred to below, are redeemable at the discretion of the issuer, based on the terms and conditions of each issue.

At December 31, 2017, Santander UK plc had a GBP 200 million subordinated issue which is convertible, at Santander UK plc’s option, into preference shares of Santander UK plc, at a price of GBP 1 per share.

For the purposes of payment priority, preference shares (participaciones preferentes) are junior to all general creditors and to subordinated deposits. The remuneration of these securities, which have no voting rights, is conditional upon the obtainment of sufficient distributable profit and upon the limits imposed by Spanish banking regulations on equity.

The other issues are subordinated and, therefore, for the purposes of payment priority, they are junior to all general creditors of the issuers.

At December 31, 2017, the following issues were convertible into Bank shares:

On March 5, May 8 and September 2, 2014, Banco Santander announced that its executive committee had resolved to launch three issues of preference shares contingently convertible into newly issued ordinary shares of the Bank (“CCPSs”) for a nominal amount of

F-114


 

Table of Contents

€1,500 million, USD 1,500 million and €1,500 million, respectively. The interest on the CCPSs, payment of which is subject to certain conditions and is discretionary, was set at 6.25% per annum for the first five years (to be repriced thereafter by applying a 541 basis-point spread to the 5-year Mid-Swap Rate) for the March issue, at 6.375% per annum for the first five years (to be repriced thereafter by applying a 478.8 basis-point spread to the 5-year Mid-Swap Rate) for the May issue and at 6.25% per annum for the first seven years (to be repriced every five years thereafter by applying a 564 basis-point spread to the 5-year Mid-Swap Rate) for the September issue.

On March 25, May 28, and September 30, 2014, the Bank of Spain confirmed that the CCPSs were eligible as Additional Tier 1 capital under the new European capital requirements of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. The CCPSs are perpetual, although they may be redeemed early in certain circumstances and would convert into newly issued ordinary shares of Banco Santander if the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of the Bank or its consolidated group fell below 5.125%, calculated in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. The CCPSs are traded on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange.

Furthermore, on January 29, 2014 Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. launched an issue of Tier 1 perpetual subordinated notes for a nominal amount of USD 1,248 million, of which the Group has acquired 89.6%. The notes are perpetual and would convert into ordinary shares of Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. if the common equity Tier 1 ratio, calculated as established by the Central Bank of Brazil, were to fall below 5.125%.

On December 30, 2016 Grupo Financiero Santander México, S.A.B. of C.V. made an issue of perpetual subordinated notes for a nominal amount of USD 500 million of which the Group has acquired 88.2%. Perpetual obligations are automatically converted into shares when the Regulatory Capital Index (CET1) is equal to or less than 5.125% at the conversion price.

On April 25, and September 29, 2017, Banco Santander issued preferred shares contingently convertible in newly issued common shares of the Bank (the "CCPP"), for a nominal amount of 750 million euros, and 1,000 million euros, respectively. The remuneration of the CCPPs, whose payment is subject to certain conditions and is also discretionary, was fixed at 6.75% annually for the first five years (being reviewed thereafter by applying a margin of 680.3 basis points over the 5-year Mid-Swap Rate) for the issue paid out in April, and at 5.25% annually for the first six years (reviewed thereafter by applying a margin of 499.9 basis points over the 5-year Mid-Swap Rate) for the issue paid out in September.

The accrued interests from the subordinated liabilities during 2017 amounted to €966 million (€945 and €934 million during 2016 and 2015, respectively). Interests from the “CCPS” during 2017 amounted to €395 million (€334 and €276 million in 2016 and 2017, respectively).

24.   Other financial liabilities

The detail of Other financial liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade payables

 

1,559

 

1,230

 

1,264

Clearing houses

 

767

 

676

 

708

Tax collection accounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public Institutions

 

3,212

 

2,790

 

2,489

Factoring accounts payable

 

290

 

180

 

194

Unsettled financial transactions

 

6,375

 

7,418

 

5,584

Other financial liabilities

 

16,225

 

14,222

 

10,638

 

 

28,428

 

26,516

 

20,877

 

Note 51 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of other financial liabilities at each year-end.

F-115


 

Table of Contents

25.   Provisions

a)

Breakdown

The detail of Provisions in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for pensions and other obligations post-employments

 

6,345

 

6,576

 

6,356

Other long term employee benefits

 

1,686

 

1,712

 

1,916

Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies

 

3,181

 

2,994

 

2,577

Provisions for commitments and guarantees given (Note 2)

 

617

 

459

 

618

Of which: due to country risk

 

 3

 

 3

 

 2

Other provisions

 

2,660

 

2,718

 

3,027

Provisions

 

14,489

 

14,459

 

14,494

 

b) Changes

The changes in Provisions in the last three years were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

Provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

Provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for other

 

for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

for

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

for other

 

for

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

long

 

commitments

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

for other

 

commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

for post-

 

long Term

 

commitments

 

 

 

 

 

for post-

 

Terms

 

and

 

 

 

 

 

for post-

 

long Term

 

and

 

 

 

 

 

 

employment

 

employee

 

and guarantees

 

Other

 

 

 

employment

 

employee

 

guarantees

 

Other

 

 

 

employment

 

employee

 

guarantees

 

Other

 

 

 

  

plans

  

benefits

  

given

  

provisions

  

Total

  

plans

  

benefits

  

given

  

provisions

  

Total

  

plans

  

benefits

  

given

  

provisions

  

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at beginning of year

 

6,576

 

1,712

 

459

 

5,712

 

14,459

 

6,356

 

1,916

 

618

 

5,604

 

14,494

 

7,074

 

2,338

 

654

 

5,310

 

15,376

Net inclusion of entities in the Group

 

59

 

184

 

146

 

1,365

 

1,754

 

11

 

 8

 

(4)

 

13

 

28

 

16

 

 1

 

 8

 

162

 

187

Additions charged to income:

 

237

 

293

 

(49)

 

2,863

 

3,344

 

227

 

368

 

(40)

 

2,235

 

2,790

 

291

 

224

 

(1)

 

2,958

 

3,472

Interest expense(Note 39)

 

175

 

23

 

 —

 

 —

 

198

 

170

 

31

 

 

 

201

 

228

 

42

 

 

 

270

Personnel expenses (Note 47)

 

82

 

 6

 

 —

 

 —

 

88

 

73

 

 8

 

 

 

81

 

85

 

11

 

 

 

96

Provisions or reversion of provisions

 

(20)

 

264

 

(49)

 

2,863

 

3,058

 

(16)

 

329

 

(40)

 

2,235

 

2,508

 

(22)

 

171

 

(1)

 

2,958

 

3,106

Addition

 

 2

 

264

 

606

 

3,855

 

4,727

 

24

 

377

 

226

 

3,024

 

3,651

 

 9

 

217

 

238

 

3,632

 

4,096

Release

 

(22)

 

 —

 

(655)

 

(992)

 

(1,669)

 

(40)

 

(48)

 

(266)

 

(789)

 

(1,143)

 

(31)

 

(46)

 

(239)

 

(674)

 

(990)

Other additions arising from insurance contracts linked to pensions

 

(7)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(7)

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

(18)

 

 

 

 

(18)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in value recognized in equity

 

369

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

369

 

1,275

 

 

 

 

1,275

 

(575)

 

 

 

 

(575)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments to pensioners and pre-retirees with a charge to internal provisions

 

(355)

 

(498)

 

 —

 

 —

 

(853)

 

(367)

 

(603)

 

 

 

(970)

 

(347)

 

(667)

 

 

 

(1,014)

Benefits paid due to settlements

 

(260)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(260)

 

(20)

 

 

 

 

(20)

 

 

 

 

 

 —

Insurance premiums paid

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

(1)

Payments to external funds

 

(273)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

(273)

 

(852)

 

 

 

 

(852)

 

(146)

 

 

 

 

(146)

Amounts used

 

 —

 

 —

 

(3)

 

(2,997)

 

(3,000)

 

 

 

(2)

 

(2,149)

 

(2,151)

 

 

 

 

(1,684)

 

(1,684)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer, exchange differences and other changes

 

(1)

 

(5)

 

64

 

(1,102)

 

(1,044)

 

(50)

 

23

 

(113)

 

 9

 

(131)

 

62

 

20

 

(43)

 

(1,142)

 

(1,103)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at end of year

 

6,345

 

1,686

 

617

 

5,841

 

14,489

 

6,576

 

1,712

 

459

 

5,712

 

14,459

 

6,356

 

1,916

 

618

 

5,604

 

14,494

 

F-116


 

Table of Contents

c)  Provision for pensions and other obligations post –employments and Other long term employee benefits

The detail of Provisions for pensions and similar obligations is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions for post-employment plans - Spanish entities

 

4,274

 

4,701

 

4,822

Provisions for other similar obligations - Spanish entities

 

1,643

 

1,664

 

1,817

Of which: Pre-retirements

 

1,630

 

1,644

 

1,801

Provisions for post-employment plans - Santander UK plc

 

323

 

306

 

150

Provisions for post-employment plans - Other foreign subsidiaries

 

1,748

 

1,569

 

1,384

Provisions for other similar obligations - Other foreign subsidiaries

 

43

 

48

 

99

Provision for pensions and other obligations post – employments and Other long term employee benefits

 

8,031

 

8,288

 

8,272

Of which: Defined benefits

 

8,026

 

8,277

 

8,263

 

i. Spanish entities - Post-employment plans and other similar obligations

At December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Spanish entities had post-employment benefit obligations under defined contribution and defined benefit plans. In addition, in various years some of the consolidated entities offered certain of their employees the possibility of taking pre-retirement and, therefore, provisions are recognized each year for the obligations to employees taking pre-retirement -in terms of salaries and other employee benefit costs- from the date of their pre-retirement to the date of effective retirement.

In 2017, in parallel and simultaneously, Banco Santander and Banco Popular reached an agreement with the workers' representatives to implement a pre-retirement and incentivized retirement plan, which is expected to welcome 1,100 employees during the month of January 2018, increasing the provision set up to cover these commitments to €248 million (€361 and 217 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively), and it is shown under "liquidation paid benefits.".

In October 2017, the Bank and the workers' representatives reached an agreement for the elimination and compensation of certain passive rights arising from extra-covenant improvement agreements. The effect of the settlement of the mentioned commitments is shown in the tables included below.

The expenses incurred by the Spanish Companies in respect of contributions to defined contribution plans amounted to €90 million in 2017 (2016: €93 million; 2015: €99 million).

The amount of the defined benefit obligations was determined on the basis of the work performed by independent actuaries using the following actuarial techniques:

1.

Valuation method: projected unit credit method, which sees each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately.

F-117


 

Table of Contents

2.

Actuarial assumptions used: unbiased and mutually compatible. Specifically, the most significant actuarial assumptions used in the calculations were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post-employment plans

 

Other similar obligations

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual discount rate

 

1.40% and 1.38% B. Popular

 

1.50%

 

1.75%

 

1.40%

 

1.50%

 

1.75%

Mortality tables

 

PERM/F-2000

 

PERM/F-2000

 

PERM/F-2000

 

PERM/F-2000

 

PERM/F-2000

 

PERM/F-2000

Cumulative annual CPI growth

 

1.00%

 

1.00%

 

1.00%

 

1.00%

 

1.00%

 

1.00%

Annual salary increase rate

 

B. Popular 1.75% in 2018 and Rest B. Santander 1,25%

 

2.00% (*)

 

2.00% (*)

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

Annual social security pension increase rate

 

1.00%

 

1.00%

 

1.00%

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

Annual benefit increase rate

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

0% and 1.50%

 

0% and 1.50%

 

0% and 1.50%


(*)    Corresponds to the Group’s defined-benefit obligations.

The discount rate used for the flows was determined by reference to high-quality corporate bonds (at least AA in euros) with terms consistent with those of the obligations. The portfolio of bonds taken into consideration excludes callable, puttable and sinkable bonds which could distort the indices.

Any changes in the main assumptions could affect the calculation of the obligations. At December 31, 2017, if the discount rate used had been decreased or increased by 50 basis points, there would have been an increase or decrease in the present value of the post-employment obligations of +5.37% to - 4.92 %, respectively, and an increase or decrease in the present value of the long-term obligations of + 1.05% to -1.03%. These changes would be offset in part by increases or decreases in the fair value of the assets and insurance contracts linked to pensions.

3.

The estimated retirement age of each employee is the first at which the employee is entitled to retire or the agreed-upon age, as appropriate.

The fair value of insurance contracts was determined as the present value of the related payment obligations, taking into account the following assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post-employment plans

 

Other similar obligations

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2017

    

2016

    

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected rate of return on plan assets

 

1.40

%  

1.50

%  

1.75

%  

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

Expected rate of return on reimbursement rights

 

1.40

%  

1.50

%  

1.75

%  

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

F-118


 

Table of Contents

The funding status of the defined benefit obligations in 2017 and the four preceding years is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Post-employment plans

 

Other similar obligations

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of the obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To current employees

 

138

 

50

 

48

 

62

 

50

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Vested obligations to retired employees

 

5,662

 

4,423

 

4,551

 

4,708

 

4,483

 

 —

 

 

 

 

To pre-retirees

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

1,647

 

1,644

 

1,801

 

2,220

 

2,149

Long-service bonuses and other benefits

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

13

 

12

 

13

 

11

Other

 

112

 

383

 

380

 

307

 

257

 

 —

 

 

 

 4

 

 1

 

 

5,912

 

4,856

 

4,979

 

5,077

 

4,790

 

1,660

 

1,657

 

1,813

 

2,237

 

2,161

Less - Fair value of plan assets

 

1,640

 

157

 

157

 

167

 

157

 

17

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Provisions - Provisions for pensions

 

4,272

 

4,699

 

4,822

 

4,910

 

4,633

 

1,643

 

1,657

 

1,813

 

2,237

 

2,161

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal provisions for pensions

 

4,036

 

4,432

 

4,524

 

4,565

 

4,293

 

1,642

 

1,657

 

1,813

 

2,237

 

2,161

Insurance contracts linked to pensions (Note 14)

 

238

 

269

 

299

 

345

 

342

 

 1

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized net assets for pensions

 

(2)

 

(2)

 

(1)

 

 

(2)

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

The amounts recognized in the consolidated income statements in relation to the aforementioned defined benefit obligations are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Post-employment plans

 

Other similar obligations

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current service cost

 

16

 

11

 

12

 

 1

 

 1

 

 2

Interest cost (net)

 

79

 

91

 

100

 

21

 

27

 

37

Expected return on insurance contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

linked to pensions

 

(4)

 

(5)

 

(6)

 

 —

 

 

Provisions or reversion of provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial (gains)/losses recognized in the year

 

 —

 

 

 

13

 

 6

 

(8)

Past service cost

 

 —

 

 6

 

 4

 

 —

 

 

Pre-retirement cost

 

 —

 

 6

 

 4

 

248

 

355

 

213

Other

 

(2)

 

(21)

 

(28)

 

 —

 

(1)

 

(33)

 

 

89

 

88

 

86

 

283

 

388

 

211

 

In addition, in 2017 Other comprehensive income – Items not reclassified to profit or loss – Actuarial gains or (-) losses on defined benefit pension plans increased by €41 million with respect to defined benefit obligations (2016: an increase of €141 million; 2015: an increase of €145 million).

F-119


 

Table of Contents

The changes in the present value of the accrued defined benefit obligations were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Post-employment plans

 

Other similar obligations

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of the obligations at beginning of year

 

4,856

 

4,979

 

5,077

 

1,657

 

1,813

 

2,237

Incorporation of Group companies, net

 

1,563

 

 —

 

 

202

 

 

Current service cost

 

16

 

11

 

12

 

 1

 

 1

 

 2

Interest cost

 

94

 

95

 

105

 

21

 

27

 

37

Pre-retirement cost

 

 —

 

 6

 

 4

 

248

 

355

 

213

Effect of curtailment/settlement

 

(2)

 

(21)

 

(28)

 

 —

 

 

(33)

Benefits paid

 

(388)

 

(353)

 

(327)

 

(490)

 

(570)

 

(657)

Benefits paid due to settlements

 

(260)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1)

Past service cost

 

 —

 

 6

 

 4

 

 —

 

 

Actuarial (gains)/losses

 

57

 

136

 

124

 

13

 

 6

 

(8)

Demographic actuarial (gains)/losses

 

(7)

 

15

 

24

 

10

 

(1)

 

(12)

Financial actuarial (gains)/losses

 

64

 

121

 

100

 

 3

 

 7

 

 4

Exchange differences and other items

 

(24)

 

(3)

 

 8

 

 8

 

25

 

23

Present value of the obligations at end of year

 

5,912

 

4,856

 

4,979

 

1,660

 

1,657

 

1,813

 

The changes in the fair value of plan assets and of insurance contracts linked to pensions were as follows:

Plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Post-employment plans

 

Other similar obligations

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

157

 

157

 

167

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Incorporation of Group companies, net

 

1,507

 

 —

 

 —

 

18

 

 —

 

 —

Expected return on plan assets

 

15

 

 4

 

 5

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Benefits paid

 

(58)

 

(8)

 

(17)

 

(1)

 

 —

 

 —

Contributions/(surrenders)

 

 3

 

 9

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Actuarial gains/(losses)

 

24

 

(2)

 

(3)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Exchange differences and other items

 

(8)

 

(3)

 

 4

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

1,640

 

157

 

157

 

17

 

 —

 

 —

 

Insurance contracts linked to pensions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Post-employment plans

 

Other similar obligations

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of insurance contracts linked to pensions at beginning of year

 

269

 

299

 

345

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Incorporation of Group companies, net

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

Expected return on insurance contracts linked to pensions

 

 4

 

 5

 

 6

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Benefits paid

 

(29)

 

(32)

 

(34)

 

(1)

 

 —

 

 —

Paid premiums

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

Actuarial gains/(losses)

 

(7)

 

(3)

 

(18)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Fair value of insurance contracts linked to pensions at end of year

 

238

 

269

 

299

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

In view of the conversion of the defined-benefit obligations to defined-contribution obligations, the Group has not made material current contributions in Spain in 2017 to fund its defined-benefit pension obligations.

The plan assets and the insurance contracts linked to pensions are instrumented mainly through insurance policies.

F-120


 

Table of Contents

The following table shows the estimated benefits payable at December 31, 2017 for the next ten years:

 

 

 

 

 

Millions 

 

    

of euros

 

 

 

2018

 

808

2019

 

703

2020

 

610

2021

 

523

2022

 

449

2023 to 2027

 

1,579

 

ii. United Kingdom

At the end of each of the last three years, the businesses in the United Kingdom had post-employment benefit obligations under defined contribution and defined benefit plans. The expenses incurred in respect of contributions to defined contribution plans amounted to €82 million in 2017 (2016: €81 million; 2015: €90 million).

The amount of the defined benefit obligations was determined on the basis of the work performed by independent actuaries using the following actuarial techniques:

1.

Valuation method: projected unit credit method, which sees each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately.

2.

Actuarial assumptions used: unbiased and mutually compatible. Specifically, the most significant actuarial assumptions used in the calculations were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual discount rate

 

2.49

%  

2.79

%  

3.74

%

Mortality tables

 

108/86 S2 Light 

 

116/98 S1 Light TMC

 

116/98 S1 Light TMC

 

Cumulative annual CPI growth

 

3.15

%  

3.12

%  

2.98

%

Annual salary increase rate

 

1.00

%  

1.00

%  

1.00

%

Annual pension increase rate

 

2.94

%  

2.92

%  

2.83

%

 

The discount rate used for the flows was determined by reference to high-quality corporate bonds (at least AA in pounds sterling) that coincide with the terms of the obligations. The portfolio of bonds taken into consideration excludes callable, puttable and sinkable bonds which could distort the indices.

Any changes in the main assumptions could affect the calculation of the obligations. At December 31, 2017, if the discount rate used had been decreased or increased by 50 basis points, there would have been an increase or decrease in the present value of the obligations of +/- 9.50%. If the inflation assumption had been increased or decreased by 50 basis points, there would have been an increase or decrease in the present value of the obligations of +/- 6.29%. These changes would be offset in part by increases or decreases in the fair value of the assets.

The funding status of the defined benefit obligations in 2017 and the four preceding years is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of the obligations

 

13,056

 

12,955

 

12,271

 

11,959

 

10,120

Less-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

13,239

 

13,118

 

12,880

 

12,108

 

9,455

Provisions - Provisions for pensions

 

(183)

 

(163)

 

(609)

 

(149)

 

665

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal provisions for pensions

 

323

 

306

 

150

 

256

 

806

Net assets for pensions

 

(506)

 

(469)

 

(759)

 

(405)

 

(141)

 

F-121


 

Table of Contents

The amounts recognized in the consolidated income statements in relation to the aforementioned defined benefit obligations are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current service cost

 

36

 

31

 

39

Interest cost (net)

 

(6)

 

(22)

 

(5)

 

 

30

 

 9

 

34

 

In addition, in 2017 Other comprehensive income – Items not reclassified to profit or loss – Actuarial gains or (-) losses on defined benefit pension plans increased by €121 million with respect to defined benefit obligations (2016: an increase of €621 million; 2015: a decrease of €435 million).

The changes in the present value of the accrued defined benefit obligations were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of the obligations at beginning of year

 

12,955

 

12,271

 

11,959

Incorporation of Group companies, net

 

 —

 

 

51

Current service cost

 

36

 

31

 

39

Interest cost

 

347

 

407

 

466

Benefits paid

 

(445)

 

(332)

 

(342)

Contributions made by employees

 

20

 

20

 

25

Past service cost

 

 —

 

 

Actuarial (gains)/losses

 

602

 

2,315

 

(656)

Demographic actuarial (gains)/losses

 

(184)

 

(59)

 

(364)

Financial actuarial (gains)/losses

 

786

 

2,374

 

(292)

Exchange differences and other items

 

(459)

 

(1,757)

 

729

Present value of the obligations at end of year

 

13,056

 

12,955

 

12,271

 

The changes in the fair value of the plan assets were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

13,118

 

12,880

 

12,108

Incorporation of Group companies, net

 

 —

 

 

66

Expected return on plan assets

 

353

 

429

 

471

Benefits paid

 

(445)

 

(332)

 

(342)

Contributions

 

208

 

304

 

59

Actuarial gains/(losses)

 

481

 

1,694

 

(222)

Exchange differences and other items

 

(476)

 

(1,857)

 

740

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

13,239

 

13,118

 

12,880

 

In 2018 the Group expects to make current contributions to fund these obligations for amounts similar to those made in 2017.

The main categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity instruments

 

20

%  

25

%  

23

%

Debt instruments

 

46

%  

49

%  

53

%

Properties

 

13

%  

12

%  

15

%

Other

 

21

%  

14

%  

 9

%

 

F-122


 

Table of Contents

The following table shows the estimated benefits payable at December 31, 2017 for the next ten years:

 

 

 

 

 

Millions

 

    

of euros

 

 

 

2018

 

284

2019

 

285

2020

 

304

2021

 

327

2022

 

352

2023 to 2027

 

2,065

 

iii. Other foreign subsidiaries

Certain of the consolidated foreign entities have acquired commitments to their employees similar to post-employment benefits.

At December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, these entities had defined-contribution and defined-benefit post-employment benefit obligations. The expenses incurred in respect of contributions to defined contribution plans amounted to €99 million in 2017 (2016: €92 million; 2015: €90 million).

The actuarial assumptions used by these entities (discount rates, mortality tables and cumulative annual CPI growth) are consistent with the economic and social conditions prevailing in the countries in which they are located.

Specifically, the discount rate used for the flows was determined by reference to high-quality corporate bonds, except in the case of Brazil where there is no extensive corporate bond market and, accordingly the discount rate was determined by reference to the series B bonds issued by the Brazilian National Treasury Secretariat for a term coinciding with that of the obligations. In Brazil the discount rate used was between 9.53% and 9.65%, the CPI 4.00% and the mortality table the AT-2000.

Any changes in the main assumptions could affect the calculation of the obligations. At December 31, 2017, if the discount rate used had been decreased or increased by 50 basis points, there would have been an increase or decrease in the present value of the obligations of +/- 5.14%. These changes would be offset in part by increases or decreases in the fair value of the assets.

The funding status of the obligations similar to post-employment benefits and other long-term benefits in 2017 and the four preceding years is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business in 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

Brazil

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of the obligations

 

9,534

 

7,046

 

9,876

 

8,337

 

10,324

 

9,289

Less-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which: with a charge to the participants

 

193

 

193

 

153

 

133

 

151

 

133

Fair value of plan assets

 

7,927

 

6,188

 

8,445

 

7,008

 

8,458

 

7,938

Provisions - Provisions for pensions

 

1,414

 

665

 

1,278

 

1,196

 

1,715

 

1,218

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal provisions for pensions

 

1,787

 

994

 

1,613

 

1,478

 

1,999

 

1,512

Net assets for pensions

 

(98)

 

(54)

 

(52)

 

(28)

 

(8)

 

(8)

Unrecognized net assets for pensions

 

(275)

 

(275)

 

(283)

 

(254)

 

(276)

 

(286)

 

F-123


 

Table of Contents

The amounts recognized in the consolidated income statements in relation to these obligations are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current service cost

 

35

 

38

 

43

Interest cost (net)

 

104

 

105

 

138

Provisions or reversion of provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial (gains)/losses recognized in the year

 

 1

 

(9)

 

(1)

Past service cost

 

 3

 

18

 

 1

Pre-retirement cost

 

 —

 

(9)

 

Other

 

(19)

 

(37)

 

(1)

 

 

124

 

106

 

180

 

In addition, in 2017 Other comprehensive income – Items not reclassified to profit or loss – Actuarial gains or (-) losses on defined benefit pension plans increased by €207 million with respect to defined benefit obligations (2016: an increase of €513 million; 2015: a decrease of €285 million).

In December 2011, the financial entities of Portugal, including Banco Santander Totta, S.A. made a partial transfer of the pension commitments to the Social Security. Consequently, Banco Santander Totta, S.A. carried out the transfer of the corresponding assets and liabilities and the current value of the net commitments of the fair value of the corresponding assets of the plan, as at December 31, 2011, under Provisions - Funds for pensions and similar obligations. In 2016, the collective bargaining agreement of the banking sector was approved, consolidating the sharing of responsibility for the pension commitments between the State and the banks.

On the other hand, in 2016 the Group in Brazil updated the recognition of its obligations of certain health benefits in the terms stipulated in the regulation that develops them and that establishes the coverage of this benefit in equal proportion between the sponsor and partners. The effect of this liquidation, together with that of the businesses in Portugal, is shown in the following tables under the headings "benefits paid due to settlements".

The changes in the present value of the accrued obligations were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of the obligations at beginning of year

 

9,876

 

8,337

 

10,324

Incorporation of Group companies, net

 

165

 

171

 

26

Current service cost

 

35

 

38

 

43

Interest cost

 

807

 

802

 

778

Pre-retirement cost

 

 —

 

(9)

 

Effect of curtailment/settlement

 

(19)

 

(37)

 

(1)

Benefits paid

 

(716)

 

(690)

 

(639)

Benefits paid due to settlements

 

(24)

 

(1,352)

 

Contributions made by employees

 

 6

 

 8

 

 8

Past service cost

 

 3

 

18

 

 1

Actuarial (gains)/losses

 

404

 

1,269

 

(271)

Demographic actuarial (gains)/losses

 

(140)

 

439

 

393

Financial actuarial (gains)/losses

 

544

 

830

 

(664)

Exchange differences and other items

 

(1,003)

 

1,321

 

(1,932)

Present value of the obligations at end of year

 

9,534

 

9,876

 

8,337

 

F-124


 

Table of Contents

The changes in the fair value of the plan assets were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

8,445

 

7,008

 

8,458

Incorporation of Group companies, net

 

166

 

154

 

 9

Expected return on plan assets

 

732

 

732

 

667

Benefits paid

 

(683)

 

(637)

 

(594)

Benefits paid due to settlements

 

(24)

 

(1,328)

 

Contributions

 

94

 

559

 

109

Liquidation gains/(losses)

 

 —

 

 

 1

Actuarial gains/(losses)

 

203

 

687

 

43

Exchange differences and other items

 

(1,006)

 

1,270

 

(1,685)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

7,927

 

8,445

 

7,008

 

In 2018 the Group expects to make contributions to fund these obligations for amounts similar to those made in 2017.

The main categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity instruments

 

 6

%  

 7

%  

12

%

Debt instruments

 

84

%  

88

%  

84

%

Properties

 

 3

%  

 1

%  

 1

%

Other

 

 7

%  

 4

%  

 3

%

 

The following table shows the estimated benefits payable at December 31, 2017 for the next ten years:

 

 

 

 

 

Millions

 

    

of euros

 

 

 

2018

 

620

2019

 

636

2020

 

653

2021

 

670

2022

 

689

2023 to 2027

 

3,689

 

d) Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies and Other provisions

Provisions - Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies and Provisions - Other provisions, which include, inter alia, provisions for restructuring costs and tax-related and non-tax-related proceedings, were estimated using prudent calculation procedures in keeping with the uncertainty inherent to the obligations covered. The definitive date of the outflow of resources embodying economic benefits for the Group depends on each obligation. In certain cases, these obligations have no fixed settlement period and, in other cases, depend on the legal proceedings in progress.

The detail, by geographical area, of Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies and Other provisions is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized by Spanish companies

 

1,666

 

1,148

 

1,332

Recognized by other EU companies

 

1,127

 

1,300

 

1,766

Recognized by other companies

 

3,048

 

3,264

 

2,506

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brazil

 

2,504

 

2,715

 

2,016

 

 

5,841

 

5,712

 

5,604

 

F-125


 

Table of Contents

Set forth below is the detail, by type of provision, of the balance at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 of Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies and Other provisions. The types of provision were determined by grouping together items of a similar nature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions for taxes

 

1,006

 

1,074

 

997

Provisions for employment-related proceedings (Brazil)

 

868

 

915

 

581

Provisions for other legal proceedings

 

1,307

 

1,005

 

999

Provision for customer remediation

 

885

 

685

 

916

Regulatory framework-related provisions

 

101

 

253

 

308

Provision for restructuring

 

360

 

472

 

404

Other

 

1,314

 

1,308

 

1,399

 

 

5,841

 

5,712

 

5,604

 

Relevant information is set forth below in relation to each type of provision shown in the preceding table:

The provisions for taxes include provisions for tax-related proceedings.

The provisions for employment-related proceedings (Brazil) relate to claims filed by trade unions, associations, the prosecutor’s office and ex-employees claiming employment rights to which, in their view, they are entitled, particularly the payment of overtime and other employment rights, including litigation concerning retirement benefits. The number and nature of these proceedings, which are common for banks in Brazil, justify the classification of these provisions in a separate category or as a separate type from the rest. The Group calculates the provisions associated with these claims in accordance with past experience of payments made in relation to claims for similar items. When claims do not fall within these categories, a case-by-case assessment is performed and the amount of the provision is calculated in accordance with the status of each proceeding and the risk assessment carried out by the legal advisers.

The provisions for other legal proceedings include provisions for court, arbitration or administrative proceedings (other than those included in other categories or types of provisions disclosed separately) brought against Santander Group companies.

The provisions for customer remediation include mainly the estimated cost of payments to remedy errors relating to the sale of certain products in the UK and the estimated amount related to the floor clauses of Banco Popular. To calculate the provision for customer remediation, the best estimate of the provision made by management is used, which is based on the estimated number of claims to be received and, of these, the number that will be accepted, as well as the estimated average payment per case.

The regulatory framework-related provisions include mainly the provisions relating to the FSCS (Financial Services Compensation Scheme), the Bank Levy in the UK and in Poland the provision related to the Banking Tax.

The provisions for restructuring include only the costs arising from restructuring processes carried out by the various Group companies.

Qualitative information on the main litigation is provided in Note 25.e to the consolidated financial statements.

Our general policy is to record provisions for tax and legal proceedings in which we assess the chances of loss to be probable and we do not record provisions when the chances of loss are possible or remote. We determine the amounts to be provided for as our best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the corresponding claim based, among other factors, on a case-by-case analysis of the facts and the legal opinion of internal and external counsel or by considering the historical average amount of the loss incurred in claims of the same nature. The definitive date of the outflow of resources embodying economic benefits for the Group depends on each obligation. In certain cases, the obligations do not have a fixed settlement term and, in others, they depend on legal proceedings in progress.

The changes in Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies and Other provisions are set forth in Note 25.d. With respect to Brazil, the main charges to the income statement in 2017 were €355 million for civil contingencies (2016: €201 million; 2015: €289 million) and €505 million for employment-related claims (2016: €395 million; 2015: €370 million). This charge was offset in part by the use of the available provisions, of which €388 million corresponded to employment-related payments (2016: €284 million; 2015: €241 million), €203 million to civil payments (2016: €239 million; 2015: €273 million). In the UK, period provisions of €164 million were recognized in connection with customer remediation (2016: €179 million; 2015: €689 million), of €106 million in connection with the regulatory framework (Bank Levy and Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS)) (2016: €173 million; 2015: €243

F-126


 

Table of Contents

million), and of €44 million for restructuring (2016: €129 million and 2015: €56 million), these increases were offset by the use of €277 million of provisions for customer remediation (2016: €355 million; 2015: €227 million), €151 million in payments relating to Bank Levy and FSCS (2016: €169 million; 2015: €233 million) and €50 million for restructuring in 2017 (2016: €49 million; 2015: €41 million). In addition, €99 million have been provisioned derived from the regulatory framework and paid in the year in Poland and €125 million of restructuring for Consumer businesses. Regarding Spain, in 2017 €425 million of restructuring were allocated (2016: €244 million) to the integration plan related to the acquisition of Banco Popular, which has been registered by its nature, part of 'Provisions for restructuring 'and part in' Provisions for pensions and other retirement benefits defined post-employment and Other long-term employee benefits', increase offset by the use of €162 million (2016: €206 million). Additionally, €223 million of provisions are included for compensation to customers derived from the floor clause from Banco Popular.

e)     Litigation and other matters

i. Tax-related litigation

At December 31, 2017, the main tax-related proceedings concerning the Group were as follows:

-

Legal actions filed by Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and certain Group companies in Brazil challenging the increase in the rate of Brazilian social contribution tax on net income from 9% to 15% stipulated by Interim Measure 413/2008, ratified by Law 11,727/2008, a provision having been recognized for the amount of the estimated loss.

-

Legal actions filed by Banco Santander, S.A. (currently Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.) and other Group entities claiming their right to pay the Brazilian PIS and COFINS social contributions only on the income from the provision of services. In the case of Banco Santander, S.A., the legal action was declared unwarranted and an appeal was filed at the Federal Regional Court. In September 2007 the Federal Regional Court found in favor of Banco Santander, S.A., but the Brazilian authorities appealed against the judgment at the Federal Supreme Court. On April 23, 2015, the Federal Supreme Court issued a decision granting leave for the extraordinary appeal filed by the Brazilian authorities with regard to the PIS contribution to proceed, and dismissing the extraordinary appeal lodged by the Brazilian Public Prosecutor’s Office in relation to the COFINS contribution. The Federal Supreme Court has not yet handed down its decision on the PIS contribution and, with regard to the COFINS contribution, on May 28, 2015, the Federal Supreme Court in plenary session unanimously rejected the extraordinary appeal filed by the Brazilian Public Prosecutor’s Office, and the petition for clarification ("embargos de declaraçao") subsequently filed by the Brazilian Public Prosecutor’s Office, which on September 3, 2015 admitted that no further appeals may be filed. In the case of Banco ABN AMRO Real, S.A. (currently Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.), in March 2007 the court found in its favor, but the Brazilian authorities appealed against the judgment at the Federal Regional Court, which handed down a decision partly upholding the appeal in September 2009. Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. filed an appeal at the Federal Supreme Court. Law 12,865/2013 established a program of payments or deferrals of certain tax and social security debts, under which any entities that availed themselves of the program and withdrew the legal actions brought by them were exempted from paying late-payment interest. In November 2013 Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. partially availed itself of this program but only with respect to the legal actions brought by the former Banco ABN AMRO Real, S.A. in relation to the period from September 2006 to April 2009, and with respect to other minor actions brought by other entities in its Group. However, the legal actions brought by Banco Santander, S.A. and those of Banco ABN AMRO Real, S.A. relating to the periods prior to September 2006, for which a provision for the estimated loss was recognized, still persist.

-

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group companies in Brazil have appealed against the assessments issued by the Brazilian tax authorities questioning the deduction of loan losses in their income tax returns (IRPJ and CSLL) on the ground that the relevant requirements under the applicable legislation were not met. No provision was recognized in connection with the amount considered to be a contingent liability. In August 2017, the Bank and other entities of the Group have adhered to the program of fractioning and payment of tax debts provided for in Tax Amnesty Provisional Measure 783/2017 in relation to certain administrative processes for the years 1999 to 2005.

-

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group companies in Brazil are involved in administrative and legal proceedings against several municipalities that demand payment of the Service Tax on certain items of income from transactions not classified as provisions of services. No provision was recognized in connection with the amount considered to be a contingent liability.

-

In addition, Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other Group companies in Brazil are involved in administrative and legal proceedings against the tax authorities in connection with the taxation for social security purposes of certain items which are not considered to be employee remuneration. A provision was recognized in connection with the amount of the estimated loss.

F-127


 

Table of Contents

-

In December 2008 the Brazilian tax authorities issued an infringement notice against Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. in relation to income tax (IRPJ and CSLL) for 2002 to 2004. The tax authorities took the view that Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. did not meet the necessary legal requirements to be able to deduct the goodwill arising on the acquisition of Banespa (currently Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.). Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. filed an appeal against the infringement notice at Conselho Administrativo de Recursos Fiscais (the Brazilian Tax Appeal Administrative Council, CARF), which on October 21, 2011 unanimously decided to render the infringement notice null and void. The tax authorities appealed against this decision at a higher administrative level. On May 11, 2017, the Superior Chamber of Tax Appeals of the Administrative Council of Tax Appeals, in a split decision, reverted the previous unanimous decision reached by the Brazilian Tax Appeal Administrative Council and issued a judgment in favor of the Brazilian taxing authorities. This decision has been subject to clarification action which has been dismissed, as such, the decision has been appealed In June 2010 the Brazilian tax authorities issued infringement notices in relation to this same matter for 2005 to 2007. Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. filed an appeal against these procedures at CARF, which was partially upheld on October 8, 2013. This decision has been appealed. On July 4, 2017 and November 8, 2017, the CARF ruled in favor of the Brazilian taxing authorities with regards to the annual periods for the years ended 2005, 2006 and 2007. These rulings have been subject to a clarification action. In December 2013 the Brazilian tax authorities issued the infringement notice relating to 2008, the last year for amortization of the goodwill. Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. appealed against this infringement notice and the court found in its favor. The Brazilian tax authorities appealed against this decision at CARF. Based on the advice of its external legal counsel, the Group considers that the stance taken by the Brazilian tax authorities is incorrect and that there are sound defense arguments to appeal against the infringement notices. Accordingly, the risk of incurring a loss is remote. Consequently, no provisions were recognized in connection with these proceedings because this matter should not affect the consolidated financial statements.

-

In May 2003 the Brazilian tax authorities issued separate infringement notices against Santander Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliarios Ltda. (DTVM, currently Produban Serviços de Informática S.A.) and Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. (currently Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.) in relation to the Provisional Tax on Financial Movements (CPMF) with respect to certain transactions carried out by DTVM in the management of its customers’ funds and for the clearing services provided by Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. to DTVM in 2000, 2001 and the first two months of 2002. The two entities appealed against the infringement notices at CARF, with DTVM obtaining a favorable decision and Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. an unfavorable decision. Both decisions were appealed by the losing parties at the High Chamber of CARF, and unfavorable decisions were obtained by Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and DTVM on June 12 and 19, 2015, respectively. Both cases were appealed at court in a single proceeding and a provision was recognized for the estimated loss.

-

In December 2010 the Brazilian tax authorities issued an infringement notice against Santander Seguros S.A. (Brazil), current Zurich Santander Brasil Seguros e Previdência S.A., as the successor by merger to ABN AMRO Brazil Dois Participações, S.A., in relation to income tax (IRPJ and CSLL) for 2005. The tax authorities questioned the tax treatment applied to a sale of shares of Real Seguros, S.A. made in that year. The bank filed an appeal for reconsideration against this infringement notice and subsequently appealed before the CARF, whose resolution partly in favor has been appealed by the Unión Federal and Zurich Santander Brasil Seguros e Previdência S.A. As the former parent of Santander Seguros S.A. (Brasil), Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. is liable in the event of any adverse outcome of this proceeding. No provision was recognized in connection with this proceeding as it was considered to be a contingent liability.

-

In June 2013, the Brazilian tax authorities issued an infringement notice against Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. as the party liable for tax on the capital gain allegedly obtained in Brazil by the entity not resident in Brazil, Sterrebeeck B.V., as a result of the “incorporação de ações” (merger of shares) transaction carried out in August 2008. As a result of the aforementioned transaction, Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. acquired all of the shares of Banco ABN AMRO Real, S.A. and ABN AMRO Brasil Dois Participações, S.A. through the delivery to these entities' shareholders of newly issued shares of Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A., issued in a capital increase carried out for that purpose. The Brazilian tax authorities take the view that in the aforementioned transaction Sterrebeeck B.V. obtained income subject to tax in Brazil consisting of the difference between the issue value of the shares of Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. that were received and the acquisition cost of the shares delivered in the exchange. After the appeal for reconsideration lodged at the Federal Tax Office was dismissed by the Delegacia da Receita Federal, the Group, in December 2014, appealed against the infringement notice at CARF, which, in March 2018, in a split decision settled by the casting vote of the Chairman, has dismissed the appeal filed by the Group. This decision will be subject to clarification action and further appeal at the CARF. Based on the advice of its external legal counsel, the Group considers that the stance taken by the Brazilian tax authorities is incorrect and that there are sound defense arguments to appeal against the infringement notice. Accordingly, the risk of incurring a loss is remote. Consequently, the Group has not recognized any provisions in connection with these proceedings because this matter should not affect the consolidated financial statements.

-

In November 2014 the Brazilian tax authorities issued an infringement notice against Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. in relation to income tax (IRPJ and CSLL) for 2009 questioning the tax-deductibility of the amortization of the goodwill of Banco ABN

F-128


 

Table of Contents

AMRO Real S.A. performed prior to the absorption of this bank by Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A., but accepting the amortization performed after the merger. On the advice of its external legal counsel, Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. lodged an appeal against this decision at the Federal Tax Office and obtained a favorable decision in July 2015. Such decision was appealed by the Brazilian tax authorities before the CARF, which ruled in their favor. Consequently, in November 2016 the Bank lodged an appeal before the Higher Chamber of Tax Appeals. No provision was recognized in connection with this proceeding as it was considered to be a contingent liability.

-

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. has also appealed against infringement notices issued by the tax authorities questioning the tax deductibility of the amortization of the goodwill arising on the acquisition of Banco Comercial e de Investimento Sudameris S.A. No provision was recognized in connection with this matter as it was considered to be a contingent liability.

-

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and other companies of the Group in Brazil are undergoing administrative and judicial procedures against Brazilian tax authorities for not admitting tax compensation with credits derived from other tax concepts, not having registered a provision for such amount since it is considered to be a contingent liability.

-

Legal action brought by Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. (currently Santander Holdings USA, Inc.) claiming its right to take a foreign tax credit for taxes paid outside the United States in fiscal years 2003 to 2005 in connection with a Trust created by Santander Holdings USA, Inc. in relation to financing transactions carried out with an international bank. Santander Holdings USA, Inc. considered that, in accordance with applicable tax legislation, it was entitled to recognize the aforementioned tax credits as well as the related issuance and financing costs. In addition, if the final outcome of this legal action were to be favorable to the interests of Santander Holdings USA, Inc., the amounts paid over by the entity in relation to this matter with respect to 2006 and 2007 would have to be refunded. On November 13, 2015, the District Court Judge ruled in favor of Santander Holdings USA, Inc., ordering the amounts paid over with respect to 2003 to 2005 to be refunded. The US Government appealed the decision at the US Court of Appeals for the First Circuit and on December 16, 2016 said Court reversed the District Court’s decision as to the economic substance of the Trust transaction and the foreign tax credits claimed for the Trust transaction, and referred the case back to the District Court for its ruling over certain matters pending resolution, including the refund claim and the justification of sanctions. On March 16, 2017, Santander Holdings USA, Inc. filed a petition with the U.S. Supreme Court to hear its appeal of the First Circuit Court’s decision and on June 26, 2017, the U.S. Supreme Court denied Santander Holdings USA, Inc.´s petition to hear its appeal and returned the case to the District Court as ordered by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the First Circuit. The parties are currently awaiting the District Court´s decision over Santander Holdings USA, Inc. petition to have a summary judgement related to the matters pending resolution. The estimated loss relating to this litigation is provided for.

-

In 2007 the European Commission opened an investigation into illegal state aid to the Kingdom of Spain in connection with Article 12.5 of the former Consolidated Text of the Corporate Tax Law. The Commission issued the Decision 2011/5/CE of October 28, 2009, on acquisitions of subsidiaries resident in the EU and decision 2011/282/UE of January 12, 2011,  on the acquisition of subsidiaries not resident in the EU, ruling that the deduction regulated pursuant to Article 12.5 constituted illegal State aid. These decisions were subject to appeal by Banco Santander and other companies before the European Union General Court. In November 2014, the General Court delivered judgment annulling the prior decisions, and that judgment was appealed before the European Court of Justice by the Commission. In December 2016 the European Court of Justice delivered judgment setting aside the appeal and remanded the file to the General Court, which shall deliver a new judgment assessing the other annulment pleas raised by the petitioners, which, in turn, may be subject to an appeal before the Court of Justice. The Group, in accordance with the advice from its external lawyers, has not recognized provisions for these suits since they are considered to be a contingent liability.

At the date of approval of these consolidated financial statements certain other less significant tax-related proceedings were also in progress.

ii. Non-tax-related proceedings

At December 31, 2017, the main non-tax-related proceedings concerning the Group were as follows:

-

Customer remediation: claims associated with the sale by Santander UK of certain financial products (principally payment protection insurance or PPI) to its customers.

In August 2010, the FSA (Financial Services Authority) (now the FCA (Financial Conduct Authority)) published a Policy Statement on the valuation and compensation of claims for payment protection insurance (PPI). The policy established rules that changed the bases for the analysis and treatment of the claims for PPI sales and increased the amounts to be paid to customers whose claims were ratified.

F-129


 

Table of Contents

In November 2015, the FCA published the consultation 15/39 (Regulations and guides on the payment of claims related to insurance for credit protection) that introduced the concept of unfair commission in connection with case Plevin for the customer compensation, as well as the term for customers to formulate their PPI complaints. On August 2, 2016, the FCA issued a new consultative document (CP16/20: Rules and guidance on payment protection insurance complaints: feedback on CP15/39 and further consultation). The document described the FCA’s proposal to address the PPI claims following the UK Supreme Court’s ruling on the Plevin v. Paragon Personal Finance Ltd case (Plevin) and included the recommendation that the period for filing claims should be extended by two years from June 2017, which was later than proposed in CP 15/39 issued by the FCA in November 2015. The document also included proposals on the calculation of compensation in claims related to Plevin, including considerations on how the participation in benefits should be reflected in the calculation. The final regulation (Policy Statement 17/3 (Payment Protection Insurance Complaints: Feedback on CP16/20 and final rules and guidance)) published on March 2, 2017 confirms that the two year term for the formulation of claims started on August 2017. It also requires to proactively contact with the claimants whose claims were rejected in accordance with article 140ª of Consumer Credit Act. Finally, the standard introduced some clarifications on the calculation of the profit participation percentage. These changes may have an impact on the amounts expected to be paid in the future.

A provision for conduct remediation has been recognized in respect of the mis-selling of PPI policies in the UK. This provision has been calculated using the following variables:

-

Number of claims - estimated number of claims;

-

Percentage of claims lost - estimated percentage of claims that are or will be favorable to the customer; and

-

Average cost - estimated amount to be paid to customers, including compensation for direct loss plus interest.

For the calculation of the provision has been considered

-

Full analysis of causes of the claims, probability of success, market fluctuations, possible activities/supervisor and guidelines of the FCA and how these may affect the future;

-

Activity recorded with regard to the number of claims received;

-

Amount of compensation paid to customers, together with a forecast of the probability of this varying in future;

-

The impact on complaints levels of proactive customer contact;

-

Effect media coverage and time bar are expected to have on the complaints inflows.

-

Commission and profit margin obtained from the insurance provider during the products’ lifespan.

-

In relation to a specific PPI portfolio of complaints, an analysis of the relevant facts and circumstances including legal and regulatory responsibilities.

These criteria are kept under review and regularly compared to the customer information (claims received, percentage of successful claims, impact of changes in the percentage of successful claims and assessment of the customers potentially affected) to ensure their validity. The provision represents management’s best estimate of Santander UK’s future liability in respect of mis-selling of PPI policies.

The most critical factor in determining the level of provision is the volume of claims. The uphold rate is informed by historical experience and the average cost of redress can be predicted reasonably accurately given that management is dealing with a high volume and reasonably homogeneous population. In setting the provision, management estimated the total claims that were likely to be received until August 2019.

2017 compared to 2016

The remaining provision for PPI redress and related costs amounted to £356m (€401 million). The total charge for the year was £109m (€124 million) (2016: £144m (€140 million) and was driven by an increase in estimated future claims driven by the start of the FCA advertising campaign for PPI, offset by an expected decline relating to a specific PPI portfolio review. We continue to monitor our provision levels in respect of recent claims experience. In 2016, a provision of £114m (€140 million) was made when we applied

F-130


 

Table of Contents

the principles published in the August 2016 FCA papers, and a further £32m (€37 million) was made in relation to a past business review.

Monthly utilization increased from the 2016 average following the confirmation of a deadline for customer complaints, broadly in line with our assumptions. We continue to monitor our provision levels in respect of recent claims experience.

2016 compared to 2015

We made an additional £144m provision charge in the year, which included our best estimate of Plevin related claim costs and a £30m charge for a portfolio under a past business review. With the FCA consultation that was expected to close in the first quarter of 2017, we assessed the adequacy of our provision and applied the principles published in the August 2016 FCA consultation paper to our current assumptions.  We continued to review our provision levels in respect of recent claims experience and noted that once the final FCA guidance was published it was possible further PPI-related provision adjustments would be required in future years.

Monthly utilization during the year, excluding the impact of past business review activity, was slightly higher than the 2015 average and in line with our assumptions.

The following table shows the main factors to calculate the provisions and the future forecast as well as the sensitivity analysis in the face of future changes. It reflects a blended view across all our retail products and portfolios and includes redress for Plevin-related claims:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sensitivity

 

 

 

 

Future

 

analysis:

 

 

 

 

forecast

 

increases /

 

 

Accumulated at

 

(unaudited

 

decreases in

 

    

December 31, 2017

    

figures)

    

provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims received (1)  (000)

 

1,623

 

660

 

25 = £9m

Claims received for proactive contact (000)

 

487

 

127

 

25 = £5m

% Response to complaints received by proactive contact

 

54

%  

100

%  

1% - £0.3m

% Of claims accepted by the Entity (2)

 

47

%  

68

%  

1% - £2.6m

Average compensation by accepted claim   (3)

 

£1,378

 

£564

 

£100   = £50 m


(1)

Includes all claims received regardless of whether we expect to make a payment; i.e. regardless of the likelihood of the Santander UK group incurring a liability. Excludes claims where the complainant has not held a PPI policy.

(2)

It includes both claims received directly from customers and those contacted proactively by the Entity.

(3)

The average claim compensation was reduced from an accumulated average amount of £1,378 (€1,222) on December 31, 2017 to an average future amount of £564 due to the effect of Plevin cases in the provision, as well as a shift in the complaints mix to a greater proportion of storecards which typically carry lower average balances.

 

-

Delforca: Dispute arising from equity swaps entered into by Gaesco (now Delforca 2008, S.A.) on shares of Inmobiliaria Colonial. An initial arbitration ruled in favor of the Bank, but this ruling was annulled due to issues regarding the president of the tribunal and one of the items of evidence presented by Delforca. Faced with a second arbitration initiated by the Bank, and after the latter had obtained a preventive attachment in its favor (currently waived), Delforca declared bankruptcy. Prior to this, Delforca and its parent, Mobiliaria Monesa, S.A., launched other lawsuits claiming damages due to the Bank’s actions before civil courts in Madrid, later shelved, and in Santander, currently stayed on preliminary civil ruling grounds.

-

During the insolvency proceeding, Barcelona Commercial court no. 10 ordered the stay of the arbitration proceeding, the termination of the arbitration agreement, the lack of recognition of the contingent claim and a breach by the Bank, and dismissed the Bank’s request to conclude the proceeding due to the non-existence of insolvency. Following the appeals filed by the Bank, the Barcelona Provincial Appellate Court revoked all these decisions, except that relating to the rejection of the conclusion of the proceeding, which gave rise to the resumption of the arbitration process, in which the Partial Award was issued, rejecting the procedural exceptions raised by Delforca, resolution which was appealed by Delforca. Delforca appealed against the decisions rejected the resolution of the arbitration agreement and the recognition of the contingent claim in favor of the Bank. Furthermore, Delforca and its parent have requested from the judge of the insolvency case the repayment of the security deposit executed by the Bank to settle the swaps, being these processes under processing. The Bank has not recognized any provisions in this connection.

-

Former employees of Banco do Estado de São Paulo S.A., Santander Banespa, Cia. de Arrendamiento Mercantil: a claim was filed in 1998 by the association of retired Banespa employees (AFABESP) on behalf of its members, requesting the payment of a half-yearly bonus initially envisaged in the entity’s Bylaws in the event that the entity obtained a profit and that the distribution of this profit were approved by the Board of Directors.  The bonus was not paid in 1994 and 1995 since the bank did not make a profit and

F-131


 

Table of Contents

partial payments were made from 1996 to 2000, as agreed by the Board of Directors, and the relevant clause was eliminated in 2001. The Regional Employment Court ordered the bank to pay this half-yearly bonus in September 2005 and the bank filed an appeal against the decision at the High Employment Court (“TST”) and, subsequently, at the Federal Supreme Court (“STF”). The TST confirmed the judgment against the bank, whereas the STF rejected the extraordinary appeal filed by the bank in a decision adopted by only one of the Court members, thereby also upholding the order issued to the bank. This decision was appealed by the bank and the association. Only the appeal lodged by the bank has been given leave to proceed and will be decided upon by the STF in plenary session. The STF recently handed down a decision on a matter relating to a third party that upholds one of the main arguments put forward by the Bank. The Bank has not recognized any provisions in this connection.

-

“Planos Económicos”: Like the rest of the banking system, Santander Brasil has been the subject of claims from customers, mostly depositors, and of civil class actions brought for a common reason, arising from a series of legislative changes relating to the calculation of inflation (“planos económicos”). The claimants considered that their vested rights had been impaired due to the immediate application of these adjustments. In April 2010, the High Court of Justice (STJ) set the limitation period for these class actions at five years, as claimed by the banks, rather than 20 years, as sought by the claimants, which will probably significantly reduce the number of actions brought and the amounts claimed in this connection. As regards the substance of the matter, the decisions issued to date have been adverse for the banks, although two proceedings have been brought at the STJ and the Federal Supreme Court (STF) with which the matter is expected to be definitively settled. In August 2010, the STJ handed down a decision finding for the plaintiffs in terms of substance, but excluding one of the “planos” from the claim, thereby reducing the amount thereof, and once again confirming the five-year statute-of-limitations period. Shortly thereafter, the STF issued an injunctive relief order whereby the proceedings in progress were stayed until this court issues a final decision on the matter. Various appeals to the STF are currently being considered in which various matters relating to this case are discussed.

At the end of 2017, the Advocacia Geral da União (AGU), Bacen, Instituto de Defesa do Consumidor (Idec), the Frente Brasileira dos Poupadores (Febrapo) and Federação Brasileira dos Bancos (Febraban) signed an agreement with the aim of terminating the judicial disputes related to economic situation. Discussions have focused on specifying the amount to be paid to each affected customer according to the balance in their notebook at the time of the Plan. Finally, the total value of the payments will depend on the amount of endorsements that there have been and the number of savers who have showed the existence of the account and its balance on the date on which the indexes were changed. The terms of the agreement signed by the parties have already been approved by the Supreme Federal Court (STF), to whom the final word on the viability of the agreement corresponds. Provisions registered in order to hedge risks that may derive from the "economic plans", including those derived from the agreement pending approval by the STF, are deemed sufficient.

-

The intervention, on the grounds of alleged fraud, of Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC (“Madoff Securities”) by the US Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) took place in December 2008. The exposure of customers of the Group through the Optimal Strategic US Equity (“Optimal Strategic”) subfund was €2,330 million, of which €2,010 million related to institutional investors and international private banking customers, and the remaining €320 million made up the investment portfolios of the Group’s private banking customers in Spain, who were qualifying investors.

At the date of these consolidated financial statements, certain claims had been filed against Group companies in relation to this matter. The Group considers that it has at all times exercised due diligence and that these products have always been sold in a transparent way pursuant to applicable legislation and established procedures. The risk of loss is therefore considered to be remote or immaterial.

-

At the end of the first quarter of 2013, news stories were published stating that the public sector was debating the validity of the interest rate swaps entered into between various financial institutions and public sector companies in Portugal, particularly in the public transport industry.

The swaps under debate included swaps entered into by Banco Santander Totta, S.A. with the public companies Metropolitano de Lisboa, E.P.E. (MdL), Metro de Porto, S.A. (MdP), Sociedade de Transportes Colectivos do Porto, S.A. (STCP) and Companhia Carris de Ferro de Lisboa, S.A. (Carris). These swaps were entered into prior to 2008, i.e. before the start of the financial crisis, and had been executed without incident.

In view of this situation, Banco Santander Totta, S.A. took the initiative to request a court judgment on the validity of the swaps in the jurisdiction of the United Kingdom to which the swaps are subject. The corresponding claims were filed in May 2013.

After the Bank had filed the claims, the four companies (MdL, MdP, STCP and Carris) notified Banco Santander Totta, S.A. that they were suspending payment of the amounts owed under the swaps until a final decision had been handed down in the UK

F-132


 

Table of Contents

jurisdiction in the proceedings. MdL, MdP and Carris suspended payment in September 2013 and STCP did the same in December 2013. Banco Santander Totta, S.A. extended each of the claims to include the unpaid amounts.

On November 29, 2013, the companies presented their defense in which they claimed that the swaps were null and void under Portuguese law and, accordingly, that they should be refunded the amounts paid.

On March 4, 2016, the Court handed down a judgment in which it upheld all the matters raised by the Bank and declared al the swap agreements to be valid and binding. The transport companies appealed against this decision. The Appellate Court dismissed the appeal through a decision handed down on 13 December 2016, in which it stated that a cassation appeal cannot be filed against this decision. The transport companies have filed an appeal against this decision at the Supreme Court.

On May 2, 2017, Portuguese shipping companies, Banco Santander Totta, SA and the Portuguese Republic reached an agreement regarding these legal proceedings which were terminated. Shipping companies withdrew their request for admission of a pending appeal before the English Supreme Court. This matter has concluded. 

-

In April 2016, the Competition Directorate of the Spanish “Comisión Nacional de los mercados y la Competencia” (CNMC) commenced an administrative investigation on several financial entities, including Santander Bank in relation to possible collusive practices or price-fixing agreements, as well as exchange of commercially sensitive information in relation to financial derivative instruments used as hedge of interest rate risk for syndicated loans. In accordance with the Competition Directorate this conduct could constitute a breach of article 1 of Competition Directorate Law 15/2007, of July 3, as well as article 101 of Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU). On February 13, 2018, the CNMC published its decision, by which it fined Santander, Sabadell, BBVA and Caixabank with €91 million (€23.9 million for Santander) for offering interest rate derivatives in breach of Articles 1 of the Spanish Act 15/2007 on Defence of Competition and 101 of the Treaty of Functioning of the European Union (Case S/DC/0579/16 Derivados Financieros). According to the CNMC, there is evidence that there was coordination between the hedging banks/lenders to coordinate the price of the derivatives and offer clients, in each case, a price different from the “market price”. This decision is not final and will be appealed.

-

Floor clauses (“cláusulas suelo”): as a result of the acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A., the Group is exposed to material transactions containing floor clauses. Floor clauses are clauses whereby the borrower agrees to pay a minimum interest rate to the lender regardless of the applicable benchmark interest rate. Banco Popular, S.A. has included floor clauses in certain asset operations with customers. Banco Popular’s position in respect of these floor clauses is as follows:

On December 21, 2016, the European Court of Justice overruled the ruling established through Spanish Supreme Court Judgement of May 9, 2013, and by virtue of which the retroactive effect of declaring the floor clauses null and void was limited so that the amounts charged in application of these clauses would only be refunded from May 9, 2013. Subsequently, the Judgement handed down by the Spanish Supreme Court on February 24, 2017, ruling on a cassation appeal (“recurso de casación”) filed by another entity, adapted its jurisprudence in line with the Judgement of the European Court of Justice of December 21 2016 and, in particular, considered that its ruling of May 9, 2013, which related to a collective action, did not have res judicata effect with respect to individual suits filed by consumers in this regard.

These legal rulings and the social impact of the floor clauses led the Spanish government to establish, through Spanish Royal Decree-Law 1/2017, of January 20, urgent measures to protect consumers against floor clauses, a voluntary and extrajudicial process whereby consumers who consider themselves affected by the potential nullity of a floor clause claim repayment. This ruling establishes an extrajudicial channel for conflict resolution but adds nothing that affects the criteria describing the validity of the clauses. Provisional results arising from claims received via this process seem to confirm the Bank’s estimates.

In 2015 and 2016, Banco Popular made extraordinary provisions that, following the Judgment of the European Union’s Court of Justice on December 21, 2016, were updated in order to cover the effect of the potential return of the excess interest charged for the application of the floor clauses between the contract date of the corresponding mortgage loans and May 2013. As of December 31, 2017, the amount of the Group’s provisions in relation to this matter goes up to €223 million. For this concept, after the purchase of Banco Popular, €238 million provisions have been used by the Group mainly for refunds as a result of the extrajudicial process mentioned above. The Group considers that the maximum risk associated with the floor clauses applied in its contracts with consumers, in the most severe and not probable scenario, would amount to approximately €900 million, as initially measured and without considering the returns performed. Considering the provisioned amount referred before and the refunds performed, the maximum and not probable risk derived would have a coverage greater than 50% of this maximum risk scenario.

F-133


 

Table of Contents

-

Other aspects: given that no precedent exists in either Spain or any other European Union member state for the declaration setting out the resolution of Banco Popular, the redemption and conversion of its capital instruments and the subsequent transfer to Banco Santander of the shares resulting from this conversion in exercise of the resolution instrument involving the sale of the institution's business, all in accordance with the single resolution framework regulation referred to in Note 3, the possibility of future appeals being submitted against the EU’s Single Resolution Board decision, the FROB's resolution executed in accordance to the aforementioned decision, and claims against Banco Popular Español, S.A., Banco Santander or other Santander Group companies deriving from or related to the acquisition of Banco Popular. Several investors, advisors and financial dealers have stated that they intend to analyze and, in some cases, have already submitted different types of claims in respect to the acquisition. To date, 103 procedures have been filed before the European Union Court of Justice and more than 261 have been brought before the Spanish Audiencia Nacional.With respect to possible appeals or claims, it is not possible at this time to foresee the total of the specific petitions that could be put forth, nor their economic implications (particularly when these possible future claims might not specify any specific amount, or when they allege new legal interpretations or involve a large number of parties). The estimated cost of the potential compensation to the shareholders of Banco Popular has been accounted for as disclosed in Notes 1.h and 3 of the consolidated financial statements.

In this context, it must be considered that the outcome of court proceedings is uncertain, particularly in the case of claims for indeterminate amounts, those based on legal issues for which there are no precedents, those that affect a large number of parties or those at a very preliminary stage.

The Bank and the other Group companies are subject to claims and, therefore, are party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of their business (including those in connection with lending activities, relationships with employees and other commercial or tax matters). With the information available to it, the Group considers that it had reliably estimated the obligations associated with each proceeding and had recognized, where necessary, sufficient provisions to cover reasonably any liabilities that may arise as a result of these tax and legal situations. It also believes that any liability arising from such claims and proceedings will not have, overall, a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial position or results of operations.

26.   Other liabilities

The detail of Other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transactions in transit

 

811

 

994

 

744

Accrued expenses and deferred income

 

6,790

 

6,507

 

6,562

Other

 

4,990

 

3,569

 

2,915

 

 

12,591

 

11,070

 

10,221

 

 

27.  Tax matters

a) Consolidated Tax Group

Pursuant to current legislation, the Consolidated Tax Group includes Banco Santander  (as the Parent) and the Spanish subsidiaries that meet the requirements provided for in Spanish legislation regulating the taxation of the consolidated profits of corporate groups (as the controlled entities). Banco Popular and its Spanish subsidiaries are taxed in 2017, likewise, in a tax consolidation system, incorporating themselves as subsidiaries to the Consolidated Tax Group in 2018.

The other Group companies file income tax returns in accordance with the tax regulations applicable to them.

b) Years open for review by the tax authorities

In 2015 notification was received of the final agreed payments relating to the assessments arising from the outcome of the tax audit of the Consolidated Tax Group of the years 2005 to 2007, which were signed partly on an uncontested basis and partly on a contested basis. As the Parent of the Consolidated Tax Group, in accordance with the advice of its external lawyers, Banco Santander, S.A. considers that the aforementioned final agreed payments should not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements as there are sound defense arguments in relation to the appeals filed against them. As a result, no provision has been recognized in this connection. As regards the tax inspections relating to prior years, in 2016 notified of the execution agreement was received of the Supreme Court judgment on the years 2001 and 2002, without a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

F-134


 

Table of Contents

Also, in 2014 an audit by the tax authorities was initiated at the Consolidated Tax Group in relation to the years up to 2011, and the Consolidated Tax Group has the years subject to that audit and the subsequent years up to and including 2017 open for review in relation to the main taxes applicable to it. Likewise, the aid recovery procedure for the EC decision of October 15, 2014 related to the deduction of the financial goodwill in indirect acquisitions commenced in 2017.

Regarding Banco Popular and subsidiaries integrated in its own Tax Group, exercises 2010 to 2017 inclusive are subject to review. In 2017, partial-scope verification and investigation proceedings have been initiated in relation to the 2016.

The other entities have the corresponding years open for review, pursuant to their respective tax regulations.

Because of the possible different interpretations which can be made of the tax regulations, the outcome of the tax audits of the years reviewed and of the open years might give rise to contingent tax liabilities which cannot be objectively quantified. However, the Group's tax advisers consider that it is unlikely that such tax liabilities will arise, and that in any event the tax charge arising therefrom would not materially affect the Group's consolidated financial statements.

c) Reconciliation

The reconciliation of the income tax expense calculated at the tax rate applicable in Spain (30%) to the income tax expense recognized and the detail of the effective tax rate are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit (loss) before tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From continuing operations

 

12,091

 

10,768

 

9,547

 

From discontinued operations

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

12,091

 

10,768

 

9,547

 

Income tax at tax rate applicable in Spain (30%)

 

3,628

 

3,230

 

2,864

 

By the effect of application of the various tax rates applicable in each country (*)

 

539

 

312

 

158

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brazil

 

656

 

396

 

300

 

United Kingdom

 

(78)

 

(63)

 

(146)

 

United States

 

68

 

94

 

156

 

Chile

 

(48)

 

(54)

 

(60)

 

Effect of profit or loss of associates and joint ventures

 

(211)

 

(133)

 

(111)

 

Effect of deduction of goodwill in Brazil

 

(164)

 

(184)

 

(133)

 

Effect of reassessment of deferred taxes

 

(282)

 

(20)

 

30

 

Reversal of tax liabilities (**)

 

 —

 

 

(1,071)

 

Permanent differences

 

374

 

77

 

476

 

Current income tax

 

3,884

 

3,282

 

2,213

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

 

32.12

%

30.48

%

23.18

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

3,884

 

3,282

 

2,213

 

Discontinued operations

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current taxes

 

3,777

 

1,493

 

4,070

 

Deferred taxes

 

107

 

1,789

 

(1,857)

 

Taxes paid in the year

 

4,137

 

2,872

 

2,205

 


(*)    Calculated by applying the difference between the tax rate applicable in Spain and the tax rate applicable in each jurisdiction to the profit or loss contributed to the Group by the entities which operate in each jurisdiction.

(**)  Effect of tax liabilities reversal of Banco Santander (Brazil), S.A. regarding tax litigation related to social contributions PIS and COFINS (see Note 25.e).

F-135


 

Table of Contents

d) Tax recognized in equity

In addition to the income tax recognized in the consolidated income statement, the Group recognized the following amounts in consolidated equity in 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items not reclassified to profit or loss

 

60

 

364

 

(231)

Actuarial gains or (-) losses on defined benefit pension plans

 

60

 

364

 

(231)

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

 

 —

 

(694)

 

448

Cash flow hedges

 

108

 

(136)

 

51

Financial assets available for sale

 

(97)

 

(552)

 

384

Debt instruments

 

(366)

 

(368)

 

418

Equity instruments

 

269

 

(184)

 

(34)

Other recognized income and expense of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

 

(11)

 

(6)

 

13

Total

 

60

 

(330)

 

217

 

e) Deferred taxes

Tax assets in the consolidated balance sheets includes debit balances with the Public Treasury relating to deferred tax assets. Tax liabilities includes the liability for the Group’s various deferred tax liabilities.

On June 26, 2013, the Basel III legal framework was included in European law through Directive 2013/36 (CRD IV) and Regulation 575/2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms (CRR), directly applicable in every Member State as from January 1, 2014, albeit with a gradual timetable with respect to the application of, and compliance with, various requirements.

This legislation establishes that deferred tax assets, the use of which relies on future profits being obtained, must be deducted from regulatory capital.

In this regard, pursuant to Basel III, in recent years several countries have amended their tax regimes with respect to certain deferred tax assets so that they may continue to be considered regulatory capital since their use does not rely on the future profits of the entities that generate them (referred to hereinafter as "monetizable tax assets").

Italy had a very similar regime to that described above, which was introduced by Decree-Law no. 225, of December 29, 2010, and amended by Law no. 10, of February 26, 2011.

In addition, in 2013 in Brazil, by means of Provisional Measure no. 608, of February 28, 2013 and, in Spain, through Royal Decree-Law 14/2013, of November 29 confirmed by Law 27/2014, of November 27 tax regimes were established whereby certain deferred tax assets (arising from provisions to allowances for loan losses in Brazil and provisions to allowances for loan losses, provisions to allowances for foreclosed assets and provisions for pension and pre-retirement obligations in Spain) may be converted into tax receivables in specific circumstances. As a result, their use does not rely on the entities obtaining future profits and, accordingly, they are exempt from deduction from regulatory capital.

In 2015 Spain completed its regulations on monetizable tax assets with the introduction of a financial contribution which will involve the payment of 1.5% for maintaining the right to monetize which will be applied to the portion of the deferred tax assets that qualify under the legal requirements as monetizable assets generated prior to 2016.

In a similar manner, Italy, by decree of May 3, 2016 has introduced a fee of 1.5% annually to maintain the monetizable of part of the deferred tax assets.

F-136


 

Table of Contents

The detail of deferred tax assets, by classification as monetizable or non-monetizable assets, and of deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

    

Monetizable

    

 

    

Monetizable

    

 

    

Monetizable

    

 

 

 

(*)(**)

 

Other

 

(*)

 

Other

 

(*)

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax assets:

 

11,046

 

12,164

 

9,649

 

11,615

 

8,887

 

13,158

Tax losses and tax credits

 

 —

 

4,457

 

 

4,934

 

 

4,808

Temporary differences

 

11,046

 

7,707

 

9,649

 

6,681

 

8,887

 

8,351

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-deductible provisions

 

 —

 

2,336

 

 

1,645

 

 

1,631

Valuation of financial instruments

 

 —

 

530

 

 

1,042

 

 

2,231

Loan losses

 

7,461

 

1,159

 

6,082

 

940

 

5,330

 

827

Pensions

 

3,585

 

723

 

3,567

 

641

 

3,557

 

475

Valuation of tangible and intangible assets

 

 —

 

1,077

 

 

537

 

 

 

686

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax liabilities:

 

 —

 

4,837

 

 

5,694

 

 

5,565

Temporary differences

 

 —

 

4,837

 

 

5,694

 

 

5,565

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation of financial instruments

 

 —

 

1,207

 

 

1,105

 

 

896

Valuation of tangible and intangible assets

 

 —

 

1,256

 

 

1,916

 

 

1,727

Investments in Group companies

 

 —

 

808

 

 

1,265

 

 

1,249


(*)    Not deductible from regulatory capital.

(**)  Banco Popular has requested the conversion of part of its monetizable assets given the circumstances of the aforementioned regulations are applied.

The Group only recognizes deferred tax assets for temporary differences or tax loss and tax credit carryforwards where it is considered probable that the consolidated entities that generated them will have sufficient future taxable profits against which they can be utilized.

The deferred tax assets and liabilities are reassessed at the reporting date in order to ascertain whether any adjustments need to be made on the basis of the findings of the analysis performed.

These analyses take into account, inter alia: (i) the results generated by the various entities in prior years, (ii) each entity or tax group’s projected earnings, (iii) the estimated reversal of the various temporary differences, based on their nature, and (iv) the period and limits established by the legislation of each country for the recovery of the various deferred tax assets, thereby concluding on each entity or tax group’s ability to recover its recognized deferred tax assets.

The projected earnings used in these analyses are based on the financial budgets approved by the Group’s directors for the various entities applying constant growth rates not exceeding the average long-term growth rate for the market in which the consolidated entities operate, in order to estimate the earnings for subsequent years considered in the analyses.

Relevant information is set forth below for the main countries which have recognized deferred tax assets:

Spain

The deferred tax assets recognized at the Consolidated Tax Group total €10,494 million, of which €5,874 million were for monetizable temporary differences with the right to conversion into a credit against the Public Finance, €1,516 million for other temporary differences and €3,104 million for tax losses and credits.

On the other hand, deferred tax assets recognized by the Popular Group amount to €3,340 million, from which €2,036 million have arisen as a result of monetizable temporary differences with the right to convert to a credit against the Public Treasury, as has been mentioned above (including the €486 million whose conversion has already been requested in 2017). The resting amount mainly belongs to other temporary differences.

The Group estimates that the recognized deferred tax assets for temporary differences will be recovered in a maximum period of 15 years. This period would also apply to the recovery of the recognized tax loss and tax credit carryforwards.

F-137


 

Table of Contents

Brazil

The deferred tax assets recognized in Brazil total €5,591 million, of which €2,939 million were for monetizable temporary differences, €2,277 million for other temporary differences and €375 million for tax losses and credits.

The Group estimates that the recognized deferred tax assets for temporary differences, tax losses and credits will be recovered in approximately 10 years.

United States

The deferred tax assets recognized in the United States total €1,205 million, of which €310 million were for temporary differences and €895 million for tax losses and credits.

The Group estimates that the recognized deferred tax assets for temporary differences will be recovered before 2027. The recognized tax loss and tax credit carryforwards will be recovered before 2029.

Mexico

The net deferred tax assets recognized in Mexico total €480 million, substantially all of which were for temporary differences.

The Group estimates that substantially all the recognized deferred tax assets for temporary differences will be recovered in 3 years.

The changes in Tax assets - Deferred and Tax liabilities - Deferred in the last three years were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

 

    

 

    

Foreign

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

balance

 

(Charge)/Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

translation

 

to asset and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at 

 

 

 

differences

 

liability

 

Acquisition

 

Balances at

 

 

December 31, 

 

(Charge)/

 

and other

 

valuation

 

for the year

 

December 31, 

 

 

2016

 

Credit   to income

 

items

 

adjustments

 

(net)

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

21,264

 

(675)

 

(756)

 

(1)

 

3,378

 

23,210

Tax losses and tax credits

 

4,934

 

(279)

 

(205)

 

 —

 

 7

 

4,457

Temporary differences

 

16,330

 

(396)

 

(551)

 

(1)

 

3,371

 

18,753

Of which: monetizable

 

9,649

 

(185)

 

(455)

 

 —

 

2,037

 

11,046

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(5,694)

 

568

 

414

 

19

 

(144)

 

(4,837)

Temporary differences

 

(5,694)

 

568

 

414

 

19

 

(144)

 

(4,837)

 

 

15,570

 

(107)

 

(342)

 

18

 

3,234

 

18,373

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

 

    

 

    

Foreign

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

balance

 

(Charge)/Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

translation

 

to asset and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at

 

 

 

differences

 

liability

 

Acquisitions

 

Balances at

 

 

December 31, 

 

(Charge)/Credit

 

and other

 

valuation

 

for the year

 

December 31, 

 

 

2015

 

to income

 

items

 

adjustments

 

(net)

 

2016

Deferred tax assets

 

22,045

 

(1,311)

 

1,355

 

(551)

 

(274)

 

21,264

Tax losses and tax credits

 

4,808

 

194

 

110

 

 

(178)

 

4,934

Temporary differences

 

17,237

 

(1,505)

 

1,245

 

(551)

 

(96)

 

16,330

Of which: monetizable

 

8,887

 

49

 

713

 

 

 

9,649

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(5,565)

 

(478)

 

98

 

(26)

 

277

 

(5,694)

Temporary differences

 

(5,565)

 

(478)

 

98

 

(26)

 

277

 

(5,694)

 

 

16,480

 

(1,789)

 

1,453

 

(577)

 

 3

 

15,570

 

F-138


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

 

    

 

    

Foreign

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

balance

 

(Charge)/Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

translation

 

to asset and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at

 

 

 

differences

 

liability

 

Acquisitions

 

Balances at

 

 

December 31, 

 

(Charge)/Credit

 

and other

 

valuation

 

for the year

 

December 31, 

 

 

2014

 

to income

 

items

 

adjustments

 

(net)

 

2015

Deferred tax assets

 

22,164

 

2,330

 

(2,831)

 

356

 

26

 

22,045

Tax losses and tax credits

 

5,650

 

(449)

 

(399)

 

 

 6

 

4,808

Temporary differences

 

16,514

 

2,779

 

(2,432)

 

356

 

20

 

17,237

Of which: monetizable

 

8,444

 

1,199

 

(794)

 

38

 

 

8,887

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(4,527)

 

(473)

 

(200)

 

(73)

 

(292)

 

(5,565)

Temporary differences

 

(4,527)

 

(473)

 

(200)

 

(73)

 

(292)

 

(5,565)

 

 

17,637

 

1,857

 

(3,031)

 

283

 

(266)

 

16,480

 

Also, the Group did not recognize deferred tax assets relating to tax losses, tax credits for investments and other incentives amounting to approximately €7,550 million, the use of which €370 million is subject, among other requirements, to time limits.

f) Tax reforms

The following significant tax reforms were approved in 2017 and previous years:

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the 2017 Act) was approved in the United States on December 22, 2017. The main amendments introduced in this tax regulation affect the US corporate tax rates, some business-related exclusions and deductions and credits. Likewise, this amendment will entail an international tax impact for many companies that operate internationally. The main impact is derived from the decrease in the federal tax rate that will be reduced from 35% to 21%, which will affect both the amount and estimation of the recoverability of deferred tax assets and liabilities during 2017 as well as the profit after tax from 2018. The estimated impact on the Group, arisen from the affected subsidiaries, which was already recorded as at December 31, 2017, did not represent a significant amount in the attributable profit.

On December 29, 2017, Law No. 27430 on the reform of the Argentine tax system was published, whose main measures entered into force on January 1, 2018, therefore it had no effect on the Group's accounts in 2017. Among other measures, it is established a gradual reduction of the income tax from the 35% applicable until 2017, to 30% in 2018 and 2019, and up to 25% in 2020 and ahead, which is complemented by a dividend withholding of 7% for those distributed with a charge to 2018 and 2019 financial years, and 13% if distributed with a charge to 2020 onwards.

On December 2016, the Royal Decree-Law 3-2016 had been approved in Spain in December 2016 under which the following tax measures had been adopted with application in 2016: (i) The limit for the integration of deferred monetizable tax assets, as well as for set-off for the negative tax base has been reduced( the limit has been reduced from 70% to 25% of the tax base), (ii) this regulation sets out a new limit of 50% of the tax rate for the application of deductions in order to avoid double taxation, (iii) this regulation also sets out the compulsory impairment reversion for deductible participations in previous years by one fifths independently from the recovery of the participated, and (iv)  the regulation finally includes the non-deductibility of the losses generated from the transmission of participations performed from January 1, 2017.

The effects of this reform for the Consolidated Tax Group had been: (i) the consolidation in 2016 of deferred tax assets for impairment of non-deductible participations, in a non significant amount; (Ii) the integration in 2016 tax base and the next four fiscal years of a minimum reversal of the impairment of investments in shares that were tax deductible in years prior to 2013, will not have an adverse effect on the accounts for 2016 and 2017, since there are no legal restrictions on the availability of shares; (Iii) the slowdown in the consumption of credits for monetizable deferred tax assets; And negative tax bases and (iv) the limitation of the application of deductions to avoid double taxation, all this makes provision for an increase in the amount of taxes payable in Spain in the coming years by the consolidated tax group.

In the United Kingdom, a progressive reduction was approved regarding the tax rate of the Corporate Tax, from 20% to 17% from April 1, 2020. The applicable rate from April 1, 2017 is of 19%. Also in 2015, a surcharge of 8% on the standard income tax rate for bank profits was approved. This surcharge will be applied from January 1, 2016. In addition, from 2015 customer remediation payments are no longer considered to be tax-deductible.

F-139


 

Table of Contents

In Brazil there was also an increase in the rate of the Brazilian social contribution tax on net income (CSL) from 15% to 20% (applicable from September 1, 2015), as a result of which the income tax rate (25%) plus the CSL rate total 45%.

In Poland, the introduction of a tax on certain bank assets at a monthly rate of 0.0366%, which comes into force in 2016, was approved.

As a consequence of the Chilean tax reform that was approved in Chile in 2012, the tax rate applicable in 2017 was 25.5% (24% in 2016 and it will be 27% in 2018).

g) Other information

In compliance with the disclosure requirement established in the Listing Rules Instrument 2005 published by the UK Financial Conduct Authority, it is hereby stated that shareholders of the Bank resident in the United Kingdom will be entitled to a tax credit for taxes paid abroad in respect of withholdings that the Bank has to pay on the dividends to be paid to such shareholders if the total income of the dividend exceeds the amount of exempt dividends of GBP 2,000 for the year 2017/18. The shareholders of the Bank resident in the United Kingdom who hold their ownership interest in the Bank through Santander Nominee Service will be informed directly of the amount thus withheld and of any other data they may require to complete their tax returns in the United Kingdom. The other shareholders of the Bank resident in the United Kingdom should contact their bank or securities broker.

Banco Santander, S.A. is part of the Large Business Forum and has adhered since 2010 to the Code of Good Tax Practices in Spain. Also Santander UK Plc. is a member of the HMRC’s Code of Practice on Taxation in the United Kingdom, actively participating in both cases in the cooperative compliance programs being developed by these Tax Administrations.

28.   Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests include the net amount of the equity of subsidiaries attributable to equity instruments that do not belong, directly or indirectly, to the Bank, including the portion attributed to them of profit for the year.

a) Breakdown

The detail, by Group company, of Equity - Non-controlling interests is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Bank Zachodni WBK S.A.

 

1,901

 

1,653

 

1,685

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

 

 1,489

 

1,784

 

1,190

Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc.

 

1,479

 

1,963

 

1,506

Grupo PSA

 

1,305

 

1,149

 

801

Banco Santander - Chile

 

1,209

 

1,204

 

1,037

Grupo Financiero Santander México, S.A.B. de C.V.

 

 1,056

 

1,069

 

1,296

Grupo Metrovacesa

 

836

 

449

 

560

Other companies (*)

 

1,481

 

1,208

 

1,270

 

 

10,756

 

10,479

 

9,345

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(Loss) for the year attributable to non-controlling interests

 

1,588

 

1,282

 

1,368

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc.

 

368

 

256

 

329

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

 

 288

 

194

 

296

Banco Santander - Chile

 

264

 

215

 

191

Grupo PSA

 

206

 

171

 

122

Grupo Financiero Santander México, S.A.B. de C.V.

 

 194

 

190

 

201

Bank Zachodni WBK S.A.

 

160

 

148

 

154

Other companies

 

108

 

108

 

75

 

 

12,344

 

11,761

 

10,713


(*) Includes an issue of perpetual equity instruments by Santander UK acquired by non-Group third parties.

F-140


 

Table of Contents

b) Changes

The changes in Non-controlling interests are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Balance at beginning of year

 

11,761

 

10,713

 

8,909

Other comprehensive income

 

(583)

 

374

 

(572)

Exchange differences

 

(653)

 

360

 

(520)

Cash flow hedge

 

(11)

 

45

 

(1)

Available for sale equity

 

(2)

 

(30)

 

22

Available for sale fixed income

 

71

 

38

 

(100)

Other

 

12

 

(39)

 

27

Which of: Other comprehensive income

 

 —

 

 

 6

Other

 

1,166

 

674

 

2,376

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

1,588

 

1,282

 

1,368

Modification of participation rates

 

(819)

 

(28)

 

(168)

Change of perimeter

 

(39)

 

(197)

 

761

Dividends paid to minority shareholders

 

(665)

 

(800)

 

(461)

Changes in capital and others concepts

 

1,101

 

417

 

876

Balance at end of year

 

12,344

 

11,761

 

10,713

 

In 2015 the Group acquired 50% of Société Financière de Banque – SOFIB (currently PSA Banque France), PSA Finance UK Limited and PSA Financial Services Spain, E.F.C., S.A. (see Note 3), thereby generating an increase in the balance of Non-controlling interests of €462 million, €148 million and €181 million. Also, the acquisition of a 13.8% interest in Metrovacesa, S.A. from Banco Sabadell, S.A. generated a decrease in the balance of Non-controlling interests of €271 million.

During 2016, there was a decrease of €621 million in Non - controlling interests due to the operation of Metrovacesa, S.A. (See Note 3).

Additionally, during the year 2016, the Group incorporated the remaining geographies included in the PSA framework agreement (Netherlands, Belgium, Italy, Germany, Brazil and Poland) (see Note 3), generating an increase in the balance of Non - controlling interests of €410 million.

During the year 2017, the Group completed the acquisition of 9.65% of shares of Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. (See Note 3), which resulted in a reduction of €492 million in the balance of Non - controlling interests.

The foregoing changes are shown in the Consolidated statement of changes in total equity.

c) Other information

The financial information on the subsidiaries with significant non-controlling interests at December 31, 2017 is summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros (*)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grupo

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco

 

 

 

Financiero

 

 

 

Santander

 

 

Santander

 

Banco

 

Santander

 

Bank

 

Consumer

 

 

(Brasil)

 

Santander -

 

México,

 

Zachodni

 

USA

 

    

S.A.

    

Chile

    

S.A.B de C.V.

    

WBK S.A.

    

Holdings Inc.

Total assets

 

161,690

 

50,355

 

58,203

 

32,171

 

33,162

Total liabilities

 

145,040

 

45,321

 

53,267

 

27,235

 

27,537

Net assets

 

16,650

 

5,034

 

4,936

 

4,936

 

5,625

Total gross income

 

14,273

 

2,523

 

3,460

 

1,419

 

4,257

Total profit

 

2,887

 

859

 

904

 

432

 

585


(*) Information prepared in accordance with the segment reporting criteria described in Note 52 and, therefore, it may not coincide with the information published separately by each entity.

F-141


 

Table of Contents

29.   Other comprehensive income

The balances of Other comprehensive income include the amounts, net of the related tax effect, of the adjustments to assets and liabilities recognized temporarily in equity through the consolidated statement of recognized income and expense. The amounts arising from subsidiaries are presented, on a line by line basis, in the appropriate items according to their nature.

It should be noted that the consolidated statement of recognized income and expense presents items separately according to their nature, grouping together those which, pursuant to the applicable accounting standards, will not be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss when the requirements established by the related accounting standards are met. Also, with respect to items that may be reclassified to profit or loss, the consolidated statement of recognized income and expense includes changes in other comprehensive income as follows:

-

Revaluation gains (losses): includes the amount of the income, net of the expenses incurred in the year, recognized directly in equity. The amounts recognized in equity in the year remain under this item, even if in the same year they are transferred to the income statement or to the initial carrying amount of the assets or liabilities or are reclassified to another line item.

-

Amounts transferred to income statement: includes the amount of the revaluation gains and losses previously recognized in equity, even in the same year, which are recognized in the income statement.

-

Amounts transferred to initial carrying amount of hedged items: includes the amount of the revaluation gains and losses previously recognized in equity, even in the same year, which are recognized in the initial carrying amount of assets or liabilities as a result of cash flow hedges.

-

Other reclassifications: includes the amount of the transfers made in the year between the various valuation adjustment items.

The amounts of these items are recognized gross, including the amount of the Other comprehensive income relating to non-controlling interests, and the corresponding tax effect is presented under a separate item, except in the case of entities accounted for using the equity method, the amounts for which are presented net of the tax effect.

(a) Items not reclassified to profit or loss – Actuarial gains or (-) losses on defined benefit pension plans

Other comprehensive income – Items not reclassified to profit or loss – Actuarial gains or (-) losses on defined benefit pension plans   include the actuarial gains and losses and the return on plan assets, less the administrative expenses and taxes inherent to the plan, and any change in the effect of the asset ceiling, excluding amounts included in net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset).

Its variation is shown in the consolidated statement of income and expense.

The provisions against equity in 2017 amounted to €157 million - See Note 25.b -, with the following breakdown:

-

Increase of €41 million in the accumulates actuarial losses relating to the Group´s entities in Spain, mainly due to the evolution experienced by the discount rate - decrease from 1.50% to 1.40%.

-

Increase of €121 million in the cumulative actuarial losses relating to the Group´s businesses in UK, mainly due to the evolution experienced by the main actuarial hypotheses -decrease in the discount rate from 2.79% to 2.49% and increase in inflation from 3.12% to 3.15 %-.

-

Increase of €276 million in accumulated actuarial losses corresponding to the Group's business in Brazil, mainly due to the reduction in the discount rate (from 10.92% to 9.53% in pension benefits and 10.84% to 9.65% in medical benefits), as well as variations in the other hypotheses.

-

Decrease of €281 million in accumulated actuarial profit or losses as a result of exchange rate and other effects, mainly in Brazil (depreciation of the real), and in UK (depreciation of the pound).

b) Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Hedge of net investments in foreign operations (Effective portion) and exchange differences

Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Hedges of net investments in foreign operations includes the net amount of changes in the value of hedging instruments in hedges of net investments in foreign operations, for the portion of these changes considered as effective hedges (See Note 11).

F-142


 

Table of Contents

Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Exchange differences includes the net amount of exchange differences arising on non-monetary items whose fair value is adjusted against equity and the differences arising on the translation to euros of the balances of the consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the euro (See note 2.a).

The changes in 2017 reflect negative effect of the sharp depreciation of the Brazilian real and U.S. dollar, whereas the changes in 2016 reflect the negative effect of the sharp depreciation of the Pound sterling and the positive effect of the appreciation of the Brazilian real.

Of the change in the balance in these years, a loss of €1,704, €185 and €514 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015 relate to the measurement of goodwill.

The detail, by country is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Net balance at end of year

 

(19,741)

 

(12,995)

 

(11,980)

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brazilian real

 

(11,056)

 

(8,435)

 

(10,679)

Pound sterling

 

(3,732)

 

(2,996)

 

232

Mexican peso

 

(2,230)

 

(1,908)

 

(1,497)

Argentine peso

 

(1,684)

 

(1,309)

 

(1,135)

Chilean peso

 

(866)

 

(614)

 

(711)

U.S. dollar

 

555

 

2,849

 

2,342

Other

 

(728)

 

(582)

 

(532)

 

c) Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Hedging derivatives – Cash flow hedges (Effective portion)

-

Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Cash flow hedges includes the gains or losses attributable to hedging instruments that qualify as effective hedges. These amounts will remain under this heading until they are recognized in the consolidated income statement in the periods in which the hedged items affect it (See Note 11).

-

Accordingly, amounts representing valuation losses will be offset in the future by gains generated by the hedged instruments.

d) Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Financial assets available-for-sale

Includes the net amount of unrealized changes in the fair value of assets classified as Financial assets available-for-sale (See Notes 7 and 8).

The breakdown, by type of instrument and geographical origin of the issuer, of Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Financial assets available-for-sale at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

revaluation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

revaluation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

revaluation

 

 

 

 

Revaluation

 

Revaluation

 

gains/

 

Fair 

 

Revaluation

 

Revaluation

 

gains/

 

Fair 

 

Revaluation

 

Revaluation 

 

gains/

 

Fair 

 

  

gains

  

losses

  

(losses)

  

value

  

gains

  

losses

  

(losses)

  

value

  

gains

  

losses

  

(losses)

  

value

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government debt securities and debt instruments issued by central banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

660

 

(25)

 

635

 

48,217

 

610

 

(26)

 

584

 

32,729

 

641

 

(62)

 

579

 

35,283

Rest of Europe

 

306

 

(24)

 

282

 

20,244

 

50

 

(170)

 

(120)

 

16,879

 

283

 

(47)

 

236

 

20,310

Latin America and rest of the world

 

404

 

(129)

 

275

 

39,132

 

167

 

(163)

 

 4

 

35,996

 

42

 

(671)

 

(629)

 

32,185

Private-sector debt securities

 

90

 

(128)

 

(38)

 

20,888

 

117

 

(162)

 

(45)

 

25,683

 

165

 

(253)

 

(88)

 

29,409

 

 

1,460

 

(306)

 

1,154

 

128,481

 

944

 

(521)

 

423

 

111,287

 

1,131

 

(1,033)

 

98

 

117,187

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

 5

 

(2)

 

 3

 

1,373

 

48

 

(5)

 

43

 

1,309

 

66

 

(5)

 

61

 

1,140

International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rest of Europe

 

166

 

(2)

 

164

 

979

 

284

 

(4)

 

280

 

1,016

 

438

 

(14)

 

424

 

1,338

United States

 

14

 

(5)

 

 9

 

560

 

21

 

 —

 

21

 

772

 

14

 

(2)

 

12

 

980

Latin America and rest of the world

 

744

 

(6)

 

738

 

1,878

 

811

 

(7)

 

804

 

2,390

 

251

 

(2)

 

249

 

1,391

 

 

929

 

(15)

 

914

 

4,790

 

1,164

 

(16)

 

1,148

 

5,487

 

769

 

(23)

 

746

 

4,849

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Listed

 

828

 

(5)

 

823

 

2,900

 

999

 

(11)

 

988

 

3,200

 

436

 

(15)

 

421

 

1,986

Unlisted

 

101

 

(10)

 

91

 

1,890

 

165

 

(5)

 

160

 

2,287

 

333

 

(8)

 

325

 

2,863

 

 

2,389

 

(321)

 

2,068

 

133,271

 

2,108

 

(537)

 

1,571

 

116,774

 

1,900

 

(1,056)

 

844

 

122,036

 

F-143


 

Table of Contents

At each reporting date the Group assesses whether there is any objective evidence that the instruments classified as available-for-sale (debt securities and equity instruments) are impaired.

This assessment includes but is not limited to an analysis of the following information: i) the issuer’s economic and financial position, the existence of default or late payment, analysis of the issuer’s solvency, the evolution of its business, short-term projections, trends observed with respect to its earnings and, if applicable, its dividend distribution policy; ii) market-related information such as changes in the general economic situation, changes in the issuer’s sector which might affect its ability to pay; iii) changes in the fair value of the security analyzed, analysis of the origins of such changes - whether they are intrinsic or the result of the general uncertainty concerning the economy or the country - and iv) independent analysts’ reports and forecasts and other independent market information.

In the case of quoted equity instruments, when the changes in the fair value of the instrument under analysis are assessed, the duration and significance of the fall in its market price below cost for the Group is taken into account. As a general rule, for these purposes the Group considers a significant fall to be a 40% drop in the value of the asset or a continued fall over a period of 18 months. Nevertheless, it should be noted that the Group assesses, on a case-by-case basis, each of the securities that have suffered losses, and monitors the performance of their prices, recognizing an impairment loss as soon as it is considered that the recoverable amount could be affected, even though the price may not have fallen by the percentage or for the duration mentioned above.

If, after the above assessment has been carried out, the Group considers that the presence of one or more of these factors could affect recovery of the cost of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized in the income statement for the amount of the loss registered in equity under Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Items not reclassified to profit or loss – Other Valuation adjustments. Also, where the Group does not intend and/or is not able to hold the investment for a sufficient amount of time to recover the cost, the instrument is written down to its fair value.

At the end of 2017, the Group carried out the analysis described above, registering in the impairment / reversal of financial assets available for sale in the consolidated income statement an amount of €10 million corresponding to the impairment of equity instruments (€14 and 111 million in 2016 and 2015, as well as a reversal of €25 million in 2016 and an impairment of €119 million in 2015 in debt instruments).

At December 31, 2017, the losses incurred in more than twelve months recognized under Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Financial assets available-for-sale arising from equity instruments are not significant.

At December 31, 2017, the losses incurred in more than twelve months recognized under Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Financial assets available-for-sale arising from debt securities are not significant.

e) Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss and Items not reclassified to profit or loss - Other recognized income and expense of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Entities accounted for using the equity method includes the amounts of Other comprehensive income recognized in equity arising from associates and joint ventures.

The changes in Other comprehensive income - Entities accounted for using the equity method were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Balance at beginning of year

 

(153)

 

(232)

 

(85)

Revaluation gains/(losses)

 

(84)

 

79

 

(156)

Net amounts transferred to profit or loss

 

15

 

 

 9

Balance at end of year

 

(222)

 

(153)

 

(232)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zurich Santander Insurance América, S.L.

 

(145)

 

(84)

 

(136)

 

 

30.   Shareholders’ equity

Shareholders’ equity includes the amounts of equity contributions from shareholders, accumulated profit or loss recognized through the consolidated income statement, and components of compound financial instruments having the substance of permanent equity. Amounts arising from subsidiaries are presented in the appropriate items based on their nature.

F-144


 

Table of Contents

The changes in Shareholders’ equity are presented in the consolidated statement of changes in total equity. Significant information on certain items of Shareholders’ equity and the changes therein in 2017 is set forth below.

31.   Issued capital

a) Changes

At December 31, 2014 the Bank’s share capital consisted of 12,584,414,659 shares with a total par value of €6,292 million.

On January 8, 2015 the Group announced that its Board of Directors had resolved to increase capital through an accelerated bookbuilt (Accelerated Bookbuilt Offering) offering with disapplication of pre-emption rights. The capital increase amounted to €7,500 million, of which €607 million related to the par value of the 1,213,592,234 new shares issued and €6,893 million to the share premium.

On January 29, April 29 and November 4, 2015, the bonus issues through which the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme is instrumented took place, whereby 262,578,993, 256,046,919 and 117,859,774 shares (1.90%, 1.82% and 0.82% of the share capital) were issued for an amount of €131 million, €128 million and €59 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2015 the Bank’s share capital consisted of 14,434,492,579 shares with a total par value of €7,217 million.

On November 4, 2016, a capital increase of €74 million was made, through which the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme took place, whereby 147,848,122 shares were issued (1.02% of the share capital).

At December 31, 2016 the Bank’s share capital consisted of 14,582,340,701 shares with a total par value of €7,291 million.

As a result of the acquisition of Banco Popular described in Note 3, and in order to strengthen and optimize the Bank's equity structure to provide adequate coverage of the acquisition, the Group, on July 3, 2017, reported on the agreement of the executive committee of Banco Santander to increase the capital of the Bank by €729 million by issuing and putting into circulation 1,458,232,745 new ordinary shares of the same class and series as the shares currently in circulation and with preferential subscription rights for the shareholders.

The issue of new shares was carried out at a nominal value of fifty euro cents (€0.50) plus a premium of €4.35 per share, so the total issue rate of the new shares was €4.85 per share and the total effective amount of the capital increase (including nominal and premium) of €7,072 million.

Each outstanding share had been granted a preferential subscription right during the preferential subscription period that took place from July 6 to 20, 2017, where 10 preferential subscription rights were required to subscribe 1 new share.

On November 1, 2017, a capital increase of €48 million was made, through which the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme took place, whereby 95,580,136 shares were issued (0.6% of the share capital).

Therefore, the Bank’s new capital consists of €8,068 million, represented by 16,136,153,582 shares of €0.50 of nominal value each one and all of them from a unique class and series.

The Bank’s shares are listed on the Spanish Stock Market Interconnection System and on the New York, London, Milan, Lisbon, Buenos Aires, Mexico, São Paulo and Warsaw Stock Exchanges, and all of them have the same features and rights. Santander shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange under Crest Depository Interest (CDI’s), each CDI representing one Bank’s share. They are also listed on the New York Stock Exchange under American Depositary Receipts (BDRs), each BDR representing one share. At December 31, 2017, the only shareholders listed in the Bank’s shareholders register with ownership interests of more than 3% 1 were State Street Bank & Trust Company (13.32%), The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (8.83%), Chase Nominees Ltd. (7.41%), EC Nominees Limited (3.43%) and Clearstream Banking S.A. (3.10%) and BNP Paribas (3.03%).

However, the Bank considers that these ownership interests are held in custody on behalf of third parties and that none of them, as far as the Bank is aware, has an ownership interest of more than 3% of the Bank’s share capital 2 or voting power.


(1)  The threshold stipulated in Royal Decree 1362/2007 of October 19, which implemented the Spanish Securities Market Act 24/1988 of July 28 defining the concept of significant holding.

(2)  The website of the Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores (www.cnmv.es) contains a notice of significant holding published by Blackrock, Inc. on August 9, 2017, in which it notifies an indirect holding in the voting rights attributable to Bank shares of 5.940%, plus a further stake of 0.158% held through financial instruments. However, according to the Bank's shareholder register, Blackrock, Inc did not hold more than 3% of the voting rights on that date, or on December 31, 2017.

F-145


 

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2017, the shareholders of the Bank did not have owners of shares resident in tax havens with a participation of more than 1% of the share capital.

b) Other considerations

The Annual General Meeting of March 27, 2015 authorized the board to issue fixed-income securities, convertible into or exchangeable for shares of the Bank, for up to a total amount of the issue or issues of €10,000 million or the equivalent amount in another currency. The Bank’s directors are authorized to execute this resolution until March 27, 2020.

The shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of March 18, 2016 also resolved to increase the Bank’s capital by a par value of €500 million and granted the board the broadest powers to set the date and establish the terms and conditions of this capital increase within one year from the date of the aforementioned Annual General Meeting. If the board does not exercise the powers delegated to it within the period established by the Annual General Meeting, these powers will be rendered null and void.

In addition, the ordinary general meeting of shareholders of April 7, 2017 also agreed to delegate to the board of directors the broadest powers so that, within one year from the date of the meeting, it can indicate the date and set the conditions for a capital increase with the issuance of new shares, for an amount of €500 million. The capital increase will have no value or effect if, within the period of one year, the board of directors does not exercise the powers delegated to it.

Likewise, the additional capital authorized by the ordinary general meeting of shareholders on April 7, 2017 is not more than 3,645,585,175 euros. The term available to the Bank's administrators to execute and carry out capital increases up to that limit ends on April 7, 2020. The agreement grants the board the power to totally or partially exclude the pre-emptive subscription right under the terms of article 506 of the Capital Companies Law, although this power is limited to 1,458,234,070 euros.

At December 31, 2017 the shares of the following companies were listed on official stock markets: Banco Santander Río, S.A.; Grupo Financiero Santander México, S.A.B. de C.V.; Banco Santander – Chile; Cartera Mobiliaria, S.A., SICAV; Santander Chile Holding S.A.; Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A., Bank Zachodni WBK S.A. and Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc.

At December 31, 2017 the number of Bank shares owned by third parties and managed by Group management companies (mainly portfolio, collective investment undertaking and pension fund managers) or jointly managed was €52 million, which represented 0.32 % of the Bank’s share capital. In addition, the number of Bank shares owned by third parties and received as security was €217 million (equal to 1.35 % of the Bank’s share capital).

At December 31, 2017 the capital increases in progress at Group companies and the additional capital authorized by their shareholders at the respective general meetings were not material at Group level (See Appendix V).

32.   Share premium

Share premium includes the amount paid up by the Bank’s shareholders in capital issues in excess of the par value.

The Spanish Limited Liability Companies Law expressly permits the use of the share premium account balance to increase capital at the entities at which it is recognized and does not establish any specific restrictions as to its use.

The increase in Share premium in 2015 is the result of the capital increase of €6,893 million carried out on January 8, 2015 (see Note 31.a) and the reduction of €318 million to cater for the capital increases arising from the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme. The reduction of €74 million in 2016 is the result for the capital increases arising from the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme. The increase in the balance of Share premium in 2017 is the result of the capital increase of €6,343 million approved on July 3, 2017 (See note 31.a) and the reduction of €48 million is due the capital increases charge to reserve arising from the Santander Dividendo Elección program.

Also, in 2017, 2016 and 2015 an amount of €154 million was transferred from the Share premium account to the Legal reserve (2016: €15 million; 2015: €185 million) (See note 33.b.i).

33.   Accumulated retained earnings

a) Definitions

The balance of Equity - Accumulated gains and Other reserves includes the net amount of the accumulated results (profits or losses) recognized in previous years through the consolidated income statement which in the profit distribution were allocated in equity, the expenses of own equity instrument issues, the differences between the amount for which the treasury shares are sold and their

F-146


 

Table of Contents

acquisition price, as well as the net amount of the results accumulated in previous years, generated by the result of non-current assets held for sale, recognized through the consolidated income statement.

b) Breakdown

The detail of Accumulated retained earnings and Reserves of entities accounted for using the equity method is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Restricted reserves

 

2,880

 

2,686

 

2,708

Legal reserve

 

1,614

 

1,459

 

1,444

Own shares

 

1,212

 

1,173

 

1,210

Revaluation reserve Royal Decree-Law 7/1996

 

43

 

43

 

43

Reserve for retired capital

 

11

 

11

 

11

Unrestricted reserves

 

11,368

 

11,285

 

11,486

Voluntary reserves (*)

 

6,904

 

7,192

 

3,230

Consolidation reserves attributable to the Bank

 

4,464

 

4,093

 

8,256

Reserves of subsidiaries

 

36,862

 

34,568

 

31,275

Reserves of entities accounted for using the equity method

 

725

 

465

 

291

 

 

51,835

 

49,004

 

45,760


(*) In accordance with the commercial regulations in force in Spain.

i.     Legal reserve

Under the Consolidated Spanish Limited Liability Companies Law, 10% of net profit for each year must be transferred to the legal reserve. These transfers must be made until the balance of this reserve reaches 20% of the share capital. The legal reserve can be used to increase capital provided that the remaining reserve balance does not fall below 10% of the increased share capital amount.

In 2017 the Bank transferred €154 million from the Share premium account to the Legal reserve (2016: €15 million; 2015: €185 million).

Consequently, once again, after the capital increases described in Note 31 had been carried out, the balance of the Legal reserve reached 20% of the share capital, and at December 31, 2017 the Legal reserve was at the stipulated level.

ii.     Reserve for treasury shares

Pursuant to the Consolidated Spanish Limited Liability Companies Law, a restricted reserve has been recognized for an amount equal to the carrying amount of the Bank shares owned by subsidiaries. The balance of this reserve will become unrestricted when the circumstances that made it necessary to record it cease to exist. Additionally, this reserve covers the outstanding balance of loans granted by the Group secured by Bank shares and the amount equivalent to loans granted by Group companies to third parties for the acquisition of treasury shares plus the own treasury shares amount.

iii.   Revaluation reserve Royal Decree Law 7/1996, of June 7

The balance of Revaluation reserve Royal Decree-Law 7/1996 can be used, free of tax, to increase share capital. From January 1, 2007, the balance of this account can be taken to unrestricted reserves, provided that the monetary surplus has been realized. The surplus will be deemed to have been realized in respect of the portion on which depreciation has been taken for accounting purposes or when the revalued assets have been transferred or derecognized.

If the balance of this reserve were used in a manner other than that provided for in Royal Decree-Law 7/1996, of June 7, it would be subject to taxation.

F-147


 

Table of Contents

iv.    Reserves of subsidiaries

The detail, by company, of Reserves of subsidiaries, based on the companies' contribution to the Group (considering the effect of consolidation adjustments) is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. (Consolidated Group)

 

9,874

 

8,993

 

8,408

Santander UK Group

 

7,724

 

6,887

 

6,457

Group Santander Holdings USA.

 

4,150

 

4,091

 

3,440

Banco Santander (México), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

 3,229

 

3,255

 

2,977

Banco Santander Totta, S.A. (Consolidated Group)

 

2,821

 

2,593

 

2,165

Banco Santander - Chile

 

2,764

 

2,630

 

2,534

Santander Consumer Finance Group

 

2,465

 

2,027

 

1,549

Banco Santander Río S.A.

 

1,639

 

1,326

 

965

Bank Zachodni WBK S.A.

 

1,093

 

967

 

578

Santander Seguros y Reaseguros, Compañía Aseguradora, S.A.

 

 638

 

824

 

754

Banco Santander (Suisse) S.A.

 

 381

 

354

 

346

Santander Investment, S.A.

 

202

 

349

 

367

Cartera Mobiliaria, S.A., SICAV

 

 —

 

377

 

363

Exchange differences, consolidation adjustments and other companies (*)

 

(118)

 

(105)

 

372

 

 

36,862

 

34,568

 

31,275

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which, restricted

 

2,777

 

2,730

 

2,445


(*) Includes the charge relating to cumulative exchange differences in the transition to International Financial Reporting Standards.

34.   Other equity instruments and own shares

a) Other equity instruments

Other equity instruments includes the equity component of compound financial instruments, the increase in equity due to personnel remuneration, and other items not recognized in other “Shareholders’ equity” items.

On September 8, 2017, Banco Santander issued contingent redeemable perpetual bonds (the “Fidelity Bonds”) amounting to €981 million nominal value -€686 million fair value- (See Note 1.h).

b) Own shares

Shareholders’ equity - Own shares includes the amount of own equity instruments held by all the Group entities.

Transactions involving own equity instruments, including their issuance and cancellation, are recognized directly in equity, and no profit or loss may be recognized on these transactions. The costs of any transaction involving own equity instruments are deducted directly from equity, net of any related tax effect.

On October 21, 2013 and October 23, 2014 the Bank’s Board of Directors amended the regulation of its treasury share policy in order to take into account the criteria recommended by the CNMV, establishing limits on average daily purchase trading and time limits. Also, a maximum price per share was set for purchase orders and a minimum price per share for sale orders.

The Bank’s shares owned by the consolidated companies accounted for 0.024% of issued share capital at December 31, 2017 (December 31, 2016: 0.010%; December 31, 2015: 0.279%).

The average purchase price of the Bank’s shares in 2017 was €5.48 per share and the average selling price was €5.63 per share.

The effect on equity, net of tax, arising from the purchase and sale of Bank shares was a €26 million of benefit in 2017 (2016: €15 million; 2015: €16 million).

F-148


 

Table of Contents

35.   Memorandum items

Memorandum items relates to balances representing rights, obligations and other legal situations that in the future may have an impact on net assets, as well as any other balances needed to reflect all transactions performed by the consolidated entities although they may not impinge on their net assets.

a) Contingent liabilities and commitments

Contingent liabilities and commitments includes all transactions under which an entity guarantees the obligations of a third party and which result from financial guarantees granted by the entity or from other types of contract. The detail is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Financial guarantees

 

14,499

 

17,244

 

14,648

Financial bank guarantees

 

14,287

 

17,244

 

14,648

Sold credit derivatives

 

212

 

 —

 

 —

Non financial guarantees

 

31,396

 

24,477

 

23,047

Technical guarantees

 

30,273

 

23,684

 

22,526

Unconditionally cancellable guarantees

 

1,123

 

793

 

521

Irrevocable documentary credits

 

3,222

 

2,713

 

2,139

Irrevocable documentary credits

 

3,222

 

2,713

 

2,139

 

 

49,117

 

44,434

 

39,834

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Drawable by third parties

 

207,671

 

202,097

 

195,647

Other contingent commitments

 

30,299

 

29,865

 

26,091

Financial asset forward purchase commitments

 

674

 

254

 

261

Regular way financial asset purchase contracts

 

1,054

 

4,273

 

485

Purchase contracts of financial assets

 

13,234

 

12,160

 

12,755

Documents delivered to clearing houses

 

12,030

 

12,656

 

12,251

Other contingent commitments

 

3,307

 

522

 

339

 

 

237,970

 

231,962

 

221,738

 

At December 31, 2017, the Group had recognized provisions of €617 million to cover for guarantees, contingent commitments and contingent liabilities (December 31, 2016: €459 million; December 31, 2015: €618 million) (see Note 25). And a doubtful exposure for an amount of €1,327 million as of December 31, 2017 and, €1,078 and €968 million euros as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

A significant portion of these guarantees will expire without any payment obligation materializing for the consolidated entities and, therefore, the aggregate balance of these commitments cannot be considered as an actual future need for financing or liquidity to be provided by the Group to third parties.

Income from guarantee instruments is recognized under Fee and commission income in the consolidated income statements and is calculated by applying the rate established in the related contract to the nominal amount of the guarantee.

i. Financial guarantees

Financial guarantees includes, inter alia, financial guarantee contracts such as financial bank guarantees, credit derivatives sold, and risks arising from derivatives arranged for the account of third parties.

ii. Non - Financial guarantees

Non-financial guarantees: Include other guarantees different to those classified as financial, such as the technical guarantees as well as goods and services imports and exports guarantees.

iii. Irrevocable documentary credits

Irrevocable documentary credits: include the irrevocable payment commitments acquired against the delivery of documents.

F-149


 

Table of Contents

iv. Loan commitments granted:

Loan commitments granted: Firm commitments of grating of credit under predefined terms and conditions, except for those that comply with the definition of derivatives as these can be settled in cash or through the delivery of issuance of another financial instrument. They include stand-by credit lines and long-term deposits.

v. Other contingent liabilities

Other contingent liabilities includes the amount of any contingent liability not included in other items.

b) Off-balance-sheet funds under management

The detail of off-balance-sheet funds managed by the Group and by joint ventures is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Investment funds

 

135,749

 

129,930

 

109,028

Pension funds

 

11,566

 

11,298

 

11,376

Assets under management

 

19,259

 

18,032

 

20,337

 

 

166,574

 

159,260

 

140,741

 

c) Third-party securities held in custody

At December 31, 2017 the Group held in custody debt securities and equity instruments totaling €997,061 million (December 31, 2016: €965,648 million; December 31, 2015 €877,682 million) entrusted to it by third parties.

36.   Derivatives – held for trading and hedging derivatives

The detail of the notional and/or contractual amounts and the market values of the trading and hedging derivatives held by the Group is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

Notional 

 

Market 

 

Notional 

 

Market 

 

Notional 

 

Market 

 

    

amount

    

value

    

amount

    

value

    

amount

    

value

Trading derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward rate agreements

 

190,553

 

(15)

 

370,244

 

(64)

 

175,661

 

(59)

Interest rate swaps

 

3,312,025

 

974

 

3,092,360

 

804

 

2,839,940

 

3,095

Options, futures and other derivatives

 

540,424

 

(511)

 

565,635

 

(980)

 

505,655

 

(555)

Credit risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit default swaps

 

25,136

 

68

 

38,827

 

37

 

54,056

 

46

Foreign currency risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency purchases and sales

 

236,805

 

(29)

 

259,336

 

1,102

 

250,596

 

80

Foreign currency options

 

43,488

 

(37)

 

36,965

 

112

 

35,772

 

104

Currency swaps

 

295,753

 

(1,628)

 

321,316

 

(3,627)

 

342,401

 

(1,704)

Securities and commodities derivatives and other

 

70,325

 

529

 

76,523

 

290

 

90,662

 

(697)

 

 

4,714,509

 

(649)

 

4,761,206

 

(2,326)

 

4,294,743

 

310

Hedging derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

157,042

 

(2,950)

 

155,047

 

(1,410)

 

175,199

 

(1,153)

Options, futures and other derivatives

 

24,072

 

(284)

 

23,131

 

(4)

 

22,169

 

(54)

Credit risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit default swaps

 

 —

 

 —

 

186

 

(1)

 

469

 

(5)

Foreign currency risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency purchases and sales

 

5,500

 

448

 

29,282

 

(1,066)

 

38,685

 

500

Foreign currency options

 

 —

 

 —

 

28

 

 

 

Currency swaps

 

67,933

 

3,256

 

51,045

 

4,691

 

59,472

 

(496)

Securities and commodities derivatives and other

 

724

 

23

 

319

 

11

 

299

 

(2)

 

 

255,271

 

493

 

259,038

 

2,221

 

296,293

 

(1,210)

 

F-150


 

Table of Contents

The notional and/or contractual amounts of the contracts entered into (shown above) do not reflect the actual risk assumed by the Group, since the net position in these financial instruments is the result of offsetting and/or combining them. This net position is used by the Group basically to hedge the interest rate, underlying asset price or foreign currency risk; the results on these financial instruments are recognized under Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net) in the consolidated income statements and increase or offset, as appropriate, the gains or losses on the investments hedged (See Note 11).

Additionally, in order to interpret correctly the results on the Securities and commodities derivatives shown in the foregoing table, it should be considered that these items relate mostly to securities options for which a premium has been received which offsets their negative market value. Also, this market value is offset by positive market values generated by symmetrical positions in the Group’s held-for-trading portfolio.

The Group manages the credit risk exposure of these contracts through netting arrangements with its main counterparties and by receiving assets as collateral for its risk positions (See note 2.f).

The notional amounts and fair values of the hedging derivatives, by type of hedge, are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

    

Notional

    

Fair 

    

Notional

    

Fair 

    

Notional

    

Fair 

 

 

amount

 

value

 

amount

 

value

 

amount

 

value

Fair value hedges

 

151,380

 

(3,361)

 

146,191

 

(1,018)

 

214,591

 

(1,166)

Cash flow hedges

 

83,770

 

3,469

 

88,905

 

4,025

 

63,912

 

(572)

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

 

20,121

 

385

 

23,942

 

(786)

 

17,790

 

528

 

 

255,271

 

493

 

259,038

 

2,221

 

296,293

 

(1,210)

 

Following is a description of the main hedges (including the results of the hedging instrument and the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk):

Hedge accounting

The Group, as part of its financial risk management strategy and for the purpose of reducing mismatches in the accounting treatment of its transactions, enters into interest rate, foreign currency or equity hedging derivatives, depending on the nature of the hedged risk.

In line with its objective, the Group classifies its hedges into the following categories:

-

Cash flow hedges: hedge the exposure to variability in cash flows associated with an asset, liability or highly probable forecast transaction. Thus, floating rate issues in foreign currencies, fixed rate issues in non-local currency, floating rate interbank financing and floating rate assets (bonds, commercial credit, mortgages, etc.) are hedged.

-

Fair value hedges: hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of assets or liabilities attributable to an identified, hedged risk. Thus, the interest rate risk of assets and liabilities (bonds, loans, bills, issues, deposits, etc.) with coupons or fixed interest rates, investments in entities, issues in foreign currencies and deposits and other fixed rate liabilities are hedged.

-

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations: hedge the foreign currency risk of investments in subsidiaries domiciled in countries outside the euro zone.

i.     Cash flow hedges

The change in fair value of the cash flow hedges, net of the related tax effect, is recognized under Total Equity Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Valuation adjustments - Cash flow hedges in the Group's equity. The detail of the terms, from December 31, 2017 within which the amounts recognized under Other comprehensive income – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Cash flow hedges will be recognized in the consolidated income statements in the coming years is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Within

 

1 to 

 

More than 

 

 

2017

    

1 year

    

5 year

    

5 years

    

Total

Debit balances (losses)

 

57

 

69

 

26

 

152

 

F-151


 

Table of Contents

The net amount recognized as an equity valuation adjustment in 2017, as a result of the cash flow hedges, is a decrease of €317 million.

The market value of the derivatives in portfolio cash flow hedges gave rise to a loss of €41 million at December 31, 2017.

The net amount reclassified from equity by interest income / (charges) to the income statements of 2017 amounts to EUR-854 million.

The impact on 2017 profit and loss of the ineffectiveness of the Group’s cash flow hedges was a net loss of €103 million.

The main entities that use cash flow hedges, either macro-hedges or micro-hedges, are:

·

Santander UK,  possessing micro-hedges of fixed rate currency issues, different to Sterling Pound, that hedge interest rate and exchange rate and possessing micro-hedges of variable mortgage rates in Sterling Pound.

·

Brazil, possessing hedges to cover Bank Deposit Certificates from interest rate and to cover active currency positions from exchange rate.

ii.    Fair value hedges

The Group is making fair value hedges with derivatives for a total notional amount of €151,380 million.

Of the total fair value hedges in the Group, €68,927 million are categorized as macro-hedges (79% approximately from the UK) and €82,453 million as micro-hedges (approximately 28% from Banco Santander and 26% approximately from the UK).

In 2017 a net gain of €92 million was recognized (gains of €178 million on hedged items and gains of and losses of €86 million on hedging derivatives) on fair value hedging transactions.

The main entities that have fair value hedges, either macro-hedges or micro-hedges, are:

·

Banco Santander possesses micro-hedges of interest rates on issues and government bonds, in addition two macro-hedge on loans from loans and issues and,

·

Santander UK possesses hedges of interest rate and exchange rate on mortgages, commercial/corporate loans and liability deposits, as well as macro-hedges of inflation linked bonds and micro-hedges of fixed rate issues.

iii.   Foreign currency hedges (net investments in foreign operations).

The Santander Group assumes as a priority objective in risk management, to minimize - to the limit determined by those responsible for the Group's Financial Management - the impact on the calculation of the capital ratio of its permanent investments consolidated within the Group, and whose shares or corporate participation are legally nominated in a currency different from the Group´s. For this purpose, financial instruments (generally derivatives) are contracted in exchange rates, which hedge the impact on the capital ratio of forward exchange rates.

At December 31, 2017 the total notional amount of the instruments hedging these investments was the equivalent of €20,786 million, of which €19,445 million related to foreign currency swaps and forwards and €1,341 million to spot foreign currency purchases/sales (spot).

By currency,

-

Hedges of the Brazilian real including hedging Forex Forward Non Delivery amounting to €7,010 million (BRL 27,850 million), with a gain of €306 million.

-

The position in Mexican pesos is hedged through Forex Forwards and Forex Swaps with a notional amount of €2,051 million (MXN 48,523 million) and a gain of €52 million in the year.

-

The Polish zloty is hedged through Forex Forwards and Forex Swaps with a notional amount of €2,328 million (PLN 9,725 million) and a loss of €163 million in the year.

-

The hedging of the Chilean peso is instrumented through Forex Forward Non Delivery amounting to €2,994 million (CLP 2,206,000 million), with a gain of €21 million in the year.

F-152


 

Table of Contents

-

The hedging of the Colombian peso is instrumented through Forex Forward Non Delivery with a notional amount of €13 million (COP 46,973 million), with a gain of €1 million in the year.

-

The investment in Norwegian krone is hedged through Forex Forwards and Forex Swaps amounting to €779 million (NOK 7,665 million), with a gain of €44 million.

-

The position in Chinese yuan is hedged through Forex Forward Non Delivery of €912 million (CNY 7,714 million). These instruments generated a loss of €16 million in the year.

-

The hedge of the pound sterling is instrumented through Forex Swap for the amount of €3,359 million (GBP 2,980 million). In addition, the investment in this currency is covered by spot purchases and/or spot sales of this currency against euros, amounting to €264 million (GBP 235 million), generating a net gain of €113 million in the year.

Investments in U.S. dollars, Canadian dollars and Swiss francs are exclusively covered by purchases / sales of these currencies against the euro (Spot).

The U.S. dollars hedged position amounted to €987 million at the end of the year (USD 1,183 million), with a loss in the year of €86 million.

On the other hand, the position covered in Canadian dollars amounted to €15 million at the end of the year (CAD 23 million), with a gain in the year of €1 million.

Finally, the hedged position in Swiss francs amounted to €75 million at the end of the year (CHF 88 million), generating a gain of €6 million in the year.

At December 31, 2016 the total notional amount of the instruments hedging these investments was the equivalent of €21,680 million, of which €20,914 million related to foreign currency swaps and forwards and €766 million to spot foreign currency purchases/sales (spot).

By currency,

-

Hedges of the Brazilian real including hedging Forex Forward Non Delivery amounting to €7,404 million (BRL 25,400 million), with a loss of €1,877 million.

-

The position in Mexican pesos was hedged through Forex Forwards and Forex Swaps with a notional amount of €2,140 million (MXN 46,593 million) and a gain of €247 million in the year.

-

The Polish zloty was hedged through Forex Forwards and Forex Swaps with a notional amount of €2,032 million (PLN 8,962 million) and a gain of €26 million in the year.

-

The hedging of the Chilean peso is instrumented through Forex Forward Non Delivery amounting to €3,773 million (CLP 2,670,000 million), with a loss of €447 million in the year.

-

The hedging of the Colombian peso was instrumented through Forex Forward Non Delivery with a notional amount of €33 million (COP 103,122 million), with a loss of €5 million in the year.

-

The investment in Norwegian krone is hedged through Forex Forwards and Forex Swaps amounting to €892 million (NOK 8,107 million), with a loss of €53 million.

-

The position in Chinese yuan was hedged through Forex Forward Non Delivery of €1,123 million (CNY 8,221 million). These instruments generated a gain of €6 million in the year.

-

The hedge of the pound sterling was instrumented through Forex Swap for the amount of €3,516 million (GBP 3,010 million). In addition, the investment in this currency is covered by spot purchases and/or spot sales of this currency against euros, amounting to €388 million (GBP 332 million), generating a net gain of €739 million in the year.

In addition to the above, investments in US dollars, sterling, Canadian dollars and Swiss francs were hedged by purchases and sales of spot currency against euros (Spot).

F-153


 

Table of Contents

In the case of US dollars, derivatives (Forex Forward) existed for a notional amount of €304 million and, in addition, spot purchases / sales of this currency) for an amount of US 321 million, with a total loss in the year of €38 million.

In the case of Canadian dollars, derivatives (Forex Forward) existed for a notional amount of €21 million and, in addition, spot purchases / sales of this currency) for an amount of CND 30 million, with a total loss in the year of €1 million.

Finally, the position covered in Swiss francs amounts to €53 million at the end of the year (57 million Swiss francs), generating a loss of €1 million in that year.

According to the purpose of these hedges, the purpose of which is to cover the forward rate, and because the notional amount of the hedging instruments used does not exceed the amount of the hedged item and, in addition, the foreign currencies of these transactions are the functional currencies of the parent company and of the business abroad, the effectiveness of these hedges is total, not being recorded in the income statement due to inefficiencies during 2017.

37.   Discontinued operations

No operations were discontinued in 2017, 2016 or 2015.

 

38.   Interest income

Interest and similar income in the consolidated income statement comprises the interest accruing in the year on all financial assets with an implicit or explicit return, calculated by applying the effective interest method, irrespective of measurement at fair value; and the rectifications of income as a result of hedge accounting. Interest is recognized gross, without deducting any tax withheld at source.

The detail of the main interest and similar income items earned in 2017, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Loans and advances - Central banks

 

1,881

 

2,090

 

1,392

Loans and advances - Credit institutions

 

1,840

 

2,388

 

1,845

Debt instruments

 

7,141

 

6,927

 

7,361

Loans and advances - Customers

 

43,640

 

42,578

 

45,445

Other interest

 

1,539

 

1,173

 

1,155

 

 

56,041

 

55,156

 

57,198

 

Most of the interest and similar income was generated by the Group’s financial assets that are measured either at amortized cost or at fair value through Other comprehensive income.

39.   Interest expense

Interest expense and similar charges in the consolidated income statement includes the interest accruing in the year on all financial liabilities with an implicit or explicit return, including remuneration in kind, calculated by applying the effective interest method, irrespective of measurement at fair value; the rectifications of cost as a result of hedge accounting; and the interest cost attributable to provisions recorded for pensions.

F-154


 

Table of Contents

The detail of the main items of interest expense and similar charges accrued in 2017, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Central banks deposits

 

216

 

127

 

79

Credit institution deposits

 

2,045

 

1,988

 

2,277

Customer deposits

 

11,074

 

12,886

 

12,826

Debt securities issued and Subordinated liabilities

 

6,651

 

7,767

 

7,899

Marketable debt securities

 

5,685

 

6,822

 

6,965

Subordinated liabilities (Note 23)

 

966

 

945

 

934

Provisions for pensions (Note 25)

 

198

 

201

 

270

Other interest

 

1,561

 

1,098

 

1,035

 

 

21,745

 

24,067

 

24,386

 

Most of the interest expense and similar charges was generated by the Group’s financial liabilities that are measured at amortized cost.

40.   Dividend income

Dividend income includes the dividends and payments on equity instruments out of profits generated by investees after the acquisition of the equity interest.

The detail of Income from dividends as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Dividend income classified as:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets held for trading

 

234

 

217

 

266

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

150

 

196

 

189

 

 

384

 

413

 

455

 

 

41.    Income from companies accounted for using the equity method

Income from companies accounted for using the equity method comprises the amount of profit or loss attributable to the Group generated during the year by associates and joint ventures.

The detail of Income from companies accounted for using the equity method is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Zurich Santander Insurance América, S.L.

 

241

 

223

 

183

SAM Investment Holdings Limited

 

87

 

79

 

64

Wizink Bank, S.A.

 

36

 

 

Companhia de Crédito, Financiamento e Investimento RCI Brasil

 

 19

 

12

 

28

Allianz Popular, S.L.

 

15

 

 —

 

 —

Other companies

 

306

 

130

 

100

 

 

704

 

444

 

375

 

 

42.   Commission income

Commission income comprises the amount of all fees and commissions accruing in favor of the Group in the year, except those that form an integral part of the effective interest rate on financial instruments.

F-155


 

Table of Contents

The detail of Fee and commission income is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Collection and payment services:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bills

 

368

 

295

 

271

Demand accounts

 

1,490

 

1,191

 

1,074

Cards

 

3,515

 

2,972

 

2,768

Orders

 

449

 

431

 

412

Cheques and other

 

154

 

133

 

134

 

 

5,976

 

5,022

 

4,659

Marketing of non-banking financial products:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment funds

 

751

 

696

 

805

Pension funds

 

92

 

86

 

92

Insurance

 

2,517

 

2,428

 

2,350

 

 

3,360

 

3,210

 

3,247

Securities services:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities underwriting and placement

 

374

 

282

 

252

Securities trading

 

302

 

287

 

303

Administration and custody

 

359

 

297

 

265

Asset management

 

251

 

201

 

222

 

 

1,286

 

1,067

 

1,042

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange

 

471

 

353

 

303

Financial guarantees

 

559

 

505

 

494

Commitment fees

 

283

 

286

 

314

Other fees and commissions

 

2,644

 

2,500

 

2,983

 

 

3,957

 

3,644

 

4,094

 

 

14,579

 

12,943

 

13,042

 

 

43.   Commission expense

Commission expense shows the amount of all fees and commissions paid or payable by the Group in the year, except those that form an integral part of the effective interest rate on financial instruments.

The detail of Fee and commission expense is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Commissions assigned to third parties

 

1,831

 

1,639

 

1,593

Cards

 

1,391

 

1,217

 

1,201

By collection and return of effects

 

12

 

11

 

13

Other fees assigned

 

428

 

411

 

379

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other commissions paid

 

1,151

 

1,124

 

1,416

Brokerage fees on lending and deposit transactions

 

49

 

47

 

43

Sales of insurance and pension funds

 

205

 

204

 

159

Other fees and commissions

 

897

 

873

 

1,214

 

 

2,982

 

2,763

 

3,009

 

 

44.   Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities includes the amount of the Other comprehensive income of financial instruments, except those attributable to interest accrued as a result of application of the effective interest method and to allowances, and the gains or losses obtained from the sale and purchase thereof.

F-156


 

Table of Contents

a) Breakdown

The detail, by origin, of Gains/losses on financial assets and liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net

 

404

 

869

 

1,265

Of which Financial Assets available for sale

 

472

 

861

 

891

Debt instruments

 

316

 

464

 

760

Equity instruments

 

156

 

397

 

131

Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net (*)

 

1,252

 

2,456

 

(2,312)

Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net (*)

 

(85)

 

426

 

325

Gains or losses from hedge accounting, net

 

(11)

 

(23)

 

(48)

 

 

1,560

 

3,728

 

(770)


(*) Includes the net result obtained by operations with debt securities, equity instruments, derivatives and short positions included in this portfolio when the Group jointly manages its risk in these instruments.

As explained in Note 45, the above breakdown should be analyzed in conjunction with the exchange differences, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Exchange differences, net

 

105

 

(1,627)

 

3,156

 

b) Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss

The detail of the amount of the asset balances is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Loans and receivables:

 

40,875

 

40,390

 

48,129

Credit institutions

 

11,585

 

13,290

 

27,755

Customers

 

29,290

 

27,100

 

20,374

Debt instruments

 

39,836

 

52,320

 

47,681

Equity instruments

 

22,286

 

15,043

 

18,855

Derivatives

 

57,243

 

72,043

 

76,724

 

 

160,240

 

179,796

 

191,389

 

The Group mitigates and reduces this exposure as follows:

-

With respect to derivatives, the Group has entered into framework agreements with a large number of credit institutions and customers for the netting-off of asset positions and the provision of collateral for non-payment.

At December 31, 2017 the actual credit risk exposure of the derivatives was €34,887 million.

-

Loans and advances to credit institutions and Loans and advances to customers included reverse repos amounting to 28,563 million at December 31, 2017.

Also, mortgage-backed assets totaled €2,602 million.

-

Debt instruments include 34,605 million of Spanish and foreign government securities.

At December 31, 2017 the amount of the change in the year in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss attributable to variations in their credit risk (spread) was not material.

F-157


 

Table of Contents

The detail of the amount of the liability balances is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Deposits

 

(84,724)

 

(48,863)

 

(62,836)

Central banks

 

(9,142)

 

(10,463)

 

(18,664)

Credit institutions

 

(18,458)

 

(5,059)

 

(8,628)

Customer

 

(57,124)

 

(33,341)

 

(35,544)

Marketable debt securities

 

(3,056)

 

(2,791)

 

(3,373)

Short positions

 

(20,979)

 

(23,005)

 

(17,362)

Derivatives

 

(57,892)

 

(74,369)

 

(76,414)

Other financial liabilities

 

(589)

 

 

(1)

 

 

(167,240)

 

(149,028)

 

(159,986)

 

At December 31, 2017, the amount of the change in the fair value of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss attributable to changes in their credit risk during the year is not material.

45.   Exchange differences, net

Exchange differences shows basically the gains or losses on currency dealings, the differences that arise on translations of monetary items in foreign currencies to the functional currency, and those disclosed on non-monetary assets in foreign currency at the time of their disposal.

The Group manages the currencies to which it is exposed together with the arrangement of derivative instruments and, accordingly, the changes in this line item should be analyzed together with those recognized under Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (see Note 44).

46.   Other operating income and expenses

Other operating income and Other operating expenses in the consolidated income statements include:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Insurance activity

 

57

 

63

 

98

Income from insurance and reinsurance contracts issued

 

2,546

 

1,900

 

1,096

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance and reinsurance premium income

 

2,350

 

1,709

 

961

Reinsurance income

 

196

 

191

 

135

Expenses of insurance and reinsurance contracts

 

(2,489)

 

(1,837)

 

(998)

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims paid, other insurance-related expenses and net provisions for insurance contract liabilities

 

(2,249)

 

(1,574)

 

(740)

Reinsurance premiums paid

 

(240)

 

(263)

 

(258)

Other operating income

 

1,618

 

1,919

 

1,971

Non- financial services

 

472

 

698

 

711

Other operating income

 

1,146

 

1,221

 

1,260

Of which, fees and commissions offsetting direct costs

 

192

 

145

 

115

Other operating expense

 

(1,966)

 

(1,977)

 

(2,235)

Non-financial services

 

(302)

 

(518)

 

(590)

Other operating expense:

 

(1,664)

 

(1,459)

 

(1,645)

Of which, Deposit Guarantee Fund

 

(848)

 

(711)

 

(769)

 

 

(291)

 

 5

 

(166)

 

Most of the Bank’s insurance activity is carried on in life insurance.

F-158


 

Table of Contents

47.   Personnel expenses

a ) Breakdown

The detail of Personnel expenses is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Wages and salaries

 

8,879

 

8,133

 

8,081

Social security costs

 

1,440

 

1,291

 

1,330

Additions to provisions for defined benefit pension plans (Note 25)

 

88

 

81

 

96

Contributions to defined contribution pension funds

 

271

 

266

 

279

Other personnel expenses

 

1,369

 

1,233

 

1,321

 

 

12,047

 

11,004

 

11,107

 

b) Headcount

The average number of employees in the Group, by professional category, was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average number of employees (***)

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

The Bank:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior management (*)

 

64

 

76

 

93

Other line personnel

 

21,327

 

20,291

 

20,909

Clerical staff (**)

 

 —

 

1,904

 

2,138

General Services Personnel (**)

 

 —

 

13

 

22

 

 

21,391

 

22,284

 

23,162

Rest of Spain

 

12,703

 

6,925

 

6,922

Santander UK plc

 

19,079

 

19,428

 

20,069

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

 

 46,210

 

48,052

 

47,720

Other companies

 

96,349

 

94,946

 

91,591

 

 

195,732

 

191,635

 

189,464


(*)    Categories of deputy assistant executive vice president and above, including senior management.

(**)   During 2017, Clerical staff and General Services Personnel categories were erased considering all the staff in the aforementioned categories on the Other line personnel category.

(***)  Excluding personnel assigned to discontinued operations.

The number of employees, at the end of 2017, 2016 and 2015, was 202,251, 188,492 and 193,863, respectively.

The functional breakdown (final employment), by gender, at December 31, 2017 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Functional breakdown by gender

 

 

Senior executives

 

Other executives

 

Other personnel

 

    

Men

    

Women

    

Men

    

Women

    

Men

    

Women

Continental Europe

 

978

 

290

 

6,557

 

2,908

 

27,009

 

33,287

United Kingdom

 

115

 

31

 

1,252

 

639

 

8,828

 

14,317

America

 

507

 

91

 

6,569

 

4,024

 

39,612

 

55,237

 

 

1,600

 

412

 

14,378

 

7,571

 

75,449

 

102,841

 

The same information, expressed in percentage terms at December 31, 2017, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Functional breakdown by gender

 

 

 

Senior executives

 

Other executives

 

Other personnel

 

 

    

Men

    

Women

    

Men

    

Women

    

Men

    

Women

 

Continental Europe

 

77

%  

23

%  

69

%  

31

%  

45

%  

55

%

United Kingdom

 

79

%  

21

%  

66

%  

34

%  

38

%  

62

%

America

 

85

%  

15

%  

62

%  

38

%  

42

%  

58

%

 

 

80

%  

20

%  

66

%  

34

%  

42

%  

58

%

 

F-159


 

Table of Contents

The labor relations between employees and the various Group companies are governed by the related collective agreements or similar regulations.

The number of employees in the Group with disabilities, distributed by professional categories, at December 31, 2017, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

    

Average number of employees (**)

 

 

2017

Senior management (*)

 

 4

Other management

 

65

Other staff

 

3,220

 

 

3,289


(*)    Categories of deputy assistant executive vice president and above, including senior management.

(**)  An employee with disabilities is considered to be a person who is recognized by the State or the Company in each jurisdiction where the Group operates and that entitles them to receive direct monetary assistance, or other types of aid such as, for example, reduction of their taxes. In the case of Spain, employees with disabilities have been considered to be those with a degree of disabilities greater than or equal to 33%. The amount does not include employees in the United States.

The number of Group employees with disabilities at 2016 and 2015, was 2,941 (not including the United States) and 3,677, respectively.

Likewise, the average number of employees of Banco Santander with disabilities, equal to or greater than 33%, during 2017 was 209 ( 216 employees during 2016). At the end of fiscal year 2017, there were 211 employees (213 employees at December 31, 2016).

c) Share-based payments

The main share-based payments granted by the Group in force at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are described below.

i.     Bank

The variable remuneration policy for the Bank’s executive directors and certain executive personnel of the Bank and of other Group companies includes Bank share-based payments, the implementation of which requires, in conformity with the law and the Bank’s Bylaws, specific resolutions to be adopted by the general meeting.

Were it necessary or advisable for legal, regulatory or other similar reasons, the delivery mechanisms described below may be adapted in specific cases without altering the maximum number of shares linked to the plan or the essential conditions to which the delivery thereof is subject. These adaptations may involve replacing the delivery of shares with the delivery of cash amounts of an equal value.

The plans that include share-based payments are as follows: (i) deferred conditional delivery share plan; (ii) deferred conditional variable remuneration plan, (iii) performance share plan and (iv) Deferred variable compensation plan linked to multiannual objectives. The characteristics of the plans are set forth below:

(i)    Deferred conditional delivery share plan

In 2013 the Bank’s Board of Directors, at the proposal of the appointments and remuneration committee, approved the fourth cycle of the deferred conditional delivery share plan to instrument payment of the share-based bonus of the Group executives or employees whose variable remuneration or annual bonus for 2013 exceeded, in general, €0.3 million (gross), with a view to deferring a portion of the aforementioned variable remuneration or bonus over a period of three years in which it will be paid in Santander shares. Since this cycle entailed the delivery of Bank shares, the shareholders at the Annual General Meetings of March 22, 2013 approved the application of the fourth cycle of the deferred conditional delivery share plan. This cycle is not applicable to the executive directors or other members of senior management or other executives who are beneficiaries of the deferred conditional variable remuneration plan described below.

F-160


 

Table of Contents

The share-based bonus is being deferred over three years and will be paid, where appropriate, in three instalments starting after the first year (2015). The amount in shares is calculated based on the tranches of the following scale established by the Board of Directors on the basis of the gross variable cash-based remuneration or annual bonus for the year:

 

 

 

 

Benchmark bonus

    

Percentage

 

(thousands of euros)

 

(deferred)

 

300 or less

 

 0

%

300 to 600 (inclusive)

 

20

%

More than 600

 

30

%

 

 

 

 

The condition for accrual of the share-based deferred remuneration was, in addition to that of the beneficiary remaining in the Group’s employ, with the exceptions envisaged in the plan regulations, that none of the following circumstances should occur in the period prior to each of the deliveries: (i) poor financial performance of the Group; (ii) breach by the beneficiary of internal regulations, including, in particular, those relating to risks; (iii) material restatement of the Group’s financial statements, except when it is required pursuant to a change in accounting standards; or (iv) significant changes in the Group’s economic capital or risk profile.

(ii) Deferred conditional variable remuneration plan

In 2014 and 2015 the Bank’s Board of Directors, at the proposal of the appointments and remuneration committee in 2014 and of the remuneration committee in 2015, approved the third, fourth and fifth cycles of the deferred conditional variable remuneration plan to instrument payment of the bonus for 2014 and 2015, respectively, of the executive directors and certain executives (including senior management) and employees who assume risk, who perform control functions or receive an overall remuneration which puts them on the same remuneration level as senior executives and employees who assume risks (all of whom are referred to as the "Identified Staff", in accordance to Article 92(2) of Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, of June 26, 2013, and the related implementing legislation in 2014; and in 2015, pursuant to Article 32.1 of Law 10/2014, of June 26 on the regulation, supervision and capital adequacy of credit institutions, and the related implementing legislation).

In 2016 and 2017, and taking into account regulatory developments and international practices in remuneration matters, the sixth and the seventh cycle of the variable remuneration plan for the group identified with the exception of executive directors and certain executives (including senior management) were approved. First line of responsibility of the Group, for which the first and second cycle of deferred and conditioned variable remuneration described in item (iv) below were approved. The recommendations issued in the Guidelines on sound remuneration policies under Articles 74 (3) and 75 (2) of Directive 2013/36 / EU and disclosures under Article 450 of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013, Published by the European Banking Authority on December  21, 2015.

Since the aforementioned cycles entail the delivery of Bank shares, the shareholders at the Annual General Meetings of March 28, 2014, March 27, 2015, March 18, 2016 and April 7, 2017 approved, respectively, the application of the fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh cycles of the deferred conditional variable remuneration plan.

The purpose of these cycles is to defer a portion of the bonus of the beneficiaries thereof over a period of three years for the fourth sixth and seventh cycles, and over three or five years for the fifth cycle, for it to be paid, where appropriate, in cash and in Santander shares; the other portion of the variable remuneration is also to be paid in cash and Santander shares, upon commencement of the cycles, in accordance with the rules set forth below.

In the case of the sixth cycle, the bonus will be immediately paid in 60% (at the beginning of 2017) and deferred by 40% over a three year period. In the case of the other fifth and fourth cycles, will be paid according to the following payment percentages and periods of deferment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 (seventh cycle)

 

    

Immediate

    

 

    

 

 

 

payment

 

Deferred

 

 

 

 

percentage 

 

percentage

 

Deferral

 

 

(*)

 

(*)

 

period

Executive directors and members of the Identified Staff with total variable remuneration (*) ≥ €2.7 million

 

40

%  

60

%  

5 years

Executive directors and members of the Identified Staff with total variable remuneration (**) ≥ €1.7 million (< €2.7 million)

 

50

%  

50

%  

5 years

Other beneficiaries

 

60

%  

40

%  

3 years


(*)     In certain countries the deferred percentage or the deferred period could be different to comply with local rules or the authority requirements.

(**)   Total variable remuneration in case of standard fulfilment (100% target).

F-161


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 (fifth cycle)

 

 

 

    

Immediate

    

 

    

 

 

 

payment

 

Deferred

 

 

 

 

percentage 

 

percentage

 

Deferral

 

 

(*)

 

(*)

 

period

Executive directors and members of the Identified Staff with total variable remuneration ≥ €2.6 million

 

40

%  

60

%  

5 years

Division managers, country heads, other executives of the Group with a similar profile and members of the Identified Staff with total variable remuneration ≥ €1.7 million (< €2.6 million)

 

50

%  

50

%  

5 years

Other beneficiaries

 

60

%  

40

%  

3 years


(*) Generally applicable percentages. In some countries deferred percentages may be higher for certain categories of executives, thereby giving rise to lower immediate payment percentages.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 (fourth cycle) (*)

 

 

    

Immediate

    

 

 

 

 

payment

 

Deferred

 

 

 

percentage

 

percentage

 

 

 

(**)

 

(**)

 

Executive directors and members of the Identified Staff with total variable remuneration ≥ €2.6 million

 

40

%  

60

%

Division managers, country heads, other executives of the Group with a similar profile and members of the Identified Staff with total variable remuneration ≥ €1.8 million

 

50

%  

50

%

(< €2.6 million)

 

 

 

 

 

Other beneficiaries

 

60

%  

40

%


(*)     Deferral period for all the categories is 3 years.

(**)   Generally applicable percentages. In some countries deferred percentages may be higher for certain categories of executives, thereby giving rise to lower immediate payment percentages.

For the fourth sixth and seventh cycle, the payment of the deferred percentage of the bonus applicable in each case will be deferred over a period of three years and will be paid in three instalments, within 30 days following the anniversaries of the initial date (the date on which the immediate payment percentage is paid) in 2016, 2017 and 2018 for the fourth cycle, in 2018, 2019 and 2020 for the sixth cycle, and in 2018, 2019 and 2020 for the seventh cycle 50% being paid in cash and 50% in shares, provided that the conditions described below are met.

For the fifth cycle, the payment of the deferred percentage of the bonus applicable in each case based on the group to which the beneficiary belongs will be deferred over a period of three or five years and will be paid in three or five instalments, as appropriate, within 30 days following the anniversaries of the initial date in 2017, 2018 and 2019 and, where appropriate, in 2020 and 2021, provided that the conditions described below are met.

For the fourth, fifth and sixth cycle, the accrual of deferred compensation is conditioned, in addition to the requirement that the beneficiary remains in the Group’s employ, with the exceptions included in the plan regulations, the accrual of the deferred remuneration is conditional upon none of the following circumstances existing -in the opinion of the Board of Directors following a proposal of the remuneration committee-, during the period prior to each of the deliveries, pursuant to the provisions set forth in each case in the plan regulations: (i) poor financial performance of the Group; (ii) breach by the beneficiary of internal regulations, including, in particular, those relating to risks; (iii) material restatement of the Group’s financial statements, except when it is required pursuant to a change in accounting standards; or (iv) significant changes in the Group’s economic capital or risk profile. In the case of the seventh cycle, the accrual of deferred compensation is conditioned, in addition to the permanence of the beneficiary in the Group, with the exceptions contained in the plan's regulations, to no assumptions in which there is a poor performance of the entity as a whole or of a specific division or area of the entity or of the exposures generated by the personnel, and at least the following factors must be considered: (i) significant failures in risk management committed by the entity , or by a business unit or risk control unit; (ii) the increase suffered by the entity or by a business unit of its capital needs, not foreseen at the time of generation of the exposures; (iii) regulatory sanctions or judicial sentences for events that could be attributable to the unit or the personnel responsible for those. Also, the breach of internal codes of conduct of the entity; and (iv) irregular behaviors, whether individual or collective, considering in particular the negative effects derived from the marketing of inappropriate products and the responsibilities of the persons or bodies that made those decisions.

F-162


 

Table of Contents

On each delivery of fourth and fifth, the beneficiaries will be paid an amount in cash equal to the dividends paid on the deferred amount in shares and the interest on the amount accrued in cash. If the Santander Dividendo Elección scrip dividend scheme is applied, they will be paid the price offered by the Bank for the bonus share rights corresponding to those shares. In the case of the seventh cycle and, on the occasion of each payment of the deferred amount in cash, it will be possible to pay de Beneficiary the amount derived from the adjustment of the deferred amount with the inflation rate up to the date of payment of each corresponding cash amount.

The maximum number of shares to be delivered is calculated taking into account the amount resulting from applying the applicable taxes and the volume-weighted average share prices for the 15 trading sessions prior to the date on which the Board of Directors approves the bonus for the Bank’s executive directors for 2013, 2014 and 2015 for the third, fourth and fifth cycle, respectively. In the case of the sixth and seventh cycle, it is determined according to the same procedure in the fifteen sessions prior to the previous Friday (excluded) on the date on which the board decides the bonus for the Bank’s executive directors for 2016 and 2017, respectively.

(iii) Performance share plan

In 2014 and 2015 the Bank’s Board of Directors approved the first and second cycles, respectively, of the performance share plan by which to instrument a portion of the variable remuneration of the executive directors and other members of the Identified Staff, consisting of a long-term incentive (ILP) in shares based on the Bank’s performance over a multiannual period. In addition, the second cycle also applies to other Bank employees not included in the Identified Staff, in respect of whom it is deemed appropriate that the potential delivery of Bank shares be included in their remuneration package in order to better align the employee’s interests with those of the Bank.

Since the aforementioned plans entail the delivery of Bank shares, the Annual General Meetings of March 28, 2014 and March 27, 2015 approved the application of the first and second cycles of the plan, respectively.

The maximum amounts of the plan and, consequently, the maximum number of shares to which a beneficiary may be entitled under this plan was set at 15% and 20% of the beneficiaries’ benchmark bonus for 2014 and 2015, respectively.

The Board of Directors, following a proposal of the remuneration committee, set the amount of the ILP for each beneficiary for 2014 and 2015.

For the second cycle, based on the maximum benchmark value (20%), at the proposal of the remuneration committee, the Board of Directors will set the maximum number of shares, the value in euros of which is called the "Agreed-upon Amount of the ILP", taking into account (i) the Group’s earnings per share (EPS) and (ii) the Group’s return on tangible equity (RoTE) for 2015 with respect to those budgeted for the year.

Both items had the same weighting when setting the ILP and each of them were measured based on the following scales of target compliance:

-

Scale applicable to EPS of Santander Group in 2016 with respect to the budgeted EPS for the year:

 

 

 

EPS in 2015

    

2015 EPS

(% of budgeted 2015 EPS)

 

coefficient

≥ 90%

 

 1

> 75% but < 90%

 

0.75 – 1 (*)

≤ 75%

 

 0


(*) Straight-line increase of the 2015 EPS coefficient based on the specific percentage that the 2015 EPS represents of the budgeted EPS within this line of the scale.

-

Scale applicable to Santander Group’s 2015 RoTE with respect to the RoTE budgeted for the year:

 

 

 

RoTE in 2015

    

2015 RoTE

(% of budgeted 2016 RoTE)

 

coefficient

≥ 90%

 

 1

> 75% but < 90%

 

0.75 – 1 (*)

≤ 75%

 

 0


(*) Straight-line increase of the 2016 RoTE coefficient based on the specific percentage that the 2016 RoTE represents of the budgeted RoTE within this line of the scale.

Based on the Group’s performance at the end of 2015, the coefficient to be applied was 91.50%.

F-163


 

Table of Contents

For the first cycle, the following percentages were applied to 15% of the benchmark bonus in accordance with the relative performance of the Bank’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) in 2014 compared to a benchmark group:

 

 

 

 

Santander’s

    

Percentage of

 

place in the

 

maximum shares

 

TSR ranking

 

to be delivered

 

1st to 8th

 

100

%

9th to 12th

 

50

%

13th and below

 

 0

%

 

Since the Bank’s TSR was in fourth place, the applicable percentage was 100%.

Also, for the second cycle, the agreed-upon amount of the ILP for each beneficiary will be deferred over a period of three years and will be paid, where appropriate, at the beginning of 2019 (foreseeably, in the first quarter) based on compliance with the multiannual targets and other plan terms and conditions. Thus, prior to the payment date, the Board of Directors, following a proposal of the remuneration committee, will calculate the amount, where appropriate, to be received by each beneficiary based on the agreed-upon amount of the ILP. The multiannual targets, the related metrics and scales of compliance are as follows:

-

Relative performance of the Group’s EPS growth for 2015-2017 with respect to a benchmark group of 17 credit institutions

 

 

 

Position of Santander’s

    

 

EPS growth

 

 

2015 - 2017

 

EPS coefficient

1st to 5th

 

 1

6th

 

0.875

7th

 

0.75

8th

 

0.625

9th

 

0.50

10th and below

 

 0

 

-

Santander Group’s 2017 RoTE:

 

 

 

RoTE in 2017

    

RoTE

(%)

 

coefficient

≥ 12%

 

 1

> 11% but < 12%

 

0.75 – 1(*)

≤ 11%

 

 0


(*) Straight-line increase of the RoTE coefficient based on the specific percentage, within this line of the scale, of Santander Group’s RoTE in 2017.

-

Employee satisfaction, measured by the inclusion or exclusion of the related Group company in 2017 among the “Top 3” best banks to work for.

o

Scale of compliance at country level:

 

 

 

Position among the

    

 

best banks to work

 

Employee

for in 2017

 

coefficient

1st to 3rd

 

 1

4th or below

 

 0

 

F-164


 

Table of Contents

o

Scale of compliance at Santander Group level:

 

 

 

No. of main

    

 

markets in which

 

 

Santander is

 

 

ranked in the top

 

 

three of the best

 

 

banks to work for

 

Employee

in 2017

 

coefficient

6 or more

 

 1

5 or less

 

 0

 

-

Customer satisfaction, measured by the inclusion or exclusion of the related Group company in 2017 among the top three best banks in the customer satisfaction index.

o

Scale of compliance at country level:

 

 

 

Position among the

    

 

best banks as per

 

 

the customer

 

 

satisfaction index

 

Customer

in 2017

 

coefficient

1st to 3rd

 

 1

4th or below

 

 0

 

o

Scale of compliance at Santander Group level:

 

 

 

No. of main

    

 

markets in which

 

 

Santander is

 

 

ranked in the top

 

 

three of the best

 

 

banks in the

 

 

customer

 

 

satisfaction index

 

Customer

in 2017

 

coefficient

10

 

 1

Between 6 and 9

 

0.2 - 0.8 (*)

5 or less

 

 0


(*) Straight-line increase of customer coefficient, whereby, within this line of the scale, the coefficient is increased by 0.2 for each additional main market in which the customer satisfaction index ranks it in the top three.

-

Customer loyalty, taking into account that the targets at Santander Group level are 17 million individual customers and 1.1 million SME and business customers at December 31, 2017.

o

Scales of compliance at country level:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

SME and business

    

 

Individual customers (% of the

 

 

 

customers (% of the

 

 

budget for the

 

Individual

 

budget for the

 

Business

related market)

 

coefficient

 

related market)

 

coefficient

≥ 100%

 

 1

 

≥ 100

%  

 1

> 90% but < 100%

 

0.5 - 1 (*)

 

> 90% but < 100

%  

0.5 - 1 (*)

≤ 90%

 

 0

 

≤ 90

%  

 0


(*) Straight-line increase of the individual coefficient and business coefficient based on the specific percentage, within these lines of each scale, that the number of customers of each type represents of the budgeted number at December 31, 2017.

F-165


 

Table of Contents

o

Scales of compliance at Santander Group level:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

SME and

    

 

Individual

 

 

 

business

 

 

customers

 

Individual

 

customers

 

Business

(millions)

 

coefficient

 

(millions)

 

coefficient

≥ 17

 

 1

 

≥ 1.1

 

 1

> 15 but < 17

 

0.5 - 1 (*)

 

> 1 but < 1.1

 

0.5 - 1 (*)

≤ 15

 

 0

 

≤ 1

 

 0


(*) Straight-line increase of the individual coefficient and business coefficient based on the number of customers of each type at December 31, 2017.

Based on the foregoing metrics and compliance scales and the data relating to the end of 2017, the amount accrued of the ILP for each beneficiary (the "Accrued Amount of the ILP") will be calculated by weighting the above coefficients by 0.25, 0.25, 0.2, 0.15, 0.075 and 0.075, respectively.

For the first cycle, the agreed-upon amount of the ILP for each beneficiary will be deferred over a period of three years and will be paid, where appropriate, in thirds in June 2016, 2017 and 2018 based on compliance with the multiannual TSR targets. Thus, for each payment date, the Board of Directors, following a proposal of the remuneration committee, will calculate the amount, where appropriate, to be received by each beneficiary applying to the third of the agreed-upon amount of the ILP for that year the percentage resulting from the following table:

 

 

 

 

Santander’s

    

Percentage of

 

place in the TSR

 

maximum shares

 

ranking

 

to be delivered

 

1st to 4th

 

100.0

%

5th

 

87.5

%

6th

 

75.0

%

7th

 

62.5

%

8th

 

50.0

%

9th and below

 

 0

%

 

For the accrual for 2016, the benchmark TSR will be that accumulated between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2015, for the accrual for 2017, the benchmark TSR will be that accumulated between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2016 and for the accrual for 2018, the benchmark TSR will be that accumulated between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2017. In 2016, a position in the RTA ranking has not been reached that determines the accrual of the first and second third, so it has been extinguished.

In addition to the requirement that the beneficiary remains in the Group’s employ, with the exceptions included in the plan regulations, the delivery of shares to be paid on the ILP payment date based on compliance with the related multiannual target is conditional upon none of the following circumstances existing -in the opinion of the Board of Directors following a proposal of the remuneration committee-, during the period prior to each of the deliveries as a result of the actions taken in 2014 and 2015, respectively: (i) poor financial performance of the Group; (ii) breach by the beneficiary of internal regulations, including, in particular, those relating to risks; (iii) material restatement of the Group’s financial statements, except when it is required pursuant to a change in accounting standards; or (iv) significant changes in the Group’s economic capital or risk profile.

(iv) Deferred variable compensation plan linked to multiannual objectives

In 2016 and 2017, the Board of Directors of the Bank, at the proposal of the remuneration committee, approved the first and second cycle of the deferred variable remuneration plan linked to multi-year objectives that implements the variable remuneration corresponding to 2016 and 2017 for executive directors and certain executives (Including top management) of the Group’s first lines of responsibility (formerly Promontorio and Faro, before, Top Network managers). The cycles plan was approved by the general meeting on March 18, 2016 and April 7, 2017 with the aim of simplifying the remuneration structure, improving the ex ante risk adjustment and increasing the impact of the long-term objectives on the Group’s first guidelines. The plan also takes into account the recommendations issued in the Guidelines on sound remuneration policies under Articles 74 (3) and 75 (2) of Directive 2013/36 / EU and disclosures under Article 450 of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013, Published by the European Banking Authority on December 21, 2015.

This plan includes the bonus (deferred and conditioned variable compensation plan mentioned in item (ii) above and the ILP of item (iii) above and is intended to defer a portion of the variable remuneration over a period of three or five Years to be paid in cash and in

F-166


 

Table of Contents

shares, linking part of this amount to the Bank’s performance over a multi-year period and paying the other part of the variable remuneration in cash and in stock at the beginning. Detailed below.

The variable remuneration of the beneficiaries will be paid according to the following percentages, depending on when the payment occurs and the group to which the beneficiary belongs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 and 2017 (first and second cycle)

 

    

Immediate

    

 

    

 

 

 

payment

 

Deferred

 

Deferral

 

 

percentage 

 

percentage

 

period

 

 

(*)

 

(*)

 

(*)

Executive directors and members of the Identified Staff with total variable remuneration ≥ €2.7 million (**) (***)

 

40

%  

60

%  

5 years

Division managers, country heads of countries that represent at least 1% of the Group’s economic capital, other executives of the Group with a similar profile and members of the Identified Staff with total variable remuneration ≥ €1.7 million (<€ 2.7 million) (**) (***)

 

50

%  

50

%  

5 years

Other beneficiaries

 

60

%  

40

%  

3 years


(*)     In some countries the percentage and the period of deferral may be higher to comply with local regulations or with the requirements of the competent authority in each case.  

(**)   Variable reference remuneration for the standard compliance (100% of the objectives).

(***) In the first cycle (2016), the quantitative amount that determines by itself being in one category or another refers to the total variable remuneration effectively approved at year end and do not refers to target or reference remuneration.

Each beneficiary receives, in 2017 and 2018 (first and second cycle, respectively), according to the group to which it belongs, the percentage of immediate payment that corresponds, by half in cash and in shares. The payment of the percentage of deferral of the variable remuneration that corresponds in each case according to the group to which the beneficiary belongs will be deferred for a period of three or five years and will be paid by thirds or fifths, as the case may be, within thirty Days following the anniversaries of the initial date in the years 2018, 2019 and 2020 and, if applicable, 2021 and 2022 for the first cycle and in the years 2019, 2020 and 2021, and, if applicable 2022 and 2023, for the second cycle, provided that the conditions set out below are met.

In 2016, the accrual of the deferred compensation is conditioned, in addition to the permanence of the beneficiary in the Group, with the exceptions contained in the plan’s regulations, in the opinion of the board, at the proposal of the remuneration committee, none of The following circumstances during the period prior to each of the deliveries in the terms set forth in each case in the plan’s regulations: (i) poor performance of the Group; (Ii) breach by the beneficiary of the internal regulations, including in particular that relating to risks; (Iii) material restatement of the Group’s financial statements, except when appropriate under a change in accounting regulations; Or (iv) significant changes in the Group’s economic capital or risk profile.

In 2017, the accrual of deferred remuneration is conditioned, in addition to the beneficiary permanence in the Group, with the exceptions contained in the plan's regulations, to the non-occurrence of instances of poor financial performance from the entity as a whole or of a specific division or area thereof or of the exposures generated by the personnel, at least the following factors must be considered: (i) significant failures in risk management committed by the entity, or by a business unit or risk control unit; (ii) the increase suffered by the entity or by a business unit of its capital needs, not foreseen at the time of generation of the exposures; (iii) regulatory sanctions or court rulings for events that could be attributable to the unit or the personnel responsible for those. Also, the breach of internal codes of conduct of the entity; and (iv) irregular behaviors, whether individual or collective, considering in particular negative effects derived from the marketing of inappropriate products and responsibilities of persons or bodies that made those decisions.

In addition, the accrual of the deferral corresponding to the third annuity of deferral for the Group that differs in three years and the third, fourth and fifth for which it differs in five years, is conditional on the fulfillment of certain objectives related to the period 2016-2018 and The metrics and compliance scales associated with these multi-year objectives:

For 2016 (first cycle, period 2016-2018), the metrics and the method for determining the deferred amount subject to long term objectives are as follows:

F-167


 

Table of Contents

(A) Compliance with Banco Santander’s consolidated earnings per share growth target ("EPS") in 2018 vs. 2015 as shown in the following table:

 

 

 

 

BPA growth in 2018

    

 

 

(% Over 2015)

 

BPA coefficient

 

≥ 25%

 

 1

 

≥ 0% but < 25%

 

0 – 1

(*)

< 0%

 

 0

 


(*) Increased linear coefficient BPA depending on the specific growth rate of BPA 2018 compared to the 2015 in this line of the scale.

(B) Relative behavior of the total shareholder return ("RTA") of the Bank in the period 2016-2018 in relation to the weighted RTAs of a reference group of 35 credit institutions, with the corresponding RTA Coefficient being assigned according to the position of the RTA Of the Bank within the Reference Group.

 

 

 

 

Position of the Santander RTA

    

RTA coefficient

 

Exceeding the 66th percentile

 

 1

 

Between the 33rd and 66th percentiles

 

0 – 1

(*)

Lower than percentile 33

 

 0

 


(*) Proportional increase of the RTA coefficient in function of the number of positions that ascends in the ranking within this line of the scale.

The Reference Group consists of the following entities: BBVA, CaixaBank, Bankia, Popular, Sabadell, BCP, BPI, HSBC, RBS, Barclays, Lloyds, BNP Paribas, Crédit Agricole, Deutsche Bank, Société Générale, Nordea, Intesa San Paolo , Unicredit, Itaú, Bradesco, Banco do Brasil, Banorte, Banco de Chile, M & T Bank Corp., Keycorp, Fifth Third Bancorp, BB & T Corp., Citizens, Crédit Acceptance Corp., Ally Financial Inc., PKO, PEKAO, Millenium, ING Poland and mBank.

(C) Compliance with the fully loaded common equity tier 1 ("CET1") target for the year 2018, with this objective being that at December 31, 2018 the consolidated CET1 ratio of Grupo Santander Fully loaded is greater than 11%. If this objective is met, a coefficient ("Coefficient CET1") of 1 will be assigned to this metric and, if it is not met, the Coefficient CET 1 will be 0. For verification of compliance with this objective, Increases in CET1 derived from capital increases (except those that implement the Santander Dividendo Elección program) will not be taken into account. In addition, CET1 as of 31 December, 2018 may be adjusted to eliminate the effects of the regulatory changes that may occur with respect to its calculation up to that date.

(D)  Compliance with Santander Santander’s underlying return on risk-weighted assets for 2018 compared to 2015. The corresponding coefficient (the "RoRWA Coefficient"), Will be obtained from the following table:

 

 

 

 

BPA growth in 2018

    

 

 

(% Over 2015)

 

RoRWA coefficient

 

≥ 20%

 

 1

 

≥ 10% but < 20%

 

0.5 – 1

(*)

< 10%

 

 0

 


(*) Increased linear coefficient RORWA depending on the specific growth rate of RORWA 2018 compared to the 2015 RORWA within this scale line.

In order to determine the annual amount of the Deferred Objective Part that, if applicable, corresponds to each beneficiary in the years 2020 and, if applicable, 2021 and 2022 (each of these payments, a "Final Annuity"), and without prejudice to any adjustments that may result from the malus clauses, the following formula shall apply:

 

Final Annuity = Imp. x (0.25 x A + 0.25 x B + 0.25 x C + 0.25 x D)

 

where:

-

"Imp." Corresponds to a fifth or a third, depending on the profile of the beneficiary, the Deferred Amount of Incentive A.

-

"A" is the BPA Coefficient that is in accordance with the scale of section (a) above in relation to the growth of BPA in 2018 compared to 2015.

-

"B" is the RTA Coefficient that is in accordance with the scale of section (b) above depending on the performance of the Bank’s RTA in the period 2016-2018 with respect to the Reference Group.

F-168


 

Table of Contents

-

"C" is the CET 1 Coefficient resulting from the fulfillment of the CET1 target described in section (c) above.

-

"D" is the RoRWA Coefficient that conforms to the scale of section (d) above depending on the growth level of RoRWA 2018 compared to 2015.

(e) Compliance with the consolidated earnings per share growth ("EPS") of Santander Bank in 2019 in comparison with 2016. The coefficient corresponding to this objective (EPS coefficient) will be obtained in accordance with the following table:

 

 

 

 

EPS growth in 2019

    

 

 

(% over 2016)

 

EPS coefficient

 

≥ 25%

 

 1

 

≥ 0% but < 25%

 

0 – 1

(*)

< 0%

 

 0

 


(*)     Lineal increase of the EPS Coefficient according to the specific EPS growth in 2019 with respect to 2016 within this scale line.

(f) Relative behavior of the total shareholder return ("TSR") 4 of the Bank in the period 2017-2019 in relation with the TSR of a reference group comprised by 17 credit entities (the Reference Group), assigning a TSR Coefficient that corresponds depending on the TSR position of the Bank within the Reference Group.

 

 

 

 

Santander’s TSR positon

    

TSR Coefficient

 

Greater than percentile 66

 

 1

 

Percentiles between 33 and 66

 

0 – 1

(*)

Smaller than percentile 33

 

 0

 


(*)   Proportional increase of the TSR Coefficient in accordance with the number of positions moved forward in the ranking within this scale line.

The Reference Group is comprised by the following entities: Itaú, JP Morgan, Bank of America, HSBC, BNP Paribas, Standard Chartered, Citi, Société Générale, ING, Barclays, Wells Fargo, BBVA, Lloyds, UBS, Intesa San Paolo, Deutsche Bank and Unicredit.

(g) Compliance with the level 1 ordinary capital ratio target (common equity tier 1 or "CET1") fully loaded set for year 2019. The coefficient related to this target (CET1 Coefficient) will be obtained from the following table:

 

 

 

 

CET1 en 2019

    

CET1 Coefficient

 

≥ 11.30%

 

 1

 

≥ 11% but < 11.30%

 

0.5 – 1

(*)

< 11%

 

 0

 

 

For the verification of compliance with this target, it will not be taken into account the possible increases of CET1 derived from increases of capital 2 5 (except from those implemented by the Santander Dividendo Elección program). Furthermore, CET1 coefficient as of December 31, 2019 shall be adjusted in order to eliminate impact that a regulatory change may have with respect its calculation as of yet.


4   For these purposes, TSR means the difference (expressed as a percentage relation) between the final value of an investment in ordinary shares of Banco Santander and the initial value of that same investment, taking into account for the calculation of said final value that the dividends will be considered and also other similar concepts (such as the Santander Dividendo Elección program) received by the shareholder from said investment during the corresponding period of time as if they had been invested in more shares of the same type on the first date on which the dividend or similar concept is owed to the shareholders at the weighted average price of said date. To calculate the TSR, we will take into account the weighted average per daily volume of the weighted average prices corresponding to the fifteen trading sessions prior to January 1, 2017 (excluded) (to calculate the initial value) and the fifteen trading sessions prior to January 1, 2020 (excluded) (to calculate the final value).

5   The neutral effect of the Capital Increase destined to finance the acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A. announced in June 2017 and carried out in July 2017 will be taken into account.

F-169


 

Table of Contents

In order to determine the annual deferred amount subject to the targets that, where appropriate, corresponds to each executive director for years 2021, 2022 and 2023 (each of these payments, a "final annuity"), notwithstanding the adjustments that may result from malus clauses, the next formula will apply:

 

Final Annuity = Amount. x (1/3 x A + 1/3 x B + 1/3 x C)

 

Where:

-

"Amount" is the incentive amount equivalent to an annuity (this term is defined in section 4 below).

-

"A" is the EPS Coefficient resulting from the scale in section (a) above according to the EPS growth in 2019 with respect to 2016.

-

"B" represents the TSR Coefficient that results from the scale in section (b) above in accordance with the Bank's TSR behavior in the period 2017-2019 in comparison with the Reference Group.

-

"C" represents the Coefficient CET 1 that results from the compliance with the CET1 target for 2019 described in section (c) above.

In addition, the amounts paid under this plan are subject to recovery or clawback clauses in the event of the circumstances providing in the current legislation. The application of clawback will be supplemented by that of malus, so that it will take place when it is considered insufficient to collect the effects that the event must have on the assigned variable remuneration. The application of clawback will be decided by the Board of Directors on the proposal of the remuneration committee and cannot be proposed, in the case of the first cycle (2016), once the last payment in cash or shares corresponding to the plan is made in 2022, or in the case, in 2020. In the second cycle, the application of clawback cannot be proposed once the term has expired for the withholding of the last payment in shares that corresponds to the plan, in 2024 or, as the case may be, in 2022.

The maximum number of shares to be delivered is calculated by taking into account the weighted average daily volume of weighted average prices for the fifteen trading sessions prior to the previous Friday (excluding) on the date on which the board decides the bonus for the Executive directors of the Bank.

ii. Santander UK plc

The long-term incentive plans on shares of the Bank granted by management of Santander UK plc to its employees are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Exercise

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Date of

    

Date of

 

 

Number of

 

price in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

commencement

 

expiry of

 

 

shares (in

 

pounds

 

Year

 

Employee

 

Number of

 

of exercise

 

exercise

 

 

thousands)

 

sterling (*)

 

granted

 

group

 

persons

 

period

 

period

Plans outstanding at 01/01/15

 

19,122

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted (Sharesave)

 

14,074

 

3.13

 

2015

 

Employees

 

7,759

(**)

01/11/15

 

01/11/18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

01/11/15

 

01/11/20

Options exercised

 

(1,839)

 

3.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options cancelled (net) or not exercised

 

(6,595)

 

4.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plans outstanding at 31/12/15

 

24,762

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted (Sharesave)

 

17,296

 

4.91

 

2016

 

Employees

 

7,024

 

01/11/16

 

01/11/19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

01/11/16

 

01/11/21

Options exercised

 

(338)

 

3.67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options cancelled (net) or not exercised

 

(12,804)

 

3.51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plans outstanding at 31/12/16

 

28,916

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted (Sharesave)

 

3,916

 

4.02

 

2017

 

Employees

 

4,260

 

01/11/17

 

01/11/20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

01/11/17

 

01/11/22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

(1,918)

 

3.77

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options cancelled (net) or not exercised

 

(3,713)

 

3.40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plans outstanding at 31/12/17

 

27,201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(*)     At  December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the euro/pound sterling exchange rate was €1.16798 GBP 1; €1.36249/GBP 1 and €1.28386/GBP 1, respectively.

(**)   Number of accounts/contracts. A single employee may have more than one account/contract.

In 2008 the Group launched a voluntary savings scheme for Santander UK employees (Sharesave Scheme) whereby employees who join the scheme between GBP 5 and GBP 500 in 2015, 2016 and 2017 deducted from their net monthly pay over a period of three or

F-170


 

Table of Contents

five years. When this period has ended, the employees may use the amount saved to exercise options on shares of the Bank at an exercise price calculated by reducing by up to 20% the average purchase and sale prices of the Bank shares in the three trading sessions prior to the approval of the scheme by the UK tax authorities (HMRC). This approval must be received within 21 to 41 days following the publication of the Group’s results for the first half of the year. This scheme was approved by the Board of Directors, at the proposal of the appointments and remuneration committee, and, since it involved the delivery of Bank shares, its application was authorized by the Annual General Meeting held on June 21, 2008. Also, the scheme was authorized by the UK tax authorities (HMRC) and commenced in September 2008. In subsequent years, at the Annual General Meetings held on June 19, 2009, June 11, 2010, June 17, 2011, March 28, 2012, March 22, 2013, March 28, 2014, March 27, 2015 and April 7, 2017, respectively, the shareholders approved the application of schemes previously approved by the board and with similar features to the scheme approved in 2008.

iii. Fair value

The fair value of the performance share plans was calculated as follows:

a)    Deferred variable compensation plan linked to multi-year objectives 2016 and 2017:

The Group calculates at the grant date the fair value of the plan based on the valuation report of an independent expert. Depending on the design of the plan for 2016 and the levels of achievement of similar plans in comparable entities, the expert concludes that the reasonable range for estimating the initial achievement ratio is around 60% - 80%. Has considered that the fair value is 70% of the maximum.

b)    2015 Performance share plan:

The Group calculates at the grant date the fair value of this plan relying in part upon the report of an independent expert. On the basis of the design of the plan for 2015 and the levels of achievement of similar plans at comparable entities, the expert concluded that the reasonable range for estimating the initial achievement coefficient was approximately 60% to 80% and, accordingly, the fair value was considered to be 70% of the maximum. Therefore, as the maximum level was determined as being 91.50%, the fair value is 64.05% of the maximum amount.

c)    Performance share plans 2014:

-

It was assumed that the beneficiaries will not leave the Group’s employ during the term of each plan.

-

The Group calculates at the grant date the fair value of the Bank’s relative TSR position relying in part upon the report of an independent expert whose assessment was carried out using a Monte Carlo valuation model to perform 10,000 simulations to determine the TSR of each of the companies in the benchmark group, taking into account the variables set forth below. The results (each of which represents the delivery of a number of shares) are classified in decreasing order by calculating the weighted average and discounting the amount at the risk-free interest rate.

 

 

 

 

 

    

PI14

 

Expected volatility (*)

 

51.35

%

Annual dividend yield based on last few years

 

6.06

%

Risk-free interest rate (Treasury Bond yield (zero coupon) over the period of the plan)

 

4.073

%


(*) Calculated on the basis of historical volatility over the corresponding period (three years).

The application of the simulation model resulted in a percentage value of 55.39% for Plan l-14. Since this valuation refers to a market condition, it cannot be adjusted after the grant date.

F-171


 

Table of Contents

d)    Santander UK Sharesave plans:

The fair value of each option granted by Santander UK was estimated at the grant date using a European/American Partial Differential Equation model with the following assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.89% 1.08

%  

0.31% 0.41

%  

1.06% 1.37

%

Dividend increase

 

5.48% 5.51

%  

5.92% 6.21

%  

6.91% 7.36

%

Volatility of underlying shares based on historical volatility over five years

 

26.16% 26.31

%  

31.39% 32.00

%  

28.54% 29.11

%

Expected life of options granted

 

3 and 5 years

 

3 and 5 years

 

3 and 5 years

 

 

 

48.   Other general administrative expenses

a) Breakdown

The detail of Other general administrative expenses is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Property, fixtures and supplies

 

1,931

 

1,853

 

1,943

Technology and systems

 

1,257

 

1,095

 

1,188

Technical reports

 

759

 

768

 

810

Advertising

 

757

 

691

 

705

Communications

 

529

 

499

 

587

Taxes other than income tax

 

583

 

484

 

529

Surveillance and cash courier services

 

443

 

389

 

413

Per diems and travel expenses

 

217

 

232

 

278

Insurance premiums

 

78

 

69

 

74

Other administrative expenses

 

1,799

 

1,653

 

1,668

 

 

8,353

 

7,733

 

8,195

 

b) Technical reports and other

Technical reports includes the fees paid by the various Group companies (detailed in the accompanying Appendices) for the services provided by their respective auditors, the detail being as follows (PwC in 2017 and 2016, and Deloitte in 2015):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Audit fees

 

76.2

 

73.7

 

49.6

Audit-related fees

 

13.4

 

7.2

 

46.9

Tax fees

 

1.3

 

0.9

 

9.1

All other fees

 

3.1

 

3.6

 

12.6

Total

 

94.0

 

85.4

 

118.2

 

The Audit fees heading includes auditing fees for the Banco Santander, S.A. individual and consolidated annual accounts, as the case may be, of the companies forming part of the Group, the integrated audit prepared for the annual report filling in the Form 20-F required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for those entities currently required to do so, the internal control audit (SOX) for those required entities, the audit of the consolidated financial statements as of June 30 and limited quarterly consolidated reviews for the Brazilian regulator as of March 31, June 30 and September 30 and the regulatory reports required by the auditor corresponding to the different locations of the Santander Group.

The main concepts included in Audit-related fees correspond to aspects such as the issuance of Comfort letters, or other reviews required by different regulations in relation to aspects such as, for example, Securitization.

The services commissioned from the Group's auditors meet the independence requirements stipulated by the Audit Law, the US SEC rules and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB), applicable to the Group, and they did not involve in any case the performance of any work that is incompatible with the audit function.

F-172


 

Table of Contents

Lastly, the Group commissioned services from audit firms other than PwC amounting to €115.6 million in 2017 (2016: €127.9 million to other auditing firms other than PwC; 2015: €117.4 million to other auditing firms other than Deloitte).

c)   Number of offices

The number of offices at December 31, 2017 and 2016 is as follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group

Number of offices (*)

    

31/12/17

    

31/12/16

Spain

 

4,681

 

2,911

Group

 

9,016

 

9,324

 

 

13,697

 

12,235


(*)  Included 1,777 offices of Grupo Banco Popular.

 

49.   Gains or losses on non financial assets and investments, net

The detail of Gains/(losses) on disposal of assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale is as follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Gains:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible and intangible assets

 

134

 

131

 

104

Investments

 

443

 

30

 

104

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allfunds Bank, S.A. (Note 2)

 

425

 

 

 

 

577

 

161

 

208

Losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible and intangible assets

 

(43)

 

(116)

 

(83)

Investments

 

(12)

 

(15)

 

(13)

 

 

(55)

 

(131)

 

(96)

 

 

522

 

30

 

112

 

 

50.   Gains or losses on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

The detail of Gains/(losses) on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

Net balance

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible assets

 

(195)

    

(141)

    

(171)

Impairment (Note 12)

 

(306)

 

(212)

 

(222)

Gain (loss) on sale

 

111

 

71

 

51

Other gains and other losses

 

(8)

 

 

(2)

 

 

(203)

 

(141)

 

(173)

 

 

F-173


 

Table of Contents

51.   Other disclosures

a) Residual maturity periods and average interest rates

The detail, by maturity, of the balances of certain items in the consolidated balance sheet is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

Average

 

 

    

On

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 5

    

More than 5

    

 

    

interest

 

 

 

demand

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

years

 

years

 

years

 

Total

 

rate

 

Assets:

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

Cash, cash balances at Central Banks and other deposits on demand

 

110,995

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

110,995

 

0.53

%

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

326

 

2,467

 

1,646

 

11,497

 

22,447

 

11,164

 

78,934

 

128,481

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

326

 

2,467

 

1,646

 

11,497

 

22,447

 

11,164

 

78,934

 

128,481

 

4.34

%

Loans and receivables

 

57,000

 

58,686

 

53,218

 

96,689

 

119,541

 

112,786

 

405,093

 

903,013

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

249

 

1,381

 

997

 

2,073

 

2,317

 

1,656

 

8,870

 

17,543

 

3.06

%

Loans and advances

 

56,751

 

57,305

 

52,221

 

94,616

 

117,224

 

111,130

 

396,223

 

885,470

 

 —

 

Central banks

 

 —

 

3,948

 

1,446

 

4,811

 

 —

 

 —

 

16,073

 

26,278

 

5.10

%

Credits institutions

 

18,242

 

4,198

 

3,445

 

5,708

 

5,694

 

939

 

1,341

 

39,567

 

1.26

%

Customers

 

38,509

 

49,159

 

47,330

 

84,097

 

111,530

 

110,191

 

378,809

 

819,625

 

5.44

%

Held-to-maturity investments

 

 

 —

 

 

1,902

 

122

 

294

 

11,173

 

13,491

 

1.52

%

 

 

168,321

 

61,153

 

54,864

 

110,088

 

142,110

 

124,244

 

495,200

 

1,155,980

 

4.61

%

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities at amortized cost:

 

537,604

 

75,161

 

87,939

 

130,672

 

136,487

 

83,542

 

74,664

 

1,126,069

 

 —

 

Deposits

 

527,499

 

59,325

 

66,667

 

100,658

 

81,169

 

39,719

 

8,283

 

883,320

 

 

 

Central banks

 

450

 

2,015

 

681

 

2,715

 

42,988

 

22,565

 

 —

 

71,414

 

0.24

%

Credit institutions

 

20,870

 

15,263

 

13,350

 

25,406

 

6,501

 

5,247

 

4,663

 

91,300

 

2.40

%

Customer deposits

 

506,179

 

42,047

 

52,636

 

72,537

 

31,680

 

11,907

 

3,620

 

720,606

 

2.00

%

Marketable debt securities (*)

 

105

 

11,927

 

11,638

 

29,286

 

54,202

 

43,395

 

64,357

 

214,910

 

2.56

%

Other financial liabilities

 

10,000

 

3,909

 

9,634

 

728

 

1,116

 

428

 

2,024

 

27,839

 

 —

 

 

 

537,604

 

75,161

 

87,939

 

130,672

 

136,487

 

83,542

 

74,664

 

1,126,069

 

1.98

%

Difference (assets less liabilities)

 

(369,283)

 

(14,008)

 

(33,075)

 

(20,584)

 

5,623

 

40,702

 

420,536

 

29,911

 

 —

 


(*) Includes promissory notes, certificates of deposit and other short-term debt issues.

F-174


 

Table of Contents

The Group’s net borrowing position with the ECB was €34,820 million at December 31, 2017, mainly because in last period the Group borrowed funds under the ECB’s targeted longer-term refinancing operations (LTRO, TLTRO) program. (See note 20).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

Average

 

 

    

On

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 5

    

More than 5

    

Total

    

interest

 

 

 

demand

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

years

 

years

 

years

 

 

 

rate

 

Assets:

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

Cash, cash balances at Central Banks and other deposits on demand

 

76,454

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76,454

 

0.98

%

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

200

 

5,986

 

2,007

 

5,442

 

23,574

 

13,900

 

60,178

 

111,287

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

200

 

5,986

 

2,007

 

5,442

 

23,574

 

13,900

 

60,178

 

111,287

 

4.33

%

Loans and receivables

 

52,512

 

48,420

 

56,725

 

85,521

 

113,387

 

93,816

 

389,623

 

840,004

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

248

 

1,628

 

708

 

2,246

 

2,125

 

1,918

 

4,364

 

13,237

 

6.31

%

Loans and advances

 

52,264

 

46,792

 

56,017

 

83,275

 

111,262

 

91,898

 

385,259

 

826,767

 

 

 

Central banks

 

 

941

 

11,499

 

1,117

 

 

23

 

14,393

 

27,973

 

6.54

%

Credits institutions

 

16,632

 

4,938

 

2,210

 

2,220

 

4,435

 

1,268

 

3,721

 

35,424

 

1.96

%

Customers

 

35,632

 

40,913

 

42,308

 

79,938

 

106,827

 

90,607

 

367,145

 

763,370

 

5.79

%

Held-to-maturity investments

 

 

 

 

123

 

2,075

 

342

 

11,928

 

14,468

 

1.70

%

 

 

129,166

 

54,406

 

58,732

 

91,086

 

139,036

 

108,058

 

461,729

 

1,042,213

 

5.12

%

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities at amortized cost:

 

480,075

 

95,583

 

67,282

 

125,774

 

115,591

 

69,467

 

90,468

 

1,044,240

 

 

 

Deposits

 

471,494

 

79,446

 

42,583

 

86,006

 

69,775

 

34,505

 

7,837

 

791,646

 

 

 

Central banks

 

422

 

2,007

 

633

 

101

 

20,027

 

20,922

 

 

44,112

 

0.26 

%

Credit institutions

 

16,649

 

16,357

 

10,603

 

23,313

 

13,540

 

5,560

 

3,742

 

89,764

 

3.97 

%

Customer deposits

 

454,423

 

61,082

 

31,347

 

62,592

 

36,208

 

8,023

 

4,095

 

657,770

 

2.25 

%

Marketable debt securities (*)

 

642

 

12,861

 

14,225

 

39,465

 

43,985

 

34,520

 

80,380

 

226,078

 

3.68 

%

Other financial liabilities

 

7,939

 

3,276

 

10,474

 

303

 

1,831

 

442

 

2,251

 

26,516

 

 

 

 

 

480,075

 

95,583

 

67,282

 

125,774

 

115,591

 

69,467

 

90,468

 

1,044,240

 

2.57 

%

Difference (assets less liabilities)

 

(350,909)

 

(41,177)

 

(8,550)

 

(34,688)

 

23,445

 

38,591

 

371,261

 

(2,027)

 

 

 


(*) Includes promissory notes, certificates of deposit and other short-term debt issues.

F-175


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

    

On

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 5

    

More than 5

    

Total

    

Average

 

 

 

demand

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

years

 

years

 

years

 

 

 

interest rate

 

Assets:

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

Cash, cash balances at Central Banks and other deposits on demand

 

77,751

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

77,751

 

0.79

%

Financial assets available-for-sale

 

172

 

4,268

 

2,389

 

11,899

 

18,718

 

18,537

 

61,204

 

117,187

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

172

 

4,268

 

2,389

 

11,899

 

18,718

 

18,537

 

61,204

 

117,187

 

3.87

%

Loans and receivables

 

27,870

 

57,666

 

49,852

 

82,485

 

111,322

 

102,462

 

404,499

 

836,156

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

15

 

1,383

 

1,083

 

1,143

 

1,764

 

1,241

 

4,278

 

10,907

 

5.40

%

Loans and advances

 

27,855

 

56,283

 

48,769

 

81,342

 

109,558

 

101,221

 

400,221

 

825,249

 

 

 

Central banks

 

 —

 

6,305

 

5,007

 

2,120

 

47

 

3,835

 

23

 

17,337

 

7.45

%

Credits institutions

 

6,879

 

11,974

 

4,115

 

5,294

 

3,897

 

1,240

 

4,039

 

37,438

 

1.55

%

Customers

 

20,976

 

38,004

 

39,647

 

73,928

 

105,614

 

96,146

 

396,159

 

770,474

 

5.99

%

Held-to-maturity investments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

2,013

 

140

 

2,202

 

4,355

 

2.39

%

 

 

105,793

 

61,934

 

52,241

 

94,384

 

132,053

 

121,139

 

467,905

 

1,035,449

 

5.22

%

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities at amortized cost:

 

407,925

 

140,331

 

68,991

 

123,214

 

147,349

 

49,975

 

101,558

 

1,039,343

 

 

 

Deposits

 

403,579

 

122,234

 

47,277

 

88,263

 

88,808

 

14,462

 

31,056

 

795,679

 

 

 

Central banks

 

1,580

 

3,874

 

2,348

 

 —

 

31,070

 

 —

 

 —

 

38,872

 

0.17

%

Credit institutions

 

7,043

 

30,187

 

11,801

 

31,843

 

15,926

 

6,295

 

6,114

 

109,209

 

2.64

%

Customer deposits

 

394,956

 

88,173

 

33,128

 

56,420

 

41,812

 

8,167

 

24,942

 

647,598

 

2.48

%

Marketable debt securities (*)

 

134

 

13,142

 

14,900

 

34,303

 

57,880

 

34,998

 

67,430

 

222,787

 

3.70

%

Other financial liabilities

 

4,212

 

4,955

 

6,814

 

648

 

661

 

515

 

3,072

 

20,877

 

 

 

 

 

407,925

 

140,331

 

68,991

 

123,214

 

147,349

 

49,975

 

101,558

 

1,039,343

 

2.56

%

Difference (assets less liabilities)

 

(302,132)

 

(78,397)

 

(16,750)

 

(28,830)

 

(15,296)

 

71,164

 

366,347

 

(3,894)

 

 

 


(*) Includes promissory notes, certificates of deposit and other short-term debt issues.

The detail of the undiscounted contractual maturities of the existing financial liabilities at amortized cost at December 31, 2017 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

On

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 5

    

More than 5

    

 

 

 

demand

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

years

 

years

 

years

 

Total

Financial liabilities at amortized cost:

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Deposits

 

526,059

 

57,490

 

89,249

 

99,780

 

64,977

 

32,365

 

8,157

 

878,077

Central banks

 

451

 

2,018

 

23,801

 

2,719

 

27,138

 

15,385

 

 —

 

71,512

Credit institutions

 

20,378

 

14,903

 

13,035

 

24,807

 

6,348

 

5,123

 

4,553

 

89,147

Customer

 

505,230

 

40,569

 

52,413

 

72,254

 

31,491

 

11,857

 

3,604

 

717,418

Marketable debt securities

 

1,486

 

11,735

 

11,387

 

28,412

 

52,989

 

42,888

 

63,648

 

212,545

Other financial liabilities

 

10,001

 

3,908

 

9,634

 

728

 

1,116

 

428

 

2,024

 

27,839

 

 

537,546

 

73,133

 

110,270

 

128,920

 

119,082

 

75,681

 

73,829

 

1,118,461

 

F-176


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

On

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 5

    

More than 5

    

 

 

 

demand

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

years

 

years

 

years

 

Total

Financial liabilities at amortized cost:

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Deposits

 

467,529

 

95,231

 

49,246

 

68,830

 

66,255

 

34,781

 

7,765

 

789,637

Central banks

 

422

 

2,006

 

633

 

101

 

20,021

 

20,916

 

 —

 

44,099

Credit institutions

 

16,676

 

15,789

 

15,500

 

20,057

 

12,364

 

5,517

 

3,736

 

89,639

Customer

 

450,431

 

77,436

 

33,113

 

48,672

 

33,870

 

8,348

 

4,029

 

655,899

Marketable debt securities

 

623

 

13,582

 

12,705

 

38,119

 

42,201

 

34,022

 

78,094

 

219,346

Other financial liabilities

 

7,939

 

3,645

 

10,097

 

305

 

1,837

 

442

 

2,251

 

26,516

 

 

476,091

 

112,458

 

72,048

 

107,254

 

110,293

 

69,245

 

88,110

 

1,035,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

On

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 5

    

More than 5

    

 

 

 

demand

 

month

 

months

 

months

 

years

 

years

 

years

 

Total

Financial liabilities at amortized cost:

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Deposits

 

401,813

 

121,750

 

47,094

 

87,916

 

88,558

 

14,406

 

30,927

 

792,465

Central banks

 

1,579

 

3,872

 

2,347

 

 —

 

31,053

 

 —

 

 —

 

38,851

Credit institutions

 

7,021

 

30,094

 

11,765

 

31,745

 

15,877

 

6,275

 

6,095

 

108,873

Customer

 

393,213

 

87,784

 

32,982

 

56,171

 

41,628

 

8,131

 

24,832

 

644,741

Marketable debt securities

 

130

 

12,806

 

14,511

 

33,375

 

56,340

 

33,975

 

65,299

 

216,435

Other financial liabilities

 

4,212

 

4,955

 

6,814

 

648

 

661

 

515

 

3,072

 

20,877

 

 

406,155

 

139,511

 

68,419

 

121,939

 

145,559

 

48,896

 

99,298

 

1,029,777

 

Below is a breakdown of contractual maturities for the rest of financial assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

 

    

 

    

More than 5

    

 

Millions of euros at December 31, 2017

 

months

 

months

 

months

 

1 to 3 years

 

3 to 5 years

 

years

 

Total

FINANCIAL ASSETS

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Financial assets held for trading

 

11,147

 

5,887

 

21,896

 

24,178

 

19,563

 

42,787

 

125,458

Derivatives

 

4,026

 

1,691

 

5,352

 

17,233

 

14,895

 

14,046

 

57,243

Equity instruments

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

21,353

 

21,353

Debt instruments

 

4,253

 

1,706

 

11,850

 

6,529

 

4,662

 

7,351

 

36,351

Loans and advances

 

2,868

 

2,490

 

4,694

 

416

 

 6

 

37

 

10,511

Credits institutions

 

1,216

 

 1

 

63

 

416

 

 —

 

 —

 

1,696

Customers

 

1,652

 

2,489

 

4,631

 

 —

 

 6

 

37

 

8,815

Financial assets designated at Fair Value through profit or loss

 

9,998

 

4,485

 

5,032

 

3,402

 

3,922

 

7,943

 

34,782

Equity instruments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

933

 

933

Debt instruments

 

19

 

120

 

850

 

667

 

579

 

1,250

 

3,485

Loans and advances

 

9,979

 

4,365

 

4,182

 

2,735

 

3,343

 

5,760

 

30,364

Central Banks

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Credits institutions

 

7,341

 

2,020

 

183

 

32

 

77

 

236

 

9,889

Customers

 

2,638

 

2,345

 

3,999

 

2,703

 

3,266

 

5,524

 

20,475

Financial Assets available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,790

 

4,790

Equity instruments

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

4,790

 

4,790

Hedging derivatives

 

255

 

162

 

519

 

1,113

 

1,583

 

4,905

 

8,537

Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk

 

57

 

 6

 

33

 

151

 

59

 

981

 

1,287

TOTAL FINANCIAL ASSETS

 

21,457

 

10,540

 

27,480

 

28,844

 

25,127

 

61,406

 

174,854

 

F-177


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

 

    

 

    

More than 5

    

 

Millions of euros at December 31, 2017

 

months

 

months

 

months

 

1 to 3 years

 

3 to 5 years

 

years

 

Total

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Financial liabilities held for trading

 

38,976

 

4,073

 

7,177

 

17,913

 

16,989

 

22,496

 

107,624

Derivatives

 

3,698

 

2,070

 

5,951

 

15,634

 

14,897

 

15,642

 

57,892

Shorts positions

 

8,060

 

468

 

1,226

 

2,279

 

2,092

 

6,854

 

20,979

Deposits

 

27,218

 

1,535

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

28,753

Central Banks

 

282

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

282

Credits institutions

 

292

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

292

Customers

 

26,644

 

1,535

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

28,179

Marketable debt securities

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Other financial liabilities

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

 

30,152

 

5,166

 

1,635

 

1,251

 

1,120

 

20,292

 

59,616

Deposits

 

30,083

 

4,730

 

1,065

 

191

 

425

 

19,477

 

55,971

Central Banks

 

6,038

 

2,077

 

745

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

8,860

Credits institutions

 

16,521

 

1,485

 

63

 

 —

 

97

 

 —

 

18,166

Customers

 

7,524

 

1,168

 

257

 

191

 

328

 

19,477

 

28,945

Marketable debt securities

 

69

 

436

 

570

 

471

 

695

 

815

 

3,056

Other financial liabilities

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

589

 

 —

 

 —

 

589

Hedging derivatives

 

40

 

79

 

180

 

493

 

677

 

6,575

 

8,044

Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk

 

 —

 

 —

 

(2)

 

(1)

 

31

 

302

 

330

TOTAL LIABILITIES ASSETS

 

69,168

 

9,318

 

8,990

 

19,656

 

18,817

 

49,665

 

175,614

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Within 1

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 12

    

 

    

 

    

More than 5

    

 

Millions of euros at December 31, 2017

 

months

 

months

 

months

 

1 to 3 years

 

3 to 5 years

 

years

 

Total

Memorandum items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent commitments

 

87,280

 

14,165

 

54,069

 

32,664

 

34,011

 

15,781

 

237,970

Contingent liabilities

 

17,065

 

5,059

 

12,599

 

10,502

 

2,326

 

1,566

 

49,117

MEMORANDUM ITEMS

 

104,345

 

19,224

 

66,668

 

43,166

 

36,337

 

17,347

 

287,087

 

In the Group’s experience, no outflows of cash or other financial assets take place prior to the contractual maturity date that might affect the information broken down above.

b) Equivalent euro value of assets and liabilities

The detail of the main foreign currency balances in the consolidated balance sheet, based on the nature of the related items, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equivalent value in millions of euros

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

    

Assets

    

Liabilities

    

Assets

    

Liabilities

    

Assets

    

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, cash balances at Central Banks and other deposits on demand

 

67,025

 

 —

 

60,423

 

 

65,886

 

Financial assets/liabilities held for trading

 

82,004

 

76,459

 

100,083

 

70,958 

 

93,699

 

66,576

Other financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

 

7,322

 

21,766

 

6,965

 

16,667

 

7,367

 

21,546

Financial assets/liabilities available-for-sale

 

65,691

 

 —

 

68,370

 

 

68,012

 

Loans and receivables

 

553,301

 

 —

 

571,829

 

 

569,013

 

Investments held-to-maturity

 

11,490

 

 —

 

12,272

 

 

2,342

 

Investments

 

1,121

 

 —

 

1,308

 

 

1,191

 

Tangible assets

 

15,971

 

 —

 

16,957

 

 

15,005

 

Intangible assets

 

23,499

 

 —

 

26,338

 

 

26,377

 

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

 

 

638,680

 

 

678,542

 

 

668,014

Liabilities under insurance contracts

 

 

58

 

 

61

 

 

 1

Other

 

23,695

 

20,989

 

27,961

 

23,169

 

23,622

 

22,626

 

 

851,119

 

757,952

 

892,506

 

789,397

 

872,514

 

778,763

 

F-178


 

Table of Contents

c) Fair value of financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value

The financial assets owned by the Group are measured at fair value in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, except for Cash, cash balances at Central Banks and other deposits on demand, loans and receivables, held-to-maturity investments, equity instruments whose market value cannot be estimated reliably and derivatives that have these instruments as their underlyings and are settled by delivery thereof.

Similarly, the Group's financial liabilities -except for financial liabilities held for trading, those measured at fair value and derivatives other than those having as their underlying equity instruments whose market value cannot be estimated reliably-are measured at amortized cost in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Following is a comparison of the carrying amounts of the Group’s financial instruments measured at other than fair value and their respective fair values at year-end:

i)

Financial assets measured at other than fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

    

Carrying

    

Fair

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Carrying

    

Fair

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Carrying

    

Fair

    

 

    

 

    

 

Assets

 

amount

 

value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

amount

 

value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

amount

 

value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

Loans and advances

 

885,470

 

895,645

 

 —

 

141,839

 

753,806

 

826,767

 

833,819

 

 

127,224

 

706,595

 

825,249

 

830,840

 

 

158,010

 

672,830

Debt instruments

 

31,034

 

31,094

 

10,994

 

13,688

 

6,412

 

 27,705

 

27,417

 

11,529

 

11,678

 

4,210

 

15,262

 

15,071

 

4,310

 

9,333

 

1,428

 

 

916,504

 

926,739

 

10,994

 

155,527

 

760,218

 

854,472

 

861,236

 

11,529

 

138,902

 

710,805

 

840,511

 

845,911

 

4,310

 

167,343

 

674,258

 

ii)

Financial liabilities measured at other than fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

    

Carrying

    

Fair

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Carrying

    

Fair

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Carrying

    

Fair

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

Liabilities

 

amount

 

value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

amount

 

value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

amount

 

value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Deposits

 

883,320

 

883,880

 

 

177,147

 

706,733

 

791,646

 

792,172

 

 

90,271

 

701,901

 

795,679

 

795,301

 

 

109,491

 

685,810

 

Debt instruments and other financial liabilities

 

242,749

 

248,891

 

52,896

 

139,301

 

56,694

 

252,594

 

255,758

 

43,306

 

186,356

 

26,096

 

243,664

 

246,540

 

62,539

 

162,823

 

21,178

 

 

 

1,126,069

 

1,132,771

 

52,896

 

316,448

 

763,427

 

1,044,240

 

1,047,930

 

43,306

 

276,627

 

727,997

 

1,039,343

 

1,041,841

 

62,539

 

272,314

 

706,988

 

 

The main valuation methods and inputs used in the estimates at December 31, 2017 of the fair values of the financial assets and liabilities in the foregoing table were as follows:

·

Loans and receivables: the fair value was estimated using the present value method. The estimates were made considering factors such as the expected maturity of the portfolio, market interest rates, spreads on newly approved transactions or market spreads -when available-.

·

Held-to-maturity investments: the fair value was calculated based on market prices for these instruments.

·

Financial liabilities at amortized cost:

i) Deposits: The fair value of short term deposits was taken to be their carrying amount. Factors such as the expected maturity of the transactions and the Group’s current cost of funding in similar transactions are consider for the estimation of long term deposits fair value. It had been used also current rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

ii) Marketable debt securities and Subordinated liabilities: the fair value was calculated based on market prices for these instruments -when available- or by the present value method using market interest rates and spreads, as well as using any significant input which is not observable with market data if applicable.

The fair value of Cash, cash balances at Central Banks and other deposits on demand was taken to be their carrying amount since they are mainly short-term balances.

In addition, at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, equity instruments amounting to €1,211 million, €1,349 million and €1,790 million, respectively, (See note 2.d) and recognized as Financial assets available-for-sale were measured at cost in the consolidated balance sheet because it was not possible to estimate their fair value reliably, since they related to investments in entities not listed on organized markets and, consequently, the non-observable inputs were significant.

F-179


 

Table of Contents

d) Exposure of the Group to Europe’s peripheral countries

The detail at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, by type of financial instrument, of the Group's sovereign risk exposure to Europe's peripheral countries and of the short positions held with them, taking into consideration the criteria established by the European Banking Authority (EBA) (See note 54) is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign risk by country of issuer/borrower at December 31, 2017 (*) 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives (***)

 

  

Financial

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

assets held for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

trading and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

designated at

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

fair value

 

 

 

assets

 

 

 

Held-to-

 

advances to

 

Total net

 

 

 

 

 

 

through profit

 

Short

 

available-

 

Loans and

 

maturity

 

customers

 

direct

 

Other than

 

 

 

    

or loss

    

positions

    

for-sale

    

receivables

    

investments

    

(**)

    

exposure (****)

    

CDSs

    

CDSs

Spain

 

6,940

 

(2,012)

 

37,748

 

1,585

 

1,906

 

16,470

 

62,637

 

(21)

 

 —

Portugal

 

208

 

(155)

 

5,220

 

232

 

 3

 

3,309

 

8,817

 

 —

 

 —

Italy

 

1,962

 

(483)

 

4,613

 

 —

 

 —

 

16

 

6,108

 

(5)

 

 5

Greece

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Ireland

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —


(*)        Information prepared under EBA standards. Also, there are government debt securities on insurance companies’ balance sheets amounting to €11,673 million (of which €10,079 million, €1,163 million and €431 million relate to Spain, Portugal and Italy, respectively) and off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives – contingent liabilities and commitments– amounting to €3,596 million (€3,010 million, €146 million and €440 million to Spain, Portugal and Italy, respectively).

(**)      Presented without taking into account the Other comprehensive income recognized (€31 million).

(***)    "Other than CDSs" refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

(****)  €19,601 million were included within the direct exposures of the Balance Sheet mainly from debt securities of Grupo Banco Popular.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign risk by country of issuer/borrower at December 31, 2016 (*)

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives (***)

 

  

Financial

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

assets held for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

trading and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

designated at

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

fair value

 

 

 

assets

 

 

 

Held-to-

 

advances to

 

Total net

 

 

 

 

 

 

through profit

 

Short

 

available-

 

Loans and

 

maturity

 

customers

 

direct

 

Other than

 

 

 

     

or loss

    

positions

    

for-sale

    

receivables

    

investments

    

(**)

    

exposure

    

CDSs

    

CDSs

Spain

 

8,943

 

(4,086)

 

23,415

 

1,516

 

1,978

 

14,127

 

45,893

 

(176)

 

 —

Portugal

 

154

 

(212)

 

5,982

 

214

 

 4

 

930

 

7,072

 

 —

 

 —

Italy

 

2,211

 

(758)

 

492

 

 —

 

 —

 

 7

 

1,952

 

(2)

 

 2

Greece

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Ireland

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —


(*)        Information prepared under EBA standards. Also, there are government debt securities on insurance companies’ balance sheets amounting to €10,502 million (of which €9,456 million, €717 million and €329 million relate to Spain, Portugal and Italy, respectively) and off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives – contingent liabilities and commitments– amounting to €5,449 million (€5,349 million, €91 million and €9 million to Spain, Portugal and Italy, respectively).

(**)      Presented without taking into account the Other comprehensive income recognized (€27 million).

F-180


 

Table of Contents

(***)    “Other than CDSs” refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign risk by country of issuer/borrower at December 31, 2015 (*)

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives (***)

 

  

Financial

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

assets held for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

trading and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

designated at

 

 

    

Financial

    

 

    

 

    

Loans and

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

fair value

 

 

 

assets

 

 

 

Held-to-

 

advances to

 

Total net

 

 

 

 

 

 

through profit

 

Short

 

available-

 

Loans and

 

maturity

 

customers

 

direct

 

Other than

 

 

 

 

or loss

 

positions

 

for-sale

 

receivables

 

investments

 

(**)

 

exposure

 

CDSs

 

CDSs

Spain

 

7,647

 

(2,446)

 

26,443

 

1,032

 

2,025

 

13,993

 

48,694

 

(217)

 

 —

Portugal

 

278

 

(174)

 

7,916

 

916

 

 —

 

1,071

 

10,007

 

 —

 

 1

Italy

 

3,980

 

(1,263)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

2,717

 

(4)

 

 4

Greece

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Ireland

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 6

 

 —


(*)        Information prepared under EBA standards. Also, there are government debt securities on insurance companies' balance sheets amounting to €11,273 million (of which €9,892 million, €605 million and €776 million relate to Spain, Portugal and Italy, respectively) and off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives –contingent liabilities and commitments– amounting to €3,134 million (€3,045 million and €89 million to Spain and Portugal, respectively).

(**)      Presented without taking into account the Other comprehensive income recognized (€31 million).

(***)    "Other than CDSs" refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

The detail of the Group's other exposure to other counterparties (private sector, central banks and other public entities that are not considered to be sovereign risks) in the aforementioned countries at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exposure to other counterparties by country of issuer/borrower at December 31, 2017 (*) 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives (***)

 

  

 

  

 

  

Financial assets

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

held for trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and Financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets designated

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances

 

Reverse

 

at fair value

 

assets

 

 

 

Investments

 

advances to

 

Total net

 

 

 

 

 

 

with central

 

repurchase 

 

through profit or

 

available-for-

 

Loans and

 

held-to-

 

customers

 

direct

 

Other than

 

 

 

    

banks

    

 agreements

    

loss

    

sale

    

receivables

    

maturity

    

(Note 10)(*)

    

exposure

    

CDSs

    

CDSs

Spain

 

36,091

 

6,932

 

623

 

4,784

 

2,880

 

 —

 

210,976

 

262,286

 

2,299

 

 2

Portugal

 

761

 

178

 

160

 

764

 

4,007

 

106

 

35,650

 

41,626

 

1,416

 

 —

Italy

 

17

 

2,416

 

438

 

1,010

 

 —

 

 —

 

10,015

 

13,896

 

211

 

 5

Greece

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

56

 

56

 

30

 

 —

Ireland

 

 —

 

 —

 

20

 

476

 

584

 

 —

 

1,981

 

3,061

 

79

 

 —


(*)        Also, the Group has off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives -contingent liabilities and commitments- amounting to €81,072 million, €8,936 million, €4,310 million, €200 million and €714 million, of which Grupo Banco Popular €15,460 million, to counterparties in Spain, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Ireland, respectively.

(**)      Presented excluding Other comprehensive income and impairment losses recognized (€10,653 million of which around €3,986 of Grupo Banco Popular).

(***)   “Other than CDSs” refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

(****) €83,625 million were included within the direct exposures of the Balance Sheet mainly from debt securities of Grupo Banco Popular.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exposure to other counterparties by country of issuer/borrower at December 31, 2016 (*)

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives (***)

 

  

 

  

 

  

Financial assets

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

held for trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and Financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets designated

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances

 

Reverse

 

at fair value

 

assets

 

 

 

Investments

 

advances to

 

Total net

 

 

 

 

 

 

with central

 

repurchase

 

through profit or

 

available-for-

 

Loans and

 

held-to-

 

customers

 

direct

 

Other than

 

 

 

    

banks

    

agreements

    

loss

    

sale

    

receivables

    

maturity

    

(Note 10)(*)

    

exposure

    

CDSs

    

CDSs

Spain

 

9,640

 

8,550

 

1,223

 

4,663

 

711

 

 —

 

147,246

 

172,033

 

2,977

 

(16)

Portugal

 

655

 

 —

 

84

 

426

 

3,936

 

240

 

28,809

 

34,150

 

1,600

 

 —

Italy

 

26

 

 —

 

818

 

732

 

 —

 

 —

 

6,992

 

8,568

 

161

 

 6

Greece

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

47

 

47

 

34

 

 —

Ireland

 

 —

 

 —

 

45

 

396

 

77

 

 —

 

985

 

1,503

 

690

 

 —


(*)        Also, the Group has off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives -contingent liabilities and commitments- amounting to €64,522 million, €6,993 million, €3,364 million, €268 million and €369 million to counterparties in Spain, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Ireland, respectively.

F-181


 

Table of Contents

(**)      Presented excluding Other comprehensive income and impairment losses recognized (€8,692 million).

(***)    “Other than CDSs” refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exposure to other counterparties by country of issuer/borrower at December 31, 2015 (*)

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives (***)

 

  

 

  

 

  

Financial assets

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

held for trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and Financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets designated

 

Financial

 

 

 

Loans and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances

 

Reverse

 

at fair value

 

assets

 

 

 

advances to

 

Total net

 

 

 

 

 

 

with central

 

repurchase

 

through profit or

 

available-for-

 

Loans and

 

customers

 

direct

 

Other than

 

 

 

 

banks

 

agreements

 

loss

 

sale

 

receivables

 

(Note 10) (*)

 

exposure

 

CDSs

 

CDSs

Spain

 

2,349

 

15,739

 

1,545

 

4,166

 

1,143

 

153,863

 

178,805

 

3,367

 

(42)

Portugal

 

2,938

 

 —

 

159

 

992

 

2,999

 

29,928

 

37,016

 

1,729

 

 —

Italy

 

 5

 

 —

 

167

 

813

 

 —

 

6,713

 

7,698

 

35

 

 5

Greece

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

44

 

44

 

32

 

 —

Ireland

 

 —

 

 —

 

63

 

239

 

40

 

734

 

1,076

 

300

 

 —


(*)        Also, the Group has off-balance-sheet exposure other than derivatives -contingent liabilities and commitments- amounting to €64,159 million, €6,374 million, €3,746 million, €17 million and €387 million to counterparties in Spain, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Ireland, respectively.

(**)      Presented excluding Other comprehensive income and impairment losses recognized (€11,641 million).

(***)    “Other than CDSs” refers to the exposure to derivatives based on the location of the counterparty, irrespective of the location of the underlying. “CDSs” refers to the exposure to CDSs based on the location of the underlying.

Following is certain information on the notional amount of the CDSs at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 detailed in the foregoing tables:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31/12/17

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

Fair value

 

    

 

    

Bought

    

Sold

    

Net

    

Bought

    

Sold

    

Net

Spain

 

Sovereign

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Other

 

324

 

499

 

(175)

 

(3)

 

 5

 

 2

Portugal

 

Sovereign

 

25

 

128

 

(103)

 

(1)

 

 1

 

 —

 

 

Other

 

 1

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Italy

 

Sovereign

 

25

 

450

 

(425)

 

 —

 

 5

 

 5

 

 

Other

 

225

 

201

 

24

 

(3)

 

 8

 

 5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31/12/16

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

Fair value

 

    

 

    

Bought

    

Sold

    

Net

    

Bought

    

Sold

    

Net

Spain

 

Sovereign

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Other

 

534

 

751

 

(217)

 

(3)

 

(13)

 

(16)

Portugal

 

Sovereign

 

28

 

290

 

(262)

 

 1

 

(1)

 

 —

 

 

Other

 

 —

 

 6

 

(6)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Italy

 

Sovereign

 

78

 

503

 

(425)

 

 —

 

 2

 

 2

 

 

Other

 

317

 

362

 

(45)

 

(1)

 

 7

 

 6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31/12/15

Millions of euros

 

 

 

 

Notional amount

 

Fair value

 

    

 

    

Bought

    

Sold

    

Net

    

Bought

    

Sold

    

Net

Spain

 

Sovereign

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

Other

 

724

 

991

 

(267)

 

(3)

 

(39)

 

(42)

Portugal

 

Sovereign

 

28

 

187

 

(159)

 

 —

 

 1

 

 1

 

 

Other

 

71

 

77

 

(6)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Italy

 

Sovereign

 

183

 

448

 

(265)

 

(1)

 

 5

 

 4

 

 

Other

 

553

 

618

 

(65)

 

 3

 

 2

 

 5

 

 

F-182


 

Table of Contents

52.   Geographical and business segment reporting

Business segment reporting is a basic tool used for monitoring and managing the Group’s various activities.

a) Geographical segments

This primary level of segmentation, which is based on the Group’s management structure, comprises five segments: four operating areas plus the corporate center. The operating areas, which include all the business activities carried on therein by the Group, are: Continental Europe, the United Kingdom, Latin America and the United States, based on the location of the Group’s assets.

The Continental Europe area encompasses all the business activities carried on in the region. The United Kingdom area includes the business activities carried on by the various Group units and branches with a presence in the UK. The Latin America area includes all the financial activities carried on by the Group through its banks and subsidiaries in the region. The United States area includes the holding company (SHUSA) and the businesses of Santander Bank, Santander Consumer USA, Banco Santander Puerto Rico, Banco Santander International’s specialized unit and the New York branch.

The corporate center segment includes the centralized management business relating to financial investments, financial management of the structural currency position, within the remit of the Group’s corporate asset and liability management committee, and management of liquidity and equity through issues.

The financial information of each reportable segment is prepared by aggregating the figures for the Group’s various business units. The basic information used for segment reporting comprises the accounting data of the legal units composing each segment and the data available in the management information systems. All segment financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the accounting policies used by the Group.

Consequently, the sum of the various segment income statements is equal to the consolidated income statement. With regard to the balance sheet, due to the required segregation of the various business units (included in a single consolidated balance sheet), the amounts lent and borrowed between the units are shown as increases in the assets and liabilities of each business. These amounts relating to intra-Group liquidity are eliminated and are shown in the Intra-Group eliminations column in the table below in order to reconcile the amounts contributed by each business unit to the consolidated Group’s balance sheet.

There are no customers located in areas other than those in which the Group’s assets are located that generate income exceeding 10% of total income.

F-183


 

Table of Contents

The condensed balance sheets and income statements of the various geographical segments are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2017

 

    

Continental

    

United

    

Latin

    

United

    

Corporate

    

Intra-Group

    

 

(Condensed) balance sheet

 

Europe

 

Kingdom

 

America

 

States

 

center

 

eliminations

 

Total

Total Assets

 

694,697

 

361,230

 

290,818

 

114,388

 

133,353

 

(150,181)

 

1,444,305

Loans and advances to customers

 

382,855

 

243,616

 

146,133

 

71,963

 

5,326

 

(978)

 

848,915

Cash, Cash balances at Central Banks and other deposits on demand, Central Banks and Credit institutions

 

128,185

 

56,762

 

55,935

 

13,300

 

400

 

(66,157)

 

188,425

Debt instruments

 

100,188

 

26,188

 

57,364

 

13,843

 

1,768

 

 —

 

199,351

Other financial Assets (*)

 

39,918

 

24,690

 

14,226

 

3,368

 

2,117

 

 —

 

84,319

Other asset accounts

 

43,551

 

9,974

 

17,160

 

11,914

 

123,742

 

(83,046)

 

123,295

Total Liabilities

 

651,724

 

344,926

 

262,267

 

99,189

 

46,501

 

(67,135)

 

1,337,472

Customer deposits

 

354,272

 

230,504

 

141,543

 

51,189

 

222

 

 —

 

777,730

Central Banks and Credit institutions

 

172,987

 

27,833

 

39,212

 

15,884

 

1,533

 

(67,135)

 

190,314

Debt instruments

 

61,214

 

61,112

 

34,434

 

26,176

 

35,030

 

 —

 

217,966

Other financial liabilities (**)

 

45,920

 

21,167

 

36,084

 

2,503

 

1,625

 

 —

 

107,299

Other liabilities accounts

 

17,331

 

4,310

 

10,994

 

3,437

 

8,091

 

 —

 

44,163

Total Equity

 

42,973

 

16,304

 

28,551

 

15,199

 

86,852

 

(83,046)

 

106,833

Other Customer funds under management

 

74,314

 

8,657

 

80,732

 

2,871

 

 —

 

 —

 

166,574

Investment funds

 

52,320

 

 8,543

 

74,435

 

452

 

 —

 

 —

 

135,750

Pension funds

 

11,566

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

11,566

Assets under management

 

10,428

 

114

 

6,297

 

2,419

 

 —

 

 —

 

19,258


(*)      Including Trading derivatives and Equity instruments.

(**)    Including Trading derivatives, Short positions and Other financial liabilities.

 

The corporate center segment acts as the Group’s holding company. Therefore, it manages all equity (share capital and reserves of all the units) and determines the allocation thereof to each unit. The Group’s share capital and reserves are initially assigned to this segment, and is then allocated in accordance with corporate policies to the business units. This allocation is shown as an asset of the corporate center segment (included in Other asset accounts) and as a liability of each business unit (included in Share capital, reserves,

F-184


 

Table of Contents

profit for the year and Other comprehensive income). Therefore, the allocation is reflected in the balance sheet net of adjustments for intra-Group eliminations in order not to duplicate the balances and obtain the total consolidated balance sheet for the Group.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2016

 

    

Continental

    

United

    

Latin

    

United

    

Corporate

    

Intra-Group

    

 

(Condensed) balance sheet

 

Europe

 

Kingdom

 

America

 

States

 

center

 

eliminations

 

Total

Total Assets

 

520,134

 

354,960

 

320,768

 

137,391

 

132,154

 

(126,282)

 

1,339,125

Loans and advances to customers

 

297,214

 

251,251

 

152,187

 

85,389

 

4,429

 

 —

 

790,470

Cash, Cash balances at Central Banks and other deposits on demand, Central Banks and Credit institutions

 

77,232

 

36,643

 

67,400

 

16,970

 

2,640

 

(47,744)

 

153,141

Debt instruments

 

80,639

 

28,045

 

63,314

 

17,940

 

1,374

 

 —

 

191,312

Other financial Assets (*)

 

40,689

 

26,819

 

18,696

 

3,566

 

2,803

 

 —

 

92,573

Other asset accounts

 

24,360

 

12,202

 

19,171

 

13,526

 

120,908

 

(78,538)

 

111,629

Total Liabilities

 

486,644

 

337,945

 

291,454

 

120,741

 

47,387

 

(47,745)

 

1,236,426

Customer deposits

 

269,934

 

212,113

 

143,747

 

64,460

 

857

 

 —

 

691,111

Central Banks and Credit institutions

 

105,152

 

21,590

 

47,585

 

22,264

 

552

 

(47,745)

 

149,398

Debt instruments

 

53,064

 

71,108

 

47,436

 

26,340

 

30,921

 

 —

 

228,869

Other financial liabilities (**)

 

49,042

 

27,913

 

41,395

 

2,907

 

2,633

 

 —

 

123,890

Other liabilities accounts

 

9,452

 

5,221

 

11,291

 

4,770

 

12,424

 

 —

 

43,158

Total Equity

 

33,490

 

17,015

 

29,314

 

16,650

 

84,767

 

(78,537)

 

102,699

Other Customer funds under management

 

65,834

 

8,564

 

81,034

 

3,828

 

 —

 

 —

 

159,260

Investment funds

 

46,229

 

 8,446

 

74,554

 

701

 

 —

 

 —

 

129,930

Pension funds

 

11,298

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

11,298

Assets under management

 

8,307

 

118

 

6,480

 

3,127

 

 —

 

 —

 

18,032


(*)       Including Tangible assets and Other intangible assets.

(**)     Including, in addition to liability items not broken down, the balances of Non-controlling interests.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2015

 

    

Continental

    

United

    

Latin

    

United

    

Corporate

    

Intra-Group

    

 

(Condensed) balance sheet

 

Europe

 

Kingdom

 

America

 

States

 

center

 

eliminations

 

Total

Total Assets

 

538,645

 

383,155

 

267,885

 

130,584

 

148,134

 

(128,143)

 

1,340,260

Loans and advances to customers

 

287,252

 

282,673

 

133,139

 

84,190

 

3,594

 

 —

 

790,848

Cash, Cash balances at Central Banks and other deposits on demand, Central Banks and Credit institutions

 

92,414

 

38,509

 

51,275

 

11,527

 

17,536

 

(50,980)

 

160,281

Debt instruments

 

85,665

 

20,308

 

50,085

 

19,693

 

4,379

 

 —

 

180,130

Other financial Assets (*)

 

46,681

 

32,871

 

15,489

 

3,187

 

2,200

 

 —

 

100,428

Other asset accounts

 

26,633

 

8,794

 

17,897

 

11,987

 

120,425

 

(77,163)

 

108,573

Total Liabilities

 

502,799

 

365,792

 

243,911

 

117,427

 

62,558

 

(50,980)

 

1,241,507

Customer deposits

 

263,462

 

231,947

 

122,413

 

60,115

 

5,205

 

 —

 

683,142

Central Banks and Credit institutions

 

132,688

 

23,610

 

42,395

 

26,170

 

1,490

 

(50,980)

 

175,373

Debt instruments

 

51,103

 

74,260

 

39,526

 

23,905

 

37,366

 

 —

 

226,160

Other financial liabilities (**)

 

49,798

 

29,000

 

30,417

 

2,772

 

2,668

 

 —

 

114,655

Other liabilities accounts

 

5,748

 

6,975

 

9,160

 

4,465

 

15,829

 

 —

 

42,177

Total Equity

 

35,846

 

17,363

 

23,974

 

13,157

 

85,576

 

(77,163)

 

98,753

Other Customer funds under management

 

64,433

 

9,703

 

59,065

 

7,540

 

 —

 

 —

 

140,741

Investment funds

 

44,393

 

 9,564

 

54,426

 

645

 

 —

 

 —

 

109,028

Pension funds

 

11,376

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

11,376

Assets under management

 

8,664

 

139

 

4,639

 

6,895

 

 —

 

 —

 

20,337


(*)       Including Tangible assets and Other intangible assets.

(**)     Including, in addition to liability items not broken down, the balances of Non-controlling interests.

 

F-185


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2017

(Condensed)

    

Continental

    

United

    

Latin

    

United

    

Corporate

    

 

income statement

 

Europe

 

Kingdom

 

America

 

States

 

center

 

Total

INTEREST INCOME / (CHARGES)

 

9,270

 

4,364

 

15,944

 

5,569

 

(851)

 

34,296

Income from equity instruments

 

274

 

 1

 

44

 

20

 

45

 

384

Income from companies accounted for using the equity method

 

378

 

32

 

369

 

(11)

 

(64)

 

704

Net fee and commission income (expense)

 

4,171

 

1,003

 

5,490

 

971

 

(38)

 

11,597

Other income(*)

 

626

 

282

 

1,012

 

(29)

 

(226)

 

1,665

Other operating income (expenses)

 

(256)

 

34

 

(386)

 

401

 

(84)

 

(291)

TOTAL INCOME

 

14,463

 

5,716

 

22,473

 

6,921

 

(1,218)

 

48,355

Administrative expenses and depreciation

 

(7,688)

 

(2,862)

 

(8,694)

 

(3,274)

 

(475)

 

(22,993)

Provisions or reversal of provisions

 

(990)

 

(429)

 

(1,145)

 

(174)

 

(320)

 

(3,058)

Impairment losses on financial assets

 

(1,111)

 

(205)

 

(5,014)

 

(2,878)

 

(51)

 

(9,259)

Impairment losses on other assets

 

(189)

 

(50)

 

(112)

 

(27)

 

(895)

 

(1,273)

Other income and charges

 

(115)

 

14

 

(31)

 

16

 

435

 

319

OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX

 

4,370

 

2,184

 

7,477

 

584

 

(2,524)

 

12,091

Income tax

 

(1,158)

 

(661)

 

(2,380)

 

116

 

199

 

(3,884)

PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

3,212

 

1,523

 

5,097

 

700

 

(2,325)

 

8,207

Profit (Loss) from discontinued operations

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

 

3,212

 

1,523

 

5,097

 

700

 

(2,325)

 

8,207

Attributable to non-controlling interests

 

381

 

25

 

813

 

368

 

(1)

 

1,588

PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE PARENT

 

2,831

 

1,498

 

4,284

 

332

 

(2,326)

 

6,619


(*) Includes Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net and exchanges differences, net.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2016

 

2015

(Condensed)

  

Continental

 

United

 

Latin

 

United

 

Corporate

 

 

 

Continental

 

United

 

Latin

 

United

 

Corporate

 

 

income statement

   

Europe

   

Kingdom

   

America

   

States

   

center

   

Total

   

Europe

   

Kingdom

   

America

   

States

   

center

   

Total

INTEREST INCOME / (CHARGES)

 

8,161

 

4,405

 

13,345

 

5,917

 

(739)

 

31,089

 

8,006

 

4,942

 

13,752

 

6,116

 

(4)

 

32,812

Income from equity instruments

 

272

 

 1

 

78

 

30

 

32

 

413

 

277

 

 1

 

57

 

48

 

72

 

455

Income from companies accounted for using the equity method

 

168

 

16

 

309

 

 2

 

(51)

 

444

 

120

 

10

 

285

 

 3

 

(43)

 

375

Net fee and commission income (expense)

 

3,497

 

1,031

 

4,581

 

1,102

 

(31)

 

10,180

 

3,417

 

1,091

 

4,452

 

1,086

 

(13)

 

10,033

Other income (*)

 

818

 

319

 

806

 

22

 

136

 

2,101

 

1,186

 

302

 

517

 

231

 

150

 

2,386

Other operating income (expenses)

 

(110)

 

44

 

(355)

 

460

 

(34)

 

 5

 

(178)

 

37

 

(308)

 

316

 

(33)

 

(166)

TOTAL INCOME

 

12,806

 

5,816

 

18,764

 

7,533

 

(687)

 

44,232

 

12,828

 

6,383

 

18,755

 

7,800

 

129

 

45,895

Administrative expenses and depreciation

 

(6,781)

 

(2,967)

 

(7,692)

 

(3,197)

 

(464)

 

(21,101)

 

(6,735)

 

(3,357)

 

(7,906)

 

(3,025)

 

(697)

 

(21,720)

Provisions or reversal of provisions

 

(444)

 

(276)

 

(800)

 

(72)

 

(916)

 

(2,508)

 

(352)

 

(351)

 

(831)

 

(164)

 

(1,408)

 

(3,106)

Impairment losses on financial assets

 

(1,383)

 

(58)

 

(4,912)

 

(3,187)

 

(86)

 

(9,626)

 

(2,083)

 

(107)

 

(5,108)

 

(3,103)

 

(251)

 

(10,652)

Impairment losses on other assets

 

(36)

 

(64)

 

(42)

 

(35)

 

37

 

(140)

 

(172)

 

(9)

 

20

 

 —

 

(931)

 

(1,092)

Other income and charges

 

(150)

 

 1

 

59

 

(6)

 

 7

 

(89)

 

(120)

 

 5

 

78

 

16

 

243

 

222

OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX

 

4,012

 

2,452

 

5,377

 

1,036

 

(2,109)

 

10,768

 

3,366

 

2,564

 

5,008

 

1,524

 

(2,915)

 

9,547

Income tax

 

(1,083)

 

(736)

 

(1,363)

 

(355)

 

255

 

(3,282)

 

(887)

 

(556)

 

(1,219)

 

(517)

 

966

 

(2,213)

PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

2,929

 

1,716

 

4,014

 

681

 

(1,854)

 

7,486

 

2,479

 

2,008

 

3,789

 

1,007

 

(1,949)

 

7,334

Profit (Loss) from discontinued operations

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

 

2,929

 

1,716

 

4,014

 

681

 

(1,854)

 

7,486

 

2,479

 

2,008

 

3,789

 

1,007

 

(1,949)

 

7,334

Attributable to non-controlling interests

 

330

 

36

 

628

 

286

 

 2

 

1,282

 

261

 

37

 

596

 

329

 

145

 

1,368

PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE PARENT

 

2,599

 

1,680

 

3,386

 

395

 

(1,856)

 

6,204

 

2,218

 

1,971

 

3,193

 

678

 

(2,094)

 

5,966


(*) Includes Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net and exchanges differences, net.

Following is the detail of revenue by the geographical segments used by the Group. For the purposes of the table below, revenue is deemed to be that recognized under Interest and similar income, Income from equity instruments, Fee and commission income, Other

F-186


 

Table of Contents

income (without considering exchange differences, net) and Other operating income in the consolidated income statements for 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue (Millions of euros)

 

 

Revenue from external

 

Inter-segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

customers

 

revenue

 

Total revenue

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Continental Europe

 

19,041

 

16,567

 

17,653

 

504

 

236

 

422

 

19,545

 

16,803

 

18,075

United Kingdom

 

8,837

 

9,626

 

10,970

 

(130)

 

390

 

416

 

8,707

 

10,016

 

11,386

Latin America

 

37,623

 

36,972

 

32,927

 

230

 

54

 

(776)

 

37,853

 

37,026

 

32,151

United States

 

8,663

 

9,322

 

9,364

 

186

 

281

 

157

 

8,849

 

9,603

 

9,521

Corporate center

 

18

 

1,672

 

982

 

4,018

 

4,507

 

6,643

 

4,036

 

6,179

 

7,625

Inter-segment revenue adjustments and eliminations

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

(4,808)

 

(5,468)

 

(6,862)

 

(4,808)

 

(5,468)

 

(6,862)

 

 

74,182

 

74,159

 

71,896

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

74,182

 

74,159

 

71,896

 

b) Business segments

At this secondary level of segment reporting, the Group is structured into commercial banking, Santander Global Corporate Banking and the segment relating to Real Estate Operations in Spain; the sum of these segments is equal to that of the primary geographical reportable segments. Total figures for the Group are obtained by adding to the business segments the data for the corporate center.

The commercial banking segment encompasses the entire customer banking business (including the consumer finance business), except for the Corporate Banking business, which is managed through Santander Global Corporate Banking. Also, this segment includes the gains or losses on the hedging positions taken in each country, within the remit of each of their asset-liability management committees. The Santander Global Corporate Banking segment reflects the returns on the global corporate banking business and the markets and investment banking business worldwide, including all the globally managed treasury departments (excluding the portion allocated to commercial banking customers) and the equities business. The Real Estate Operations in Spain include loans to customers engaging mainly in property development, for which a specialized management model is in place, Metrovacesa's real estate assets together with the Group's ownership interest in SAREB and foreclosed assets for sale and rent purposes.

The condensed income statements are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2017

 

    

 

    

Santander

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Global

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Corporate

 

operations in

 

Corporate

 

 

(Condensed) income statement

 

banking

 

Banking

 

Spain

 

center

 

Total

INTEREST INCOME / (CHARGES)

 

32,704

 

2,478

 

(35)

 

 (851)

 

34,296

Income from equity instruments

 

77

 

262

 

 —

 

45

 

384

Income from companies accounted for using the equity method

 

781

 

(13)

 

 —

 

(64)

 

704

Net fee and commission income (expense)

 

10,007

 

1,627

 

 1

 

(38)

 

11,597

Other income (*)

 

667

 

1,224

 

 —

 

(226)

 

1,665

Other operating income (expenses)

 

(210)

 

(26)

 

29

 

(84)

 

(291)

TOTAL INCOME

 

44,026

 

5,552

 

(5)

 

(1,218)

 

48,355

Administrative expenses and depreciation

 

(20,323)

 

(1,988)

 

(207)

 

(475)

 

(22,993)

Provisions or reversal of provisions

 

(2,718)

 

(24)

 

 4

 

(320)

 

(3,058)

Impairment losses on financial assets

 

(8,440)

 

(690)

 

(78)

 

(51)

 

(9,259)

Net impairment losses on other assets

 

(206)

 

(51)

 

(121)

 

(895)

 

(1,273)

Other non-financial gains/(losses)

 

(74)

 

 5

 

(47)

 

435

 

319

OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX

 

12,265

 

2,804

 

(454)

 

(2,524)

 

12,091

Income tax

 

(3,417)

 

(802)

 

136

 

199

 

(3,884)

PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

8,848

 

2,002

 

(318)

 

(2,325)

 

8,207

Profit (Loss) from discontinued operations

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

 

8,848

 

2,002

 

(318)

 

(2,325)

 

8,207

Attributable to non-controlling interests

 

1,421

 

181

 

(15)

 

 1

 

1,588

PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE PARENT

 

7,427

 

1,821

 

(303)

 

(2,326)

 

6,619

F-187


 

Table of Contents


(*) Includes Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net and exchanges differences, net.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2016

 

2015

 

    

 

    

Santander

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Santander

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Global

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Corporate

 

operations

 

Corporate

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Corporate

 

operations

 

Corporate

 

 

(Condensed) income statement

 

banking

 

Banking

 

in Spain

 

center

 

Total

 

banking

 

Banking

 

in Spain

 

center

 

Total

INTEREST INCOME / (CHARGES)

 

29,090

 

2,781

 

(43)

 

(739)

 

31,089

 

30,027

 

2,830

 

(41)

 

(4)

 

32,812

Income from equity instruments

 

131

 

250

 

 —

 

32

 

413

 

124

 

259

 

 —

 

72

 

455

Income from companies accounted for using the equity method

 

505

 

(7)

 

(3)

 

(51)

 

444

 

434

 

(6)

 

(10)

 

(43)

 

375

Net fee and commission income (expense)

 

8,745

 

1,465

 

 1

 

(31)

 

10,180

 

8,621

 

1,425

 

 —

 

(13)

 

10,033

Other income (*)

 

663

 

1,293

 

 9

 

136

 

2,101

 

1,346

 

739

 

151

 

150

 

2,386

Other operating income (expenses)

 

(79)

 

43

 

75

 

(34)

 

 5

 

(194)

 

24

 

37

 

(33)

 

(166)

TOTAL INCOME

 

39,055

 

5,825

 

39

 

(687)

 

44,232

 

40,358

 

5,271

 

137

 

129

 

45,895

Administrative expenses and depreciation

 

(18,475)

 

(1,951)

 

(211)

 

(464)

 

(21,101)

 

(18,730)

 

(2,058)

 

(235)

 

(697)

 

(21,720)

Provisions or reversal of provisions

 

(1,547)

 

(40)

 

(5)

 

(916)

 

(2,508)

 

(1,656)

 

(51)

 

 9

 

(1,408)

 

(3,106)

Impairment losses on financial assets

 

(8,713)

 

(660)

 

(167)

 

(86)

 

(9,626)

 

(9,462)

 

(688)

 

(251)

 

(251)

 

(10,652)

Net impairment losses on other assets

 

(97)

 

(59)

 

(21)

 

37

 

(140)

 

 2

 

(37)

 

(126)

 

(931)

 

(1,092)

Other non-financial gains/(losses)

 

(22)

 

22

 

(96)

 

 7

 

(89)

 

117

 

 4

 

(142)

 

243

 

222

OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX

 

10,201

 

3,137

 

(461)

 

(2,109)

 

10,768

 

10,629

 

2,441

 

(608)

 

(2,915)

 

9,547

Income tax

 

(2,799)

 

(876)

 

138

 

255

 

(3,282)

 

(2,663)

 

(695)

 

179

 

966

 

(2,213)

PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

7,402

 

2,261

 

(323)

 

(1,854)

 

7,486

 

7,966

 

1,746

 

(429)

 

(1,949)

 

7,334

Profit (Loss) from discontinued operations

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

 

7,402

 

2,261

 

(323)

 

(1,854)

 

7,486

 

7,966

 

1,746

 

(429)

 

(1,949)

 

7,334

Attributable to non-controlling interests

 

1,105

 

172

 

 3

 

 2

 

1,282

 

1,112

 

120

 

(9)

 

145

 

1,368

PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE PARENT

 

6,297

 

2,089

 

(326)

 

(1,856)

 

6,204

 

6,854

 

1,626

 

(420)

 

(2,094)

 

5,966


(*) Includes Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net, Gain or losses on financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, net and exchanges differences, net.

53.   Related parties

The parties related to the Group are deemed to include, in addition to its subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, the Bank’s key management personnel (the members of its Board of Directors and the executive vice presidents, together with their close family members) and the entities over which the key management personnel may exercise significant influence or control.

Following below is the balance sheet balances and amounts of the Group's income statement corresponding to operations with the parties related to it, distinguishing between associates and joint ventures, members of the Bank’s Board of Directors, the Bank’s

F-188


 

Table of Contents

executive vice presidents, and other related parties. Related-party transactions were made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s-length transactions or, when this was not the case, the related compensation in kind was recognize.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

  

 

  

Members

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Members

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Members

  

 

  

 

 

 

Associates

 

of the

 

 

 

Other

 

Associates

 

of the

 

 

 

Other

 

Associates

 

of the

 

 

 

Other

 

 

and joint

 

Board of

 

Executive

 

related

 

and joint

 

Board of

 

Executive

 

related

 

and joint

 

Board of

 

Executive

 

related

 

    

ventures

     

Directors

    

vice-presidents

    

parties

    

ventures

     

Directors

    

vice-presidents

    

parties

    

ventures

     

Directors

    

vice-presidents

    

parties

Assets:

 

6,048

 

 —

 

21

 

300

 

5,884

 

 —

 

22

 

307

 

6,542

 

 —

 

28

 

573

Loans and advances: Credit institutions

 

472

 

 

 

 —

 

223

 

 

 

-

 

 8

 

 

 

Loans and advances: Customers

 

5,081

 

 

21

 

279

 

5,209

 

 

22

 

286

 

5,997

 

 

28

 

293

Debt instruments

 

473

 

 

 

21

 

452

 

 

 

21

 

537

 

 

 

280

Others

 

22

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

748

 

19

 

14

 

63

 

824

 

27

 

10

 

124

 

1,122

 

25

 

16

 

103

Financial liabilities: Credit institutions

 

309

 

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

 

501

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:Customers

 

414

 

19

 

14

 

63

 

669

 

27

 

10

 

124

 

620

 

25

 

16

 

103

Marketable debt securities

 

 4

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 1

 

 

 

Others

 

21

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statement:

 

1,020

 

 —

 

 —

 

14

 

609

 

 —

 

 —

 

13

 

802

 

 —

 

 —

 

24

Interest income

 

57

 

 

 

 8

 

67

 

 

 

10

 

98

 

 

 

17

Interest expense

 

(3)

 

 

 

 —

 

(15)

 

 

 

(1)

 

(15)

 

 

 

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and others

 

302

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

15

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

73

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Commission income

 

735

 

 

 

 6

 

561

 

 

 

 4

 

664

 

 

 

 8

Commission expense

 

(71)

 

 

 

 —

 

(19)

 

 

 

 —

 

(18)

 

 

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other:

 

3,881

 

 7

 

 3

 

597

 

4,146

 

 1

 

 3

 

846

 

4,123

 

 2

 

 4

 

2,682

Contingent liabilities and others

 

 6

 

 6

 

 1

 

352

 

19

 

 —

 

 —

 

139

 

46

 

 —

 

 —

 

191

Contingent commitments

 

301

 

 1

 

 2

 

60

 

17

 

 1

 

 3

 

417

 

95

 

 2

 

 4

 

132

Derivative financial instruments

 

3,574

 

 —

 

 —

 

185

 

4,110

 

 —

 

 —

 

290

 

3,982

 

 —

 

 —

 

2,359

 

In addition to the detail provided above, there were insurance contracts linked to pensions amounting to €239 million at December 31, 2017 (December 31, 2016: €269 million; December 31, 2015: €299 million).

54.   Risk management

a)

Cornerstones of the risk function

The risk management and control model deployed by the Santander Group is based on the principles set down below, which are also aligned with the Group’s strategy and, in addition take into account the regulatory and supervisory requirements, as well as the best market practices:

·

An advanced and comprehensive risk management policy, with a forward-looking approach that allows the Group to maintain a medium-low risk profile, through a risk appetite defined by Banco Santander’s board of directors and the identification and assessment of all risks.

·

Lines of defense that enable risk to be managed at source, controlled and monitored, in addition to an independent assessment.

·

A model predicated on autonomous subsidiaries with robust governance based on a clear committee structure that separates the risk management and control functions.

·

Information and technological management processes that allow all risks to be identified, developed, managed and reported at appropriate levels.

·

A risk culture integrated throughout the organization, composed of a series of attitudes, values, skills and action guidelines to deal with all risks.

·

All risks are managed by the units that generate them, using advanced models and tools.

1. Risk map

The risk map covers the main risk categories in which the Group has its most significant current and/or potential exposures, thus facilitating the identification thereof.

F-189


 

Table of Contents

The risk map includes the following:

·

Credit risk: risk of financial loss arising from the default or credit quality deterioration of a customer or other third party, to which the Santander Group has either directly provided credit or for which it has assumed a contractual obligation.

·

Market risk: risk incurred as a result of changes in market factors that affect the value of positions in the trading book.

·

Liquidity risk: risk that the Group does not have the liquid financial resources to meet its obligations when they fall due, or can only obtain them at high cost.

·

Structural risk: risk arising from the management of different balance sheet items, not only in the banking book but also in relation to insurance and pension activities.

·

Capital risk: risk of Santander Group not having an adequate amount or quality of capital to meet its internal business objectives, regulatory requirements or market expectations.

·

Operational risk: defined as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. This definition includes legal risk.

·

Conduct risk: risk arising from practices, processes or behaviors which are not adequate or compliant with internal regulation, legal or supervisory requirements.

·

Reputational risk: risk of current or potential negative economic impact to the Bank due to damage to the perception of the Bank on the part of employees, customers, shareholders/investors and the wider community.

·

Model risk: risk of loss arising from inaccurate predictions, causing the Bank to make suboptimal decisions, or from a model being used inappropriately.

·

Strategic risk: risk of loss or damage arising from strategic decisions or their poor implementation, that impact the long term interests of our key stakeholders, or from an inability to adapt to external developments.

2. Risk governance

For the proper development of the risk function, the Group has a strong governance policy in place to ensure that the risk decisions taken are appropriate and efficient and that they are effectively controlled within the established risk appetite framework.

The Group Chief Risk Officer (GCRO) oversees this function within the Group, advises and challenges the executive line and also reports independently to the risk, regulatory and compliance committee and to the board.

2.1. Lines of defense

Banco Santander’s management and control model is based on three lines of defense.

The business functions and all support functions that generate exposure to a risk make up the first line of defense. The role of these functions is to establish a management structure for the risks that are generated as part of their activity ensuring that these remain within the approved appetite risk and the established limits.

The second line of defense is composed by the risk control function, and the compliance and conduct function. The role of these functions is to provide independent oversight and challenge to the risk management activities performed by the first line of defense.

These functions are responsible for ensuring that the risks are managed in accordance with the risk appetite defined by senior management and to foster a strong risk culture across the whole organization. They must also provide guidance, advice and expert opinion in all key risk-related matters.

Internal audit as the third line of defense. As the last layer of control, regularly assesses policies, methods and procedures to ensure they are adequate and are being implemented effectively in the management and control of all risks.

F-190


 

Table of Contents

The risk control, compliance and conduct and internal audit functions are sufficiently separated and independent from each other and regarding to other functions they control or supervise for the performance of their duties, and they have access to the board of directors and/or its committees through their maximum responsibles.

2.2. Risk committee structure

Ultimately, the board of directors is responsible for the risk control and management, and, in particular, for setting the risk appetite for Santander Group. It can also delegate its powers to committees classed as independent control bodies or decision-making bodies. The board uses the Risk supervision, Regulation and Compliance Committee as an independent risk control and oversight committee. The Group’s executive committee also pays special attention to the management of all risks.

The following bodies form the highest level of risk governance:

Independent control bodies

Risk, regulation and compliance oversight committee:

The purpose of this committee is to assist the board in matters of risk supervision and control, in the Group risk policies definition, in the relation with the supervisory authorities and in aspects of regulation and compliance, sustainability and corporate governance.

It is chaired by an independent director and is formed by external or non-executive directors, the majority of which are independent.

Risk control committee (CCR):

This collegiate body is responsible for the effective risk control, ensuring they are managed in accordance with the risk appetite level approved by the board, permanently adopting an all-inclusive overview of all the risks included in the general risk framework. This duty implies identifying and tracking both current and potential risks, and gauging their impact on the Group's risk profile.

This committee is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer (GCRO) and is composed of senior management members. The risk function, which chairs the committee, as well as the functions of compliance and conduct, financial accounting and control, and management control are represented, among others. The risk function officers (CROs) of local entities take part in the committee meetings on a regular basis to report on the risk profile of the entities and other aspects.

The risk control committee reports to the Risk supervision, Regulation and Compliance Committee and assists it in its function of supporting the board.

Decision-making bodies

Executive risk committee (ERC):

This collegiate body is responsible for the management of all risks under the powers allocated to it by the board of directors.

The committee takes part in risk decisions at the highest level, ensuring that they are within the limits set out in the Group's risk appetite. It reports on its activity to the board or its committees whenever it is required to do so.

It is chaired by the CEO and comprises executive directors, and the entity’s senior management. The risk function, finance and compliance and conduct, among others, are represented. The GCRO has a right to veto the decisions taken by this committee.

2.3. The Group's relationship with subsidiaries regarding risk management

Alignment of units with the corporate center

The management and control model shares, in all the Group’s units, basic principles via corporate frameworks. These frameworks are established by the Group's board of directors, and the local units adhere to them through their respective boards of directors, shaping the relationship between the subsidiaries and the Group, including the role played by the latter in taking important decisions by validating them.

Pursuant to these shared principles and basics, each unit adapts its risk management to its local reality, in accordance with corporate frameworks and reference documents provided by the Corporation, thus creating a recognizable and common risk management and control model in Santander Group.

F-191


 

Table of Contents

Committee structure

The governance bodies of subsidiary entities are structured in accordance with local regulatory and legal requirements and the dimension and complexity of each subsidiary, being consistent with those of the parent company, as established in the internal governance framework, thereby facilitating communication, reporting and effective control.

The Group-Subsidiaries Governance Model and good governance practices for subsidiaries recommends that each subsidiary should have bylaw-mandated risk committees and other executive risk committees, in line with best corporate governance practices, consistently with those already in place in the Group.

Given its capacity for comprehensive (enterprise wide) and aggregated oversight of all risks, the Corporation exercises a validation and questioning role with regard to the operations and management policies of the subsidiaries, insofar as they affect the Group’s risk profile.

3. Management processes and tools

3.1. Risk appetite and limits structure

Santander defines risk appetite as the amount and type of risks considered reasonable to assume for implementing its business strategy, so that the Group can maintain its ordinary activity in the event of unexpected circumstances. For the latter, severe scenarios are taken into account that could have a negative impact on the levels of capital, liquidity, profitability and/or the share price.

The board is responsible for annually setting and updating the risk appetite, monitoring the Bank’s risk profile and ensuring consistency between both of them.

The risk appetite is set for the whole Group, as well as for each of the main business units in accordance with a corporate methodology adapted to the circumstances of each unit/market. At local level, the boards of the subsidiaries are responsible for approving the respective risk appetite proposals once they have been validated by the Group.

Corporate risk appetite principles

The following principles govern the Santander Group’s risk appetite in all its units:

·

Responsibility of the board and of senior management. The board is the maximum body responsible for setting the risk appetite and its regulation support, as well as supervising its compliance.

·

Enterprise Wide Risk, backtesting and challenging of the risk profile. The risk appetite must consider all significant risks to which the Bank is exposed, facilitating an aggregate vision of the risk profile through the use of quantitative metrics and qualitative indicators.

·

Forward-looking view. The risk appetite must consider the desirable risk profile for the current moment, as well as in the medium term, taking into account both the most plausible circumstances and the stress scenarios.

·

Alignment with strategic and business plans and management integration ( 3 year plan, annual budget, ICAAP, ILAAP crisis recovery plans). The risk appetite is a benchmark in strategic and business planning and is integrated.

·

Coherence in the risk appetite of the various units and common risk language throughout the Organization.

·

Regular review, continuous backtesting and best practices and regulatory requirements adaptation.

Limits, monitoring and control structure

The risk appetite is formulated every year and includes a series of metrics and limits on these metric (statements) which express in quantitative and qualitative terms the maximum risk exposure that each unit of the Group or the Group as a whole is willing to assume.

Fulfilling the risk appetite limits is continuously monitored. The specialized control functions report at least every quarter to the board and its risk committee on the risk profile adequacy with the authorized risk appetite.

F-192


 

Table of Contents

Linkage of the risk appetite limits with the limits used to manage the business units and portfolios is a key element for making the risk appetite an effective risk management tool.

Pillars of the risk appetite

The risk appetite is expressed via limits on quantitative metrics and qualitative indicators that measure the exposure or risk profile by type of risk, portfolio, segment and business line, in both current and stressed conditions. These metrics and risk appetite limits are articulated in five large areas that define the positioning that Santander’s senior management wants to adopt or maintain in the development of its business model:

·

The volatility in the income statement that the Group is willing to accept.

·

The solvency position that the Group wants to maintain.

·

The minimum liquidity position that the Group wants to have.

·

The maximum levels of concentration that the Group considers reasonable to admit.

·

Non-financial and transversal risks.

3.2. Risk identification and assessment (RIA)

Santander Group carries out the identification and assessment of the different risks it is exposed to involving the different lines of defense to strengthen its advanced and proactive risk management practice, establishing management standards that not only meet regulatory requirements but also reflect best practices in the market, and being also a risk culture transmission mechanism.

The function includes all the risk identification and assessment processes, as well as its integration within the Santander Group risk profile, its units and activities, thereby keeping the risk map up to date.

In addition to identifying and assessing the Group's risk profile by risk type and unit, RIA analyses the evolution of risks and identifies areas for improvement in each of the blocks that compose it:

·

Risk performance, enabling understanding of residual risk by risk type through a set of metrics and indicators calibrated using international standards.

·

Assessment of the control environment, measuring the degree of implementation of the target operating model, pursuant to advanced standards.

·

Forward-looking analysis of the unit, based on stress metrics and identification and/or assessment of the main threats to the strategic plan (Top Risks), enabling specific action plans to be put in place to mitigate potential impacts and monitoring these plans.

In 2017, the function evolved along three main lines, ensuring the simplification and reinforcement of interaction among the communities of control and the completeness of the risk profile:

·

Update of the control environment standards based on industry performance, internal management models and regulatory requirements:

i)

Homogeneous conceptual architecture developed to enable consistent analysis and assessments, and to simplify data execution/exploitation, as well as the reporting to senior management.

ii)

Environment control assessments simplification.

iii)

Greater involvement of the different stakeholders of the communities of control, particularly local risk functions, corporate risk control functions and internal audit.

iv)

Prioritization of areas for improvement identified according to their materiality.

F-193


 

Table of Contents

·

New technology platform to facilitate data use and process implementation:

i)

Manual processes automatization

ii)

Real time access to information in the different units and for all stakeholders.

iii)

Internal technology solution with improved data safety and enhanced user experience.

iv)

Information reporting module to design and produce ad hoc reports.

·

Wider scope by risk type and geography.

3.3. Scenario analysis

The Group conducts advanced management of risks by analyzing the impact that different scenarios could trigger in the environment in which the Bank operates. These scenarios are expressed both in terms of macroeconomic variables, as well as other variables that affect management.

Scenario analysis is a very robust and useful tool for management at all levels. It enables the assessment of - Group’s resistance to stressed environments or scenarios, and puts into force a set of measures that reduce its risk profile to these scenarios. The objective is to maximize the stability of the income statement and capital and liquidity levels.

The robustness and consistency of the scenario analysis exercises are based on the following pillars:

·

Developing and integrating mathematical models that estimate the future evolution of metrics (e.g. credit losses), based on both historic information (internal to the Bank and external from the market), as well as simulation models.

·

Inclusion of expert judgement and know-how of portfolios, questioning and backtesting the models results.

·

The backtesting of the models results against the observed data, ensuring that the results are adequate.

·

The governance of the whole process, covering the models, scenarios, assumptions and rationale of the results, and their impact on management.

From January 1, 2018, the processes, models and scenario analysis methodology will be included in the new regulatory provisions requirements (IFRS 9).

The main uses of scenario analysis are as follows:

·

Regulatory uses: in which stress tests of scenarios are performed under guidelines set by the European regulator or by each of the various national regulators that supervise the Group.

·

Internal capital (ICAAP) or liquidity adequacy assessment processes (ILAAP) in which, although the regulator can impose certain requirements, the Group develops its own methodology to assess its capital and liquidity levels vis-à-vis various stress scenarios. These tools enable capital and liquidity management to be planned.

·

Risk appetite: this contains stressed metrics on which maximum loss levels (or minimum liquidity levels) are established that the Bank does not wish to exceed.

·

Recurrent risk management in different processes/tests:

·

Budgetary and strategic planning process, in the generation of commercial policies for risk approval, in the global risk analysis made by senior management and in specific analyses of activities and portfolios.

·

Identification of potential risks (“Top Risks”). After a systematic process to identify and assess all the risks to which the Group is exposed, the “Top Risks” are selected and the Entity’s risk profile is established. Each “Top Risk” has an associated macroeconomic or idiosyncratic scenario. To assess the impact of these risks on the Group, internal scenario analysis and stress testing models and methodologies are employed.

F-194


 

Table of Contents

·

Recovery plan performed annually to establish the available measures the Bank will have, in order to survive an extremely severe financial crisis. The plan sets out a series of financial and macroeconomic stress scenarios, with differing degrees of severity, that include idiosyncratic and/or systemic events that are relevant for the Entity.

3.4. Risk Data Aggregation & Risk Reporting Framework (RDA/RRF)

In recent years, Santander Group has developed and implemented the necessary structural and operating improvements to reinforce and consolidate enterprise-wide risk, based on complete, precise and regular data. This allows the Group's senior management to assess risk and act accordingly. In this sense, the strategic risk transformation plan is aligned with regulatory requirements, as evidenced in the review performed by the European supervisor with regard to compliance with the standards set forth in regulation BCBS 239.

In 2017, the Group has worked to consolidate the comprehensive data and information management model, and the implementation and renewal of technology systems, thereby enabling a balanced reporting taxonomy to be maintained that covers all the key risk areas within the Organization, in compliance with the Group’s size, risk profile and activity.

Therefore, three reports are submitted each month to senior management relating to risk management issues and the subsequent decision-making: the Group risks report, the risks report for each unit and the report on risk factors.

c)  Credit risk

1.    Introduction to the credit risk treatment

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss arising from the default or credit quality deterioration of a customer or other third party, to which the Santander Group has either directly provided credit or for which it has assumed a contractual obligation.

The Group’s risks function is organized on the basis of three types of customers:

·

The Individuals segment includes all physical persons, except those with a business activity. This segment is, in turn, divided into sub-segments by income levels, which enables risk management adjusted to the type of customer.

·

The SMEs, Commercial Banking and Institutions segment includes companies and physical persons with business activity. It also includes public sector activities in general and private sector non-profitable entities.

·

The Santander Global Corporate Banking (SGCB) segment consists of corporate customers, financial institutions and sovereigns, comprising a closed list that is revised annually. This list is determined on the basis of a full analysis of the company (business type, countries of operation, product types, volume of revenues it represents for the Bank, etc.).

The Group’s profile is mainly retail, accounting for 85% of total risk generated by the retail and commercial banking businesses.

F-195


 

Table of Contents

2.    Main aggregates and variations

Following are the main aggregates relating to credit risk arising on customer business:

Main credit risk aggregates arising on customer business

(Management information data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit risk with customers 1

 

Non performing rate

 

Coverage rate

 

 

(millions of euros)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

  

2017

 

2016

  

2015

  

2017

 

2016

  

2015

  

2017

 

2016

  

2015

Continental Europe

 

337,768

 

331,706

 

321,395

 

4.50

 

5.92

 

7.27

 

58.0

 

60.0

 

64.2

Spain

 

172,176

 

172,974

 

173,032

 

4.72

 

5.41

 

6.53

 

45.9

 

48.3

 

48.1

Santander Consumer Finance

 

92,589

 

88,061

 

76,688

 

2.50

 

2.68

 

3.42

 

101.4

 

109.1

 

109.1

Portugal

 

32,816

 

30,540

 

31,922

 

5.71

 

8.81

 

7.46

 

59.1

 

63.7

 

99.0

Poland

 

24,391

 

21,902

 

20,951

 

4.57

 

5.42

 

6.30

 

68.2

 

61.0

 

64.0

UK

 

247,625

 

255,049

 

282,182

 

1.33

 

1.41

 

1.52

 

32.0

 

32.9

 

38.2

Latin América

 

165,683

 

173,150

 

151,302

 

4.50

 

4.81

 

4.96

 

84.6

 

87.3

 

79.0

Brasil

 

83,076

 

89,572

 

72,173

 

5.29

 

5.90

 

5.98

 

92.6

 

93.1

 

83.7

Mexico

 

28,939

 

29,682

 

32,463

 

2.69

 

2.76

 

3.38

 

97.5

 

103.8

 

90.6

Chile

 

40,406

 

40,864

 

35,213

 

4.96

 

5.05

 

5.62

 

58.2

 

59.1

 

53.9

Argentina

 

8,085

 

7,318

 

6,328

 

2.50

 

1.49

 

1.15

 

100.1

 

142.3

 

194.2

US

 

77,190

 

91,709

 

90,727

 

2.79

 

2.28

 

2.13

 

170.2

 

214.4

 

225.0

Puerto Rico

 

2,944

 

3,843

 

3,924

 

7.13

 

7.13

 

6.96

 

55.2

 

54.4

 

48.5

Santander Bank

 

44,237

 

54,040

 

54,089

 

1.21

 

1.33

 

1.16

 

102.2

 

99.6

 

114.5

SC USA

 

24,079

 

28,590

 

28,280

 

5.86

 

3.84

 

3.66

 

212.9

 

328.0

 

337.1

Total Group excluding Banco Popular

 

832,655

 

855,510

 

850,909

 

3.38

 

3.93

 

4.36

 

70.8

 

73.8

 

73.1

Banco Popular

 

88,313

 

 —

 

 —

 

10.75

 

 —

 

 —

 

48.7

 

 —

 

 —

Total Group

 

920,968

 

855,510

 

850,909

 

4.08

 

3.93

 

4.36

 

65.2

 

73.8

 

73.1


(1)

Includes gross lending to customers, guarantees and documentary credits.

Risk is diversified among the main regions where the Group operates 6 : Continental Europe (41%), UK (30%), Latin America (20%) and the US (9%), with a suitable balance between mature and emerging markets.

Credit risk with customers fell by 3% in 2017, considering an unchanged perimeter, mainly due to the US, UK and Brazil

(as a result of exchange rate effects). Growth in local currency was generalized across all units with the exception of the United States and Spain.

These levels of lending, together with lower non-performing loans (NPLs) of €28,104 million (-16% vs. 2016) reduced the Group’s NPL ratio to 3.38% (-55 b.p. against 2016).

For coverage of these NPLs, the Group recorded provisions of €8,997 million (-5.5% vs. December 2016), after deducting write-off recoveries. This fall is materialized in a decrease in the cost of credit to 1.12% (6 bp less than in the previous year).

Detail of the main geographical areas

3.1. United Kingdom

Credit risk with customers in the UK amounted to €247,625 million at the end of December 2017, accounting for 30% of the Group total.

Mortgage portfolio

It is worth highlighting the individuals mortgage portfolio because of its importance for Santander UK and all of the Group’s lending. This stood at €174,930 million at the end of 2017.


Excluding Popular.

F-196


 

Table of Contents

This portfolio consists of mortgages for the housing acquisition, granted to new, as well as existing customers and always constituting the first mortgage. There are no operations that entail second or successive liens on mortgaged properties.

Geographically, the credit exposures are predominantly concentrated in the south east area of the UK and, particularly, in the metropolitan area of London.

All properties are valued independently before each new transaction is approved, in accordance with the Group’s risk management principles.

The value of the property used as collateral for mortgages that have already been granted is updated quarterly by an independent agency, using an automatic valuation system in accordance with market practices and in compliance with the prevailing legislation.

3.2. Spain

Portfolio overview

Total credit risk (including guarantees and documentary credits) at Santander Spain (excluding the real estate unit, which is discussed subsequently in more detail) amounted to €172,176 million (20.7% of the Group total), with an adequate level of diversification by both product and customer segment.

Growth in new production in the main portfolios for individuals and corporates continued in 2017, underpinned by the improved economic situation and the different strategies implemented by the Bank. Total credit risk was down 0.5% in year-on-year terms, mainly due to decreased funding extended to public administrations and the pace of repayments that exceeded growth in new production in the housing mortgages segment. All other individuals loans (consumer loans and credit cards) returned to growth tendency, and the commercial banking segment consolidated its tendency started in 2016.

The NPL ratio for the total portfolio was 4.72% 69 bp less than in 2016. The fall in lending (which increased the NPL ratio by 3 bp) was offset by the better NPL figure (which reduced the ratio by 72 bp). This improvement was mainly due to gross NPL entries, which were 19% lower than in 2016, and to the normalization of several restructured positions and portfolio sales.

Portfolio of home purchase loans to families

Home purchase loans granted to families in Spain stood at 64,588 million at 2017 year-end. Of this amount, 99.18% was secured by mortgages.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31/12/17

 

 

Gross

 

Of which:

In millions of euros

    

amount

    

Non - performing

Home purchase loans to families

 

64,588

 

2,594

Without mortgage guarantee

 

532

 

147

With mortgage guarantee

 

64,056

 

2,447

 

The risk profile of the home purchase mortgage loan portfolio in Spain remained at a medium-low level, with limited prospects of additional impairment:

·

All mortgage transactions include principal repayments from the very first day.

·

Early repayment is common practice and, accordingly, the average life of the transactions is far shorter than their contractual term.

·

High quality of collateral, since the portfolio consists almost exclusively of principal-residence loans.

·

Stable average debt-to-income ratio at around 28.2%.

·

79.8% of the portfolio has an LTV of less than 80% (calculated as the ratio of total exposure to the amount of the latest available appraisal).

F-197


 

Table of Contents

Breakdown of the credit with mortgage guarantee to households for house acquisition, according to the percentage that the total risk represents on the amount of the latest available valuation (loan to value).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31/12/17

 

 

Loan to value ratio

 

 

 

 

More than

 

More than

 

More than

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40% and

 

60% and

 

80% and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than or

 

less than

 

less than

 

less than or

 

More than

 

 

In millions of euros

    

equal to 40%

    

60%

    

80%

    

equal to 100%

    

100%

    

Total

Gross amount

 

14,430

 

17,434

 

19,232

 

7,899

 

5,061

 

64,056

Of which: Watchlist /Non-performing

 

224

 

354

 

591

 

504

 

774

 

2,447

 

Credit policies limit the maximum loan to value to 80% for first residence mortgages and 70% in the case of second home mortgages.

Companies portfolio

Credit risk assumed directly with SMEs and Corporates (€96,726 million) is the main lending segment in Spain (56% of the total).

Most of the portfolio (95%) corresponds to customers who have been assigned an analyst to monitor them continuously throughout the risk cycle.

The non-performing loans ratio of this portfolio stood at 4.88% in 2017.

Real estate business

The Group manages, as a separate unit, the real estate business portfolio as result of the previous year’s sector crisis and the new business identified as viable. In both cases the Group has specialized teams not only involve in the risk areas, but also complement and support all these transactions life cycle: commercial management, legal treatment and an eventual recovery function.

In recent years the Group's strategy has been geared towards reducing these assets. The changes in gross property development loans to customers were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of euros

 

    

31/12/17

    

31/12/16

    

31/12/15

Balance at beginning of year

 

5,515

 

7,388

 

9,349

Foreclosed assets

 

(27)

 

(28)

 

(62)

Banco Popular (Perimeter)

 

2,934

 

 —

 

 —

Reductions (1)

 

(1,620)

 

(1,415)

 

(1,481)

Written-off assets

 

(330)

 

(430)

 

(418)

Balance at end of year

 

6,472

 

5,515

 

7,388


(1)

Includes portfolio sales, cash recoveries and third-party subrogations.

The NPL ratio of this portfolio ended the year at 29.96% (compared with 61.87% at December 2016) due to the increase in the proportion of non-performing assets in the troubled loan portfolio and, in particular, to the sharp reduction in lending in this segment. The table below shows the distribution of the portfolio. The coverage ratio of the real estate doubtful exposure in Spain stands at 38.73%.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/17

 

 

 

 

Excess over

 

 

 

 

 

 

collateral

 

Specific

Millions of euros

    

Gross amount

    

value

    

allowance

Financing for construction and property development recognized by the Group's credit institutions (including land) (business in Spain)

 

6,472

 

1,513

 

1,131

Of which:Watchlist/ Non-performing

 

1,939

 

708

 

751

Memorandum items: Written-off assets

 

3,133

 

 

 

 

 

F-198


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Memorandum items: Data from the public consolidated balance sheet

    

12/31/17

 

 

Carrying

Millions of euros

 

amount

Total loans and advances to customers excluding the public sector (business in Spain)

 

235,140

Total consolidated assets

 

1,444,305

Impairment losses and credit risk allowances. Coverage for unimpaired assets (business in Spain)

 

1,289

 

At year-end, the concentration of this portfolio was as follows:

 

 

 

 

    

Loans: Gross

 

 

amount

Millions of euros

 

12/31/17

1. Without mortgage guarantee

 

664

2. With mortgage guarantee

 

5,808

2.1 Completed buildings

 

3,684

2.1.1 Residential

 

1,726

2.1.2 Other

 

1,958

2.2 Buildings and other constructions under construction

 

995

2.2.1 Residential

 

562

2.2.2 Other

 

433

2.3 Land

 

1,129

2.3.1 Developed consolidated land

 

900

2.3.2 Other land

 

229

Total

 

6,472

 

Policies and strategies in place for the management of these risks

The policies in force for the management of this portfolio, which are reviewed and approved on a regular basis by the Group's senior management, are currently geared towards reducing and securing the outstanding exposure, albeit without neglecting any viable new business that may be identified.

In order to manage this credit exposure, the Group has specialized teams that not only form part of the risk areas but also supplement the management of this exposure and cover the entire life cycle of these transactions: commercial management, legal procedures and potential recovery management.

As has already been discussed in this section, the Group's anticipatory management of these risks enabled it to significantly reduce its exposure, and it has a granular, geographically diversified portfolio in which the financing of second residences accounts for a very small proportion of the total.

Mortgage lending on non-urban land represents a low percentage of mortgage exposure to land, while the remainder relates to land already classified as urban or approved for development.

The significant reduction of exposure in the case of residential financing projects in which the construction work has already been completed was based on various actions. As well as the specialized marketing channels already in existence, campaigns were carried out with the support of specific teams of managers for this function who, in the case of the Santander Network, were directly supervised by the recoveries business area. These campaigns, which involved the direct management of the projects with property developers and purchasers, reducing sale prices and adapting the lending conditions to the buyers’ needs, enabled loans already in force to be subrogated. These subrogations enable the Group to diversify its risk in a business segment that displays a clearly lower non-performing loans ratio.

In the case of construction-phase projects that are experiencing difficulties of any kind, the policy adopted is to ensure completion of the construction work so as to obtain completed buildings that can be sold in the market. To achieve this aim, the projects are analyzed on a case-by-case basis in order to adopt the most effective series of measures for each case (structured payments to suppliers to ensure completion of the work, specific schedules for drawing down amounts, etc.).

The loan approval processes are managed by specialist teams which, working in direct coordination with the sales teams, have a set of clearly defined policies and criteria:

·

Property developers with a robust solvency profile and a proven track record in the market.

F-199


 

Table of Contents

·

Medium-high level projects, conducting to contracted demand and significant cities.

·

Strict criteria regarding the specific parameters of the transactions: exclusive financing for the construction cost, high percentages of accredited sales, principal residence financing, etc.

·

Support of financing of government-subsidized housing, with accredited sales percentages.

·

Restricted financing of land purchases dealt with exceptional nature.

In addition to the permanent control performed by its risk monitoring teams, the Group has a specialist technical unit that monitors and controls this portfolio with regard to the stage of completion of construction work, planning compliance and sales control, and validates and controls progress billing payments. The Group has created a set of specific tools for this function. All mortgage distributions, amounts drawn down of any kind, changes made to the grace periods, etc. are authorized on a centralized basis.

Foreclosed properties

At December 31, 2017, the net balance of these assets amounted to €4,592 million (gross amount: €9,711 million; recognized allowance: €5,119 million, of which €2,776 million related to impairment after the foreclosure date).

The following table shows the detail of the assets foreclosed by the businesses in Spain at the end of 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31/12/17

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

losses on assets

 

 

 

 

carrying

 

Valuation

 

since time of

 

Carrying

Millions of euros

    

amount

    

adjustments

    

foreclosure

    

amount

Property assets arising from financing provided to construction and property development companies

 

6,775

 

3,821

 

2,343

 

2,954

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Completed buildings

 

1,953

 

942

 

781

 

1,011

Residential

 

991

 

446

 

311

 

545

Other

 

962

 

496

 

470

 

466

Buildings under construction

 

406

 

151

 

51

 

255

Residential

 

405

 

151

 

51

 

254

Other

 

1

 

 

 

1

Land

 

4,416

 

2,728

 

1,511

 

1,688

Developed land

 

1,406

 

879

 

287

 

527

Other land

 

3,010

 

1,849

 

1,224

 

1,161

Property assets from home purchase mortgage loans to households

 

1,824

 

863

 

379

 

961

Other foreclosed property assets

 

1,112

 

435

 

54

 

677

Total property assets

 

9,711

 

5,119

 

2,776

 

4,592

 

Additionally, the property included in the sale agreement (See note 3b.ii) amount to a net book value of €5,944 million (gross amount amounts to €16,134 million).

In recent years, the Group has considered foreclosure to be a more efficient method for resolving cases of default than legal proceedings. The Group initially recognizes foreclosed assets at the lower of the carrying amount of the debt (net of provisions) and the fair value of the foreclosed asset (less estimated costs to sell).Subsequent to initial recognition, the assets are measured at the lower of fair value (less costs to sell) and the amount initially recognized.

The fair value of this type of assets is determined by the Group's directors based on evidence obtained from qualified valuers or evidence of recent transactions.

The management of real estate assets on the balance sheet is carried out through companies specializing in the sale of real estate that is complemented by the structure of the commercial network. The sale is realized with levels of price reduction in line with the market situation.

F-200


 

Table of Contents

The changes in foreclosed properties were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of

 

 

millions of euros (*)

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Gross additions

 

1.4

 

1.3

 

1.7

Disposals

 

(1.9)

 

(1.3)

 

(1.1)

Difference

 

(0.5)

 

 

0.6


(*)      Without considering the Blackstone operation (See Note 3).

3.3. United States

Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (SHUSA), with a credit risk of €77,190 7 million at the close of end of December (representing 9% of the total Group), is made up of the following business units:

·

Santander Bank, National Association: with total loans, including off-balance sheet exposure, of €44,237 million (57% of Santander US total). It focuses on retail and commercial banking, of which 38% is with individuals and approximately 62% with companies. One of the main strategic goals for this unit is to continue to roll out its transformation plan. This focuses on compliance with all regulatory programs, together with the development of the retail and commercial banking model towards a comprehensive solution for its customers.

Most of the lending of Santander Bank is secured - around 59% of the total - mainly through mortgages and lending to Commercial Banking. This explains its low NPL ratio and cost of credit. Lending has decreased by 16% over 2017, due to the sale of non-core assets in a bid to optimize its balance sheet and improve profitability, and due to the exchange rate effect.

·

Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. (SC USA): vehicles finance company, with lending of €24,079 million (31% of the total for the USA), with a vehicle leasing portfolio amounting to €9,439 million. This activity is mainly based on its business relationship with the Fiat Chrysler Automobiles (FCA) group, which dates back to 2013. Through this agreement, SC USA became the preferred finance provider for Chrysler vehicles in the USA.

The risk indicators for SC USA are higher than those of the other US units, due to the nature of its business, which focuses on vehicle financing through loans and leasings. The credit profile of the unit's customers covers a wide spectrum as SC USA seeks to optimize the risk assumed and the associated returns. As a result, the cost of credit is higher than in other Group units, but this is offset by the returns generated.

·

Other USA businesses: Banco Santander Puerto Rico (BSPR) is a retail and commercial bank operating in Puerto Rico. Its lending stood at €2,944 million at December 2017, 4% of the total. Santander Investment Securities Inc. (SIS), the New York, is dedicated to wholesale banking, with total lending at the end of December 2017 of €2,451 million (3% of total in the USA). Finally, Banco Santander International (BSI), the Miami, focuses mainly on private banking. Its lending portfolio stood at €3,471 million at the close of December 2017 with 4% of the total in the USA.

3.4. Brazil

Credit risk in Brazil amounts to €83,076 million, down 7% against 2016 and largely due to the depreciation of the Brazilian currency. Santander Brasil therefore accounts for 10% of all Santander Group lending.

In December 2017, growth in local currency was approximately 7.5%. This increase was more pronounced in retail segments with a more conservative risk profile, at the same time boosting customer relations and loyalty and business attracted through digital channels.

The NPL ratio stood at 5.29% at year-end 2017 (-61 bp compared to the year-end of 2016). This fall was due to the preventive management of risks on the portfolio, in addition to the improved macroeconomic outlook and the implementation of certain structural reforms that were well received by the market.

 


7  Including €11 million of lending under holding company.

F-201


 

Table of Contents

The outlook is optimistic since the economy returned to growth, with GDP rising on the back of private consumption and exports. This is significant as it marks a trend change after several years of recession. Investment has also picked up, supported by the improved business confidence climate. Additionally, inflation is below the government’s target, which has allowed the Monetary Policy Committee to significantly reduce the country’s official interest rate (SELIC). The unemployment rate, while still high, has also shown improvement signs.

4.    Credit risk from other standpoints

4.1. Credit risk from financial market operations

This section covers credit risk generated in treasury activities with customers, mainly with credit institutions. Operations are developed through money market financial products with different financial institutions and through counter-party risk products which serve the Group’s clients.

According to chapter six of the CRR (EU regulation 575/2013), the counterparty credit risk is the risk that the client in an operation could default before the definitive settlement of the cash flows of the operation. It includes the following types of operations: derivative instruments, operations with repurchase commitment, stock lending commodities, operations with deferred settlement and financing of guarantees.

There are two methodologies for measuring this exposure: i. mark to market (MtM) methodology (replacement value of derivatives) plus potential future exposure (add on) and ii. the calculation of exposure using Monte Carlo simulation for some countries and products. The capital at risk or unexpected loss is also calculated, i.e. the loss which, once the expected loss has been subtracted, constitutes the economic capital, net of guarantees and recovery.

After markets close, exposures are re-calculated by adjusting all operations to their new time frame, adjusting the potential future exposure and applying mitigation measures (netting, collateral, etc.), so that the exposures can be controlled directly against the limits approved by senior management. Risk control is performed through an integrated system and in real time, enabling the exposure limit available with any counterparty, product and maturity and in any Group unit to be known at each moment.

4.2. Concentration risk

The concentration risk control is a vital part of management. The Group continuously tracks the degree of concentration of its credit risk portfolios using various criteria: geographical areas and countries, economic sectors, products and groups of customers.

The board, via the risk appetite, determines the maximum levels of concentration. In line with the risk appetite, the Executive Risk Committee establishes the risk policies and reviews the appropriate exposure levels for the adequate management of the degree of concentration of credit risk portfolios.

The Group is subject to the regulation on large risks contained in the fourth part of the CRR (EU regulations 575/2013), according to which the exposure contracted by an entity with a customer or group of customers linked among themselves will be considered a large exposure when its value is equal or greater than 10% of eligible capital. In addition, in order to limit large exposures, no entity can assume exposure exceeding 25% of its eligible capital with a single customer or group of linked customers, after taking into account the impact of the reduction of credit risk contained in the regulation.

Regulatory credit exposure with the 20 largest groups within the sphere of large risks represented 4.7% of outstanding credit risk with customers (lending plus balance sheet risks) at December 2017.

The Group’s risk division works closely with the financial division to actively manage credit portfolios. Its activities include reducing the concentration of exposures through various techniques, such as using credit derivatives and securitizations to optimize the risk-return relationship for the whole portfolio.

F-202


 

Table of Contents

The detail, by activity and geographical area of the counterparty, of the concentration of the Group's risk at December 31, 2017 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31/12/17 (*)

 

    

 

    

 

    

Other EU

    

 

    

Rest of the

Millions of euros

 

Total

 

Spain

 

countries

 

America

 

world

Central banks and Credit institutions

 

243,319

 

56,369

 

95,749

 

81,566

 

9,635

Public sector

 

196,358

 

76,011

 

49,208

 

66,537

 

4,602

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central government

 

166,926

 

62,707

 

37,416

 

62,244

 

4,559

Other central government

 

29,432

 

13,304

 

11,792

 

4,293

 

43

Other financial institutions (financial business activity)

 

81,392

 

16,250

 

39,440

 

19,393

 

6,309

Non-financial companies and individual entrepreneurs (Non-financial business activity) (broken down by purpose)

 

377,314

 

128,818

 

113,384

 

124,118

 

10,994

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and property development

 

30,451

 

8,179

 

5,003

 

17,077

 

192

Civil engineering construction

 

5,399

 

3,769

 

1,180

 

448

 

 2

Large companies

 

206,250

 

54,517

 

65,606

 

76,691

 

9,436

SMEs and individual entrepreneurs

 

135,214

 

62,353

 

41,595

 

29,902

 

1,364

Households – other (broken down by purpose)

 

477,882

 

89,821

 

272,612

 

107,659

 

7,790

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

309,068

 

63,355

 

207,575

 

37,539

 

599

Consumer loans

 

145,619

 

16,288

 

62,584

 

62,248

 

4,499

Other purposes

 

23,195

 

10,178

 

2,453

 

7,872

 

2,692

Total (*)

 

1,376,265

 

367,269

 

570,393

 

399,273

 

39,330


(*)    For the purposes of this table, the definition of risk includes the following items in the public balance sheet:

Loans and advances to credit institutions, Loans and advances to Central Banks, Loans and advances to Customers, Debt Instruments, Equity Instruments, trading Derivatives, Hedging derivatives, Investments and financial guarantees given.

4.3. Sovereign risk and exposure to other public sector entities

As a general criterion, sovereign risk is that contracted in transactions with a central bank (including the regulatory cash reserve requirement), the treasure risk issuer or similar entity (public debt portfolio) and that arising from operations with public institutions with the following features: their funds only come from the state’s budgeted income and the activities are of a non-commercial nature.

This criterion, historically used by the Group, differs in some respects from that requested by the European Banking Authority (EBA) for its regular stress exercises. The main differences are that the EBA’s criterion does not include risk with central banks, exposures with insurance companies, indirect exposures via guarantees and other instruments. On the other hand, it includes public administrations in general (including regional and local bodies), not only the state sector.

Exposure to sovereign risk (according to the criteria applied in the Group) mainly emanates from the obligations to which our subsidiary banks are subject regarding the establishment of certain deposits in central banks, the establishment of deposits with liquidity excess and fixed-income portfolios held as part of the structural interest rate risk-management strategy for the balance sheet and treasury trading books. The vast majority of such exposure is in local currency and is funded on the basis of customer deposits captured locally, also in the local currency.

F-203


 

Table of Contents

The detail at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, based on the Group’s management of each portfolio, of the Group’s sovereign risk exposure, net of the short positions held with the respective countries, taking into consideration the aforementioned criterion established by the European Banking Authority (EBA), is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31/12/17

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Portfolio

 

 

 

    

Financial assets

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

held for trading and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

designated at fair

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

Held-to

 

Total

 

 

value through profit

 

available-for-

 

Loans and

 

maturity

 

net direct

Country

    

or loss (*)

    

sale

    

receivables

    

investments

    

exposure

Spain

 

4,928 

 

37,748 

 

18,055 

 

1,906 

 

62,637 

Portugal

 

53 

 

5,220 

 

3,541 

 

 

8,817 

Italy

 

1,479 

 

4,613 

 

16 

 

— 

 

6,108 

Greece

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Ireland

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Rest of Eurozone

 

(1,192)

 

497 

 

81 

 

— 

 

(614)

United Kingdom

 

 

1,751 

 

7,236 

 

7,414 

 

16,403 

Poland

 

1,034 

 

5,566 

 

40 

 

— 

 

6,640 

Rest of Europe

 

172 

 

358 

 

40 

 

— 

 

570 

United States

 

2,548 

 

2,616 

 

765 

 

— 

 

5,929 

Brazil

 

3,202 

 

20,201 

 

1,171 

 

2,720 

 

27,294 

Mexico

 

1,780 

 

5,152 

 

2,586 

 

— 

 

9,518 

Chile

 

428 

 

2,985 

 

312 

 

— 

 

3,725 

Other American countries

 

147 

 

424 

 

940 

 

— 

 

1,511 

Rest of the world

 

3,422 

 

512 

 

920 

 

— 

 

4,854 

Total

 

18,003 

 

87,643 

 

35,703 

 

12,043 

 

153,392 


(*)    Includes short positions.

In addition, at December 31, 2017 the Group had net direct derivative exposures the fair value of which amounted to €1,681 million and net indirect derivative exposures the fair value of which amounted to €15 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31/12/16

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Portfolio

 

 

 

    

Financial assets

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

held for trading and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

designated at fair

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

Held-to

 

Total

 

 

value through profit

 

available-for-

 

Loans and

 

maturity

 

net direct

Country

    

or loss (*)

    

sale

    

receivables

    

investments

    

exposure

Spain

 

9,415 

 

23,415 

 

11,085 

 

1,978 

 

45,893 

Portugal

 

(58)

 

5,982 

 

1,143 

 

 

7,072 

Italy

 

1,453 

 

492 

 

 

— 

 

1,952 

Greece

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Ireland

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Rest of Eurozone

 

(1,171)

 

751 

 

79 

 

— 

 

(341)

United Kingdom

 

475 

 

1,938 

 

7,463 

 

7,764 

 

17,639 

Poland

 

287 

 

5,973 

 

30 

 

— 

 

6,290 

Rest of Europe

 

— 

 

502 

 

289 

 

— 

 

791 

United States

 

1,174 

 

3,819 

 

720 

 

— 

 

5,713 

Brazil

 

4,044 

 

16,098 

 

1,190 

 

2,954 

 

24,286 

Mexico

 

2,216 

 

5,072 

 

3,173 

 

— 

 

10,461 

Chile

 

428 

 

2,768 

 

330 

 

— 

 

3,525 

Other American countries

 

134 

 

497 

 

541 

 

— 

 

1,172 

Rest of the world

 

1,903 

 

889 

 

683 

 

— 

 

3,475 

Total

 

20,300 

 

68,197 

 

26,732 

 

12,701 

 

127,930 

F-204


 

Table of Contents


(*)    Includes short positions.

In addition, at December 31, 2016 the Group had net direct derivative exposures the fair value of which amounted to €2,505 million and net indirect derivative exposures the fair value of which amounted to €2 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31/12/15

 

 

Millions of euros

 

 

Portfolio

 

 

 

    

Financial assets

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

held for trading and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

designated at fair

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

Held-to

 

Total

 

 

value through profit

 

available-for-

 

Loans and

 

maturity

 

net direct

Country

    

or loss (*)

    

sale

    

receivables

    

investments

    

exposure

Spain

 

8,954 

 

26,443 

 

11,272 

 

2,025 

 

48,694 

Portugal

 

104 

 

7,916 

 

1,987 

 

— 

 

10,007 

Italy

 

2,717 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

2,717 

Greece

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Ireland

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Rest of Eurozone

 

(211)

 

143 

 

69 

 

— 

 

United Kingdom

 

(786)

 

5,808 

 

141 

 

— 

 

5,163 

Poland

 

13 

 

5,346 

 

42 

 

— 

 

5,401 

Rest of Europe

 

120 

 

312 

 

238 

 

— 

 

670 

United States

 

280 

 

4,338 

 

475 

 

— 

 

5,093 

Brazil

 

7,274 

 

13,522 

 

947 

 

2,186 

 

23,929 

Mexico

 

6,617 

 

3,630 

 

272 

 

— 

 

10,519 

Chile

 

193 

 

1,601 

 

3,568 

 

— 

 

5,362 

Other American countries

 

155 

 

1,204 

 

443 

 

— 

 

1,802 

Rest of the world

 

3,657 

 

1,687 

 

546 

 

— 

 

5,890 

Total

 

29,087 

 

71,950 

 

20,000 

 

4,211 

 

125,248 


(*)    Includes short positions.

In addition, at December 31, 2015 the Group had net direct derivative exposures the fair value of which amounted to €2,070 million and net indirect derivative exposures the fair value of which amounted to €25 million. Also, the Group did not have any exposure to held-to-maturity investments.

5.    Credit risk cycle

Exclusively within the field of credit risk, the Credit Risk Control Committee is the collegiate body responsible for its oversight and control within Santander Group. The aim of the committee is to effectively control credit risk, ensuring and advising the Chief Risk Officer and the Risk Control Committee that credit risk is managed in accordance with the level of risk appetite approved by the board of directors.

The risk cycle has three phases: pre-sale, sale and post-sale. The process is constantly revised, incorporating the results and conclusions of the after-sale phase to the study of risk and presale planning.

Each of these phases is associated with specific decision models established for decision-making in line with the business objectives and credit policies defined by the Group.

5.1. Planning

Identification

The identification of credit risk is a key component for the active management and an effective control of portfolios. The identification and classification of external and internal risk in each business allows corrective and mitigating measures to be adopted.

F-205


 

Table of Contents

Strategic Commercial Plans

Strategic commercial plans (SCPs) are a basic management and control tool for the Group’s credit portfolios. The plans are prepared jointly by the commercial and risks areas, and define the commercial strategies, risk policies and measures/infrastructures required to meet the annual budget targets. These three factors are considered as a whole, ensuring a holistic view of the portfolio to be planned and allowing a map of all the Group’s credit portfolios to be drawn up.

Planning allows business targets to be set and specific action plans to be established, within the risk appetite defined by the Entity, and these targets to be met by assigning the necessary means (models, resources, systems).

The comprehensive management of the SCP means that an up-to-date view of the credit quality of the portfolios is available at all times, credit risk can be measured, internal controls carried out, in addition to regular monitoring of the planned strategies, to anticipate deviations and identify significant changes in risk and their potential impact, along with the application of corrective measures.

SCPs are approved by each entity’s most senior Executive Risks Committee, and validated at corporate level in the executive risks committee or equivalent body at corporate level. The regular monitoring, established by the governance in place, is performed by the same bodies that approve and validate the plans.  

Scenario analysis

Scenarios analysis of this report, credit risk scenario analysis enables senior management to better understand the portfolio's evolution in the face of market conditions and changes in the environment, It is a key tool for assessing the sufficiency of the provisions made and the capital to stress scenarios.

Scenario analysis is applied to all of the Group’s significant portfolios, usually over a three year horizon, The process involves the following main stages:

·

Definition of benchmark scenarios, both central and most likely scenarios (baseline), as well as economic scenarios that although less likely to occur can be more adverse (stress scenarios).

·

Determination of the value of risk parameters and metrics (probability of default, loss given default, etc.) for the scenarios defined.

·

Adaptation of the new projection methodology to the new regulatory requirements (IFRS 9), with an impact on the estimation of the expected loss associated with each of the scenarios put forward, as well as with other important credit risk metrics deriving from the parameters obtained (NPLs, provisions, allowances, etc.).

·

Analysis and rationale for the credit risk profile evolution at portfolio, segment, unit and Group levels, in the face of different scenarios and compared to previous years.

·

Integration of management indicators to supplement the analysis of the impact caused by macroeconomic factors on risk metrics.

·

A series of controls and comparisons are run to ensure that the controls and backtesting are adequate, thus completing the process.

The entire process takes place within a corporate governance framework, and is thus adapted to the growing importance of this framework and to best market practices, assisting the Group’s senior management in gathering knowledge and in their decision making.

5.2 Risk analysis and credit rating process

Generally speaking, risk study consists of analyzing a customer’s capacity to meet their contractual commitments with the Bank and other creditors. This entails analyzing the customer’s credit quality on a short and medium term horizon, risk operations, solvency and expected return on the basis of the risk assumed.

With this objective, the Group uses customer credit decision models in all segments in which it operates: SGCB (Santander Global Corporate Banking: sovereign, financial institutions and corporate companies), Commercial Banking, institutions, SMEs and individuals.

F-206


 

Table of Contents

The decision models applied are based on credit rating drivers. These models and drivers are monitored and controlled to calibrate and precisely adjust the decisions and ratings they assign. Depending on the segment, drivers may be:

·

Rating: resulting from the application of mathematical algorithms incorporating a quantitative model based on balance sheet ratios or macroeconomic variables, and a qualitative module supplemented by the analyst's expert judgement. Used for the SGCB, Commercial Banking, institutions and SMEs (treated on an individual basis) segments.

·

Scoring: an automatic assessment system for credit applications. It automatically assigns an individual assessment of the customer for subsequent decision making. There are two types: approval or performance and it is used in the individuals and SMEs (treated on a standard basis) segments.

The resulting ratings are regularly reviewed, incorporating the latest available financial information and experience in the development of banking relations. The reviews are increased in the case of customers who reach certain levels previously determined in the automatic warning systems and who are classified as special watch.

5.3. Establishment of limits, pre-classifications and pre-approvals

This process establishes the risk that each customer is able to assume. These limits are set jointly by the business and risks areas and have to be approved by the executive risks committee (or committees delegated by it) and reflect the expected risk-return by the business.

Different models are used according to the segment:

·

A pre-classification model based on a system for measuring and monitoring economic capital is used for large corporate groups. The result of pre-classification is the maximum risk level that a customer or group can assume, in terms of amount or maturity.

·

For Commercial Banking and institutions that meet certain requirements (high knowledge, rating, etc.) a more simplified pre-classification model is used.

·

For SMEs and individuals, in specific situations where a series of requirements are met, pre-approved operations are established for customers, or pre-approved operations for potential customers (campaigns and policies to encourage the use of limits).  

5.4. Transaction decision-making

The sales phase is determined by the decision-making process which analyses and resolves operations Approval by the risk area is a prior requirement before contracting any risk operation. All decisions regarding risk must consider the risk appetite, limits and management policies defined in the planning stage, in addition to other factors relevant to the risk and profitability equilibrium.

According to the segment, decision-making follows different procedures:

·

For SGCB, and according to the prior limit-setting phase, two types of decision will be available: (1) automatic, provided there is capacity for the proposed transaction (in terms of amount, product, maturity and other conditions) within the limits set under the pre-classification framework, (2) approval from a risk analyst or committee (although the operation meets the amount, maturity and other conditions set in the pre-approved limit).

·

For Commercial Banking and institutions, approval is required from a risk analyst or committee (although the operation meets the amount, maturity and other conditions set in the pre-approved limit).

·

In terms of individual customers and SMEs with low turnover, large volumes of credit operations can be managed more easily with the use of automatic decision models for classifying the customer/transaction binomial.

Credit risk mitigation techniques

The Group applies various credit risk mitigation techniques on the basis, among other factors, of the type of customer and product. Some are inherent to specific operations (for example, real estate guarantees) while others apply to a series of operations (for example, netting and collateral).

The different mitigation techniques can be grouped into the following categories:

F-207


 

Table of Contents

Personal guarantees and credit derivatives

This type of guarantees corresponds to those that place a third party in a position of having to respond to obligations acquired by another to the Group. It includes, for example, sureties, guarantees, stand-by letters of credit, etc. The only ones that can be recognized, for the purposes of calculating capital, are those provided by third parties that meet the minimum requirements set by the supervisor.

Credit derivatives are financial instruments whose main objective is to cover credit risk by acquiring protection from a third party, through which the Bank transfers the issuer risk of the underlying asset. Credit derivatives are over the counter (OTC) instruments that are traded in non-organized markets. Hedging with credit derivatives, mainly through credit default swaps, is contracted with front-line banks.

Collateral

These are assets that are subject to compliance with the guaranteed obligation. They can be provided by the customer or by a third party. The real goods or rights used for the guarantee may be financial (cash, securities deposits, gold, etc.) or non-financial (property, other moveable property, etc.). Therefore, guarantees can be in the form of:

·

Pledges / financial assets: debt/equity instruments or other financial assets received as the guarantee.

A very important example of a real financial guarantee is the collateral, which is used for the purpose (as with the netting technique) of reducing counterparty risk. This is a series of instruments with a certain economic value and high liquidity that are deposited/transferred by a counterparty in favor of another in order to guarantee/reduce the credit risk of the counterparty that could result from portfolios of transactions of derivatives with risk existing between them. The operations subject to the collateral agreement are regularly valued (normally daily) applying the parameters defined in the contract so that a collateral amount is obtained (usually cash or securities), which is to be paid to or received from the counterparty.

·

Real estate mortgages: real estate assets used in transactions with an ordinary or maximum mortgage guarantee. There are regular appraisal processes, based on real market values, for the different types of property, which meet the requirements established by local and Group regulators.

·

Other real guarantees: any other type of real guarantee.

As a general rule, the repayment capacity is the most important aspect in decisions on the acceptance of risks, although this is no impediment to seek the highest level of real or personal guarantees. In order to calculate the regulatory capital, only those guarantees that meet the minimum qualitative requirements set out in the Basel agreements are taken into consideration.

Implementation of the mitigation techniques follows the minimum requirements established in the guarantee management policy: legal certainty (possibility of legally requiring the settlement of guarantees at all times), the lack of substantial positive correlation between the counterparty and the value of the collateral, the correct documentation of all guarantees, the availability of documentation for the methodologies used for each mitigation technique and appropriate monitoring, traceability and regular control of the goods/assets used for the guarantee.

Netting by counterparty

The concept of netting is the possibility of determining a net balance between operations of the same type, under the umbrella of a framework agreement such as the ISDA or similar.

It consists of aggregating the positive and negative market values of derivative transactions that Santander has with a certain counterparty, so that in the event of default it owes (or Santander owes, if the netting off is negative) a single net figure and not a series of positive or negative values corresponding to each operation with the counterparty.

An important aspect of framework contracts is that they represent a single legal obligation that covers all operations. This is fundamental when it comes to being able to net the risks of all operations covered by the contract with the same counterparty.

F-208


 

Table of Contents

5.5. Monitoring / Anticipation

All customers must be monitored in an ongoing and holistic manner that enables the earliest detection possible of any incidents that may arise in relation to risk impacting the customer’s credit rating, so that specific measures (predefined or ad-hoc) can be implemented to correct any deviations that could have a negative impact for the entity. This responsibility is shared by the commercial and risk functions.

Monitoring is carried out by local and global risk teams, supplemented by internal audit. It is based on customer segmentation:

·

In the commercial banking, institutions and SMEs with individual treatment, the function consists of identifying and tracking customers whose situations require closer monitoring, reviewing ratings and continuously analyzing indicators.

·

In the individual customers, businesses and SMEs with a low turnover segment monitoring is carried out through automatic alerts for the main indicators, in order to detect shifts in the performance of the loan portfolio with respect to the forecasts in strategic plans.

5.6. Measurement and control

In addition to the monitoring customer credit quality, Santander establishes the control procedures needed to analyze portfolios and their performance, as well as possible deviations regarding planning or approved alert levels.

The function is developed through an integrated and holistic vision of credit risk, establishing as the main elements the control by countries, business areas, management models, products, etc., facilitating early detection of specific attention points, as well as preparing action plans to correct any deteriorations.

Portfolio analysis permanently and systematically controls the evolution of credit risk with regard to budgets, limits and benchmark standards, assessing the impacts of future situations, both exogenous and resulting from strategic decisions, to establish measures to bring the risk portfolio profile and volumes within the parameters set by the Group and in line with its risk appetite.

5.7. Recovery management

Recovery activity is a significant element in the Bank’s risk management. This function is carried out by the recovery area, which defines a global strategy and an enterprise-wide focus for recovery management.

The Group has a corporate recovery management model that sets the guidelines and general lines of action to be applied in the various countries, always taking into account the local particularities that the recovery activity requires (economic environment, business model or a mixture of both).

Recovery activity has been aligned with the socio-economic reality of the Group’s countries and different risk management mechanisms are used with adequate prudential criteria on the basis of age, guarantees and unpaid debt conditions.

The recovery areas are business areas that directly manage customers for which the corporate model has a business focus, where sustained value creation is based on effective and efficient collection management The new digital channels are becoming increasingly important in recovery management, and new forms of customer relations are developing.

The diverse features of Santander’s customers make segmentation necessary in order to manage recoveries adequately. Mass management of large groups of customers with similar profiles and products is conducted through processes with a high technological and digital component, while personalized management focuses on customers who, because of their profile, require a specific manager and more individualized management.

Recovery management is divided into four phases: irregularity or early non-payment; recovery of non-performing loans; recovery of write-offs; and management of foreclosed assets.

The management scope for the recovery function includes management of non-productive assets (NPAs), corresponding to the forbearance portfolios, NPLs, written-off loans and foreclosed assets, where the Bank may use mechanisms to rapidly reduce these assets, such as disposals of loan portfolios or foreclosed assets.

The Bank employs specific policies for recovery management that include the principles of the different recovery strategies, while ensuring the required rating and provisions are maintained. Therefore, the Group is constantly seeking alternative solutions to legal channels for collecting debt.

F-209


 

Table of Contents

In countries with a high exposure to real estate risk, very efficient sales management instruments have been put in place that enable capital to be recovered by the Bank, reducing the stock on the balance sheet.

Forborne loan portfolio

The Group has a detailed corporate policy for forbearance which acts as a reference in the various local transpositions of all the subsidiaries that form part of the Group. These share the general principles established by the Bank of Spain and the European Banking Authority.   

This policy defines forbearance as the modification of the payment conditions of a transaction that allow a customer, who is experiencing financial difficulties (current or foreseeable), to fulfil their payment obligations, on the basis that if this modification were not made it would be reasonably certain that they would not be able to meet their financial obligations. The modification could be made to the original transaction or through a new transaction replacing the previous one.

In addition, this policy also sets down rigorous criteria for the evaluation, classification and monitoring of such transactions, ensuring the strictest possible care and diligence in their granting and follow up. Therefore, the forbearance transaction must be focused on recovery of the amounts due, the payment obligations must be adapted to the customer's actual situation and losses must be recognized as soon as possible if any amounts are deemed irrecoverable.

Forbearances may never be used to delay the immediate recognition of losses or to hinder the appropriate recognition of risk of default.

Further, the policies define the classification criteria for the forbearance transactions in order to ensure that the risks are suitably recognized, bearing in mind that they must remain classified as doubtful or watch-list performing for a prudential period of time to attain reasonable certainty that repayment capacity can be recovered.

The forbearance portfolio stood at €47,705 million at the end of December.

In terms of credit quality, 42% of the forbearance portfolio is classified as non-performing loans, with average coverage of 58% (24% of the total portfolio).

Regarding its evolution, and considering a constant perimeter, the Group’s forbearance exposure has decreased by 19.8%, in line with the trend marked in prior years.

The following terms are used in Bank of Spain Circular 4/2016 with the meanings specified:

·

Refinancing transaction: transaction that is granted or used, for reasons relating to current or foreseeable financial difficulties of the borrower, to repay one or more of the transactions granted to it, or through which the payments on such transactions are brought fully or partially up to date, in order to enable the borrowers of the cancelled or refinanced transactions to repay their debt (principal and interest) because they are unable, or might foreseeably become unable, to comply with the conditions thereof in due time and form.

·

Restructured transaction: transaction with respect to which, for economic or legal reasons relating to current or foreseeable financial difficulties of the borrower, the financial terms and conditions are modified in order to facilitate the payment of the debt (principal and interest) because the borrower is unable, or might foreseeably become unable, to comply with the aforementioned terms and conditions in due time and form, even if such modification is envisaged in the agreement.

F-210


 

Table of Contents

CURRENT REFINANCING AND RESTRUCTURING BALANCES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31-12-2017

 

 

Total

 

Of which: Non‑performing/Doubtful

 

 

Without real guarantee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment

 

 

(a)

 

With real guarantee

 

of

 

Without real guarantee

 

With real guarantee

 

of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum amount of the

 

accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum amount of the

 

accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

actual collateral that can

 

value or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

actual collateral that can

 

value or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

be considered.

 

accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

be considered.

 

accumulated

Amounts in millions of euros, except

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real

 

Rest of

 

losses in fair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real

 

Rest of

 

losses in fair

number of operations that are in

 

Number of

 

Gross

 

Number of

 

Gross

 

estate

 

real

 

value due to

 

Number of

 

Gross

 

Number of

 

Gross

 

estate

 

real

 

value due to

units.

  

transactions

  

amount

  

transactions

  

amount

  

guarantee

  

guarantees

  

credit risk

  

transactions

  

amount

  

transactions

  

amount

  

guarantee

  

guarantees

  

credit risk

Credit entities

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Public sector

 

55 

 

89 

 

21 

 

22 

 

11 

 

 

 

22 

 

 

13 

 

 

 

— 

 

Other financial institutions and: individual shareholder

 

248 

 

45 

 

120 

 

60 

 

40 

 

10 

 

25 

 

79 

 

 

59 

 

22 

 

 

 

13 

Non-financial institutions and individual shareholder

 

259,792 

 

9,631 

 

45,746 

 

13,663 

 

9,255 

 

1,075 

 

7,106 

 

109,973 

 

5,522 

 

21,265 

 

7,839 

 

5,531 

 

414 

 

6,233 

Of which: Financing for    constructions and property development

 

1,259 

 

236 

 

2,861 

 

2,612 

 

2,125 

 

30 

 

1,111 

 

803 

 

130 

 

2,099 

 

1,718 

 

1,363 

 

24 

 

847 

Other warehouses

 

1,919,831 

 

4,568 

 

878,272 

 

19,627 

 

9,480 

 

3,896 

 

4,408 

 

755,948 

 

1,819 

 

126,086 

 

4,824 

 

3,234 

 

428 

 

2,864 

Total

 

2,179,926 

 

14,333 

 

924,159 

 

33,372 

 

18,786 

 

4,986 

 

11,541 

 

866,022 

 

7,351 

 

147,423 

 

12,692 

 

8,780 

 

849 

 

9,112 

Financing classified as non-current assets and disposable groups of items that have been classified as held for sale

 

2,921 

 

1,255 

 

4,110 

 

4,893 

 

2,140 

 

69 

 

3,497 

 

2,895 

 

1,253 

 

4,000 

 

4,853 

 

2,102 

 

69 

 

3,496 

 

The transactions presented in the foregoing tables were classified at December 31, 2017 by nature, as follows:

·

Non-performing: Operations that rest on an inadequate payment scheme will be classified within the non-performing category, regardless they include contract clauses that delay the repayment of the operation throughout regular payments or present amounts written off the balance sheet for being considered irrecoverable.

·

Performing: Operations not classifiable as non-performing will be classified within this category. Operations will also will be classified as normal if they have been reclassified from the non-performing category for complying with the specific criteria detailed below:

a)

A period of a year must have expired from the refinancing or restructuring date.

b)

The owner must have paid for the accrued amounts of the capital and interests, thus reducing the rearranged capital amount, from the date when the restructuring of refinancing operation was formalized.

c)

The owner must not have any other operation with amounts past due by more than 90 days on the date of the reclassification to the normal risk category.

The table below shows the changes in 2017 in the forborne loan portfolio:

 

 

 

Millions of euros

    

2017

Beginning balance

 

37,365 

Refinancing and restructuring of the period

 

12,675 

Memorandum item: Impact recorded in the income statement for the period

 

2,406 

Debt repayment

 

(9,107)

Foreclosure

 

(950)

Derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet

 

(5,334)

Others variations (*)

 

1,515 

Balance at end of year

 

36,164 


(*)    Included €7,020 million refinancing loans from Grupo Banco Popular Acquisition.

58% of the forborne loan transactions are classified as other than non-performing. Particularly noteworthy are the level of existing guarantees (50% of transactions are secured by collateral) and the coverage provided by specific allowances (representing 24% of the total forborne loan portfolio and 45% of the non-performing portfolio).

d)  Trading market and structural risk

1.    Activities subject to market risk and types of market risk

The perimeter of activities subject to market risk involve these operations where patrimonial risk is assumed as a consequence of market factors variations. Thus they include trading risks and also structural risks, which are also affected by market shifts.

F-211


 

Table of Contents

This risk comes from changes in risk factors - interest rates, inflation rates, exchange rates, share prices, the spread on loans, commodity prices and the volatility of each of these elements - as well as from the liquidity risk of the various products and markets in which the Group operates, and balance sheet liquidity risk.

·

Interest rate risk is the possibility that changes in interest rates could adversely affect the value of a financial instrument, a portfolio or the Group as a whole. It affects loans, deposits, debt securities, most assets and liabilities in the trading books and derivatives, among others.

·

Inflation rate risk is the possibility that changes in inflation rates could adversely affect the value of a financial instrument, a portfolio or the Group as a whole. It affects instruments such as loans, debt securities and derivatives, where the return is linked to inflation or to a change in the actual rate.

·

Exchange rate risk is the sensitivity of the value of a position in a currency other than the base currency to a movement in exchange rates. Hence, a long or open position in a foreign currency will produce a loss if that currency depreciates against the base currency. Among the positions affected by this risk are the Group’s investments in subsidiaries in non-euro currencies, as well as any foreign currency transactions.

·

Equity risk is the sensitivity of the value of positions in equities to adverse movements in market prices or expectations of future dividends. Among other instruments, this affects positions in shares, stock market indices, convertible bonds and derivatives using shares as the underlying asset (put, call, equity swaps, etc.).

·

Credit spread risk is the risk or sensitivity of the value of positions in fixed income securities or in credit derivatives to movements in credit spread curves or in recovery rates associated with issuers and specific types of debt. The spread is the difference between financial instruments listed with a margin over other benchmark instruments, mainly the IRR of Government bonds and interbank interest rates.

·

Commodities price risk is the risk derived from the effect of potential changes in prices. The Group’s exposure to this risk is not significant and is concentrated in derivative operations on commodities with customers.

·

Volatility risk is the risk or sensitivity of the value of a portfolio to changes in the volatility of risk factors: interest rates, exchange rates, shares, credit spreads and commodities. This risk is incurred by all financial instruments where volatility is a variable in the valuation model. The most significant case is financial options portfolios.

All these market risks can be partly or fully mitigated by using options, futures, forwards and swaps.

Other types of market risk require more complex hedging. For example:

·

Correlation risk. Correlation risk is the sensitivity of the portfolio to changes in the relationship between risk factors (correlation), either of the same type (for example, two exchange rates) or different types (for example, an interest rate and the price of a commodity).

·

Market liquidity risk. Risk when a Group entity or the Group as a whole cannot reverse or close a position in time without having an impact on the market price or the cost of the transaction. Market liquidity risk can be caused by a reduction in the number of market makers or institutional investors, the execution of a large volume of transactions, or market instability. It increases as a result of the concentration of certain products and currencies.

·

Prepayment or cancellation risk. When the contractual relationship in certain transactions explicitly or implicitly allows the possibility of early cancellation without negotiation before maturity, there is a risk that the cash flows may have to be reinvested at a potentially lower interest rate. This mainly affects mortgage loans and mortgage securities.

·

Underwriting risk. Underwriting risk arises as a result of an entity's involvement in the underwriting of a placement of securities or other type of debt, thus assuming the risk of owning part of the issue or the loan if the entire issue is not placed among the potential buyers.

In addition to market risks, balance sheet liquidity risk must also be considered: unlike market liquidity risk, balance sheet liquidity risk is defined as the possibility of not meeting payment obligations on time, or doing so at excessive cost. Among the losses caused by this risk are losses due to forced sales of assets or margin impacts due to the mismatch between expected cash inflows and outflows.

F-212


 

Table of Contents

Pension and actuarial risks, which are described below, also depend on shifts in market factors.

Depending on the nature of the risk, activities are segmented as follows:

a) Trading: financial services for customers and purchase-sale and taking positions in fixed-income, equity and currency products, mainly. The SGCB (Santander Global Corporate Banking) division is responsible for managing this risk.

b) Structural risks: market risks inherent in the balance sheet, excluding the trading portfolio. Management decisions on these risks are taken by the Assets and Liabilities Committee (ALCO) of each country in coordination with the Group’s ALCO Committee and are executed by the Financial division. This management seeks to inject stability and recurrence into the financial margin on the Group’s commercial activity and economic value, maintaining adequate levels of liquidity and solvency. The risks are:

·

Structural interest rate risk: this arises from maturity mismatches and re-pricing of all assets and liabilities.

·

Structural exchange rate risk/hedging: exchange rate risk occurs when the currency in which the investment is made is different from the euro, irrespective of whether the company consolidates or not (structural exchange rate). Exchange-rate hedging positions for future profits in currencies other than the euro (hedging of profits) are also included under this heading.

·

Structural equity risk: this involves investments via stakes in financial or non-financial companies that are not consolidated, as well as available-for-sale portfolios consisting of equity positions.

c) Liquidity risk: when measuring liquidity risk, the following types of risk are considered:

·

Financing risk (or short-term liquidity risk): this identifies the possibility that the entity is unable to meet its obligations as a result of the inability to sell assets or obtain financing.

·

Mismatch risk (or long term liquidity risk): this identifies the possibility that differences between the maturity structures of assets and liabilities generate an additional cost to the entity as a consequence of unappropriated management or a market situation that might affect the availability or the cost of funding sources.

·

Contingency risk: this identifies the possibility that adequate management levers will be unavailable to raise liquidity as a result of an outlier event that entails greater financing needs or more strict collateral requirements to raise funds.

·

Concentration risk: this identifies the possibility that the entity is overly concentrated as to sources of funding in terms of counterparties, maturities, products or geographies, that might give rise to issues if such concentration were to lead to non-renewal of financing.

·

Market risk for liquidity risk purposes: the risk of loss of value of the entity's liquid assets buffer and that changes in the value of the entity's transactions (derivatives and guarantees, among others) may imply additional collateral needs and therefore impair liquidity.

·

Asset encumbrance risk or risk of excess assets committed in financing transactions and other types of market dealing: the risk of not having sufficient unencumbered assets available to meet collateral or margin requirements or to execute actions under the liquidity contingency plan.

d) Pension and actuarial risk:

·

Pension risk: the risk assumed by the Bank in relation to pension commitments with its employees. The risk lies in the possibility that the fund will not cover these commitments in the accrual period for the provision and the profitability obtained by the portfolio will not be sufficient, requiring the Group to increase its contributions.

·

Actuarial risk: unexpected losses resulting from an increase in commitments to holders of insurance policies, as well as losses from unforeseen cost increases.

2.    Trading market risk (*)

The Group's trading risk profile remained moderately low in 2017, in line with previous years, due to the fact that the Group’s activity has traditionally focused on providing services to its customers, with only limited exposure to complex structured assets, as well as geographic diversification and risk factors.

F-213


 

Table of Contents

The standard methodology Santander Group applies to trading activities is Value at Risk (VaR), which measures the maximum expected loss with a certain confidence level and time frame. The standard for historic simulation is a confidence level of 99% and a time frame of one day. Statistical adjustments are applied enabling the most recent developments affecting the levels of risk assumed to be incorporated efficiently and on a timely manner. A time frame of two years or at least 520 days from the reference date of the VaR calculation is used. Two figures are calculated every day: one applying an exponential decay factor that accords less weight to the observations furthest away in time and another with the same weight for all observations. The higher of the two is reported as the VaR.

(*) Excluding Popular. Trading portfolios of Popular represents less than 1% of the equivalent market risk of Santander Group with very low activity and complexity.

The detail of the metrics risk related to the Group's balance sheet items as of December 31, 2017 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sheet

 

Main market risk metric

 

 

Millions of euros

    

amount

    

VaR

    

Other

    

Main risk factor for "Other" balance

Assets subject to market risk

 

1,444,305 

 

167,943 

 

1,276,362 

 

 

Cash and deposits at central banks

 

110,995 

 

 

 

110,995 

 

Interest rate

Trading portfolio

 

125,458 

 

124,924 

 

534 

 

Interest rate, spread

Other financial assets at fair value

 

34,782 

 

34,500 

 

282 

 

Interest rate, spread

Available-for-sale financial assets

 

133,271 

 

— 

 

133,271 

 

Interest rate, Equity market

Participations

 

6,184 

 

— 

 

6,184 

 

Equity market

Hedging derivatives

 

8,537 

 

8,519 

 

18 

 

Interest rate, exchange rate

Investments

 

916,504 

 

— 

 

916,504 

 

Interest rate

Other financial assets 1

 

47,390 

 

— 

 

47,390 

 

Interest rate

Other non-financial assets 2

 

61,184 

 

— 

 

61,184 

 

 

Liabilities subject to market risk

 

1,444,305 

 

175,088 

 

1,269,217 

 

 

Trading portfolio

 

107,624 

 

107,442 

 

182 

 

Interest rate, spread

Other financial liabilities at fair value

 

59,616 

 

59,609 

 

 

Interest rate, spread

Hedging derivatives

 

8,044 

 

8,037 

 

 

Interest rate, exchange rate

Financial liabilities at amortized cost (3)

 

1,126,399 

 

— 

 

1,126,399 

 

Interest rate

Provisions

 

14,489 

 

— 

 

14,489 

 

Interest rate

Other financial liabilities

 

8,709 

 

— 

 

8,709 

 

Interest rate

Equity

 

106,833 

 

— 

 

106,833 

 

 

Other non-financial liabilities

 

12,591 

 

— 

 

12,591 

 

 


(1)

Includes adjustment to macro hedging, non-current assets held for sale, reinsurance assets, and insurance contracts linked to pensions and fiscal assets

(2)

Includes intangible assets, material assets and other assets.

(3)

Macro-hedging adjustment.

VaR during 2017 fluctuated between €9.7 million and €63.2 million (€11.1 million and €32.9 million in 2016). The most significant changes were related to changes in exchange rate and interest rate exposure and also market volatility.

The average VaR in 2017 was €21.5 million slightly higher to the two previous years (€18.3 million in 2016).

The following table shows the average and latest values of VaR at 99% by risk factor in the last three years as well as the minimum and maximum values, and the expected shortfall (ES) to 97.5% at the end of 2017.

F-214


 

Table of Contents

Total trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

 

ES

 

 

 

 

 

 

VaR (99%)

 

(97.5%)

 

VaR

 

VaR

Millions of euros

  

Min

  

Average

  

Max

  

Latest

  

Latest

  

Average

  

Latest

  

Average

  

Latest

Total

 

9.7 

 

21.5 

 

63.2 

 

10.2 

 

11.5 

 

18.3 

 

17.9 

 

15.6 

 

13.6 

Diversification effect

 

(2.1)

 

(8.0)

 

(39.9)

 

(7.6)

 

(7.9)

 

(10.3)

 

(9.6)

 

(11.1)

 

(5.8)

Interest rate

 

7.7 

 

16.2 

 

70.4 

 

7.9 

 

10.0 

 

15.5 

 

17.9 

 

14.9 

 

12.7 

Equities

 

1.0 

 

3.0 

 

5.9 

 

1.9 

 

2.1 

 

1.9 

 

1.4 

 

1.9 

 

1.1 

Exchange rate

 

2.1 

 

6.6 

 

15.7 

 

3.3 

 

2.8 

 

6.9 

 

4.8 

 

4.5 

 

2.6 

Credit spread

 

2.3 

 

3.6 

 

5.1 

 

4.6 

 

4.6 

 

4.2 

 

3.3 

 

5.2 

 

2.9 

Commodities

 

0.0 

 

0.0 

 

0.1 

 

0.0

 

0.0 

 

0.1 

 

0.1 

 

0.2 

 

0.1 

 

The Group continued to have very limited exposure to complex structured instruments or vehicles, as a reflection of its culture of management in which prudence in risk management constitutes one of its principal symbols of identity. Specifically, at 2016 and 2017 year-end, the Group had:

·

Hedge funds: the total exposure is not significant (€32.6 million at close of December 2017) and is all indirect, acting as counterparty in derivatives transactions. The risk with this type of counterparty is analyzed case by case, establishing percentages of collateralization on the basis of the features and assets of each fund.

·

Monolines: exposure to bond insurance companies (monolines) as at December 2017 was €27.3 million, all of it indirect, by virtue of the guarantee provided by this type of entity for various financing or traditional securitization transactions. The exposure in this case is to double default, as the primary underlying assets are of high credit quality.

This was mainly due to the integration of positions of institutions acquired by the Group, as Sovereign in 2009. All these positions were known at the time of purchase, having been duly provisioned. These positions, since their integration in the Group, have been notably reduced, with the ultimate goal of eliminating them from the balance sheet.

Santander’s policy for approving new transactions related to these products remains very prudent and conservative. It is subject to strict supervision by the Group’s senior management. Before approving a new transaction, product or underlying asset, the risks division verifies:

·

The existence of an appropriate valuation model to monitor the value of each exposure: Mark-to-Market, Mark-to-Model or Mark-to-Liquidity.

·

The availability in the market of observable data (inputs) needed to be able to apply this valuation model.

Provided the two aforementioned conditions are met, the risk division ascertains:

·

The availability of appropriate systems, duly adapted to calculate and monitor every day the results, positions and risks of new operations.

·

The degree of liquidity of the product or underlying asset, in order to make possible their coverage when deemed appropriate.

Calibration and test measures

The real losses can differ from the forecasts by the VaR for various reasons related to the limitations of this metric. This is set out in detail later in the section on the methodologies. The Group regularly analyses and contrasts the accuracy of the VaR calculation model in order to confirm its reliability.

The most important test consists of backtesting exercises, analyzed at the local and global levels and in all cases with the same methodology. Backtesting consists of comparing the forecast VaR measurements, with a certain level of confidence and time frame, with the real results of losses obtained in a same time frame. This enables anomalies in the VaR model of the portfolio in question to be detected (for example, shortcomings in the parameterization of the valuation models of certain instruments, not very adequate proxies, etc.).

F-215


 

Table of Contents

Santander calculates and evaluates three types of backtesting:

·

“Clean” backtesting: the daily VaR is compared with the results obtained without taking into account the intra-day results or the changes in the portfolio's positions. This model serves to check the accuracy of the individual models used to assess and measure the risks of the various positions.

·

Backtesting on complete results: daily VaR is compared with the day's net results, including the results of intra-day operations and those generated by fees and commissions.

·

Backtesting on complete results without mark-ups or fees and commissions: daily VaR is compared with the day's net results, including the results of intra-day operations but excluding those generated by mark-ups and fees and commissions. This method is intended to obtain an idea of the intra-day risk assumed by the Group's treasury areas.

In 2017, for the total portfolio, there were two exceptions for Value at Earnings (VaE) 8 at 99% (day on which daily profit was higher than VaE). The first, on May 23, explained by the major shifts in the exchange rates of the euro and US dollar against the Brazilian real and the interest rate curves for Brazil, as a result of political events in the country, and the second, on December 28, due to a general markets movement favorable to the portfolio positions.

There was also an exception to VaR at 99% (day on which the daily loss was higher than the VaR) on May 18, for the same reason as the exception to VaE of the same month.

The number of exceptions occurred is consistent with the assumptions specified in the VaR calculation model.

3.    Structural balance sheet risks 9   (*)

3.1. Main aggregates and variations

The market risk profile inherent in Grupo Santander’s balance sheet, in relation to its asset volumes and shareholders’ funds, as well as the budgeted financial margin, remained moderate in 2017, in line with previous years.

Structural VaR

A standardized metric such as VaR can be used for monitoring total market risk for the banking book, excluding the trading activity of Santander Global Corporate Banking distinguishing between fixed income (considering both interest rates and credit spreads on ALCO portfolios), exchange rate and equities.

In general the structural VaR is not significant according to the assets amounts or Capital of the Group:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions  euros, VaR at a 99% over a one day horizon

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

  

Min

  

Average

  

Max

  

Latest

  

Average

  

Latest

  

Average

  

Latest

Structural VaR

 

754.9

 

878.0

 

991.6

 

815.7

 

869.3

 

922.1

 

698.5

 

710.2

Diversification Effect

 

(258.9)

 

(337.3)

 

(407.5)

 

(376.8)

 

(323.4)

 

(316.6)

 

(509.3)

 

(419.2)

VaR Interest rate*

 

280.9

 

373.9

 

459.6

 

459.6

 

340.6

 

327.2

 

350.0

 

264.2

VaR Exchange rate

 

471.2

 

546.9

 

621.1

 

471.2

 

603.4

 

588.5

 

634.7

 

657.1

VaR Equities

 

261.6

 

294.5

 

318.4

 

261.6

 

248.7

 

323.0

 

223.2

 

208.1

(*)    Includes VaR for credit spread in ALCO portfolios.

Structural interest rate risk

· Europe and the United States

The main balance sheets, i.e. those of Spain, the UK and the US, in mature markets and against a backdrop of low interest rates, reported positive sensitivities of the market value of equity and of the net interest margin to interest rate rises.


The definition and calculation methodology for VaE is set out in section 2.2.2.1.

Includes the total balance sheet, except for financial assets and liabilities held for trading.

(*) Includes the total balance sheet with the exception of trading portfolio. Excluding Popular with the exception in the VaR metric.

 

F-216


 

Table of Contents

Exposure levels in all countries are moderate in relation to the annual budget and capital levels.

At the end of 2017, interest income / (charges) risk at one year, measured as sensitivity to parallel changes in the worst-case scenario of ±100 basis points, was concentrated in the British pound yield curve, at €246 million, the EUR, at €219 million, the US dollar, at €190 million and the Polish zloty, at €55 million, all relating to risks of rate cuts.

At the same date, the main risk to the most relevant economic value of equity, measured as its sensitivity to parallel changes in the worst-case scenario of ±100 basis points, was in the euro interest rate curve, at €4,902 million, followed by the US dollar at €626 million, the British pound at €431 million and the Polish zloty at €72 million, all with a risk of falling interest rates, scenarios which are now very unlikely.

· Latin America

Latin American balance sheets are usually positioned for interest rate cuts for both economic value and interest income / (charges), except for interest income / (charges) in Mexico, where liquidity excess is invested in the short term in the local currency.

In 2017, exposure levels in all countries were moderate in relation to the annual budget and capital levels.

At the end of the year, interest income / (charges) risk over one year, measured as sensitivity to parallel changes in the worst-case scenario of ±100 basis points, was concentrated in three countries: Brazil (€95 million), Chile (€39 million) and Mexico (€36 million)

Risk to the economic value of equity over one year, measured as sensitivity to parallel ± 100 basis point movements in the worst-case scenario, was also concentrated in Brazil (€521 million), Chile (€179 million) and Mexico (€91 million).

 

·

VaR of on-balance-sheet structural interest rate risk

In addition to sensitivities to interest rate movements (in which, assessments of ±100 bp movements are complemented by assessments of +/-25 bp, +/-50 bp and +/-75 bp movements to give a fuller understanding of risk in countries with very low rates), Santander also uses other methods to monitor structural balance sheet risk from interest rates: these include scenario analysis and VaR calculations, applying a similar methodology to that for trading portfolios.

Structural interest rate risk, measured in terms of VaR at one-day and at 99%, averaged €373.9 million in 2017. It is important to note the high level of diversification between Europe and United States balance sheets and those of Latin America.

Structural foreign currency risk/hedges of results

Structural exchange rate risk arises from Group operations in currencies, mainly related to permanent financial investments, and the results and hedging of these investments.

This management is dynamic and seeks to limit the impact on the core capital ratio of movements in exchange rates 10 .

At the end of 2017, the largest exposures of permanent investments (with their potential impact on equity) were, in order, in Brazilian reais, UK pounds sterling, US dollars, Chilean pesos, Polish zlotys and Mexican pesos. The Group hedges some of these positions of a permanent nature with exchange-rate derivatives.

In addition, the financial area is responsible for managing exchange-rate risk for the Group’s expected results and dividends in units where the base currency is not the euro.

Structural equity risk

Santander maintains equity positions in its banking book in addition to those of the trading portfolio. These positions are maintained as available for sale portfolios (capital instruments) or as equity stakes, depending on the percentage or control.

The equity portfolio available for the banking book at the end of 2017 was diversified in securities in various countries, mainly Spain, China, USA, Brazil and the Netherlands. Most of the portfolio is invested in the financial activities and insurance sectors. Among other sectors, to a lesser extent, are for example, the public administrations or the professional, scientific and technical activities.


10  In early 2015, the criterion for coverage of the core capital ratio was changed from phase-in to fully loaded.

F-217


 

Table of Contents

Structural equity positions are exposed to market risk. VaR is calculated for these positions using market price data series or proxies. At the close of 2017, the VaR at 99% with a one day time frame was €261.6 million.

3.2. Methodologies

Structural interest rate risk

The Group analyses the sensitivity of the net interest margin and market value of equity to changes in interest rates. This sensitivity arises from maturity and interest rate repricing gaps in the various balance sheet items.

Taking into consideration the balance-sheet interest rate position and the market situation and outlook, the necessary financial measures are adopted to align this position with that desired by the Group. These measures can range from the taking of positions on markets to the definition of the interest rate features of commercial products.

The metrics used by the Group to control interest rate risk in these activities are the repricing gap, the sensitivity of net interest margin and market value of equity to changes in interest rates, the duration of capital and value at risk (VaR) for economic capital calculation purposes.

Structural foreign currency risk/hedges of results

These activities are monitored by measuring positions, VaR and results on a daily basis.

 

Structural equity risk

These activities are monitored by measuring positions, VaR and results on a monthly basis.

Limit control system

As already stated for the market risk in trading, under the framework of the annual limits plan, limits are set for balance sheet structural risks, responding to the Group's risk appetite level.

The main limits are:

·

Balance sheet structural interest rate risk:

o

Limit on the sensitivity of interest income / (charges) to 1 year.

o

Limit of the sensitivity of equity value.

·

Structural exchange rate risk:

o

Net position in each currency (for hedging positions of results).

In the event of exceeding one of these limits or their sub limits, the risk management responsibles must explain the reasons it occurred and provide action plans to correct it.

4.    Pensions and actuarial risks

4.1. Pensions risk

In managing the risk associated with the defined-benefit employee pension funds, the Group assumes the financial, market, credit and liquidity risks incurred in connection with the fund's assets and investments and the actuarial risks arising from the fund's liabilities, i.e. the pension obligations to its employees.

The aim pursued by the Group in pensions risk control and management is primarily to identify, measure, follow up, control, mitigate and report this risk. The Group’s priority, therefore, is to identify and mitigate all clusters of pensions risk.

Therefore, in the methodology used by the Group, the total losses on assets and liabilities in a stress scenario defined by changes in interest rates, inflation, stock markets and property indices, as well as credit and operational risk, are estimated every year.

F-218


 

Table of Contents

4.2. Actuarial risk

Actuarial risk arises from biometric changes in the life expectancy of insureds (life insurance), unexpected increases in projected indemnity payments in non-life insurance and, in any event, unexpected changes in the behavior of insurance policyholders in exercising the options envisaged in the contracts.

A distinction is made between the following actuarial risks:

·

Life liability risk: risk of loss in the value of life insurance liabilities caused by fluctuations in the risk factors affecting such liabilities:

·

Mortality/longevity risk: risk of loss due to changes in the value of liabilities as a result of changes in the estimate of the probability of death/survival of insureds.

·

Morbidity risk: risk of loss due to changes in the value of liabilities as a result of changes in the estimate of the probability of disability/incapacity of insureds.

·

Surrender/lapse risk: risk of loss due to changes in the value of liabilities as a result of the early termination of the contract or changes in the policyholders' exercise of rights with regard to surrender, extraordinary contributions and/or paid up options.

·

Expense risk: risk of loss due to changes in the value of liabilities arising from adverse variances in expected expenses.

·

Catastrophe risk: losses caused by the occurrence of catastrophic events that increase the entity's life liabilities.

·

Non-life liability risk: risk of loss due to changes in the value of non-life insurance liabilities caused by fluctuations in the risk factors affecting such liabilities:

·

Premium risk: loss arising from the lack of sufficient premiums to cater for claims that might be made in the future.

·

Reserve risk: loss arising from the lack of sufficient reserves for claims incurred but not settled, including the expenses arising from the management of such claims.

·

Catastrophe risk: losses caused by the occurrence of catastrophic events that increase the entity's non-life liabilities.

e) Liquidity and funding risk

Structural liquidity management seeks to finance the Group's recurring business with optimal maturity and cost conditions, avoiding the need to assume undesired liquidity risks.

Liquidity management at the Group is based on the following principles:

·

Decentralized liquidity model.

·

Medium- and long-term liquidity needs arising from the business must be funded using medium- and long-term instruments.

·

High proportion of customer deposits, as a result of a commercial balance sheet.

·

Diversification of wholesale funding sources by: instrument/investor; market/currency; and maturity.

·

Restrictions on recourse to short-term wholesale financing.

·

Availability of a sufficient liquidity reserve, including a capacity for discounting at central banks, to be drawn upon in adverse situations.

·

Compliance with the regulatory liquidity requirements at Group and subsidiary level, as a new conditioning factor in management.

F-219


 

Table of Contents

In order to ensure the effective application of these principles by all the Group entities, it was necessary to develop a single management framework resting on the following three cornerstones:

·

A solid organizational and governance model that ensures the involvement of the subsidiaries’ senior management in decision-taking and its integration into the Group’s global strategy. The decision-making process for all structural risks, including liquidity and funding risk, is carried out by Local Asset and Liability Committees (ALCO) in coordination with the Global ALCO, which is the body empowered by Banco Santander’s board in accordance with the corporate Asset and Liability Management (ALM) framework. This governance model has been reinforced as it has been included within the Santander Risk Appetite Framework. This framework meets the demands of regulators and market players emanating from the financial crisis to strengthen banks’ risk management and control systems.

·

In-depth balance sheet analysis and measurement of liquidity risk, supporting decision-taking and its control. The objective is to ensure the Group maintains adequate liquidity levels necessary to cover its short- and long-term needs with stable funding sources, optimizing the impact of their costs on the income statement, both in normal and stressed conditions. The Group’s liquidity risk management processes are contained within a conservative risk appetite framework established in each geographic area in accordance with its commercial strategy. This risk appetite defines maximum tolerance levels for key risk factors using internal and regulatory metrics in both normal and stressed market conditions, which establish the limits within which the subsidiaries can operate in order to achieve their strategic objectives.

·

Management adapted in practice to the liquidity needs of each business. Every year, based on business needs, a liquidity plan is developed which will ensure

o a solid balance sheet structure, with a diversified presence in the wholesale markets in terms of products and maturities, with moderate recourse to short-term products.

o the use of liquidity buffers and limited use of balance sheet assets.

o complying with both regulatory metrics and other metrics included in each entity’s risk appetite statement. Over the course of the year, all the dimensions of the plan are monitored.

The Group develops the ILAAP, or internal liquidity adequacy process), an internal self-assessment process of the adequacy of liquidity which must be integrated into the Group’s other risk management and strategic processes. It focuses on both quantitative and qualitative matters and is used as input for the SREP (Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process). The ILAAP shares the stress scenarios described above, with the Santander Group recording sound liquidity ratios in all of these.

Funding strategy and evolution of liquidity in 2017

2.1. Funding strategy

Santander’s funding activity over the last few years has focused on extending its management model to all Group subsidiaries, including new incorporations, and, in particular, adapting the strategies of the subsidiaries to the increasingly demanding requirements of both markets and regulators.

In general terms, the approaches to funding strategies and liquidity management implemented by Santander subsidiaries are being maintained.

·

Maintaining adequate and stable medium and long-term wholesale funding levels.

·

Ensuring a sufficient volume of assets which can be discounted in central banks as part of the liquidity reserve.

·

Strong liquidity generation from the commercial business through lower credit growth and increased emphasis on attracting customer deposits

All these developments, built on the foundations of a solid liquidity management model, enable Santander to enjoy a very robust funding structure today. The basic features of this are:

·

High share of customer deposits due to its retail focused balance sheet. Customer deposits are the Group’s main source of funding, representing just over two-thirds of the Group’s net liabilities (i.e. of the liquidity balance) and 92% of net loans as of December 2017, moreover, these deposits are a highly stable due to the fact that they mainly arise from retail client activity.  This

F-220


 

Table of Contents

represents an increase with respect to the 2016 figure of 87%.  The liquidity evolution over the year can explain the majority of this change.

·

Diversified wholesale funding focused on the medium and long term, with a very small relative short-term component. Medium and long term wholesale funding accounts for 18% of the Group’s net funding and comfortably covers the lending not financed by customer deposits (commercial gap).

2.2. Evolution of liquidity in 2017

At the end of 2017, in comparison with 2016, the Group reported:

·

A stable ratio of credits over net assets (total assets minus trading derivatives and inter-bank balances) of 75%, similar to the level in recent years. This high level in comparison with European competitors reflects the retail nature of Grupo Santander’s balance sheet.

·

Net loan-to-deposit ratio (LTD ratio) at 109%, within a very comfortable range (below 120%). This stability shows a balanced growth between assets and liabilities.

·

The ratio of customer deposits plus medium and long-term funding to lending was held at 115% in the year.

·

Reduced recourse to short-term wholesale funding. The ratio was around 2%, in line with previous years.

·

Lastly, the Group’s structural surplus (i.e. the excess of structural funding resources - deposits, medium and long-term funding and capital - over structural liquidity needs - fixed assets and loans) rose in 2017, to an average of €156,927 million, unchanged on the end of the previous year.

Early compliance with regulatory ratios

As part of its liquidity management model, in recent years the Group has been managing the implementation, monitoring and early compliance with the new liquidity requirements set by international financial legislation.

·

LCR (Liquidity Coverage Ratio)

The regulatory requirement for this ratio in 2017 was set at 80%. As of January 1, 2018 the minimum increases to 100%. As a result, the Group, both at a consolidated and subsidiary level, has increased its risk appetite from 100% in 2017 to 105% in 2018.

The Group’s strong short-term liquidity starting position, combined with autonomous management of the ratio in all major units, enabled compliance levels of more than 100% to be maintained throughout the year, at both the consolidated and individual levels. As of December 2017, the Group’s LCR ratio stood at 133%, comfortably exceeding the regulatory requirement. Although this requirement has only been set at the Group level, the other subsidiaries also comfortably exceed this minimum ratio.

·

NSFR (Net Stable Funding Ratio)

The final definition of the net stable funding ratio approved by the Basel Committee in October 2014, has not yet come into effect. The Basel requirement still needs to be written into the CRR, which is expected to be published in the second half of 2018.  The NSFR regulatory requirements will only become binding two years after its inclusion into European Law.  However, the Group has defined a management limit of 100% at the consolidated level and for almost all of its subsidiaries.

With regards to this ratio, Santander benefits from a high weight of customer deposits, which are more stable, permanent liquidity needs deriving from commercial activity funded by medium- and long-term instruments and limited recourse to short-term funds. Taken together, this enables Santander to maintain a balanced liquidity structure, reflected in NSFR ratios greater than 100%, both at Group and individual levels as at end December 2017.

In particular, the NSFR of the parent bank was 105%, the UK 121%, Brazil 109% and the United States 110%.

In short, the liquidity models and management of the Group and its main subsidiaries have enabled them to meet both regulatory metrics well ahead of schedule.

F-221


 

Table of Contents

Asset encumbrance

It is important to note the Group's moderate use of assets as security for structural balance-sheet funding sources.

Following the guidelines laid down by the European Banking Authority (EBA) in 2014, the concept of asset encumbrance includes both on-balance-sheet assets provided as security in transactions to obtain liquidity and off-balance-sheet assets that have been received and re-used for the same purpose, as well as other assets associated with liabilities for reasons other than funding.

The reported Group information as required by the EBA at 2017 year-end is as follows:

On-balance-sheet encumbered assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

amount of non-

 

 

Carrying amount of

 

encumbered

Thousands of millions of euros

    

encumbered assets

     

assets

Loans and advances

 

224.9 

 

803.9 

Equity instruments

 

16.3 

 

10.8 

Debt securities

 

89.8 

 

109.6 

Other assets

 

18.6 

 

170.5 

Total assets

 

349.6 

 

1,094.7 

 

Encumbrance of collateral received

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of

 

 

Fair value of

 

collateral received

 

 

encumbered

 

or own debt

 

 

collateral received

 

securities issued

 

 

or own debt

 

available for

Thousands of millions of euros

    

securities issued

    

encumbrance

Collateral received

 

86.7 

 

27.2 

Loans and advances

 

— 

 

— 

Equity instruments

 

3.2 

 

5.5 

Debt securities

 

81.6 

 

21.7 

Other collateral received

 

1.9 

 

— 

Own debt securities issued other than own covered bonds or ABSs

 

— 

 

3.6 

 

Encumbered assets and collateral received and matching liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Assets, collateral received

 

 

Matching liabilities,

 

and own debt securities

 

 

contingent liabilities or

 

 issued other than covered bonds

Thousands of millions of euros

    

securities lent

    

 and ABSs encumbered

Total sources of encumbrance (carrying amount)

 

330.7 

 

436.3 

 

On-balance-sheet encumbered assets amounted to €349.6 thousand million, of which 64% are loans (mortgage loans, corporate loans, etc.). Off-balance-sheet encumbered assets amounted to €86.7 thousand million, relating mostly to debt securities received as security in asset purchase transactions and re-used. Taken together, these two categories represent a total of €436.3 thousand millions of encumbered assets, which give rise to €330.7 thousand millions of matching liabilities.

As at June 2017, total asset encumbrance in funding operations represented 28.0% of the Group’s extended balance sheet under EBA criteria (total assets plus guarantees received: €1,558 billion as of June 2017). The increase in this ration compared to the values reported in 2016 are due to the acquisition of Banco Popular in June 2017, whose balance sheet was more encumbered than the rest of Grupo Santander.

Lastly, regard should be had to the different sources of encumbrance and the role they play in the Group’s funding:

·

45 % of total encumbered assets relate to security provided in medium- and long-term financing transactions (with residual maturity of more than one year) to fund the commercial balance-sheet activity. This places the level of asset encumbrance in “structural” funding transactions at 13% of the expanded balance sheet under EBA standards.

F-222


 

Table of Contents

The other 55 % relate to transactions in the short-term market (with residual maturity of less than one year) or to security provided in derivative transactions whose purpose is not to fund the ordinary business activity but rather to ensure efficient short-term liquidity management.

f) Operational risk

Santander Group defines operational risk (OR) as the risk of losses from defects or failures in its internal processes, people or systems, or external events, thus covering risk categories such as fraud, and technological, cyber, legal and conduct risk.

Operational risk is inherent to all products, activities, processes and systems and is generated in all business and support areas. For this reason, all employees are responsible for managing and controlling the operational risks generated in their sphere of action.

This chapter refers to operational risks in general (these are also referred to as non-financial risks in Santander). Particular aspects of some risk factors are set out in more detail in specific sections (e.g. section C.4. Compliance and conduct risk).

The Group’s target in the area of OR management and control is to identify, assess and mitigate risk concentrations, regardless of whether they produce losses or not. Analyzing exposure to OR helps to establish priorities in managing this risk. During 2017, the Group has sought further improvement in its management model through a number of different initiatives designed by the Risks division. One of these initiatives is to continue the AORM (Advanced Operational Risk Management) transformation project. This program is designed to enhance operational risk management capacities through an advanced risk measurement approach, helping to reduce future exposure and losses impacting the income statement.

The various phases of the operational risk management and control model are the following:

·

Identify the inherent risk in all the Group’s activities, products, processes and systems.

·

Define the target profile for the risk, specifying the strategies by unit and time frame, by establishing the OR appetite and OR tolerance for the annual losses estimation and monitoring thereof.

·

Measure and assess operational risk objectively, continuously and consistently with regulatory and sector standards.

·

Continuously monitor operational risk exposure, and implement control procedures and improve the internal control environment.

·

Establish mitigation measures that eliminate or minimize the risk.

·

Develop regular reports on operational risk exposure and its level of control for senior management and the Group’s areas and units, and inform the market and regulatory bodies.

·

Define and implement the methodology needed to calculate internal capital in terms of expected and unexpected loss.

The following are needed for each of the aforementioned processes:

·

Define and implement systems that enable operational risk exposure to be monitored and controlled, taking advantage of existing technology and achieving the maximum automation of applications.

·

Define and document policies for managing and controlling operational risk, and implement management tools for this risk in accordance with regulations and best practices.

·

Define common tools, taxonomies and metrics for the entire Organization.

Risk identification, measurement and assessment model

A series of quantitative and qualitative corporate techniques and tools have been defined by the Group to identify, measure and assess operational risk. These are combined to produce a diagnosis on the basis of the risks identified and an assessment of the area or unit through their measurement and evaluation.

The quantitative analysis of this risk is carried out mainly with tools that register and quantify the level of potential losses associated with operational risk events. Qualitative analysis seek to assess aspects (coverage, exposure) linked to the risk profile, enabling the existing control environment to be captured.

F-223


 

Table of Contents

Implementation of the model and initiatives

Almost all the Group’s units are now incorporated into the model with a high degree of homogeneity.

The Group completed its transformation to an advanced operational risk management (AORM) approach in 2017. The program has a twofold objective: on one hand, to consolidate the current operational risk model, and, on the other, to adopt the best market practices and to use monitoring of an integrated and consolidated operational risk profile to direct the business strategy and tactical decisions in a proactive way.

Operational risk information system

The Group’s corporate information system, called Heracles, supports operational risk management tools, providing information for reporting functions and needs at both local/corporate levels. The objective of Heracles is to improve decision making for OR management throughout the Organization.

This objective will be achieved by ensuring that those responsible for risks in every part of the Organization have a comprehensive vision of the risk, and the supporting information they need, when they need it. This comprehensive and timely vision of risk is facilitated by the integration of various programs, such as assessment or risks and controls, scenarios, events and metrics, using a common taxonomy and methodological standards. This integration provides a more accurate risk profile and significantly improves efficiency by cutting out redundant and duplicated effort.

Cyber-security and data security plans:

Throughout 2017, Santander continued paying full attention to cyber-security risks, which affect all companies and institutions, including those in the financial sector. This situation is a cause of concern for all entities and regulators, prompting the implementation of preventative measures to be prepared for any attack of this kind.

A new organizational structure has been specified and Group governance for management and control of this risk has been reinforced. Specific committees have been set up and cyber-security metrics have been included in the Group's risk appetite. These metrics have been monitored and reported in the geographies and at global level.

The Group’s intelligence and analysis function has also been reinforced, by contracting Bank threat monitoring services. In addition, progress is being made in mitigation activities related to the identification and access management in all geographies, with the backing of senior management.

Progress has also been made in the incident registration, notification and escalation mechanisms for internal reporting and reporting to supervisors.

Mitigation measures

The Group uses the model to monitor the mitigation measures for the main risk which have been identified through the internal OR management tools (internal event database, indicators, self-assessment, scenarios, audit recommendations, etc.) and other external information sources (external events and industry reports).

Active mitigation management became even more important in 2017, with the participation of the first line of defense and the operational risk control function, through which specialist business and support functions exercise additional control. Furthermore, the Group continued to move forward with pre-emptive implementation of operational risk management and control policies and procedures.

Business continuity plan

The Group has a business continuity management system (BCMS), which ensures that the business processes of the Bank's entities continue to operate in the event of a disaster or serious incident.

The basic objective is to:

·

Minimize the possible damage from an interruption to normal business operations on people, and adverse financial and business impacts for the Group.

·

Reduce the operational effects of a disaster, providing predefined and flexible guidelines and procedures to be used to re-launch and recover processes.

F-224


 

Table of Contents

·

Restart time-sensitive business operations and associated support functions, in order to achieve business continuity, stable profits and planned growth.

·

Protect the public image of, and confidence in, the Santander Group.

·

Meet the Group’s obligations to its employees, customers, shareholders and other stakeholders.

During 2017, the Group continued to advance in implementing and continuously improving its business continuity management system. The Bank has reviewed the methods and approaches to reinforce governance of the review and approval of continuity strategies and plans, to ensure that this process is implemented at the appropriate level within the organization, to comply with new regulatory requirements and to cover emerging risks (such as cyber-risk).

g) Compliance and conduct risk

Scope, aim, definitions and objective

The compliance and conduct function fosters the adherence of Santander Group to the rules, supervisory requirements, principles and values of good conduct, by setting standards, and discussing, advising and reporting in the interest of employees, customers, shareholders and the community as a whole.

This function addresses all matters related to regulatory compliance, prevention of money laundering and terrorism financing, governance of products and consumer protection, and reputational risk.

Compliance and Conduct has cemented the progress made in the two previous years. In 2017, the function has taken a leap forward at the corporate level and in the various units of the Group, as part of the strategic compliance program now underway.

Under the current corporate configuration of the three lines of defense at Santander Group, Compliance and Conduct is an independent second-line control function under the CEO, reporting directly and regularly to the board of directors and its committees, through the GCCO (Group Chief Compliance Officer). This configuration is aligned with the requirements of banking regulation and with the expectations of supervisors.

The risk are defined as:

-

Conduct and compliance risk: risk arising from practices, processes or behaviors that are inappropriate or in breach of internal regulations, the law or the supervisor's requirements.

-

Reputational risk: risk of current or potential negative economic impact to the Bank due to damage to the perception of the Bank on the part of employees, customers, shareholders/investors and the wider community.

The Group’s objective is to minimize the probability that irregularities occur and that any irregularities that should occur are identified, assessed, reported and quickly resolved.

Other control functions (risks and audit) also take part in controlling these risks.

Compliance risk control and supervision

The first lines of defense have the primary responsibility for managing compliance and conduct risks, jointly with the business units, that directly originate such risks, and the compliance and conduct function. This is performed either directly or through assigning compliance and conduct activities or tasks.

The function is also responsible for setting up, fostering and ensuring that units begin to use the standardized frameworks, policies and standards applied throughout the Group. For this purpose, in 2017 a standard regulatory tree has been developed throughout the Group, as well as a process for its monitoring and systematic control.

The GCCO is responsible for reporting to Santander Group’s governance and management bodies, and must also advise and inform, as well as promote the development of the function. This is independently of the Risks function's other reporting to the governance and management bodies of all Group risks, which also includes compliance and conduct risks.

F-225


 

Table of Contents

In 2017, the Bank has reinforced and evolved the new compliance and conduct model, especially at the Group's units. The Corporation has put in place the necessary components to ensure ongoing control and oversight by creating robust governance schemes, and systems for reporting and interacting with units in accordance with the parent/subsidiaries governance model operated by the Group.

Furthermore, Internal Audit - as part of the third line of defense functions - performs the tests and audits necessary to verify that adequate controls and oversight mechanisms are being applied, and that the Group’s rules and procedures are being followed.

In 2017, the Bank has reviewed, updated and streamlined corporate frameworks for the compliance and conduct function. These are first-level documents that regulate the function, with which the management bodies of the various units must comply.

·

General compliance framework.

·

Products and services marketing and consumer protection framework.

·

Anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing framework.

The General Code of Conduct enshrines the ethical principles and rules of conduct that govern the actions of all Santander Group’s employees. It is supplemented in certain matters by the rules found in other codes and their internal rules and regulations.

In addition, the General Code of Conduct sets out:

·

Compliance functions and responsibilities.

·

The rules governing the consequences of non-compliance with it.

·

A whistle-blowing channel for the submission and processing of reports of allegedly irregular conduct.

The Compliance and Conduct function, under the supervision of the Risk supervision, Regulation and Compliance Committee (RSRCC), is responsible for ensuring effective implementation and oversight of the General Code of Conduct, as the board is the owner of the Code and the corporate frameworks that implement it.

A highlight of 2017 was the development of a reputational risk model that captures the key elements for managing risk in this area. The model is being gradually implemented in the units.

This model identifies the main sources of reputational risk, establishing a preventive approach for its correct management, determines the functions involved in the management and control of this risk and its governance bodies.

Governance and the organizational model

In accordance with the mandate entrusted by the board to the Compliance and Conduct function, in 2017, great strides were made in the strategic compliance program. In the two previous years, the scope and objectives of the model were defined, and the initiative was implemented at the corporate level. In 2017, it was implemented at the Group's various units, so that by the end of 2018 the Bank will have achieved compliance and conduct function in line with the highest standards of the finance industry.

Governance

The following corporate committees - each of which has a corresponding local replica - are collegiate compliance and conduct governance bodies:

The Regulatory Compliance Committee is the collegiate body for regulatory compliance matters. It has the following key functions:

(i)

Controlling and overseeing regulatory compliance risk in the Group, as a second line of defense;

(ii)

Specifying the regulatory compliance risk control model throughout the Santander Group, based on common regulations applicable to several countries where the Group operates.

(iii)

Deciding on significant regulatory compliance issues that might pose a risk to the Group.

(iv)

Fixing the correct interpretation of the General Code of Conduct and specialized codes, and making proposals for improvement.

F-226


 

Table of Contents

In 2017, the Regulatory Compliance Committee held four meetings.

The Corporate Commercialization Committee is the collegiate governance body for the approval of products and services. It has the following key functions:

(i)

Validating new products or services proposed by the parent company or by any subsidiary/Group unit, prior to their launch.

(ii)

Establishing the commercialization risk control model in the Group, including risk assessment indicators, and proposing the commercialization and consumer protection risk appetite to the Compliance Committee.

(iii)

Establishing interpretation criteria and approving the reference models to develop the corporate product and service marketing and consumer protection framework, and its rules, and to validate the local adaptations of those models.

(iv)

Assessing and deciding which significant marketing questions might pose a potential risk for the Group, depending on the authorities granted or the powers required to be exercised under legal obligations.

The Corporate Commercialization Committee met 12 times in 2017 and presented a total of 148 proposals of new products/services and models or other reference documents regarding commercialization, having validated all of them except one.

The Monitoring and Consumer Protection Committee is the Group’s collegiate governance body for the monitoring of products and services, and the assessment of customer protection issues in all Group units. It has the following key functions:

(i)

Monitoring the marketing of products and services by country and by product type, reviewing all the available information and focusing on products and services under special monitoring, and costs of conduct, compensation to customers, sanctions, etc.

(ii)

Monitoring the common claim measurement and reporting methodology, based on root-cause analysis, and the quality and sufficiency of the information obtained.

(iii)

Establishing and assessing how effective corrective measures can be when risks are detected in the governance of products and consumer protection within the Group.

(iv)

Identifying, managing and reporting preventively on the problems, events, significant situations and best practices in commercialization and consumer protection in a transversal way across the Group.

The Monitoring and Consumer Protection Committee met 23 times in 2017.

The Anti-money Laundering/ Anti-terrorism Financing Committee is the collegiate body in this field. It has the following key functions:

(i)

Controlling and overseeing the risk of anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing (AML/ATF) in the Group, as second line of defense

(ii)

Defining the AML/ATF risk control model in Santander Group.

(iii)

Creating reference models for the development of the AML/ATF frameworks and their regulations.

(iv)

Monitor projects for improvement and transformation plans for AML/ATF and, where appropriate, set in motion supporting or corrective measures.

During 2017, this committee met four times.

The Reputational Risk Steering Committee.   This governance body was created in September 2016 to safeguard proper implementation of the reputational risk model.

The committee is chaired by the Group Chief Compliance Officer, whose main functions are:

-

Supporting implementation of the corporate reputational risk model.

-

Evaluating sources of reputational risk, and their criticality.

-

Defining action plans to prevent reputational risk.

F-227


 

Table of Contents

-

Analyzing reputational risk events.

-

Specifying processes for escalation and reporting to senior management in matters of reputational risk.

The committee met four times in 2017.

The Corporate Compliance and Conduct Committee is the high-level collegiate body of the Compliance and Conduct function, bringing together the objectives of the committee's referred to above.

Its main functions are as follows:

(i)

Monitoring and assessing compliance and conduct risk which could impact Santander Group, as the second line of defense.

(ii)

Proposing updates and modifications to the general compliance framework and corporate function frameworks for ultimate approval by the board of directors.

(iii)

Reviewing significant compliance and conduct risk events and situations, the measures adopted and their effectiveness, and proposing that they be escalated or transferred, whenever the case may be.

(iv)

Setting up and assessing corrective measures when risks of this kind are detected in the Group, either due to weaknesses in established management and control, or due to new risks appearing.

(v)

Monitoring new regulations which appear or those modified, and establishing their scope of application in the Group, and, if applicable, the adaptation or mitigation measures necessary.

The Corporate Compliance and Conduct Committee met nine times in 2017.

Regulatory compliance

Functions

The following functions are in place for adequate control and supervision of regulatory compliance risks:

·

Implement the Group's General Code of Conduct and other codes and rules developing the same. Advise on resolving doubts that arise from such implementation.

·

Receive and handle the accusations made by employees or third parties via the whistle blowing channel.

·

Direct and coordinate investigations into non-compliance, being able to request support from Internal Audit and proposing the sanctions that might be applicable in each case to the Irregularities Committee.

·

Control and oversee compliance risk relating to: (i) employee-related events (Corporate Defense); (ii) regulations affecting the organization (General Data Protection Regulation – GDPR – and Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act –FATCA) ; (iii) compliance with specific regulations on international markets (Volcker Rule, EMIR, Dodd-Frank); (iv) publication of relevant Santander Group information; and (v) implementation of policies and rules to prevent market abuse.

·

Report significant Group information to the Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores, Spain's securities market regulator, and the regulators of other exchanges on which Santander is listed.

·

Oversee mandatory training activities on regulatory compliance.

Product governance and consumer protection

The products and consumer protection governance function defines the key elements needed for adequate management and control of commercialization and consumer protection risks, which are defined as risks arising from inadequate practices in customer relations, customer treatment, the products offered to customers and their suitability for each specific customer.

F-228


 

Table of Contents

Anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing

One of Santander Group's strategic objectives is to maintain an advanced and efficient anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing systems, constantly adapted to international regulations, with the capacity to confront the development of new techniques by criminal organizations.

h) Reputational risk

In 2017, the Group made significant progress implementing the corporate reputational risk model, which is now embedded in the Corporation.

The specific characteristics of reputational risk are a vast number of sources that requires a unique approach and control model, separate from other risks. The reputational risk management requires for a global interaction with both first and second lines of defense functions and with management functions in relation to the stakeholders in order to ensure a consolidated supervision of the risk, efficiently supported on the current control frameworks. The aim is for reputational risk to be integrated into both business and support activities, and internal processes, thus allowing the risk control and oversight functions to integrate them in their activities.

The reputational risk model is accordingly based on a prominently preventive approach to risk management and control, and also on effective processes for identification and early warning management of events, and subsequent monitoring of events and detected risks.

i) Model risk

The Santander Group has far-reaching experience in the use of models to help make all kinds of decisions, and risk management decisions in particular.

A model is defined as a system, approach or quantitative methods which applies theories, techniques or statistical, economic, financial or mathematical hypotheses to convert input data into quantitative estimates. The models are simplified representations of real world relationships between observed characteristics, values and observed assumptions. By simplifying in this way, the Group can focus attention on the specific aspects which are considered to be most important to apply a certain model.

Use of models entails model risk, defined as the risk of loss arising from inaccurate predictions that prompt the Bank to take sub-optimal decisions, or misuse of a model.

According to this definition, the sources of Model Risk are as follows:

·

the model itself, due to the utilization of incorrect or incomplete data, or due to the modelling method used and its implementation in systems,

·

improper use of the model.

The materialization of model risk may prompt financial losses, inadequate commercial and strategic decision making or damages to the Group’s reputation.

Santander Group has been working towards the definition, management and control of model risk for several years. Since 2015, a specific area has been put aside to control this risk, within the Risk Division.

Model risk management and control functions are performed in the Corporation and in each of the Group's core entities. These functions are guided by the model risk management model, with principles, responsibilities and processes that are common across the Group. The model addresses organization, governance, model management and model validation, among other matters.

j) Strategic risk

For Santander, strategic risk counts with a strategic risk control and management model which is used as a reference for Group subsidiaries. This model includes the definition of the risk, the principles and key processes for management and control, as well as functional and governance aspects.

Strategic risk is the risk of loss or harm arising from strategic decisions or poor implementation of decisions affecting the long-term interests of the Group’s main stakeholders, or inability to adapt to changes in the environment.

F-229


 

Table of Contents

The entity’s business model is a key factor for strategic risk. It has to be viable and sustainable, and capable of generating results in line with the Bank's objectives and over time.

k) Capital risk

Santander Group defines capital risk as the risk that the Entity does not have sufficient capital, in quantitative or qualitative terms, to fulfil its internal business objectives, regulatory requirements, or market expectations.

The capital risk function, in its capacity as second line of defense, controls and oversees the activities of the first line of defense chiefly by means of the following processes:

·

Supervision of capital planning and adequacy exercises through a review of all their components (balance sheet, profit and loss account, risk-weighted assets and available capital).

·

Ongoing supervision of the Group's capital measurement activities, including single operations with capital impact.

The Group commands a sound solvency position, above the levels required by regulators and by the European Central bank.

In late 2017, the ECB sent each entity its minimum prudential capital requirements for the following year. In 2018, at the consolidated level, Grupo Santander has to maintain a minimum capital ratio of 8.655% CET1 phase-in (4.5% for Pillar I, 1.5% for Pillar 2 requirement, 1.875% for the capital conservation buffer, 0.75% as a Global Systemically Important Entity and 0.03% as a Counter-cyclical buffer). Grupo Santander must also maintain a minimum Tier 1 phase-in capital ratio of 1.5%, and minimum total phase-in capital of 12.155%.

1. Regulatory capital

In 2017, the solvency target set was achieved. Santander’s CET1 fully loaded ratio stood at 10.84% at the close of the year, demonstrating its organic capacity to generate capital. The key regulatory capital figures are indicated below:

Reconciliation of accounting capital with regulatory capital (Millions of Euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

 

2016

Subscribed capital

 

8,068 

 

7,291 

Share Premium account

 

51,053 

 

44,912 

Reserves

 

52,577 

 

49,244 

Treasury shares

 

(22)

 

(7)

Attributable profit

 

6,619 

 

6,204 

Approved dividend

 

(2,029)

 

(1,667)

Shareholders’ equity on public balance sheet

 

116,265 

 

105,978 

Valuation Adjustments

 

(21,777)

 

(15,039)

Non-controlling interests

 

12,344 

 

11,761 

Total Equity on public balance sheet

 

106,833 

 

102,699 

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

(28,537)

 

(28,405)

Eligible preference shares and preferred securities

 

7,635 

 

6,469 

Accrued dividend

 

(968)

 

(802)

Other adjustments (*)

 

(7,679)

 

(6,253)

Tier I (Phase-in)

 

77,283 

 

73,709 


(1) Fundamentally for non-computable non-controlling interests and deductions and prudential filters in compliance with CRR

 

F-230


 

Table of Contents

The following table shows the Phase-in capital coefficients and a detail of the eligible internal resources of the Group:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

Capital coefficients

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1 ordinary eligible capital (millions of euros)

 

74,173 

 

73,709 

 

Level 1 additional eligible capital (millions of euros)

 

3,110 

 

— 

 

Level 2 eligible capital (millions of euros)

 

13,422 

 

12,628 

 

Risk-weighted assets (millions of euros)

 

605,064 

 

588,088 

 

Level 1 ordinary capital coefficient (CET 1)

 

12.26 

%  

12.53 

%

Level 1 additional capital coefficient (AT1)

 

0.51 

%  

— 

 

Level 1 capital coefficient (TIER1)

 

12.77 

%  

12.53 

%

Level 2 capital coefficient (TIER 2)

 

2.22 

%  

2.15 

%

Total capital coefficient

 

14.99 

%  

14.68 

%

 

Eligible capital (Millions of Euros)

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible capital

    

2017

    

2016

Common Equity Tier I

 

74,173 

 

73,709 

Capital

 

8,068 

 

7,291 

(-) Treasure shares and own shares financed

 

(22)

 

(10)

Share Premium

 

51,053 

 

44,912 

Reserves

 

52,241 

 

49,234 

Other retained earnings

 

(22,363)

 

(14,924)

Minority interests

 

7,991 

 

8,018 

Profit net of dividends

 

3,621 

 

3,735 

Deductions

 

(26,416)

 

(24,548)

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

(22,829)

 

(21,585)

Others

 

(3,586)

 

(2,963)

Additional Tier I

 

3,110 

 

— 

Eligible InstrumentsAT1

 

8,498 

 

6,469 

T1-excesses-subsidiaries

 

347 

 

351 

Residual value of dividends

 

(5,707)

 

(6,820)

Others

 

(27)

 

— 

Tier II

 

13,422 

 

12,628 

Eligible Instruments T2

 

9,901 

 

9,039 

Gen. Funds and surplus loans loss prov. IRB

 

3,823 

 

3,493 

T2-excesses -  subsidiaries

 

(275)

 

96 

Others

 

(27)

 

— 

Total eligible capital

 

90,706 

 

86,337 

 

Note: Santander Bank and its affiliates had not taken part in any State aid programs.

Model roll-out

As regards credit risk, the Group continued its plan to implement Basel’s advanced internal rating-based (AIRB) approach for almost all the Group’s banks (up to covering more than 90% of net exposure of the credit portfolio under these models). Meeting this objective in the short term will also be conditioned by the acquisition of new entities, as well as by the need for coordination between supervisors of the validation processes of internal models.

The Group operates in countries where the legal framework among supervisors is the same, as is the case in Europe via the Capital Directive. However, in other jurisdictions, the same process is subject to the cooperation framework between the supervisor in the home country and that in the host country with different legislations. This means, in practice, adapting to different criteria and calendars in order to attain authorization for the use of advanced models on a consolidated basis.

The Group currently has supervisory authorization to use advanced approaches for calculating the regulatory capital requirements for credit risk of the parent bank and its main subsidiaries in Spain, the UK and Portugal, and certain portfolios in Mexico, Brazil, Chile, Scandinavia (Sweden, Finland, Norway), France and the US. The strategy of implementing Basel in the Group is focused on achieving use of advanced models in the main institutions in the Americas and Europe. During 2017, the Portugal IFIC portfolios

F-231


 

Table of Contents

were authorized, and we a awaiting completion of the supervisory validation process for the Chile institutions and sovereigns, Santander Consumer Germany mortgages and most of its revolving products and PSA UK retail, dealers and fleets.

With regard to operational risk, Grupo Santander currently applies the standard approach to calculating regulatory capital, as set out in the European Capital Directive. In February 2016, the European Central Bank authorized the use of the alternative standard approach to calculate capital requirements at consolidated level in Banco Santander Brasil.

As for the other risks expressly considered in Basel Pillar I, in market risk this year the Group received permission to use its internal model in the treasury trading activity in the UK, in addition to those already authorized in Spain, Chile, Portugal and Mexico.

Leverage ratio

The leverage ratio has been defined within the regulatory framework of Basel III as a measure of the capital required by financial institutions not sensitive to risk. The Group performs the calculation as stipulated in CRD IV and its subsequent amendment in EU Regulation no. 573/2013 of January 17, 2015, which was aimed at harmonizing calculation criteria with those specified in the BCBS “Basel III leverage ratio framework” and “Disclosure requirements” documents.

This ratio is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by leverage exposure. Exposure is calculated as the sum of the following items:

·

Accounting assets, excluding derivatives and items treated as deductions from Tier 1 capital (for example, the balance of loans is included, but not that of goodwill).

·

Off-balance-sheet items (mainly guarantees, unused credit limits granted and documentary credits) weighted using credit conversion factors.

·

Inclusion of net value of derivatives (gains and losses are netted with the same counterparty, minus collaterals if they comply with certain criteria) plus a charge for the future potential exposure.

·

A charge for the potential risk of security funding transactions.

·

Lastly, it includes a charge for the risk of credit derivative swaps (CDS).

The European Commission’s proposals to modify CRR and CRD IV on November 23, 2016, foresee a mandatory requirement of a 3% leverage ratio for Tier 1 capital, which would be added to the own funds requirements in the article 92 of the CRR. The proposals for the Commission’s modification also point to the possibility of introducing a buffer of leverage ratio for global systemic entities in the future.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Millions of Euros

    

31-12-2017

    

31-12-2016

 

Leverage

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1 Capital

 

77,283 

 

73,709 

 

Exposure

 

1,463,090 

 

1,364,889 

 

Leverage Ratio

 

5.28 

%   

5.40 

%

 

Global systemically important banks

The Group is one of 30 banks designated as global systemically important banks (G-SIBs).

The designation as a systemically important entity is based on the measurement set by regulators (the FSB and BCBS), based on 5 criteria (size, cross-jurisdictional activity, interconnectedness with other financial institutions, substitutability and complexity).

This definition means it has to fulfil certain additional requirements, which consist mainly of a capital buffer (1%), in TLAC requirements (total loss absorbing capacity), that we have to publish relevant information more frequently than other banks, greater regulatory requirements for internal control bodies, special supervision and drawing up of special reports to be submitted to supervisors.

The fact that Grupo Santander has to comply with these requirements makes it a more solid bank than its domestic rivals.

 

 

F-232


 

Table of Contents

55.   Other Disclosures

This Note includes relevant information about additional disclosure requirements.

55.1 Parent company financial statements

Following are the summarized balance sheets of Banco Santander, S.A. as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS  (Parent company only)

 

December 31, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

(Millions of Euros)

 

Assets

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

76,690

 

49,979

 

63,790

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To bank subsidiaries

 

20,818

 

11,442

 

10,471

 

Trading account assets

 

64,326

 

70,437

 

79,474

 

Investment securities

 

49,194

 

45,702

 

54,807

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To bank subsidiaries

 

6,474

 

8,326

 

12,191

 

To non-bank subsidiaries

 

3,729

 

3,662

 

2,978

 

Net Loans and leases

 

197,591

 

195,532

 

200,046

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To non-bank subsidiaries

 

33,113

 

35,085

 

36,204

 

Investment in affiliated companies

 

85,428

 

80,614

 

80,822

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To bank subsidiaries

 

65,567

 

63,210

 

68,681

 

To non-bank subsidiaries

 

19,861

 

17,404

 

12,141

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

1,929

 

1,834

 

1,781

 

Other assets

 

17,257

 

17,146

 

17,554

 

Total assets

 

492,415

 

461,244

 

498,274

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

256,389

 

265,565

 

277,058

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To bank subsidiaries

 

20,391

 

19,179

 

18,365

 

To non-bank subsidiaries

 

13,115

 

40,082

 

43,954

 

Short-term debt

 

40,540

 

19,110

 

36,353

 

Long-term debt

 

53,023

 

34,499

 

41,248

 

Total debt

 

93,563

 

53,609

 

77,601

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To bank subsidiaries

 

1,138

 

-

 

770

 

To non-bank subsidiaries

 

2,966

 

14,062

 

17,310

 

Other liabilities

 

71,896

 

78,835

 

81,756

 

Total liabilities

 

421,848

 

398,009

 

436,415

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital stock

 

8,068

 

7,291

 

7,217

 

Retained earnings and other reserves

 

62,499

 

55,944

 

54,642

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

70,567

 

63,235

 

61,859

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

492,415

 

461,244

 

498,274

 

 

In the financial statements of the Parent Company, investments in subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates are recorded at cost.

F-233


 

Table of Contents

Following are the condensed statements of income of Banco Santander, S.A. for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Parent company only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

(Millions of Euros)

 

Interest income

 

    

    

 

    

 

 

 

Interest from earning assets

 

 

5,733

 

6,023

 

6,948

 

Dividends from affiliated companies

 

 

3,320

 

3,459

 

3,235

 

Of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From bank subsidiaries

 

 

2,580

 

2,686

 

2,786

 

From non-bank subsidiaries

 

 

740

 

773

 

449

 

 

 

 

9,053

 

9,482

 

10,183

 

Interest expense

 

 

(3,204)

 

(3,113)

 

(3,582)

 

Interest income / (Charges)

 

 

5,849

 

6,369

 

6,601

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

(451)

 

(528)

 

(1,002)

 

Interest income / (Charges) after provision for credit losses

 

 

5,398

 

5,841

 

5,599

 

Non-interest income:

 

 

3,872

 

3,403

 

3,268

 

Non-interest expense:

 

 

(6,293)

 

(7,115)

 

(6,836)

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

2,977

 

2,129

 

2,031

 

Income tax expense

 

 

29

 

352

 

246

 

Net income

 

 

3,006

 

2,481

 

2,277

 

 

Following are the condensed statement of comprehensive income of Banco Santander, S.A. for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Parent company only)

 

December 31, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

(Millions of Euros)

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

  

 

NET INCOME

 

3,006

 

2,481

 

2,277

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

(356)

 

364

 

(356)

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

 

(341)

 

439

 

(293)

 

Available-for-sale financial assets:

 

(625)

 

619

 

(416)

 

Revaluation gains/(losses)

 

(283)

 

830

 

34

 

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

(342)

 

(211)

 

(450)

 

Other reclassifications

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Cash flow hedges:

 

(7)

 

 4

 

(1)

 

Revaluation gains/(losses)

 

(7)

 

 4

 

(1)

 

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Amounts transferred to initial carrying amount of hedged items

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Other reclassifications

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations:

 

-

 

-

 

(1)

 

Revaluation gains/(losses)

 

-

 

-

 

(1)

 

Amounts transferred to income statement

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Other reclassifications

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Exchange differences:

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Non-current assets held for sale:

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Income tax

 

291

 

(184)

 

125

 

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:

 

(15)

 

(75)

 

(63)

 

Actuarial gains/(losses) on pension plans

 

(23)

 

(106)

 

(90)

 

Income tax

 

 8

 

31

 

27

 

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

2,650

 

2,845

 

1,921

 

 

F-234


 

Table of Contents

Following are the condensed cash flow statements of Banco Santander, S.A. for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONDENSED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Parent company only)

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

(Millions of Euros)

 

1. Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit

  

  

3,006

 

2,481

 

2,277

 

Adjustments to profit

 

 

1,824

 

1,245

 

3,081

 

Net increase/decrease in operating assets

 

 

(10,430)

 

36,393

 

(2,367)

 

Net increase/decrease in operating liabilities

 

 

21,915

 

(36,632)

 

(4,585)

 

Reimbursements/payments of income tax

 

 

(839)

 

151

 

(21)

 

Total net cash flows from operating activities (1)

 

 

15,476

 

3,638

 

(1,615)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2. Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments (-)

 

 

(8,818)

 

(4,419)

 

(2,149)

 

Divestments (+)

 

 

4,995

 

7,249

 

1,696

 

Total net cash flows from investment activities (2)

 

 

(3,823)

 

2,830

 

(453)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3. Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of own equity instruments

 

 

7,072

 

-

 

7,500

 

Disposal of own equity instruments

 

 

1,004

 

957

 

2,240

 

Acquisition of own equity instruments

 

 

(972)

 

(943)

 

(2,224)

 

Issuance of debt securities

 

 

2,894

 

2,346

 

2,849

 

Redemption of debt securities

 

 

(764)

 

(5,333)

 

(935)

 

Dividends paid

 

 

(2,665)

 

(2,308)

 

(1,498)

 

Issuance/Redemption of equity instruments

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Other collections/payments related to financing activities

 

 

532

 

-

 

(72)

 

Total net cash flows from financing activities (3)

 

 

7,101

 

(5,281)

 

7,860

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4. Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents (4)

 

 

(655)

 

289

 

(496)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. Net increase/decrease in cash and cash equivalents (1+2+3+4)

 

 

18,099

 

1,476

 

5,296

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

15,635

 

14,159

 

8,863

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

 

33,734

 

15,635

 

14,159

 

 

55.2 Preference Shares and Preferred Securities

The following table shows the balance of the preference shares and preferred securities as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

(Millions of Euros)

 

 

Preference shares

 

404

 

413

 

449

Preferred securities

 

8,369

 

6,916

 

6,749

Total at period-end

 

8,773

 

7,329

 

7,198

 

Both preference shares and preferred securities are subordinated liabilities recorded under the “Financial liabilities at amortized cost – Marketable debt securities” caption in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. Preference Shares include the financial instruments issued by the consolidated companies which, although equity for legal purposes, do not meet the requirements for classification as equity in the financial statements. These shares do not carry any voting rights and are non-cumulative. They were subscribed to by non-Group third parties except for the shares of Santander UK, plc amounting to GBP 200 million, are redeemable at the discretion of the issuer, based on the conditions of the issuer. At December 31, 2017, the following issues were convertible into Bank shares:

On March 5, May 8 and September 2, 2014, Banco Santander, S.A. announced that its executive committee had resolved to launch issues of preference shares contingently convertible into newly issued ordinary shares of the Bank (“CCPSs”) for a nominal amount of €1,500 million, USD 1,500 million and €1,500 million, respectively. The interest on the CCPSs, payment of which is subject to certain

F-235


 

Table of Contents

conditions and is discretionary, was set at 6.25% per annum for the first five years (to be repriced thereafter by applying a 541 basis-point spread to the 5-year Mid-Swap Rate) for the March issue, at 6.375% per annum for the first five years (to be repriced thereafter by applying a 478.8 basis-point spread to the 5-year Mid-Swap Rate) for the May issue and at 6.25% per annum for the first seven years (to be repriced every five years thereafter by applying a 564 basis-point spread to the 5-year Mid-Swap Rate) for the September issue.

On March 25, May 28 and September 30, 2014, the Bank of Spain confirmed that the CCPSs were eligible as Additional Tier 1 capital under the new European capital requirements of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. The CCPSs are perpetual, although they may be redeemed early in certain circumstances and would convert into newly issued ordinary shares of Banco Santander if the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of the Bank or its consolidated group fell below 5.125%, calculated in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. The CCPSs are traded on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange.

Furthermore, on January 29, 2014, Banco Santander (Brasil), S.A. launched an issue of Tier 1 perpetual subordinated notes for a nominal amount of USD 1,248 million, of which the Group has acquired 89.6%. The notes are perpetual and would convert into ordinary shares of Banco Santander (Brasil), S.A. if the common equity Tier 1 ratio, calculated as established by the Central Bank of Brazil, were to fall below 5.125%.

Preference shares include non-cumulative preferred non-voting shares issued by Santander UK plc, Santander Holdings USA, Inc. and Santander Bank, National Association.

Preferred securities include non-cumulative preferred non-voting securities issued by Banco Santander, S.A., Santander UK Group, Banco Santander, (Brasil), S.A., and Banco Popular.

For the purposes of payment priority, preferred securities are junior to all general creditors and to subordinated deposits. The payment of dividends on these securities, which have no voting rights, is conditional upon the obtainment of sufficient distributable profit and upon the limits imposed by Spanish banking regulations on equity.

Preference shares and preferred securities are perpetual securities and there is no obligation that requires the Group to redeem them. All securities have been fully subscribed by third parties outside the Group. In the consolidated balance sheets, these securities are shown net of any temporary operations relating to liquidity guarantees (see Note 23 and Appendix III), and are described in the table below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

Amount in

 

 

 

 

Preference Shares

 

 

 

currency

 

 

 

Redemption

Issuer/Date of issue

    

Currency

    

(million)

    

Interest rate

    

Option (1)

Santander UK plc, October 1995

 

Pounds Sterling

 

80.3

 

10.375%

 

No option

Santander UK plc, February 1996

 

Pounds Sterling

 

80.3

 

10.375%

 

No option

Santander UK plc, May 2006

 

Pounds Sterling

 

13.8

 

6.222% (2)

 

May 24, 2019

Santander Bank, National Association, August 2000

 

US Dollar

 

153.0

 

12.00%

 

May 16, 2020

Santander Holdings USA, Inc, May 2006  (*)

 

US Dollar

 

75.5

 

7.30%

 

May 15, 2011

 

F-236


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

Amount in

 

 

 

 

Preferred Securities

 

 

 

currency

 

 

 

 

Issuer/Date of issue

    

Currency

    

(million)

    

Interest rate

    

Maturity date

Banco Santander, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Español de Crédito, October 2004

 

Euro

 

36.5

 

€CMS 10 + 0.125%

 

Perpetuity

Banco Español de Crédito (1), November 2004

 

Euro

 

106.5

 

5.5%

 

Perpetuity

Banco Santander, S.A., March 2014

 

Euro

 

1,500.0

 

6.25% (3)

 

Perpetuity

Banco Santander, S.A., May 2014

 

US Dollar

 

1,500.0

 

6.375% (4)

 

Perpetuity

Banco Santander, S.A., September 2014

 

Euro

 

1,500.0

 

6.250% (5)

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal), March 2009

 

US Dollar

 

18.2

 

2.0%

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal), March 2009

 

US Dollar

 

25.0

 

2.0%

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal), March 2009

 

Euro

 

306.9

 

2.0%

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal), March 2009

 

Euro

 

153.4

 

2.0%

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), March 2004 (*)

 

US Dollar

 

89.3

 

6.41%

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), September 2004

 

Euro

 

144.0

 

€CMS 10 +0.05% subject to a maximum distribution of 8% per annum

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), October 2004

 

Euro

 

155.0

 

5.75%

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), November 2006 (*)

 

US Dollar

 

161.8

 

6.80%

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), January 2007 (*)

 

US Dollar

 

109.5

 

6.50%

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), March 2007 (*)

 

US Dollar

 

210.4

 

US3M + 0.52% 

 

Perpetuity

Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), July 2007

 

Pounds Sterling

 

4.9

 

7.01%

 

Perpetuity

Santander International Preferred S.A. (Sociedad Unipersonal), March 2009

 

US Dollar

 

979.7

 

2.0%

 

Perpetuity

Santander International Preferred S.A. (Sociedad Unipersonal), March 2009

 

Euro

 

8.6

 

2.0%

 

Perpetuity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Santander UK Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Abbey National Plc, February 2001(6)

 

Pounds Sterling

 

39.5

 

7.04%

 

Perpetuity

Abbey National Plc, August 2002

 

Pounds Sterling

 

1.8

 

Fixed to 6.984% until February 9, 2018, and thereafter, at a rate reset semi-annually of 1.86% per annum + Libor GBP (6M)

 

Perpetuity

Abbey National Plc, June 2015

 

Pounds Sterling

 

650.0

 

7.38%

 

Perpetuity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Santander (Brasil), S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 2014

 

US Dollar

 

129.6

 

7.38%

 

October 29, 2049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Popular

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pastor FRN, June 2004

 

Euro

 

11.5

 

2.07%

 

Perpetuity


(1)

From this date the issuer can redeem the shares, subject to prior authorization by the national supervisor.

(2)

That issuance is a Fixed/Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Callable Preference Shares. Dividends will accrue on a principal amount equal to £1,000 per Preference Share at a rate of 6.222% per annum in respect of the period from (and including) May 24, 2006 (the Issue Date) to (but excluding) May 24, 2019 (the First Call Date) and thereafter at a rate reset quarterly equal to 1.13% per annum above the London interbank offered rate for three-month sterling deposits. From (and including) the Issue Date to (but excluding) the First Call Date, dividends, if declared, will be paid annually in arrears on May 24, in each year. Subject as provided herein, the first such dividend payment date will be May 24, 2007 and the last such dividend payment date will be the First Call Date. From (and including) the First Call Date, dividends, if declared, will be paid quarterly in arrears on May 24, August 24, November 24 and February 24, in each year. Subject as provided herein, the first such dividend payment date will be August 24, 2019.

(3)

Payment is subject to certain conditions and to the discretion of the Bank. The 6.25% interest rate is set for the first five years. After that, it will be reviewed by applying a margin of 541 basis points on the five-year Mid-Swap Rate.

(4)

Payment is subject to certain conditions and to the discretion of the Bank. The 6.375% interest rate is set for the first five years. After that, it will be reviewed by applying a margin of 478.8 basis points on the five-year Mid-Swap Rate.

F-237


 

Table of Contents

(5)

Payment is subject to certain conditions and to the discretion of the Bank. The 6.25% interest rate is set for the first five years. After that, it will be reviewed by applying a margin of 564 basis points on the five-year Mid-Swap Rate.

(6)

From February 14, 2026, this issue will bear interest at a rate, reset every five years, of 3.75% per annum above the gross redemption yield on a five-year specified United Kingdom government security.

(*)   Listed in the U.S.

 

Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal), Santander International Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), Santander Issuances, S.A., and Santander US Debt, S.A. (Sociedad Unipersonal) - issuers of registered securities guaranteed by Banco Santander, S.A. until November 2017, merged in that date with Banco Santander, S.A.

 

 

F-238


 

Table of Contents

Appendix I

 

Subsidiaries of Banco Santander, S.A. (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held by the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bank

 

% of voting power (c)

 

 

 

Company

    

Location

    

Direct

    

Indirect

    

Year 2017

    

Year 2016

    

Activity

 

2 & 3 Triton Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

A & L CF (Guernsey) Limited (e)

 

Guernsey

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

A & L CF December (1) Limited (b)

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

A & L CF June (2) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

A & L CF June (3) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

A & L CF March (5) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

A & L CF September (4) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

Abbey Business Services (India) Private Limited

 

India

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Abbey Covered Bonds (Holdings) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Abbey Covered Bonds (LM) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Abbey Covered Bonds LLP

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Abbey National Beta Investments Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Abbey National Business Office Equipment Leasing Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

Abbey National International Limited

 

Jersey

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Abbey National Nominees Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BROKERAGE

 

Abbey National PLP (UK) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Abbey National Property Investments

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Abbey National Treasury Services Investments Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Abbey National Treasury Services Overseas Holdings

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Abbey National Treasury Services plc

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Abbey National UK Investments

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Abbey Stockbrokers (Nominees) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BROKERAGE

 

Abbey Stockbrokers Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BROKERAGE

 

Ablasa Participaciones, S.L.

 

Spain

 

18.94 

%  

81.06 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Administración de Bancos Latinoamericanos Santander, S.L.

 

Spain

 

24.11 

%  

75.89 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Aevis Europa, S.L.

 

Spain

 

68.80 

%  

27.54 

%  

96.34 

%  

68.80 

%  

CARDS

 

AFB SAM Holdings, S.L.

 

Spain

 

1.00 

%  

99.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Afisa S.A.

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

ALIL Services Limited

 

Isle of Man

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Aliseda Participaciones Inmobiliarias, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Aliseda Real Estate, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Aliseda, S.A. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Aljarafe Golf, S.A. (b)

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

89.41 

%  

89.41 

%  

89.41 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Aljardi SGPS, Lda.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Alliance & Leicester Cash Solutions Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Alliance & Leicester Commercial Bank plc

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Alliance & Leicester Investments (Derivatives) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Alliance & Leicester Investments (No.2) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Alliance & Leicester Investments Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Alliance & Leicester Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Alliance & Leicester Personal Finance Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Altamira Santander Real Estate, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Amazonia Trade Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

AN (123) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Andaluza de Inversiones, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Andara Retail, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

ANITCO Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Aquanima Brasil Ltda.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

E—COMMERCE

 

Aquanima Chile S.A.

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Aquanima México S. de R.L. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

E—COMMERCE

 

Aquanima S.A.

 

Argentina

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Arcaz - Sociedade Imobiliária Portuguesa, Lda.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

99.90 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

REAL ESTATE

 

Arco Organización, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

59.40 

%  

59.40 

%  

— 

 

HOTEL ACTIVITIES

 

Argenline, S.A. (b)

 

Uruguay

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Atlantes Azor No. 1

 

Portugal

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Atlantes Azor No. 2

 

Portugal

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Atlantes Mortgage No. 2

 

Portugal

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Atlantes Mortgage No. 3

 

Portugal

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Atlantes Mortgage No. 4

 

Portugal

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Atlantes Mortgage No. 5

 

Portugal

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Atlantes Mortgage No. 7

 

Portugal

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Atlantes Mortgage No.1 FTC

 

Portugal

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Atlantes Mortgage No.1 plc

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Atlantys Espacios Comerciales, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

71.45 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

REAL ESTATE

 

Atual Companhia Securitizadora de Créditos Financeiros

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE SERVICES

 

Auto ABS 2012-3 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Auto ABS DFP Master Compartment France 2013

 

France

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Auto ABS French Lease Master Compartiment 2016

 

France

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Auto ABS French Loans Master

 

France

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Auto ABS French LT Leases Master

 

France

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Auto ABS German Loans Master

 

France

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Auto ABS Italian Loans Master S.R.L.

 

Italy

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Auto ABS Spanish Loans 2016, Fondo de Titulización

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Auto ABS Swiss Leases 2013 Gmbh

 

Switzerland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Auto ABS UK Loans 2017 Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Auto ABS UK Loans 2017 Plc

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Auto ABS UK Loans Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Auto ABS UK Loans PLC

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Auto ABS2 FCT Compartiment 2013-A (b)

 

France

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Auttar HUT Processamento de Dados Ltda.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

79.36 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

IT SERVICES

 

Aviación Antares, A.I.E.

 

Spain

 

99.99 

%  

0.01 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Aviación Británica, A.I.E.

 

Spain

 

99.99 

%  

0.01 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Aviación Centaurus, A.I.E.

 

Spain

 

99.99 

%  

0.01 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Aviación Comillas, S.L. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Aviación Intercontinental, A.I.E.

 

Spain

 

65.00 

%  

35.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

65.00 

%  

RENTING

 

1


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held by the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bank

 

% of voting power (c)

 

 

 

Company

    

Location

    

Direct

    

Indirect

    

Year 2017

    

Year 2016

    

Activity

 

Aviación Laredo, S.L.

 

Spain

 

99.00 

%  

1.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

AIR TRANSPORT

 

Aviación Oyambre, S.L. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Aviación RC II, A.I.E.

 

Spain

 

99.99 

%  

0.01 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Aviación Real, A.I.E.

 

Spain

 

99.99 

%  

0.01 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Aviación Regional Cántabra, A.I.E. (b)

 

Spain

 

73.58 

%  

0.00 

%  

73.58 

%  

73.58 

%  

RENTING

 

Aviación Scorpius, A.I.E.

 

Spain

 

99.99 

%  

0.01 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Aviación Suances, S.L.

 

Spain

 

99.99 

%  

0.01 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

AIR TRANSPORT

 

Aviación Tritón, A.I.E.

 

Spain

 

99.99 

%  

0.01 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Aymoré Crédito, Financiamento e Investimento S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Banca PSA Italia S.p.a.

 

Italy

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco Bandepe S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco de Albacete, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco de Asunción, S.A. en liquidación voluntaria (b)

 

Paraguay

 

0.00 

%  

99.33 

%  

99.33 

%  

99.33 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco Madesant - Sociedade Unipessoal, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco Olé Bonsucesso Consignado S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

53.80 

%  

60.00 

%  

60.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco Pastor, S.A. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

BANKING

 

Banco Popular Español, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

BANKING

 

Banco PSA Finance Brasil S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

44.84 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Banco S3 México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

CREDIT INSTITUTION

 

Banco Santander - Chile

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

67.12 

%  

67.18 

%  

67.18 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

 

Brazil

 

13.91 

%  

75.77 

%  

90.24 

%  

90.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco Santander (México), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

75.06 

%  

99.99 

%  

99.99 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco Santander (México), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México como Fiduciaria del Fideicomiso 100740

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

75.06 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Banco Santander (México), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México como Fiduciaria del Fideicomiso 2002114

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

75.19 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Banco Santander (México), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México como Fiduciaria del Fideicomiso GFSSLPT

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

75.06 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Banco Santander (Panamá), S.A. (b)

 

Panama

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco Santander (Suisse) SA

 

Switzerland

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco Santander Bahamas International Limited

 

Bahamas

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco Santander Consumer Portugal, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco Santander de Negocios Colombia S.A.

 

Colombia

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Banco Santander International

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco Santander Perú S.A.

 

Peru

 

99.00 

%  

1.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco Santander Puerto Rico

 

Puerto Rico

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco Santander Río S.A.

 

Argentina

 

0.00 

%  

99.30 

%  

99.20 

%  

99.20 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco Santander Totta, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

99.85 

%  

99.96 

%  

99.95 

%  

BANKING

 

Banco Santander, S.A.

 

Uruguay

 

97.75 

%  

2.25 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Banif International Bank, Ltd (b)

 

Bahamas

 

0.00 

%  

99.85 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Bank Zachodni WBK S.A.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

69.34 

%  

69.34 

%  

69.41 

%  

BANKING

 

Bansa Santander S.A.

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Bansalud, S.L. (b)

 

Spain

 

72.34 

%  

12.00 

%  

84.34 

%  

84.34 

%  

IT SERVICES

 

Bansamex, S.A.

 

Spain

 

50.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

CARDS

 

BCLF 2013-1 B.V.

 

Holland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Besaya ECA Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

FINANCE

 

Bilkreditt 3 Designated Activity Company (b)

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Bilkreditt 4 Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Bilkreditt 5 Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Bilkreditt 6 Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Bilkreditt 7 Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Bodegas Señorío de Nevada, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

62.80 

%  

62.80 

%  

— 

 

FOOD INDUSTRY

 

Bonsucesso Tecnología LTDA.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

53.80 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

IT SERVICES

 

BPE Financiaciones, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

BPE Representaçoes y Participaçoes, Ltda.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

BPP Asesores S.A.

 

Argentina

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

BPV Promotora de Vendas e Cobrança Ltda.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

53.80 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

BRL V - Fundo de Investimento Imobiliário - FII

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INVESTMENT FUND

 

BRS Investments S.A.

 

Argentina

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

BZ WBK F24 S.A.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

69.34 

%  

100.00 

%  

99.99 

%  

FINANCE

 

BZ WBK Faktor Sp. z o.o.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

69.34 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE SERVICES

 

BZ WBK Finanse Sp. z o.o.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

69.34 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE SERVICES

 

BZ WBK Inwestycje Sp. z o.o.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

69.34 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BROKERAGE

 

BZ WBK Leasing S.A.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

69.34 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

BZ WBK Towarzystwo Funduszy Inwestycyjnych S.A.

 

Poland

 

50.00 

%  

34.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Caja de Emisiones con Garantía de Anualidades Debidas por el Estado, S.A.

 

Spain

 

62.87 

%  

0.00 

%  

62.87 

%  

62.87 

%  

FINANCE

 

Cántabra de Inversiones, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Cántabro Catalana de Inversiones, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Cantera de Albanilla, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Capital Street Delaware LP

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Capital Street Holdings, LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Capital Street REIT Holdings, LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Capital Street S.A.

 

Luxembourg

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Carfax (Guernsey) Limited (e)

 

Guernsey

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INSURANCE BROKERAGE

 

Carfinco Financial Group Inc.

 

Canada

 

96.42 

%  

0.00 

%  

96.42 

%  

96.42 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Carfinco Inc.

 

Canada

 

0.00 

%  

96.42 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Casa de Bolsa Santander, S.A. de C.V., Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

75.04 

%  

99.97 

%  

99.97 

%  

BROKERAGE

 

Cater Allen Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Cater Allen International Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BROKERAGE

 

Cater Allen Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Cater Allen Lloyd's Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Cater Allen Syndicate Management Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

ADVISORY SERVICES

 

CCAP Auto Lease Ltd.

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

Centro de Capacitación Santander, A.C.

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

75.06 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

CHARITABLE ENTITY

 

Cercebelo Assets, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

Certidesa, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

AIRCRAFT RENTING

 

Chrysler Capital Auto Funding I LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

2


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held by the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bank

 

% of voting power (c)

 

 

 

Company

    

Location

    

Direct

    

Indirect

    

Year 2017

    

Year 2016

    

Activity

 

Chrysler Capital Auto Funding II LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Chrysler Capital Auto Receivables LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Chrysler Capital Auto Receivables Trust 2016-A

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Chrysler Capital Master Auto Receivables Funding 2 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Chrysler Capital Master Auto Receivables Funding 3 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

NO ACTIVITY

 

Chrysler Capital Master Auto Receivables Funding LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Club Zaudin Golf, S.A. (b)

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

85.07 

%  

95.15 

%  

95.15 

%  

SERVICES

 

Compagnie Generale de Credit Aux Particuliers - Credipar S.A.

 

France

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Compagnie Pour la Location de Vehicules - CLV

 

France

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Consulteam Consultores de Gestão, Lda.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Consumer Lending Receivables LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Corporación Financiera ISSOS, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

Crawfall S.A.  (b)

 

Uruguay

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Dansk Auto Finansiering 1 Designated Activity Company (b)

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Darep Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

REINSURANCE

 

Desarrollo de Infraestructuras de Castilla, S.A. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

71.40 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

WATER SUPPLY

 

Digital Procurement Holdings N.V.

 

Holland

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Diners Club Spain, S.A.

 

Spain

 

75.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

75.00 

%  

75.00 

%  

CARDS

 

Dirección Estratega, S.C.

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Dirgenfin, S.L. en liquidación (b)

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT

 

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-A

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-B

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-C

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-D

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2016-A

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2016-B

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2016-C

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-1

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-2

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-3

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-A

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-B

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2018-1

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

NO ACTIVITY

 

Eagle Hispania, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

Edificaciones Nimec, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

EDT FTPYME Pastor 3 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Elbrus Properties, S.A. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

Electrolyser, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

75.06 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Entidad de Desarrollo a la Pequeña y Micro Empresa Santander Consumo Perú S.A.

 

Peru

 

55.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

55.00 

%  

55.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Erestone S.A.S.

 

France

 

0.00 

%  

90.00 

%  

90.00 

%  

90.00 

%  

REAL ESTATE

 

Eurobanco S.A. en liquidación (b)

 

Uruguay

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INACTIVE

 

Eurovida – Companhia de Seguros de Vida, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

99.98 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

INSURANCE

 

Evidence Previdência S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

FFB - Participações e Serviços, Sociedade Unipessoal, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Fib Realty Corporation

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

NO ACTIVITY

 

Finance Professional Services, S.A.S.

 

France

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Financeira El Corte Inglés, Portugal, S.F.C., S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Financiera El Corte Inglés, E.F.C., S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Finespa, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

First National Motor Business Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

First National Motor Contracts Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

First National Motor Facilities Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

First National Motor Finance Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

ADVISORY SERVICES

 

First National Motor Leasing Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

First National Motor plc

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

First National Tricity Finance Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Fomento e Inversiones, S.A. Unipersonal (f)

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos PYMES Santander 9

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos RMBS Santander 1

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos RMBS Santander 2

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos RMBS Santander 3

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander 2

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Consumer Spain Auto 2013-1

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Consumer Spain Auto 2014-1

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Empresas 1

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Empresas 2

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Empresas 3

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Hipotecario 7

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Hipotecario 8

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Hipotecario 9

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización PYMES Santander 12

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización RMBS Santander 4

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización RMBS Santander 5

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización Santander Consumer Spain Auto 2016-1

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización Santander Consumer Spain Auto 2016-2

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización Santander Consumo 2

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondo de Titulización Santander Financiación 1

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fondos Santander, S.A. Administradora de Fondos de Inversión (en liquidación) (b)

 

Uruguay

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Fortensky Trading, Ltd.

 

Ireland

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Fórum de Negocios de Granada, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Fórum de Negocios de Motril, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Fórum de Negocios del Sur, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Fosse (Master Issuer) Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fosse Funding (No.1) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Fosse Master Issuer PLC

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Fosse PECOH Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Fosse Trustee (UK) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

FTPYME Banesto 2, Fondo de Titulización de Activos

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

FTPYME Santander 2 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

3


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held by the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bank

 

% of voting power (c)

 

 

 

Company

    

Location

    

Direct

    

Indirect

    

Year 2017

    

Year 2016

    

Activity

 

Fuencarral Agrupanorte, S.L. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

71.45 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Fundo de Investimentos em Direitos Creditórios Multisegmentos NPL Ipanema V – Não padronizado

 

Brazil

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

INVESTMENT FUND

 

Fundo de Investimentos em Direitos Creditórios Multisegmentos NPL Ipanema VI – Não padronizado

 

Brazil

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

INVESTMENT FUND

 

Gamma, Sociedade Financeira de Titularização de Créditos, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

99.85 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

GC FTPYME Pastor 4 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

General de Terrenos y Edificios Servicios Integrales, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

General de Terrenos y Edificios, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Geoban, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Gesban México Servicios Administrativos Globales, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Gesban Santander Servicios Profesionales Contables Limitada

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INTERNET

 

Gesban Servicios Administrativos Globales, S.L.

 

Spain

 

99.99 

%  

0.01 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Gesban UK Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS SERVICES

 

Gestión de Activos Castellana 40, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Gestión de Instalaciones Fotovoltaicas, S.L. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION

 

Gestora de Investimentos Ipanema S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

62.77 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Gestora de Procesos S.A. en liquidación (b)

 

Peru

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Gestora Europea de Inversiones, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

SERVICES

 

Gestora Patrimonial Calle Francisco Sancha 12, S.L.

 

Spain

 

68.80 

%  

27.54 

%  

96.34 

%  

68.80 

%  

SECURITIES AND REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT

 

Gestora Popular, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Getnet Adquirência e Serviços para Meios de Pagamento S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

79.36 

%  

88.50 

%  

88.50 

%  

PAYMENT SERVICES

 

Gieldokracja Spólka z o.o.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

69.34 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Girobank Investments Ltd (b)

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Global Carihuela Patrimonio No Estratégico, S.L. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

71.40 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Gold Leaf Title Company

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

Golden Bar (Securitization) S.r.l.

 

Italy

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Golden Bar Stand Alone 2014-1

 

Italy

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Golden Bar Stand Alone 2015-1

 

Italy

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Golden Bar Stand Alone 2016-1

 

Italy

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Golden Bar Whole Loan Note VFN 2013-1

 

Italy

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Green Energy Holding Company, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Grupo Empresarial Santander, S.L.

 

Spain

 

99.11 

%  

0.89 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Grupo Financiero Santander México, S.A.B. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

74.97 

%  

0.10 

%  

75.10 

%  

75.09 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Grupo La Toja Hoteles, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

90.00 

%  

90.00 

%  

— 

 

HOLDING COMPANY

 

GTS El Centro Equity Holdings, LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

81.90 

%  

81.90 

%  

81.90 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

GTS El Centro Project Holdings, LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

81.90 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Guaranty Car, S.A. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

AUTOMOTIVE

 

Habitatrix, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

71.45 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Hercepopular, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Hipototta No. 1 plc (b)

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Hipototta No. 4 FTC

 

Portugal

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Hipototta No. 4 plc

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Hipototta No. 5 FTC

 

Portugal

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Hipototta No. 5 plc

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Hispamer Renting, S.A. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Holbah II Limited

 

Bahamas

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Holbah Santander, S.L. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Holmes Funding Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Holmes Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Holmes Master Issuer plc

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Holmes Trustees Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Holneth B.V.

 

Holland

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Ibérica de Compras Corporativas, S.L.

 

Spain

 

97.17 

%  

2.83 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

E-COMMERCE

 

IM Banco Popular MBS 2 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

IM Grupo Banco Popular Consumo 1 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

IM Grupo Banco Popular Empresas 7 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

IM Grupo Banco Popular Leasing 3 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

IM Grupo Banco Popular MBS 3 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Independence Community Bank Corp.

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Ingeniería de Software Bancario, S.L.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

IT SERVICES

 

Inmo Francia 2, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Inmobiliária Das Avenidas Novas, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

71.45 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Inmobiliaria Viagracia, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Insurance Funding Solutions Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Integry Tecnologia e Serviços A H U Ltda.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

79.36 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

IT SERVICES

 

Interfinance Holanda B.V.

 

Holland

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Intermediacion y Servicios Tecnológicos, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

SERVICES

 

Inversiones Capital Global, S.A. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Inversiones Casado del Alisal, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Inversiones Inmobiliarias Alprosa, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Inversiones Inmobiliarias Canvives, S.A. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Inversiones Inmobiliarias Cedaceros, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Inversiones Inmobiliarias Elencia, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Inversiones Inmobiliarias Gercebio, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Inversiones Inmobiliarias Inagua, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Inversiones Inmobiliarias Jeráguilas, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Inversiones Inmobiliarias Linara, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Inversiones Inmobiliarias Popsol, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Inversiones Inmobiliarias Tamadaba, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Inversiones Inmobiliarias Tamdab, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Inversiones Inmobiliarias Valabia, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Inversiones Marítimas del Mediterráneo, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INACTIVE

 

Ipanema Empreendimentos e Participações S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

62.77 

%  

70.00 

%  

— 

 

COLLECTION SERVICES

 

Isban Argentina S.A.

 

Argentina

 

87.42 

%  

12.58 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE SERVICES

 

Isban Brasil S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Isban Chile S.A.

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

IT SERVICES

 

Isban DE GmbH

 

Germany

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

IT SERVICES

 

Isban México, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

IT SERVICES

 

4


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held by the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bank

 

% of voting power (c)

 

 

 

Company

    

Location

    

Direct

    

Indirect

    

Year 2017

    

Year 2016

    

Activity

 

Isla de los Buques, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

La Toja, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

86.22% 

 

86.22% 

 

— 

 

HOTEL

 

La Unión Resinera Española, S.A. en liquidación (b)

 

Spain

 

76.79 

%  

19.55 

%  

96.35 

%  

96.35 

%  

CHEMISTRY

 

Langton Funding (No.1) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Langton Mortgages Trustee (UK) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Langton PECOH Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Langton Securities (2008-1) plc

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Langton Securities (2010-1) PLC

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Langton Securities (2010-2) PLC

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Langton Securities (2012-1) PLC (b)

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Langton Securities Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Laparanza, S.A.

 

Spain

 

61.59 

%  

0.00 

%  

61.59 

%  

61.59 

%  

AGRICULTURAL AND LIVESTOCK

 

Las Albaryzas de Otura, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Limatesa Gestión de Servicios Integrales, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

Liquidity Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FACTORING

 

Luri 1, S.A. (d)

 

Spain

 

31.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

31.00 

%  

31.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Luri 2, S.A. (b) (d)

 

Spain

 

30.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

30.00 

%  

30.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Luri 4, S.A. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Luri 6, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

 

MAC No. 1 Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

MORTGAGE

 

Manberor, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Marina Golf, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

SPORTS EXPLOITATION

 

Master Red Europa, S.L.

 

Spain

 

68.80 

%  

27.54 

%  

96.34 

%  

68.80 

%  

CARDS

 

Mata Alta, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

61.59 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Meglahe, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

Merciver, S.L.

 

Spain

 

99.90 

%  

0.10 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCIAL ADVISORY

 

Merlion Aviation One Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

51.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Metrovacesa Inmuebles y Promociones, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

71.45 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Metrovacesa Promoción y Arrendamiento, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

71.40 

%  

99.93 

%  

70.27 

%  

REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT

 

Metrovacesa, S.A.

 

Spain

 

35.90 

%  

35.55 

%  

71.45 

%  

70.27 

%  

REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT

 

Moneybit, S.L.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

SERVICES

 

Mortgage Engine Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE SERVICES

 

Motor 2012 Holdings Limited (b)

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Motor 2012 PLC (b)

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Motor 2014-1 Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Motor 2014-1 PLC (b)

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Motor 2015-1 Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Motor 2015-1 PLC

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Motor 2016-1 Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Motor 2016-1 PLC

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Motor 2016-1M Ltd

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Motor 2017-1 Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Motor 2017-1 PLC

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Naviera Mirambel, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Naviera Trans Gas, A.I.E.

 

Spain

 

99.99 

%  

0.01 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Naviera Trans Iron, S.L.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

Naviera Trans Ore, A.I.E.

 

Spain

 

99.99 

%  

0.01 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Naviera Trans Wind, S.L.

 

Spain

 

99.99 

%  

0.01 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Naviera Transcantábrica, S.L.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

LEASING

 

Naviera Transchem, S.L. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

LEASING

 

Newcomar, S.L. en liquidación (b)

 

Spain

 

40.00 

%  

40.00 

%  

80.00 

%  

80.00 

%  

REAL ESTATE

 

Norbest AS

 

Norway

 

7.94 

%  

92.06 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIES INVESTMENT

 

Novimovest – Fundo de Investimento Imobiliário

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

79.40 

%  

79.51 

%  

79.08 

%  

INVESTMENT FUND

 

Nuberos Retail 1, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

NW Services CO.

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

E-COMMERCE

 

Open Bank, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Open Digital Services, S.L.

 

Spain

 

99.97 

%  

0.03 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

SERVICES

 

Operadora de Carteras Gamma, S.A.P.I. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Optimal Investment Services SA

 

Switzerland

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Optimal Multiadvisors Ireland Plc / Optimal Strategic US Equity Ireland Euro Fund

 

Ireland

 

0.00 

%  

54.18 

%  

51.25 

%  

51.25 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Optimal Multiadvisors Ireland Plc / Optimal Strategic US Equity Ireland US Dollar Fund 

 

Ireland

 

0.00 

%  

44.14 

%  

51.62 

%  

51.62 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Optimal Multiadvisors Ltd / Optimal Strategic US Equity Series (consolidado)

 

Bahamas

 

0.00 

%  

55.62 

%  

56.10 

%  

56.10 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Pandantan, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

Parasant SA

 

Switzerland

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Pastor Privada Investment 1, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Pastor Privada Investment 2, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Pastor Privada Investment 3, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

— 

 

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Pastor Vida, S.A. de Seguros y Reaseguros

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

INSURANCE

 

PBE Companies, LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

PECOH Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Pereda Gestión, S.A.

 

Spain

 

99.99 

%  

0.01 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Phoenix C1 Aviation Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

51.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Pingham International, S.A.

 

Uruguay

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Platja Amplaries, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

Popular Banca Privada, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

BANKING

 

Popular Bolsa S.V., S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

BROKERAGE

 

Popular Capital, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

Popular Consumer Finance, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

Popular de Mediación, S.A. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

INSURANCE BROKERAGE

 

Popular de Participaciones Financieras, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

VENTURE CAPITAL

 

Popular de Renting, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

RENTING

 

Popular Gestão de Activos, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

MANAGEMENT OF FUNDS AND PORTFOLIOS

 

Popular Gestión Privada S.G.I.I.C., S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

MANAGEMENT OF FUNDS AND PORTFOLIOS

 

Popular Operaciones, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

Popular Seguros, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

84.07 

%  

84.07 

%  

— 

 

INSURANCE

 

Popularcompras, S.A. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

INTERNET

 

Portal Universia Argentina S.A.

 

Argentina

 

0.00 

%  

75.75 

%  

75.75 

%  

75.75 

%  

INTERNET

 

Portal Universia Portugal, Prestação de Serviços de Informática, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INTERNET

 

5


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held by the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bank

 

% of voting power (c)

 

 

 

Company

    

Location

    

Direct

    

Indirect

    

Year 2017

    

Year 2016

    

Activity

 

Portal Universia, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

89.45 

%  

89.45 

%  

89.45 

%  

INTERNET

 

Premier Credit S.A.S.

 

Colombia

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE ADVISORY

 

Prime Auto Issuance Notes Trust 2017-C

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Primestar Servicing, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

79.88 

%  

80.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

Produban Servicios Informáticos Generales, S.L.

 

Spain

 

99.96 

%  

0.04 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Produban Serviços de Informática S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

IT SERVICES

 

Programa Multi Sponsor PMS, S.A. (b)

 

Spain

 

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

ADVERTISING

 

Promoción Social de Viviendas, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

91.84 

%  

91.84 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

Promociones Vallebramen, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

71.45 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

PSA Bank Deutschland GmbH

 

Germany

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

BANKING

 

PSA Banque France

 

France

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

BANKING

 

PSA Consumer Finance Polska Sp. z o.o.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

40.80 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

PSA Finance Belux S.A.

 

Belgium

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

PSA Finance Polska Sp. z o.o.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

40.80 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

PSA Finance Suisse, S.A.

 

Switzerland

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

PSA Finance UK Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

PSA Financial Services Nederland B.V.

 

Holland

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

PSA Financial Services Spain, E.F.C., S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Punta Lima, LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

Read Leaf Holding

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

Recovery Team, S.L. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

Retop S.A.

 

Uruguay

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Riobank International (Uruguay) SAIFE (b)

 

Uruguay

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Roc Aviation One Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Roc Shipping One Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

51.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Rojo Entretenimento S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

84.83 

%  

94.60 

%  

— 

 

SERVICES

 

SAM Asset Management, S.A. de C.V., Sociedad Operadora de Fondos de Inversión

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

SAM Brasil Participações S.A.

 

Brazil

 

1.00 

%  

99.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

50.50 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

SAM Finance Lux S.à r.l.

 

Luxembourg

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

MANAGER

 

SAM Investment Holdings Limited (e)

 

Jersey

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

SAM UK Investment Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

81.08 

%  

18.92 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Sancap Investimentos e Participações S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Saninv - Gestão e Investimentos, Sociedade Unipessoal, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Santander (CF Trustee Property Nominee) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Santander (CF Trustee) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

ASSET MANAGEMENT

 

Santander (UK) Group Pension Schemes Trustees Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

ASSET MANAGEMENT

 

Santander Agente de Valores Limitada

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

67.44 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BROKERAGE

 

Santander Ahorro Inmobiliario 1, S.I.I., S.A.

 

Spain

 

97.95 

%  

0.58 

%  

98.54 

%  

73.41 

%  

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

 

Santander Ahorro Inmobiliario 2, S.I.I., S.A.

 

Spain

 

99.13 

%  

0.78 

%  

99.91 

%  

95.22 

%  

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

 

Santander Asset Finance (December) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

Santander Asset Finance plc

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

Santander Asset Management - Sociedade Gestora de Fundos de Investimento Mobiliário, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Santander Asset Management Chile S.A.

 

Chile

 

0.01 

%  

99.94 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIES INVESTMENT

 

Santander Asset Management Luxembourg, S.A.

 

Luxembourg

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Santander Asset Management S.A. Administradora General de Fondos

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

49.99 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Santander Asset Management UK Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Santander Asset Management UK Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

MANAGEMENT OF FUNDS AND PORTFOLIOS

 

Santander Asset Management, LLC

 

Puerto Rico

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

MANAGER

 

Santander Asset Management, S.A., S.G.I.I.C.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Santander Back-Offices Globales Mayoristas, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Santander Banca de Inversión Colombia, S.A.S.

 

Colombia

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE SERVICES

 

Santander BanCorp

 

Puerto Rico

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Santander Bank & Trust Ltd.

 

Bahamas

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Santander Bank, National Association

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Santander Brasil Administradora de Consórcio Ltda.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Santander Brasil Asset Management Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

50.50 

%  

MANAGER

 

Santander Brasil Gestão de Recursos Ltda.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

 

Santander Brasil, EFC, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Capital Desarrollo, SGEIC, S.A. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

VENTURE CAPITAL

 

Santander Capital Structuring, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

TRADE

 

Santander Capitalização S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Santander Cards Ireland Limited

 

Ireland

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

CARDS

 

Santander Cards Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

CARDS

 

Santander Cards UK Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Chile Holding S.A.

 

Chile

 

22.11 

%  

77.72 

%  

99.84 

%  

99.83 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Santander Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

ADVICE

 

Santander Consumer (UK) plc

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer ABS Funding 3 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2011-A LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2013-B2 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2013-B3 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2013-L1 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2014-B2 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2014-B5 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2014-L1 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2015-L1 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2015-L2 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2015-L3 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2015-L4 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2016-B1 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2016-B2 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2016-B3 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2016-B4 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2016-L1 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2016-L2 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2016-L3 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2016-L4 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2017-L1 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

6


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held by the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bank

 

% of voting power (c)

 

 

 

Company

    

Location

    

Direct

    

Indirect

    

Year 2017

    

Year 2016

    

Activity

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2017-L2 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2017-L3 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2017-L4 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Auto Receivables Funding 2018-L1 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

NO ACTIVITY

 

Santander Consumer Bank AG

 

Germany

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Santander Consumer Bank AS

 

Norway

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Bank GmbH

 

Austria

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Santander Consumer Bank S.A.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

81.61 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Santander Consumer Bank S.A.

 

Belgium

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Santander Consumer Bank S.p.A.

 

Italy

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Santander Consumer Banque S.A.

 

France

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Santander Consumer Chile S.A.

 

Chile

 

51.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Credit Services Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Finance Benelux B.V.

 

Holland

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Finance Global Services, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

IT SERVICES

 

Santander Consumer Finance Media S.r.l. - in liquidazione (b)

 

Italy

 

0.00 

%  

65.00 

%  

65.00 

%  

65.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Finance Oy

 

Finland

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.

 

Spain

 

63.19 

%  

36.81 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Santander Consumer Finanse Sp. z o.o.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

81.61 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Santander Consumer Funding 5 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Holding Austria GmbH

 

Austria

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Santander Consumer Holding GmbH

 

Germany

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Santander Consumer International Puerto Rico LLC

 

Puerto Rico

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Santander Consumer Leasing GmbH

 

Germany

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

Santander Consumer Mediación Operador de Banca-Seguros Vinculado, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

94.61 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INSURANCE MEDIATIONS

 

Santander Consumer Multirent Sp. z o.o.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

81.61 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

Santander Consumer Receivables 10 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Receivables 11 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Receivables 12 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Receivables 3 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Receivables 7 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Receivables Funding LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer Renting, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

Santander Consumer Services GmbH

 

Austria

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Santander Consumer Services, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc.

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

68.12 

%  

58.79 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Santander Consumer USA Inc.

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumer, EFC, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Consumo, S.A. de C.V., S.O.F.O.M., E.R., Grupo Financiero Santander Mexico

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

75.06 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

CARDS

 

Santander Corredora de Seguros Limitada

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

67.20 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INSURANCE BROKERAGE

 

Santander Corredores de Bolsa Limitada

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

83.23 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BROKERAGE

 

Santander Corretora de Câmbio e Valores Mobiliários S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BROKERAGE

 

Santander Corretora de Seguros, Investimentos e Serviços S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Santander de Titulización S.G.F.T., S.A.

 

Spain

 

81.00 

%  

19.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2013-3

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2013-4

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2013-5

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2013-A

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2014-1

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2014-2

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2014-3

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2014-4

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2014-5

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-1

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-2

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-3

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-4

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-5

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-S5

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-S6

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2015-S7

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2016-1

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2016-2

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2016-3

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-1

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-2

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-3

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2018-1

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

NO ACTIVITY

 

Santander Energías Renovables I, S.C.R., S.A.

 

Spain

 

59.66 

%  

0.00 

%  

59.66 

%  

56.76 

%  

VENTURE CAPITAL

 

Santander Envíos, S.A. (b)

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

MONEY TRANSFERS SERVICES

 

Santander Equity Investments Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander España Merchant Services, Entidad de Pago, S.L.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

PAYMENT SERVICES

 

Santander Estates Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Santander Factoring S.A.

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

99.84 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FACTORING

 

Santander Factoring y Confirming, S.A., E.F.C.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FACTORING

 

Santander FI Hedge Strategies

 

Ireland

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INVESTMENT COMPANY

 

Santander Finance 2012-1 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCIAL SERVICES

 

Santander Finance Arrendamento Mercantil S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

Santander Financial Exchanges Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Financial Services, Inc.

 

Puerto Rico

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Fintech Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Fund Administration, S.A. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Santander Fundo de Investimento Amazonas Multimercado Crédito Privado Investimento no Exterior

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INVESTMENT FUND

 

Santander Fundo de Investimento Diamantina Multimercado Crédito Privado Investimento no Exterior

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INVESTMENT FUND

 

Santander Fundo de Investimento em Cotas de Fundos de Investimento Contract i Referenciado DI

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INVESTMENT FUND

 

Santander Fundo de Investimento Financial Curto Prazo 

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INVESTMENT FUND

 

7


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held by the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bank

 

% of voting power (c)

 

 

 

Company

    

Location

    

Direct

    

Indirect

    

Year 2017

    

Year 2016

    

Activity

 

Santander Fundo de Investimento Guarujá Multimercado Crédito Privado Investimento no Exterior

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INVESTMENT FUND

 

Santander Fundo de Investimento Renda Fixa Capitalization

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INVESTMENT FUND

 

Santander Fundo de Investimento SBAC Referenciado di Crédito Privado

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

82.76 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INVESTMENT FUND

 

Santander Fundo de Investimento Unix Multimercado Crédito Privado

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INVESTMENT FUND

 

Santander GBM Secured Financing Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Gestión de Recaudación y Cobranzas Ltda.

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

99.84 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE SERVICES

 

Santander Global Consumer Finance Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Global Facilities, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT

 

Santander Global Facilities, S.L.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Santander Global Property, S.L.

 

Spain

 

97.34 

%  

2.66 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIES INVESTMENT

 

Santander Global Services, S.A. (b)

 

Uruguay

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Santander Global Sport, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SPORTS ACTIVITY

 

Santander Guarantee Company

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

Santander Hipotecario 1 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Hipotecario 2 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Hipotecario 3 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Holding Internacional, S.A.

 

Spain

 

99.95 

%  

0.05 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Santander Holdings USA, Inc.

 

United States

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Santander Inclusión Financiera, S.A. de C.V., S.O.F.O.M., E.R., Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

75.06 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

Santander Insurance Agency, Inc.

 

Puerto Rico

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INSURANCE BROKERAGE

 

Santander Insurance Agency, U.S., LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Santander Insurance Services UK Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

ASSET MANAGEMENT

 

Santander Intermediación Correduría de Seguros, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INSURANCE BROKERAGE

 

Santander International Products, Plc.

 

Ireland

 

99.99 

%  

0.01 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Inversiones S.A.

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Santander Investment Bank Limited

 

Bahamas

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Santander Investment Bolsa, Sociedad de Valores, S.A. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BROKERAGE

 

Santander Investment Chile Limitada

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Investment I, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Santander Investment Limited

 

Bahamas

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INACTIVE

 

Santander Investment Securities Inc.

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BROKERAGE

 

Santander Investment, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Santander ISA Managers Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

MANAGEMENT OF FUNDS AND PORTFOLIOS

 

Santander Lease, S.A., E.F.C.

 

Spain

 

70.00 

%  

30.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

Santander Leasing S.A. Arrendamento Mercantil

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

99.99 

%  

99.99 

%  

LEASING

 

Santander Leasing, LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

Santander Lending Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

MORTGAGE

 

Santander Mediación Operador de Banca-Seguros Vinculado, S.A.

 

Spain

 

96.70 

%  

3.30 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INSURANCE MEDIATION

 

Santander Merchant S.A.

 

Argentina

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Operaciones, S.L.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

SERVICES

 

Santander Paraty Qif PLC

 

Ireland

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INVESTMENT FUND

 

Santander Pensiones, S.A., E.G.F.P.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

PENSION FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Santander Pensões - Sociedade Gestora de Fundos de Pensões, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PENSION FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Santander Prime Auto Issuance Notes Trust 2017-A

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Prime Auto Issuance Notes Trust 2017-B

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Prime Auto Issuance Notes Trust 2017-C

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Private Banking Gestión, S.A., S.G.I.I.C.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Santander Private Banking s.p.a. in Liquidazione (b)

 

Italy

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander Private Banking UK Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Santander Private Real Estate Advisory & Management, S.A.

 

Spain

 

99.99 

%  

0.01 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Santander Private Real Estate Advisory, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Santander Real Estate, S.G.I.I.C., S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Santander Retail Auto Lease Funding LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Retail Auto Lease Trust 2017-A

 

United States

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santander Río Asset Management Gerente de Fondos Comunes de Inversión S.A.

 

Argentina

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Santander Río Servicios S.A.

 

Argentina

 

0.00 

%  

99.97 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

ADVISORY SERVICES

 

Santander Río Trust S.A.

 

Argentina

 

0.00 

%  

99.97 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Santander Río Valores S.A.

 

Argentina

 

0.00 

%  

99.34 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BROKERAGE

 

Santander RSPE 11 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

NO ACTIVITY

 

Santander S.A. Sociedad Securitizadora

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

67.24 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Santander Secretariat Services Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Santander Securities LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BROKERAGE

 

Santander Securities Services Brasil Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BROKERAGE

 

Santander Securities Services Brasil Participações S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Santander Securities Services Colombia S.A. Sociedad Fiduciaria

 

Colombia

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

Santander Securities Services, S.A. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Santander Seguros y Reaseguros, Compañía Aseguradora, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Santander Service GmbH

 

Germany

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Santander Servicios Corporativos, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

75.06 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Santander Servicios Especializados, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

75.06 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE SERVICES

 

Santander Technology USA, LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PRECIOUS METAL COMMERCE

 

Santander Tecnología y Operaciones A.E.I.E. (b)

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SERVICES

 

Santander Tecnología, S.L.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

SERVICES

 

Santander Totta Seguros, Companhia de Seguros de Vida, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

99.90 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Santander Totta, SGPS, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

99.90 

%  

99.90 

%  

99.90 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Santander Trade Services Limited

 

Hong Kong

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INACTIVE

 

Santander UK Foundation Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

CHARITY SERVICES

 

Santander UK Group Holdings plc

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander UK Investments

 

United Kingdom

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Santander UK Operations Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Santander UK plc

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

BANKING

 

Santander UK Technology Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

COMPUTER SERVICES

 

Santander Vivienda, S.A. de C.V., S.O.F.O.M.,E.R., Grupo Financiero Santander México

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

75.06 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

8


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held by the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bank

 

% of voting power (c)

 

 

 

Company

    

Location

    

Direct

    

Indirect

    

Year 2017

    

Year 2016

    

Activity

 

Santander Vivienda, S.A. de C.V., S.O.F.O.M., E.R., Grupo Financiero Santander México como Fiduciaria del Fideicomiso Bursa

 

Mexico

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Santotta-Internacional, SGPS, Sociedade Unipessoal, Lda. (b)

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

99.85 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Santusa Holding, S.L.

 

Spain

 

69.76 

%  

30.24 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

SC Austria Finance 2013-1 S.A.

 

Luxembourg

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Germany Auto 2011-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt) (b)

 

Germany

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Germany Auto 2011-2 UG (haftungsbeschränkt) (b)

 

Germany

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Germany Auto 2013-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt) (b)

 

Germany

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Germany Auto 2013-2 UG (haftungsbeschränkt) (b)

 

Germany

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Germany Auto 2014-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt) (b)

 

Germany

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Germany Auto 2014-2 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

 

Germany

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Germany Auto 2016-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

 

Germany

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Germany Auto 2016-2 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

 

Germany

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Germany Auto 2017-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

 

Germany

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Germany Consumer 2013-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt) (b)

 

Germany

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Germany Consumer 2014-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

 

Germany

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Germany Consumer 2015-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

 

Germany

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Germany Consumer 2016-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

 

Germany

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Germany Consumer 2017-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

 

Germany

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Germany Vehicles 2013-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

 

Germany

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Germany Vehicles 2015-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)

 

Germany

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Poland Consumer 15-1 Sp. z.o.o.

 

Poland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SC Poland Consumer 16-1 Sp. z o.o.

 

Poland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SCF Ajoneuvohallinta Limited (b)

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SCF Ajoneuvohallinto I Limited

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SCF Ajoneuvohallinto II Limited

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SCF Ajoneuvohallinto KIMI VI Limited

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SCF Eastside Locks GP Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT

 

SCF Rahoituspalvelut 2013 Designated Activity Company (b)

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SCF Rahoituspalvelut I Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SCF Rahoituspalvelut II Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SCF Rahoituspalvelut KIMI VI Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SCFI Ajoneuvohallinto Limited

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

SCFI Rahoituspalvelut Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Secucor Finance 2013-I Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Services and Promotions Delaware Corp.

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Services and Promotions Miami LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Servicio de Alarmas Controladas por Ordenador, S.A.

 

Spain

 

99.99 

%  

0.01 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITY

 

Servicios Corporativos Seguros Serfin, S.A. de C.V. (b)

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

85.30 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Servicios de Cobranza, Recuperación y Seguimiento, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

85.00 

%  

85.00 

%  

85.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Sheppards Moneybrokers Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

ADVISORY SERVICES

 

Shiloh III Wind Project, LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION

 

Silk Finance No. 4

 

Portugal

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Sistema 4B, S.L. (consolidado)

 

Spain

 

68.80 

%  

27.54 

%  

96.34 

%  

68.80 

%  

CARDS

 

Sobrinos de José Pastor Inversiones, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Sociedad Integral de Valoraciones Automatizadas, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

APPRAISALS

 

Socur, S.A.

 

Uruguay

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Sol Orchard Imperial 1 LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

81.90 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION

 

Solarlaser Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

SOV APEX LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Sovereign Capital Trust IX

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Sovereign Community Development Company

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Sovereign Delaware Investment Corporation

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Sovereign Lease Holdings, LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE SERVICES

 

Sovereign REIT Holdings, Inc.

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Sovereign Securities Corporation, LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

NO ACTIVITY

 

Sovereign Spirit Limited (e)

 

Bermuda

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

SPAIN Revolving Funding LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

68.12 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Sterrebeeck B.V.

 

Holland

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Suleyado 2003, S.L. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIES INVESTMENT

 

Super Pagamentos e Administração de Meios Eletrônicos S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PAYMENT SERVICES

 

Suzuki Servicios Financieros, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

INTERMEDIATION

 

Svensk Autofinans 1 Limited (b)

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Svensk Autofinans WH 1 Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Swesant SA

 

Switzerland

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Taler Real Estate, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

Taxagest Sociedade Gestora de Participações Sociais, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

99.85 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Teatinos Siglo XXI Inversiones S.A.

 

Chile

 

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

The Alliance & Leicester Corporation Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

REAL ESTATE

 

The National & Provincial Building Society Pension Fund Trustees Limited  (b)

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

ASSET MANAGEMENT

 

Tiffany Investments, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCE

 

Time Retail Finance Limited (b)

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Tonopah Solar I, LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

TOPSAM, S.A de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Toque Fale Serviços de Telemarketing Ltda.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

79.36 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

MARKETING

 

Tornquist Asesores de Seguros S.A. (b)

 

Argentina

 

0.00 

%  

99.99 

%  

99.99 

%  

99.99 

%  

ADVISORY SERVICES

 

Total Sunset Inc.

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

NO ACTIVITY

 

TotalBank

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

BANKING

 

Totta (Ireland), PLC

 

Ireland

 

0.00 

%  

99.85 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCE

 

Totta Urbe - Empresa de Administração e Construções, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

99.85 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

REAL ESTATE

 

Trade Maps 3 Hong Kong Limited

 

Hong Kong

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Trade Maps 3 Ireland Limited

 

Ireland

 

— 

 

(a)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Trans Rotor Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

RENTING

 

Transolver Finance EFC, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

LEASING

 

Trentis Retail, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

Tuttle & Son Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS SERVICES

 

Universia Brasil S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INTERNET

 

Universia Chile S.A.

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

86.72 

%  

86.72 

%  

86.60 

%  

INTERNET

 

Universia Colombia S.A.S.

 

Colombia

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INTERNET

 

Universia Holding, S.L.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

9


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held by the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bank

 

% of voting power (c)

 

 

 

Company

    

Location

    

Direct

    

Indirect

    

Year 2017

    

Year 2016

    

Activity

 

Universia México, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INTERNET

 

Universia Perú, S.A.

 

Peru

 

0.00 

%  

96.51 

%  

96.51 

%  

96.51 

%  

INTERNET

 

Universia Puerto Rico, Inc. (b)

 

Puerto Rico

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INTERNET

 

Universia Uruguay, S.A.

 

Uruguay

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INTERNET

 

Urbanizadora Española, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

97.74 

%  

97.74 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

Vailen Management, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

71.40 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

REAL ESTATE

 

Velázquez, 34, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

Vilamar Gestion, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

W.N.P.H. Gestão e Investimentos Sociedade Unipessoal, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

PORTFOLIO ASSETMANAGEMENT

 

Wallcesa, S.A.

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

SECURITIES INVESTMENT

 

Wave SME Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00% 

 

100.00% 

 

100.00 

%  

— 

 

 HOLDING COMPANY

 

Wave SME Technology Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00% 

 

100.00% 

 

100.00 

%  

— 

 

 TECHNOLOGY SERVICES

 

Wave SME UK Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00% 

 

100.00% 

 

100.00 

%  

— 

 

 FINANCE

 

Waypoint Insurance Group, Inc.

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Webcasas, S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

89.67 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

INTERNET

 

Whitewick Limited

 

Jersey

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

NO ACTIVITY

 

WIM Servicios Corporativos, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

ADVISORY SERVICES

 

WTW Shipping Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

LEASING

 

 


(a)

companies over which effective control is exercised.

(b)

company in liquidation at December 31, 2017.

(c)

pursuant to Article 3 of Royal Decree 1159/2010, of September 17 approving the rules for the preparation of consolidated financial statements, in order to determine voting power, the voting power relating to subsidiaries or to other persons acting in their own name but on behalf of Group companies was added to the voting power directly held by the Parent. For these purposes, the number of votes corresponding to the Parent in relation to companies over which it exercises indirect control is the number corresponding to each subsidiary holding a direct ownership interest in such companies.

(d)

see note 2.b.ii and 2.b.iii

(e)

company resident in the UK for tax purposes.

(f)

company merged in the absence of registration.

(1)

companies issuing shares and preference shares are listed in annex III, together with other relevant information.

 

 

10


 

Table of Contents

Appendix II

 

Societies of which the Group owns more than 5% (c), entities associated with Grupo Santander and jointly controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held by the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bank

 

% of voting power (b)

 

 

 

 

 

Company

    

Location

    

Direct

    

Indirect

    

Year 2017

    

Year 2016

    

Activity

    

Type of company

 

3E1 Sp. z o.o

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

12.89 

%  

21.60 

%  

21.60 

%  

ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION

 

 

Administrador Financiero de Transantiago S.A.

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

13.42 

%  

20.00 

%  

20.00 

%  

PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS SERVICES

 

Associated

 

Aegon Santander Portugal Não Vida - Companhia de Seguros, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

48.95 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Jointly controlled

 

Aegon Santander Portugal Vida - Companhia de Seguros Vida, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

48.95 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Jointly controlled

 

Aeroplan - Sociedade Construtora de Aeroportos, Lda. (a)

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

19.97 

%  

20.00 

%  

20.00 

%  

NO ACTIVITY

 

 

Aguas de Fuensanta, S.A. (a)

 

Spain

 

36.78 

%  

0.00 

%  

36.78 

%  

36.78 

%  

FOOD

 

Associated

 

Alawwal Bank (consolidado)

 

Saudi Arabia

 

0.00 

%  

11.16 

%  

11.16 

%  

11.16 

%  

BANKING

 

 

Aliseda Servicios de Gestión Inmobiliaria, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

 

Allianz Popular, S.L. (Consolidado)

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

40.00 

%  

40.00 

%  

— 

 

INSURANCE

 

 

Anekis, S.A.

 

Spain

 

24.75 

%  

24.75 

%  

49.50 

%  

49.50 

%  

ADVERTISING

 

Associated

 

Arena Communications Network, S.L.

 

Spain

 

20.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

20.00 

%  

20.00 

%  

ADVERTISING

 

Associated

 

Attijariwafa Bank Société Anonyme (consolidado)

 

Morocco

 

0.00 

%  

5.26 

%  

5.26 

%  

5.26 

%  

BANKING

 

 

Autopistas del Sol S.A.

 

Argentina

 

0.00 

%  

14.17 

%  

14.17 

%  

14.17 

%  

MOTORWAY CONCESSION

 

 

Aviva Powszechne Towarzystwo Emerytalne Aviva BZ WBK S.A.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

6.93 

%  

10.00 

%  

10.00 

%  

PENSION FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

 

Aviva Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń na Życie S.A.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

6.93 

%  

10.00 

%  

10.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

 

Banco RCI Brasil S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

35.77 

%  

39.89 

%  

39.89 

%  

LEASING

 

Jointly controlled

 

Bank of Beijing Consumer Finance Company

 

China

 

0.00 

%  

20.00 

%  

20.00 

%  

20.00 

%  

FINANCIAL

 

Associated

 

Bank of Shanghai Co., Ltd. (consolidado)

 

China

 

6.48 

%  

0.00 

%  

6.48 

%  

6.48 

%  

BANKING

 

 

Benim - Sociedade Imobiliária, S.A. (consolidado)

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

25.77 

%  

25.81 

%  

25.81 

%  

REAL ESTATE

 

Associated

 

BZ WBK-Aviva Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń na Życie S.A.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

33.98 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Associated

 

BZ WBK-Aviva Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń Ogólnych S.A.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

33.98 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Associated

 

Cantabria Capital, SGEIC, S.A.

 

Spain

 

50.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

MANAGER OF VENTURE CAPITAL

 

Associated

 

Carnes Estellés, S.A. (a)

 

Spain

 

21.41 

%  

0.00 

%  

21.41 

%  

21.41 

%  

FOOD INDUSTRY

 

Associated

 

CCPT - ComprarCasa, Rede Serviços Imobiliários, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

49.98 

%  

49.98 

%  

49.98 

%  

REAL ESTATE SERVICES

 

Jointly controlled

 

Centro de Compensación Automatizado S.A.

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

22.37 

%  

33.33 

%  

33.33 

%  

PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS SERVICES

 

Associated

 

Centro para el Desarrollo, Investigación y Aplicación de Nuevas Tecnologías, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

TECHNOLOGY

 

Associated

 

CNP Santander Insurance Europe Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

49.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

INSURANCE BROKERAGE

 

Associated

 

CNP Santander Insurance Life Designated Activity Company

 

Ireland

 

49.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

INSURANCE BROKERAGE

 

Associated

 

CNP Santander Insurance Services Ireland Limited

 

Ireland

 

49.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Associated

 

Cobranza Amigable, S.A.P.I. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

33.78 

%  

39.74 

%  

39.74 

%  

COLLECTION SERVICES

 

Jointly controlled

 

Comder Contraparte Central S.A

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

7.54 

%  

11.23 

%  

11.23 

%  

FINANCIAL SERVICES

 

Associated

 

Companhia Promotora UCI

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

25.00 

%  

25.00 

%  

25.00 

%  

FINANCIAL SERVICES

 

Jointly controlled

 

Compañía Española de Seguros de Crédito a la Exportación, S.A., Compañía de Seguros y Reaseguros (consolidado)

 

Spain

 

20.53 

%  

0.55 

%  

21.08 

%  

21.08 

%  

CREDIT INSURANCE

 

 

Compañía Española de Viviendas en Alquiler, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

24.07 

%  

24.07 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

 

Condesa Tubos, S.L.

 

Spain

 

30.61 

%  

0.00 

%  

30.61 

%  

30.61 

%  

SERVICES

 

 

Corridor Texas Holdings LLC (consolidado)

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

32.61 

%  

32.61 

%  

32.61 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

Eko Energy Sp. z o.o

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

13.13 

%  

22.00 

%  

22.00 

%  

ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION

 

 

Euro Automatic Cash Entidad de Pago, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

— 

 

PAYMENT SERVICES

 

 

FAFER- Empreendimentos Urbanísticos e de Construção, S.A.  (a)

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

36.57 

%  

36.62 

%  

36.62 

%  

PROPERTY

 

 

Farma Wiatrowa Jablowo Sp. z o.o

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

12.89 

%  

21.60 

%  

21.60 

%  

ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION

 

 

FC2Egestión, S.L.

 

Spain

 

50.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

 

Jointly controlled

 

Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

6.33 

%  

6.33 

%  

8.66 

%  

BANKING

 

 

Federal Reserve Bank of Boston

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

30.44 

%  

30.44 

%  

30.44 

%  

BANKING

 

 

FIDC RCI Brasil I – Financiamento de Veículos

 

Brazil

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

FIDC RN Brasil – Financiamento de Veículos

 

Brazil

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Fondo de Titulización  RMBS Prado V

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos RMBS Prado I

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos UCI 11

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos UCI 14

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos UCI 15

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos UCI 16

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos UCI 17

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Fondo de Titulización de Activos UCI 18

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Fondo de Titulización Hipotecaria UCI 10

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Fondo de Titulización Hipotecaria UCI 12

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Fondo de Titulización RMBS Prado II

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Fondo de Titulización RMBS Prado III

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Fondo de Titulización RMBS Prado IV

 

Spain

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Fortune Auto Finance Co., Ltd

 

China

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

FINANCIAL

 

Jointly controlled

 

Friedrichstrasse, S.L.

 

Spain

 

35.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

35.00 

%  

35.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Associated

 

Generación Andina S.A.C.

 

Peru

 

0.00 

%  

49.78 

%  

49.78 

%  

49.78 

%  

ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Gestora de Inteligência de Crédito S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

17.93 

%  

20.00 

%  

— 

 

COLLECTION SERVICES

 

Jointly controlled

 

Gire S.A.

 

Argentina

 

0.00 

%  

57.92 

%  

58.33 

%  

58.33 

%  

PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS SERVICES

 

Associated

 

Grupo Alimentario de Exclusivas, S.A. (a)

 

Spain

 

40.53 

%  

0.00 

%  

40.53 

%  

40.53 

%  

FOOD INDUSTRY

 

Associated

 

Grupo Financiero Ve Por Más, S.A. de C.V. (consolidado)

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

24.99 

%  

24.99 

%  

— 

 

FINANCIAL SERVICES

 

 

HCUK Auto Funding 2015 Ltd

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

HCUK Auto Funding 2016-1 Ltd

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

HCUK Auto Funding 2017-1 Ltd

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

HCUK Auto Funding 2017-2 Ltd

 

United Kingdom

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Hyundai Capital UK Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

50.01 

%  

50.01 

%  

50.01 

%  

FINANCE

 

Jointly controlled

 

Iberalbión, A.I.E.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

— 

 

SERVICES

 

 

IM Tarjetas 1 Fondo de Titulización de Activos

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

 

Imperial Holding S.C.A. (a)

 

Luxembourg

 

0.00 

%  

36.36 

%  

36.36 

%  

36.36 

%  

SECURITIES INVESTMENT

 

 

Imperial Management S.à r.l.  (a)

 

Luxembourg

 

0.00 

%  

40.20 

%  

40.20 

%  

40.20 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

1


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held by the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bank

 

% of voting power (b)

 

 

 

 

 

Company

    

Location

    

Direct

    

Indirect

    

Year 2017

    

Year 2016

    

Activity

    

Type of company

 

Inbond Inversiones 2014, S.L.

 

Spain

 

40.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

40.00 

%  

40.00 

%  

FINANCIAL STUDIES

 

Jointly controlled

 

Indice Iberoamericano de Investigación y Conocimiento, A.I.E.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

51.00 

%  

IT SYSTEM

 

Jointly controlled

 

Inmo Alemania Gestión de Activos Inmobiliarios, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

20.00 

%  

20.00 

%  

20.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

Inverlur Aguilas I, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

 

Inverlur Aguilas II, S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

 

Inversiones en Resorts Mediterráneos, S.L. (a)

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

43.28 

%  

43.28 

%  

— 

 

PROPERTY

 

 

Inversiones Ibersuizas, S.A.

 

Spain

 

8.00 

%  

17.42 

%  

25.42 

%  

— 

 

VENTURE CAPITAL

 

 

Inversiones ZS América Dos Ltda

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

SECURITIES AND REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

 

Associated

 

Inversiones ZS América SpA

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

SECURITIES AND REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT

 

Associated

 

Invico S.A.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

14.62 

%  

21.09 

%  

21.09 

%  

TRADE

 

 

J.C. Flowers I L.P.

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

10.60 

%  

4.99 

%  

4.99 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

J.C. Flowers II-A L.P.

 

Canada

 

0.00 

%  

69.40 

%  

4.43 

%  

4.43 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

JCF AIV P L.P.

 

Canada

 

0.00 

%  

7.67 

%  

4.99 

%  

4.99 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

JCF BIN II-A

 

Mauritania

 

0.00 

%  

69.52 

%  

4.43 

%  

4.43 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

JCF II-A AIV K L.P.

 

Canada

 

0.00 

%  

69.52 

%  

0.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

JCF II-A Special AIV K L.P.

 

Canada

 

0.00 

%  

72.29 

%  

4.99 

%  

4.99 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

Jupiter III L.P. (e)

 

Canada

 

0.00 

%  

96.45 

%  

4.99 

%  

— 

 

HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

Luri 3, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.81 

%  

9.19 

%  

10.00 

%  

10.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Jointly controlled

 

Lusimovest Fundo de Investimento Imobiliário

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

25.73 

%  

25.77 

%  

25.77 

%  

INVESTMENT FUND

 

Associated

 

Massachusetts Business Development Corp. (consolidado)

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

21.60 

%  

21.60 

%  

21.60 

%  

FINANCIE

 

 

MB Capital Fund IV LLC

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

23.94 

%  

23.94 

%  

— 

 

 FINANCE

 

 

Merlin Properties, SOCIMI, S.A. (consolidado)

 

Spain

 

16.86 

%  

5.71 

%  

22.57 

%  

22.38 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Associated

 

New PEL S.à r.l.

 

Luxembourg

 

0.00 

%  

7.67 

%  

0.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

NIB Special Investors IV-A LP

 

Canada

 

0.00 

%  

99.70 

%  

4.99 

%  

4.99 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

NIB Special Investors IV-B LP

 

Canada

 

0.00 

%  

95.80 

%  

4.99 

%  

4.99 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

Norchem Holdings e Negócios S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

19.50 

%  

29.00 

%  

29.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Associated

 

Norchem Participações e Consultoria S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

44.84 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

BROKERAGE

 

Jointly controlled

 

Nowotna Farma Wiatrowa Sp. z o.o

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

12.89 

%  

21.60 

%  

21.60 

%  

ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION

 

 

Odc Ambievo Tecnologia e Inovacao Ambiental, Industria e Comercio de Insumos Naturais S.A.

 

Brazil

 

 0.00 

%  

18.10 

%  

20.19 

%  

23.08 

%  

TECHNOLOGY

 

 

Olivant Limited (consolidado)

 

Guernsey

 

0.00 

%  

10.39 

%  

10.39 

%  

10.39 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

Operadora de Activos Alfa, S.A. De C.V.

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

49.98 

%  

49.98 

%  

49.98 

%  

FINANCE

 

Associated

 

Operadora de Activos Beta, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

49.99 

%  

49.99 

%  

49.99 

%  

FINANCE

 

Associated

 

Operadora de Tarjetas de Crédito Nexus S.A.

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

8.66 

%  

12.90 

%  

12.90 

%  

CARDS

 

Associated

 

Parque Solar Páramo, S.L.

 

Spain

 

92.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

25.00 

%  

25.00 

%  

ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Payever GmbH

 

Germany

 

0.00 

%  

10.00 

%  

10.00 

%  

— 

 

SOFTWARE

 

Associated

 

Pine Street Capital III

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

22.49 

%  

22.49 

%  

— 

 

INVESTMENT COMPANY

 

 

POLFUND - Fundusz Poręczeń Kredytowych S.A.

 

Poland

 

0.00 

%  

34.67 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Associated

 

Prisma Medios de Pago S.A.

 

Argentina

 

0.00 

%  

17.35 

%  

17.47 

%  

— 

 

SERVICES TO COMPANIES

 

Associated

 

Procapital - Investimentos Imobiliários, S.A.  (a)

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

39.96 

%  

40.00 

%  

40.00 

%  

REAL ESTATE

 

 

PSA Corretora de Seguros e Serviços Ltda.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

44.84 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Jointly controlled

 

PSA Insurance Europe Limited

 

Malta

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Jointly controlled

 

PSA Life Insurance Europe Limited

 

Malta

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Jointly controlled

 

PSA UK Number 1 plc

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

LEASING

 

Associated

 

Redbanc S.A.

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

22.44 

%  

33.43 

%  

33.43 

%  

SERVICES

 

Associated

 

Redsys Servicios de Procesamiento, S.L.

 

Spain

 

13.53 

%  

6.47 

%  

20.00 

%  

17.56 

%  

CARDS

 

Associated

 

Retama Real Estate, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Jointly controlled

 

Rías Redbanc, S.A.

 

Uruguay

 

0.00 

%  

25.00 

%  

25.00 

%  

25.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

 

Saite, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

 

Saite-Cobal, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

 

Santander Generales Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Jointly controlled

 

Santander Vida Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Jointly controlled

 

Saturn Japan II Sub C.V.

 

Holland

 

0.00 

%  

69.30 

%  

0.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

Saturn Japan III Sub C.V.

 

Holland

 

0.00 

%  

72.72 

%  

0.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

Servicios de Infraestructura de Mercado OTC S.A

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

7.55 

%  

11.25 

%  

11.25 

%  

SERVICES

 

Associated

 

Sistemas Españoles de Tarjeta Inteligente, S.C.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

48.17 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

IT SERVICES

 

 

Sistemas Técnicos de Encofrados, S.A. Unipersonal (consolidado)

 

Spain

 

25.15 

%  

0.00 

%  

25.15 

%  

— 

 

BUILDING MATERIALS

 

 

Sociedad Conjunta para la emisión y gestión de medios de pago, E.F.C., S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

42.50 

%  

42.50 

%  

— 

 

PAYMENT SERVICES

 

 

Sociedad de Garantía Recíproca de Santander, S.G.R.

 

Spain

 

25.50 

%  

0.00 

%  

25.50 

%  

25.50 

%  

FINANCIAL SERVICES

 

 

Sociedad de Gestión de Activos Procedentes de la Reestructuración Bancaria, S.A.

 

Spain

 

16.62 

%  

5.60 

%  

22.22 

%  

16.62 

%  

FINANCIAL SERVICES

 

 

Sociedad de Procedimientos de Pago, S.L.

 

Spain

 

13.60 

%  

4.66 

%  

18.26 

%  

— 

 

PAYMENT SERVICES

 

 

Sociedad Española de Sistemas de Pago, S.L.

 

Spain

 

16.24 

%  

6.00 

%  

22.24 

%  

— 

 

PAYMENT SERVICES

 

 

Sociedad Interbancaria de Depósitos de Valores S.A.

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

19.66 

%  

29.29 

%  

29.29 

%  

CUSTODY

 

Associated

 

Solar Energy Capital Europe S.à r.l. (consolidado)

 

Luxembourg

 

0.00 

%  

33.33 

%  

33.33 

%  

33.33 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Jointly controlled

 

Stephens Ranch Wind Energy Holdco LLC (consolidado)

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

28.80 

%  

28.80 

%  

28.80 

%  

ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION

 

 

Syntheo Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

PAYMENT SERVICES

 

Jointly controlled

 

Tbforte Segurança e Transporte de Valores Ltda.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

17.77 

%  

19.81 

%  

19.81 

%  

SECURITY

 

Associated

 

Tbnet Comércio, Locação e Administração Ltda.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

17.77 

%  

19.81 

%  

19.81 

%  

TELECOMMUNICATIONS

 

Associated

 

Tecnologia Bancária S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

17.77 

%  

19.81 

%  

19.81 

%  

ATM

 

Associated

 

Teka Industrial, S.A. (consolidado)

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

9.42 

%  

9.42 

%  

9.42 

%  

HOUSEHOLD APPLIANCES

 

 

Testa Residencial, SOCIMI, S.A. (consolidado)

 

Spain

 

13.77 

%  

24.97 

%  

38.74 

%  

46.21 

%  

PROPERTY

 

Associated

 

The OneLife Holding S.à r.l. (consolidado)

 

Luxembourg

 

0.00 

%  

5.90 

%  

0.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

Tonopah Solar Energy Holdings I, LLC (consolidado)

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

26.80 

%  

26.80 

%  

26.80 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Jointly controlled

 

Trabajando.com Chile S.A.

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

33.33 

%  

33.33 

%  

33.33 

%  

SERVICES

 

Associated

 

Transbank S.A.

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

16.78 

%  

25.00 

%  

25.00 

%  

CARDS

 

Associated

 

Trindade Fundo de Investimento Imobiliario Fechado

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

— 

 

REAL ESTATE

 

 

U.C.I., S.A.

 

Spain

 

50.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Jointly controlled

 

UCI Hellas Credit and Loan Receivables Servicing Company S.A.

 

Greece

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

FINANCIAL SERVICES

 

Jointly controlled

 

UCI Holding Brasil Ltda

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Jointly controlled

 

UCI Mediação de Seguros Unipessoal, Lda.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

INSURANCE BROKERAGE

 

Jointly controlled

 

UCI Servicios para Profesionales Inmobiliarios, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

REAL ESTATE SERVICES

 

Jointly controlled

 

Unicre-Instituição Financeira de Crédito, S.A.

 

Portugal

 

0.00 

%  

21.83 

%  

21.86 

%  

21.50 

%  

FINANCE

 

Associated

 

Unión de Créditos Inmobiliarios, S.A., EFC

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

MORTGAGES

 

Jointly controlled

 

Urbanizadora Valdepolo I, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

35.73 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

 

Urbanizadora Valdepolo II, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

35.73 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

 

Urbanizadora Valdepolo III, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

35.73 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

 

2


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held by the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bank

 

% of voting power (b)

 

 

 

 

 

Company

    

Location

    

Direct

    

Indirect

    

Year 2017

    

Year 2016

    

Activity

    

Type of company

 

Urbanizadora Valdepolo IV, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

35.73 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

 

Uro Property Holdings SOCIMI, S.A.

 

Spain

 

14.95 

%  

0.00 

%  

14.95 

%  

14.96 

%  

PROPERTY

 

 

Valdicsa, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

23.78 

%  

33.31 

%  

33.00 

%  

PROPERTY

 

 

VCFS Germany GmbH

 

Germany

 

0.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

50.00 

%  

MARKETING

 

Jointly controlled

 

Vector Software Factory, S.L. (consolidado)

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

45.00 

%  

45.00 

%  

45.00 

%  

IT SERVICES

 

Associated

 

Venda de Veículos Fundo de Investimento em Direitos Creditórios

 

Brazil

 

— 

 

(d)

 

— 

 

— 

 

SECURITIZATION

 

Jointly controlled

 

Webmotors S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

62.77 

%  

70.00 

%  

70.00 

%  

SERVICES

 

Jointly controlled

 

Wizink Bank, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

— 

 

BANKING

 

 

WiZink Gestión, A.I.E.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCIAL

 

 

Wizink Mediador, Operador de Banca Seguros Vinculado, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

— 

 

FINANCIAL

 

 

Zurich Santander Brasil Seguros e Previdência S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

48.79 

%  

48.79 

%  

48.79 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Associated

 

Zurich Santander Brasil Seguros S.A.

 

Brazil

 

0.00 

%  

48.79 

%  

48.79 

%  

48.79 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Associated

 

Zurich Santander Holding (Spain), S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Associated

 

Zurich Santander Holding Dos (Spain), S.L.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Associated

 

Zurich Santander Insurance América, S.L.

 

Spain

 

49.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

HOLDING COMPANY

 

Associated

 

Zurich Santander Seguros Argentina S.A.

 

Argentina

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Associated

 

Zurich Santander Seguros de Vida Chile S.A.

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Associated

 

Zurich Santander Seguros Generales Chile S.A.

 

Chile

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Associated

 

Zurich Santander Seguros México, S.A.

 

Mexico

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Associated

 

Zurich Santander Seguros Uruguay, S.A.

 

Uruguay

 

0.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

49.00 

%  

INSURANCE

 

Associated

 

 


(a)

company in liquidation to 31 December 2017.

(b)

Pursuant to Article 3 of Royal Decree 1159/2010, of 17 September approving the rules for the preparation of consolidated financial statements, in order to determine voting power, the voting power relating to subsidiaries or to other persons acting in their own name but on behalf of Group companies was added to the voting power directly held by the Parent, For these purposes, the number of votes corresponding to the Parent in relation to companies over which it exercises indirect control is the number corresponding to each subsidiary holding a direct ownership interest in such companies.

(c)

Excluding the Group companies listed in Appendix I and those of negligible interest with respect to the fair presentation that the consolidated financial statements must express (pursuant to Article 48 of the Spanish Commercial Code and Article 260 of the Spanish Limited Liability Companies Law).

(d)

Companies over which the non-subsidiary investee of the Group exercises effective control

(e)

Recent create company without approved financial statements available.

 

 

3


 

Table of Contents

Appendix III

Issuing subsidiaries of shares and preference shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of ownership held by the bank

 

 

 

Company

    

Location

    

Direct

    

Indirect

    

Activity

 

Abbey National Treasury (Structured Solutions) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCIAL

 

Emisora Santander España, S.A. Unipersonal

 

Spain

 

100.00 

%  

0.00 

%  

FINANCIAL

 

Pastor Participaciones Preferentes, S.A.

 

Spain

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCIAL

 

Sovereign Real Estate Investment Trust

 

United States

 

0.00 

%  

100.00 

%  

FINANCIAL

 

 

 

 

 

1


 

Table of Contents

Appendix IV

Notifications of acquisitions and disposals of investments in 2016

(Article 155 of the Spanish Limited Liability Companies Law and Article 125 of the Spanish Securities Market Law).

On 04-03-2017, the communication made by Banco Santander was registered in the CNMV, in which it was reported that the participation of Santander Group in ABENGOA, S.A. had risen to 9.694% on 03.28.2017.

On 02-07-2017 the communication made by Banco Santander was registered in the CNMV, informing (voluntary communication) that Santander Group's participation in PROMOTORA DE INFORMACIONES, S.A. had varied from indirect to direct participation without changing the final position (4.145%) on 02.01.2017.

On 04-07-2017 the communication made by Banco Santander was registered in the CNMV, informing that Santander Group’s participation in ABENGOA, S.A. had fallen to 3.876% on 04.04.2017.

On 04-07-2017 the communication made by Banco Santander was registered in the CNMV, informing that the Santander Group’s participation in ABENGOA, S.A. had fallen to 2,414% on 04.06.2017.

COMMUNICATIONS DERIVED FROM THE CAPITAL INCREASE UNDER WHICH REPRESENTATIVE ACTIONS OF 100% OF THE CAPITAL OF BANCO POPULAR ESPAÑOL, S.A.U., WERE ISSUED. ACQUIRED BY BANCO SANTANDER, S.A. AS A RESULT OF THE RESOLUTION OF THE FROB ON 06.07.2017:

On 06-27-2017, the communication made by Banco Santander was registered in the CNMV, informing that Santander Group’s participation in ABENGOA, S.A. had risen to 6.898% (> 5%) on 06.20.2017.

On 06-27-2017 the communication made by Banco Santander was registered in the CNMV, informing that the participation of Santander Group’s participation in SPANISH COMPANY OF HOUSING IN RENT, S.A. had risen to 24.068% (> 20%) on 06.20.2017.

On 06-27-2017, the communication made by Banco Santander was registered in the CNMV, informing that the Santander Group's participation in NYESA VALORES CORPORACIÓN, S.A. had risen to 13.223% (> 10%) on 06.20.2017.

On 11-22-2017, the communication made by Banco Santander was registered in the CNMV, informing that the Santander Group’s participation in ABENGOA, S.A. had fallen from the threshold of 5% to 4.9755% on 11.16.2017.

 

 

 

1


 

Table of Contents

Appendix V

Other information on the Group's banks

A)

Following is certain information on the share capital of the Group's main banks based on their total assets.

1.  Santander UK plc

a)  Number of financial equity instruments held by the Group

At December 31, 2017, the Company was a subsidiary of Banco Santander, S.A. and Santusa Holding S.L.

 

On November 12, 2004 Banco Santander, S.A. acquired the then entire issued ordinary share capital of 1,485,893,636 Ordinary shares of £1 each. On October 21, 2008 a further 10 billion Ordinary shares of £1 each were issued to Banco Santander, S.A. and an additional 12,631,375,230 Ordinary shares of £1 each were issued to Banco Santander, S.A. on January 9, 2009. On August 3, 2010, 6,934,500,000 ordinary shares of £1 each were issued to Santusa Holding S.L. With effect from January 10, 2014, Santander UK Group Holdings Limited, a subsidiary of Banco Santander, S.A. and Santusa Holding S.L., became the beneficial owner of 31,051,768,866 of £1 each, being the entire issued Ordinary share capital of the Company, by virtue of a share exchange agreement between Santander UK Group Holdings Limited, Banco Santander, S.A. and Santusa Holding S.L. Santander UK Group Holdings Limited became the legal owner of the entire issued Ordinary share capital of the Company on April 1, 2014 and on March 25, 2015 became a public limited company and changed its name from Santander UK Group Holdings Limited to Santander UK Group Holdings plc. In addition to this, there are 325,000,000 Non-Cumulative Non-Redeemable 10.375% and 8.625% Sterling Preference Shares of £1.00 each and 13,780 Fixed/Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Callable Preference Shares of £1.00 each. The legal and beneficial title to the entire issued Preference share capital is held by third parties and is not held by Banco Santander, S.A.

b)  Capital increases in progress

At December 31, 2017, there were no approved capital increases.

c)  Share capital authorized by the shareholders at the general meeting

The shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held on March 31, 2017 resolved to unconditionally authorize the Company to carry out the following repurchases of share capital:

(1)   To buy back its own 8.625% preference shares on the following terms:

(a)

The Company may buy back up to 125,000,000 8.375% preference shares;  

(b)

The lowest price which the Company can pay for 8.625% preference shares is 75% of the average of the market values of the preference shares for five business days before the purchase is made; and

(c)

The highest price (not including expenses) which the Company can pay for each 8.625% preference share is 125% of the average of the market values of the preference shares for five business days before the purchase is made.

This authority began on March 31, 2017 and will end on the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company. The Company may agree, before this authorization ends, to buy back its own 8.625% preference shares even though the purchase may be completed after this authorization ends.

(2)   To buy back its own 10.375% preference shares on the following terms:

(a)

The Company may buy up to 200,000,000 10.375% preference shares;

(b)

The lowest price which the Company can pay for 10.375% preference shares is 75% of the average of the market values of the preference shares for five business days before the purchase is made; and

(c)

The highest price (not including expenses) which the Company can pay for each 10.375% preference share is 125% of the average of the market values of the preference shares for five business days before the purchase is made.

1


 

Table of Contents

This authority began on March 31, 2017 and will end on the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company. The Company may agree, before this authorization ends, to buy back its own 10.375% preference shares even though the purchase may be completed after this authorization ends.

(3)   To buy back its own Series A Fixed/Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Callable Preference Shares on the following terms:

(a)

The Company may buy up to 13,780 Series A Fixed/Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Callable Preference Shares;

(b)

The lowest price which the Company can pay for Series A Fixed/Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Callable Preference Shares is 75% of the average of the market values of the preference shares for five business days before the purchase is made; and

(c)

The highest price (not including expenses) which the Company can pay for each Series A Fixed/Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Callable Preference Shares is 125% of the average of the market values of the preference shares for five business days before the purchase is made.

This authority began on March 31, 2017 and will end on the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company. The Company may agree, before this authorization ends, to buy back its own Series A Fixed/Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Callable Preference Shares even though the purchase may be completed after this authorization ends.

d)  Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

Not applicable.

e)  Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves

Not applicable.

f)  Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity

Not applicable.

g)  Quoted equity instruments

Not applicable.

2.    Abbey National Treasury Services plc

a)  Number of financial equity instruments held by the Group

The Group holds ordinary shares amounting to GBP 249,997,999 through Santander UK plc (249,997,999 ordinary shares with a par value of GBP 1 each) and Abbey National Nominees Limited (1 ordinary share with a par value of GBP 1).

The Group also holds 1,000 tracker shares (shares without voting rights but with preferential dividend rights) amounting to GBP 1,000 and 1,000 B tracker shares amounting to GBP 1,000 through Santander UK plc, both with a par value of GBP 1 each.

b)  Capital increases in progress

No approved capital increases are in progress.

c)  Capital authorized by the shareholders at the general meeting

Not applicable.

d)  Rights on founder's shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

Not applicable.

2


 

Table of Contents

e)  Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves

Not applicable.

f)  Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity

Not applicable.

g)  Quoted equity instruments

Not applicable.

3.    Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.

a)  Number of financial equity instruments held by the Group

The Group holds 3,440,170,512 ordinary shares and 3,273,507,089 preference shares through Banco Santander, S.A. and its subsidiaries Sterrebeeck B.V., Grupo Empresarial Santander, S.L. and Santander Insurance Holding, S.L., and Banco Madesant - Sociedade Unipessoal, S.A.

The shares composing the share capital of Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. have no par value and there are no capital payments payable. At 2017 year-end the bank’s treasury shares consisted of 5,844,553 ordinary shares and 5,844,553 preference shares, with a total of 11,689,106 shares.

In accordance with current Bylaws (Article 5.7) the preference shares do not confer voting rights on their holders, except under the following circumstances:

a)

In the event of the transformation, merger, consolidation or spin-off of the Company.  

b)

In the event of approval of agreements between the Company and the shareholders, either directly, through third parties or other companies in which the shareholders hold a stake, provided that, due to legal or bylaw provisions, they are submitted to a general meeting.

c)

In the event of an assessment of the assets used to increase the Company’s share capital.

The General Assembly may, at any moment, decide to convert the preference shares into ordinary shares, establishing a reason for the conversion.

However, the preference shares do have the following advantages (Article 5.6):

a)

Their dividends are 10% higher than those on ordinary shares.

b)

Priority in the distribution of dividends.

c)

Participation, on the same terms as ordinary shares, in capital increases resulting from the capitalization of reserves and profits and in the distribution of bonus shares arising from the capitalization of retained earnings, reserves or any other funds.

d)

Priority in the reimbursement of capital in the event of the dissolution of the Company.

e)

In the event of a public offering due to a change in control of the Company, the holders of preference shares are guaranteed the right to sell the shares at the same price paid for the block of shares that changed hands as part of the change of control, i.e. they are treated the same as shareholders with voting rights.

b)  Capital increases in progress

No approved capital increases are in progress.

3


 

Table of Contents

c)  Capital authorized by the shareholders at the general meeting

The Company is authorized to increase share capital, subject to approval by the Board of Directors, up to a limit of 9,090,909,090 ordinary shares or preference shares, and without the need to maintain any ratio between any of the different classes of shares, provided they remain within the limits of the maximum number of preference shares established by Law.

At present the share capital consists of 7,498,531,051 shares (3,818,695,031 ordinary shares and 3,679,836,020 preference shares).

d)  Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

At the general meeting held on December 21, 2016 the shareholders approved the rules relating to the deferred remuneration plans for the directors, management and other employees of the company and of companies under its control. The delivery of the shares is linked to the achievement of certain targets.

e)  Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves

The only restriction on the availability of Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A.’s reserves relates to the legal reserve (restricted reserves), which can only be used to offset losses or to increase capital.

The legal reserve is provided for in Article 196 of the Spanish Public Limited Liability Companies Law, which establishes that before being allocated to any other purpose, 5% of profits must be transferred to the legal reserve, which must not exceed 20% of share capital.  

f)  Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity

Not applicable.  

g)  Quoted capital instruments

All the shares are listed on the Brazilian Securities, Commodities and Futures Exchange (BM&FBOVESPA) and the share deposit certificates (units) are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).

4.    Santander Bank, National Association

a)  Number of financial equity instruments held by the Group

At December 31, 2017 the Group held 530,391,043 ordinary shares that carry the same voting and dividend acquisition rights over Santander Holdings USA, Inc. (SHUSA). This holding company and Independence Community Bank Corp. (ICBC) hold 1,237 ordinary shares with a par value of USD 1 each, which carry the same voting rights. These shares constitute all the share capital of Santander Bank, National Association (SBNA). SHUSA holds an 80.84% ownership interest in SBNA, and the remaining 19.16% belongs to ICBC. ICBC is wholly owned by SHUSA. There is no shareholders’ meeting for the ordinary shares of SBNA.

b)  Capital increases in progress

At December 31, 2017 there were no approved capital increases.

c)  Capital authorized by the shareholders at the general meeting

Not applicable.

d)  Rights on founder's shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

Not applicable.

e)  Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves

Not applicable.

4


 

Table of Contents

f)  Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity

Not applicable.

g)  Quoted equity instruments

Not applicable.

5.  Banco Santander (México), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México

a)  Number of financial equity instruments held by the Group

The Ordinary and Extraordinary General Shareholders' Meeting was held on December 8, 2017 and, inter alia, it agreed to the absorption merger with the Bank as the company absorbing and Grupo Financiero as the target company although, since at December 31 the merger had not been registered, at year-end, through Grupo Financiero Santander México, S.A.B. de C.V. (“Grupo Financiero”) and Santander Global Facilities, S.A. de C.V. (México), the Group held 80,848,278,413 ordinary shares accounting for 99.99% of the Bank's share capital.

b)  Capital increases in progress

The Ordinary and Extraordinary General Shareholders' Meeting on December 8, 2017, which resolved to carry out a corporate restructuring of the group in Mexico consisting of the merger of the Group and the Bank mentioned in a) above, also approved the following as a result of the merger:

·

An increase in the share capital of the Bank through the capitalization of the "Premium on sale of shares" account, increasing capital by $17,574,612,249.70 MXN., through the issuance of 175,746,122,497 shares representing the equity, with a par value of $0.10 MXN. each, of which 147,353,683,122 shares are Series “F”, and 28,392,439,375 shares are Series “B”.

 

·

A reverse split of Bank shares by increasing the par value of $0.10 MXN per share to $3.780782962 MXN per share, and consequently reducing the number of shares into which the Bank's equity is divided to 6,994,962,889 shares, for the purposes of making the number of outstanding shares representing the Bank's equity equal to the number of shares representing the equity of its main shareholder Grupo Financiero, to make the post-merger share swap a proportion of 1:1.

 

c)  Capital authorized by the shareholders at the general meeting

Pursuant to the above, the Bank's capital stands at $26,446,436,510.56 MXN, represented by a total of 6,994,962,889 shares with a par value of $3.780782962 MXN each; divided into 5,898,498,722 Series "F" shares and 1,096,464,167 Series "B" shares. The share capital is broken down as follows:

The share capital of the Bank subscribed and paid up is $25,660,152,628.14 MXN, represented by a total of 6,786,994,357 shares with a par value of $3.780782962 MXN each; divided into 5,690,530,190 Series "F" shares and 1,096,464,167 Series "B" shares.

The authorized share capital of the Bank is $786,283,882.42 MXN, represented by 207,968,532 Series "F" shares, with a par value of $3.780782962 MXN each, which are deposited in the Company's treasury.

d)  Rights on founder’s shares, bonds or debt issues, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

(i) At a meeting on October 22, 2015, the Board of Directors noted the situation of debt issued by Banco Santander (México), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México, as previously ratified at the meeting on October 17, 2013, for the issue of debt in the amount of US$6,500 million, on local or international markets, stipulating that this would be debt with a maximum maturity of 15 years, senior or subordinated, and would include debt instruments qualifying for capital purposes as per the legislation in force, which could be instrumented either individually or on several issue programs.

5


 

Table of Contents

At present, the detail of Banco Santander (Mexico), SA, Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México debt issue is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Instrument

Type

Term

Amount

Undrawn balance

Program for issuance of bank stock market certificates and bank term cash deposit certificates

Revolving

19/Feb/2021

$55,000 million pesos MXN

$45,000 million MXN

Certificate of private structured bank bonds

Non-revolving*

19/April/2032

$20,000 million pesos MXN

$16,857 million MXN

Certificate of structured bank bonds with registration and no public offering

 

16/Feb/2032

$10,000 million MXN

$10,000 million MXN

Senior bond

Non-revolving

09/Nov/2022

$1,000 thousand million dollars

N/A

Equity instruments (Tier 2 capital)

Non-revolving

30/Jan/2024

$1,300 million dollars

N/A

Equity instruments AT1

Non-revolving

Perpetual

$500 million dollars

N/A

 

*     The private structured bank bond issue is non-revolving. When the amount established in the certificate concerned has been placed, a new certificate is issued for the amount authorized.

 

(ii) At a meeting on January 27, 2011, the Board of Directors approved the general conditions for the issuance of senior debt on international markets. This issue of US$500 million and US$ 1,000 million with a maturity of 5-10 years was authorized on October 18, 2012. The issue was approved in order to obtain funds to finance the increase in business assets and the Bank's liquidity management. By virtue of the agreements adopted by the Board of Directors, debt was issued in the amount of US$ 1,000 million on November 9, 2012.

(iii) On December 27, 2013 Banco Santander (México), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México issued a total amount of US$1,300 million in subordinated notes which meet the capital requirements of the Basel III criteria for additional capital/Tier 2, at 5.95% and maturity January 30, 2024. The parent of Banco Santander (México), S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México, Banco Santander, S.A., agreed to purchase US$ 975 million, i.e. 75% of the total amount of the notes.

These securities were offered through a private placement, solely to qualified institutional buyers, in accordance with Rule 144A under the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended; and outside the US, under Regulation S, of Securities Act.

The issuance was approved with the purpose of increasing the efficiency of the capital structure of the Institution, adapting the Institution’s profile, from the capitalization point of view, to its competitors, as well as obtaining a greater return from its own resources with the same capital solidity and growth potential of the risk-weighted assets.

(iv) In the general shareholders’ meeting, held on May 14, 2012, the agreement adopted in the extraordinary shareholders’ meeting was ratified, held on March 17, 2009, which approved the constitution of a collective credit at its expense amounting to USD$1,000,000,000 through the placement of subordinated liabilities, non-preferential, unsecured and non-convertible into shares. Up until now the mentioned issuance has not taken place.

(v) A meeting of the Board of Banco Santander México on October 27, 2016 approved issue of debt up to US$500 million or the equivalent in pesos, in Mexico. The Banco Santander México Ordinary and Extraordinary General Shareholders' Meeting on December 5, 2016 agreed, inter alia, to issue a financial instrument that would meet the regulatory capital requirements of Basel III criteria, considered as non-essential basic capital, up to US$500 million. On December 29, 2016 Banco Santander (México), S.A.,

6


 

Table of Contents

Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander México brought out a private "back-to-back" issue abroad of subordinated, non-preference, perpetual bonds swappable against shares forming part of equity in the total amount of US$500 million, by way of a guarantee of liquidity for the subordinated, non-preference, perpetual bonds swappable against shares issued by Grupo Financiero Santander México.

(vi) As part of the corporate restructuring referred to in b) ("Ongoing share capital increases") herein, which contemplated, inter alia, the merger of Banco Santander México as the absorbing company with Grupo Financiero Santander México as the target company, all the subordinated bonds referred to in (v) above were bought up by Banco Santander México as a result of the merger; consequently the subordinated bonds of Banco Santander México were extinguished due to the merger of rights and obligations, since the Bank as the absorbing party acted as debtor and creditor with respect to the instruments when the merger was completed.

Pursuant to the foregoing, the subordinated bonds issued by Grupo Financiero Santander México, acquired by a number of investors, will continue to be valid in favor of the holders to the account of Banco Santander México, maintaining substantially the terms and conditions under which they were originally placed by Grupo Financiero, by virtue of the universal assignation arising from the merger.

e)  Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves

Pursuant to the Mexican Credit Institutions Law and the general provisions applicable to credit institutions, the Mexican Companies Law and the institutions’ own Bylaws, universal banking institutions are required to constitute or increase capital reserves for the purposes of ensuring solvency and protecting payment systems and savers.

The bank increases its legal reserve annually directly from the profit obtained in the year.

The bank must recognize the various reserves as stipulated in the legal provisions applicable to credit institutions. Credit loss reserves are calculated on the basis of the credit rating assigned to each loan and are released when the rating of the related loan improves or when the loan is settled.

f)  Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity

Not applicable.

g)  Quoted capital instruments

Not applicable.

6.   Banco Santander Totta, S.A.

a)  Number of equity instruments held by the Group

The Group holds 1.256.078.158 ordinary shares through its subsidiaries: Santander Totta, SGPS, S.A. with 1.241.172.043 shares, Taxagest Sociedade Gestora de Participações Sociais, S.A. with 14,593,315 shares, and Banco Santander Totta, S.A. with 399.215  treasury shares, all of which have a par value of €1 each and identical voting and dividend rights and are subscribed and paid in full.

b)  Capital increases in progress

At December 31, 2017, there were no approved capital increases.

c)  Capital authorized by the shareholders at the general meeting

Not applicable.

d)  Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

Not applicable.

7


 

Table of Contents

e)  Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves

Under Article 296 of the Portuguese Companies’ Code, the legal and merger reserves can only be used to offset losses or to increase capital.

Non-current asset revaluation reserves are regulated by Decree- Law 31/98, under which losses can be offset or capital increased by the amounts for which the underlying asset is depreciated, amortized or sold.

f)  Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity

Not applicable.

g)  Quoted equity instruments

Not applicable.

7.  Santander Consumer Bank AG

a)  Number of financial equity instruments held by the Group

At December 31, 2017, through Santander Consumer Holding GmbH, the Group held 30,002 ordinary shares with a par value of €1,000 each, all of which carry the same voting rights.

b)  Capital increases in progress

Not applicable.

c)  Capital authorized by the shareholders at the general meeting

Not applicable.

d)  Rights on founder's shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

Not applicable.

e)  Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves

Not applicable.

f)  Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity

Not applicable.

g)  Quoted equity instruments

Not applicable.

8.  Banco Santander - Chile

a)  Number of financial equity instruments held by the Group

The Group holds a 67% ownership interest in its subsidiary in Chile corresponding to 126,593,017,845 ordinary shares of Banco Santander - Chile through its subsidiaries: Santander Chile Holding S.A. with 66,822,519,695 ordinary shares, Teatinos Siglo XXI Inversiones S.A., with 59,770,481,573 ordinary shares and Santander Inversiones S.A. with 16,577 fully subscribed and paid ordinary shares that carry the same voting and dividend rights.

8


 

Table of Contents

b)  Capital increases in progress

At December 31, 2017, there were no approved capital increases.

c)  Capital authorized by the shareholders at the general meeting

Share capital at December 31, 2017 amounted to CLP 891,302,881,691.

d)  Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

At December 31, 2017, no securities with these characteristics had been issued.

e)  Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves

Remittances to foreign investors in relation to investments made under the Statute of Foreign Investment (Decree-Law 600/1974) and the amendments thereto require the prior authorization of the foreign investment committee.

f)  Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity

Not applicable.

g)  Quoted equity instruments

All the shares are listed on the Chilean stock exchanges and, through American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).

9.    Bank Zachodni WBK S.A.

a)  Number of financial equity instruments held by the Group

At December 31, 2017, Banco Santander, S.A. held 68,880,774 ordinary shares with a par value of PLN 10 each, all of which carry the same voting rights.

b)  Capital increases in progress

At December 31, 2017, there were no approved capital increases.

c)  Capital authorized by the shareholders at the general meeting

At the annual general meeting held on May 17, 2017, due to the fulfillment of the conditions of the “Incentive scheme V”, shareholders approved capital increase of PLN 989,470 through the issuance of 98,947 ordinary bearer series M shares with a nominal value of PLN 10 each. 

d)  Rights on founder's shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

At the general meeting held on May 17, 2017 the shareholders resolved to approve the “Incentive Scheme VI” as an initiative to attract, motivate and retain the bank’s employees. Delivery of the shares is tied to the achievement of certain targets in the years from 2017 to 2019. The bank considers that the exercise of these rights might give rise to the issuance of no more than 250,000 shares.

e)  Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves

Not applicable.

f)  Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity

Not applicable.

9


 

Table of Contents

g)  Quoted equity instruments

All the shares of Bank Zachodni WBK S.A. are listed on the Warsaw stock exchange.

B)

The restrictions on the ability to access or use the assets and settle the liabilities of the Group, as required under paragraph 13 of IFRS 12, are described below.

In certain jurisdictions, restrictions have been established on the distribution of dividends on the basis of the new, much more stringent capital adequacy regulations. However, there is currently no evidence of any practical or legal impediment to the transfer of funds by Group subsidiaries to the Parent in the form of dividends, loans or advances, repatriation of capital or any other means.

 

 

10


 

Table of Contents

Appendix VI

 

Annual banking report

The Group’s total tax contribution in 2017 (taxes incurred directly by the Group and the collection of taxes incurred by third parties generated in the course of its economic activities) exceeded 18,500 million of which more than 7,700 million correspond to own taxes (Corporate income tax, non-recoverable VAT and other indirect taxes, payments to the Social Security on behalf of the employer and other taxes on payroll and other taxes and levies).

This Annual Banking Report was prepared in compliance with Article 89 of Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, of June 26, 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, and its transposition into Spanish law pursuant to Article 87 of Law 10/2014, of June 26 on the regulation, supervision and capital adequacy of credit institutions.

Pursuant to the aforementioned Article, from January 1, 2015, credit institutions must send the Bank of Spain and publish annually a report as an appendix to the financial statements audited in accordance with the legislation regulating audits of financial statements, which specifies, by country in which they are established, the following information on a consolidated basis for each year:

a)

Name(s), nature of activities and geographical location.

b)

Turnover.

c)

Number of employees on a full time equivalent basis.

d)

Gross profit or loss before tax.

e)

Tax on profit or loss.

f)

Public subsidies received.

Following is a detail of the criteria used to prepare the annual banking report for 2017:

a)

Name(s), nature of activities and geographical location

The aforementioned information is available in Appendices I and III to the Group's consolidated financial statements, which contain details of the companies operating in each jurisdiction, including, among other information, their name(s), geographical location and the nature of their activities.

As can be seen in the aforementioned Appendices, the main activity carried on by the Group in the various jurisdictions in which it operates is commercial banking. The Group operates mainly in ten markets through a model of subsidiaries that are autonomous in capital and liquidity terms, which has clear strategic and regulatory advantages, since it limits the risk of contagion between Group units, imposes a double layer of global and local oversight and facilitates crisis management and resolution. The number of Group offices totals 13,697 (the largest commercial network of any international bank) and these offices provide our customers with all their basic financial needs.

b)

Turnover

For the purposes of this report, turnover is considered to be gross income, as defined and presented in the consolidated income statement that forms part of the Group's consolidated financial statements.

c)

Number of employees on a full time equivalent basis

The data on employees on a full time equivalent basis were obtained from the average headcount of each jurisdiction.

d)

Gross profit or loss before tax

For the purposes of this report, Operating profit/(loss) before tax, as defined and presented in the consolidated income statement that forms part of the Group's consolidated financial statements.

1


 

Table of Contents

e)

Tax on profit or loss

In the absence of specific criteria, this is the amount of tax effectively paid in respect of the taxes the effect of which is recognized in Income tax in the consolidated income statement.

Taxes effectively paid in the year by each of the companies in each jurisdiction include:

·

supplementary payments relating to income tax returns, normally for prior years.

·

advances, prepayments, withholdings made or borne in respect of tax on profit or loss for the year. Given their scantly representative amount, it was decided that taxes borne abroad would be included in the jurisdiction of the company that bore them.

·

refunds collected in the year with respect to returns for prior years that resulted in a refund.

·

where appropriate, the tax payable arising from tax assessments and litigation relating to these taxes.

The foregoing amounts are part of the statement of cash flows ( 4,137 million during 2017, an effective rate 34.3%) and, therefore, differ from the income tax expense recognized in the consolidated income statement ( 3,884 million during 2017, an effective rate 32.1%). Such is the case because the tax legislation of each country establishes:

·

the time at which taxes must be paid and, normally, there is a timing mismatch between the dates of payment and the date of generation of the income bearing the tax.

·

its own criteria for calculating the tax and establishes temporary or permanent restrictions on expense deduction, exemptions, relief or deferrals of certain income, thereby generating the related differences between the accounting profit (or loss) and taxable profit (or tax loss) which is ultimately taxed; tax loss carryforwards from prior years, tax credits and/or relief, etc. must also be added to this. Also, in certain cases special regimes are established, such as the tax consolidation of companies in the same jurisdiction, etc.

2


 

Table of Contents

f)

Public subsidies received

In the context of the disclosures required by current legislation, this term was interpreted to mean any aid or subsidy in line with the European Commission's State Aid Guide and, in such context, the Group companies did not receive public subsidies in 2017.

The detail of the information for 2017 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

Jurisdiction

    

Turnover 
(millions of euros)

    

Employees 

    

Gross profit or
loss before tax
(millions 
of euros)

    

Tax on 
profit 
or loss (millions 
of euros)

Germany

 

1,564 

 

4,766 

 

415 

 

169 

Argentina

 

1,734 

 

8,679 

 

521 

 

143 

Austria

 

156 

 

348 

 

76 

 

19 

The Bahamas

 

14 

 

44 

 

 

— 

Belgium

 

106 

 

205 

 

58 

 

Brazil (1)

 

14,145 

 

43,725 

 

4,565 

 

915 

Canada

 

50 

 

186 

 

 

Chile

 

2,535 

 

11,445 

 

1,104 

 

245 

China

 

80 

 

211 

 

17 

 

(1)

Colombia

 

19 

 

139 

 

 

Spain (2)

 

5,967 

 

33,765 

 

(173)

 

1,159 

United States (3)

 

6,922 

 

15,844 

 

(70)

 

63 

Denmark

 

164 

 

216 

 

93 

 

17 

Finland

 

99 

 

157 

 

65 

 

13 

France

 

534 

 

921 

 

290 

 

124 

Ireland

 

60 

 

 

38 

 

— 

Isle of Man

 

 

— 

 

 

— 

Cayman Islands

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Italy

 

404 

 

824 

 

202 

 

54 

Jersey

 

41 

 

79 

 

27 

 

(2)

Luxemburg

 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Malta

 

 

— 

 

 

— 

Mexico (4)

 

3,537 

 

18,068 

 

1,099 

 

198 

Norway

 

296 

 

482 

 

180 

 

56 

The Netherlands

 

74 

 

287 

 

37 

 

116 

Panama

 

 

 

 

— 

Paraguay

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

 

— 

Peru

 

61 

 

165 

 

38 

 

Poland

 

1,780 

 

15,064 

 

783 

 

161 

Portugal (5)

 

1,332 

 

7,078 

 

534 

 

22 

Puerto Rico

 

255 

 

1,266 

 

(62)

 

United Kingdom

 

5,706 

 

24,484 

 

1,956 

 

574 

Singapore

 

 

10 

 

(1)

 

— 

Sweden

 

169 

 

299 

 

76 

 

10 

Switzerland

 

123 

 

222 

 

45 

 

11 

Uruguay

 

401 

 

1,654 

 

147 

 

47 

Consolidated Group total

 

48,353 

 

190,642 

 

12,091 

 

4,137 


(1)

Including the information relating to a branch in the Cayman Islands the profits of which are taxed in full in Brazil. The contribution of this branch operating profit / (loss) before tax 2017 is €768 million.

(2)

Includes the Corporate Center, and in the case of Banco Popular, information from June 7, 2017. Until June, the Popular obtained a Tax refund of €65 million.

(3)

Includes the amortization of the goodwill of SCUSA (€799 million).

(4)

Including the information on a branch in the Bahamas the profits of which are taxed in full in Mexico. In 2017 the contribution of this branch to operating profit / (loss) before tax was €10 million.

(5)

Including the information relating to the branch in the UK, which is taxed both in the UK and in Portugal. In 2017 the contribution of this branch to operating profit / (loss) before tax was €52 million.

At December 31, 2017, the Group's return on assets (ROA) was 0.58%.

 

3


Exhibit 1.1

 

PICTURE 1

 

 

BYLAWS OF BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.

 

CHAPTER I. THE COMPANY AND ITS CAPITAL

 

Section 1. Name of the Company

 

Article 1. Corporate name

 

The name of the Company is BANCO SANTANDER, S.A. (hereinafter, the “ Bank ” or the “ Company ”).

 

The Bank was founded in the city for which it was named, by means of a public instrument executed on 3 March 1856 before notary public Mr. José Dou Martínez; such public instrument was ratified and partially amended by another one dated 21 March 1857 and executed before notary public Mr. José María Olarán, of the above-mentioned capital city.

 

As a result of the enactment of the Decree-Law dated 19 March 1874, whereby the circulation of a single paper currency was established in Spain, the privilege of issuing paper money which the Bank had and which it had exercised from the date it commenced operations expired. Thus, the Bank became a credit company [“sociedad anónima de crédito”] pursuant to the provisions of the Law dated 19 October 1869. Such credit company took over the assets and liabilities of what had been, until that time, an issuing Bank. All of the foregoing was formalized by public instrument executed on 14 January 1875 before notary public Mr. Ignacio Pérez, of the City of Santander, which public instrument was recorded in the Commercial Registry book of the Trade Promotion Section of the Government of the Province of Santander.

 

Article 2. Corporate purpose

 

1.     The corporate purpose of the Company consists of:

 

a)     The conduct of activities and operations and the provision of services of any kind which are typical of the banking business in general and which are permitted under current law.

 

b)     The acquisition, possession, enjoyment and disposition of all types of securities.

 

2.     The activities that make up the corporate purpose may be carried out totally or partially in an indirect manner, in any of the manners permitted by Law and, in particular, through the ownership of shares or the holding of interests in Companies whose purpose is identical, similar, incidental or supplemental to such activities.

 

Article 3. Registered office and other offices

 

 

1


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

1.     The registered office of the Bank is located in the city of Santander, Paseo de Pereda, numbers 9-12.

 

2.     The board of directors may resolve to change the location of the registered office within the same municipal area.

 

Article 4. Commencement of activities and duration

 

1.     The Company commenced its activities on 20 August 1857.

 

2.     The duration of the Company is indefinite.

 

Section 2. Share capital and shares

 

Article 5. Share capital

 

1.     The share capital is 8,068,076,791 euros.

 

2.     The share capital is represented by 16,136,153,582  shares having a nominal value of fifty euro cents each, all of which belong to the same class and series.

 

3.     All the shares have been fully paid-up.

 

Article 6. Form of the shares

 

1.     The shares are represented in book-entry form and are governed by the Securities Market Law [Ley del Mercado de Valores] and such other provisions as may be applicable.

 

2.     The book-entry registry of the Company shall be maintained by the entity or entities charged by the law with such duty.

 

The entity in charge of the book-entry registry shall notify the Bank of transactions involving the shares and the Bank shall keep its own stock ledger with the name of the shareholders.

 

3.     The person whose name appears as the holder in the entries in the records of the entity in charge of the book-entry registry shall be deemed the legitimate holder thereof, and therefore, such person may request from the Bank the benefits to which the shares entitle them.

 

4.     In the event of persons or entities formally acting as shareholders under a fiduciary agreement, trust, or any other similar title, the Bank may require such persons to provide the particulars of the beneficial owners of the shares, as well as information regarding all acts entailing the transfer of such shares or the creation of liens thereon.

2


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

Article 7. Shareholders’ rights

 

1.     Shares confer on the lawful holders thereof the status of shareholder and give them the rights set forth in the law and in these bylaws and, specifically, the following:

 

a)     The right to share in the distribution of corporate earnings and in the net assets resulting from liquidation.

 

b)     The pre-emptive right to subscribe to the issuance of new shares or debentures convertible into shares.

 

c)     The right to attend and vote at the General Shareholders’ Meetings and to challenge corporate resolutions.

 

d)     The right to receive information.

 

2.     Shareholders shall exercise their rights vis-à-vis the Company with loyalty and good faith.

 

3.     In such manner as is set forth in legal and administrative provisions, the Company shall not acknowledge the exercise of voting and related rights arising from interests in the Company held by persons who acquire shares thereof in violation of mandatory legal rules of any type or rank. Likewise, the Company shall make public, in such manner as determined by the above-mentioned regulations, the interest held by the shareholders in the capital of the Company, whenever the circumstances requiring such publication arise.

 

Article 8. Unpaid subscriptions

 

1.     Unpaid subscription amounts on partially paid-up shares shall be paid up by the shareholders at the time determined by the board of directors, within five years of the date of the resolution providing for the capital increase. The manner and other details of such payment shall be determined by the resolution providing for the capital increase.

 

2.     Without prejudice to the effects of default as set forth by law, any late payment of unpaid subscriptions shall bear, for the benefit of the Bank, such interest as is provided by law in respect of late payments, starting from the day when payment is due and without any judicial or extra-judicial demand being required. In addition, the Bank shall be entitled to bring such legal actions as may be permitted by law in these cases.

 

Article 9. Non-voting shares

 

1.     The Company may issue non-voting shares for a nominal amount of not more than one half of the paid-up share capital.

3


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

2.     Non-voting shares shall attribute to the holders thereof the rights established in the resolution for the issuance thereof, in accordance with law and by means of an appropriate amendment of the bylaws.

 

Article 10. Redeemable shares

 

1.     The Company may, on the terms established by law, issue redeemable shares for a nominal amount not to exceed one-fourth of its share capital.

 

2.     Redeemable shares shall give the holders thereof the rights that are established in the resolution providing for the issuance thereof, in accordance with law and by means of the appropriate bylaw amendment.

 

Article 11. Co-ownership

 

1.     Each share is indivisible.

 

2.     Shares that are jointly owned shall be registered in the respective book-entry registry in the name of all co-owners. However, the co-owners of a share shall appoint a single person to exercise shareholder rights and shall be jointly and severally liable to the Company for all obligations entailed by the status of shareholders.

 

The same rule shall apply in all other instances of co-ownership of rights over shares.

 

3.     In the case of usufruct of shares, the status of shareholder lies with the bare owner, but theusufructuary shall in every case be entitled to receive the dividends the Company resolvesto distribute during the usufruct. The bare owner shall exercise all other shareholder rights.

 

The usufructuary has the obligation to facilitate the exercise of such rights by the bare owner.

 

4.     If the shares are pledged, the owner thereof shall be entitled to exercise shareholder rights. The pledgee shall have the obligation to facilitate the exercise of such rights.

 

In the event that the owner fails to comply with his obligation to pay unpaid contribution amounts, the pledgee may perform such obligation himself or foreclose on the pledge.

 

5.     In all other cases of limited in rem rights on shares, voting and related rights shall be exercised by the direct owner thereof.

 

Article 12. Transfer of shares

4


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

1.     Shares and the economic rights attaching thereto, including pre-emptive rights, may be transferred by any means permitted by Law.

 

2.     New shares may not be transferred until the capital increase is registered with the Commercial Registry.

 

3.     Shares shall be transferred by means of book-entries.

 

4.     The registration of the transfer in favor of the transferee shall have the same effect as the delivery of the securities.

 

5.     The creation of limited in rem rights or other liens on shares shall be registered in the respective account of the book-entry registry.

 

6      Registration of the pledge is equivalent to transfer of title.

 

Section 3. Capital increase and reduction

 

Article 13. Capital increase

 

Capital increases may be effected by issuing new shares or by increasing the par value of existing shares and, in both cases, the consideration therefore may consist of non monetary or monetary contributions, including the set-off of receivables, or of the transformation of available profits or reserves. Capital increases may be made partly with a charge to new contributions and partly with a charge to unappropriated profits or reserves.

 

Article 14. Authorized capital

 

1.     The shareholders acting at the general shareholders’ meeting may delegate to the board of directors the power to resolve, on one or more occasions, to increase the share capital up to a specified amount, at the time and in the amount it may decide and within the limits established by the law. Such delegation may include the power to exclude pre-emptive rights.

 

2.     The shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting may also delegate to the board of directors the power to determine the date on which the adopted resolution to increase the share capital is to be implemented and to set the terms thereof regarding all matters not specified by the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting.

 

Article 15. Exclusion of pre-emptive rights

 

1.     The shareholders acting at the general shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors approving an increase in share capital, as the case may be, may resolve

5


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

to exclude the pre-emptive rights of the shareholders to further the best interests of the Company.

 

2.     The pre-emptive rights of existing shareholders shall be excluded when the capital increase is due to the conversion of debentures into shares, the merger of another company into the Company or of all or part of the assets split off from another company, or when the Company has made a tender offer for securities the consideration for which consists, in whole or in part, of securities to be issued by the Company or, in general, when the increase is carried out in consideration for non-cash contributions.

 

Article 16. Capital reduction

 

1.     Capital reductions may be effected by reducing the par value of the shares or by repurchasing them or dividing them into groups for exchange. Capital reductions may be effected in order to return the value of contributions, to release unpaid subscriptions, establish or increase reserves or to restore the balance between the share capital and net assets.

 

2.     In the event of a capital reduction to return contributions, payment to shareholders may be made in kind in whole or in part, provided the three conditions set forth in Article 64 are concurrently met.

 

Section 4. Issuance of debentures and other securities

 

Article 17. Issuance of debentures

 

The Company may issue debentures on the terms and with the limits established by law.

 

Article 18. Convertible and exchangeable debentures

 

1.     Convertible and/or exchangeable debentures may be issued at a fixed (determined or determinable) or variable exchange ratio.

 

2.     The pre-emptive rights of the shareholders in connection with the issuance of convertible debentures may be excluded as provided by law.

 

3.     The shareholders acting at a general shareholders’ meeting may delegate to the board of directors the power to issue simple or convertible and/or exchangeable debentures, including, if applicable, the power to exclude preemptive rights. The board of directors may make use of this delegation on one or more occasions within a maximum period of five years. The shareholders acting at a general shareholders’ meeting may also authorize the board of directors to determine the time when the issuance approved is to be carried out and to set the other terms not specified in the resolution of the shareholders.

6


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

Article 19. Issuance of other securities

 

1.     The Company may issue notes, warrants, preferred stock or other negotiable securities other than those described in the preceding articles.

 

2.     The shareholders acting at a general shareholders’ meeting may delegate to the board of directors the power to issue such securities. The board of directors may exercise such delegated power on one or more occasions and during a maximum period of five years.

 

3.     The shareholders at a general shareholders’ meeting may likewise authorize the board of directors to determine the time when the issuance approved is to be effected, and to set all other terms not specified in the resolution adopted at the general shareholders’ meeting, on the terms established by law.

 

CHAPTER II. GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

 

Section 1. Corporate decision-making bodies

 

Article 20. Distribution of powers

 

1.     The corporate decision-making bodies of the Company are the shareholders acting at a general shareholders’ meeting and the board of directors.

 

2.     The general shareholders’ meeting has the power to decide on all matters assigned to it by the law or the bylaws. Specifically and merely by way of example, it has the following powers:

 

(i)     To appoint and remove the directors and to ratify or revoke the interim appointments of such directors made by the board itself, as well as to examine and approve their performance and to exempt the directors from the legal prohibitions regarding conflicts of interest when the law necessarily assigns such power to the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting;

 

(ii)    To appoint and remove the external auditor and liquidators;

 

(iii)   To commence claims for liability against directors, liquidators and the external auditor;

 

(iv)   To approve, if appropriate, the annual accounts and corporate management and adopt resolutions on the allocation of results, as well as to approve, also if appropriate, the consolidated annual accounts;

 

(v)    To adopt resolutions on the issuance of debentures or other fixed-income securities, any capital increase or reduction, the transformation, merger or splitoff, the overall assignment of assets and liabilities, the relocation of the

7


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

registered office abroad and the dissolution of the Company and, in general, any amendment of the bylaws, except when the law assigns such power to the directors with respect to any of the aforementioned matters;

 

(vi)   To authorize the board of directors to increase the share capital, pursuant to the provisions of the Spanish Capital Corporations Law and of these bylaws;

 

(vii)  To authorize the acquisition of the Company’s own stock;

 

(viii) To decide on the exclusion or limitation of pre-emptive rights, without prejudice to the possibility of delegating this power to the directors as provided by law;

 

(ix)   To decide upon matters submitted to the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting by resolution of the board of directors;

 

(x)    To approve the director remuneration policy as provided by law and to decide on the application of compensation systems consisting of the delivery of shares or rights thereto, as well as any other compensation system referenced to the value of the shares, regardless of who the beneficiary of such compensation systems may be;

 

(xi)   To approve the transfer to subsidiaries of the essential activities carried out until that time by the Company itself, though it retains full ownership thereof;

 

(xii)  To approve the acquisition, disposition or contribution to another company of essential operating assets; and

 

(xiii) To approve transactions whose effect is tantamount to the liquidation of the Company.

 

For purposes of the provisions in sub-sections (xi) and (xii), the asset or activity shall be presumed essential if the amount of the transaction exceeds twenty-five percent of the value of the assets as recorded in the last balance sheet.

 

3.     The powers not assigned by law or the bylaws to the shareholders acting at a general shareholders’ meeting shall be exercised by the board of directors.

 

Section 2. General shareholders’ meeting

 

Article 21. Regulations applicable to the general shareholders’ meeting

 

1.     The shareholders acting at the general shareholders’ meeting are the sovereign decisionmaking body of the Company, and the resolutions adopted thereat bind all of the shareholders, including those who are absent, dissent, abstain from voting or do not have the right to vote, all without prejudice to the rights and actions granted to them by the law.

8


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

2.     The general shareholders’ meeting shall be governed by the provisions of the bylaws and the law. The legal and bylaw regulation of the meeting shall be further developed and supplemented by the Rules and regulations for the general shareholders’ meeting, which shall contain detailed provisions regarding the call to meeting, the preparation of, provision of information prior to, attendance at and progress of the Meeting and the exercise of political rights by the shareholders thereat. The rules and regulations shall be approved by the shareholders at a meeting at the proposal of the board of directors.

 

Article 22. Types of general shareholders’ meetings

 

1.     General shareholders’ meetings may be ordinary or extraordinary.

 

2.     The ordinary general shareholders’ meeting must be held within the first six months of each fiscal year in order for the shareholders to review corporate management, approve the annual accounts from the prior fiscal year, if appropriate, and resolve upon the allocation of profits or losses from such fiscal year, to approve, if appropriate, the consolidated annual accounts, without prejudice to their competence to deliberate and resolve on any other matter included in the agenda. An ordinary general shareholders’ meeting shall still be valid even if called or held outside of the applicable time period.

 

3.     Any general shareholders’ meeting not provided for in the foregoing sub-section shall be deemed an extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting.

 

4.     All general shareholders’ meetings, whether ordinary or extraordinary, shall be subject to the same rules regarding procedure and powers of the shareholders thereat. The foregoing shall be without prejudice to the specific rules for extraordinary general shareholders’ meetings established by law or the bylaws.

 

Article 23. Power and duty to call a meeting

 

1.     The board of directors must call a general shareholders’ meeting:

 

(a)    When required pursuant to the provisions applicable to the ordinary general shareholders’ meeting as set forth in the preceding article.

 

(b)    When so requested by shareholders holding at least three percent of share capital, and such request sets forth the matters to be addressed at the meeting; in such case, the general shareholders’ meeting must be called by the board of directors  to be held within two months of the date on which a notarial request for such purpose is submitted to the board.

 

(c)    When it deems it appropriate in the interest of the Company.

9


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

2.     The board of directors shall prepare the agenda, which shall necessarily include the matters requested to be addressed.

 

3.     If the ordinary general shareholders’ meeting is not called within the statutory time period, it may be called, at the request of the shareholders and upon notice thereof being given to the directors, by the court clerk or by the company registrar of the place where the registered office is located.

 

Article 24. Call of a general shareholders’ meeting

 

1.     Notice of all types of meetings shall be given by means of a public announcement in the Official Bulletin of the Commercial Registry or in one of the more widely circulated newspapers in Spain, on the website of the National Securities Market Commission and on the Company’s website (www.santander.com), at least one month prior to the date set for the Meeting, except in those instances in which a different period is established by law

 

2.     Shareholders representing at least three percent of the share capital may request the publication of a supplement to the call to meeting including one or more items in the agenda, so long as such new items are accompanied by a rationale or, if appropriate, by a substantiated proposal for a resolution. For such purposes, shareholders shall indicate the number of shares held or represented by them. This right must be exercised by means of verifiable notice that must be received at the registered office within five days of the publication of the call to Meeting. The supplement to the call shall be published at least fifteen days in advance of the date set for the meeting.In no event may this right be exercised in connection with the call to extraordinary general shareholders’ meetings.

 

3.     An extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting may be called at least fifteen days in advance of the date set for such meeting by means of a prior resolution expressly adopted at an ordinary general shareholders’ meeting by shareholders representing at least two-thirds of the subscribed capital carrying voting rights. Such resolution shall not remain in effect beyond the date set for the holding of the next ordinary general shareholders’ meeting.

 

Article 25. Establishment of the general shareholders’ meeting

 

1.     The general shareholders’ meeting shall be validly established on first call if the shareholders present in person or by proxy hold at least twenty-five percent of the subscribed share capital carrying the right to vote. On second call, the meeting shall be validly established regardless of the capital in attendance.

 

2.     However, if the shareholders are called upon to deliberate on amendments to the bylaws, including the increase and reduction of share capital, on the transformation, merger, split-off, the overall assignment of assets and liabilities, the relocation of the registered office abroad, on the issuance of debentures or on the exclusion or limitation of pre-emptive rights, the required quorum on first call

10


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

shall be met by the attendance of shareholders representing at least fifty percent of the subscribed share capital with the right to vote. If a sufficient quorum is not available, the general meeting shall be held upon second call.

 

3.     Shareholders casting their vote from a distance shall be deemed present for the purposes of constituting a quorum for the meeting in question.

 

4.     In the event that, in order to validly adopt a resolution regarding one or more of the items on the agenda for the general shareholders’ meeting, applicable law or these bylaws require the presence of a particular quorum and such quorum is not met, the agenda shall be reduced to such other items thereon as do not require such quorum in order for resolutions to be validly adopted.

 

Article 26. Right to attend the Meeting

 

1.     The holders of any number of shares registered in their name in the respective bookentry registry five days prior to the date on which the general shareholders’ meeting is to be held and who are current in the payment of pending subscriptions shall be entitled to attend general shareholders’ meetings.

 

In order to attend the general shareholders’ meeting, one must obtain the corresponding name-bearing attendance card to be issued with reference to the list of shareholders having such right.

 

2.     The directors must attend general shareholders’ meetings, but their attendance shall not be required for the meeting to be validly established.

 

3.     The Chairman of the general shareholders’ meeting may give economic journalists and financial analysts access to the Meeting and, in general, may authorize the attendance of any person he deems fit. However, the shareholders may revoke any such authorization.

 

4.     Shareholders having the right to attend may cast their vote regarding proposals relating to items included in the agenda for any kind of general shareholders’ meeting, pursuant to the provisions of Articles 33 and 34 of these bylaws.

 

Article 27. Attendance at the general shareholders’ meeting by proxy

 

1.      All shareholders having the right to attend the meeting may be represented at a general shareholders' meeting by giving their proxy to another person, even if such person is not a shareholder. The proxy shall be granted in writing or by electronic means.

 

2.     Proxies shall be granted specially for each meeting, except where the representative is the spouse or an ascendant or descendant of the shareholder giving the proxy, or where the proxy-holder holds a general power of attorney

11


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

executed as a public instrument with powers to manage the assets of the represented party in the Spanish territory.

 

3.      If the directors or another person acting on behalf or in the interest of any of them have made a public solicitation for proxies, the director or other person obtaining such proxy may not exercise the voting rights attaching to the represented shares in connection with any items in respect of which the director or such other person is subject to a conflict of interest, and in any event in connection with decisions relating to (i) his appointment, re-election or ratification, removal, dismissal or withdrawal as director, (ii) the institution of a derivative action [acción social deresponsabilidad] against him, or (iii) the approval or ratification of transactions between the Company and the director in question, companies controlled or represented by him, or persons acting for his account. The foregoing provisions shall not apply to those cases in which a director has received precise voting instructions from the represented party with respect to each of the items submitted to the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting, as provided by the Spanish Capital Corporations Law.

 

In contemplation of the possibility that a conflict arises, a proxy may be granted to another person in the alternative.

 

4.      If the proxy has been obtained by means of public solicitation, the document evidencing the proxy must contain or have the agenda attached thereto, as well as the solicitation of instructions for the exercise of voting rights and the way in which the proxy-holder will vote in the event that specific instructions are not given, subject in all cases to the provisions of the law.

 

5.      When a proxy is granted or notified to the Company by remote means of communication, it shall only be deemed valid if the grant is made:

 

a)     by hand-delivery or postal correspondence, sending the Company the duly signed and completed attendance and proxy card, or by other written means that, in the judgment of the board of directors recorded in a resolution adopted for such purpose, allows for due confirmation of the identity of the shareholder granting the proxy and of the representative being appointed, or

 

b)     by electronic correspondence or communication with the Company, including an electronic copy of the attendance and proxy card; such electronic copy shall specify the representation being granted and the identity of the party represented, and shall include the electronic signature or other form of identification of the shareholder being represented, in accordance with the conditions set by the board of directors recorded in a resolution adopted for such purpose in order to ensure that this system of representation includes adequate assurances regarding authenticity and the identity of the shareholder represented.

12


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

6.     In order to be valid, a proxy granted or notified by any of the foregoing means of remote communication must be received by the Company before midnight of the third day prior to the date the shareholders’ meeting is to be held on first call. In the resolution approving the call to the meeting in question, the board of directors may reduce the required notice period, disseminating this information in the same manner as it disseminates the announcement of the call to meeting. Pursuant to the provisions of Article 34.5 below, the board may further develop the foregoing provisions regarding proxies granted by remote means of communication.

 

7.     A proxy is always revocable. In order to be enforceable, the revocation of a proxy must be notified to the Company by complying with the same requirements established for notification of the appointment of a representative or otherwise result from application of the rules of priority among proxy-granting, distance voting and personal attendance at the meeting that are set forth in the respective announcement of the call to meeting. In particular, attendance at the shareholders’ meeting, whether physically or by casting a distance vote, shall entail the revocation of any proxy that may have been granted, regardless of the date thereof. A proxy shall also be rendered void by any transfer of shares of which the Company becomes aware.

 

8.     The proxy may include items which, even if not included in the agenda, may be discussed at the shareholders’ meeting because the law so permits. If the proxy does not include such items, it shall be deemed that the shareholder granting the proxy instructs his representative to abstain when such items are put to the vote.

 

Article 28. Place and time of the Meeting

 

1.     The general shareholders’ meeting shall be held at the place indicated in the call to meeting, within the municipal area where the Company’s registered office is located. However, the meeting may be held at any other place within Spain if so resolved by the board of directors on occasion of the call to meeting.

 

2.     The general shareholders’ meeting may be attended by going to the place where the meeting is to be held or, if applicable, to other places provided by the Company and indicated in the call to meeting, and which are connected therewith by video conference systems that allow recognition and identification of the parties attending, permanent communication among the attendees regardless of their location, and participation and voting. The principal place of the meeting must be located in the municipal area of the Company’s registered office, but supplemental locations need not be so located. For all purposes relating to the general shareholders’ meeting, attendees at any of the sites shall be deemed attendees at the same individual meeting. The meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal location thereof.

 

3.     If the place of the meeting is not specified in the call to meeting, it shall be deemed that it will be held at the registered office.

 

Article 29. Presiding committee of the general shareholders’ meeting

13


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

1.     The Presiding Committee ( Mesa ) of the general shareholders’ meeting shall be comprised of its chairman and secretary.

 

2.     The chairman of the board of directors or, in his absence, the vice chairman serving in his stead pursuant to Article 44, and in the absence of both the chairman and the vice chairman, the director designated by the board of directors, shall preside over general shareholders’ meetings.

 

3.     The chairman shall be assisted by the secretary for the meeting. The secretary of the board of directors shall serve as secretary for the general shareholders’ meeting. In the event of absence, impossibility to act or vacancy of the secretary, the vice secretary shall serve in his stead, and in the absence of the vice secretary, the director designated by the board itself shall act as secretary.

 

4.     The chairman shall declare the existence of a valid quorum for the shareholders’ meeting, direct the debate, resolve any questions that may arise in connection with the agenda, end the debate when he deems that an issue has been sufficiently discussed, and in general, exercise all powers necessary for the proper organization and progress of the general shareholders’ meeting.

 

Article 30. List of attendees

 

1.      Before the agenda is taken up, the list of attendees shall be prepared, setting forth the name of the shareholders present and that of the shareholders represented and their proxies, as well as the number of shares they hold.

 

For purposes of a quorum, non-voting shares shall only be counted in the specific cases established in the Spanish Capital Corporations Law.

 

2.      The list of attendees may also be prepared by means of a file or be supported by computer media. In such cases, the means used shall be set forth in the minutes, and the sealed cover of the file or media shall show the appropriate identification procedure signed by the secretary with the approval of the chairman.

 

3.      At the end of the list, the number of shareholders present in person and by proxy shall be determined, indicating separately those who have voted from a distance, as well as the amount of share capital they hold, specifying the capital represented by shareholders with voting rights.

 

4.      During the meeting, any shareholder entitled to attend the shareholders’ meeting may consult the list of attendees, provided, however, that such request shall not require delaying or postponing the meeting once the chairman has called it to order and that the chairman shall not be required to read the list or provide copies thereof.

 

Article 31. Right to receive information

14


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

1.     From the same date of publication of the call to the general shareholders’ meeting through and including the seventh day prior to the date provided for the Meeting to be held on first call, the shareholders may request in writing such information or clarifications as they deem are required, or ask written questions that they deem pertinent, regarding the matters contained in the agenda.

 

In addition, upon the same prior notice and in the same manner, the shareholders may request in writing such clarifications as they deem are necessary regarding information accessible to the public which has been provided by the Company to the National Securities Market Commission since the holding of the last general shareholders’ meeting, and regarding the report submitted by the Company’s external auditor.

 

In the case of the ordinary general shareholders’ meeting and in such other cases as are established by law, the notice of the call to meeting shall contain appropriate information with respect to the right to examine at the Bank’s registered office, and to obtain immediately and free of charge, the documents to be submitted for approval by the shareholders acting at the meeting and any reports required by the law.

 

2.     During the course of the general shareholders’ meeting, all shareholders may verbally request information or clarifications that they deem are necessary regarding the matters contained in the agenda or request clarifications regarding information accessible to the public which has been provided by the Company to the National Securities Market Commission since the holding of the last general shareholders’ meeting and regarding the report submitted by the Company’s external auditor. A violation of the right to receive information established in this sub-section shall only entitle the shareholders to demand compliance with the duty of information and the harm and loss that have been caused thereto, but shall not be a ground to challenge the general shareholders’ meeting.

 

3.     The directors shall be required to provide the information requested under the provisions of the two preceding sub-sections in the manner and within the periods provided by the law, except in those cases in which it is legally inadmissible and, in particular, if it is not necessary for the protection of shareholder rights or there are objective reasons to consider that it might be used for ultra vires purposes or the publication thereof would harm the Company or related companies. This exception shall not apply when the request is supported by shareholders representing at least one-fourth of the share capital.

 

4.     Valid requests for information, clarification or questions in writing in exercise of the right to receive information and the answers provided in writing by the directors shall be published on the Company’s website.

 

5.     If the information requested is clearly, expressly and directly made available to all the shareholders on the Company’s website in question-and-answer form, the

15


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

directors may limit their answers to a reference to the information provided in such form.

 

6.     In the event of abusive or prejudicial use of the information requested, the shareholder shall be liable for the harm and loss caused.

 

Article 32. Deliberations at the general shareholders’ meeting

 

1.     Once the list of attendees has been prepared, the chairman shall, if appropriate, declare the general shareholders’ meeting to be validly established and shall determine whether the shareholders at the Meeting may address all of the matters included in the agenda or should instead limit themselves to addressing some of them.

 

2.     The chairman shall call the meeting to order, submit to a debate the matters included in the agenda, and direct the debate in a manner such that the meeting progresses in an orderly fashion, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations for the general shareholders’ meeting and other applicable regulations.

 

3.     Once a matter has been sufficiently debated, the chairman shall submit it to a vote.

 

Article 33. Voting

 

1.     Each item on the agenda shall be separately submitted to a vote.

 

2.     As a general rule, and without prejudice to the possibility of using other alternative means as determined by the chairman, the voting on the proposed resolutions referred to in the preceding sub-section shall be carried out in accordance with the voting procedure contemplated in the rules and regulations for the general shareholders’ meeting and other applicable regulations.

 

Article 34. Distance voting

 

1.     Shareholders entitled to attend and to vote may cast their vote on proposals relating to items on the agenda for any general shareholders’ meeting by the following means:

 

(i)     by hand-delivery or postal correspondence, sending the Company the duly signed attendance and voting card (together with the ballot form, if any, provided by the company), or other written means that, in the judgment of the board of directors recorded in a resolution adopted for such purpose, allows for the due verification of the identity of the shareholder exercising his voting rights; or

 

(ii)    by electronic correspondence or communication with the Company, which shall include an electronic copy of the attendance and voting card (together with the ballot form, if any, provided by the Company); such electronic copy

16


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

shall include the shareholder’s electronic signature or other form of identification of the shareholder, in accordance with the conditions set by the board of directors recorded in a resolution adopted for such purpose to ensure that this voting system includes adequate assurances regarding authenticity and the identity of the shareholder exercising his vote.

 

2.     In order to be valid, a vote cast by any of the aforementioned means must be received by the Company before midnight on the third day prior to the date the shareholders’ meeting is to be held on first call. Otherwise, the vote shall be deemed not to have been cast. The board of directors may reduce the required notice period, disseminating this information in the same manner as it disseminates the announcement of the call to meeting.

 

3.     Shareholders casting their vote from a distance pursuant to the provisions of this article shall be deemed present for the purposes of constituting a quorum for the general shareholders’ meeting in question. Therefore, any proxies granted prior to the casting of such vote shall be deemed revoked and any such proxies thereafter granted shall be deemed not to have been granted.

 

4.     Any vote cast from a distance as set forth in this article shall be rendered void by physical attendance at the Meeting by the shareholder who cast such vote or by a transfer of shares of which the Company becomes aware.

 

5.     The board of directors may expand upon the foregoing provisions, establishing such instructions, rules, means and procedures to document the casting of votes and grant of proxies by remote means of communication as may be appropriate, in accordance with the state of technology and conforming to any regulations issued in this regard and to the provisions of these bylaws.

 

Furthermore, in order to prevent potential deception, the board of directors may take any measures required to ensure that anyone who has cast a distance vote or granted a proxy is duly empowered to do so pursuant to the provisions of these bylaws.

 

Any implementing rules adopted by the board of directors pursuant to the provisions hereof shall be published on the Company’s website.

 

6.      Remote attendance at the shareholders’ meeting via simultaneous teleconference and the casting of a remote, electronic vote shall be governed by the rules and regulations for the general meeting.

 

The rules and regulations for the general meeting may give the board of directors the power to set regulations regarding all required procedural aspects, including, among other issues, how early a shareholder must connect in order to be deemed present, the procedure and rules applicable for shareholders attending remotely to exercise their rights, the length of the period, if any, prior to the meeting within which those who will attend by means of data transmission must send their

17


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

participation statements and proposed resolutions, the identification that may be required of such remote attendees, and their impact on how the list of attendees is compiled, all in compliance with the Law, the bylaws and the rules and regulations for the general shareholders’ meeting.

 

Article 35. Approval of resolutions

 

1.     Corporate resolutions shall be adopted by simple majority of the voting shares represented in person or by proxy at the general shareholders’ meeting. A resolution shall be deemed approved when it obtains more votes in favour than against of the share capital represented in person or by proxy.

 

2.      For the valid approval of the resolutions referred to in sub-section 2 of article 25, the favourable vote of more than half of the votes corresponding to the shares represented in person or by proxy at the general shareholders’ meeting shall be required, except when on second call shareholders representing less than fifty percent of the subscribed share capital with the right to vote are in attendance, in which case the favourable vote of two-thirds of the share capital represented in person or by proxy at the general shareholders’ meeting shall be required.

 

3.     Excepted from the foregoing shall be those instances in which the law or these bylaws require a greater majority.

 

4.     The attendees at the general shareholders’ meeting shall have one vote for each share which they hold or represent. Non-voting shares shall have the right to vote in the specific cases laid down in the Spanish Capital Corporations Law.

 

Article 36. Minutes of the meeting

 

1.     The secretary for the meeting shall draw up the minutes of the meeting, which, once approved, shall be recorded in the corresponding minute book.

 

2.     The minutes of the meeting may be approved by the shareholders after the meeting has been held, or otherwise within a period of fifteen days by the chairman and two inspectors, one on behalf of the majority and the other on behalf of the minority.

 

3.     The board of directors may request the presence of a notary to draw up minutes of the meeting.

 

4.     The rules and regulations for the general shareholders’ meeting may require that the minutes of the general shareholders’ meeting be notarized in all cases.

 

5.     The secretary, and if applicable, the vice secretary, with the approval of the chairman, or if applicable, of the vice chairman acting in his stead, shall have the power to issue certifications of the minutes of the meetings and of the resolutions adopted by the shareholders thereat.

18


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

6.     Any shareholder that has voted against a particular resolution shall be entitled to have its opposition to the resolution adopted recorded in the minutes of the general shareholders’ meeting.

 

Section 3. The board of directors

 

Article 37. Structure of the board of directors

 

1.     The Company shall be managed by a board of directors.

 

2.     The board of directors shall be governed by such legal provisions as are applicable thereto and by these bylaws. In addition, the board shall approve a set of rules and regulations of the board of directors, which shall contain rules of operation and internal organization by way of further development of the aforementioned legal and bylaw provisions. The shareholders at a general shareholders' meeting shall be informed of the approval of the rules and regulations of the board of directors and of any subsequent amendments thereto.

 

Article 38. Management and supervisory powers

 

1.     The board of directors has the widest powers to manage the company, and except for those matters exclusively within the purview of the shareholders at a general shareholders' meeting, is the highest decision-making body of the company.

 

2.     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the board shall exercise, without the power of delegation, such powers as are reserved for it by law, as well as such other powers as are required for a responsible discharge of the general duty of supervision.

 

3.     The rules and regulations of the board shall set forth a detailed description of the responsibilities reserved for the board of directors.

 

Article 39. Powers of representation

 

1.     The power to represent the company, in court and out of court, is vested in the board of directors acting collectively.

 

2.     The chairman of the board also has the power to represent the company.

 

3.     The secretary of the board and the vice secretary, if any, have the necessary representative powers to convert into public instruments the resolutions adopted by the shareholders at a general shareholders’ meeting and the resolutions of the board and to apply for registration thereof.

 

4.     The provisions of this article are without prejudice to any other powers of attorney, whether general or special, that may be granted.

19


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

Article 40. Creation of shareholder value

 

1.     The board of directors and its representative decision-making bodies shall exercise their powers and, in general, perform their duties guided by the corporate interest, understood as the achievement of a business that is profitable and sustainable over the long term and that promotes the continuity thereof and the maximisation of the value of the company.

 

2.     Additionally, the board shall ensure that the Company faithfully complies with applicable law, respects the uses and good practices of the industries or countries where it carries out its activities and observes the additional principles of social responsibility that it has voluntarily accepted.

 

Article 41. Quantitative composition of the board

 

1.     The board of directors shall be composed of not less than fourteen and not more than twenty-two members, appointed by the shareholders acting at a general shareholders' meeting.

 

2.     It falls upon the shareholders at a general shareholders’ meeting to set the number of members of the board within the aforementioned range. Such number may be set indirectly by the resolutions adopted by the shareholders at a general shareholders' meeting whereby directors are appointed or their appointment is revoked.

 

Article 42. Qualitative composition of the board

 

1.     The shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting shall endeavor to ensure that the board of directors is made up such that external or non-executive directors represent a large majority over executive directors, and that a reasonable number of the former are independent directors. The shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting shall likewise endeavor to ensure that independent directors represent at least one-third of the total number of directors.

 

2.     The provisions of the preceding paragraph do not affect the sovereignty of the shareholders acting at the general shareholders’ meeting or detract from the effectiveness of the proportional system, which shall be mandatory whenever there is a voting trust pursuant to the provisions of the Spanish Capital Corporations Law.

 

3.     For purposes of these bylaws, the terms executive director and external or non-executive director (which, in turn, includes the terms proprietary director, independent director and other external directors) shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in applicable law, in these bylaws or in the rules and regulations of the board of directors.

20


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

4.     The board of directors must ensure that the procedures for selecting its members encourage diversity of gender, experience and knowledge and do not suffer from implicit biases that might entail any discrimination and, in particular, the procedures shall favour the selection of female directors.

 

Article 43. Chairman of the board

 

1.     The chairman of the board shall be chosen from among its members, upon a prior reasoned proposal of the appointments committee.

 

2.     The chairman is ultimately responsible for the effective operation of the board of directors. In addition to the powers delegated thereto by law, the bylaws or the rules and regulations of the board of directors, the chairman shall have the following powers:

 

a)     To call and preside over meetings of the board of directors, establishing the agenda for the meetings and directing the debates and deliberations.

 

b)     To ensure that directors receive sufficient information in advance to debate the items on the agenda.

 

c)     To stimulate debate and active participation by the directors during the meetings, safeguarding their freedom to take a position.

 

d)     To preside over the general shareholders’ meeting.

 

Article 44. Vice chairman of the board

 

1.     The board of directors, upon a prior reasoned proposal of the appointments committee, shall designate, from among its members, one or more vice chairmen, who shall replace the chairman according to their seniority on the board. However, if one of the vice chairmen of the board is the lead director ( consejero coordinador ), such director shall be the first in the order of replacement of the chairman, and the remainder shall follow the aforementioned criteria of seniority.

 

2.     The vice chairman or vice chairmen, in accordance with the foregoing paragraph, and in their absence, the appropriate director according to a numerical sequence established by the board of directors, shall replace the chairman in the event of absence or impossibility to act or illness.

 

3.     The re-election of a director who has been designated vice chairman shall entail his continuity in such position, not being necessary to re-designate him, without prejudice to the powers of revocation that belongs to the board in respect of the position of vice chairman.

 

Article 45. Secretary of the board

21


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

1.     The board of directors, upon a prior report of the appointments committee, shall appoint a secretary. The secretary of the board of directors shall always be the general secretary of the company.

 

2.     The secretary, in addition to the duties assigned thereto by law, the bylaws or the rules and regulations of the board, must perform the following:

 

a)     Keep the documentation of the board of directors, record the events of the meetings in the minute books and attest to the content thereof and of the resolutions adopted.

 

b)     Ensure the actions of the board of directors observe applicable law and are in accordance with the bylaws and other internal rules and regulations of the Company.

 

c)     Assist the chairman to ensure that the directors receive the information relevant to the performance of their duties sufficiently in advance and in the proper form.

 

d)     Ensure that the board of directors carries out its activities and adopts its decisions being mindful of the good governance recommendations applicable to the Company.

 

e)     Guarantee that the governance procedures and rules are respected and regularly reviewed.

 

3.     The board of directors, upon a prior report of the appointments committee, may appoint a vice secretary in order that he shall assist the secretary of the board of directors or replace him in the event of absence, impossibility to act or illness.

 

4.      In the event of absence or impossibility to act, the secretary and the vice secretary of the board may be replaced by the director appointed by the board itself from among the directors present at the meeting in question. The board may also resolve that any employee of the company act as such interim replacement.

 

5.     The general secretary shall also be the secretary of all the committees of the board.

 

Article 46. Meetings of the board of directors

 

1.     The board shall meet with the frequency required for the proper performance of its duties and, in any event, at least once per quarter, and shall be called to meeting by the chairman. The chairman shall call board meetings on his own initiative or at the request of at least three directors.

 

2.     The agenda shall be approved by the board at the meeting itself. Any board member may propose the inclusion of any other item not included in the draft agenda proposed by the chairman to the board.

22


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

3.     Any person invited by the chairman may attend board meetings.

 

Article 47. Conduct of the meetings

 

1.     Meetings of the board shall be validly held when more than one-half of its members are present in person or by proxy.

 

2.     The directors must attend the meetings held in person. However, if they cannot attend they may grant a proxy to another director, for each meeting and in writing, in order that the latter shall represent them at the meeting for all purposes. The non-executive directors may only grant a proxy to another non-executive director.

 

3.     Board meetings may be held in several rooms at the same time, provided interactivity and intercommunication among them in real time is ensured by audiovisual means or by telephone and the concurrent holding of the meeting at all such rooms is thereby ensured. In such case, the resolutions shall be deemed to have been adopted at the place where the majority of the directors are and, in the event of equal numbers, at the registered office.

 

4.     On an exceptional basis, and provided no director is opposed thereto, the board may also act in writing and without a meeting. In this latter case, the directors may cast their votes and make such comments as they wish to have recorded in the minutes by e-mail.

 

5.     Except in those cases in which a greater majority is specifically required pursuant to a provision of the law, the bylaws or the rules and regulations of the board, resolutions shall be adopted by an absolute majority of the directors present in person or by proxy. The chairman shall have a tie-breaking vote.

 

6.     All resolutions adopted by the board of directors shall be recorded in minutes authorized under the signature of the chairman and the secretary. Board of directors’ resolutions shall be evidenced by means of a certificate issued by the secretary of the board or by the vice secretary, as the case may be, with the approval of the chairman or the vice chairman, as applicable.

 

7.     Any of the chairman, the vice chairman or vice chairmen, the chief executive officer(s) and the secretary of the board, acting severally, shall have standing powers to have the resolutions of the board of directors converted into a public instrument, all without prejudice to the express authorizations established in applicable laws and regulations.

 

Section 4. Delegation of the powers by the board

 

Article 48. The executive chairman

23


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

1.     The chairman of the board of directors shall have the status of executive chairman of the Bank and shall be considered as the highest executive in the Company, vested with such powers as are required to hold office in such capacity. Considering his particular status, the executive chairman shall have the following powers and duties, among others set forth in the law, in these bylaws or in the rules and regulations of the board:

 

a)     To ensure that the bylaws are fully complied with and that the resolutions adopted at the general shareholders' meeting and by the board of directors are duly carried out.

 

b)     To be responsible for the overall inspection of the Bank and all services thereof.

 

c)     To hold discussions with the chief executive officer and the general managers in order to inform himself of the progress of the business.

 

2.     The board of directors shall delegate to the chairman all its powers, except for those that are legally non-delegable or that may not be delegated pursuant to the provisions of these bylaws or the rules and regulations of the board, without prejudice to entrusting to the chief executive officer the duties set forth in article 49 of these bylaws.

 

3.     The chairman shall be appointed to hold office for an indefinite period and shall require the favorable vote of two-thirds of the members of the board. The chairman may not at the same time hold the position of chief executive officer provided for in article 49 of these bylaws.

 

Article 49. The chief executive officer

 

1.     The board of directors shall appoint from among its members a chief executive officer, to whom the day-to-day management of the business shall be entrusted, with the highest executive duties.

 

2.     The board of directors shall delegate all its powers to the chief executive officer, except for those that are legally non-delegable or that may not be delegated pursuant to the provisions of the law, these bylaws or the rules and regulations of the board.

 

3.     The appointment of the chief executive officer shall require the favourable vote of two thirds of the members of the board.

 

4.     The board of directors may appoint more than one director to hold office as chief executive officer, with such powers as the board may determine.

 

Article 49 bis. The lead director

 

1.     The board of directors shall appoint from among the independent directors a lead director, who shall be especially authorised to:

24


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

(i)     request that a meeting of the board of directors be called or that new items be added to the agenda for a meeting of the board of directors that has already been called.

 

(ii)    coordinate and organise meetings of non-executive directors; and

 

(iii)   direct the regular evaluation of the chairman of the board of directors.

 

2.     The appointment of the lead director shall be made for an indefinite period, with executive directors abstaining.

 

Article 50. Committees of the board of directors

 

1.     Without prejudice to such powers as may be delegated individually to the chairman, the chief executive officer or any other director and to the power of the board of directors to establish committees for each specific area of business, the board of directors may establish an executive committee, to which general decision-making powers shall be delegated, and an executive risk committee, to which powers shall be delegated in connection with risks. If such committees are established, their operation shall be governed by the provisions of articles 51 and 52 below.

 

2.     The board may also establish committees with supervisory, reporting, advisory and proposal-making powers in connection with the matters within their scope of authority, and must in any event create the committees required by applicable law, including an appointments committee, a remuneration committee, a risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee and an audit committee, which for the purposes of sub-section 4(v) of article 53 will also have decision-making powers.

 

3.     To the extent not provided for in these bylaws, the operation of the committees of the board shall be governed by the provisions of the rules and regulations of the board.

 

Section 5. Committees of the board of directors

 

Article 51. Executive committee

 

1.     The executive committee shall consist of a minimum of five and a maximum of twelve directors. The chairman of the board of directors shall also be the chairman of the executive committee.

 

2.     Any permanent delegation of powers to the executive committee and all resolutions adopted for the appointment of its members shall require the favorable vote of not less than two-thirds of the members of the board of directors. 3. The permanent delegation of powers by the board of directors to the executive committee shall include all of the powers of the board, except for those which

25


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

cannot legally be delegated or which may not be delegated pursuant to the provisions of these bylaws or of the rules and regulations of the board.

 

4.     The executive committee shall meet as many times as it is called to meeting by its chairman or by the vice chairman replacing him.

 

5.     The executive committee shall report to the board of directors on the affairs discussed and the decisions made at its meetings and shall make available to the members of the board a copy of the minutes of such meetings.

 

Article 52. Executive risk committee

 

1.     The board of directors may establish an executive risk committee, which shall be executive in nature, to which risk management powers shall be entrusted.

 

2.     The executive risk committee shall be composed of a minimum of four and a maximum of six directors.

 

3.     The rules and regulations of the board shall govern the composition, operation and powers of the executive risk committee.

 

4.     The delegation of powers to the executive risk committee and the resolutions appointing the members thereof shall require the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the members of the board.

 

Article 53. Audit committee

 

1.     The audit committee shall consist of a minimum of three directors and a maximum of nine, all of whom shall be external or non-executive, with independent directors having majority representation.

 

2.     The board of directors shall appoint the members of the audit committee taking into account their knowledge, skills and experience in the areas of accounting, auditing or risk management, such that, as a whole, the audit committee has the appropriate technical knowledge regarding the Company’s sector of activity.

 

3.     The audit committee must in all events be presided over by an independent director, who shall also be knowledgeable about and experienced in matters of accounting, auditing or risk management. The chairman of the audit committee shall be replaced every four years, and may be re-elected once after the passage of one year from the date on which his term of office expired.

 

4.     The audit committee shall have at least the following powers and duties:

 

(i)     Have its chairman and/or secretary report to the general shareholders’ meeting with respect to matters raised therein by shareholders regarding its powers and, in particular, regarding the result of the audit, explaining how

26


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

such audit has contributed to the integrity of the financial information and the role that the committee has performed in the process.

 

(ii)    Supervise the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control and internal audit, and discuss with the external auditor any significant weaknesses detected in the internal control system during the conduct of the audit, all without violating its independence. For such purposes, if applicable, the audit committee may submit recommendations or proposals to the board of directors and set the corresponding period for compliance therewith.

 

(iii)   Supervise the process of preparation and submission of regulated financial information and submit recommendations or proposals intended to safeguard its integrity to the board of directors.

 

(iv)   Propose to the board of directors the selection, appointment, re-election and replacement of the external auditor, taking responsibility for the selection process in accordance with applicable law, as well as the terms of its engagement, and regularly gather information therefrom regarding the audit plan and the implementation thereof, in addition to preserving its independence in the performance of its duties.

 

(v)    Establish appropriate relations with the external auditor to receive information on those issues that might entail a threat to its independence, for examination by the audit committee, and on any other issues relating to the financial statements audit process, and, when applicable, the authorisation of services other than those which are prohibited, under the terms established in the law applicable to the activity of audit of accounts, as well as maintain such other communication as is provided for therein.

In any event, the audit committee shall receive annually from the external auditor written confirmation of its independence in relation to the Company or to entities directly or indirectly related thereto, as well as detailed and individualized information regarding additional services of any kind provided by the aforementioned auditor, or by persons or entities related thereto, and the fees received by such entities pursuant to the provisions in the law on the activity of audit of accounts.

 

(vi)   Issue, on an annual basis and prior to the issuance of the auditor’s report, a report stating an opinion on whether the independence of the external auditor is compromised. Such report shall, in all cases, contain a reasoned evaluation regarding the provision of each and every one of the additional services mentioned in subsection (v) above, considered individually and as a whole, other than of legal audit and with relation to the rules on independence or to the law on the activity of audit of accounts.

 

(vii)  Previously report to the board of directors regarding all the matters established by law, the bylaws and in the rules and regulations of the board, and in particular regarding:

27


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

a)      the financial information that the company must publish from time to time;

 

b)      the creation or acquisition of interests in special-purpose entities or with registered office in countries or territories that are considered tax havens; and

 

c)      related-party transactions.

 

The provisions in paragraphs (iv), (v) and (vi) are without prejudice to the law on auditing of accounts.

 

5.      The audit committee shall meet as many times as it is called to meeting upon resolution made by the committee itself or by the chairman thereof, and at least four times per year. Any member of the management team or of the Company’s personnel shall, when so required, attend the meetings of the audit committee, provide it with his cooperation and make available to it such information as he may have in his possession. The audit committee may also require that the external auditor attend such meetings. One of its meetings shall be devoted to preparing the information within the committee’s scope of authority that the board is to approve and include in the annual public documents.

 

6.      Meetings of the audit committee shall be validly held when at least one half of its members are present in person or by proxy. The committee shall adopt its resolutions upon a majority vote of those present in person or by proxy. In the event of a tie, the chairman of the committee shall have a tie-breaking vote. The committee members may grant a proxy to another member. The resolutions of the audit committee shall be recorded in a minute book, and every one of such minutes shall be signed by the chairman and the secretary.

 

7.      The rules and regulations of the board shall further develop the rules applicable to the audit committee established in this article.

 

Article 54. Appointments committee

 

1.      An appointments committee shall be established and entrusted with general proposal-making and reporting powers on matters relating to appointment and withdrawal of directors on the terms established by law.

 

2.      The appointments committee shall be composed of a minimum of three directors and a maximum of nine, all of whom shall be external or non-executive directors, with independent directors having majority representation.

 

3.      The members of the appointments committee shall be appointed by the board of directors taking into account the directors’ knowledge, skills and experience and the responsibilities of the committee.

28


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

4.     The appointments committee must in all events be presided over by an independent director.

 

5.     The rules and regulations of the board of directors shall govern the composition, operation and powers and duties of the appointments committee.

 

Article 54 bis. Remuneration committee

 

1.     A remuneration committee shall be established and entrusted with general proposal-making and reporting powers on matters relating to remuneration on the terms established by law.

 

2.     The remuneration committee shall be composed of a minimum of three directors and a maximum of nine, all of whom shall be external or non-executive directors, with independent directors having majority representation.

 

3.     The board of directors shall appoint the members of the remuneration committee taking into account the directors’ knowledge, skills and experience and the responsibilities of the committee.

 

4.     The remuneration committee must in all events be presided over by an independent director.

 

5.     The rules and regulations of the board of directors shall govern the composition, operation and powers and duties of the remuneration committee.

 

Article 54 ter. Risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee

 

1.     A risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee shall be established and entrusted with general powers to support and advise the board of directors in its risk control and oversight duties, in the definition of the risk policies of the Group, in relations with supervisory authorities and in compliance matters.

 

2.     The risk supervision, regulation, and compliance committee shall consist of a minimum of three and a maximum of nine directors, all of whom shall be external or non-executive, with independent directors having majority representation.

 

3.     The members of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee shall be appointed by the board of directors, taking into account the directors' knowledge, skills and experience and the tasks of the committee.

 

4.     The risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee must in all events be presided over by an independent director.

 

5.     The rules and regulations of the board shall govern the composition, operation and powers of the risk supervision, regulation and compliance committee.

29


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

Section 6. Status of Directors

 

Article 55. Term of office

 

1.     The term of office of directors shall be three years. One-third of the board shall be renewed every year, following the order established by the length of service on the board, according to the date and order of the respective appointment. This means that the term of office of directors shall be of three years. Outgoing directors may be re-elected.

 

2.     The directors who have been designated by interim appointment to fill vacancies may be ratified in their position at the first general shareholders’ meeting that is held following such designation. The candidate who has been designated by the board may not be, necessarily, a shareholder of the Company. If the interim vacancy arises after the call to the general meeting and before it is held, the board of directors may, before or after such general meeting, appoint a director who may in turn hold his office until the next general shareholders’ meeting is held.

 

3.     A director who ends his term of office or, for any other reason, ceases to act as such, shall, for a term of two years, be barred from serving in another entity that is a competitor of the company.

 

The board of directors, may, if it deems it appropriate, relieve the outgoing director from this restriction or reduce it to a lesser period.

 

Article 56. Withdrawal of directors

 

1.     Directors shall cease to hold office upon the expiration of the term of office for which they have been appointed, and when it is so resolved by the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting in the exercise of the powers granted to them. In the first case, such withdrawal from office shall take effect on the date of the first general shareholders’ meeting following the date of expiration of the term of office for which they were appointed, or upon expiration of the statutory period for calling the general shareholders’ meeting that is to resolve on the approval of the financial statements for the prior fiscal year.

 

2.     The directors shall tender their resignation to the board of directors and formally resign from their position if the board, upon the prior report of the appointments committee, deems it appropriate, in those cases that might adversely affect the operation of the board or the credit and reputation of the Company and, particularly, when they are prevented by any legal prohibition against or incompatibility with holding such office.

 

Article 57. Liability of directors

 

1.     The directors shall be liable to the Company, to the shareholders, and to the Company’s creditors for any damage they may cause by acts or omissions contrary

30


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

to law or to the bylaws or by any acts or omissions contrary to the duties inherent in the exercise of their office, provided that there has been wilful misconduct or negligence.

 

2.     All the members of the board of directors that carried out such act or adopted the prejudicial resolution shall be jointly and severally liable, except for those members who can prove that, not having participated in the adoption and execution of such act or resolution, they were unaware of its existence, or, if aware of it, did all that was appropriate to avoid the damage caused, or at least expressly opposed it.

 

3.     Under no circumstances shall the fact that the prejudicial act or resolution was approved, authorized or ratified by the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting be considered grounds for a release from liability.

 

Article 58. Compensation of directors

 

1.     The directors shall be entitled to receive compensation for performing the duties entrusted to them in their capacity as such, this is, by reason of their appointment as mere members of the board of directors by the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting or by the board itself exercising its power to make interim appointments to fill vacancies.

 

2.     The compensation referred to in the preceding paragraph shall consist of a fixed annual amount determined by the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting. Such amount shall remain in effect to the extent that the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting do not resolve to change it, although the board may reduce the amount thereof in those years in which it so believes justified. Such compensation shall have two components: (a) a fixed annual amount, and (b) attendance fees.

 

The specific amount payable for the above-mentioned items to each of the directors and the form of payment shall be determined by the board of directors. For such purpose, it shall take into consideration the duties and responsibilities assigned to each director, the positions held by each director on the board, their membership in and attendance at the meetings of the various committees and such other objective circumstances as it deems relevant.

 

3.     In addition to the compensation systems set forth in the preceding paragraphs, the directors shall be entitled to receive compensation by means of the delivery of shares or share options, or by any other compensation system referenced to the value of shares, provided the application of such compensation systems is previously approved by the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting. Such resolution shall determine, as the case may be, the maximum number of shares that may be assigned in each financial year, the exercise price or the system for calculating the exercise price of the share options, the value of the shares that may be used as a reference and the duration of the plan.

31


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

4.     Independently of the provisions of the preceding paragraphs, the directors shall also be entitled to receive such other compensation as is appropriate for the performance of executive duties.

 

For such purposes, when executive duties are delegated to a member of the board of directors in any capacity, it shall be necessary for the director and the Company to sign an agreement, which must have been previously approved by the board of directors with the favourable vote of two-thirds of its members. The affected director must abstain from attending the meeting and from participating in the vote. The approved agreement must be included as an exhibit in the minutes of the meeting.

 

Such agreements shall establish all the items for which the directors may receive remuneration for the performance of executive duties (including, if applicable, salaries, incentives, bonuses, possible severance payments relating to such duties and the amounts to be paid by the Company in insurance or contributions to savings plans). The directors may not receive any remuneration for the performance of executive duties which amounts or items are not established in such agreement.

 

The remuneration to be paid pursuant to such agreements shall be adjusted to the director remuneration policy.

 

5.     The Company shall take out liability insurance for its directors on such terms as are customary and commensurate with the circumstances of the Company itself.

 

6.     The variable components of compensation shall be set such that there is an appropriate ratio between the fixed and variable components of total compensation.

 

The variable components shall not exceed one hundred percent of the fixed components of the total compensation of each director, unless the shareholders at a general shareholders’ meeting approve a higher ratio, which shall under no circumstances exceed two hundred percent of the fixed components of the total compensation, on the terms established by law.

 

Article 59. Approval of the director remuneration policy

 

1.     The director remuneration policy shall be approved by the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting at least every three years as a separate item on the agenda.

 

2.     The remuneration policy shall conform as appropriate to the remuneration system established in article 58 and must necessarily include:

32


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

(i)     with regard to the remuneration of the directors in their capacity as such, the maximum total amount of annual remuneration to be paid to the directors; and

 

(ii)     with regard to the remuneration of the directors for the performance of executive duties, the amount of the fixed annual remuneration and changes thereto during the period to which the policy refers, the various parameters to set the variable components and the principal terms and conditions of their agreements, including, in particular, term, other fixed components of remuneration, compensation for early withdrawal or termination of the contractual relationship and exclusivity, post-contractual attendance and continuity or loyalty agreements.

 

3.     The proposal by the board of directors of the director remuneration policy shall be reasoned and must be accompanied by a specific report of the remuneration committee. As from the call to the general shareholders’ meeting, both documents shall be made available on the Company’s website for the shareholders, who may also request that the documents be delivered or sent free of charge. The announcement of the call to the general shareholders’ meeting shall mention such right.

 

4.     The duly approved director remuneration policy shall remain effective for the three fiscal years subsequent to the year in which it was approved by the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting, unless the policy itself or the resolution of the general shareholders’ meeting establishes a lesser term or on the occurrence of the event established in sub-section 4 of article 59 bis below. Any amendment or replacement thereof during such term shall require the prior approval of the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting, in accordance with the procedure established for its approval.

 

5.     Any remuneration the directors received for the exercise or termination of their office or for the performance of executive duties shall be in accordance with the director remuneration policy then in effect. Excepted from the foregoing is remuneration expressly approved by the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting.

 

Article 59 bis. Transparency of the director compensation system

 

1.     The board of directors shall, on an annual basis, approve and publish the annual report on directors’ remuneration. Such report shall include the remuneration that the directors receive or must receive in their capacity as such, as well as any remuneration for the performance of executive duties.

 

2.     The annual report on directors’ remuneration must include complete, clear and understandable information regarding the director remuneration policy applicable to the then-current fiscal year. It shall also include an overall summary of the application of the remuneration policy during the prior fiscal year, as well as a

33


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

breakdown of the individual compensation accrued for all the items by each director during such fiscal year.

 

3.     During each fiscal year, such report shall be submitted to a consultative vote of the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting as a separate item on the agenda. It shall also be made available to the shareholders upon the call to the aforementioned general shareholders’ meeting.

 

4.     If the annual report on director remuneration is rejected by the consultative vote of the shareholders at any general shareholders’ meeting, the remuneration policy applicable to the fiscal year subsequent to that in which the aforementioned general shareholders’ meeting is held must be submitted for the approval of the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting prior to its application, though the maximum term of such policy may not have expired. It shall not be necessary to re-approve the policy if it would have been approved at the same general shareholders’ meeting that rejected the annual report on directors’ remuneration on a consultative basis.

 

5.     In the annual report, the board shall set forth, on an individual basis, the compensation received by each director, specifying the amounts corresponding to each compensation item. It shall also set forth therein, on an individual basis and for each item of compensation, the compensation payable for the executive duties entrusted to the executive directors of the Company.

 

Section 7. Corporate governance report and website

 

Article 60. Annual corporate governance report

 

1.     The board of directors shall prepare an annual corporate governance report which, with the content required by law, shall specifically focus on (i) the level of compliance with the corporate governance recommendations; (ii) the conduct of the general shareholders’ meeting and proceedings therein; (iii) related-party transactions and intragroup transactions; (iv) the ownership structure of the Company; (v) the management structure of the Company; (vi) risk control systems, including financial risk ( riesgo fiscal ), and a description of the principal characteristics of the internal risk control and management systems relating to the process of issuing financial information; and (vii) any restriction on the transferability of securities or on voting rights.”

 

2.     The annual corporate governance report shall be made available to the shareholders on the Company’s website no later than the date of publication of the call to the ordinary general shareholders’ meeting that is to review the annual accounts for the fiscal year to which such report refers.

 

Article 61. Corporate website .

34


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

1.     The Company shall have a corporate website (www.santander.com) through which it shall report to its shareholders, investors and the market at large the relevant or significant events that occur in connection with the Company and on which it shall disseminate any other information for which publication on the corporate website is required by applicable law.

 

The creation of the corporate website must be resolved upon by the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting. Such resolution must expressly appear in the agenda included in the call to the meeting that must adopt it.

 

The resolution to create the website shall be recorded on the Bank’s page maintained with the Commercial Registry and shall be published on the Official Gazette of the Commercial Registry.

 

2.     The board of directors may approve the amendment, removal or relocation of the corporate website.

 

The amendment, removal or relocation of the corporate website shall be recorded on the Bank’s page maintained with the Commercial Registry and published in the Official Gazette of the Commercial Registry, as well as on the website resolved to be amended, removed or relocated for thirty days following insertion of the resolution in the Official Gazette of the Commercial Registry.

 

3.     Without prejudice to any additional documentation required by applicable regulations, the Company’s website shall include at least the information and documents set forth in the rules and regulations of the board.

 

4.     On occasion of the call to general shareholders’ meetings, an electronic shareholders’ forum shall be enabled for use on the Company’s website, to which both individual shareholders and any voluntary associations that they may create as provided by law will have access, with all due assurances, in order to facilitate their communication prior to the holding of general shareholders’ meetings. The regulations for the electronic shareholders’ forum may be further developed by the rules and regulations for the general shareholders’ meeting, which, in turn, may entrust to the board of directors the regulation of all required procedural aspects.

 

CHAPTER III. OTHER PROVISIONS

 

Section 1. Annual accounts

 

Article 62. Submission of the annual accounts

 

1.     The company’s fiscal year shall coincide with the calendar year, commencing on 1 January and ending on 31 December of each year.

 

2.     Within a maximum period of three months from the closing date of each fiscal year, the board of directors shall draft the annual accounts, which shall include the

35


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

balance sheet, the profit and loss statement, the annual report to the accounts, the statement of recognised income and expense, the consolidated statement of changes in total equity and the statement of cash flows, the management report and the proposed allocation of profits and losses and, if applicable, the consolidated accounts and management report.

 

3.     The board of directors shall use its best efforts to prepare the accounts such that there is no room for qualifications by the external auditor. However, when the board believes that its opinion must prevail, it shall provide a public explanation, through the chairman of the audit committee, of the content and scope of the discrepancy, and shall also endeavor to ensure that the external auditor likewise discloses its considerations in this regard.

 

4.     The annual accounts and the management report of the Company shall be reviewed by the external auditor, appointed by the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting prior to the end of the fiscal year to be audited, for a specified term in accordance with applicable law.

 

Article 63. Approval of the accounts and allocation of results

 

1.     The annual accounts shall be submitted to the shareholders for approval at the general shareholders’ meeting.

 

2.     Once the annual accounts have been approved, the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting shall resolve on the allocation of the results for the fiscal year.

 

3.     Dividends may only be distributed out of the earnings for the fiscal year or with a charge to unappropriated reserves, once the payments required by the law and these bylaws have been made and provided the shareholders’ equity disclosed in the accounts is not or, as a result of the distribution, is not reduced to less than the share capital. If there are any losses from prior fiscal years that reduce the Company’s shareholders’ equity below the amount of the share capital, the earnings shall be used to offset such losses.

 

4.     The shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting shall decide the amount, time and form of payment of the dividends, which shall be distributed among the shareholders in proportion to their paid-up capital.

 

5.     The shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting and the board of directors may make resolutions as to the distribution of interim dividends, subject to such limitations and in compliance with such requirements as are established by the law.

 

Article 64. Dividends in kind

36


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

The dividend and the amounts payable on account of dividends may be paid in kind in whole or in part, provided that:

 

(i)     the property or securities to be distributed are of the same nature;

 

(ii)     they have been admitted to listing on an official market as of the effective date of the resolution, or liquidity is duly guaranteed by the Company within a maximum period of one year; and

 

(iii)    they are not distributed for a value that is lower than the value at which they are recorded on the Company’s balance sheet.

 

Article 65. Deposit of the annual accounts

 

Within the month following the approval of the annual accounts, the board of directors shall file with the commercial registry of the place where the registered office of the Bank is located, for deposit, a certificate setting forth the resolutions adopted at the general shareholders’ meeting approving the annual accounts and setting forth the allocation of results. It shall also attach to such certificate a copy of each of such accounts as well as of the management report, if applicable, and of the external auditors’ report.

 

Section 2. Dissolution and liquidation of the Company

 

Article 66. Dissolution of the Company

 

The Company shall be dissolved in the instances and subject to the requirements established by applicable law.

 

Article 67. Liquidators

 

1.     Once the Company has been dissolved, all of the members of the board of directors whose appointment is current and registered with the commercial registry shall become liquidators by operation of law, unless the shareholders acting at a general shareholders’ meeting have appointed other liquidators in the resolution providing for the dissolution of the Company.

 

2.     If there is not an odd number of directors, the youngest director shall not act as liquidator.

 

Article 68. Representation of the dissolved Company

 

In the event of dissolution of the Company, each of the liquidators acting jointly and severally shall have the power to represent it.

 

Article 69. Supervening assets and liabilities

37


 

PICTURE 2

 

 

1.     If corporate property appears after the entries relating to the Company have been cancelled, the liquidators shall assign to the former shareholders the additional share to which they may be entitled, for which purpose such property shall be first converted into cash where necessary.

 

After the passage of six months from the date on which the liquidators were required to comply with the provisions of the foregoing, without the former shareholders having been assigned the additional share, or in the absence of liquidators, any interested party may file a petition with the court of the place where the company’s last registered office was located for the appointment of a person to replace the liquidators in the performance of their duties.

 

2.     The former shareholders shall be jointly and severally liable for all unpaid corporate liabilities up to the amount of what they may have received as their share in liquidation, without prejudice to the liability of the liquidators in the event of fraudulent or negligent conduct.

 

3.     In order to comply with formal requirements relating to legal acts performed prior to the cancellation of the entries of the Company, or whenever necessary, the former liquidators may formalize legal acts in the name of the defunct company following its cancellation in the registry. In the absence of liquidators, any interested party may file a petition for formalization by the court of the place where the last registered office of the Company was located.

 

Section 3. General provisions

 

Article 70. Forum

 

The shareholders hereby waive the jurisdiction otherwise applicable to them and expressly submit to the jurisdiction of the courts sitting in the place where the registered office of the Bank is located.

 

Article 71. Communications

 

Without prejudice to the provisions of these bylaws with respect to proxy-granting, distance voting, and attendance at shareholders’ meetings via teleconference, any required or voluntary communications and information among the company, its shareholders, and the directors, regardless of the party issuing or receiving them, may be effected by electronic or data-transmission means, except in the cases expressly excluded by the law and respecting at all times the guarantees of security and the rights of shareholders, to which end the board of directors may establish appropriate technical mechanisms and procedures, which it shall publish on the Company’s website.

38


Exhibit 7.1

 

Exhibit 7.1 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Millions of Euros)

 

Year end December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

IFRS:

    

Including
interest
on
deposits

    

Excluding
interest
on
deposits

    

Including
interest
on
deposits

    

Excluding
interest
on
deposits

    

Including
interest
on
deposits

    

Excluding
interest
on
deposits

    

Including
interest
on
deposits

    

Excluding
interest
on
deposits

    

Including
interest
on
deposits

    

Excluding
interest
on
deposits

    

Including
interest
on
deposits

    

Excluding
interest
on
deposits

 

FIXED CHARGES:

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Fixed charges and preferred stock dividends

 

21,547

 

10,069

 

23,832

 

12,106

 

24,123

 

12,360

 

24,799

 

11,953

 

25,162

 

10,499

 

28,466

 

11,903

 

Preferred dividends

 

65

 

65

 

52

 

52

 

103

 

103

 

126

 

126

 

112

 

112

 

132

 

132

 

Fixed charges

 

21,482

 

10,004

 

23,780

 

12,054

 

24,020

 

12,257

 

24,673

 

11,827

 

25,050

 

10,387

 

28,334

 

11,771

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EARNINGS:

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Income from continuing operations before taxes and extraordinary items

 

12,089

 

12,089

 

10,768

 

10,768

 

9,547

 

9,547

 

10,679

 

10,679

 

7,378

 

7,378

 

3,565

 

3,565

 

Less:  Earnings from associated companies

 

328

 

328

 

139

 

139

 

148

 

148

 

65

 

65

 

197

 

197

 

427

 

427

 

Fixed charges

 

21,482

 

10,004

 

23,780

 

12,054

 

24,020

 

12,257

 

24,673

 

11,827

 

25,050

 

10,387

 

28,334

 

11,771

 

Total earnings

 

33,243

 

21,764

 

34,409

 

22,682

 

33,419

 

21,656

 

35,287

 

22,441

 

32,231

 

17,568

 

31,472

 

14,909

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

1.55

 

2.18

 

1.45

 

1.88

 

1.39

 

1.77

 

1.43

 

1.90

 

1.29

 

1.69

 

1.11

 

1.27

 

Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends

 

1.54

 

2.16

 

1.44

 

1.87

 

1.39

 

1.75

 

1.42

 

1.88

 

1.28

 

1.67

 

1.11

 

1.25

 

 


Exhibit 12.1

 

Section 302 Certification

 

I, José Antonio Álvarez, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Banco Santander, S.A.;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The company’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The company’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:  March 28, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ José Antonio Álvarez

 

Name:

José Antonio Álvarez

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 


Exhibit 12.2

 

Section 302 Certification

 

I, José G. Cantera, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Banco Santander, S.A.;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The company’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The company’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:  March 28, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ José G. Cantera

 

Name:

José G. Cantera

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 


Exhibit 12.3

 

Section 302 Certification

 

I, José Doncel, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Banco Santander, S.A.;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The company’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s  internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The company’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:  March 28, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ José Doncel

 

Name:

José Doncel

 

Title:

Chief Accounting Officer

 


Exhibit 13.1

 

Section 906 Certification

 

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017 (the “Report”) for the purpose of complying with Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.

 

José Antonio Álvarez, the Chief Executive Officer, José  G. Cantera, the Chief Financial Officer and José Doncel, the Chief Accounting Officer of Banco Santander, S.A., each certifies that, to the best of his knowledge:

 

1. the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

 

2. the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Banco Santander, S.A.

 

Date: March 28, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ José Antonio Álvarez

 

Name:

José Antonio Álvarez

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ José G. Cantera

 

Name:

José G. Cantera

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ José Doncel

 

Name:

José Doncel

 

Title:

Chief Accounting Officer

 


Exhibit 15.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form F-3 (No. 333-207389, No. 333-217116 and No. 333-218904) of Banco Santander, S.A. of our report dated March 28, 2018 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 20‑F.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores, S.L.

Madrid, Spain

March 28, 2018


Exhibit 15.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No. 333-207389, 333-217116 and 333-218904 on Form F-3 of our report dated April 20, 2016 (March 31, 2017 as to the effects of the change in the Bank´s accounting policy on cash and cash equivalents and the retrospective adjustment of the consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015 discussed in Note 1.d), relating to the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 of Banco Santander, S.A. (the “Bank”) and Companies composing, together with the Bank, the Santander Group (the “Group”), appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Group for the year ended December 31, 2017.

/s/ DELOITTE, S.L.

Madrid, Spain

March 28, 2018